JP2022118399A - game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine that allows an inflow regulation part to be diverted even if an opening of a game panel differs depending on a machine model.SOLUTION: A game board 5 of a Pachinko machine 1 is equipped with a game panel 1100 in which a game area 5a is formed, and an inflow regulation part 2700a for regulating inflow of a game ball inside an opening of the game panel 1100. The inflow regulation part 2700a includes a first inflow regulation part 2701a and a second inflow regulation part 2702a. The first inflow regulation part 2701a and the second inflow regulation part 2702a are formed with a flange part 2700b along the front face of the game panel 1100 respectively, and at least one of the end parts of them is formed with a non-flange part 2700c which is not formed with the flange part 2700b. The end part of the first inflow regulation part 2701a and the end part of the second inflow regulation part 2702a are attached to the front face of the game panel 1100 by an attaching hole of the flange part 2700b so that they are adjacent to each other.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 126

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine (generally also referred to as a "pachinko machine").

As a game machine such as a pachinko machine, it is attached from the front to an opening of a game panel forming a game area in which game balls can flow down, so that the game balls flowing down the game area are prevented from flowing into the opening of the game panel. There is a known one provided with a center accessory as an inflow control section for regulation (for example, Patent Literature 1). According to the technique of Patent Document 1, it is possible to divide the game area into a desired size by the center accessory.

However, in the technique of Patent Document 1, when the size of the opening of the game panel differs depending on the model of the game machine, it is necessary to separately manufacture the center accessory (inflow control portion), and it is not possible to divert the inflow control portion. It was difficult.

JP 2017-074434 A

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide a game machine capable of using an inflow restricting portion even if the opening of the game panel differs depending on the model.

Means 1: In the game machine,
"In a game machine equipped with a game board having a game area where game balls can flow down,
The game board is
a game panel in which the game area is formed on the front side;
an inflow regulating portion provided corresponding to an edge of an opening formed in the game panel and regulating game balls flowing down the game area from flowing into the opening;
with
The inflow restricting portion has at least a first inflow restricting portion and a second inflow restricting portion,
The first inflow regulating portion and the second inflow regulating portion are each formed with a flange portion along the front surface of the game panel, and at least one of each end portion is formed with the flange portion. A non-flange portion is formed so that the end of the first inflow regulating portion and the end of the second inflow regulating portion are adjacent to each other on the front surface of the game panel by the mounting portion provided on the flange portion. be mounted on
characterized by being

Here, the "game panel" includes an "opaque panel such as plywood (plywood)", a "panel plate made of transparent resin", and a "panel plate made of transparent resin and a frame for holding the outer peripheral edge of the panel plate". and a panel holder having a shape.

In addition, the ``flange portion'' may be ``extending toward the outside of the opening of the game panel bordering on the inflow restricting portion'', or ``extending toward the inside of the opening of the game panel bordering on the inflow restricting portion. "extending", "extending in both directions of the outside and inside of the opening in the game panel with the inflow restricting portion as a boundary", and the like.

In addition, as the "non-flange portion", it may be provided on the side surface of the inflow restricting portion facing the center of the game panel, or it may be provided in the inflow restricting portion facing outward opposite to the center of the game panel. It may be provided on the side surface, or may be provided on both side surfaces of the inflow restricting portion.

Furthermore, as a configuration in which "the end of the first inflow restricting portion and the end of the second inflow restricting portion are attached so as to be adjacent to each other", "the end face of the end of the first inflow restricting portion and the second inflow restricting portion The inner side surface of the end of the first inflow restricting portion and the outer side surface of the end of the second inflow restricting portion are attached so as to face each other. and "attached so that the outer side surface of the end of the first inflow restricting part and the inner side surface of the end of the second inflow restricting part face each other", etc. . Also, the end of the first inflow regulating portion and the end of the second inflow regulating portion may be in contact with each other or may be separated from each other.

According to the configuration of means 1, in a game machine provided with a game board having a game area in which game balls can flow down, the game board comprises a game panel having a game area formed on the front side and an opening formed in the game panel. and an inflow regulating portion that is provided corresponding to the edge of the game area and regulates that the game ball flowing down the game area flows into the opening, and the inflow regulating portion includes the first inflow regulating portion and the second inflow a regulating portion, wherein the first inflow regulating portion and the second inflow regulating portion each have a flange portion along the front surface of the game panel, and a flange portion at least one of each end portion. is formed so that the end of the first inflow regulating portion and the end of the second inflow regulating portion are adjacent to each other on the front surface of the game panel by the mounting portion provided on the flange. to be attached to the (In [Modes for Carrying Out the Invention], see the chapter [13-3. Center role of the third embodiment] and the descriptions of FIGS. 126 to 129, etc.)

As a result, the inflow restricting portion provided corresponding to the edge of the opening of the game panel having the game area formed on the front side and restricting the inflow of game balls into the opening is at least the first inflow restricting portion. and a second inflow regulating portion, and the end of the first inflow regulating portion and the end of the second inflow regulating portion are adjacent to each other on the front surface of the game panel via the mounting portions of the flange portions provided respectively. Since it is attached so as to match, by appropriately selecting the relationship between the mounting positions of the first inflow restricting portion and the second inflow restricting portion with respect to the game panel, various inflow restricting portions can be manufactured without newly manufacturing the inflow restricting portion. It can be attached to a game panel having an opening of any size and shape, and the inflow restricting part can be used even if the model is different.

More specifically, for example, by mounting the ends of the first inflow restricting portion and the end of the second inflow restricting portion away from each other, a game panel with a large opening can be accommodated. In this case, the gap between the end of the first inflow regulating portion and the end of the second inflow regulating portion is preferably of a size that the game ball cannot pass through, but it is of a size that the game ball can pass through. In that case, the game ball may be made impossible to pass by planting obstacle nails.

Alternatively, by attaching the end portion of the first inflow restricting portion and the end portion of the second inflow restricting portion so that the respective side faces face each other, it is possible to correspond to a game panel with a small opening. At this time, since the non-flanged portion is provided at the end of at least one of the first inflow restricting portion and the second inflow restricting portion, the side surface of the end of the first inflow restricting portion and the end of the second inflow restricting portion Since it is possible to bring the side of the part as close as possible, the degree of freedom in arranging the first inflow regulating part and the second inflow regulating part can be increased, and the game panel having openings of various sizes can be made easier to deal with.

Further, as described above, since it is possible to deal with game panels having openings of various sizes, when it is desired to change the size of the game area due to design changes, etc., the first inflow restricting portion and the second The size of the game area can be easily changed by changing the mounting position relationship with the inflow restricting portion, and the degree of freedom in designing the game machine can be enhanced. Therefore, there is no need to newly manufacture an inflow restricting portion that matches the size of the game area to be changed, and an increase in the cost of the gaming machine can be suppressed.

In addition, on the game board, a plurality of frames from the first frame provided with the first inflow restricting portion to the nth frame provided with the nth inflow restricting portion (n is an integer of two or more), and at least one A connection holding portion that prevents the two frames from falling from the game panel may be further provided. As a result, since the inflow restricting portion is composed of a plurality of frames, by appropriately setting the mounting position of each frame with respect to the game panel, the same effect as described above can be obtained. In addition, since the inflow restricting portion is composed of a plurality of frames, when a problem occurs in some of the frames, it is sufficient to replace only the relevant frames, and maintenance costs can be reduced. Furthermore, since the connection holding portion is provided, it is possible to avoid damage or breakage of the frame due to falling from the game panel during assembly or maintenance of the game machine.

Further, as described above, when the connection holding portion is provided, it is desirable that the connection holding portion be formed in a flexible cord-like shape. As a result, since the connecting and holding portion is formed in a flexible string-like shape, for example, the relationship between the mounting positions of the first inflow regulating portion (first frame) and the second inflow regulating portion (second frame) Even if is changed, the connection holding portion can be flexibly deformed to follow, and it is possible to cope with the size and shape of the opening of the game panel while preventing the frame from falling from the game panel.

In addition, as described above, if a flexible string-like connection holding portion is provided, when the frame is about to be removed from the game panel, the connection holding portion tends to be flexibly deformed to create resistance, and the game can be played immediately. Detachment from the panel can be suppressed. Then, when the frame is detached from the game panel, the connection holding portion is flexibly deformed, which makes it possible to reduce the falling speed and absorb the impact, thereby preventing damage to the frame. .

Furthermore, as described above, when the connection holding portion is provided, it is desirable that adjacent frames are connected by the connection holding portion. As a result, compared to the case where one end of the connection holding portion is connected to the game panel or other member, the plurality of frames can be easily handled as a single unit, and the workability at the time of manufacturing the game machine can be improved. can be improved.

Moreover, as described above, when the connection holding portion is provided, it is desirable to provide the connection holding portion so as to be detachable from the frame. As a result, for example, when a plurality of frames are attached to the game panel in order, or some frames are removed from the game panel for maintenance or the like, the connection holding portion can be removed or attached. As a result, the frame can be easily routed and handled, and workability can be improved.

Also, as described above, if the connection holding portion is detachable, it is possible to connect the frame by the connection holding portion until the frame is attached to the game panel, and then remove the connection holding portion after the frame is attached to the game panel. As a result, it is possible to avoid the deterioration of the appearance due to the presence of the connection holding portion.

Furthermore, as described above, when a plurality of frames are provided, the game board may further include electronic components attached to at least one frame. As a result, electronic components are attached to at least one frame, and since the weight of the frame to which the electronic components are attached increases, the frame may come off from the game panel and fall during the assembly work of the game machine. Then, although the frame is easily damaged by its weight, the frame is prevented from being damaged by falling onto a workbench, floor, or the like, because a connection holding part is provided to prevent the frame from falling. Therefore, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can reliably exhibit the effects of the electronic components attached to the frame.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The game board is
a plurality of frames from a first frame provided with the first inflow restricting portion to an nth frame provided with an nth inflow restricting portion (n is an integer of two or more);
A connection holding part for preventing the at least one frame from falling from the game panel.

Here, the number "n" of the plurality of frames is preferably in the range of 2-6. This is because if the number of frames exceeds this range, it will take time and effort to attach the frames when manufacturing the game machine, and there is a risk that the cost will increase. An electronic component such as an LED board may be attached to some of the frames.

Further, the "connection holding part" includes a "flexible cord-like part", a "flexible belt-like part", and the like. In addition, the ``connecting and holding portion'' includes ``connecting adjacent frames'', ``connecting a frame to another member'', and ``connecting a frame to a game panel''. , etc. Furthermore, the "connection holding part" may or may not have decorativeness. Further, it is desirable that the "connection holding part" has a length that prevents the frame from coming into contact with the table or floor when the frame is detached from the game panel with the game board upright and falls.

According to the configuration of means 2, the game board includes a plurality of frames from the first frame provided with the first inflow regulating portion to the nth frame provided with the nth inflow regulating portion (n is an integer of two or more). It further comprises a frame and a connection holding part for preventing the at least one frame from falling from the game panel. (See the description regarding the center frame 2700 and the connection holding portion 2710 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the inflow restricting portion is composed of a plurality of frames, by appropriately setting the mounting position of each frame with respect to the game panel, the same effect as described above can be obtained. In addition, since the inflow restricting portion is composed of a plurality of frames, when a problem occurs in some of the frames, it is sufficient to replace only the relevant frames, and maintenance costs can be reduced. Furthermore, since the connection holding portion is provided, it is possible to avoid damage or breakage of the frame due to falling from the game panel during assembly or maintenance of the game machine.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 2,
"The connection holding part
It is characterized by being "formed in the shape of a string having flexibility".

According to the structure of the means 3, the connection holding part is formed in a flexible cord shape. (See the description regarding the connection holding portion 2710 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the connecting and holding portion is formed in a flexible string-like shape, for example, the relationship between the mounting positions of the first inflow regulating portion (first frame) and the second inflow regulating portion (second frame) Even if is changed, the connection holding portion can be flexibly deformed to follow, and it is possible to cope with the size and shape of the opening of the game panel while preventing the frame from falling from the game panel.

In addition, since the connecting and holding part is formed in a flexible string shape, when the frame is about to be removed from the game panel, the flexible deformation of the connecting and holding part acts as a resistance, and the frame is immediately removed from the game panel. can be suppressed. Then, when the frame is detached from the game panel, the connection holding portion is flexibly deformed, which makes it possible to reduce the falling speed and absorb the impact, thereby preventing damage to the frame. .

Means 4: In the configuration of Means 2 or Means 3,
"The connection holding part
It is characterized by connecting the adjacent frames.

According to the configuration of the means 4, the connection holding part connects adjacent frames. (See the description regarding the connection holding portion 2710 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, compared to the case where one end of the connection holding portion is connected to the game panel or other member, the plurality of frames can be easily handled as a single unit, and the workability at the time of manufacturing the game machine can be improved. can be improved.

Means 5: In any one configuration from Means 2 to 4,
"The connection holding part
It is provided detachably with respect to the frame.

According to the configuration of the means 5, the connection holding portion is detachably provided with respect to the frame. (See the description regarding the connection holding portion 2710 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, for example, when a plurality of frames are attached to the game panel in order, or some frames are removed from the game panel for maintenance or the like, the connection holding portion can be removed or attached. As a result, the frame can be easily routed and handled, and workability can be improved.

In addition, since the connection holding portion is detachable, it is possible to connect the frame by the connection holding portion until the frame is attached to the game panel, and then remove the connection holding portion after the frame is attached to the game panel. It is possible to prevent the appearance from becoming poor due to the existence of the part.

Means 6: In the configuration of any one of Means 2 to 5,
"The game board is
an electronic component attached to at least one of said frames;
It is characterized by being "further provided".

Here, the "electronic parts" include "LED board", "relay board", "ball sensor", "magnetic sensor", "display (display with special pattern)", "solenoid", "motor", etc.

According to the configuration of means 6, the game board further comprises electronic components attached to at least one frame. (See the description regarding the pattern display 2518 and the center frame 2700 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, electronic components are attached to at least one frame, and since the weight of the frame to which the electronic components are attached increases, the frame may come off from the game panel and fall during the assembly work of the game machine. Then, although the frame is easily damaged by its weight, the frame is prevented from being damaged by falling onto a workbench, floor, or the like, because a connection holding part is provided to prevent the frame from falling. Therefore, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can reliably exhibit the effects of the electronic components attached to the frame.

Means 7: In the gaming machine,
"In a game machine equipped with a game board having a game area where game balls can flow down,
The game board is
a game panel in which the game area is formed on the front side;
It is provided corresponding to the edge of the opening formed in the game panel, and restricts the game balls flowing down the game area from flowing into the opening, and the first inflow restricting portion to the nth inflow restricting portion (n is an integer of 2 or more);
a plurality of frames from a first frame provided with the first inflow restricting portion to an nth frame provided with an nth inflow restricting portion (n is an integer of two or more);
a connection holding part that prevents the at least one frame from falling from the game panel;
an electronic component attached to at least one of said frames;
with
The inflow control unit is
The m-th inflow restricting portion (m is an integer between 1 and n−1) and the (m+1)th inflow restricting portion are each formed with a flange portion along the front surface of the game panel, At least one of the respective ends is formed with a non-flange portion where the flange portion is not formed. is attached so that the part and the end of the (m+1)th inflow regulating part are adjacent to each other,
The connection holding part is
It is formed in a flexible cord-like shape, connects the adjacent frames, and is detachably attached to the frame.”
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of means 7, in a game machine provided with a game board having a game area in which game balls can flow down, the game board comprises a game panel having a game area formed on the front side and an opening formed in the game panel. It is provided corresponding to the edge of the game area, and regulates that the game ball flowing down the game area flows into the inside of the opening, from the first inflow regulation part to the nth inflow regulation part (n is an integer of two or more) an inflow restricting portion having an inflow restricting portion, a plurality of frames from a first frame provided with the first inflow restricting portion to an nth frame provided with an nth inflow restricting portion (n is an integer of two or more), and at least one The inflow regulating portion comprises a connection holding portion that prevents the two frames from falling from the game panel, and an electronic component attached to at least one frame. Integer up to 1) and (m+1)-th inflow restricting portion are each formed with a flange portion along the front surface of the game panel, and at least one of each end portion is formed with a flange portion. A non-flanged portion is formed, and the end of the m-th inflow regulating portion and the end of the (m+1)th inflow regulating portion are attached to the front of the game panel by the mounting portion provided on the flange so that the end is adjacent. The connecting/holding portion is formed in a flexible cord-like shape, connects adjacent frames, and is provided detachably with respect to the frames.

As a result, the inflow restricting portion provided corresponding to the edge of the opening of the game panel having the game area formed on the front side and restricting the inflow of game balls into the opening is at least the first inflow restricting portion. to the n-th inflow regulating portion (n is an integer of 2 or more), and the m-th inflow regulating portion (m is from 1 to n−1) end and the end of the (m+1)th inflow regulating portion are attached adjacent to each other, so that the mth inflow regulating portion and the (m+1)th inflow regulating portion with respect to the game panel By appropriately selecting the relationship of the mounting position with the restricting part, it is possible to attach the inflow restricting part to game panels having openings of various sizes and shapes without manufacturing a new inflow restricting part, and even if the model is different, the inflow is possible. A regulation part can be diverted.

In the following, m is assumed to be 1. For example, by attaching the end of the first inflow control part and the end of the second inflow control part away from each other, it is possible to correspond to a game panel with a large opening. can. In this case, the gap between the end of the first inflow regulating portion and the end of the second inflow regulating portion is preferably of a size that the game ball cannot pass through, but it is of a size that the game ball can pass through. In that case, the game ball may be made impossible to pass by planting obstacle nails.

Alternatively, by attaching the end portion of the first inflow restricting portion and the end portion of the second inflow restricting portion so that the respective side faces face each other, it is possible to correspond to a game panel with a small opening. At this time, since the non-flanged portion is provided at the end of at least one of the first inflow restricting portion and the second inflow restricting portion, the side surface of the end of the first inflow restricting portion and the end of the second inflow restricting portion Since it is possible to bring the side of the part as close as possible, the degree of freedom in arranging the first inflow regulating part and the second inflow regulating part can be increased, and the game panel having openings of various sizes can be made easier to deal with.

Further, as described above, since it is possible to deal with game panels having openings of various sizes, when it is desired to change the size of the game area due to design changes, etc., the first inflow restricting portion and the second The size of the game area can be easily changed by changing the mounting position relationship with the inflow restricting portion, and the degree of freedom in designing the game machine can be enhanced. Therefore, there is no need to newly manufacture an inflow restricting portion that matches the size of the game area to be changed, and an increase in the cost of the gaming machine can be suppressed.

Furthermore, since the inflow restricting portion is composed of a plurality of frames, by appropriately setting the mounting position of each frame with respect to the game panel, it is possible to achieve the same effect as described above. In addition, since the inflow restricting portion is composed of a plurality of frames, when a problem occurs in some of the frames, it is sufficient to replace only the relevant frames, and maintenance costs can be reduced. Furthermore, since the connection holding portion is provided, it is possible to avoid damage or breakage of the frame due to falling from the game panel during assembly or maintenance of the game machine.

In addition, since the connecting and holding portion is a flexible string-like member, for example, the relationship between the mounting positions of the first inflow regulating portion (first frame) and the second inflow regulating portion (second frame) can be changed. Even if it is changed, it can be followed by the flexible deformation of the connection holding part, and it is possible to cope with the size and shape of the opening of the game panel while preventing the frame from falling from the game panel.

In addition, since a flexible string-like connecting and holding part is provided, when the frame is about to be detached from the game panel, the connecting and holding part flexibly deforms and acts as a resistance, and the frame is immediately removed from the game panel. can be suppressed. Then, when the frame is detached from the game panel, the connection holding portion is flexibly deformed, which makes it possible to reduce the falling speed and absorb the impact, thereby preventing damage to the frame. .

Furthermore, since the adjacent frames are connected by the connection holding portion, it is possible to combine a plurality of frames as a single unit compared to the case where one end of the connection holding portion is connected to a game panel or other member. It is possible to make it easy to handle, and to improve workability at the time of manufacturing the game machine or the like.

In addition, since the connection holding part is detachably attached to the frame, for example, when attaching a plurality of frames to the game panel in order or when removing some frames from the game panel for maintenance etc. By detaching or attaching the connecting/holding portion, it is possible to improve the handling and handling of the frame, thereby improving the workability.

In addition, since the connection holding portion is detachable, it is possible to connect the frame by the connection holding portion until the frame is attached to the game panel, and then remove the connection holding portion after the frame is attached to the game panel. It is possible to prevent the presence of the holding portion from deteriorating the appearance.

Furthermore, since electronic components are attached to at least one frame, the weight of the frame to which the electronic components are attached increases. Although the frame tends to be damaged due to its weight, the frame is prevented from being damaged by falling onto a workbench, floor, or the like, because a connection holding portion is provided to prevent the frame from falling. Therefore, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can reliably exhibit the effects of the electronic components attached to the frame.

Means 8: In any one configuration of Means 1 to 7,
The game machine is
The pachinko machine is characterized in that it is provided with a prize-winning opening provided in the game area for awarding a predetermined privilege when a game ball enters the game area.

Here, the ``winning opening'' includes a ``general winning opening that is always open within the game area'', and a ``general winning opening that is always open within the game area, and which is advantageous to the player as a predetermined privilege due to the entry of a game ball. A special lottery is held to determine whether or not to generate an advantageous gaming state. Inside, a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, prize winning opening, etc.) that allows game balls to enter as a predetermined privilege, "Specific area within the game area (gate, through chucker, etc.) Depending on the result of the ordinary lottery that is drawn by passing the ball, a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, accessory winning opening, etc.) that allows game balls to enter as a predetermined privilege, "within the game area Depending on the result of the ordinary lottery drawn by the game ball passing through a specific area (e.g., gate, chucker, etc.), it is possible to enter the game ball as a predetermined privilege, and the game ball enters a predetermined As a special benefit, a special lottery is held as to whether or not to generate an advantageous gaming state that is advantageous to the player. "V prize opening that generates an advantageous gaming state in which the player is advantageous as a predetermined privilege when the ball is sorted and entered," "V prize opening that generates an advantageous gaming state in which the player is advantageous as a predetermined privilege, in a predetermined pattern A large winning opening and a prize winning opening that can be opened and closed to allow game balls to enter.

In addition, the ``pachinko machine'' includes ``lottery means for performing a special lottery for generating an advantageous gaming state in which the player is advantageous as a predetermined privilege when a game ball enters the starting hole, and a lottery means. a special lottery result display means as a display device for displaying the special lottery result drawn by the combination of the stopped and displayed special symbols after variably displaying the special symbols according to the lottered special lottery result; Advantageous game state generating means for generating an advantageous game state by opening and closing a large winning opening in a predetermined pattern when a special lottery result for generating an advantageous game state is displayed on the special lottery result display means (so-called , Digipachi machine), ``distributing means for distributing game balls that enter the prize winning opening, and when the game ball distributed by the distributing means enters the V prize winning opening, the prize is given as a predetermined privilege. Advantageous game state generating means for generating an advantageous game state in which the player is advantageous by opening and closing the mouth in a predetermined pattern (so-called Hanemono machine); According to the result of a special lottery drawn by entering a game ball into the starting hole (starting ball), the big winning hole or the prize winning hole is opened and closed in a predetermined pattern, and the ball enters the winning hole. An advantageous game state generating means is provided for generating an advantageous game state in which the player is advantageous by opening and closing the accessory winning opening or the big winning opening in a predetermined pattern as a predetermined privilege when the game balls are distributed to the V winning opening. (So-called multi-function machine)”, etc.

According to the configuration of the means 8, the game machine is a pachinko machine provided with a prize-winning opening provided in the game area and giving a predetermined privilege when a game ball enters. Thereby, in the pachinko machine, it is possible to obtain the effects of any of the means described above.

As described above, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a game machine capable of using the inflow restricting portion even if the opening of the game panel differs depending on the model.

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine that is an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 1 is a front perspective view of a pachinko machine shown with its upper side tilted forward; FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine with a door frame removed; FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine with a door frame and a game board removed; FIG. 5 is a rear view of the pachinko machine of FIG. 4; FIG. It is the perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine of FIG. 4 from diagonally forward. FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective view of the pachinko machine of FIG. 4 disassembled for each main configuration and viewed from the front; Fig. 5 is an exploded perspective view of the pachinko machine of Fig. 4 disassembled for each main configuration and viewed from the rear; It is the top view which cut|disconnected the pachinko machine of FIG. 4 in the up-down center. FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A--A in FIG. 9; FIG. 4 is a front view of a main part showing a cross section of a firing unit, a foul unit, etc. in the front view of FIG. 3; FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective view of a main body frame base unit of the main body frame, which is disassembled into main components and viewed from the front; FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of a main body frame base unit of the main body frame, which is disassembled into main components and viewed from the rear; (a) is a front perspective view of the ball shooting unit in the body frame, and (b) is a rear perspective view of the ball shooting unit in the body frame. (a) is an exploded perspective view of the ball shooting unit as seen from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the ball shooting unit as seen from the rear. (a) is a perspective view of the firing unit cover of the ball firing unit as seen from the rear left, and (b) is an explanatory view of the ball firing unit showing only the firing unit cover in cross section when viewed from the front. (a) is a front perspective view of the foul unit in the body frame, and (b) is a back perspective view of the foul unit in the body frame. (a) is an exploded perspective view of the foul unit as seen from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the foul unit as seen from the rear. (a) is an explanatory view showing a closed state of the foul shutter in a side cross section of the foul unit, and (b) is an explanatory view showing an open state of the foul shutter in the side cross section of the foul unit. (a) is a front perspective view of the circulation ball path unit in the body frame, and (b) is a rear perspective view of the circulation ball path unit in the body frame. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of the circulating ball path unit disassembled and viewed from the front; FIG. 11 is an exploded perspective view of the circulation ball path unit, viewed from the rear; (a) is a plan view showing only the meandering ball member and the ball-removing shutter in the circulation ball path unit, and (b) is a front perspective view showing only the meandering ball member and the ball-removing shutter in the circulation ball path unit. be. (a1) is an explanatory view showing a side sectional view of the ball retracting shutter and the meandering ball member together with the ball receiving tray in the closed position, and (a2) is an explanatory view showing only the part of the ball retracting shutter in (a1) from the bottom. , (b1) is an explanatory view showing a side sectional view of the ball retracting shutter and the meandering member in the open position together with the ball receiving tray, and (b2) is an explanatory view showing only the part of the ball retracting shutter in (b1) from the bottom. be. (a) is an explanatory side cross-sectional view showing a state in which an iron ball is magnetically attached to the ball extraction shutter at the closed position together with the ball meandering member and the ball extraction tray; It is an explanatory view showing a side cross section together with the ball meandering member and the ball extraction tray in a state where the ball is magnetically attached, and (c) is an explanatory view showing the iron ball on the lower surface by sliding the ball extraction shutter from the state of (b) to the closed position. is an explanatory view showing a side cross section together with the meandering sphere member and the sphere extraction tray in a state where the is magnetically attached. (a) is an explanatory view showing a front cross section of the circulation ball path unit cut at the out ball sensor site, and (b) is an illustration showing a front cross section of the circulation ball path unit cut at the safe ball sensor site. It is a diagram. (a) is an enlarged perspective view of the lower part of the body frame together with the outer frame with the meandering cover of the circulation ball path unit removed, and (b) is a perspective view seen from the front with the meandering cover of the circulation ball path unit removed. FIG. 10 is a perspective view seen from the back showing an enlarged lower part of the main body frame together with the outer frame in a state where it is folded. (a) is an enlarged explanatory view showing a main part of a back cross-section cut at a position of an out-ball sensor with the cover member of the ball elimination mechanism closed in the circulating ball path unit attached to the body frame; (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the cover member is opened in (a). (a) is a perspective view of the ball lifting unit in the main body frame as seen from the front left, (b) is a perspective view of the ball lifting unit in the main body frame as seen from the front right, and (c) is a ball in the main frame. It is the perspective view which looked at the lifting unit from the back. (a) is an exploded perspective view of the ball lifting unit disassembled for each main configuration and viewed from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the ball lifting unit disassembled for each main configuration and viewed from the rear. It is a diagram. It is a front view showing an enlarged main part in a state in which the ball polishing cassette is removed from the ball lifting unit attached to the body frame. (a) is a right side view showing the main parts of the ball polishing mechanism and the ball lifting mechanism in the ball lifting unit, (b) is a rear view showing the main parts of the ball lifting mechanism, and (c) is a ball It is the top view which looked at the principal part of the lifting mechanism from the arrow A of (b). (a) is a front perspective view of the ball feeding unit in the body frame, and (b) is a rear perspective view of the ball feeding unit in the body frame. (a) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit viewed from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit viewed from the rear. It is a front cross-sectional view of the ball feeding unit cut at the site of the sensor before firing. It is an explanatory view showing various passages of game balls on the rear surface side of the body frame from the rear surface. It is explanatory drawing which shows typically the flow of the game ball in a main body frame. It is a block diagram which shows roughly the control structure of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart which shows firing permission processing. It is a flow chart which shows possession ball subtraction processing. It is a flowchart which shows possession ball addition processing by a foul ball. It is a flow chart which shows firing control processing. It is a flow chart which shows prize ball processing. It is a flow chart which shows lifting motor operation processing. It is a table|surface which shows the relationship between a lift entrance sensor, a lift exit sensor, and operation|movement of a lift motor. It is a graph showing the relationship between the shooting motion of the game ball and the motion of the ball lifting unit. It is a graph which shows operation|movement of the ball lifting mechanism in a ball lifting unit. (a) is a flowchart showing security processing, and (b) is a flowchart showing security processing in an embodiment different from (a). It is a table|surface which shows the relationship between a circulating ball low sensor, a circulating ball excessive sensor, and an error alert. It is a front view of a game board showing a transparent center accessory and the like in an opaque manner. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board of FIG. 50 from the right front. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board of FIG. 50 from the left front. 51 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 50 as seen from behind; FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view of a game board disassembled into main members and viewed from the front; FIG. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed|disassembled the game board for every main member, and was seen from the back. It is a front view of the game board showing the inside of the game area in which the game balls circulate by cutting the front unit parallel to the surface of the game panel. (a) is a rear view of the first specification main control unit, which is one of the main control units, (b) is a perspective view of the first specification main control unit as seen from the front, and (c) is the first It is the perspective view which looked at the specification main control unit from the back. (a) is an exploded perspective view of the first specification main control unit as seen from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the first specification main control unit as seen from the rear. (a) is a rear view of a second specification main control unit which is one of the main control units, and (b) is a perspective view of the second specification main control unit as seen from behind. (a) is an exploded perspective view of the second specification main control unit as seen from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the second specification main control unit as seen from the rear. (a1) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the part where the setting key switch is mounted in the rear view of the first specification main control unit, and (a2) is a sectional view showing the part of the setting key switch in (a1). It is an explanatory diagram, (b1) is an enlarged explanatory diagram showing the same part as (a1) in the rear view of the second specification main control unit, (b2) is the same part as (a2) in (b1) It is explanatory drawing shown in a cross section. (a) is a front view of the lottery accessory in the center accessory, and (b) is a perspective view of the lottery accessory as seen from the front above. It is a side cross-sectional view of the lottery accessory in the center accessory cut at the center in the left-right direction. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a state in which a game ball cannot loop in a lottery accessory, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which a game ball can loop in a lottery accessory. It is explanatory drawing which shows the flow of the game ball in a lottery accessory. It is a front view of the game board shown in a normal state. FIG. 10 is a front view of the game board showing a state in which the front elevation decorative body unit of the back front effect unit is dropped from the normal state to the effect position from the standby position; FIG. 10 is a front view of the game board showing a state in which the rear lifting decorative body of the rear rear effect unit is moved from the normal state to the appearing position from the retracted position; It shows a state in which the back front elevating decorative body unit of the back front effect unit is dropped from the standby position to the effect position from the normal state, and the back elevating decorative body of the back rear effect unit is moved from the retracted position to the appearing position. It is a front view of a game board. It is a block diagram which shows roughly the control structure of a pachinko machine. (a) is a front view of a decoration having a production board, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the decoration of (a). In the production of the performance board in FIG. 71, after forming the outer periphery of the performance board by leaving a connecting portion on the standard board, after mounting electronic components such as LEDs, before separating the performance board and the waste board is an explanatory diagram showing the state of . (a) is an explanatory view showing a state before forming the outer periphery of the production board while leaving the connecting part and separating it from the waste board, and (b) shows the production board and the waste board by cutting the part of the connecting part. (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the connection portion of the effect board is finished. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing the effect board in a state in which the effect board and the waste board are separated from the state of FIG. 72, and (b) shows the state in which the outer periphery of the effect board is finished from the state of (a). It is an explanatory diagram. (a) is an explanatory view showing a form of a connecting portion different from that of FIG. 72, and (b1) to (b3) are explanatory views showing a still different form of the connecting portion, and also showing the process of separating from the waste substrate and finishing. is. (a) is an enlarged explanatory view showing the part of the connection part with the waste board in the effect board of the second embodiment, and (b) is the waste board and the effect board separated from the state of (a). FIG. 10C is an explanatory diagram showing a state, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the connecting portion is finished from the state of (b). (a) is an enlarged explanatory view showing a rendering substrate provided with a coating film of a form different from that of FIG. 76, and (b) is a rendering substrate provided with a coating film of a different form. It is an explanatory view enlarged and shown, and (c) is an explanatory view showing an enlarged production board provided with a copper foil of a form different from that of (a). FIG. 76 is an explanatory diagram showing the surface of the decoration board of the second embodiment in which the configuration of FIG. 76 is applied to the decoration board of the first embodiment such as FIG. 74 . FIG. 79 is an explanatory view showing the back surface of the effect board of the decoration of the second embodiment shown in FIG. 78; (a) is a rear view of the effect board of the third embodiment, (b) is a front view of the effect board of the fourth embodiment. (a) is an explanatory view schematically showing a production board provided with a specific trace portion and a side-view type LED, and (b) extends outward between the specific trace portions in (a). It is an explanatory view of the effect board provided with the extending portion, and (c) is an explanatory view showing the effect board of a form different from (a) and (b). (a) is an explanatory view showing a cross section of the main part of the decoration of the third embodiment, (b) is an explanatory view showing the main part of the decoration of the fourth embodiment in cross section, and (c) is It is explanatory drawing which shows the principal part of the decoration of 5th embodiment in a cross section. (a) is an explanatory view showing a cross-section of a main part of the decoration of the sixth embodiment, (b) is a cross-section of a main part of the decoration of the seventh embodiment, and (c) is It is an explanatory view showing a section of the main part of the decoration of the eighth embodiment. It is a front view of the game board provided with the starting port unit of the second embodiment. It is a perspective view showing the game board provided with the starting port unit of the second embodiment, omitting the rear side of the game panel. (a) is a front perspective view showing the starter unit of the second embodiment together with part of the game panel, and (b) is a rear perspective view of the starter unit in (a). (a) is an exploded perspective view of the starting port unit of the second embodiment and viewed from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the starting port unit of the second embodiment and viewed from the rear. be. (a) is an explanatory view showing the starting port unit of the second embodiment from the front, and (b) is an explanatory view showing the starting port unit of the second embodiment in cross section. (a) and (b) are explanatory diagrams showing the relationship between the through-hole of the starting port front plate and the front plate seal in the starting port unit of the second embodiment. FIG. 10 is a front view of a game board provided with a starting port unit according to a third embodiment, with members behind the game panel omitted; It is the perspective view which looked at the game board of FIG. 90 from diagonally forward. (a) is a front perspective view showing the starter unit of the third embodiment together with part of the game panel, and (b) is a rear perspective view of the starter unit in (a). (a) is an exploded perspective view of the starting port unit of the third embodiment and viewed from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the starting port unit of the third embodiment and viewed from the rear. be. (a) is an explanatory view showing the starting port unit of the third embodiment from the front, and (b) is an explanatory view showing the starting port unit of the third embodiment in cross section. FIG. 10 is a front view of a game board provided with a starting port unit according to a third embodiment and a front plate, omitting members on the rear side of the game panel; FIG. 96 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 95 as viewed obliquely from the front; Figure 96 is an exploded perspective view of the game board of Figure 95, shown with the front plate separated; FIG. 10 is a front view of the game board, in which a front plate is provided in front of the starting port unit and the side unit, and members on the rear side of the game panel are omitted. FIG. 99 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 98 as seen diagonally from the front; FIG. 99 is an exploded perspective view of the game board showing an enlarged main part with the front plate separated in FIG. 99; It is a front view of the game board of the second embodiment. It is a rear view of the game board of the second embodiment. It is a front view showing only the front unit in the game board of the second embodiment. It is a front view showing only the rear unit in the game board of the second embodiment. (a) is an explanatory view showing a state in which the game board of the second embodiment is locked to the main body frame by the game board lock member, and (b) is an explanatory view showing a state in which the lock by the game board lock member is released; is. (a) is an explanatory view schematically showing a state in which the front unit is locked to the back unit by locking with the front unit lock member in the unit fixing portion of the game board of the second embodiment; It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which unlocked by the front unit locking member from the state of a), (c) is explanatory drawing which shows the state which removed the front unit from the rear unit in the state of (b). It is an explanatory view showing the positioning of the front unit and the rear unit on the game board of the second embodiment. It is an explanatory view showing a ground path in the game board of the second embodiment. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the winning opening of the front unit and the ball receiving opening of the rear unit on the game board of the second embodiment, and (b) shows the front unit and the rear unit from the state of (a). is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the are separated. (a) is a front view showing the first front unit as the front unit shown in FIG. 103 in the game board of the second embodiment, and (b) is different from the first front unit in the game board of the second embodiment. It is a front view which shows the second front unit of a form. It is a front view showing a state in which the game board of the second embodiment in which the second front unit shown in FIG. 110(b) is attached to the rear unit is attached to the body frame. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the game board of the second embodiment is locked to the body frame by the rear unit lock member, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the lock by the rear unit lock member is released. is. (a) is an explanatory view showing a state in which the peripheral control unit is attached to the performance display device in a cross section, and (b) is an explanatory view showing a state in which the peripheral control unit is removed from the performance display device in a cross section. 113(a) is an explanatory view showing a state in which the peripheral control unit is attached to the effect display device in a cross section, and (b) is a connection between the peripheral control board and the connection relay board in (a). It is an explanatory view showing typically. 102 is a front view showing the game board of the second embodiment shown in FIG. 101 attached to the body frame; FIG. 116 is a front view showing a state in which the front unit of the game board is removed from the state of FIG. 115; FIG. (a) is an explanatory view schematically showing the game board of the second embodiment attached to the body frame from the side, and (b) is an explanatory view showing the state in which the front unit is removed in (a). . It is a modification 1 of the game board of the second embodiment, (a1) is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the lower right corner of the game board from the front with the game board attached to the main body frame, (a2) is ( 1) is an explanatory diagram showing a1) from the side, (b1) is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the lower right corner of the game board removed from the main body frame from the front, and (b2) is a diagram showing the game board with the main body frame removed. It is an explanatory view schematically showing from the side along with the game board in a state of being folded. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing FIG. 118(a1) in plan view, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing FIG. 118(b2) in plan view. FIG. 10A is a second modified example of the game board of the second embodiment, and FIG. 11A is an explanatory view schematically showing a front unit provided with a movable certificate stamp pasting auxiliary member together with a rear unit and a body frame from the side; FIG. 11 is an explanatory view schematically showing a front unit provided with a movable certificate stamp pasting assisting member having a form different from that of FIG. It is an explanatory view showing the center accessory of the first embodiment attached to the game panel, cut in the middle in the vertical direction, and showing it together with the front constituent member. (a) is an explanatory view showing the front decoration of the center accessory in a state where it is disassembled into a front decoration part and a rear decoration part, and (b) is a front view of the decoration consisting of the front decoration part and the rear decoration part. 1 is an explanatory diagram showing from . FIG. 122 is an explanatory view showing the center accessory of FIG. 121 in a state where the center frame is placed on a stand with the rear end facing down; FIG. 122 is an explanatory diagram showing a partial cross section of a center accessory provided with a center frame to which a decoration different from that in FIG. 121 is attached; (a) is an explanatory view of the main part of the center accessory of the second embodiment as seen from inside the frame, (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in (a), and (c) is It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which puts the rear end downward and the center frame is put on the stand in the center accessory of (a). FIG. 11 is a front view showing a game board provided with a center accessory according to a third embodiment, with the rear side of the game panel omitted. FIG. 127 is an exploded perspective view of the center accessory and the game panel of FIG. 126, viewed from the front in an exploded state; FIG. 127 is an exploded perspective view of the center accessory of FIG. 126, viewed from the front; (a) to (g) are explanatory diagrams showing various joining patterns between the first frame and the second frame in the center accessory of the third embodiment.

[1. Overall Structure of Pachinko Machine]
A pachinko machine 1 that is an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. First, the overall configuration of the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. FIG. FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine which is one embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a front perspective view of the pachinko machine shown with the upper side tilted forward.

The pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment is used by being installed on an island facility of a game hall. In this pachinko machine 1, a large number (for example, 40 to 60) of game balls B are enclosed without being discharged to the outside or supplied from the outside. This game machine is a so-called enclosed game machine or a management game machine in which the ball B is not touched. In this pachinko machine 1, the number of balls held by the player is converted into data and handled as ball data.

The game balls B enclosed in the pachinko machine 1 have the same diameter as the game balls used in the conventional pachinko machine, but are made of non-magnetic stainless steel such as SUS304. As a result, even if the game ball B is enclosed in the pachinko machine 1 for a long period of time, it will not rust and is distinguished from the conventional game ball (iron ball SB) that is magnetically attached.

The pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment comprises a frame-shaped outer frame 2 installed on an island facility (not shown) of a game hall, a door frame 3 for closing the front surface of the outer frame 2 so that it can be opened and closed, and a door frame 3. A body frame 4 which is supported so as to be openable and closable and which is attached to the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable; and a game board 5 having a game area 5a into which game balls B are hit by.

[2. Outer frame]
The outer frame 2 of the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 10. FIG. FIG. 3 is a front view of the pachinko machine with the door frame removed. 4 is a front view of the pachinko machine with the door frame and game board removed, FIG. 5 is a rear view of the pachinko machine of FIG. 4, and FIG. 6 is a diagonal front view of the pachinko machine of FIG. It is a perspective view. 7 is an exploded perspective view of the pachinko machine of FIG. 4 disassembled into main components and viewed from the front, and FIG. 8 is an exploded perspective view of the pachinko machine of FIG. 4 disassembled into the main components and viewed from the rear. It is a diagram. FIG. 9 is a plan view of the pachinko machine of FIG. 4 cut in the vertical center. FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A--A in FIG.

The outer frame 2 is attached to an island facility (not shown) of a game hall, and the main frame 4 can be opened and closed forward and can be attached detachably. The outer frame 2 comprises an outer frame main body 10 formed in a vertically long frame shape, an outer frame assembly metal fitting 20 to which the outer frame main body 10 is assembled, and an outer frame hinge supporting the main body frame 4 so as to be openable and closable. A mechanism 30, an outer frame lock fitting (not shown) for locking the body frame 4 in a closed state, a panel 45 attached to the lower frame body 14 of the outer frame body 10, and and a sliding plate 46 to which it is attached.

The outer frame body 10 of the outer frame 2 connects the upper ends of the left frame body 11 and the right frame body 12, which extend vertically and are spaced apart in the left and right directions. and a lower frame 14 connecting the lower ends of the left frame 11 and the right frame 12 to each other. The left frame 11 and the right frame 12 are each made of extruded metal such as aluminum alloy. The upper frame 13 and the lower frame 14 are made of wood. The left frame 11, the right frame 12, the upper frame 13, and the lower frame 14 have the same dimension in the front-rear direction.

The outer frame assembling metal fittings 20 of the outer frame 2 connect the upper left metal fitting (not shown) connecting the left frame 11 and the upper frame 13, and the right frame 12 and the upper frame 13. An upper right metal fitting (not shown), a lower left metal fitting 23 connecting the left frame 11 and the lower frame 14, and a lower right metal fitting (not shown) connecting the right frame 12 and the lower frame 14 omitted).

The outer frame hinge mechanism 30 has an outer frame upper hinge body 31 provided at the upper left end of the outer frame main body 10 and an outer frame lower hinge body 35 provided at the lower left end of the outer frame main body 10. ing.

The outer frame upper hinge body 31 of the outer frame hinge mechanism 30 is attached to the top surface of the left end of the upper frame body 13 , and its front end protrudes forward from the outer frame main body 10 . The outer frame upper hinge body 31 has a bearing groove 31a that penetrates vertically and is open on one side at a portion that protrudes forward from the outer frame main body 10, and a bearing groove 31a that is open at one side. and a lock member 32 which is provided on the lower surface of the portion projecting outward and which can open and close the released portion of the bearing groove 31a.

The bearing groove 31a of the outer frame upper hinge body 31 pivotally supports the main body frame hinge shaft 411a by inserting the main body frame hinge shaft 411a of the main body frame upper hinge body 411 of the main body frame 4 from the released portion. be able to. In a normal state, the lock member 32 of the outer frame upper hinge body 31 is positioned at the lock position where the released portion of the bearing groove 31a is closed by the biasing force of the elastic piece (not shown). When the lock member 32 is moved to the release position against the urging force of the elastic piece, the bearing groove 31a is opened to the side, and the main body frame hinge shaft 411a is inserted into the bearing groove 31a from the side. , the body frame hinge shaft 411a inserted in the bearing groove 31a can be removed from the bearing groove 31a.

The outer frame lower hinge body 35 of the outer frame hinge mechanism 30 is attached to a portion (upper portion) overlapping the lower frame body 14 on the upper surface of the left end of the panel 45 , and the front end projects forward from the outer frame main body 10 . ing. The outer frame lower hinge body 35 has a hinge shaft 35 a projecting upward at a portion projecting forward from the outer frame main body 10 . By inserting the hinge shaft 35a of the outer frame lower hinge body 35 into the outer frame shaft hole (not shown) of the main body frame lower hinge body 412 in the main body frame 4, the main body frame lower hinge body 412 is rotatably supported. can do.

The outer frame hinge mechanism 30 pivotally supports the main body frame hinge shaft 411a of the main body frame upper hinge body 411 in the main body frame 4 in the bearing groove 31a of the outer frame upper hinge body 31, and the hinge shaft 35a of the outer frame lower hinge body 35. is inserted into the outer frame shaft hole of the lower main body frame hinge body 412 , the main body frame 4 can be supported so as to be openable and closable.

Two outer frame lock fittings of the outer frame 2 are provided on the inner side surface (left side surface) of the right frame body 12 so as to be spaced apart vertically. The outer frame locking fittings can lock the main body frame 4 to the outer frame 2 in a closed state so that the main body frame 4 cannot be opened by engaging the outer frame locking claws 684 of the lock unit 680 in the main body frame 4 . .

A curtain plate 45 of the outer frame 2 is attached to the lower frame 14 and has a front end projecting forward beyond the lower frame 14 . The curtain plate 45 is made of synthetic resin. Two sliding plates 46 are provided on the upper surface of the curtain plate 45 so as to be separated from each other to the left and right. The sliding plate 46 abuts the lower end surface of the main body frame 4 when the main body frame 4 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2 . The sliding plate 46 is made of a low-friction material with low frictional resistance, making the body frame 4 slippery and facilitating opening and closing.

[3. door frame]
The door frame 3 of the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. FIG. The door frame 3 has substantially the same size as the inside of the outer frame 2 and is formed in a rectangular shape extending vertically when viewed from the front. It is The door frame 3 is provided to be openable and closable with respect to the main body frame 4. When closed, the door frame main body 100 has a game window 101 through which the game area 5a of the game board 5 attached to the main body frame 4 faces forward. , a transparent glass 120 that is detachably attached to the rear side of the door frame body 100 and closes the game window 101; A handle 160 operated by the player to hit the game ball B into the area 5a, a cylindrical handle cover 170 surrounding the outer circumference of the handle 160, and a counting button switch 180 operable by the player. I have.

The door frame 3 includes a door frame panel 190 extending from the lower end of the front surface of the door frame main body 100 over the entire width in the horizontal direction at a constant height, and a game window 101 on the front surface of the door frame main body 100. A shelf unit 200 protruding forward at a portion between the door frame curtain plate 190 and a performance operation unit 250 provided in the center of the shelf unit 200 in the left-right direction and operable by a player are provided. The number of balls displayed 140 and the counting button switch 180 are provided on the upper surface of the shelf unit 200 (the upper surface of the shelf 201).

Further, the door frame 3 includes a door frame top unit 300 provided above the game window 101 on the front surface of the door frame main body 100, and a door frame top unit 300 provided on the front surface of the door frame main body 100 on the left side of the game window 101. A door frame left side unit 320 and a door frame right side unit 340 provided on the right side of the game window 101 on the front surface of the door frame main body 100 are provided.

The door frame main body 100 has a door frame hinge mechanism 110 for attaching to the main body frame 4 so that it can be opened and closed. The door frame hinge mechanism 110 includes a door frame upper hinge body (not shown) provided at the upper left end of the door frame main body 100 and a door frame lower hinge body 112 provided at the lower left end of the door frame main body 100. ,have. The door-frame hinge body has a door-frame hinge shaft (not shown) protruding upward. The door frame hinge mechanism 110 inserts the door frame upper hinge shaft of the door frame upper hinge body into the door frame upper shaft hole 411 b of the main body frame upper hinge body 411 to be described later, and the door frame lower hinge body 112 of the door frame hinge body 112 . By inserting the frame bottom hinge shaft 112a into a door frame bottom shaft hole 412b of the body frame bottom hinge body 412 to be described later, the door frame 3 can be supported so as to be openable and closable with respect to the body frame 4 .

The number-of-balls display unit 140 is composed of a 6-digit 7-segment LED. The number-of-balls display unit 140 is provided on the upper surface of the shelf unit 200 on the left side of the center in the left-right direction.

The handle 160 is provided in the lower right corner on the front surface of the door frame main body 100 , that is, near the right end between the game window 101 and the door frame curtain plate 190 on the front surface of the door frame main body 100 . The handle 160 is attached so that the player can rotate it with the rotation axis facing forward and backward. The steering wheel 160 is shaped like an automobile steering wheel and includes a central hub portion 160a, a plurality (here, three) of spoke portions 160b extending outwardly from the hub portion 160a, and spoke portions 160a and 160b. and an annular ring portion 160c that connects the tips of 160b.

The ring portion 160c of the handle 160 is provided at a front portion slightly separated from the front end of the cylindrical handle cover 170 so that the player cannot grip the ring portion 160c. Therefore, when the player rotates the handle 160, he or she mainly operates the hub portion 160a with his or her fingers passing between the spoke portions 160b. In this state, the player's finger is thrust into the cylinder of the handle cover 170 . As a result, when the player is operating the handle 160, air vibration (wind) generated by driving the main body frame speaker 403 is emitted forward from the bass reflex duct 401e of the main body frame 4, and the duct of the door frame curtain plate 190 Wind is sent to the fingers of the player who is holding the handle 160 through the grill 191 and the opening 171 of the handle cover 170, which surprises the player and provides unprecedented performance to the player. can be experienced.

The handle 160 includes a firing stop switch 161 that can be pressed by the player, a handle touch sensor 162 that detects changes in electrostatic capacity of the handle 160, and a handle rotation sensor 163 that detects the rotation angle of the handle 160. (see Figure 35).

When the player presses the firing stop switch 161 , the frame control board 640 stops driving the firing solenoid 453 . Therefore, when the player presses the shooting stop switch 161 while rotating the handle 160, the shooting of the game ball B can be temporarily stopped without returning the rotating operation of the handle 160.例文帳に追加After that, when the pressing operation of the firing stop switch 161 is released while the rotating operation of the handle 160 is kept as it is, the game is played again with the hitting strength before pressing the firing stop switch 161 (the hitting strength according to the rotating operation of the handle 160). A ball B can be hit into the game area 5a.

The handle touch sensor 162 detects static electricity acting on the handle 160. When the player touches the handle 160, the handle touch sensor 162 detects static electricity acting from the player and detects contact (touch) of the handle 160 by the player. ). When the handle 160 is rotated while the handle touch sensor 162 is detecting the player's contact, the detection of the handle rotation sensor 163 is received, and the firing solenoid is activated with the strength corresponding to the rotation angle of the handle 160. Driving is controlled, and a game ball B can be hit.

Therefore, even if the player tries to hit the game ball B into the game area 5a by rotating the handle 160 in some way without touching the handle 160, the handle touch sensor 162 does not detect the contact of the player. Therefore, the shooting solenoid 453 is not driven, and the game ball B cannot be hit. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from rotating the handle 160 in a manner different from the original one to play the game, and it is possible to reduce the load (burden) on the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed. .

The handle rotation sensor 163 is a variable resistor. When the handle 160 is rotated, the detection shaft rotates and the internal resistance changes according to the rotation angle of the detection shaft. Therefore, when the handle 160 is rotated to change the internal resistance of the handle rotation sensor 163, the driving force of the firing solenoid 453 in the ball shooting unit 450, which will be described later, changes according to the internal resistance. The game ball B can be hit into the game area 5a with the strength corresponding to the .

The handle cover 170 extends rearward from the rear portion of the annular portion of the handle 160 so as to increase in diameter, and is formed in a conical tubular shape. An opening 171 communicating with the inside is provided on the right peripheral surface and the lower peripheral surface of the outer peripheral surface of the handle cover 170 . A duct grill 191 of the door frame panel 190 is positioned below the opening 171 on the lower peripheral surface of the handle cover 170 . As a result, when the player is operating the handle 160, air vibration (wind) generated by driving the main body frame speaker 403 is emitted forward from the bass reflex duct 401e of the main body frame 4, and the duct of the door frame curtain plate 190 Wind is sent to the fingers of the player who is holding the handle 160 through the grill 191 and the opening 171 of the handle cover 170, which surprises the player and provides unprecedented performance to the player. can be experienced.

The counting button switch 180 is provided on the upper surface of the shelf unit 200 on the right side of the center in the horizontal direction. The count button switch 180, which will be described later in detail, can be pressed when there is a ball in hand so that the ball can be sent to the game ball lending device 8 for settlement.

The door frame curtain plate 190 extends laterally with a constant height and the same length as the width of the door frame main body 100 in the lateral direction, and is attached to the lower end of the front surface of the door frame main body 100 . The door frame curtain plate 190 penetrates in the front-rear direction near the right end, and has a duct grille 191 positioned in front of a bass reflex duct 401e of the body frame 4, which will be described later.

The duct grille 191 is formed in a grid pattern consisting of vertical grids and horizontal grids. The horizontal lattice of the duct grille 191 has a strip shape with a constant width in the front-rear direction, and is provided in an inclined state so that the front end is positioned higher than the rear end. This duct grill 191 is provided below (immediately below) the handle 160 . As a result, when the player is operating the steering wheel 160 , air vibration (wind) generated by driving the main body frame speaker 403 is emitted forward from the bass reflex duct 401 e of the main body frame 4 . It is guided obliquely upward and forward by the horizontal lattice, and wind is sent to the fingers of the player holding the handle 160 through the opening 171 of the handle cover 170, so that the player can be surprised. It is possible to allow the player to experience an unprecedented performance.

The shelf unit 200 is provided at a portion between the game window 101 and the door frame curtain board 190 on the front surface of the door frame main body 100 . A spherical performance operation unit 250 is provided in the center of the shelf unit 200 in the left-right direction. The shelf unit 200 has a shelf portion 201 that protrudes forward in a shelf shape along the lower end of the game window 101 from the upper end, and a plate portion 202 that protrudes forward from the lower end on the left side of the center in the horizontal direction. , a speaker grill 203 provided between the shelf 201 and the plate 202, a setting adjustment button 204 provided on the upper surface of the shelf 201 and composed of four push buttons arranged in the front, back, left and right, have.

The shelf 201 has a smooth upper surface. The shelf part 201 has a front end decoration part 201a formed in a semi-tube shape so as to be continuous from the lower ends of the door frame left side unit 320 and the door frame right side unit 340 at the front edge. The semi-tube-shaped front end decorative portion 201 a is provided so as to be connected to both left and right side surfaces of the spherical effect operation unit 250 . On the upper surface of the shelf part 201, the holding ball number display part 140 is located on the left side of the center in the horizontal direction, the counting button switch 180 is located on the right side of the center in the horizontal direction, and the counting button switch 180 is located forward and to the left. A setting adjustment button 204 is provided for each part.

The plate portion 202 is formed in a shallow plate shape. As a result, the player can put his or her hand (fingers) on the plate portion 202, or place small items such as a pouch, a mobile phone, a wallet, a car key, etc., which is convenient.

The speaker grille 203 is positioned in front of the body frame speaker 403 in the body frame 4, which will be described later, and is formed of punching metal having a plurality of through holes.

The effect operation unit 250 is provided in the center of the shelf unit 200 in the left-right direction, and has a front end protruding forward from the shelf unit 200 and an upper end protruding upward from the shelf unit 200.例文帳に追加The production operation unit 250 is formed in a spherical shape as a whole. The effect operation unit 250 has a circular first effect button 251 provided near the center on the upper surface, and an annular second effect button 252 provided so as to surround the first effect button 251. is doing. Although detailed illustration is omitted, the first effect button 251 is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the second effect button 252 is formed in a cylindrical shape. The first effect button 251 and the second effect button 252 are coaxially provided, and the axis is inclined so as to move forward as it goes upward.

The first effect button 251 and the second effect button 252 are provided so as to move upward (pop up) as a whole according to the player participation type effect. The first effect button 251 can always be pressed, while the second effect button 252 can be pressed only when popped up.

Although illustration is omitted, a vibrator (vibration device) is provided inside the first effect button 251 .

The door frame top unit 300 is a portion above the game window 101 on the front surface of the door frame main body 100, and both ends in the left and right direction are between the upper end portion of the door frame left side unit 320 and the upper end portion of the door frame right side unit 340. It is provided so as to be sandwiched between them. The door frame top unit 300 protrudes forward like an eave. The door frame top unit 300 includes a translucent semi-tubular door frame top decoration 301 that extends laterally along the front edge. The door frame top decoration 301 is curved in the front-rear direction so that the center in the left-right direction is located furthest forward in plan view.

Although illustration is omitted, the door frame top unit 300 includes a door frame top decoration substrate on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted for decorating the door frame top decoration 301, and sounds such as voice, music, and sound effects. and a door frame top speaker for output.

The door frame left side unit 320 is a portion on the left side of the game window 101 on the front surface of the door frame main body 100, and is vertically located from near the upper end of the door frame main body 100 to near the speaker grill 203 below the shelf portion 201 of the shelf unit 200. long established. The door-frame left-side unit 320 extends over the entire length in the vertical direction, and includes a semi-tube-shaped door-frame left-side decorative body 321 having translucency. The door frame left side decorative body 321 is curved rightward in the vicinity of the lower end.

Although illustration is omitted, the door frame left side unit 320 has a door frame left side decoration substrate on which a plurality of LEDs for decorating the door frame left side decoration 321 are mounted.

The door frame right side unit 340 is a portion on the right side of the game window 101 on the front surface of the door frame main body 100, and extends vertically from near the upper end of the door frame main body 100 to the handle cover 170 below the shelf portion 201 of the shelf unit 200. long established. The door-frame right-side unit 340 protrudes forward longer than the door-frame left-side unit 320, and is formed in a vertically elongated partition shape.

The door frame right side unit 340 extends vertically along the front end and is provided behind the semi-tubular door frame right side decoration 341 having translucency and the door frame right side decoration 341 . A light-transmitting door frame right side left side decorative body (not shown) forming the left side, and a light transmitting body provided behind the door frame right side decorative body 341 and forming the right side a door frame right side right side decorative body (not shown), a door frame right side decorative body 341, a door frame right side left side decorative body, and a door frame right side right side decorative body for luminous decoration. and a door frame right side decorative substrate (not shown) on which LEDs are mounted. The door frame right side decorative body 341 is curved leftward in the vicinity of the lower end.

Further, the door frame right side unit 340 has an opening 342 penetrating in the front-rear direction near the lower end thereof and through which the keyhole 682 of the lock unit 680 faces forward.

[3-1. Count button switch]
The counting button switch 180 is provided on the upper surface of the shelf unit 200 on the right side of the center in the horizontal direction. The count button switch 180 can be pressed when there are balls in hand (the number of balls in hand>0), and the balls in hand can be sent to the game ball lending device 8 for settlement. The count button switch 180, which will be described later in detail, can be used to feed the balls one by one or by a predetermined number (for example, every 250) according to the pressing time. The number of possession balls sent to the game ball lending device 8 is sent to the management server 9 via the communication network, and the IC card storing the number of possession balls is discharged from the game ball lending device 8. - 特許庁

Here, the game ball lending device 8 is provided so as to be adjacent to the pachinko machine 1 in the island facility of the game hall (also called sand). Although not shown in detail, the game ball lending device 8 includes an insertion slot for inserting cash, a prepaid card, etc., a card slot for inserting/ejecting an IC card, a ball rental button switch 8a, a return button switch, an inserted amount, A display section for displaying the number of counting balls, etc. is provided. In the game ball lending device 8, when the ball lending button switch 8a is pressed while cash or the like is inserted into the slot, a predetermined number of game balls B are lent within the range of the inserted amount. In this embodiment, the number of rented game balls B is transmitted as digital data to the frame control board, and also transmitted to the management server 9 via the communication network for management.

In more detail about the count button switch 180, when the player "short presses" the count button switch 180 (for example, one pressing time is less than 500 ms) with a ball in hand, one game ball B is released from the ball in hand. Count. When the counting button switch 180 is "long pressed (for example, one pressing time is 500 ms or more)", count notification is given every predetermined time (for example, 300 ms) until the number of held balls becomes less than 250. 250 game balls B are counted at the timing. When the number of held balls becomes 250 or less during long pressing, game balls B are counted one by one. Also, when the counting button switch 180 is "long-pressed (for example, one pressing time is 500 ms or more)", even if the counting button switch 180 is not kept pressed, the total number of held balls is unconditionally counted. You can do it.

When counting is performed by pressing the count button switch 180, the number of balls displayed in the number display unit 140 is subtracted and displayed, and the number of counted balls is displayed on the display unit (not shown) of the game ball lending device 8. is displayed.

[4. Body frame]
The body frame 4 of the pachinko machine 1 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 3 to 11 and the like. 11 is a main part front view showing a cross section of a firing unit, a foul unit, etc. in the front view of FIG. 3. FIG. The body frame 4 is formed in the shape of a box frame with an open front, and the game board 5 is detachably accommodated therein from the front. The body frame 4 is attached openable and closable to a frame-shaped outer frame 2 attached to the island facility of the game hall at the top and bottom of the front end on the left side of the front, and the door frame 3 is opened and closed so that the open front side is closed. Mounted possible.

The main body frame 4 includes a frame-shaped main body frame base unit 400 supported so as to be openable and closable with respect to the outer frame 2, a ball shooting unit 450 for hitting the game ball B into the game area 5a of the game board 5, and a ball. A foul unit 470 for recovering the game ball B that was not hit into the game area 5a despite being shot by the shooting unit 450, and the game ball B ejected from the game board 5 and the foul unit 470 were recovered. A circulating ball path unit 500 for sending game balls B to the ball shooting unit 450 side, a ball lifting unit 550 for moving game balls B upward from the downstream end of the circulating ball path unit 500, and a ball lifting unit 550 A ball sending unit 600 for sending the lifted game balls B one by one to the ball shooting unit 450 is provided.

The body frame 4 also includes a ball receiving tray 620 for receiving the game balls B ejected from the ball outlet 513p of the circulation ball path unit 500, and a frame control for controlling the ball launching unit 450, the ball lifting unit 550, and the like. A frame substrate unit 630 having a substrate 640 and a lock unit 680 for locking between the outer frame 2 and the body frame 4 and between the door frame 3 and the body frame 4 are provided.

[4-1. Body frame base unit]
Main body frame base unit 400 in body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 12 and 13 and the like. FIG. 12 is an exploded perspective view of the main body frame base unit of the main body frame disassembled for each main structure and viewed from the front, and FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view as seen; FIG. The main body frame base unit 400 is supported so as to be openable and closable forward with respect to the outer frame 2, and is capable of supporting the door frame 3 so as to be openable and closable forward. The body frame base unit 400 includes a ball launching unit 450, a foul unit 470, a circulation ball path unit 500, a ball lifting unit 550, a ball feeding unit 600, a ball receiving tray 620, a frame substrate unit 630, a lock unit 680, and the like. installed.

The main body frame base unit 400 has a game board insertion portion 401a that penetrates in the front and rear direction and into which the game board 5 is inserted from the front, and a base wall portion 401b that is provided below the game board insertion portion 401a. A body frame base 401 formed in a vertically long rectangular shape and a side reinforcing plate 402 reinforcing the left side of the body frame base 401 are provided.

The main body frame base unit 400 includes a main body frame speaker 403 attached to the rear side of the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame base 401, and a base wall portion 401b attached to cover the main body frame speaker 403 from the rear, and the front side is open. and a back cover 405 provided so that the game board insertion portion 401a of the main body frame base 401 can be opened and closed from behind.

Further, the main body frame base unit 400 includes a game board lock member 406 attached to the main body frame base 401, a door open switch 407 and a frame open switch 408 attached to the main body frame base 401, and a main body frame base 401. and an attached body frame hinge mechanism 410 .

The body frame base 401 is formed of a synthetic resin and has a vertically long rectangular shape when viewed from the front. The main body frame base 401 has a game board insertion portion 401a that penetrates from the vicinity of the upper end downward to about 2/3 of the total height, and a base wall portion 401b that is provided below the game board insertion portion 401a. A game board regulation portion 401c projecting upward (into the game board insertion portion 401a) near the center in the left-right direction of the upper end surface of the base wall portion 401b, and a main body penetrating forward and backward near the left end of the base wall portion 401b. A body frame speaker port 401d through which the frame speaker 403 faces forward, and a bass reflex duct 401e penetrating back and forth at the lower right corner of the base wall portion 401b are provided.

The body frame base 401 has a tray insertion recess 401f into which the ball receiving tray 620 is inserted, and a tray insertion recess in the base wall 401b. 401f, it is provided with a ball storage passage insertion opening 401g that penetrates in the front-rear direction and into which the meandering ball member 513 and the meandering cover 514 of the circulation ball path unit 500 are inserted.

In addition, the body frame base 401 includes a foul unit mounting portion 401h and a ball shooting unit mounting portion 401i arranged side by side above the ball storage passage insertion opening 401g on the front surface of the base wall portion 401b, and the base wall portion 401b. A ball lifting unit mounting portion 401j that is vertically open on the right side of the ball firing unit mounting portion 401i, and a ball provided at a portion behind the ball firing unit mounting portion 401i on the rear surface of the base wall portion 401b. A feeding unit mounting portion 401k, a circulation ball path unit mounting portion 401l provided on the rear surface of the base wall portion 401b, and a lock cylinder 681 of a lock unit 680 that penetrates in the front-rear direction near the upper right corner of the base wall portion 401b. and a cylinder insertion opening 401m to be inserted.

Further, the main body frame base 401 protrudes forward from the left end of the tray insertion recess 401f and is elastically locked to the front end of the ball receiving tray 620 inserted into the tray insertion recess 401f. 401n for restricting the movement of the locking claw.

The game board 5 is detachably inserted from the front into the game board insertion portion 401a of the main body frame base 401 . The game board 5 is placed on the upper end face of the base wall portion 401b. A door opening switch 407, a ball launching unit 450, a foul unit 470, and a ball receiving tray 620 are attached to the front surface of the base wall portion 401b. A body frame speaker 403, a body frame speaker box 404, a frame open switch 408, a circulating ball path unit 500, a ball lifting unit 550, and a ball feeding unit 600 are attached to the rear surface of the base wall portion 401b.

The game board regulation part 401c regulates the movement of the game board 5 in the left-right direction and backward when the game board 5 is inserted into the game board insertion part 401a. As shown in the figure, the main frame speaker opening 401d is formed in a lattice shape, and is provided so as to be positioned behind the speaker grille 203 of the door frame 3 when the door frame 3 is closed with respect to the main body frame 4. It is A body frame speaker 403 is attached to the rear surface of the base wall portion 401b so as to close the body frame speaker port 401d from the rear.

The bass reflex duct 401e is formed in a long cylindrical shape elongated in the left and right direction, and two of them are provided side by side in the left and right direction. Although details will be described later, the bass reflex duct 401e communicates with an enclosure 404a of the main body frame speaker 403 composed of the base wall portion 401b and the main body frame speaker box 404, and the sound is output from the main body frame speaker 403 to the rear. It is for inverting the phase and emitting forward. In this embodiment, the cylindrical bass reflex duct 401e makes it possible to resonate and amplify the low range of the range of the sound output from the main frame speaker 403, thereby producing a deeper bass sound. The bass reflex duct 401 e is provided so as to be positioned behind the duct grille 191 of the door frame 3 when the door frame 3 is closed with respect to the body frame 4 .

The tray insertion recess 401f can detachably support the ball receiving tray 620 from the front. The bottom wall of the tray insertion recess 401f is inclined so that the front end side is lowered (see FIG. 10). As a result, even if the game ball B spills into the tray insertion recess 401f while the ball receiving tray 620 is not inserted into the tray insertion recess 401f, it can be ejected forward. Further, since the bottom wall of the tray insertion recess 401f is inclined so that the front end side is lowered, the placed ball receiving tray 620 can be easily slid forward.

The ball storage passage insertion opening 401g is provided so that the front portions of the meandering ball member 513 and the meandering cover 514 of the circulating ball passage unit 500 attached to the rear surface of the base wall portion 401b pass through and protrude forward. The foul unit mounting portion 401h is provided near the upper end of the base wall portion 401b and on the right side of the main body frame speaker port 401d. The ball shooting unit attachment portion 401i is provided on the right side of the foul unit attachment portion 401h. The ball lifting unit mounting portion 401j is provided at a portion between the vicinity of the upper end of the base wall portion 401b and the bass reflex duct 401e.

The ball feeding unit mounting portion 401k is provided on the rear surface of the base wall portion 401b so that the upper surface of the ball feeding unit 600 faces upward (inside the game board insertion portion 401a), so that the ball feeding unit 600 can be attached and detached from above. is provided in When the ball-feeding unit 600 is attached to the ball-feeding unit attachment portion 401k, the elastic claw 609b of the ball-feeding unit 600 passes through the locking hole of the base wall portion 401b on the right side of the ball launching unit 450 and faces forward. Become. In this state, the elastic claw 609b is pushed backward to be elastically deformed, and the knob 609a provided on the upper surface of the ball feeding unit 600 is picked up and lifted, so that the ball feeding unit 600 can be removed upward.

The circulating ball path unit attachment portion 401l is provided in a portion above a box extension portion 404c of a main body frame speaker box 404, which will be described later, in the central portion in the left-right direction of the rear surface of the base wall portion 401b. The cylinder insertion opening 401m is provided on the right side of the ball lifting unit mounting portion 401j near the upper end of the base wall portion 401b.

The side reinforcing plate 402 is formed in a U-shape that opens to the right when viewed from above, and is attached to the left side of the main body frame base 401 . The side reinforcing plate 402 is made of extruded metal such as aluminum alloy. The side reinforcing plate 402 is provided with two left position regulating members 402a separated vertically. The left position regulating member 402a is for positioning the left side of the game board 5. As shown in FIG.

The body frame speaker 403 is attached to the rear side of the base wall portion 401b so as to close the body frame speaker port 401d of the body frame base 401 from behind. The body frame speaker 403 is a cone-shaped speaker that mainly outputs low sounds.

The main body frame speaker box 404 is formed in a box shape that is open forward, and is attached to the rear side of the base wall portion 401b so as to cover the main body frame speaker 403 from the rear. The body frame speaker box 404 forms an enclosure 404a for the body frame speaker 403 by being attached to the base wall portion 401b.

The main body frame speaker box 404 includes a box main body portion 404b positioned behind the main body frame speaker 403, a box extension portion 404c connected to the lower end of the box main body portion 404b and extending rightward in front view, and a frame substrate unit shaft support portion 404d provided on the rear surface of the main body portion 404b. The box extension part 404c of the main body frame speaker box 404 extends rightward to the vicinity of the right end of the main body frame base 401 so as to cover the rear of the bass reflex duct 401e, and a part of it extends further rearward than the box main body part 404b. procrastinating.

The enclosure 404a is composed of a box body 404b and a box extension 404c, and communicates with the outside through a bass reflex duct 401e. In other words, the bass reflex duct 401e, the main body frame speaker 403, and the main body frame speaker box 404 constitute a phase-reversed bass reflex speaker.

Specifically, the body frame speaker 403 outputs a predetermined sound forward and backward. The sound output forward from the body frame speaker 403 is emitted forward of the pachinko machine 1 through the body frame speaker port 401 d and the speaker grill 203 .

On the other hand, the sound output from the body-frame speaker 403 to the rear vibrates the air inside the body-frame speaker box 404 (enclosure 404a). Since the enclosure 404a is opened forward (outside) by the cylindrical bass reflex duct 401e, it is discharged forward from the bass reflex duct 401e. At this time, since the bass reflex duct 401e is formed in a cylindrical shape with a predetermined length, the low frequency range is amplified by the resonance caused by the air column vibration inside it, and is emitted forward in a phase-inverted state. be.

As a result, the sound output forward from the main body frame speaker 403 and the sound output backward do not act to cancel each other out and attenuate each other, but act to resonate and amplify each other. Therefore, even if the diameter of the body frame speaker 403 is small, it is possible to output a loud sound with deep bass, and the player can hear a sound with rich bass.

Since this bass reflex duct 401e is provided behind the duct grille 191 below the handle 160 in the door frame 3, when the air vibration (wind) generated by the driving of the main body frame speaker 403 is emitted forward from the bass reflex duct 401e, , the wind is guided obliquely upward and forward by the horizontal lattice of the duct grille 191 and sent into the handle cover 170 through the opening 171 of the handle cover 170 . Therefore, when the main body speaker 403 is driven (outputs sound) while the player is operating the steering wheel 160, the finger of the player who is holding the steering wheel 160 receives sound through the bass reflex duct 401e and the duct grille 191. The blowing of the wind can surprise the player and allow the player to experience an unprecedented performance.

The box extended portion 404c of the main body frame speaker box 404 is formed so that the depth in the front-rear direction is longer than the height in the vertical direction, and the rear end is provided so as to protrude slightly rearward from the rear end of the frame substrate unit 630. (see Figure 10). The box extension part 404c covers the bottom of the frame board unit 630 so that a gap is formed between the box extension part 404c and the frame board unit 630 (the unit base 670 and the power supply board box 672) when assembled to the main body frame 4. there is As a result, the box extension portion 404c makes it difficult for various wirings connected to the frame substrate unit 630 to hang down.

The box extension part 404c is inclined so that the upper surface becomes lower toward the rear. As a result, garbage, game balls B, etc. falling from above can be guided backward and discharged. In addition, the box extended portion 404c is inclined so that the lower surface becomes higher toward the rear. As a result, when the body frame 4 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2 , the box expansion portion 404 c does not come into contact with the lower frame body 14 of the body frame 4 .

The main body frame speaker box 404 is assembled to the main body frame 4 and supports the rear end side of the tray insertion recess 401f in the main body frame base 401 so as to be suspended. As a result, the game balls B discharged from the circulation ball path unit 500 are received by the ball receiving tray 620, and a load (the weight of the plurality of game balls B) is applied to the tray insertion recess 401f via the ball receiving tray 620 from above. ) does not deform the tray insertion recess 401f.

The back cover 405 is provided so as to be openable and closable with respect to the body frame base 401 so as to cover the rear side of the game board 5 attached to the body frame 4 when the pachinko machine 1 is assembled. The back cover 405 is made of transparent synthetic resin. The back cover 405 is rotatably supported on the left side of the body frame base 401 in a front view, and detachably locked to the body frame base 401 by elastic locking claws on the right side.

The game board lock member 406 is attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 401 (base wall portion 401b) so as to be rotatable about an axis extending in the front-rear direction. The game board lock member 406 can prevent the lower end of the game board 5 from moving forward by rotating it to the lock position with the game board 5 inserted into the game board insertion portion 401a.

The door open switch 407 is for detecting opening and closing of the door frame 3 with respect to the body frame 4 . The door open switch 407 is attached to the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame base 401 below the cylinder insertion opening 401m.

A frame open switch 408 is for detecting opening and closing of the body frame 4 with respect to the outer frame 2 . The frame open switch 408 is attached below the door open switch 407 on the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame base 401 .

The main body frame hinge mechanism 410 has a main body frame upper hinge body 411 attached to the left upper end of the main body frame base 401 and a main body frame lower hinge body 412 attached to the left lower end of the main body frame base 401 .

The main body frame hinge body 411 is provided adjacent to the main body frame hinge shaft 411a which protrudes upward in a columnar shape and is inserted into the bearing groove 31a of the outer frame hinge body 31 of the outer frame 2 and the main body frame hinge shaft 411a. A door frame upper shaft hole 411b into which the door frame upper hinge shaft of the door frame upper hinge body in the door frame 3 is inserted from below is provided.

The main body frame lower hinge body 412 includes an outer frame shaft hole (not shown) into which the hinge shaft 35a of the outer frame lower hinge body 35 of the outer frame 2 is inserted from below, and the door frame lower hinge body 112 of the door frame 3. and a door frame lower shaft hole 412b into which the door frame lower hinge shaft 112a is inserted from above.

The main body frame hinge mechanism 410 inserts the main body frame hinge shaft 411a of the main body frame upper hinge body 411 into the bearing groove 31a of the outer frame upper hinge body 31 of the outer frame 2, and inserts the outer frame shaft of the main body frame lower hinge body 412. By inserting the hinge shaft 35a of the outer frame lower hinge body 35 of the outer frame 2 into the hole, the main body frame 4 is supported so as to be openable and closable with respect to the outer frame 2 .

The main body frame hinge mechanism 410 inserts the door frame upper hinge shaft of the door frame upper hinge body of the door frame 3 from below into the door frame upper shaft hole 411b of the main body frame upper hinge body 411, By inserting the door frame lower hinge shaft 112a of the door frame lower hinge body 112 of the door frame 3 from above into the door frame lower shaft hole 412b of the body 412, the door frame 3 is supported so as to be opened and closed with respect to the main body frame 4. be done.

[4-2. Ball launch unit]
The ball shooting unit 450 in the body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 14 to 16 and the like. FIG. 14(a) is a front perspective view of the ball shooting unit in the body frame, and FIG. 14(b) is a rear perspective view of the ball shooting unit in the body frame. FIG. 15(a) is an exploded perspective view of the ball shooting unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 15(b) is an exploded perspective view of the ball shooting unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 16(a) is a perspective view of the firing unit cover of the ball firing unit as seen from the rear left, and FIG. 16(b) is an explanatory view of the ball firing unit showing a cross section of only the firing unit cover when viewed from the front.

The ball shooting unit 450 is for shooting the game balls B to the game area 5a of the game board 5, and includes a ball entrance 450a for receiving the game balls B sent from the ball sending unit 600, and a ball entrance 450a for receiving the game balls B that have been shot. It has a ball ejection opening 450b for ejecting the game balls B to the outside, and a ball ejection opening 450c for ejecting the game balls B. The ball shooting unit 450 can hit the game ball B with a force corresponding to the rotation angle of the handle 160 at the front lower right corner of the door frame 3 . The ball shooting unit 450 is attached to a ball shooting unit attachment portion 401i provided on the upper part of the front surface of the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame base 401 to the right of the center in the left-right direction.

A ball entrance 450a of the ball launching unit 450 is provided on the rear surface, and has a rectangular opening with a size through which one game ball B can pass. The ball inlet 450a is located in front of the ball delivery port 602 of the ball feeding unit 600 in a state assembled to the body frame 4, and communicates with the ball delivery port 602. As shown in FIG. The ball launch port 450b is opened obliquely at the left end of the upper surface so that the left end side is lower. The ball launching port 450b communicates with the top of the foul right opening 470b of the foul unit 470 in a state assembled to the body frame 4 . The ball outlet 450c is open on the left side. The ball discharge port 450c communicates with the lower part of the foul right opening 470b of the foul unit 470 when assembled to the body frame 4. As shown in FIG.

The ball launching unit 450 includes a flat unit base 451, a launching unit cover 452 attached to cover the front side of the unit base 451, and a rotating shaft 453a protruding forward from the unit base 451. A firing solenoid 453 attached to the rear side of the base 451, a firing subtraction sensor 454 capable of detecting the presence or absence of firing of the game ball B, a firing mallet 455 attached to the rotating shaft 453a of the firing solenoid 453, and firing. A nut 456 that attaches the mallet 455 to the rotary shaft 453a of the firing solenoid 453, an annular spacer 457 that is inserted into the rotary shaft 453a of the firing solenoid 453, and two contact rubbers 458 that can contact the firing mallet 455. , and a rubber holder 459 holding one rubber 458 .

A unit base 451 of the ball shooting unit 450 is made of a metal plate such as an iron plate. A ball inlet 450a is provided in the unit base 451, and penetrates squarely from the center to the upper part in a front view.

The ejection unit cover 452 is formed by injection molding using an opaque synthetic resin with low translucency. The firing unit cover 452 includes a flat plate-shaped front plate 452a that is spaced forward from the unit base 451, and a portion that is directly below the ball inlet 450a of the unit base 451 on the rear side of the front plate 452a. It has a ball launch pad 452b that is inclined so that the left end side of the cage is higher, and a detection port 452c that vertically penetrates the ball launch pad 452b.

In addition, the launching unit cover 452 forms a gap between the ball launching pad 452b on the rear side of the front plate 452a and the upper right of the ball launching pad 452b in the front view, through which the game ball B cannot pass. 452d, and a sensor lower mounting portion 452e and a sensor upper mounting portion 452f provided so as to sandwich the ball launch pad 452b and the launch pad upper wall portion 452d on the rear side of the front plate 452a.

Further, the launching unit cover 452 includes a guide wall 452g provided on the rear side of the front plate 452a and along the inclined extension line of the ball launching pad 452b to the left of the ball launching pad 452b, A discharge guide wall portion 452h extending downward from the left end of the ball launch pad 452b on the rear side of the plate 452a and then extending downward to the left is provided.

A game ball B supplied through the ball inlet 450a is placed on the ball launch pad 452b. The top surface of the ball launch pad 452b is inclined so that the left end is higher when viewed from the front. The ball launch pad 452b is recessed in a constant cross-sectional shape (trapezoidal shape) so as to narrow downward along the direction in which the upper surface is inclined. The ball launch pad 452b has a length in the direction of inclination (direction of launch) that is slightly longer than the diameter of the game ball B, and only one game ball B is placed thereon so as to be in contact with two sloped surfaces recessed in a trapezoidal shape. is formed as follows. In this embodiment, ball launch pad 452b is angled at an angle of approximately 27 degrees with respect to horizontal.

The detection port 452c is provided at the bottom of the trapezoidally recessed portion of the ball launch pad 452b. The launch pad upper wall portion 452d is provided above the inclined lower end side of the ball launch pad 452b. The launch pad upper wall portion 452d is provided so as to form a gap with the ball launch pad 452b through which the game ball B cannot pass and the tip of the launch mallet 455 can pass. As a result, the game ball B supplied to the ball launch pad 452b abuts against the left end of the upper wall portion 452d of the launch pad and is restricted from moving downstream (to the right in this case) in the tilt direction of the ball launch pad 452b. It is placed on the ball launch pad 452b in a state where it is folded.

A light-emitting portion 454a and a light-receiving portion 454b, which constitute the emission subtraction sensor 454, are attached to the lower sensor attachment portion 452e and the upper sensor attachment portion 452f, respectively.

The upper surface of the guide wall portion 452g constitutes the bottom surface of the ball launching port 450b. The upper surface of the guide wall portion 452g is inclined at the same angle as the inclination of the ball launch pad 452b, and is provided at a portion longer than the diameter of the game ball B to the left from the ball launch pad 452b. In this embodiment, since the ball launch pad 452b is made as short as possible, when the game ball B on the ball launch pad 452b is hit with the launching mallet 455, the shooting direction of the game ball B is difficult to determine. However, since the guide wall portion 452g is provided, the game ball B launched from the ball launch pad 452b will not hit the upper surface of the guide wall portion 452g. By bouncing, the game ball B can be driven out between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 by jumping out from the ball launching port 450b.

Further, since the guide wall portion 452g is provided apart from the ball launch pad 452b, even if the game ball B tries to return toward the ball launch pad 452b at the guide wall portion 452g, depending on the hitting strength of the game ball B, the guide wall portion 452g may not guide the game ball B. It passes between the wall portion 452g and the ball launch pad 452b and flows downward onto the discharge guide wall portion 452h, and does not return to the ball launch pad 452b.

The discharge guide wall portion 452h forms a ball discharge port 450c with the guide wall portion 452g. The ejection guide wall portion 452h is inclined so that the left end side is lowered, and guides the game ball B that has flowed down through the space between the ball launch pad 452b and the guide wall portion 452g to the left, and guides the ball B at the left end. It can be discharged from the discharge port 450c to the foul unit 470 side. As a result, the game ball B, which has not been shot from the ball launching port 450b despite being hit by the launching mallet 455 on the ball launching platform 452b, is guided by the ejection guide wall portion 452h and is fouled from the ball ejection port 450c. It is discharged to unit 470 .

The firing solenoid 453 is composed of a rotary solenoid having a rotating shaft 453a extending back and forth.

The launch subtraction sensor 454 can detect the presence or absence of the game ball B on the ball launch pad 452b. The firing subtraction sensor 454 is composed of a light-emitting portion 454a that emits detection light and a light-receiving portion 454b that receives the detection light. Mounted on and. The detection light emitted from the light-emitting portion 454a passes through a detection port 452c provided at the bottom of the ball launch pad 452b and is received by the light-receiving portion 454b. At this time, if the game ball B is placed on the ball launch pad 452b, the detection light is blocked by the game ball B, and the detection light is not received by the light receiving portion 454b. Thereby, the presence or absence of the game ball B on the ball launch pad 452b can be detected.

The launch subtraction sensor 454, which will be described in detail later, is for detecting that the game ball B has been launched from the ball launch pad 452b and subtracting one from the number of balls possessed by the player.

The shooting mallet 455 is for hitting and shooting the game ball B. As shown in FIG. The firing mallet 455 is attached to the rotating shaft 453a of the firing solenoid 453 and rotates (pivots) together with the rotating shaft 453a. The tip of the launching mallet 455 passes between the ball launching platform 452b and the launching platform upper wall portion 452d, and is provided so as to be able to contact the game ball B placed on the ball launching platform 452b.

The nut 456 is screwed onto the rotating shaft 453 a of the firing solenoid 453 . The spacer 457 is into which the rotary shaft 453a of the firing solenoid 453 is inserted. The rotating shaft 453a of the firing solenoid 453 is inserted through the spacer 457 and the firing mallet 455 in this order from the rear, and the firing mallet 455 is attached by screwing a nut 456 to the tip projecting forward from the firing mallet 455 and tightening it. be done.

The rubber 458 is attached to the unit base 451 so as to restrict the range of rotation of the firing mallet 455 . A rubber 458 provided at the turning end in the direction in which the launching mallet 455 hits the game ball B (here, counterclockwise direction) is attached to the unit base 451 via a rubber holder 459. .

According to the ball launching unit 450 of this embodiment, only one game ball B is placed on the ball launching platform 452b, and the game ball B is launched from the ball launching platform 452b by the launch subtraction sensor 454. Since it is designed to detect that the game ball B is shot, it is possible to reliably detect the shot of the game ball B one by one.

In addition, according to the ball shooting unit 450, since the unit base 451 is made of a metal plate and the shooting unit cover 452 is made of an opaque synthetic resin with low translucency, light from the outside acts as a photosensor. It is possible to prevent the firing subtraction sensor 454 from erroneously detecting.

Further, according to the ball launching unit 450, since the launching of the game ball B is detected, it is placed on the ball launching table 452b to be returned to the player when the player stops the game and pays the bill. There is no need to automatically blank-hit the game ball B to make it a foul ball.

[4-3. foul unit]
The foul unit 470 in the body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 17 to 19. FIG. FIG. 17(a) is a front perspective view of the foul unit in the body frame, and FIG. 17(b) is a rear perspective view of the foul unit in the body frame. FIG. 18(a) is an exploded perspective view of the foul unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 18(b) is an exploded perspective view of the foul unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 19(a) is a side sectional view of the foul unit with the foul shutter closed, and FIG. 19(b) is a side sectional view of the foul unit with the foul shutter open.

The foul unit 470 is a game ball B and the ball shooting unit 450 which were shot by the ball shooting unit 450 and struck between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 of the game board 5 but were not shot into the game area 5a. This is for recovering game balls B, etc., which have been shot but have not reached the game board 5 (between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002) due to too weak firing strength. The foul unit 470 communicates with the foul upper opening 470a that opens on the upper surface, the foul right opening 470b that opens on the right side, and the foul upper opening 470a and the foul right opening 470b. and a foul ball outlet 470c opening rearwardly.

The foul unit 470 is attached to a foul unit attachment portion 401h provided in the middle portion in the left-right direction of the upper front surface of the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame base 401 . When the foul unit 470 is assembled to the body frame 4, the upper end of the foul unit 470 is approximately the same height as the upper end of the base wall portion 401b. is closed by That is, in the state assembled to the body frame 4, the foul right opening 470b communicates with the ball launch port 450b and the ball discharge port 450c. The upper foul opening 470 a and the right foul opening 470 b are formed by a unit base 472 and a front cover 473 which will be described later, and the ball outlet 450 c is formed in the unit base 472 .

The foul unit 470 includes a foul shutter 471 capable of opening and closing the upper foul opening 470a so that the game ball B cannot pass through, a unit base 472 attached to the base wall portion 401b of the main frame base 401, and a unit base 472 attached to the front side of the unit base 472. A front cover 473 attached, a rear cover 474 attached to the rear side of the unit base 472 so as to cover the rear portion of the foul shutter 471, a spring 475 biasing the foul shutter 471 forward, and the unit and a foul ball ground sheet metal 476 provided between the base 472 and the front cover 473 .

The foul shutter 471 is slidably supported in the front-rear direction by the unit base 472 and the front cover 473 working together. The foul shutter 471 includes a strip-shaped shutter portion 471a that is elongated in the left and right direction, two forward projecting portions 471b projecting forward from both the left and right ends of the shutter portion 471a, and a rear end side of the shutter portion 471a extending downward. and a protruding flat plate-like rear wall portion 471c.

The foul shutter 471 can close the foul upper opening 470a by the shutter part 471a so that the game ball B cannot pass through. The two forward protrusions 471b are provided so that the front ends thereof protrude forward beyond the front cover 473, and are provided so that the rear surface of the door frame main body 100 of the door frame 3 can come into contact therewith. The front end of the spring 475 contacts the rear surface of the rear wall portion 471c.

The unit base 472 includes a flat T-shaped main body portion 472a that is long in the left and right direction and has a part that extends downward near the right end, and a main body portion 472a that penetrates in the front-rear direction near the upper end of the main body portion 472a and extends in the left and right directions. and a plurality of rear support openings 472c provided along the lower edge on the left side of the downwardly extending portion of the body portion 472a and penetrating in the front-rear direction. ing.

The unit base 472 is provided with a foul ball outlet 470c penetrating in the front-rear direction and extending rearward in the shape of a rectangular tube near the lower end of the downwardly extending portion of the main body 472a. The tubular foul ball outlet 470c is slanted to be lower rearward.

The body portion 472a is inclined such that the lower edge of the portion on the left side of the portion extending downward is lower rightward. The shutter insertion opening 472b is provided with a size such that the shutter portion 471a of the foul shutter 471 and the front protruding portion 471b can be inserted. The plurality of rear support openings 472c are provided long in the left and right direction so as to lower rightward, and are arranged along the inclined lower edge of the main body portion 472a. The rear support port 472c is provided so that the support piece 476a of the foul ball ground sheet metal 476 is inserted with a gap therebetween.

The front cover 473 has a flat plate-like front plate 473a that is long in the left-right direction and has a part that extends downward near the right end, and a left wall portion 473b that extends rearward from the left edge of the front plate 473a. and a lower wall portion 473c extending rearward from the lower end of the left wall portion 473b along the lower edge of the front plate 473a, and a lower wall portion 473c extending rearward from the right end of the lower wall portion 473c. A hanging wall portion 473d that extends downward along the left edge of the portion that extends to the front and extends rearward, and a portion of the front plate 473a that extends downward from the lower end of the hanging wall portion 473d. It has a bottom wall portion 473e that extends to the right along the lower edge and also extends to the rear, and a right wall portion 473f that extends to the rear from the upper right end of the front plate 473a.

The upper edge and the right edge of the front plate 473a form the front edges of the foul upper opening 470a and the foul right opening 470b. The upper right edge of the left wall portion 473b forms the left edge of the fur upper opening 470a, and the upper left edge of the right wall portion 473f forms the right edge of the fur upper opening 470a. The lower edge of the right wall portion 473f forms the upper edge of the foul right opening 470b, and the right edge of the bottom wall portion 473e forms the lower edge of the foul right opening 470b.

The front cover 473 has a lower wall portion 473c located below the upper foul opening 470a, and guides the game ball B that has flowed down through the upper foul opening 470a to the right. It can flow down onto the bottom wall portion 473e. The bottom wall portion 473e is slanted so that the portion in front of the foul ball outlet 470c is lowered rearward, and the portion on the right side of this portion is slanted so that it is raised rightward. Therefore, the game ball B that has flowed down to the bottom wall portion 473e is guided rearward and discharged rearward from the foul ball outlet 470c. In addition, since the right edge of the bottom wall portion 473e constitutes the lower edge of the foul right opening portion 470b, the game ball B entering from the foul right opening portion 470b flows down onto the bottom wall portion 473e. , is guided by the bottom wall portion 473e and discharged rearward from the foul ball outlet 470c.

The front cover 473 has a plurality of front support openings 473g that are arranged in rows along the lower wall portion 473c in the front plate 473a and extend in the front-rear direction. The plurality of front support openings 473g are provided so as to face the rear support openings 472c of the unit base 472. As shown in FIG. Further, the front support opening 473g is provided so that the support piece 476a of the foul ball ground sheet metal 476 is inserted with a gap therebetween.

The rear cover 474 is formed in a box shape with an open front. Inside the rear cover 474, the rear portion of the foul shutter 471 is inserted and a spring 475 is arranged. The rear end of the spring 475 contacts the front surface of the rear wall of the rear cover 474 .

Two springs 475 are provided in a left-right direction and are arranged inside the box-shaped rear cover 474 . The spring 475 has a front end in contact with the rear surface of the rear wall portion 471 c of the foul shutter 471 and a rear end in contact with the front surface of the rear wall of the rear cover 474 . A spring 475 biases the foul shutter 471 forward.

The foul ball ground metal plate 476 is formed of a metal plate such as an iron plate, and is finally connected to the ground of the game hall via a ground wire (not shown). The foul ball ground sheet metal 476 is formed in a strip shape elongated in the left and right direction, and a plurality of support pieces 476a extend outward from the front and rear long sides. The foul ball ground sheet metal 476 is placed on the upper surface of the lower wall portion 473c of the front cover 473, and the plurality of support pieces 476a are connected to the rear support opening 472c of the unit base 472 and the front support opening 473g of the front cover 473. , with play.

As a result, the game ball B flowing down toward the lower wall portion 473c through the upper foul opening 470a is guided to the right in a state where the static electricity charged in contact with the foul ball ground sheet metal 476 is removed. . At this time, since the support piece 476a is loosely fitted in the rear support port 472c and the front support port 473g, the contact of the game ball B vibrates the foul ball ground sheet metal 476, and the vibration causes the foul ball ground sheet metal. Dust and debris on 476 are discharged to the outside through gaps between the loosely fitted rear support opening 472c and front support opening 473g. In addition, this foul ball ground sheet metal 476 also serves as a reinforcement against the falling game ball B.

The foul unit 470 is attached to a foul unit attachment portion 401h provided near the center in the left-right direction on the front surface of the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame 4 in the assembled state of the pachinko machine 1. FIG. In this state, the ball launching unit 450 is attached adjacent to the right side of the foul unit 470 .

As shown in FIG. 11, the upper foul opening 470a of the foul unit 470 is positioned near the upper end of the base wall 401b and is positioned on the axis of the ball shooting unit 450 in the shooting direction of the game ball B. is doing. In other words, the foul upper opening 470a is provided at a portion between the lower end opening between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 of the game board 5 and the ball launching port 450b of the ball launching unit 450. .

On the other hand, the foul right opening 470b of the foul unit 470 communicates with the ball launch port 450b of the ball launch unit 450 at its upper portion and with the ball discharge port 450c of the ball launch unit 450 at its lower portion. Therefore, a foul upper opening 470a and a foul right opening are provided between the lower end opening between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 of the game board 5 and the ball launching port 450b of the ball launching unit 450. 470b are provided. As a result, the game ball B launched from the ball launching port 450b of the ball launching unit 450 enters the foul unit 470 through the foul right opening 470b, passes through the foul upper opening 470a, and exits the game board 5. It will enter between the rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 .

In the foul unit 470 of this embodiment, when the door frame 3 is opened forward with respect to the body frame 4, as shown in FIG. A shutter portion 471a of the foul shutter 471 protrudes between the front surface of the unit base 472 and the front plate 473a of the front cover 473 to close the foul upper opening 470a so that the game ball B cannot pass through. That is, the foul shutter 471 is in the closed position. In this state, the rear wall portion 471c of the foul shutter 471 is in contact with the rear surface of the main body portion 472a of the unit base 472 and will not slide forward any more.

When the game ball B is shot from the ball shooting unit 450 while the foul shutter 471 is in the closed position, the shot game ball B enters the foul unit 470 through the foul right opening 470b and then hits the foul shutter. 471, and flows down inside the foul unit 470 without being shot upward through the foul upper opening 470a. The game ball B flowing down inside the foul unit 470 is guided by the lower wall portion 473c (the foul ball ground sheet metal 476), the hanging wall portion 473d, the bottom wall portion 473e, etc., and is circulated from the foul ball outlet 470c on the rear side. It is supplied to the routing unit 500 . As a result, even if the game ball B is shot while the door frame 3 is open, the game ball B will not leak outside from the foul unit 470.例文帳に追加

When the door frame 3 is opened with respect to the main body frame 4, the door open switch 407 is turned off. Therefore, when the door open switch 407 is turned off, the shooting of the game ball B from the ball shooting unit 450 may be stopped. . Alternatively, when the door frame 3 is opened, the game may be temporarily stopped by the main control board 1310 instead of stopping the shooting of the game ball B, and when the door frame 3 is closed, the game may be resumed.

Further, when the main body frame 4 is opened with respect to the outer frame 2 (the frame opening switch 408 is turned off), the door frame 3 is closed and the game balls B do not leak to the outside. It is also possible not to stop the shooting of the game ball B. Alternatively, when the body frame 4 is opened, the same processing as when the door frame 3 is opened may be performed.

When the door frame 3 is closed with respect to the body frame 4, the rear surface of the door frame 3 contacts the front ends of the two forward protruding portions 471b of the foul shutter 471, and the foul shutter 471 is closed against the biasing force of the spring 475. slides backward (see FIG. 19(b)). In this state, the shutter portion 471a of the foul shutter 471 is located behind the front surface of the unit base 472, and the upper foul opening 470a is opened so that the game ball B can pass therethrough. That is, the false shutter 471 is in the open position.

When the game ball B is shot from the ball shooting unit 450 while the foul shutter 471 is in the open position, the shot game ball B enters the foul unit 470 through the foul right opening 470b, and then hits the foul. Through the opening 470a, it is launched upward toward the game board 5 (between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002). Then, when the launched game ball B crosses over the backflow prevention member 1007 provided at the upper end of the inner rail 1002, the game ball B is hit into the game area 5a.

It should be noted that the game ball B that was shot from the ball shooting unit 450 but did not go over the backflow prevention member 1007 at the upper end of the inner rail 1002 (the game ball B that was not hit into the game area) is separated from the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 , enters through the upper foul opening 470 a as a foul ball, and is collected by the foul unit 470 . The game ball B collected through the upper foul opening 470a flows down onto the foul ball ground sheet metal 476 placed on the upper surface of the lower wall portion 473c, and the foul ball ground sheet metal 476 removes static electricity. At this time, since the foul ball ground sheet metal 476 is loosely fitted, it vibrates when the game ball B comes into contact with it, and the vibration causes dust and dirt on the foul ball ground sheet metal 476 to move to the rear support opening 472c and the front support. It is discharged out of the foul unit 470 through the mouth 473g.

The game ball B, which has flowed down onto the foul ball ground sheet metal 476 (lower wall portion 473c), is guided to the right by its inclination, flows down along the hanging wall portion 473d onto the bottom wall portion 473e, and reaches the bottom wall portion 473e. The inclination guides the foul ball outlet 470c to the circulating ball path unit 500 to the rear.

Further, in the foul unit 470, the game ball B ejected from the ball ejection port 450c of the ball ejection unit 450 is received at the lower part of the foul right opening 470b. A game ball B that has entered the foul unit 470 from the bottom of the foul right opening 470b flows down onto the bottom wall portion 473e, is guided backward by the inclination of the bottom wall portion 473e, and passes through the foul ball exit 470c to the circulation ball path unit. 500.

In this way, according to the foul unit 470, the game balls B that have not been hit into the game area 5a of the game board 5 despite being shot from the ball shooting unit 450 are collected without leaking to the outside, and the circulating balls are collected. It can be fed to routing unit 500 . In the circulating ball path unit 500, the game ball B supplied from the foul ball outlet 470c is detected by the foul ball sensor 507, details of which will be described later. When the game ball B is detected by the foul ball sensor 507, the number of balls possessed by the player is incremented by one.

In the foul unit 470, since the unit base 472, the front cover 473, the rear cover 474, etc. are made of transparent synthetic resin, the inside can be seen from the outside, and clogged balls can be found inside. easy.

[4-3a. Second embodiment of foul unit]
Next, a second embodiment of the foul unit 470 will be described. The foul unit 470 of the second embodiment differs only in the opening/closing mechanism of the foul shutter 471, and the rest of the configuration is the same as the foul unit 470 described above. Although not shown, the foul unit 470 of the second embodiment is provided with an electric actuator such as a motor or a solenoid for opening and closing the foul shutter 471 .

In this embodiment, when the door open switch 407 is turned off by opening the door frame 3 with respect to the body frame 4, the foul shutter 471 is slid to the closed position by the electric actuator. As a result, even if the game ball B is shot from the ball shooting unit 450 while the door frame 3 is open, the game ball B will not fly out from the upper foul opening 470a.

When the door frame 3 is closed and the door open switch 407 is turned on, the foul shutter 471 is slid to the open position by the electric actuator, and the game ball B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 is released through the foul upper opening 470a. It becomes possible to pass through and drive to the game board 5 side.

Even when the frame open switch 408 is turned off by opening the body frame 4 with respect to the outer frame 2, the false shutter 471 may be slid to the closed position by the electric actuator. In this case, if the opening/closing processing of the false shutter 471 by the frame opening switch 408 is the same as the opening/closing processing by the door opening switch 407, the software configuration can be simplified.

Further, an open switch (not shown) that can detect both the opening of the door frame 3 and the opening of the body frame 4 may be provided, and the false shutter 471 may be opened and closed by an electric actuator. You can make it simple.

[4-4. Circulation ball path unit]
The circulating ball path unit 500 in the body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 20 to 27 and the like. FIG. 20(a) is a front perspective view of the circulation ball path unit in the body frame, and FIG. 20(b) is a rear perspective view of the circulation ball path unit in the body frame. FIG. 21 is an exploded perspective view of the circulation ball path unit viewed from the front, and FIG. 22 is an exploded perspective view of the circulation ball path unit viewed from the rear. 23(a) is a plan view showing only the meandering ball member and the ball-removing shutter in the circulation ball path unit, and (b) is a front perspective view showing only the meandering ball member and the ball-removing shutter in the circulation ball path unit. It is a diagram. FIG. 24(a1) is an explanatory view showing a side sectional view of the ball retracting shutter and the meandering ball member together with the ball receiving tray in the closed position, and (a2) is an explanatory view showing only the part of the ball retracting shutter in (a1) from the bottom. (b1) is an explanatory view showing a side cross section of the ball retracting shutter and the meandering member in the open position together with the ball receiving tray, and (b2) is an illustration showing only the part of the ball retracting shutter in (b1) from the bottom. It is a diagram.

FIG. 25(a) is a side cross-sectional view showing the ball meandering member and the ball extraction tray in a state where the iron ball is magnetically attached to the ball extraction shutter at the closed position, and (b) is an explanatory view showing the ball at the open position. FIG. 4C is an explanatory side cross-sectional view showing a state in which an iron ball is magnetically attached to the pull-out shutter together with the ball meandering member and the ball pull-out tray, and FIG. It is an explanatory view showing a side cross section together with the ball meandering member and the ball extraction tray in a state where the iron ball is magnetically attached to the lower surface. FIG. 26(a) is an explanatory diagram showing a front cross section of the circulation ball path unit cut at the out ball sensor site, and (b) is a front cross section of the circulation ball path unit cut at the safe ball sensor site. It is an explanatory diagram showing. FIG. 27(a) is a front perspective view showing an enlarged lower part of the body frame together with the outer frame with the meandering cover of the ball circulation path unit removed, and (b) is a meandering cover of the ball circulation path unit. FIG. 10 is a perspective view seen from the back showing an enlarged lower part of the main body frame together with the outer frame with the cover removed.

The circulating ball path unit 500 stores a plurality of game balls B discharged from the game board 5 and game balls B recovered by the foul unit 470 , and moves the stored game balls B through the ball lifting unit 550 . It is for sending to the ball launching unit 450 side via. The circulation ball path unit 500 is attached to the circulation ball path unit attachment portion 401 l provided on the rear surface of the base wall portion 401 b of the main body frame base 401 .

The circulation ball path unit 500 has an out ball socket 500a that is long in the left and right direction and opens upward, and a safe ball socket that is provided in the rear of the out ball socket 500a and is long in the left and right direction and opens upward. 500b, a foul ball receiving port 500c that is open at the front, and a ball discharge port 500d that is open toward the right near the lower end. The out ball receiving opening 500a and the safe ball receiving opening 500b are formed such that the depth in the front-rear direction is slightly wider than the diameter of the game ball B, and a plurality of game balls B can pass through in the left-right direction. The foul ball receptacle 500c and the ball discharge port 500d are formed to have sizes through which the game balls B can pass one by one.

A game ball B (out ball) received in the out port of the game board 5 is received in the out ball receiving port 500a. The safe ball receiving port 500b receives a game ball B (safe ball) received in a winning port such as a general winning port, a starting port, a big winning port, or the like of the game board 5.例文帳に追加The game ball B (foul ball) ejected from the foul ball outlet 470c of the foul unit 470 is received in the foul ball receptacle 500c. The ball discharge port 500d discharges the game balls B received and stored inside the out ball receiving port 500a, the safe ball receiving port 500b, and the foul ball receiving port 500c, and delivers them to the ball lifting unit 550. be.

In addition, the circulation ball path unit 500 includes an out ball passage 501 through which the game balls B received by the out ball receiving port 500a circulate, and a safe ball passage 502 through which the game balls B received by the safe ball receiving port 500b circulate. , the foul ball passage 503 through which the game ball B received by the foul ball socket 500c flows, the out ball passage 501, the safe ball passage 502, and the foul ball passage 503, respectively. and a ball storage passage 504, which is the ball discharge port 500d.

Furthermore, the circulating ball path unit 500 includes an out ball sensor 505 that detects game balls B (out balls) circulating in the out ball path 501 one by one, and a game ball B (out ball) circulating in the safe ball path 502 ( It has a safe ball sensor 506 for detecting safe balls one by one and a foul ball sensor 507 for detecting game balls B (foul balls) circulating in the foul ball passage 503 one by one. The safe ball sensor 506 has the meaning of an all winning hole sensor in a conventional pachinko machine, and can be used to determine fraudulent winning by comparing with the total number of winnings of all winning holes.

The circulating ball path unit 500 includes a flat ball receiving front plate 510, a ball receiving front member 511 attached to the rear side of the ball receiving front plate 510, and attached to the rear side of the ball receiving front member 511. A ball receiving rear member 512 is provided. A ball storage passage 504 is provided below the ball receiving front plate 510 , the ball receiving front member 511 and the ball receiving rear member 512 .

The circulating ball path unit 500 includes meandering ball members 513 which are provided below the front ball receiving plate 510, the front ball receiving member 511, and the rear ball receiving member 512 and open upward, and the meandering ball members 513 A meandering cover 514 covering the upper side of the ball receiving member 513, a ball removing shutter 515 for discharging the game ball B from the meandering ball member 513, a magnet 516 attached to the ball removing shutter 515, and the ball receiving front member 511. and a circulation ball path relay board 517 attached to the side.

The ball receiving front plate 510 extends left and right, and is provided with a foul ball receiving opening 500c penetrating back and forth near the lower portion in the center in the left-right direction.

The ball receiving front member 511 cooperates with the ball receiving front plate 510 on the upper surface to form an out ball socket 500a. An out ball passage 501 and a foul ball passage 503 are formed in the ball receiving front member 511 so as to open forward, and the front side thereof is closed by attaching the ball receiving front plate 510 . The out ball passage 501 has its downstream end opened downward at the lower left end of the front ball receiving member 511 . The downstream end opening of the out ball passage 501 is located in front of the downstream end opening of the safe ball passage 502 . The downstream end of the foul ball passage 503 opens downward at a lower right portion than the downstream end of the out ball passage 501 in the front ball receiving member 511 .

The ball receiving front member 511 is formed by an out ball receiving plate upper portion 511a that slopes down rightward from the middle of the vertical wall forming the left edge of the out ball receiving opening 500a to near the center in the left-right direction. , the vertical wall forming the right edge of the out-ball socket 500a is lowered leftward from a portion below the out-ball receiving plate upper part 511a to near the bottom of the left edge of the out-ball socket 500a. and a crank portion 511c extending in a crank shape from the left end of the lower out ball receiving plate portion 511b toward the lower left with a width that allows the game balls B to circulate in a row, have.

The height between the right end of the upper out ball receiving plate portion 511a and the lower out ball receiving plate portion 511b is about twice the diameter of the game ball B, thereby increasing the height of the lower out ball receiving plate portion 511b on the left side. is formed so as to become lower toward the left. As a result, the game balls B received by the out ball socket 500a can be aligned in one row.

An out ball sensor 505 is attached to a vertically extending portion of the crank portion 511c directly below the downstream end of the lower out ball receiving plate portion 511b.

In the ball receiving front member 511, an out ball passage 501 is configured by an out ball receiving plate portion upper portion 511a, an out ball receiving plate portion lower portion 511b, a crank portion 511c, and the like. Therefore, the out-ball passage 501 is formed wide enough to receive a large number of game balls B on the upstream side, and the received game balls B are aligned in a row to the downstream ball storage passage 504 (ball meandering member 513). I am trying to pass it on.

In addition, in the ball receiving front member 511, the foul ball passage 503 is located below the out ball receiving plate portion upper portion 511a and the out ball receiving plate portion lower portion 511b. After inclining leftward to a portion on the right side of the left end of the lower ball receiving plate portion 511b, it extends short downward. In the ball receiving front member 511, a foul ball sensor 507 is attached to a portion extending leftward in the foul ball passage 503. As shown in FIG. The foul ball passage 503 is formed so that the game balls b circulate in a line, and the game balls B that have circulated through the foul ball passage 503 are discharged from the out ball passage 501 in the ball storage passage 504 (ball meandering member 513). It is delivered to a site downstream of the site to which it is delivered.

The front ball receiving member 511 is attached to the front edge of the upper out ball receiving plate portion 511a, the front edge of the lower out ball receiving plate portion 511b, and the front edge of the bottom wall forming the foul ball passage 503 and extending to the left and right. A concave portion 511d having a size that does not hinder the circulation of game balls B is provided. This recessed portion 511d enables dust, dirt, and the like in the out-ball passage 501 and the foul-ball passage 503 to be discharged to the outside.

A circulating ball path relay board 517 is attached to the rear surface of the ball receiving front member 511 behind the foul ball passage 503 .

The rear ball receiving member 512 cooperates with the front ball receiving member 511 on the upper surface to form a safe ball receiving opening 500b. The safe ball passage 502 is formed in the rear ball receiving member 512 so as to open forward, and the front side of the safe ball passage 502 is closed by attaching the front ball receiving member 511 . The safe ball passage 502 opens downward at its downstream end at the lower left end of the rear ball receiving member 512 . The downstream end opening of the safe ball passage 502 is located behind the downstream end opening of the out ball passage 501 . That is, the opening at the downstream end of the out-ball passage 501 and the opening at the downstream end of the safe-ball passage 502 are aligned in the front-rear direction.

The rear ball receiving member 512 is formed by a safe ball receiving plate upper portion 512a that slopes downward from the middle of the vertical wall forming the left edge of the safe ball receiving port 500b to near the center in the left-right direction. Then, the vertical wall forming the right edge of the safe ball receiving port 500b is lowered leftward from a portion below the safe ball receiving plate upper part 512a to near the bottom of the left edge of the safe ball receiving port 500b. a lower safe ball receiving plate portion 512b inclined in this way, a crank portion 512c extending in a crank shape from the left end of the lower safe ball receiving plate portion 512b toward the lower left with a width that allows the game balls B to flow in a row; have.

The height between the right end of the upper safe ball receiving plate portion 512a and the lower safe ball receiving plate portion 512b is about twice the diameter of the game ball B, thereby increasing the height of the lower safe ball receiving plate portion 512b on the left side. is formed so as to become lower toward the left. As a result, the game balls B received by the safe ball receiving opening 500b can be aligned in one row.

A safe ball sensor 506 is attached to a vertically extending portion of the crank portion 512c directly below the downstream end of the lower safe ball receiving plate portion 512b.

In the ball receiving rear member 512, a safe ball passage 502 is formed by an upper safe ball receiving plate portion 512a, a lower safe ball receiving plate portion 512b, a crank portion 512c, and the like. Therefore, the safe ball passage 502 is formed wide enough to receive a large number of game balls B on the upstream side, and the received game balls B are aligned in a row to form a ball storage passage 504 (ball meandering member 513) on the downstream side. I'm trying to hand it over to the most upstream part.

The ball receiving rear member 512 is provided with a concave portion 512d having a size that does not hinder the circulation of the game ball B on the front edge of the upper safe ball receiving plate portion 512a and the front edge of the lower safe ball receiving plate portion 512b. . This recessed portion 512d enables dust, dirt, and the like in the safe ball passage 502 to be discharged to the outside.

The ball meandering member 513 extends in the left-right direction so that the right end side is lower while meandering back and forth, forming a ball storage passage 504 capable of storing a large number of game balls B. As shown in FIG. 23 and the like, the spherical meandering member 513 includes a first straight portion 513a that is inclined downward toward the front with the rear portion serving as an upstream end, and a downstream end (front end) of the first straight portion 513a. ), the first folded portion 513b is bent so as to be further lowered rearward after being bent to the right, and the first straight portion so as to be lowered rearward from the downstream end (rear end) of the first folded portion 513b. A second straight portion 513c extending to a position near the rear end of 513a, and a second straight portion 513c that is bent rightward from the downstream end (rear end) of the second straight portion 513c and then further bent forward to be lower. A second folded portion 513d, a third straight portion 513e extending downward from the downstream end (front end) of the second folded portion 513d to the same position as the front end of the second straight portion 513c, and a third straight portion. A third folded portion 513f, which is bent to the right from the downstream end (front end) of the third folded portion 513e and then bent to be further lowered rearward, and a third folded portion 513f to be lowered rearward from the downstream end (rear end) of the third folded portion 513f. A fourth straight portion 513g extending to the same position as the rear end of the third straight portion 513e, and a downstream end (rear end) of the fourth straight portion 513g so as to be further lowered forward after bending to the right. A bent fourth folded portion 513h, and a fifth straight portion 513i extending downward from the downstream end (front end) of the fourth folded portion 513h to the same position as the front end of the fourth straight portion 513g. , a first bent portion 513j that bends downward to the right from the downstream end (front end) of the fifth straight portion 513i, and a first bent portion 513j that bends downward to the right from the downstream end (right end) of the first bent portion 513j. The extending first transverse portion 513k, the second bent portion 513l bent so as to be lower rearward from the downstream end (right end) of the first transverse portion 513k, and the downstream end (rear end) of the second bent portion 513l. A sixth straight portion 513m extending from the end) to a position near the downstream end of the fifth straight portion 513i so as to be lowered rearward, and a downstream end (rear end) of the sixth straight portion 513m, which is lowered rightward. and a second transverse portion 513o extending downward to the right from the downstream end (right end) of the third bent portion 513n. The opening at the downstream end of the second transverse portion 513o forms a ball outlet 500d that opens rightward.

In the meandering ball member 513 (ball storage passage 504), the opening of the downstream end of the safe ball passage 502 is positioned above the rear end of the first straight portion 513a, and the opening of the downstream end of the out ball passage 501 is located in front of it. Aperture is located. Further, the opening of the downstream end of the foul ball passage 503 is positioned above the rear end of the second straight portion 513c.

Further, the meandering ball member 513 has a ball outlet 513p penetrating vertically in the first transverse portion 513k, and extends forward and backward along the left and right edges of the ball outlet 513p on the lower surface of the first transverse portion 513k. a pair of rail portions 513q protruding downward along with a support piece 513r protruding from the lower ends of the pair of rail portions 513q so as to approach each other; and side surfaces of the pair of rail portions 513q facing each other. and a locking recess 513s that is recessed at the .

A ball extraction port 513p of the meandering ball member 513 is closed by a ball extraction shutter 515, which will be described in detail later. The pair of rail portions 513q extends rearward from the ball outlet 513p. The pair of rail portions 513q supports the ball removal shutter 515 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction. The two support pieces 513r prevent the ball shutter 515 from falling. Also, the two support pieces 513r protrude from the respective rail portions 513q at the ball outlet 513p. As a result, even if the load of the game ball B acts on the ball pull-out shutter 515 through the ball pull-out port 513p, the ball pull-out shutter 515 can be sufficiently supported, and the ball pull-out shutter 515 is prevented from falling off. The ball extraction shutter 515 can be held at the open position by inserting the locking projection 515f of the ball extraction shutter 515 into the locking recess 513s.

The ball meandering member 513 includes a gauge portion 520 capable of visually confirming an appropriate amount of game balls B (circulating balls) and a circulating ball shortage sensor capable of detecting the game balls B in circulation, although the details will be described later. 521 and a circulating ball excess sensor 522 are provided.

According to this meandering ball member 513, it is possible to form the ball storage passage 504 that meanders back and forth and extends in the left-right direction so as to lower rightward. Further, the spherical meandering member 513 includes a plurality of folded portions (first folded portion 513b, second folded portion 513d, third folded portion 513f, fourth folded portion 513h) and multiple bent portions (first bent portion 513j, fourth folded portion 513h). Since the second bent portion 513l and the third bent portion 513n) are provided, the circulation speed of the game ball B can be suppressed at those portions, and the impact applied to the entrance side of the ball lifting unit 550 can be alleviated. can be done.

A serpentine cover 514 is attached to the spherical serpentine member 513 so as to cover the open upper end of the spherical serpentine member 513 . By attaching the meandering cover 514 to the meandering ball member 513, the game ball B leaks from the meandering ball member 513 (the ball storage passage 504) to the outside, and the game ball B that does not correspond to the ball storage passage 504 from the outside is prevented from being illegal. It is possible to prevent a game ball B from being inserted or played.

The meandering cover 514 is formed such that the length of the front-rear extending portion at the left end thereof is shorter rearward than the first straight portion 513 a of the meandering spherical member 513 . As a result, when the meandering cover 514 is attached to the meandering ball member 513, the rear part of the first straight portion 513a of the meandering ball member 513 is opened upward, and the out ball passage 501 and the safe ball pass therethrough. It becomes possible to communicate with the passage 502 .

Further, the meandering cover 514 has an opening 514a penetrating vertically at a portion above the rear end of the second straight portion 513c of the meandering spherical member 513 . The foul ball passage 503 can communicate with the ball storage passage 504 through this opening 514a.

The ball removal shutter 515 is for removing (discharging) the game balls B (circulation game balls) from the circulation ball path unit 500 or the like, and is attached to the lower surface of the ball meandering member 513 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction. . The ball removal shutter 515 includes a flat plate-like door portion 515a capable of closing the ball removal port 513p, a knob portion 515b extending vertically and horizontally from the front edge of the door portion 515a, and the rear ends of the left and right ends of the door portion 515a. a pair of poles 515c extending rearward from the door 515a, and a connecting part 515e forming an opening 515d penetrating vertically by connecting the pair of poles 515c behind the door 515a, A locking projection 515f protruding from the outer surface between the connecting portion 515e and the rear end of the pair of poles 515c, and a hook extending outward from the rear ends of the pair of poles 515c. 515g, and a magnet support portion 515h cylindrically protruding from the lower surface of the door portion 515a.

The magnet support portion 515h of the ball extraction shutter 515 can support the cylindrical magnet 516 by inserting the magnet 516 into the cylinder. The magnet support portion 515h is opened rearward so that the rear end side of the outer peripheral surface of the magnet 516 that it supports coincides with the front inner peripheral surface of the opening 515d (see FIG. 24, etc.).

When the sphere removal shutter 515 is attached to the sphere meandering member 513, the pair of rail portions 513q of the sphere meandering member 513 are positioned on both left and right outer sides of the door portion 515a and the pair of rod portions 515c, and the door portion 515a is positioned. The lower surface of the first lateral portion 513k and the upper surface of the pair of support pieces 513r are positioned on both upper and lower sides of the pair of rod portions 515c. As a result, the ball extraction shutter 515 is slidable in the front-rear direction between a closed position and an open position, which will be described later.

A screw hole is provided in the lower end surface of the magnet support portion 515h of the ball removal shutter 515, and when the screw is screwed into the screw hole with the magnet 516 inserted into the magnet support portion 515h, the head of the screw is removed. A part of the magnet 516 is positioned below the magnet 516, and the magnet 516 does not drop from the magnet support portion 515h.

24(a1) and (a2), the ball removal shutter 515 is in a closed position in which the game ball B cannot pass through the ball removal opening 513p by means of the door portion 515a. . In this state, the rear surface of the knob portion 515b is in contact with the front surface of the first transverse portion 513k, and the pair of locking projections 515f are in contact with the rear end surfaces of the pair of rail portions 513q. As a result, the ball extraction shutter 515 is held at the closed position while its movement in the front-rear direction is restricted. Therefore, when the ball removal shutter 515 is in the closed position, the game ball B is not discharged to the ball receiving tray 620 below from the ball removal port 513p.

Further, when the ball removal shutter 515 is in the closed position, the magnet support portion 515h (magnet 516) is positioned near the center and below the ball removal port 513p. Although the details will be described later, when an iron ball SB (see FIG. 25) flows through the ball storage passage 504, the magnetic force of the magnet 516 magnetically attaches the iron ball SB to the door portion 515a, resulting in ball clogging. As a result, it is possible to detect the presence of iron balls SB.

When the knob portion 515b is pinched and pulled forward in the closed ball shutter 515, the locking projection 515f provided on the rod portion 515c strongly abuts the rear end surface of the rail portion 513q. At this time, the rod portion 515c is elastically deformed inward by the force applied to the locking projection 515f, the locking projection 515f moves toward the inner side surface of the rail portion 513q, and the ball extraction shutter 515 slides forward from the closed position. It will happen. When the locking projection 515f reaches the locking recess 513s, the locking projection 515f is inserted into the locking recess 513s by the elastic force of the rod portion 515c, and is provided at the rear end of the rod portion 515c. The hook portion 515g comes close to the rear end face of the rail portion 513q. As a result, further forward sliding of the ball removal shutter 515 is restricted.

In this state, as shown in FIGS. 24(b1) and (b2), the opening 515d of the ball removal shutter 515 is aligned with the ball removal opening 513p, and the game ball B can pass through the ball removal opening 513p. It has become. That is, the ball extraction shutter 515 is in the open position. When the ball extraction shutter 515 is in the open position, the game ball B on the upstream side of the ball extraction opening 513p in the ball storage passage 504 is discharged to the ball receiving tray 620 below through the ball extraction opening 513p and the opening 515d. be. As a result, it is possible to pull out the circulating game ball B to the outside.

When the game balls B accumulate in the ball receiving tray 620 and become heavy, the ball receiving tray 620 is placed on the bottom wall of the tray insertion recess 401f which is inclined so that the front end side is lowered. Although it tries to slide forward, the forward sliding is prevented by the locking of the locking claw 401n. In this state, when the locking claw 401n is released, the ball receiving tray 620 automatically slides forward due to the weight of the stored game balls B, and the ball receiving tray 620 can be easily removed from the tray insertion recess 401f. can be taken out.

In addition, when the ball extraction shutter 515 is assembled to the pachinko machine 1, the rear surface of the door frame 3 is close to the front surface of the knob portion 515b. The portion 515b abuts against the door frame 3 to prevent the door from sliding to the open position. As a result, the circulating game balls B are not lost without permission, and the illegal game balls B passing through the ball extraction port 513p are not mixed.

The magnet 516 is formed in a cylindrical shape that can be inserted into the magnet support portion 515 h of the ball removal shutter 515 . This magnet 516 is for attracting the iron ball SB. The magnet 516 uses a strong magnetic force such as a neodymium magnet.

By the way, in a game hall or the like, when the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment and a conventional pachinko machine in which the player can touch the game ball (iron ball SB) are mixed, the pachinko machine of the present embodiment When the game ball B is replenished or replaced due to maintenance or the like in 1, there is a risk that the iron ball SB will be mixed.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 1, when the iron ball SB is mixed, the magnet 516 is provided in the ball extraction shutter 515, so that when the iron ball SB flows through the ball storage passage 504, the ball extraction shutter at the closed position is closed. On the upper surface of the door portion 515a at 515, the iron ball SB is magnetically attracted by the magnetic force of the magnet 516 and stopped (see FIG. 25(a)). At this time, since the magnet 516 with a strong magnetic force is used, even if a large number of game balls B accumulate on the upstream side of the magnetically attached iron ball SB and a force for pressing the door portion is applied to the downstream side. The iron ball SB never moves from the upper surface of 515a.

When the iron ball SB is magnetically attached to the door portion 515a (magnet 516) of the ball release shutter 515 in the ball storage passage 504, when the game ball B is continued to be shot from the ball shooting unit 450, The game balls B on the downstream side of the magnetized iron ball SB are sequentially consumed, and the consumed (shot) game balls B are sequentially supplied to the upstream side of the iron ball SB. Therefore, the detection of the game ball B is turned OFF at the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 and the lifting entrance sensor 553 provided downstream from the ball removing shutter 515, and the circulation provided upstream from the ball removing shutter 515 The game ball B detection is turned ON in the ball excess sensor 522, the out ball sensor 505, the safe ball sensor 505, the foul ball sensor 507, and the like. As a result, it is possible to detect and notify that ball clogging has occurred between the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 and the like and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 and the like. That is, it is possible to detect that the iron ball SB is magnetically attached to the door portion 515a.

As shown in FIG. 25(a), in a state in which the iron ball SB is magnetically attached to the upper surface of the door portion 515a of the ball removal shutter 515 by the magnetic force of the magnet 516, the ball removal shutter 515 is moved forward from the closed position to the open position. When the door 515a is slid forward, the front end of the iron ball SB magnetically attached to the upper surface of the door portion 515a contacts the front wall of the first transverse portion 513k, and only the iron ball SB is prevented from moving forward. Then, when the ball removal shutter 515 slides further forward, the door portion 515a supporting the lower end of the iron ball SB disappears, and the iron ball SB moves downward into the opening portion 515d due to gravity. At this time, since the rear end side of the outer peripheral surface of the magnet 516 coincides with the front inner surface of the opening 515d, the iron ball SB is magnetically attached to the outer peripheral surface of the magnet 516 (FIG. 25(b)). ).

The iron ball SB tries to move from the outer peripheral surface of the magnet 516 to the pole side where the magnetic force is strong (here, the lower end surface side), but when the ball removal shutter 515 is in the open position, the ball is moved below the magnet 516. The upper end surface of the tray 620 is positioned, and the iron ball SB does not move below the magnet 516 . Therefore, when the ball extraction shutter 515 is slid to the open position, the iron ball B is positioned at a portion overlapping the opening 515d, and the game ball B on the upstream side of the iron ball SB is located in the opening 515d, that is, the ball extraction opening 513p. There is no downward discharge through the

After the ball removal shutter 515 is slid to the open position, when the ball removal shutter 515 is slid rearward to the closed position, the game ball B on the upstream side of the iron ball SB is prevented from passing through the ball removal opening 513p by the door portion 515a. While blocking, the iron ball SB magnetized on the outer peripheral surface of the magnet 516 moves to the lower surface side of the magnet 516, and the iron ball SB is magnetically attached to the lower surface of the magnet 516 (FIG. 25(c)). ). After that, the ball receiving tray 620 is pulled out and removed from the tray insertion recess 401f, and the iron ball SB magnetically attached to the lower surface of the magnet 516 is removed.

In this way, when the iron ball SB is magnetically attached to the door portion 515a of the ball removal shutter 515 by the magnet 516, when the ball removal shutter 515 is slid forward and backward, only the magnetically attached iron ball SB is stored. It can be taken out from the passage 504 .

The circulating ball path relay board 517 is attached to a portion behind the foul ball passage 503 on the rear surface of the front ball receiving member 511 and below the lower out ball receiving plate portion 511b of the rear ball receiving member 512 . The circulating ball path relay board 517 relays connection between the out ball sensor 505, the safe ball sensor 506, the foul ball sensor 507, the insufficient ball circulation sensor 521, the excessive ball circulation sensor 522, and the frame control board 640, which will be described later. belongs to.

In the circulating ball path unit 500 of the present embodiment, a ball receiving front plate 510, a ball receiving front member 511, a ball receiving rear member 512, a meandering ball member 513, and a meandering cover 514 are made of transparent synthetic resin. . Therefore, it is possible to visually recognize the internal state from the outside.

Circulation ball path unit 500 is mounted with out ball sensor 505 and foul ball sensor 507 sandwiched between ball receiving front plate 510 and ball receiving front member 511, and safe ball sensor 506 It is attached in a state of being sandwiched between the front ball receiving member 511 and the rear ball receiving member 512 . The out ball sensor 505 and the safe ball sensor 506 are arranged side by side in front and behind.

The out ball sensor 505, the safe ball sensor 506, the foul ball sensor 507, the circulating ball shortage sensor 521, and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 detect the game ball B without contact, for example, by detecting changes in induced current. is.

The circulation ball path unit 500 is attached to the base wall portion 401b of the body frame base 401 from the rear side. When the circulating ball path unit 500 is assembled to the body frame 4, the out ball socket 500a and the safe ball socket 500b are at the same height as the top surface of the base wall part 401b, and the rear end of the top surface of the base wall part 401b. It is mounted so that it touches the edge.

Also, the circulating ball path unit 500 is attached to the body frame 4 so that the ball feeding unit 600 is positioned between it and the base wall portion 401b in an assembled state.

Furthermore, in the state where the circulation ball path unit 500 is assembled to the main body frame 4, the portion on the front side of the center of the meandering ball member 513 and the meandering cover 514 in the front-rear direction is provided in the base wall portion 401b. It protrudes forward through the mouth 401g from the rear. Thus, when the door frame 3 is opened with respect to the main body frame 4, the game ball B in the meandering ball member 513 (ball storage passage 504) can be visually recognized from the front (outside).

When the circulating ball path unit 500 is assembled to the body frame 4 and the frame base unit 630 is opened rearward, the out ball path 501, the safe ball path 502, the foul ball path 503, and the ball storage path are opened. The inside of each portion of the portion 504 on the rear side of the base wall portion 401b can be visually recognized from the rear. As a result, by opening the frame substrate unit 630, the inside of the out ball passage 501 and the like can be checked when a ball jam occurs, making it easy to specify the location of the ball jam.

In addition, in the state where the circulation ball path unit 500 is assembled to the main body frame 4, the second transverse portion 513o of the meandering ball member 513 is positioned behind the base wall portion 401b and below the ball shooting unit 450. located in That is, in the circulation ball path unit 500, the ball discharge port 500d opens rightward behind the base wall portion 401b and at a position lower than the ball discharge unit 450. As shown in FIG. This ball discharge port 500d communicates with a ball lifting inlet passage 551 of a ball lifting unit 550 which will be described later.

The circulating ball path unit 500 of this embodiment includes a gauge portion 520 capable of visually confirming an appropriate amount of game balls B stored in the ball storage passage 504 (ball meandering member 513), and a A circulating ball shortage sensor 521 for detecting an insufficient number of balls B (circulating balls) and an excess circulating ball sensor 522 for detecting an excess of stored game balls B (circulating balls). , (see FIG. 37).

The gauge portion 520 is formed by coloring an appropriate amount region of a predetermined length in the flow direction of the ball storage passage 504 in the meandering ball member 513 in a color different from that of other portions. Here, a state in which the rear end of the row of game balls B stored in a row is caught on the gauge portion 520 is defined as an appropriate amount.

If the game balls B cannot be seen in the portion of the gauge portion 520 (appropriate amount area) when viewed during maintenance or the like, the game balls B are less than the appropriate amount. I understand. When replenishing the game balls B, the game balls B are thrown in from the out port 1008 of the game board 5, or from the out ball receiving port 500a or the safe ball receiving port 500b until the appropriate amount is reached.

On the other hand, when the game ball B can be seen in all parts of the gauge portion 520 (when the rear end of the row of the game ball B cannot be seen) when the gauge portion 520 is viewed, the game ball B is more than the appropriate amount. It turns out that there are too many balls. When there are too many game balls B, the ball removal shutter 515 is pulled forward and slid to the open position to discharge the game balls B in the ball storage passage 504 from the ball removal port 513p to make the appropriate amount.

The insufficient number of circulating balls sensor 521 is provided near the downstream end of the gauge portion 520 in the ball storage passage 504 . The circulating ball excess sensor 522 is provided near the upstream end of the gauge portion 520 in the ball storage passage 504 . The circulating ball shortage sensor 521 and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 are connected to the frame control board 640 via the circulating ball route relay board 517 .

Although the details will be described later, when the number of game balls B is appropriate, the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 detects the game balls B for a predetermined time (eg, 80 ms) or more, and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 detects the game balls B for a predetermined time ( For example, 80 ms) or more will not be detected. When the number of game balls B is insufficient, neither the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 nor the circulating ball excess sensor 522 detects the game balls B for a predetermined time (for example, 80 ms) or more. On the other hand, when the number of game balls B is excessive, both the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 detect the game balls B for a predetermined time (for example, 80 ms) or longer. In addition, when the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 does not detect the game ball B for a predetermined time (eg, 80 ms) or more, and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 detects the game ball B for a predetermined time (eg, 80 ms) or longer, the circulating balls Ball clogging including iron balls SB mixed in between the insufficient number of balls sensor 521 and the excessive number of circulating balls sensor 522 has occurred.

Here, the reason for the predetermined time k80 ms as a threshold value for detecting the presence or absence of game ball B will be described. For example, on the circulation route R, the positions where the sensors such as the circulating ball excess sensor 522, the circulating ball shortage sensor 521, the lifting inlet sensor 553, the lifting outlet sensor 554, and the firing front sensor 604 are placed are It is placed at the stopping position of the game ball B when the upper unit 550, the ball feeding unit 600, etc. are stopped. This position is the position where the next game ball B is positioned every time one game ball B is sent. Therefore, the game ball B is detected here by a detection method of whether or not it has been detected for 80 ms or longer. Since it takes about 50 ms to detect the game ball B rolling on a slope with an inclination of about 5 degrees, a margin of 80 ms is added to detect that the game ball B is surely present at that position. is detected. In other words, this value of 80 ms is a practical value obtained by experiment.

Thus, by combining the detection states of the game balls B by the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 and the circulating ball excess sensor 522, the frame control board 640 automatically judges the amount of the game balls B, the ball clogging, etc., and notifies them. It is possible.

In the above-described embodiment, as the gauge portion 520 of the meandering sphere 513, the appropriate area is colored in a different color from the other portions. It may be made different, a sticker may be attached as a gauge portion, or a gauge portion may be formed by drawing colored lines at the downstream end and upstream end of the appropriate amount region.

In addition, in the above-described embodiment, the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 are provided. may be replaced by the out ball sensor 505, the safe ball sensor 506, and the foul ball sensor 507.

[4-4a. ball clogging mechanism]
Next, in the circulation ball path unit 500, as shown in FIG. 28, a ball clogging elimination mechanism 530 may be provided for facilitating the elimination of ball clogging at the out ball sensor 505 and the safe ball sensor 506. FIG. FIG. 28(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged main part of a cross section of the rear surface cut at the position of the out-ball sensor with the cover member of the ball elimination mechanism closed in the circulating ball path unit attached to the main body frame. (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the cover member is opened in (a).

The ball clogging elimination mechanism 530 uses a cover member 531 that can be opened and closed on the wall above the out ball sensor 505 and the safe ball sensor 506 in the ball receiving front member 511 and the ball receiving rear member 512 in the circulation ball path unit 500. It is. The lid member 531 is closed in a normal state, as shown in FIG. 28(a). The lid member 531 is held in a closed state by engagement with engagement claws (not shown).

This ball clogging elimination mechanism 530 is such that when clogging occurs in the out ball passage 501 or the safe ball passage 502, or when an illegal ball B' having a larger diameter than the game ball B is thrown as a fraudulent act, the out ball sensor 505 or the like is activated. It is used to clear them when they become blocked or when they do.

For example, when an illegal ball B' having a larger diameter than the game ball B is thrown from the out port 1008 of the game board 5 and the out ball sensor 505 is blocked, the body frame 4 is opened with respect to the outer frame 2. When the frame substrate unit 630 is opened above, the rear part of the circulation ball path unit 500 is revealed. In this embodiment, a gap into which a finger can be inserted is formed between the portion of the circulation ball path unit 500 where the clogged ball elimination mechanism 530 is provided and the box main body portion 404b of the main body frame speaker box 404. Therefore, the lid member 531 can be opened by releasing the locking claw of the lid member 531 through the gap and rotating the lid member 531 so that the lower end of the lid member 531 moves upward (FIG. 28(b)). ).

By opening the lid member 531, a finger can be inserted into the upper portion of the out-ball sensor 505 in the out-ball passage 501, thereby blocking the out-ball sensor 505. An illegal ball B' can be easily taken out. In this way, the irregular ball B' can be easily taken out without using a screwdriver to remove the circulating ball path unit 500 which is screwed.

Even if the safe ball sensor 506 is blocked by the illegal ball B', the illegal ball B' can be taken out by the same procedure as described above.

In the above description, the clogging mechanism 530 is provided with the cover member 531 that can be opened and closed. , the rear ball receiving member 512 and the front ball receiving member 511 may be detachable rearward. In this case, in a normal state, the frame base plate unit 630 is positioned behind the circulation ball path unit 500, and even if the locking of the elastic claws is loosened, the rear ball receiving member 512 and the front ball receiving member 511 will come off rearward. never. Then, when the out ball sensor 505 is blocked by the illegal ball B', the rear part of the circulation ball path unit 500 appears when the main body frame 4 is opened with respect to the outer frame 2 and then the frame substrate unit 630 is opened. Therefore, the rear ball receiving member 512 and the front ball receiving member 511 can be easily removed by releasing the locking of the elastic claws attaching the rear ball receiving member 512 and the front ball receiving member 511, and the out ball sensor The illegal ball B' blocking 505 can be easily taken out.

Alternatively, in the ball receiving front member 511 sandwiched between the ball receiving front plate 510 and the ball receiving rear member 512, the portion above the out ball sensor 505 is slid upward and removed as the ball jamming elimination mechanism 530. It is good to be able to do so. In this case, in a normal state, the game board 5 is positioned above the circulating ball path unit 500, and the slidable portion of the ball receiving front member 511 does not move upward due to the action of gravity. Then, when the out-ball sensor 505 is blocked by an illegal ball B', the door frame 3 is opened with respect to the main body frame 4, and the game board 5 is removed from the main body frame 4. appears, the slidable portion of the front ball receiving member 511 is slid upward to remove it, thereby making it possible to easily take out the illegal ball B' blocking the out-ball sensor 505.

[4-5. Ball lifting unit]
The ball lifting unit 550 in the body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 29 to 32 and the like. FIG. 29(a) is a perspective view of the ball lifting unit in the main frame as seen from the front left, (b) is a perspective view of the ball lifting unit in the main frame as seen from the front right, and (c) is the main frame. 1 is a perspective view of the ball lifting unit in FIG. Fig. 30(a) is an exploded perspective view of the ball lifting unit disassembled into main components and viewed from the front, and Fig. 30(b) is a ball lifting unit disassembled into the main components and viewed from the rear. It is an exploded perspective view. FIG. 31 is a front view showing an enlarged main part with the ball polishing cassette removed from the ball lifting unit attached to the body frame. FIG. 32(a) is a right side view showing the main parts of the ball polishing mechanism and the ball lifting mechanism in the ball lifting unit, (b) is a rear view showing the main part of the ball lifting mechanism, and (c). is a plan view of the main part of the ball lifting mechanism as viewed from arrow A in (b).

The ball lifting unit 550 is for sending the game balls B discharged from the game board 5 and the foul unit 470 and circulated through the circulation ball path unit 500 to the ball shooting unit 450 via the ball sending unit 600 . The ball lifting unit 550 is attached to the ball lifting unit attachment portion 401j provided on the rear surface of the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame base 401. As shown in FIG.

The ball lifting unit 550 includes a ball lifting mechanism 560 for lifting the game ball B, and a ball lifting inlet passage 551 for supplying the game ball B sent from the circulation ball path unit 500 to the ball lifting mechanism 560. , a ball lifting outlet passage 552 that supplies the game ball B lifted by the ball lifting mechanism 560 to the ball feeding unit 600, and a game ball B that is provided in the ball lifting inlet passage 551 and is distributed. A lifting inlet sensor 553 for detection and a lifting outlet sensor 554 provided in a ball lifting outlet passage 552 and detecting a game ball B in circulation are provided.

In addition, the ball lifting unit 550 includes a ball lifting entrance ground sheet metal 555 provided so as to be able to contact the game ball B in the ball lifting entrance passage 551, and a ball lifting exit passage 552 so as to be able to contact the game ball B. A sphere lifting outlet ground metal plate 556 provided, a sphere lifting relay board 557 relaying connection with the frame control board 640, and a sphere lifting unit 550 are lifted by a ball lifting mechanism 560. and a ball polishing mechanism 580 for polishing the game ball B that is present.

First, the ball lifting mechanism 560 of the ball lifting unit 550 includes a lifting spiral shaft 561 extending vertically and having a spiral lifting groove 561a on the outer peripheral surface, and a lower end of the lifting spiral shaft 561. a motor gear 563 that meshes with the shaft gear 562 and is rotatable around an axis perpendicular to the axis of the lifting spiral shaft 561; and a lifting motor index 565 having a detection portion 565a provided so as to be cut out in a part of the circumferential direction extending like a flange from the lower end of the shaft gear 562. , and a lifting motor index sensor 566 capable of detecting a detection portion 565 a of the lifting motor index 565 .

The sphere lifting mechanism 560 includes a motor base sheet metal 567 to which a lifting motor 564 is attached and which rotatably supports a motor gear 563, and a motor base sheet metal 567 to which a lifting spiral shaft is attached. 561 rotatably and mounted on the ball lifting unit mounting portion 401j of the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame base 401, and a lifting mechanism cover 569.

The lifting spiral shaft 561 is provided with a spiral lifting groove 561a having a depth that allows the game balls B to be accommodated in a line on the outer peripheral surface. The lifting spiral shaft 561, when viewed from above in its axial direction (see FIG. 32(c)), rotates clockwise so that the game ball B can be lifted. An upper groove 561a is formed. The pitch of the spiral of the lifting groove 561a is formed longer near the upper and lower ends than between them. The lifting spiral shaft 561 is rotatably supported by a lifting mechanism base 568 and a lifting mechanism cover 569 . The uplift spiral shaft 561 has a rotation axis inclined with respect to the vertical so that the upper end is positioned to the right of the lower end when viewed from the front. As a result, the upper end side of the lifting spiral shaft 561 can be moved away from the ball feeding unit to the right, and the length of the ball lifting outlet passage 552 is relatively lengthened to increase the amount of game balls B stored. becomes possible. In this embodiment, the rotation axis of the lifting spiral shaft 561 is inclined at an angle of 12 degrees with respect to the vertical.

Shaft gear 562 is a spur gear. Motor gear 563 is a worm gear. As a result, even if the lifting spiral shaft 561 tries to rotate due to the load acting when a large number of game balls B are accommodated in the lifting groove 561a of the lifting spiral shaft 561, the worm gear meshing with the shaft gear 562 Rotation can be prevented by a motor gear 563 consisting of. Lift motor 564 is a DC motor.

The lifting motor index 565 is formed integrally with the shaft gear 562 in a flange shape. The detection portion 565a of the lifting motor index 565 is provided so as to cut out an angle range of 45 degrees with respect to the entire circumference. The lift motor index sensor 566 is a photosensor. The lifting motor index sensor 566 is in a state of receiving light at the portion of the detecting portion 565a in the lifting motor index 565, and is in a state of not receiving light at portions other than the detecting portion 565a. This makes it possible to detect the rotational position of the lifting spiral shaft 561 via the lifting motor index 565 .

Although details will be described later, the lifting spiral shaft 561 rotates once when the rotating shaft of the lifting motor 564 rotates 32 times due to the shaft gear 562 and the motor gear 563 . In the lifting motor index sensor 566, when the lifting motor 564 rotates 28 times after being positioned at a portion other than the detecting portion 565a and entering the non-light-receiving state, it reaches the detecting portion 565a and enters the light-receiving state. When the lifting motor 564 rotates four more times after that, it leaves the detecting portion 565a and enters a non-light-receiving state. In this embodiment, the origin is the position where the lifting motor 564 rotates two times after reaching the detecting portion 565a and entering the light receiving state. That is, the center of the detection portion 565a is the origin of rotation of the lift spiral shaft 561. As shown in FIG.

The motor base metal plate 567 has the lifting motor 564 attached to the left end side in front view, and rotatably supports the right end of the motor gear 563 at the right end side. The motor base sheet metal 567 is attached to the lifting mechanism base 568 at its upper end and attached to the lifting mechanism cover 569 at its lower end.

The lifting mechanism base 568 accommodates the lifting spiral shaft 561 in cooperation with the lifting mechanism cover 569 and rotatably supports the lifting spiral shaft 561 . The lifting mechanism base 568 has a kuma mouth 568a that penetrates in the front and rear direction so that the lifting spiral shaft 561 faces forward and has a size that the game ball B cannot pass through. This kuma mouth 568a is provided so that a part of the game ball B lifted by the lifting spiral shaft 561 protrudes forward, and the portion of the game ball B that projects forward from the kuma mouth 568a comes into contact with the polishing cloth 582 of the ball polishing mechanism 580 to polish the game ball B.

The lifting mechanism base 568 is provided with a downstream portion of the ball lifting inlet passage 551 at a portion to the right of the lifting spiral shaft 561 in the vicinity of the lower end in a front view. The portion of the ball lifting inlet passage 551 provided on the lifting mechanism base 568 is inclined so that the upstream end opens toward the rear and becomes lower toward the lower end of the left lifting spiral shaft 561 . there is A lifting inlet sensor 553 is attached to the lifting mechanism base 568 at a portion to the right of the lower end of the lifting spiral shaft 561 in front view.

Also, the lifting mechanism base 568 is provided with an upstream portion of the ball lifting outlet passage 552 near the upper end. A portion of the sphere lifting outlet passage 552 provided in the lifting mechanism base 568 is inclined from the front of the upper end of the lifting spiral shaft 561 to the left in front view and then to the rear. Then, the downstream end opens toward the rear. The sphere-lifting outlet passage 552 slopes leftward from the portion of the lifting mechanism base 568 that opens toward the rear, and then slopes downward toward the front. It is open towards the front. The portion of the sphere lifting outlet passage 552 is formed by the cooperation of a lifting mechanism base 568 and a lifting mechanism cover 569 .

Also, a ball-grinding motor base 586 to which a ball-polishing motor 588 of the ball-polishing mechanism 580 is attached is attached to the lifting mechanism base 568 so as to be rotatable about a vertically extending shaft.

The lifting mechanism cover 569 accommodates the lifting spiral shaft 561 in cooperation with the lifting mechanism base 568 and rotatably supports the lifting spiral shaft 561 . It is attached from behind to the ball lifting unit attachment portion 401j of the portion 401b. A sphere lifting relay board 557 is attached to the rear surface of the lifting mechanism cover 569 .

The lifting mechanism cover 569 is provided with a portion on the upstream side of the portion provided on the lifting mechanism base 568 in the ball lifting inlet passage 551 . The portion of the ball lifting inlet passage 551 provided on the lifting mechanism base 568 has a downstream end that opens forward at a portion near the lower end of the lifting spiral shaft 561 on the right side in front view, and opens rearward. After extending, it bends leftward and passes behind the lifting spiral shaft 561, then extends obliquely forward and its upstream end opens leftward. In this lifting mechanism cover 569, behind the lower end of the lifting spiral shaft 561, there is a ball lifting inlet ground sheet metal 555 provided so as to be able to contact the game ball B flowing through the ball lifting inlet passage 551. installed.

Further, the lifting mechanism cover 569 is provided with a portion on the downstream side of the portion provided on the lifting mechanism base 568 in the ball lifting outlet passage 552 . The portion of the ball lifting outlet passage 552 provided in the lifting mechanism cover 569 is open rearward at its upstream end, bends leftward in front view, extends leftward to the left end, and then bends forward. , the downstream end of the front end of the lifting mechanism cover 569 is open forward.

A lifting outlet sensor 554 is attached to the lifting mechanism cover 569 near the left end of a portion of the ball lifting outlet passage 552 that extends leftward in front view. Furthermore, in the lifting mechanism cover 569, a game that flows through the ball lifting outlet passage 552 is located upstream of the ball lifting outlet sensor 554 in the portion extending leftward in the ball lifting outlet passage 552. A sphere lifting exit ground sheet metal 556 provided so as to be able to contact the sphere B is attached.

The opening (entrance) at the upstream end of the ball lifting inlet passage 551 of the ball lifting unit 550 opens leftward near the lower part of the left side surface of the ball lifting unit 550 . This opening is provided so as to face the ball discharge port 500d of the circulation ball path unit 500 when assembled to the body frame 4 . The sphere-lifting inlet passage 551 is inclined downward from the left-end inlet toward the right, and extends to the right of the lifting spiral shaft 561 so as to bypass the rear of the lifting spiral shaft 561 . After that, it folds forward and extends to the vicinity of the lower end of the lifting spiral shaft 561 to the left. In the vicinity of the lifting spiral shaft 561, it is bent in a crank shape so as to turn around to the front side of the lifting spiral shaft 561, and communicates with the lifting groove 561a of the lifting spiral shaft 561 on the front side near the lower end of the lifting spiral shaft 561. ing.

The ball lifting inlet passage 551 is provided so that the opening at the upstream end faces the ball discharge port 500d that forms the opening at the downstream end of the ball storage passage 504 in the circulation ball passage unit 500. The game ball B that has circulated through the storage passage 504 is delivered and circulated.

The sphere lifting inlet passage 551 is provided with a lifting inlet sensor 553 at a portion that is lowered toward the left near the downstream end in contact with the lifting spiral shaft 561 . , a sphere lifting inlet ground sheet metal 555 is attached.

The sphere lifting outlet passage 552 communicates with the lifting groove 561 a near the upper end of the sphere lifting unit 550 at its upstream end near the upper end of the lifting spiral shaft 561 . It extends to the rear, extends to the same position as the rear end of the lifting spiral shaft 561, and then bends to the left. From there, it extends leftward near the left end of the ball lifting unit 550 and bends forward, and the downstream end opens forward on the front surface of the ball lifting unit 550 (lifting mechanism cover 569). ing.

The ball lifting exit passage 552 is provided so that the opening at the downstream end thereof faces a ball supply port of a ball feeding unit, which will be described later, so that game balls B can be supplied to the ball feeding unit 600 .

The ball lifting outlet passage 552 is provided with a lifting outlet sensor 554 near the left end of a portion extending leftward near the rear end of the ball lifting unit 550, and on the upstream side (right side) thereof. A sphere lift outlet ground sheet metal 556 is attached to the . The bottom wall of the portion of the ball-lifting exit passage 552 where the ball-lifting exit ground sheet metal 556 is provided is provided with an opening that is large enough not to hinder the circulation of the game ball B. , dust and dirt can be discharged to the outside through the opening.

The lifting inlet sensor 553 detects the presence or absence of the game ball B to be lifted when the lifting spiral shaft 561 is driven by the driving of the lifting motor 564 to lift the game ball B. Although the details will be described later, when the game ball B is not detected by the lifting entrance sensor 553, the lifting motor 564 is not driven.

The lifting exit sensor 554 detects the presence or absence of game balls B supplied to the ball feeding unit. Although the details will be described later, in a state where the game ball B is detected by the lift entrance sensor 553, the game ball B is not detected by the lift exit sensor 554, and a predetermined condition is satisfied (here, the launch By the subtraction of a predetermined number (for example, three) of the game balls B by the subtraction sensor 454, the lift motor 564 is driven to rotate the lifting spiral shaft 561 and the predetermined number of the game balls B are lifted.

The lifting entrance sensor 553 and the lifting exit sensor 554 detect the game ball B in a non-contact manner, for example, by detecting a change in induced current.

The ball lifting inlet ground sheet metal 555 removes static electricity from the game balls B supplied from the circulation ball path unit 500 to the ball lifting inlet passage 551 . The sphere lifting inlet ground sheet metal 555 is provided upstream of the lifting inlet sensor 553 . As a result, the static electricity of the game ball B passing through the lift entrance sensor 553 can be removed in advance, and the static electricity from the game ball B may cause an erroneous detection in the lift entrance sensor 553 or the frame control board 640 to malfunction. can be avoided.

The ball lifting outlet ground sheet metal 556 removes the static electricity of the game ball B which has been lifted by the ball lifting mechanism 560 and polished by the ball polishing mechanism 580 . The sphere lift outlet ground sheet metal 556 is provided upstream of the lift outlet sensor 554 . As a result, the static electricity of the game ball B passing through the lifting exit sensor 554 can be removed in advance, and the static electricity from the game ball B may cause an erroneous detection in the lifting exit sensor 554 or the frame control board 640 to malfunction. can be avoided.

The sphere lifting relay board 557 relays connection between the lifting entrance sensor 553, the lifting outlet sensor 554, the lifting motor 564, the lifting motor index sensor 566, the ball motor 588, etc. and the frame control board 640. It is. The sphere lifting relay board 557 is attached to the rear side of the lifting mechanism cover 569 .

The ball polishing mechanism 580 is attached to the front side of the ball lifting mechanism 560 . The kneading mechanism 580 includes a box-shaped kneading cassette 581 having a vertically long rectangular parallelepiped outer shape, an endless belt-like polishing cloth 582 partially exposed to the outside at the rear surface of the kneading cassette 581, and the polishing cloth 582 exposed to the outside. A sheet-like ball polishing sponge 583 provided between the portion where the ball is formed and the rear surface of the ball polishing cassette 581, and a ball polishing feed gear 584 rotatably supported in the lower part of the ball polishing cassette 581 around a horizontal axis. and a ball-polished driven gear 585 which meshes with the ball-polished feed gear 584 with a polishing cloth 582 interposed therebetween and is rotatably supported around an axis in the left-right direction.

Further, the kumamoto mechanism 580 has a flat plate-like kumamoto motor base 586 whose rear end side is rotatably attached to the lifting mechanism base 568 and which extends upward and downward with a constant front-rear depth on the left side of the kumamoto cassette 581 . , a gear cover 587 attached to the left surface of a Kuma motor base 586, a Kuma motor 588 attached to the left surface of the gear cover 587 and having a rotating shaft protruding between the gear cover 587 and the Kuma motor base 586, A spur gear-shaped motor gear 589 attached to the rotating shaft of a kumamoto motor 588, a spur gear-shaped large-diameter gear portion 590a that meshes with the motor gear 589, and a small-diameter spur gear that rotates integrally with the large-diameter gear portion 590a. , and is rotatably supported between a Kuma motor base 586 and a gear cover 587; A transmission gear 591 in the form of a spur gear rotatably supported between 586 and a gear cover 587, and a rotary connection portion 592 that rotates integrally with the transmission gear 591 and protrudes rightward through the ball motor base 586. and have.

Further, the Kuma mechanism 580 is in contact with the front surface of the Kuma cassette 581, and its left end is engaged with the front end of the Kuma motor base 586, while its right end is attached to the front surface of the base wall portion 401b of the body frame base 401. A plate-like cassette pressing piece 593 and a ny latch 594 detachably attaching the right end side of the cassette pressing piece 593 to the front surface of the base wall portion 401b are provided.

A kneading cassette 581 of the kneading mechanism 580 is formed in a box-like shape with a hollow interior, and slits through which the polishing cloth 582 can pass are provided in the upper and lower edges of the rear surface. The ball polishing cassette 581 is detachably attached from the front to the ball lifting mechanism base 568 of the ball lifting mechanism 560 so as to close the ball polishing port 568a.

The polishing cloth 582 is formed in the shape of an endless ring belt having a constant width on both sides. As shown in FIG. 32( a ), the polishing cloth 582 is housed in a serpentine back and forth direction inside the kneading cassette 581 . exposed behind.

The kneading sponge 583 is provided between the rear surface of the kneading cassette 581 and the portion of the polishing cloth 582 exposed to the rear, and attached to the rear surface of the kneading cassette 581 . The inner surface of the polishing cloth 582 is in contact with the rear surface of the ball polishing sponge 583 . This ball polishing sponge 583 is assembled in the ball lifting unit 550, and elastically presses the polishing cloth 582 against the game ball B exposed forward from the ball polishing port 568a of the ball lifting mechanism 560. The polishing cloth 582 is brought into contact with the spherical surface of the game ball B in a wider range. It should be noted that the kneading sponge 583 is attached to the kneading cassette 581 so as to be replaceable.

The ball-fed feed gear 584 is provided so that its axial center coincides with the axial center of the transmission gear 591 (rotational coupling portion 592) in a state in which the ball-fed cassette 581 is attached, and the left end of the rotary shaft is connected to the rotary coupling portion 592. , and integrally rotates with the transmission gear 591 .

The ball driven gear 585 is meshed with the ball feed gear 584 so as to have a gap for receiving the polishing cloth 582 . It is possible to feed a polishing cloth 582 sandwiched between.

The Kuma motor base 586 extends vertically along the left side surface of the Kuma cassette 581, and its rear end side is attached to the lifting mechanism base 568 so as to be rotatable about an axis extending in the vertical direction. . As a result, the front end side of the kuma motor base 586 can be rotated in a direction away from the kuma cassette 581 . The Kuma motor base 586 has a locking hole 586a penetrating from side to side at a portion above the center in the vertical direction of the front edge. A locking hook 593a provided at the left end of the cassette pressing piece 593 is inserted and locked into the locking hole 586a.

Kumamotor 588 is controlled independently of the operation of lifting motor 564, and is controlled so that polishing cloth 582 moves 0.17 mm every time 1000 game balls B are shot.

The cassette pressing piece 593 extends to the left and right, and is provided with a hook-shaped locking hook portion 593a that is inserted into and locked to the locking hole 586a of the ball-shaped motor base 586 at the left end. A ny latch 594 is provided near the right end of the cassette pressing piece 593 .

The ny latch 594 can be locked by pushing the operation part 594a, and can be unlocked by pulling it forward.

The ball lifting unit 550 of this embodiment is attached to the rear side of the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame base 401 in a state assembled to the main body frame 4. As shown in FIG. When the ball lifting unit 550 is assembled to the main body frame base 401 of the main body frame 4, the ball lifting mechanism 560 is removed from the ball lifting mechanism 580 with the ball polishing cassette 581 and the cassette pressing piece 593 removed from the base wall portion 401b. It is attached to the ball lifting unit attachment portion 401j provided on the rear surface of the . At this time, the Kuma motor base 586 protruding forward from the lifting mechanism base 568 is protruded forward from the base wall portion 401b through the front-rear penetrating portion of the ball lifting unit mounting portion 401j. In this state, the ball-lifting mechanism base 568 of the ball-lifting mechanism 560 has a ball-lifting opening 568a located in a penetrating portion of the ball-lifting unit mounting portion 401j on the rear surface of the base wall portion 401b. A game ball B lifted by the lift spiral shaft 561 can be visually recognized from the front of the base wall portion 401b (body frame 4) through the base wall portion 401b (see FIG. 31). That is, by opening the door frame 3 with respect to the body frame 4 and removing the kuma cassette 581, it is possible to check the lifting spiral shaft 561 and the game ball B being lifted by the lifting spiral shaft 561 from the front. can.

After attaching the ball lifting mechanism 560 side of the ball lifting unit 550 to the ball lifting unit mounting portion 401j of the base wall portion 401b, the surface where the polishing cloth 582 is exposed is directed backward from the front of the base wall portion 401b. In this state, the kneading cassette 581 is arranged in front of the lifting mechanism base 568 so as to close the kneading port 568a from the front. At this time, the Kuma motor base 586 is rotated so that the tip side thereof is kept away from the Kuma cassette 581 .

Subsequently, the locking hook portion 593a at the left end of the cassette pressing piece 593 is inserted into the locking hole 586a at the front end of the Kumamotor base 586 to lock it, and the cassette pressing piece 593 is pushed backward to move the Kumamoto cassette 581 backward. press to. As a result, the Kuma motor base 586 rotates so as to be parallel to the left side surface of the Kuma cassette 581 , and the rotation connecting part 592 protruding from the right side surface of the Kuma motor base 586 is supported by the Kuma cassette 581 . It engages with the left end of ball feed gear 584 . By pressing and locking the operating portion 594a of the ny latch 594, the right end side of the cassette pressing piece 593 is attached to the front surface of the base wall portion 401b, and the attachment of the Kuma cassette 581 is completed.

When removing the kneading cassette 581, pull the operation portion 594a of the ny latch 594 forward to unlock it, and then perform the reverse procedure to remove the kneading cassette 581.

In the ball lifting unit 550 of the present embodiment, when assembled to the main body frame 4, the opening at the upstream end of the ball lifting inlet passage 551 faces the ball discharge port 500d of the circulating ball path unit 500, and meanders. A game ball B that has flowed through the shaped ball storage passage 504 is supplied. The game ball B supplied to the ball-lifting inlet passage 551 touches the ball-lifting inlet earth sheet metal 555 to remove static electricity, and is detected by the lifting inlet sensor 553, and the lifting spiral shaft 561 supplied to the lower end. At this time, the front end of the game ball B is inserted into the ball polishing mouth 568a that penetrates forward, and the front end of the game ball B contacts the polishing cloth 582 of the ball polishing mechanism 580, and is pushed left and right by the vertically long ball polishing mouth 568a. Movement in any direction is restricted.

In this state, when the lifting spiral shaft 561 rotates in the direction in which the game ball B is lifted by the lifting motor 564, the game ball B is pushed from below by the lifting groove 561a and moves upward along the kuma mouth 568a. It will happen. At this time, the game ball B moves upward while rotating while being in contact with the vertically extending portion of the inner peripheral edge of the kuma mouth 568a and the lifting groove 561a. As a result, the portion of the game ball B in contact with the polishing cloth 582 on the front end side changes as the game ball B rises (rotates), and the entire surface of the game ball B can be evenly polished.

Then, when the game ball B reaches the upper end side of the lifting spiral shaft 561, it enters the ball lifting outlet passage 552, contacts the ball lifting outlet ground sheet metal 556, and is detected by the lifting outlet sensor 554. From the downstream end of the ball lifting exit passage 552, the ball is sent to the ball feeding unit. At this time, even if the game ball B is polished by the polishing cloth 582 and charged with static electricity by being lifted by the ball lifting mechanism 560, the ball lifting outlet ground sheet metal 556 upstream of the lifting outlet sensor 554 The static electricity is removed by the contact with the roller, so that the trouble due to the static electricity of Kuma does not occur in the lifting exit sensor 554, the frame control board 640, and the like.

On the other hand, in the kneading mechanism 580, with the kneading cassette 581 attached, when the kneading motor 588 rotates the kneading feed gear 584 clockwise in the right side view, the rear surface of the kneading cassette 581 on the polishing cloth 582 is rotated to the outside. The exposed portion is housed in the ball polishing cassette 581 through the slit on the lower side of the ball polishing cassette 581 . At this time, since the portion of the polishing cloth 582 exposed to the outside is pulled downward, the portion of the polishing cloth 582 housed in the ball polishing cassette 581 is pulled downward from the outside through the slit on the upper side of the ball polishing cassette 581. It will be sent out.

The polishing cloth 582 of the ball polishing mechanism 580 is intermittently moving at a slow speed. In this embodiment, every time 1000 game balls B are shot, the polishing cloth 582 moves 0.17 mm.

Thus, according to the ball lifting unit 550 of this embodiment, the game balls B discharged from the circulation ball path unit 500 can be supplied to the ball feeding unit 600 while polishing the game balls B.

[4-6. Ball forwarding unit]
The ball feeding unit 600 in the body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 33 to 35 and the like. FIG. 33(a) is a front perspective view of the ball feeding unit in the body frame, and FIG. 33(b) is a rear perspective view of the ball feeding unit in the body frame. FIG. 34(a) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit viewed from the front, and FIG. 34(b) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit viewed from the rear. FIG. 35 is a front cross-sectional view of the ball feed unit cut at the position of the sensor before firing.

The ball feeding unit 600 is for supplying the game balls B lifted by the ball lifting unit 550 to the ball shooting unit 450 one by one. The ball feeding unit 600 is attached to a ball feeding unit mounting portion 401k provided on the rear side of the base wall portion 401b of the body frame base 401. As shown in FIG. The ball feeding unit 600 faces upward from the upper surface of the base wall portion 401b so as to be sandwiched between the base wall portion 401b and the circulating ball path unit 500, and is detachably attached upward.

The ball feeding unit 600 has a ball supply port 601 which is open at the rear and into which game balls B supplied from the ball lifting unit 550 can enter, and a ball launching pad 452b of the ball launching unit 450 which is open at the front. A ball delivery port 602 for delivering a game ball B, a ball delivery passage 603 connecting the ball supply port 601 and the ball delivery port 602 and through which the game ball B can flow, and a game ball circulating in the ball delivery passage 603. A sensor 604 before firing capable of detecting B, a movable member 605 for sending the game balls B detected by the sensor 604 before firing from the ball outlet 602 one by one, and the movable member 605 for moving the ball. A ball-feeding solenoid 606 for throwing the game ball B to the ball-shooting unit 450, and a ball-feeding relay board 607 relaying the connection between the ball-feeding solenoid 606, the ball-feeding sensor 604, and the frame control board 640. I have.

The ball feeder unit 600 also includes a transmission member 608 that transmits forward and backward movements of a plunger in a ball feeder solenoid 606 to move a ball feeder movable member 605, and a box-like shape that is open rearward and contains a sensor 604 before firing and a ball. A unit base 609 provided with a feed solenoid 606 and the like, and a flat unit cover 610 attached so as to close an opening at the rear end of the unit base 609 are provided.

A ball supply port 601 of the ball feeding unit 600 is provided through a unit cover 610 constituting the rear surface of the ball feeding unit 600, and is provided at a portion on the upper right side from the center when viewed from the front. The ball supply port 601 is formed in a size through which the game balls B can pass one by one.

The ball delivery port 602 is provided so as to pass through a unit base 609 forming the front side of the ball delivery unit 600 in the front-rear direction, and is provided at a portion below the center in front view. The ball delivery port 602 is formed in a size through which the game balls B can pass one by one.

The ball feed passage 603 connects the ball feed port 601 and the ball feed port 602, and extends from the ball feed port 601 to the upper portion of the ball feed port 602 so as to be lowered leftward. It extends downward to the site of the delivery port 602 . A sensor 604 before firing is provided in the vicinity of the left end of the portion extending leftward in the ball feeding passage 603 . A ball receiving portion 605a of the ball feeding movable member 605 is positioned at a portion of the ball feeding passage 603 extending vertically behind the ball feeding port 602. As shown in FIG.

The before-fire sensor 604 is provided in the vicinity of the left end of the ball feed passage 603 extending downward to the left. In other words, the shooting front sensor 604 is provided in the ball feeding movable member 605 immediately before the ball receiving portion 605a on the upstream side. This shooting front sensor 604 detects the game ball B in a non-contact manner, for example, by detecting a change in induced current.

The ball-feeding movable member 605 is driven by the ball-feeding solenoid 606 to release the game balls B in the ball-feeding passage 603 one by one from the ball-feeding port 602 and supply them to the ball-throwing unit 450. is. The ball feeding movable member 605 has a U-shaped opening to the right and front and rear, a ball receiving portion 605a having a bottom wall inclined forward and capable of accommodating only one game ball B, and a ball receiving portion 605a. a rod portion 605b that extends leftward from the left end of the rod portion 605b; a bearing portion 605c that penetrates the left end of the rod portion 605b in the front-rear direction and into which the first shaft pin 610a of the unit cover 610 is inserted so as to be relatively rotatable; It has a movable gear portion 605d that is fan-shaped to the right and coaxial with the portion 605c.

The ball feed solenoid 606 is for moving the ball feed movable member 605 to supply the game balls B in the ball feed passage 603 one by one from the ball feed port 602 to the ball shooting unit 450 . The ball feed solenoid 606 is provided at the upper left corner in front view, between the unit base 609 and the unit cover 610, with the magnetic pole portion that generates magnetic force when energized directed downward.

The ball feeder relay board 607 is for relaying the connection between the pre-launch sensor 604 and the ball feeder solenoid 606 and the frame control board 640 . The ball feed relay board 607 is provided in the upper right corner in front view between the unit base 609 and the unit cover 610 .

The transmission member 608 transmits forward and backward movement of the plunger of the ball feed solenoid 606 so that the ball feed movable member 605 can move. The transmission member 608 includes a sheet metal holding portion 608b to which a sheet metal 608a that can be magnetically attached to the magnetic pole portion of the ball feed solenoid 606 is attached, a rod portion 608c extending rightward from the sheet metal holding portion 608b, and a rod portion 608c. A bearing portion 608d penetrates in the right end of the unit cover 610 in the front-rear direction and into which the second shaft pin 610b of the unit cover 610 is inserted so as to be relatively rotatable. and a drive gear portion 608e that meshes with the movable gear portion 605d of the member 605 .

The unit base 609 is formed in the shape of a box that is open rearward, and a ball delivery port 602 is provided through the front and rear at a portion near the lower center of the front surface. The unit base 609 cooperates with the unit cover 610 to form a ball feed passage 603, and also includes a pre-firing sensor 604, a ball feed movable member 605, a ball feed solenoid 606, a ball feed relay board 607, and a transmission member 608. , holds

The unit base 609 has a knob portion 609a recessed downward near the center of the upper surface in the left-right direction, and an elastic claw 609b provided at the lower right corner of the front surface. The knob portion 609a is formed to be grasped by an operator from above, and is used when removing the ball feeding unit 600 from the body frame base 401 of the body frame 4 upward. When the ball feeding unit 600 is attached to the ball feeding unit mounting portion 401k of the main body frame base 401, the elastic claw 609b is engaged with the locking hole of the ball feeding unit mounting portion 401k so that it cannot be removed upward. It is for

When the ball feeding unit 600 is to be removed from the main body frame base 401, the elastic claw 609b, which penetrates the locking hole of the base wall portion 401b and faces forward, is pressed backward to be elastically deformed. It can be removed upward from the ball feed unit mounting portion 401k of the main body frame base 401 by grasping and pulling up the knob portion 609a.

The unit cover 610 is provided with a ball supply port 601 penetrating in the front-rear direction at the upper right portion from the center in the front view. The unit cover 610 cooperates with the unit base 609 to form a ball feed passage 603, and also includes a pre-firing sensor 604, a ball feed movable member 605, a ball feed solenoid 606, a ball feed relay board 607, and a transmission member 608. , holds The unit cover 610 has a first shaft pin 610a and a second shaft pin 610b projecting forward in a cylindrical shape near the lower left corner when viewed from the front. By inserting the first shaft pin 610a into the bearing portion 605c of the movable ball feed member 605, the movable ball feed member 605 can be rotatably supported. By inserting the second shaft pin 610b into the bearing portion 608d of the transmission member 608, the transmission member 608 can be rotatably supported.

In the ball feed unit 600 of this embodiment, in the assembled state, the first shaft pin 610a is inserted into the bearing portion 605c of the movable ball feed member 605, and the second shaft pin 610b is inserted into the bearing portion 608d of the transmission member 608. is inserted, and the movable gear portion 605d of the ball feeding movable member 605 and the drive gear portion 608e of the transmission member 608 are meshed with each other. In this state, the ball receiving portion 605a at the right end of the ball feeding movable member 605 is positioned in the portion extending vertically behind the ball feeding port 602 in the ball feeding passage 603, and the ball is moved around the bearing portion 605c. When the feed movable member 605 rotates, the ball receiving portion 605a moves up and down in the vertically extending portion of the ball feed passage 603. As shown in FIG.

In the normal state of the ball feeding unit 600, the ball feeding solenoid 606 is de-energized (OFF). Therefore, the sheet metal 608a of the transmission member 608 is separated downward from the magnetic pole portion of the ball feed solenoid 606 by gravity. In this state, the lower surface of the ball receiving portion 605a of the ball feeding movable member 605 is in contact with the bottom wall of the downstream end of the ball feeding passage 603, and the front end opening of the ball receiving portion 605a is aligned with the ball delivery port 602. , the right end opening of the ball receiving portion 605a does not match the ball feeding passage 603. Therefore, the game ball B flowing from the upstream toward the ball receiving portion 605a is not received by the ball receiving portion 605a by coming into contact with the U-shaped upper portion of the ball receiving portion 605a. On the other hand, the game ball B received by the ball receiving portion 605a rolls forward due to the inclination of the bottom wall of the ball receiving portion 605a and is discharged forward from the ball outlet 602. As shown in FIG.

In this normal state, when the ball feed solenoid 606 is energized (ON), the sheet metal 608a of the transmission member 608 is attracted to the upper magnetic pole portion by the magnetic force generated in the magnetic pole portion of the ball feed solenoid 606, and the transmission member 608 is moved. It rotates clockwise around the bearing portion 608d. When the transmission member 608 rotates in the clockwise direction, the movable gear portion 605d of the movable ball feed member 605 meshing with the driving gear portion 608e of the transmission member 608 causes the movable ball feed member 605 to move around the bearing portion 605c. As a result, the ball receiving portion 605a moves upward.

When the ball receiving portion 605a of the ball feeding movable member 605 moves upward, the front end opening of the ball receiving portion 605a does not coincide with the ball delivery port 602, and the right end opening of the ball receiving portion 605a moves toward the ball feeding passage 603. , and the game ball B is received from the ball feeding passage 603 by the ball receiving portion 605a. In this state, since the right end opening of the ball receiving portion 605a does not match the ball delivery port 602, the game ball B received by the ball receiving portion 605a rolls forward and is discharged from the ball delivery port 602. no. In addition, since the ball receiving portion 605a has a size capable of accommodating only one game ball B, when one game ball B is received by the ball receiving portion 605a, the game ball B on the upstream side of the ball receiving portion 605a 605a is not accepted.

After that, when the energization of the ball feed solenoid 606 is stopped (OFF), the attraction of the transmission member 608 from the magnetic pole portion of the ball feed solenoid 606 to the sheet metal 608a is released. At this time, since the ball receiving portion 605a of the ball feeding movable member 605 receives the game ball B, the weight of the game ball B causes the ball receiving portion 605a to move downward. The transmission member 608 rotates clockwise around the bearing portion 605c, and the transmission member 608 moves around the bearing portion 608d through the driving gear portion 608e that meshes with the movable gear portion 605d of the ball feeding movable member 605. and rotate counterclockwise to return to the normal state.

When the ball feeding unit 600 returns to its normal state, the front end opening of the ball receiving portion 605a of the ball feeding movable member 605 coincides with the ball delivery port 602, so that the game ball B received by the ball receiving portion 605a It rolls forward and is discharged from the ball delivery port 602 to the ball launching unit 450 .

As described above, according to the ball sending unit 600 of the present embodiment, the game balls B can be sent one by one to the ball shooting unit 450 by turning ON/OFF the ball sending solenoid 606 .

[4-7. Ball receiving tray]
The ball receiving tray 620 in the body frame 4 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 7, 8, 10, and the like. The ball receiving tray 620 is provided below the circulating ball path unit 500 and is for receiving the game balls B ejected from the ball outlet 513p of the circulating ball path unit 500 . The ball receiving tray 620 is formed in the shape of a container that is open upward, and the bottom wall is slanted downward toward the front.

The ball receiving tray 620 is attached by being inserted from the front into the tray insertion recess 401f of the main body frame base 401 . When the ball receiving tray 620 is attached to the main body frame base 401, it is locked by the locking claws 401n of the main body frame base 401 so that it does not come off forward. When the ball receiving tray 620 is removed, the engagement is released by elastically deforming the engagement claw 401n to the left, so that the tray can be pulled out forward.

When attaching the ball receiving tray 620 to the tray insertion recess 401f of the main body frame base 401, the ball receiving tray 620 is moved rearward from the front of the tray insertion recess 401f and inserted into the tray insertion recess 401f. At this time, since the front end of the locking claw 401n is inclined like an arrowhead, when the rear end of the ball receiving tray 620 comes into contact with the locking claw 401n from the front, the locking claw 401n is tilted to the left due to the arrowhead-shaped inclination. The ball receiving tray 620 can be elastically deformed toward the tray insertion recess 401f. When the front end of the ball receiving tray 620 reaches the portion of the locking claw 401n and is no longer in contact with the front end of the locking claw 401n, the elastically deformed locking claw 401n returns to its original state. The front end of the receiving tray 620 is locked to prevent the ball receiving tray 620 from sliding forward.

Since the ball receiving tray 620 is placed on the bottom wall of the tray insertion recess 401f which is inclined so that the front end side is lowered, the game balls B discharged from the ball outlet 513p of the circulation ball path unit 500 are stored. When it becomes heavy, it tries to slide forward due to the inclination of the bottom wall, but the sliding is prevented by the locking of the locking claws 401n. When the engagement of the engagement claw 401n is released, the ball receiving tray 620 automatically slides forward due to the weight of the stored game balls B, and the ball receiving tray 620 can be easily taken out from the tray insertion recess 401f. can be done.

[4-8. Frame substrate unit]
The frame substrate unit 630 in the body frame 4 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8 and the like. Although details will be described later, the frame control board 640 displays the number of balls held in the number display unit 140, performs settlement processing by operating the counting button switch 180, ball launching unit 450, ball lifting unit 550, and ball feeding unit. 600, etc., management (monitoring) of the game balls B in the circulating ball path unit 500, and the like.

The frame substrate unit 630 is attached to a portion behind the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame base 401 in the main body frame base unit 400 so as to be openable and closable. The frame board unit 630 includes a frame control board 640 , a power supply board 650 , an interface board 660 , and a game ball lending device connection terminal board 665 .

Further, the frame substrate unit 630 includes a unit base 670 attached to the rear side of the main body frame base unit 400 so as to be openable and closable, and a frame control substrate box 671 attached to the rear side of the unit base 670 and housing the frame control substrate 640. , a power supply board box 672 mounted between the frame control board box 671 and the unit base 670 and containing the power supply board 650, and an interface board mounted on the unit base 670 on the left side of the frame control board box 671 in front view. 660 and a game ball lending device connection terminal plate 665, and an interface board box 673;

Although not shown, the frame control board 640 includes a ROM that stores various processing programs and various commands, a RAM that temporarily stores data, a CPU that executes processing programs and commands, and the like. .

The frame control board 640 has a RAM clear switch 641 for erasing the information stored in the RAM, and an enclosed game ball B from the ball outlet 513p of the circulation ball path unit 500 to the outside. Clears the number of balls held by the player stored in the RAM or the like and the number of balls held by the player stored in the ball receiving switch 642 and the ball receiving tray 620, and also clears the display of the number of balls held by the door frame 3 on the display section 140. and a ball number storage/display clear switch 643 (see FIG. 38).

The frame control board 640 is connected to a main control board 1310 provided on the game board 5 by two-way communication and to a game ball lending device connection terminal board 665 by two-way communication. The frame control board 640 is connected to the game ball lending device 8 via a game ball lending device connection terminal plate 665 .

The frame control board 640 is connected to the number display unit 140 of the door frame 3, the firing stop switch 161, the handle touch sensor 162, the handle rotation sensor 163, and the count button switch 180.

In addition, the frame control board 640 includes the door open switch 407 of the main body frame 4, the frame open switch 408, the firing solenoid 453, the firing subtraction sensor 454, the out ball sensor 505, the safe ball sensor 506, the foul ball sensor 507, and the circulating ball shortage. A sensor 521, an excess ball circulation sensor 522, a lift inlet sensor 553, a lift outlet sensor 554, a lift motor 564, a lift motor index sensor 566, a ball motor 588, a sensor 604 before firing, and a ball feed solenoid 606 are connected. ing.

The power board 650 is for supplying power of a predetermined voltage to the frame control board 640, the main control board 1310, the peripheral control board 1510, and the like.

The interface board 660 is for relaying connections between the frame control board 640 and various relay boards provided on the door frame 3 side and the game board 5 side.

The game ball lending device connection terminal plate 665 is for relaying the connection between the frame control board 640 and the game ball lending device 8 .

The unit base 670 is elongated in the left and right direction, and has a hinge shaft 670a at its left end which is supported by the frame substrate unit shaft support portion 404d provided on the rear surface of the main body frame speaker box 404 of the main body frame base unit 400. Two nylatches 674 are attached to the right end with the operating portion 674a facing rearward.

The unit base 670 includes a rear surface portion 670b that extends rightward from the left end in a plan view by a quarter of the total length in the left-right direction, and a joint that extends short forward from the right end of the rear surface portion 670b. It has a portion 670c and a front portion 670d extending from the front end to the right end of the connecting portion 670c. Accordingly, the unit base 670 has a step in the front-rear direction between the rear surface portion 670b and the front surface portion 670d.

An interface board box 673 is detachably attached to the rear side of the rear surface portion 670 b of the unit base 670 . On the other hand, a power board box 672 is detachably attached to the rear side of the front face portion 670 d of the unit base 670 , and a frame control board box 671 is detachably attached to the rear side of the power board box 672 .

The frame substrate unit 630 of the present embodiment is configured such that the hinge shaft 670a provided at the left end of the unit base 670 is pivotally supported by the frame substrate unit shaft support portion 404d of the main body frame base unit 400 in a normal state (used state). In addition, a ny latch 674 attached to the right end of the unit base 670 is attached to the rear surface of the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame base 401. As shown in FIG. In this state, the frame substrate unit 630 covers the rear of the circulating ball path unit 500 and the ball lifting unit 550 attached to the rear side of the base wall portion 401b, making it impossible to approach them.

In a normal state, as shown in FIG. 10, the front part 670d of the unit base 670, the power supply board box 672, and the frame control board box 671 of the frame board unit 630 are connected to the box expansion part 404c of the main body frame speaker box 404. located above. At this time, since the front face portion 670d and the power supply board box 672 are formed shorter than the frame control board box 671 in the vertical direction, wiring and the like can be accommodated between the power supply board box 672 and the box extension part 404c. A space is formed.

When the operation portion 674a of the Nairatch 674 is pulled backward from the normal state to release the lock, the attachment of the right end side of the unit base 670 is released. can be opened backwards. By opening the frame substrate unit 630 rearward, the circulating ball path unit 500 and the ball lifting unit 550 attached to the rear side of the base wall portion 401b are exposed and can be approached.

[4-9. lock unit]
The lock unit 680 in the body frame 4 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8 and the like. The lock unit 680 is attached from the rear along the right edge of the main body frame base 401 in the main body frame base unit 400 when viewed from the front. The lock unit 680 is for locking between the outer frame 2 and the body frame 4 and between the door frame 3 and the body frame 4 .

The lock unit 680 includes a cylindrical lock cylinder 681 that penetrates the cylinder insertion opening 401m of the main body frame base 401 from the rear and the front end of which protrudes forward, a keyhole 682 that is provided on the front end surface of the lock cylinder 681, and a keyhole. When the key corresponding to 682 is inserted and rotated in a predetermined direction, the door frame lock claw 683 that unlocks the door frame 3 and the main body frame 4 is inserted, and the key corresponding to the key hole 682 is inserted. It has an outer frame lock claw 684 that unlocks the body frame 4 and the outer frame 2 when rotated in the determination direction.

[5. A brief description of the game board]
The game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 has the same board configuration as the game board 5A shown in FIG. The game board 5 includes a general winning opening 2001, a first starting opening 2003, a second starting opening 2004, a large winning opening 2005, and a special winning opening 2005, which is provided with a privilege by receiving the game ball B, in a game area 5a into which the game ball B is driven. etc. are provided, and the player operates the handle 160 to enjoy hitting the game ball B so that the game ball B can be received in the winning hole. The game board 5 is detachably attached to the game board insertion portion 401a of the main body frame 4 from the front side. The game board 5 is visible from the player side through the game window 101 of the door frame 3 in the state assembled to the pachinko machine 1, and is a game area where game balls B are hit by the player operating a handle 160. 5a.

The game board 5 includes a front structural member 1000 which defines the outer periphery of the game area 5a and has a substantially rectangular outer shape when viewed from the front, and is attached to the rear side of the front structural member 1000 to define the rear end of the game area 5a. A plate-shaped game panel 1100, and a plurality of obstacle nails N (see FIG. 84, etc.) planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement so as to be able to come into contact with the game balls B in the game area 5a on the front surface of the game panel 1100. .

The front constituent member 1000 of the game board 5 is entirely transparent. The front structural member 1000 has a substantially square outer shape when viewed from the front, and an inner shape that penetrates in the front-rear direction in a substantially circular shape. The front structural member 1000 includes an outer rail 1001 that extends in an arc shape clockwise from the lower end of the center in the left-right direction in a front view, passes through the upper end in the center in the left-right direction in the front view, and extends obliquely to the upper right. An inner rail 1002 that is arranged inside the front structural member 1000 substantially along the rail 1001 and extends in an arc from the lower center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front to the diagonally upper left when viewed from the front, and the right side of the lower end of the inner rail 1002 when viewed from the front is a game area. and an out-guiding portion 1003 formed at the lowest position of 5a and inclined so as to become lower toward the rear.

In addition, the front component 1000 includes a lower right rail 1004 that is linearly inclined from the right end of the out-guiding portion 1003 in front view to the vicinity of the right side of the front component 1000 so that the right end side is slightly higher, and the lower right rail 1004 . from the right end of the front structural member 1000 along the right side of the front structural member 1000 to the lower side of the upper end of the outer rail 1001, the upper portion of which is curved inwardly of the front structural member 1000, and the upper end of the right rail 1005 and the outer rail 1001 and an impacting portion 1006 with which the game ball B rolling along the outer rail 1001 abuts.

The front structural member 1000 is rotatably supported on the upper end of the inner rail 1002 and extends upward from the upper end of the inner rail 1002 so as to close the space between the front structural member 1000 and the front view clock. The backflow prevention member is rotatable only between the open position where it is rotated in the surrounding direction to open the gap with the outer rail 1001, and is biased by a spring (not shown) so as to return to the closed position side. 1007 is provided.

Furthermore, the front structural member 1000 has an out port 1008 penetrating back and forth at the rear end of the out guide portion 1003 at the lower center in the left-right direction in the front view within the frame. The game ball B received in the out port 1008 is discharged downward from the game board 5 behind the game panel 1100 (out ball receiving port 500a of the circulating ball path unit 500) without being returned to the game area 5a.

The game board 5 is provided behind the game panel 1100 and is controlled by a main control board 1310 that controls the contents of the game performed by hitting the game ball B into the game area 5a, and a control signal from the main control board 1310. and a function display unit 1400 which displays the game status based on the function display unit 1400 and is attached to the upper left corner of the front component 1000 so as to be visible to the player side.

In addition, the game board 5 includes a peripheral control board 1510 provided behind the game panel 1100, and is arranged behind the game panel 1100 in the center of the game area 5a when viewed from the front, and can display a predetermined effect image. A performance display device 1600, a front unit 2000 attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100, and a back unit 3000 attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1100 are provided.

The game board 5 (front unit 2000) has a plurality of general winning openings 2001 which are always open and capable of receiving game balls B hit into the game area 5a, and provided at predetermined positions in the game area 5a. A gate 2010 through which the game ball B can pass, and a first start opening provided at a predetermined position in the game area 5a and where the lottery of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is performed by accepting the game ball B. 2003 and the second starting port 2004, and a large winning prize that allows the reception of the game ball B according to the lottery result of the special symbol drawn by accepting the game ball B into the first starting port 2003 and the second starting port 2004. A mouth 2005 (see FIG. 115, etc.) is provided.

The first starting port 2003 is provided directly above the out port 1008 below the frame-shaped center accessory 2500 provided in the center of the game area 5a. The second starting port 2004 is provided in the attacker unit 2400, and opens and closes so as to accept the game ball B according to the lottery result of the normal symbol drawn when the game ball B passes through the gate 2010.例文帳に追加

The big winning opening 2005 is provided in the attacker unit 2400 attached to the lower right corner in the game area 5a.

In addition, the game board 5 includes a general winning hole sensor 3001 for detecting the game ball B received in the general winning hole 2001, a gate sensor 2011 for detecting the game ball B passing through the gate 2010, and a first starting sensor. A first starting hole sensor 2101 that detects the game ball B received in the hole 2003, a second starting hole sensor 2401 that detects the game ball B received in the second starting hole 2004, and a big winning hole 2005. and a large winning opening sensor 2402 for detecting the game ball B (see FIG. 38).

The game ball B received in the general prize winning port 2001 is detected by the general prize winning port sensor 3001 behind the game panel 1100, and discharged from the game board 5 to the safe ball receiving port 500b in the circulating ball path unit 500 below. be done. The game ball B received in the first starting port 2003 is detected by the first starting port sensor 2101 behind the game panel 1100, and then reaches the safe ball receiving port 500b in the circulating ball path unit 500 below the game board 5. discharged to The game ball B received in the second starting port 2004 is detected by the second starting port sensor 2401 behind the game panel 1100, and then reaches the safe ball receiving port 500b in the circulating ball path unit 500 below the game board 5. discharged to The game ball B received in the big winning hole 2005 is detected by the big winning hole sensor 2402 behind the game panel 1100, and discharged from the game board 5 to the safe ball receiving hole 500b in the circulating ball path unit 500 below. be done.

The main control board 1310 controls the game using the game ball B in the game area 5a in the pachinko machine 1. FIG. The main control board 1310 is connected to the frame control board 640 provided in the body frame 4 for two-way communication, and is also connected to the peripheral control board 1510 in one direction only for output signals.

The main control board 1310 receives detection signals of the game ball B from the general winning opening sensor 3001, the gate sensor 2011, the first starting opening sensor 2101, the second starting opening sensor 2401, the big winning opening sensor 2402, and the like. In addition, the main control board 1310 outputs a drive signal to a starting opening solenoid 2412 for opening and closing the second starting opening 2004, an attacker solenoid 2414 for opening and closing the big winning opening 2005, and the like.

The main control board 1310 outputs a command of a predetermined number (for example, 10) of winning balls when the game ball B received in the general winning opening 2001 is detected by the general winning opening sensor 3001 . Since this is the same as the conventional pachinko machine, the software of the main control board 1310 does not have to be changed. When this winning ball command is received, the frame control board 640 interprets it as a winning ball addition signal. Also, when the game ball B received in the first starting hole 2003 is detected by the first starting hole sensor 2101, a predetermined number (for example, one) prize ball command is output. Also, when the game ball B received in the second starting hole 2004 is detected by the second starting hole sensor 2401, a predetermined number (for example, one) prize ball command is output. Furthermore, when the game ball B received in the big winning hole 2005 is detected by the big winning hole sensor 2402, a predetermined number (for example, 10 or 13) winning ball commands are output.

In addition, the main control board 1310 outputs to the peripheral control board 1510 signals such as the lottery results of the normal symbols and the lottery results of the special symbols.

The function display unit 1400 uses a plurality of LEDs based on signals from the main control board 1310 to display the game state (game situation), the lottery result of normal symbols, the lottery result of special symbols, and the like.

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the function display unit 1400 displays a state indicator consisting of three LEDs for displaying the game state, and the lottery result of the normal symbol drawn by passing the game ball B through the gate 2010. A normal symbol display made up of two LEDs and a normal reserved display made up of two LEDs for displaying the number of reserved normal symbols drawn by passing game balls B through a gate 2010 are provided.

In addition, the function display unit 1400 includes a first special symbol indicator consisting of eight LEDs for displaying the lottery result of the first special symbol drawn by accepting the game ball B into the first starting port 2003, and a first starting A first special reserved number indicator consisting of two LEDs that displays the number of reservations related to the acceptance of the game ball B to the opening 2003, and a second special design drawn by accepting the game ball B to the second start opening 2004. A second special pattern indicator consisting of eight LEDs that displays the lottery result, and a second special reserved number indicator consisting of two LEDs that displays the number of reservations related to the acceptance of the game ball B to the second start port 2004 and have.

Furthermore, the function display unit 1400 displays the number of repetitions (number of rounds) of the opening/closing pattern of the big winning opening 2005 when the lottery result of the special symbol (first special symbol or second special symbol) is "win" or the like. A round indicator consisting of two LEDs.

In this function display unit 1400, the number of reservations, patterns, etc., can be displayed by lighting, extinguishing, blinking, etc. of the provided LEDs as appropriate.

The peripheral control board 1510 is attached to the rear side of the effect display device 1600 . The peripheral control board 1510 causes the effect display device 1600 to display an effect image or execute a light emitting effect, a movable effect, etc. based on a signal sent from the main control board 1310 .

[6. Game ball flow]
Next, the flow of game balls B in the pachinko machine 1 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 36 and 37 and the like. FIG. 36 is an explanatory view showing various passages for game balls on the rear surface side of the body frame from the rear surface. FIG. 37 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the flow of game balls in the body frame.

In the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, when the player does not operate the handle 160, as shown in FIG. It is stored in a portion below the disk 5 . The circulation path R of the game balls B in the main body frame 4 is provided with a foul unit 470, a circulation ball path unit 500, a ball lifting unit 550, a ball feeding unit 600, and a ball shooting unit 450 in order from the upstream side. The circulation route R is composed of an out ball passage 501, a safe ball passage 502, a foul ball passage 503, a ball storage passage 504, a ball lifting inlet passage 551, a ball lifting outlet passage 552, and the like.

A plurality of sensors for detecting game balls B circulating in the circulation path R are, from the upstream side, a safe ball sensor 506, an out ball sensor 505, a foul ball sensor 507, an excess ball sensor 522, and an insufficient circulation sensor. 521, a lift entrance sensor 553, a lift exit sensor 554, a firing near sensor 604, and a firing subtraction sensor 454 are provided in this order. Based on the signals from these various sensors, the frame control board 640 executes various control processes, which will be described later.

When the player does not operate the handle 160, the safe ball sensor 506, the out ball sensor 505, the foul ball sensor 507, and the excessive ball circulation sensor 522 are OFF (non-detected), and the ball circulation is insufficient. The sensor 521, the lift entrance sensor 553, the lift exit sensor 554, the launch sensor 604, and the launch subtraction sensor 454 are ON (detection).

In the circulation path R in the main body frame 4, a large number of game balls B are stored in a row. A large number of game balls B lined up in a row are located on the ball launch pad 452b of the launch unit cover 452 in the ball launch unit 450 at the top, and the gauge in the ball storage passage 504 of the circulation ball path unit 500 at the rear end. It is positioned upstream of the ball extraction shutter 515 within the range of the portion 520 .

In the circulation path R, the portion between the upper end of the lifting spiral shaft 561 and the lifting outlet sensor 554 in the ball lifting unit 550 is a predetermined number (for example, 5) of the game balls B are lined up. A specific number (for example, four) of game balls B less than a predetermined number are lined up. This is to secure a space for receiving the lifted game ball B even if one game ball B is lifted when returning the lifting spiral shaft 561 to the origin.

Also, in the circulation path R, a predetermined number (for example, 10) are arranged between the pre-launch sensor 604 and the lifting exit sensor 554 . As a result, even after the detection of the game ball B in the lifting exit sensor 554 is turned OFF (non-detection), when the game ball B continues to be shot in the ball shooting unit 450, the rotation of the lifting spiral shaft 561 It is possible to avoid running out of the game balls B to be shot until the game balls B are lifted up and replenished.

Then, when the player operates the handle 160 to drive the shooting solenoid 453 of the ball shooting unit 450, the game ball B placed on the ball shooting pad 452b of the shooting unit cover 452 is shot, and the shooting subtraction sensor At 454, detection of game ball B becomes non-detection (OFF). As a result, the number of balls possessed by the player is subtracted by one (ball possession subtraction processing to be described later). After that, the ball-feeding solenoid 606 of the ball-feeding unit 600 is energized for a predetermined time, the ball receiving portion 605a of the ball-feeding movable member 605 moves up and down, and one game ball B is placed on the ball launch pad 452b. , the firing subtraction sensor 454 is in a detection (ON) state.

When game balls B are shot one by one by the player's operation of the handle 160, a plurality of game balls stored between the shooting front sensor 604 and the upper end of the lifting spiral shaft 561 (ball lifting exit passage 552). The number of balls B decreases one by one, and the detection of the game ball B in the lifting exit sensor 554 eventually becomes non-detection (OFF). Then, when a predetermined number (for example, three) of game balls B are shot after the lifting outlet sensor 554 becomes non-detected, the lifting spiral shaft 561 is rotated by the lifting motor 564 of the ball lifting unit 550. , and after rotating three times and supplying three game balls B to the ball lifting exit passage 552, it is stopped (lifting motor operation processing described later).

When the lifting spiral shaft 561 is rotated by the lifting motor 564, the game ball B located at the downstream end of the ball lifting inlet passage 551 moves to the lower end side of the lifting spiral shaft 561 and is moved upward. . As a result, a large number of game balls B lined up in the ball-lifting entrance passage 551 and the ball storage passage 504 flow downstream, and the number of game balls B stored in the ball storage passage 504 is reduced.

The game ball B fired from the ball shooting unit 450 and hit into the game area 5a of the game board 5 is an out port 1008 or a winning port (general winning port 2001, first start port 2003, second start port 2004, It is accepted in any of the big winning openings 2005). The game ball B received in the out port 1008 of the game board 5 is ejected downward from the game board 5 and delivered to the out ball receiving port 500 a of the circulation ball path unit 500 . The game ball B delivered to the out ball receiving port 500 a passes through the out ball passage 501 to be detected by the out ball sensor 505 and sent to the ball storage passage 504 .

On the other hand, the game ball B received in the winning opening of the game board 5 is ejected downward from the game board 5 and delivered to the safe ball receiving opening 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500. FIG. The game ball B delivered to the safe ball receiving port 500b passes through the safe ball passage 502, is detected by the safe ball sensor 506, and is sent to the ball storage passage 504.例文帳に追加

When the game ball B is detected by the out ball sensor 505, the number of out balls is counted, and when the game ball B is detected by the safe ball sensor 506, the number of safe balls is counted. As a result, it is possible to calculate the correct ball output rate of the game ball B. The calculated ball payout rate is displayed on a display section (not shown) provided on the main control board 1310 . Since this ball payout rate changes according to the game state, the ball payout rate within a predetermined period (for example, per unit time, per predetermined time, per day, etc.) - number of safe balls within a predetermined period) / number of out balls within a predetermined period = ball output rate within a predetermined period.

By the way, the game ball B that was not hit into the game area 5a of the game board 5 despite being shot from the ball launching unit 450 (ball launching table 452b) is recovered as a foul ball by the foul unit 470, and then circulated. It is delivered to the foul ball receptacle 500 c of the ball path unit 500 . The game ball B delivered to the foul ball receiving port 500 c flows through the foul ball passage 503 and is detected by the foul ball sensor 507 and sent to the ball storage passage 504 . When the game ball B is detected by the foul ball sensor 507, the number of balls possessed by the player is added by one (ball possession addition processing to be described later).

As described above, in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the game balls B are enclosed without being discharged to the outside or supplied from the outside. never touch.

[7. Various control processing]
Next, various control processes in the frame control board 640 in the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 38 to 49 and the like. FIG. 38 is a block diagram schematically showing the control configuration of the pachinko machine. FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing firing permission processing. FIG. 40 is a flow chart showing the possession ball subtraction process, and FIG. 41 is a flow chart showing the possession ball addition process using a foul ball. FIG. 42 is a flow chart showing the firing control process. FIG. 43 is a flow chart showing prize ball processing. FIG. 44 is a flow chart showing the lifting motor operation processing, FIG. 45 is a table showing the relationship between the lifting entrance sensor, the lifting exit sensor and the operation of the lifting motor, and FIG. It is a graph which shows the relationship with the operation|movement of a ball lifting unit. FIG. 47 is a graph showing the operation of the ball lifting mechanism in the ball lifting unit. FIG. 48A is a flowchart showing security processing, and FIG. 48B is a flowchart showing security processing in an embodiment different from (a). FIG. 49 is a table showing the relationship between the circulating ball shortage sensor, the circulating ball excess sensor, and the error notification. Note that FIG. 38 omits some electronic components such as sensors, solenoids, motors, and LEDs connected to the main control board 1310 and peripheral control boards 1510 and the like.

As shown in FIG. 38, the main control configuration of the pachinko machine 1 includes a frame control board 640 attached to the body frame 4, a main control board 1310 and peripheral control boards 1510 attached to the game board 5, consists of The frame control board 640 mainly performs control processing such as shooting and circulation of game balls B, the number of balls held, and the like. The main control board 1310 mainly performs game control processing. The peripheral control board 1510 mainly performs control processing of effects.

The frame control board 640 includes a firing stop switch 161, a handle touch sensor 162, a handle rotation sensor 163, a counting button switch 180, a door opening switch 407, a frame opening switch 408, a firing subtraction sensor 454, an out ball sensor 505, and a safe ball sensor. 506, foul ball sensor 507, circulating ball shortage sensor 521, circulating ball excess sensor 522, lifting inlet sensor 553, lifting outlet sensor 554, lifting motor index sensor 566, firing front sensor 604, RAM clear switch 641, ball removal Signals are input from the switch 642, the number-of-balls storage/display clear switch 643, and the like.

In addition, the frame control board 640 outputs signals to the number display unit 140, the firing solenoid 453, the lift motor 564, the ball motor 588, the ball feed solenoid 606, and the like.

Furthermore, the frame control board 640 receives and outputs signals from the game ball lending device 8 via the game ball lending device connection terminal plate 665 . Also, the frame control board 640 receives and outputs signals from the main control board 1310 .

Signals from the general winning opening sensor 3001, the gate sensor 2011, the first starting opening sensor 2101, the second starting opening sensor 2401, the special winning opening sensor 2402, and the like are input to the main control board 1310. FIG. The main control board 1310 also outputs signals to the starter solenoid 2412, the attacker solenoid 2414, the peripheral control board 1510, and the like.

The game ball lending device 8 is provided outside the pachinko machine 1 and outputs a signal to the management server 9 via the communication network. The game ball lending device 8 receives signals from the ball lending button switch 8a, the return button switch, the frame control board 640, and the like. In addition, the game ball lending device 8 outputs signals to the display section, the frame control board 640, and the like.

[7-1. Launch permission processing]
The firing permission process will be described with reference to FIG. The launch permission process is a process for determining whether or not the game ball B should be launched. When the firing permission process is started, first, in step S101, it is checked whether or not the player is touching the handle 160, and if the player touches the handle 160 and the handle touch sensor 162 is ON (YES), , the process proceeds to the next step S102. If the handle touch sensor 162 is OFF in step S101 (NO), the process advances to step S107 to turn OFF the frame control firing permission signal and terminate the process.

In step S102, it is checked whether or not the firing stop switch 161 is OFF, and if the firing stop switch 161 is OFF, the determination is YES and the process proceeds to the next step S103. On the other hand, if the firing stop switch 161 is OFF in step S102, NO is determined and the process proceeds to step S107 to turn OFF the frame control firing permission signal and terminate the process.

In step S103, it is checked whether or not the frame control board 640 is connected to the game ball lending device 8 via the game ball lending device connection terminal plate 665, and if it is connected to the game ball lending device 8, As YES, the process proceeds to the next step S104. On the other hand, if the connection with the game ball lending device 8 is not confirmed in step S103, it proceeds to step S107 as NO, turns off the frame control firing permission signal, and ends the processing.

In step S104, the presence or absence of main control firing permission from the main control board 1310 is confirmed, and if there is main control firing permission, YES is determined and the process proceeds to the next step S105. On the other hand, if there is no main control firing permission in step S104, the process proceeds to step S107 as NO, the frame control firing permission signal is turned OFF, and the processing ends.

In step S105, it is checked whether or not the number of balls held by the player is greater than 0. If the number of balls held by the player is greater than 0, the process advances to step S106 as YES to turn on the frame control firing permission signal. to end the process. On the other hand, in step S105, if the number of balls in possession is less than 0 (the number of balls in possession is 0), it proceeds to step S107 as NO, turns off the frame control firing permission signal, and ends the processing.

In this way, the game ball B is permitted to be shot by the shooting permission process, and when the player rotates the handle 160 in this state, the shooting solenoid 453 is driven with a strength corresponding to the rotation angle. A game ball B is shot from the ball shooting unit 450 . When the firing solenoid 453 is driven, firing control processing, which will be described later, is executed.

[7-2. possession ball subtraction processing]
Possessed ball subtraction processing will be described with reference to FIG. The possession ball subtraction process is a process of subtracting the number of possession balls of the player by shooting the game ball B. FIG. In the possession ball subtraction process, first, in step S111, it is determined whether or not the firing subtraction sensor 454 of the ball firing unit 450 has changed from the ON state to the OFF state. When the game ball B is placed on the ball launch pad 452b of the ball launch unit 450, the launch subtraction sensor 454 detects the game ball B and is in the ON state. From this state, when the shooting mallet 455 hits the game ball B on the ball launch pad 452b by driving the shooting solenoid 453 and the game ball B is shot, the shooting subtraction sensor 454 becomes non-detection and turns off.

Then, in step S111, when the game ball B is shot and the shooting subtraction sensor 454 turns from ON to OFF, YES is determined and the process proceeds to the next step S112, the number of balls in possession is subtracted by one, and the process ends.

On the other hand, in step S111, if the firing subtraction sensor 454 does not turn from ON to OFF and remains ON, NO is determined and the process ends without subtracting the number of balls held.

In this way, when the game ball B is shot from the ball shooting unit 450, the number of balls held by the player is subtracted by one.

[7-3. Possession ball addition processing]
With reference to FIG. 41, the ball possession addition processing due to a foul will be described. When the game ball B is shot from the ball shooting unit 450, the number of balls possessed by the player is subtracted by the possession ball subtraction process, but the shot game ball B is not hit into the game area 5a of the game board 5.例文帳に追加In this case, since the game with the game ball B is not played, the interest of the player will be lowered if the number of balls in possession remains decremented. Therefore, in the possession ball addition process, game balls B (foul balls) that have not been hit into the game area 5a are added to the number of possession balls of the player.

In the possession ball addition process, in step S121, it is determined whether or not the foul ball sensor 507 of the circulation ball path unit 500 detects game ball B (foul ball), thereby turning it from OFF to ON. If it is turned ON, it proceeds to the next step S122 as YES, adds one to the number of balls in hand, and terminates the process.

On the other hand, in step S121, if the foul ball sensor 507 is not turned ON and remains OFF, the process ends without adding the number of held balls.

In this way, by the possession ball addition processing, when the game ball B is not hit into the game area 5a of the game board 5 even though it has been shot from the ball shooting unit 450, the foul ball is added to the number of possession balls. By doing so, the player can avoid being disadvantaged.

[7-4. Launch control processing]
The firing control process will be described with reference to FIG. 42 and the like. In the shooting control process, it is determined whether or not the game ball B is actually shot by driving the shooting solenoid 453 after the player rotates the handle 160 after the frame control shooting permission signal is turned ON in the shooting permission process. It is something to do. In the firing control process, first, in step S131, it is determined whether or not frame control firing is permitted (ON/OFF). On the other hand, if there is no frame control firing permission (OFF) in step S131, the process ends without driving the firing solenoid 453 as NO.

In step S132, it is determined whether or not the launch subtraction sensor 454 is ON. If the launch subtraction sensor 454 is ON (game ball B is present on the ball launch pad 452b), YES is given and the process proceeds to the next step S133 to launch. The solenoid 453 is turned on to hit the game ball B with a force corresponding to the rotation angle of the handle 160, and the process ends.

On the other hand, if the firing subtraction sensor 454 is not ON (OFF) in step S132, NO is determined and the process proceeds to the next step S134. When the launch subtraction sensor 454 is OFF, since the game ball B is not placed on the ball launch pad 452b, the processing from step S134 onwards is performed.

In step S134, it is determined whether or not the sensor 604 before firing is ON, and if the sensor 604 before firing is not ON (when the game ball B is not detected), it proceeds to the next step S135 as NO. The error display indicating "out of shot ball" is turned on, the process returns to step S134, and the process is repeated until the sensor 604 before shot is turned on. The error display is displayed, for example, on the display screen of the effect display device.

The error display may be performed by providing an information lamp and turning it on, or by displaying an image on the performance display device. Alternatively, an error signal may be output to the hall computer (holcon) of the game hall via the game ball lending device 8 to light the notification lamp provided on the game hall side.

In this step S134, when the sensor 604 before shooting detects the game ball B and is ON, YES is determined and the process proceeds to the next step S136, the ball feed solenoid 606 is turned ON (energized), and the ball feed movable member 605 is moved. Let As a result, the game ball B detected by the sensor 604 before launch is delivered to the ball receiving portion 605a of the ball feeding movable member 605, and when the ball feeding solenoid 606 is turned off after a predetermined short period of time, the ball receiving portion 605a The delivered game ball B is supplied to the ball launch pad 452b. At this time, if there is a game ball B on the upstream side (ball lifting exit passage 552) of the game ball B sent to the ball launch pad 452b by the ball sending movable member 605, the game ball B moves to the downstream side. Then, the pre-fire sensor 604 is turned ON.

In step S136, when the ball forwarding solenoid 606 is turned ON, the process proceeds to the next step S137 to determine again whether or not the firing subtraction sensor 454 is ON. , and the above flow is repeated until the firing subtraction sensor 454 is turned ON.

Then, in step S137, if the firing subtraction sensor 454 is ON, it proceeds to the next step S138 as YES, and after turning OFF the error display of "shot ball out", it proceeds to step S133 and turns ON the firing solenoid 453. Then, the game ball B is hit with a strength corresponding to the rotation angle of the handle 160, and the process is finished.

Thus, the game ball B can be launched after confirming that the game ball B is placed on the ball launch pad 452b of the ball launching unit 450 by the launch control process.

[7-5. Prize ball processing]
The prize ball processing will be described with reference to FIG. 43 and the like. The prize ball processing is performed by receiving the game ball B in the winning openings such as the general winning opening 2001, the first starting opening 2003, the second starting opening 2004, the big winning opening 2005, etc. A predetermined number of prize balls corresponding to the winning openings are provided, and the prize balls are added to the number of balls possessed by the player.

In the prize ball process, when a signal (prize ball signal) output from the main control board 1310 is input to the frame control board 640 by receiving the game ball B in the winning hole on the game board 5, it is input in step S141. Analyze the winning ball signal. The winning ball signal output from the main control board 1310 may be the number of winning balls, or the type of winning hole in which the game ball B is received.

Then, when the winning ball signal is analyzed in step S141, the number of winning balls corresponding to the analyzed winning ball signal is added to the number of balls owned by the player in subsequent step S142, and the process ends.

In this way, by the prize ball processing, the number of game balls B (the number of prize balls) corresponding to the winning openings in which the game ball B has won on the game board 5 can be added to the number of waiting balls of the player.

[7-6. Lifting motor operation processing]
The lifting motor operation process will be described with reference to FIGS. 44 to 47 and the like. In the lifting motor operation process, when the game ball B in the ball lifting exit passage 552 is reduced by shooting the game ball B from the ball shooting unit 450, the game ball B in the ball lifting entrance passage 551 is lifted. The ball is lifted by the rotation of the lifting spiral shaft 561 of the upper unit 550 and supplied to the ball lifting outlet passage 552 .

In the lifting motor operation process, first, in step S201, the retry counter 1 is cleared, and the process proceeds to the next step S202. In step S202, it is determined whether or not the lifting motor index sensor 566 for detecting the lifting motor index 565 attached to the lower end of the lifting spiral shaft 561 in the ball lifting mechanism 560 of the ball lifting unit 550 is ON. to decide.

The lifting motor index 565 has a disc-shaped (flange-shaped) detection part 565 a that is partially cut out in the circumferential direction. When the detection portion 565a of the motor index 565 is located at the position of the lift motor index sensor 566, the lift motor index sensor 566 is turned ON, and the lift motor index sensors 566 are turned OFF at positions other than the detection portion 565a.

If the lifting motor index sensor 566 is ON in step S202, the process advances to step S203 as YES, and it is determined whether or not the lifting outlet sensor 554 has been ON for 80 ms or longer. In step S203, if it is determined that the lifting outlet sensor 554 has not been ON for 80 ms or more (the lifting outlet sensor 554 is OFF), NO is determined and the process proceeds to the next step S204.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S203 that the lifting outlet sensor 554 is ON for 80 ms or more, the process returns to step S203 as YES until the lifting outlet sensor 554 is not ON for 80 ms or longer (the lifting outlet sensor 554 is turned OFF). until) is repeated. In other words, the rearmost part of the row of a plurality of game balls B in the ball lifting exit passage 552 is repeatedly reduced by the launch of the game ball B and becomes downstream of the lifting exit sensor 554, and the lifting exit sensor 554 is turned off, the process proceeds to step S204.

In step S204, it is determined whether or not the lift entrance sensor 553 is ON for 80 ms or more. If it is determined that the lift entrance sensor 553 is not ON for 80 ms or more (the lift entrance sensor 553 is OFF), step NO is entered. Proceeding to S205, the error display indicating "lifting inlet ball out" is turned ON, and the process returns to step S204. As a result, it is possible to notify the player that the ball has run out in the ball-lifting inlet passage 551, and to encourage the player to eliminate the ball-running problem.

In step S204, when it is determined that the lifting inlet sensor 553 is ON for 80 ms or more, the process proceeds to the next step S206 as YES, and after turning OFF the error display indicating "lifting inlet ball burnout", the following step In S207, the lift motor 564 is started to rotate after 1800 ms has passed, and the lift spiral shaft 561 is rotated. As a result, lifting of the game ball B in the ball lifting inlet passage 551 is started. The lifting spiral shaft 561 discharges one game ball B when it rotates once.

Here, in other words, when the lifting motor 564 starts operating, as shown in FIG. In the state of ON (continuous ON) and the sensor 604 before shooting being ON (continuous ON) for 80 ms or more, the game balls B are continuously shot at intervals of a predetermined time (here, 600 ms) by operating the handle 160 . When the lifting outlet sensor 554 is turned off, the lifting motor 564 starts to operate after t1 time (here, 1800 ms) has passed from there, and the ball lifting outlet passage 552 side of the lifting spiral shaft 561 from the upper end of the lifting spiral shaft 561 Discharge of the game ball B to (lifting device ball discharge) starts.

In this embodiment, after the lift exit sensor 554 is turned off, when three game balls B are shot, the lift motor 564 operates and the lift spiral shaft 561 starts rotating. In addition, the time interval for discharging the game ball B by the rotation of the lifting spiral shaft 561 is set shorter than the time interval for continuously discharging the game ball B. As a result, the supply of the game balls B to the ball shooting unit 450 does not catch up with the shooting of the game balls B.例文帳に追加

In addition, the kuma motor 588 provided in the ball lifting unit 550 is controlled independently of the operation of the lifting motor 564, as shown in FIG. The polishing cloth 582 is actuated to move 0.17 mm.

As shown in FIG. 45, the lifting motor 564 does not operate and is stopped except in a combination in which the lifting inlet sensor 553 is ON and the lifting outlet sensor 554 is OFF.

Returning to the description of the lifting motor operation process, when the lifting motor 564 starts operating in step S207, the retry counter 2 is cleared in the following step S208, and the lifting motor index 565 (lifting motor It is determined whether or not the index sensor 566) has turned ON again within 600 ms after turning OFF.

In step S209, if it is determined that the lifting motor index 565 has been turned ON again within 600 ms after being turned OFF (the lifting spiral shaft 561 is rotating), YES is determined and the process proceeds to the next step S210, and the lifting exit It is determined whether or not the sensor 554 is ON for 80 ms or longer.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S210 that the lifting outlet sensor 554 has been ON for 80 ms or more, YES is determined and the process proceeds to the next step S211. The lift motor 564 is stopped, the process returns to step S201, and the lift motor operation process is repeated.

That is, as shown in FIGS. 46 and 47, after the lift outlet sensor 554 is turned ON (continuously ON), the light is blocked by the rotation of the lift motor index 565 (the lift motor index sensor 566 is turned on by the detector 565a). ON) the third time, the lift motor 564 stops. At this time, by the lifting spiral shaft 561 that rotates integrally with the lifting motor index 565, one game ball B per rotation is discharged to the ball lifting outlet passage 552 side (lifting device ball discharge) , three game balls B are ejected from when the lifting outlet sensor 554 is turned ON until when the lifting motor 564 is stopped. In other words, when the lifting exit sensor 554 is turned ON, the three game balls B are discharged to the ball lifting exit passage 552 side and the lifting motor 564 stops. As a result, a sufficient number of game balls B are stored in the ball lifting exit passage 552 . In addition, in order to smoothly perform the lifting motor origin return processing described later, the inside of the ball lifting exit passage 552 is not filled with the game balls B, and a predetermined number of vacancies are created.

In this lifting motor operation process, if it is determined in step S202 that the lifting motor index 565 is not ON (the lifting motor index sensor 566 is OFF), the process proceeds to step S212 as NO, and the retry counter 1 It is determined whether or not it is less than 3.

If the retry counter 1 is less than 3 in step S212, YES is determined and the lifting motor origin return process is executed in step S213. back to

In the lifting motor origin return processing of step S213, when the lifting motor index sensor 566 is OFF, the lifting motor 564 is actuated to rotate the lifting motor index 565 together with the lifting spiral shaft 561. When the index sensor 566 is in an OFF state, it is turned ON by reaching the detection unit 565a. After that, the lifting motor 564 rotates twice and stops, and the lifting motor 564 (lifting motor index 565) reaches the origin. return to

More specifically, the lifting motor index 565 (lifting spiral shaft 561) is configured by the gear ratio between the shaft gear 562 and the motor gear 563 so as to rotate once when the lifting motor 564 rotates 32 times. Since the circumferential length of the detection portion 565a of the lifting motor index 565 is set to the length that the lifting motor 564 rotates four times, the lifting motor index sensor 566 is turned ON. The position where the motor 564 stops after two rotations is located in the center of the detection section 565a. That is, the center of the detection portion 565a in the lifting motor index 565 is the origin of the lifting motor 564 (lifting spiral shaft 561, lifting motor index 565) (see FIG. 47).

When the lifting motor origin return process is executed, the lifting spiral shaft 561 rotates about one time, so one game ball B is discharged to the ball lifting exit passage 552, but in the ball lifting exit passage 552 Since a predetermined number of vacancies are provided for housing the game balls B, the discharge of the game balls B from the lifting spiral shaft 561 is not hindered, and the lifting motor 564 can be returned to the origin.

If it is determined in step S212 that the retry counter 1 is not less than 3, the process proceeds to step S215 as NO, turns on the error display indicating "lifting ball jam error", and stops the operation in step S216. . This condition for canceling the operation stop can be canceled by turning on and off a power switch (not shown) provided on the power board 650 of the main body frame 4 .

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S209 that the lifting motor index 565 has not turned ON again within 600 ms after turning OFF (the lifting spiral shaft 561 is not rotating), it is turned ON and the process proceeds to step S217. It is determined whether or not the retry counter 2 is less than 3. If it is determined that the retry counter 2 is not less than 3, the process advances to step S215 as NO to turn on the error display indicating "lifting ball stick error". Then, the operation is stopped in the following step S216.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the retry counter 2 is less than 3 in step S217, the determination is YES, and the ball sticking cancellation process is executed in the next step S218. Then, the process returns to step S209.

The ball jam removal process in step S218 includes stopping the lifting motor 564 without monitoring ON/OFF of the lifting outlet sensor 554, rotating the lifting motor 564 in reverse, and rotating the motor 564 for a predetermined period of time (for example, 100 ms). After the elapse of time, the lifting motor 564 is stopped, and the lifting motor 564 is operated (rotated forward) again.

In this way, when the game ball B in the ball lifting exit passage 552 is reduced by the game ball B being shot by the lifting motor operation process, the lifting spiral shaft 561 is rotated by the operation of the lifting motor 564. As a result, the game ball B in the ball lifting inlet passage 551 can be lifted from the lower end and discharged from the upper end to be supplied to the ball lifting outlet passage 552 .

It should be noted that the operating time of the lifting motor 564 and the number of game balls B to be discharged are examples, and the time and number may be set appropriately.

[7-7. Security processing]
Security processing will be described with reference to FIG. 48 and the like. Security processing is for monitoring the presence or absence of fraud. In the security process, as shown in FIG. 48(a), the contradiction counter is cleared in step S301, and the number of collected balls in the circulation ball path unit 500 within a predetermined time is calculated in the subsequent step S302. The number of recovered balls is calculated as the sum of the number of out balls, the number of safe balls, and the number of foul balls.

After calculating the number of collected balls in step S302, the process proceeds to the next step S303, where it is determined whether or not the number of discharged balls and the number of collected balls by the discharge subtraction sensor 454 are the same. It returns to step S302 as YES. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of shot balls and the number of collected balls are not the same, the process proceeds to the next step S304 as NO, adds "1" to the contradiction counter, and proceeds to the subsequent step S305.

In step S305, it is determined whether or not the contradiction counter is larger than n (eg, 50), and if it is determined to be smaller than n, NO is returned to step S302. On the other hand, if it is determined that the inconsistency counter is larger than n, the process proceeds to the next step S306 as YES, and after turning on the error display indicating that the fraudulent act is being performed, the game stop processing is performed in the following step S307. Execute and terminate the process.

The error display in step S306 can be canceled by turning on and off a power switch (not shown) provided on the power supply substrate 650 of the body frame 4 .

In addition, as the game stop processing in step S307, the ball launching unit 450 stops shooting the game ball B, the ball lifting unit 550 stops lifting the game ball B (circulation stop), and the game on the main control board 1310 side stop, etc.

The security processing may be processing as shown in FIG. 48(b). In this security process, first, in step S311, the contradiction counter is cleared, and in subsequent step S312, it is determined whether or not the number of shot balls detected by the shot subtraction sensor 454 is greater than or equal to the number of foul balls detected by the foul ball sensor 507.

If it is determined in step S312 that the number of shot balls is greater than or equal to the number of foul balls, the determination is YES and the process returns to step S312. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of shot balls is not equal to or greater than the number of foul balls, the process proceeds to the next step S313 as NO, adds "1" to the contradiction counter, and proceeds to the following step S314.

In step S314, it is determined whether or not the contradiction counter is greater than n (eg, 50), and if it is determined to be less than n, NO is returned to step S312. On the other hand, if it is determined that the inconsistency counter is larger than n, the process proceeds to the next step S315 as YES, and after turning on the error display indicating that the fraudulent act is being performed, the game stop processing is performed in the subsequent step S316. Execute and terminate the process.

The error display in step S315 can be canceled by turning on and off a power switch (not shown) provided on the power board 650 of the body frame 4 .

In addition, as the game stop processing in step S316, the ball launching unit 450 stops shooting the game ball B, the ball lifting unit 550 stops lifting the game ball B (circulation stop), and the game on the main control board 1310 side stop, etc.

In this manner, the presence or absence of fraud can be determined based on the number of shot balls, the number of game balls B ejected from the game board 5 (the number of recovered balls), the number of foul balls, and the like.

[7-8. Enclosed ball amount detection process]
Enclosed ball amount detection processing will be described with reference to FIG. 49 and the like. The enclosed ball quantity detection process detects whether or not the quantity (number of balls) of game balls B enclosed is appropriate. In the enclosed ball amount detection process, it is determined whether or not the amount of game balls B is appropriate by combining ON/OFF of the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 and ON/OFF of the circulating ball excess sensor 522 . The circulating ball shortage sensor 521 and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 are turned ON when the detection of game balls B continues for a predetermined time (for example, 80 ms) or more.

Specifically, in the ball storage passage 504 of the circulation ball path unit 500, which is the upstream side of the ball lifting inlet passage 551 in the ball lifting unit 550, the last part of the game balls B lined up in a row is under-circulated. When positioned between the sensor 521 and the circulating ball excess sensor 522, the circulation ball shortage sensor 521 is ON and the circulation ball excess sensor 522 is OFF. In such a combination, it is determined that the amount of game balls B is appropriate, and related errors are not reported.

On the other hand, when the last part of the game balls B lined up in the ball storage passage 504 is located downstream of the circulating ball shortage sensor 521, the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 is OFF and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 is OFF. OFF. In such a combination, it is determined that the amount of game balls B is insufficient, and an error is notified to the effect of "too few game balls".

Further, when the rear end of the game balls B arranged in a row in the ball storage passage 504 exceeds the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 and is located upstream of the circulating ball excess sensor 522, The circulating ball shortage sensor 521 is ON and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 is ON. In the case of such a combination, it is determined that the amount of game balls B is excessive, and an error is notified to the effect of "excessive game balls".

By the way, depending on the environment (game hall) in which the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment is installed, it may be installed together with a pachinko machine that uses conventional iron balls SB as game balls. When the game ball B is replenished or replaced due to maintenance or the like, the iron ball SB may be mixed. When the iron ball SB is mixed in the pachinko machine 1, since a strong magnet 516 is provided in the ball extraction shutter 515 of the ball storage passage 504 in the circulation route R, the mixed iron ball B is moved by the magnet 516. It is magnetized and stopped on the ball extraction shutter 515 .

When the ball shooting unit 450 continues to shoot the game ball B while the iron ball SB is magnetically attached to the ball ejection shutter 515, the game ball B downstream of the ball ejection shutter 515 in the ball storage passage 504 is lifted. It is lifted by the upper unit 550 and decreases, and eventually the circulating balls shortage sensor 521 is turned off. On the other hand, the game balls B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 are recovered by the out ball receiving port 500a and the safe ball receiving port 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500, the foul unit 470, etc. and supplied to the upstream side of the ball storage passage 504. As a result, the ball-exhausting shutter 515 (iron ball SB) accumulates on the upstream side, and eventually the circulating-ball excess sensor 522 is turned ON. In this way, in the case of a combination in which the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 is OFF and the circulating ball excess sensor 522 is ON, it is determined that the iron ball SB is magnetically attached to the ball removal shutter 515, and the "iron ball mixed ” is notified.

If ball clogging due to ball jam occurs between the circulating ball shortage sensor 521 and the circulating ball excess sensor 522, the same combination as above will occur, so an error indicating "iron balls mixed in" will appear. be notified.

In addition, the notification of the error may be made by providing a notification lamp and turning it on, or by displaying an image on the performance display device. Alternatively, an error signal may be output to the hall computer (holcon) of the game hall via the game ball lending device 8 to light the notification lamp provided on the game hall side.

Thus, by the enclosed ball amount detection processing, it is possible to appropriately manage the amount of enclosed game balls B and to detect the inclusion of iron balls SB.

[7-9. Ball removal process]
The ball removal process will be explained. The ball removal process is executed when the ball removal shutter 515 opens the ball removal opening 513p and removes the game ball B to the ball receiving tray 620 in the circulation ball path unit 500 . In the ball removal process, the door frame 3 is opened with respect to the main body frame 4, the door open switch 407 is turned off, the ball removal shutter 515 is pulled forward to open the ball removal port 513p, and the ball removal port 513p is opened. This is executed by turning ON the ball removal switch 642 .

In the ball ejection process, the ON/OFF of the lifting entrance sensor 553 is disabled, the firing solenoid 453 in the ball firing unit 450 repeats ON/OFF at predetermined time intervals, and the lifting motor 564 remains in operation. Become.

At this time, even if the shooting solenoid 453 is turned ON and the game ball B is shot, the foul shutter 471 is in the closed position because the door frame 3 is open, and the foul shutter 471 is released from the foul unit 470 to the outside. It is sent to the circulating ball path unit 500 as a foul ball without being hit.

After a predetermined period of time has elapsed, or when the power switch of the power supply board 650 is turned off, the ball extraction process is completed.

In this way, the enclosed game ball B can be removed by the ball removal process. In addition, when inserting the game ball B, it is inserted from the out port 1008 of the game board 5, or from the out ball receiving port 500a or the safe ball receiving port 500b that is opened upward by removing the game board 5 from the main body frame 4. It is possible to put in (replenish).

[8. Overall configuration of the game board]
The overall configuration of the game board 5 in the pachinko machine 1 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 50 to 56. FIG. FIG. 50 is a front view of a game board showing a transparent center accessory and the like in an opaque manner. 51 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 50 as seen from the front right, FIG. 52 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 50 as seen from the front left, and FIG. 53 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 50 as seen from the rear. It is a diagram. 54 is an exploded perspective view of the game board disassembled into main members and viewed from the front, and FIG. 55 is an exploded perspective view of the game board disassembled into main members and viewed from the back. FIG. 56 is a front view of the game board showing the inside of the game area in which the game balls circulate by cutting the front unit parallel to the surface of the game panel.

The game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 has a game area 5a into which game balls B are hit by the player's operation of the handle 160. As shown in FIG. In the game area 5a, there are a general prize winning port 2001, a normal prize winning port 2002, and a first starting prize winning port 2001 for giving a predetermined privilege (for example, addition of a predetermined number of balls) to the player by receiving or passing the game ball B. An opening 2003, a second starting opening 2004, a big winning opening 2005, a prize winning opening 2006, and a second V winning opening 2008 are provided. In this game board 5, the game ball B has a general winning opening 2001, a normal winning opening 2002, a first starting opening 2003, a second starting opening 2004, a big winning opening 2005, a prize winning opening 2006, etc. in the game area 5a. Secondly, it is intended to allow the user to enjoy the hitting operation of the handle 160 and the circulation of the game ball B within the game area 5a.

The game board 5 includes a front structural member 1000 which defines the outer periphery of the game area 5a and has a substantially rectangular outer shape when viewed from the front, and is attached to the rear side of the front structural member 1000 to define the rear end of the game area 5a. A plate-shaped game panel 1100, a plurality of magnetic sensors 1030 (see FIG. 70) for detecting magnetism acting illegally in the game area 5a, and vibrations for detecting vibrations acting on the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1). and a sensor 1040 (see FIG. 70 and the like). A plurality of obstacle nails N (see FIG. 84, etc.) that come into contact with the game ball B are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement in a portion of the front surface of the game panel 1100 that is within the game area 5a.

In addition, the game board 5 includes a board holder 1200 attached to the lower rear side of the game panel 1100, and a game board holder 1200 attached to the rear surface of the board holder 1200, which is performed by hitting game balls B into the game area 5a. and a main control unit 1300 having a main control board 1310 (see FIG. 70, etc.) for controlling contents.

The game board 5 also includes a function display unit 1400 which displays the game status based on a control signal from the main control board 1310 and is attached to the upper left corner of the front component 1000 so as to be visible to the player side, and a game panel. A peripheral control unit 1500 arranged on the rear side of 1100, an effect display device 1600 arranged in the center of the game area 5a when viewed from the front and capable of displaying a predetermined effect image, and a game panel 1100 arranged on the rear side. A panel relay board (not shown) that relays the connection between the main control board 1310 and the peripheral control board 1510, a front unit 2000 attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100, and a rear surface of the game panel 1100. and a back unit 3000 to be mounted.

A production display device 1600 is provided on the rear surface of the back unit 3000, and a peripheral control unit 1500 is provided on the rear surface of the production display device 1600. - 特許庁

The table unit 2000 is provided at a predetermined position in the game area 5a, and a plurality of (three in this case) general winning openings 2001 which are always open and are capable of receiving the game ball B hit into the game area 5a. A normal prize winning opening 2002 which is always open to accept the game ball B, and a second opening which is provided in the center in the horizontal direction below the center accessory 2500 and is always open to accept the game ball B. A first starting port 2003, a second starting port 2004 which enables the acceptance of the game ball B according to the lottery result of the normal symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B in the normal winning prize port 2002, and a first starting port. The game ball B can be accepted according to the lottery result of the first special pattern drawn by receiving the game ball B to 2003 and the second special pattern drawn by receiving the game ball B to the second start port 2004. and a first V winning opening 2007 and a second V winning opening 2008 that can receive the game ball B received in the winning opening 2006. . In addition, the game board 5 includes a plurality of magnetic sensors 1030 (see FIG. 70) that detect magnetism acting illegally within the game area 5a.

In addition, the front unit 2000 is provided at the most downstream in the game area 5a, is always open to receive the game ball B, and discharges the received game ball B to the outside of the game area 5a without returning it. An out port 2020 is provided upstream of the out port 2020 in the game area 5a, and is always open to receive the game ball B, and the received game ball B is not returned to the outside of the game area 5a. and two sub-out ports 2021 for discharging. Two out ports 2020 are provided on the left and right with the first starting port 2003 therebetween. In addition, the two sub-out ports 2021 are provided in a portion to the left of the center in the left-right direction of the game area 5a and a portion to the right of the center in the left-right direction of the game area 5a, respectively.

Furthermore, the table unit 2000 is attached directly above the lower end of the game area 5a at the center in the left-right direction in the game area 5a. A side unit 2200 provided along the inner rail 1002 on the left side of the unit 2100 when viewed from the front and having three general prize-winning ports 2001 and one sub-out port 2021, and the left side of the side unit 2200 when viewed from the front. A side upper left unit 2300 provided slightly above, and an attacker unit provided on the right side of the starting opening unit 2100 and having a second starting opening 2004, a big winning opening 2005, and one sub-out opening 2021 2400, and a frame-shaped center role having a role winning opening 2006, a first V winning opening 2007 and a second V winning opening 2008, which are provided slightly above the center in the front view in the game area 5a. 2500, and a normal winning opening unit 2600 provided above the right end of the attacker unit 2400 and having a normal winning opening 2002. - 特許庁

The center accessory 2500 includes a frame-shaped main unit 2510 having a role winning opening 2006 and a first V winning opening 2007, and a second V winning opening 2008 provided in the lower part of the frame of the main unit 2510. and a lottery accessory 2550 having

The back unit 3000 includes a plurality of magnetic sensors 1030 for detecting magnetism acting illegally in the game area 5a, a vibration sensor 1040 for detecting vibration acting on the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1), and a panel in the game panel 1100. A back box 3010 attached to the rear surface of a holder 1120 and having a box shape with an open front and having a square opening 3010a on the back wall, and a performance display device 1600 are detachably attached to the back wall of the back box 3010. and a back board unit 3040 arranged behind the effect display device 1600 and attached to the rear wall of the back box 3010. - 特許庁

In addition, the back unit 3000 is provided in the lower part near the front end in the back box 3010, and the back ball guidance unit 3100 through which the game ball B guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 circulates, and the back ball in the back box 3010. A back decoration unit 3200 provided behind the induction unit 3100, a back front effect unit 3300 provided to the left and above the back ball induction unit 3100 near the front end in the back box 3010, and and a rear back effect unit 3400 provided behind the back front effect unit 3300. - 特許庁

[8-1. Front component]
The front component 1000 of the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 and 55 and the like. The front structural member 1000 is formed transparent as a whole. The front structural member 1000 has a substantially square outer shape when viewed from the front, and an inner shape that penetrates in the front-rear direction in a substantially circular shape. The front component member 1000 includes an outer rail 1001 that extends in an arc shape clockwise from the lower end of the center in the left-right direction in a front view, passes through the upper end of the center in the left-right direction in the front view, and extends obliquely to the upper right, The game is played on the inner rail 1002 which is arranged inside the front structural member 1000 substantially along the outer rail 1001 and extends in an arc shape from the lower center in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front to the oblique upper left when viewed from the front, and the right side of the lower end of the inner rail 1002 when viewed from the front. and an out-guiding portion 1003 formed at the lowest position of the region 5a and inclined so as to become lower toward the rear.

In addition, the front component 1000 includes a lower right rail 1004 that is linearly inclined from the right end of the out-guiding portion 1003 in front view to the vicinity of the right side of the front component 1000 so that the right end side is slightly higher, and the lower right rail 1004 . from the right end of the front structural member 1000 along the right side of the front structural member 1000 to the lower side of the upper end of the outer rail 1001, the upper portion of which is curved inwardly of the front structural member 1000, and the upper end of the right rail 1005 and the outer rail An impact part 1006 which connects the upper end of the outer rail 1001 and contacts the game ball B rolling along the outer rail 1001 is provided.

The front structural member 1000 is rotatably supported on the upper end of the inner rail 1002 and extends upward from the upper end of the inner rail 1002 so as to close the space between the front structural member 1000 and the front view clock. The backflow prevention member is rotatable only between the open position where it is rotated in the surrounding direction to open the gap with the outer rail 1001, and is biased by a spring (not shown) so as to return to the closed position side. 1007 is provided.

Furthermore, the front structural member 1000 has an out port 1008 penetrating back and forth at the rear end of the out guide portion 1003 at the lower center in the left-right direction in the front view within the frame. This out port 1008 is closed from the front by the starting port unit 2100 .

In addition, the front component member 1000 is provided on the outside of the portion near the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 extending substantially perpendicularly from the lower ends thereof, the lower side of the out guiding portion 1003 and the lower right rail 1004, and the outside of the right rail 1005. Each part has a security recess 1009 recessed rearward from the front end. When the game board 5 is attached to the main body frame 4 and the door frame 3 is closed with respect to the main body frame 4, the crime prevention concave portion 1009 protrudes to the rear of the crime prevention cover (not shown) on the door frame 3. A state in which the projecting piece (illustration is omitted) is inserted is reached. As a result, the gap between the crime prevention cover and the game board 5 (the front component 1000) is in a state of being intricately bent by the rear projecting piece of the security cover and the crime prevention recess 1009 of the front component 1000. Even if an illegal tool such as a piano wire tries to enter the game area 5a through the gap between the crime prevention cover and the front component 1000 from the lower front, it will be blocked by the rear projecting piece or the crime prevention recess 1009, and the game area 5a will be blocked. It is possible to prevent unauthorized tools from entering.

The front structural member 1000 also has a notch portion 1010 that is cut upward from the lower end at the lower left corner in front view. The notch 1010 matches the notch 1122 of the game panel 1100 . This notch 1010 penetrates the notch 1010 and the notch 1122 and passes through the lower normal payout passage and the lower part of the lower full-ball path unit when attached to the body frame of a pachinko machine that pays out game balls to a player. The front end opening of the full tank payout passage faces forward to supply game balls to the upper tray and the lower tray of the door frame.

Further, the front structural member 1000 includes a function display unit mounting portion 1011 formed in the upper left corner in a front view, to which the function display unit 1400 is mounted, and a certificate stamp pasting portion 1012 formed in the lower right corner. there is

In addition, the front structural member 1000 is formed substantially entirely transparent, so that the game panel 1100, the back unit 3000, and the like arranged on the rear side can be visually recognized from the front.

[8-2. Game panel]
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 and 55 and the like. The game panel 1100 is attached to the rear surface of the front structural member 1000, and the front unit 2000 and the back unit 3000 are attached. The game panel 1100 includes a flat panel plate 1110 whose outer circumference is slightly larger than the inner circumference of the frame-shaped front structural member 1000 and which is made of transparent synthetic resin, and the outer circumference of the panel plate 1110 is held. and a frame-like panel holder 1120 attached to the rear side of the front structural member 1000 and to which the back unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface. A plurality of obstacle nails N are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement on the front surface of the game panel 1100 .

A panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100 is formed of a synthetic resin plate such as acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, polyarylate resin, or methacrylic resin, or an inorganic plate such as glass or metal. The thickness of this panel plate 1110 is thinner than that of the panel holder 1120, and is the minimum necessary thickness (8 to 10 mm) that can be sufficiently held even if the obstacle nail N is implanted in the front surface or the front unit 2000 is attached. ). In addition, in this embodiment, the panel plate 1110 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin plate.

The panel plate 1110 is the lowest position in the game area 5a, and the position corresponding to the out port 1008 of the front component 1000 is recessed upward from the lower end. In addition, a plurality of openings 1112 are formed through the panel plate 1110 in the front-rear direction for mounting the front unit 2000 thereon.

Although not shown, the panel plate 1110 has a plurality of positioning holes formed in the form of round holes and short elongated holes penetrating in the front-rear direction, and the upper edge and the lower edge thereof are separated in the horizontal direction. and a plurality of engaging stepped portions formed with a thin plate thickness. The positioning holes are for positioning with the panel holder 1120 by inserting projecting pins (not shown) of the panel holder 1120 . The engaging stepped portion is detachably attached to the panel holder 1120 by being engaged with an engaging claw (not shown) or an engaging piece (not shown) of the panel holder 1120 . be.

The panel plate 1110 has a large opening 1112 for mounting the center accessory 2500 offset above the center in front view. As a result, the panel plate 1110 has a frame shape, and in a front view, the width perpendicular to the distribution direction of the game ball B (the circumferential direction of the frame shape) is the left side and the left side except for the upper side from the center. The right side and the lower side have a wide width in which a plurality of game balls B can be arranged, and the upper side has a narrow width in which a plurality of game balls B cannot be arranged.

The panel holder 1120 of the game panel 1100 is large enough to include the panel plate 1110 and has a substantially rectangular outer shape, and is thicker than the panel plate 1110 (about 20 mm in this embodiment). The panel holder 1120 is made of transparent synthetic resin (for example, thermoplastic synthetic resin). The panel holder 1120 has a holding stepped portion (not shown) recessed from the front side toward the rear side and having approximately the same size as the panel plate 1110, and the holding stepped portion has a size approximately equal to that of the game area 5a. It has a through hole 1121 penetrating in the front-rear direction.

In addition, the panel holder 1120 has a notch portion 1122 that is cut upward from the lower end at the lower left corner in front view. This notch portion 1122 is formed so as to match the notch portion 1010 of the front structural member 1000 . This notch 1122 penetrates the notch 1010 and the notch 1122 and penetrates the lower normal payout passage and the lower part of the lower full ball path unit when attached to the body frame of a pachinko machine that pays out game balls to the player. The front end opening of the full tank payout passage faces forward to supply game balls to the upper tray and the lower tray of the door frame.

Further, the panel holder 1120 is formed with an out recess 1123 extending upward from the lower end to a position corresponding to the out port 1008 and recessed forward from the rear surface. Out recessed portion 1123 communicates with out port 1008 at its upper portion.

Although not shown, the panel holder 1120 includes a plurality of protruding pins protruding forward from the holding stepped portion and inserted into a plurality of positioning holes of the panel plate 1110, and arranged outside the holding stepped portion. The panel plate 1110 has three engaging claws that elastically engage with the engaging stepped portions of the upper and lower left inclined portions of the panel plate 1110, and the panel plate 1110 that protrudes upward from the lower outer side of the holding stepped portion. and a pair of engaging pieces respectively engaged with the two engaging stepped portions on the lower side of the . The panel holder 1120 engages the engaging stepped portion on the lower side of the panel plate 1110 with the engaging piece from diagonally above the front, and then moves the upper portion of the panel plate 1110 rearward to tilt the upper side and the lower left side. The panel plate 1110 can be detachably attached while being accommodated in the holding stepped portion by elastically engaging the engaging stepped portion of the portion where the panel plate 1110 is held with the engaging claw. At this time, the protruding pins of the panel holder 1120 are inserted into the positioning holes of the panel plate 1110 to position the panel plate 1110 at a predetermined position with respect to the panel holder 1120 .

Since this game panel 1100 is transparently formed together with the front structural member 1000 attached to the front side, when assembled on the game board 5, it is possible to reduce the boundary of the game area 5a from being clearly visible. It is possible to give a sense of openness to the player, and to make the game area 5a appear larger (wider) to the player, although the actual size of the game area 5a does not change.

In addition, since the game panel 1100 is made transparent together with the front structural member 1000, the light from the effect display device 1600, the front unit 2000, the back unit 3000, etc. is reflected or refracted forward (toward the player). By doing so, it can be made to appear to emit light, and the overall decorativeness of the game board 5 can be further enhanced.

[8-3. Substrate holder]
The substrate holder 1200 on the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 and 55 and the like. The substrate holder 1200 is formed in the shape of a horizontally long box that is open at the top and front, and the bottom surface is inclined downward toward the center in the left-right direction. The substrate holder 1200 has a discharge portion 1201 that is notched rearward from the front end at the center of the bottom surface in the left-right direction. This board holder 1200 covers the lower part of the rear unit 3000 attached to the rear side of the game panel 1100 in the state assembled to the game board 5 from the lower side and the rear side, and the main control unit 1300 is attached to the rear side. A main control board box 1320 is attached.

When the substrate holder 1200 is assembled to the pachinko machine 1 , the ejection part 1201 is positioned directly above the out ball receiving port 500 a and the safe ball receiving port 500 b in the circulation ball path unit 500 of the main body frame 4 . As a result, the game ball B discharged to the rear side of the game panel 1100 through the out port 2020 or the sub-out port 2021 is discharged to the out ball receiving port 500a in the circulation ball path unit 500 and received by the out ball receiving port 500a. As a result, the ball passes through the out-ball passage 501 and is detected (counted) one by one by the out-ball sensor 505 . On the other hand, the front unit 2000 and the back unit 3000 are received in winning openings such as the general winning opening 2001, the normal winning opening 2002, the first starting opening 2003, the second starting opening 2004, the big winning opening 2005, and the accessory winning opening 2006. The game ball B discharged downward from the circulating ball path unit 500 is discharged to the safe ball receiving port 500b, and received by the safe ball receiving port 500b, so that it flows through the safe ball passage 502 and is detected by the safe ball sensor 506. detected (counted) one by one.

[8-4. Main control board unit]
Main control unit 1300 in game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 57 to 61 and the like. FIG. 57(a) is a rear view of the first specification main control unit, which is one of the main control units, (b) is a perspective view of the first specification main control unit seen from the front, and (c) is a front view of the first specification main control unit. It is the perspective view which looked at the 1st specification main control unit from the back. FIG. 58(a) is an exploded perspective view of the first specification main control unit viewed from the front, and FIG. 58(b) is an exploded perspective view of the first specification main control unit viewed from the rear. Figure 59(a) is a rear view of a second specification main control unit, which is one of the main control units, and (b) is a perspective view of the second specification main control unit as seen from behind. FIG. 60(a) is an exploded perspective view of the second specification main control unit viewed from the front, and FIG. 60(b) is an exploded perspective view of the second specification main control unit viewed from the rear. FIG. 61(a1) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the part where the setting key switch is mounted in the rear view of the first specification main control unit, and (a2) is a cross section of the part of the setting key switch in (a1). , (b1) is an enlarged explanatory view showing the same part as (a1) in the rear view of the second specification main control unit, and (b2) is the same as (a2) in (b1) It is explanatory drawing which shows a site|part with a cross section.

The main control unit 1300 is detachably attached to the rear surface of the substrate holder 1200 . The main control unit 1300 contains a main control board 1310 (see FIG. 70) for controlling game content and awarding of benefits to the player, and a main control board 1310 which is attached to the board holder 1200. box 1320;

The main control board box 1320 includes a board base 1330 attached to the board holder 1200 and having the main control board 1310 attached to its rear surface, and a board cover 1340 attached to the board base 1330 so as to cover the main control board 1310 from behind. , consists of Substrate base 1330 and substrate cover 1340 are made of transparent polycarbonate. A main control board 1310 is accommodated in the internal space formed by the board base 1330 and the board cover 1340 . Since the substrate base 1330 and the substrate cover 1340 are made of transparent polycarbonate, the state of the front side and the back side of the main control board 1310 (whether or not unauthorized alteration has been made, or whether or not an unauthorized IC is mounted) can be checked. ) can be confirmed from the outside of the main control board box 1320 .

In addition, the main control board box 1320 has a plurality of sealing mechanisms 1350 corresponding to the board base 1330 and the board cover 1340. When the main control board box 1320 is closed using one sealing mechanism 1350, Next, in order to open the main control board box 1320, it is necessary to break the sealing mechanism 1350, and the opening and closing of the main control board box 1320 can be left behind. Therefore, by looking at the traces of opening and closing, it is possible to discover unauthorized opening and closing of the main control board box 1320, and the deterrence against tampering with the main control board 1310 is enhanced.

A main control board 1310 of the main control unit 1300 is connected to the interface board 660, the out ball sensor 505, the peripheral control board 1510, and the like. In addition, the main control board 1310 includes a function display unit 1400, a general winning opening sensor 3001, a normal winning opening sensor 3002, a first starting opening sensor 2101, a second starting opening sensor 2401, a large winning opening sensor 2402, and a prize winning opening sensor. 2501, first V winning opening sensor 2502, second V winning opening sensor 2503, losing opening sensor 2504, starting opening solenoid 2412, attacker solenoid 2414, accessory winning opening solenoid 2516, first distribution solenoid 2534, second distribution It is connected to a solenoid 2544, a lottery loop solenoid 2558, a striking piece drive motor 2561, a gutter swing drive motor 2564, a swing piece solenoid 2565, a magnetic sensor 1030, a vibration sensor 1040, and the like.

The main control board 1310 also has a base monitor 1311 consisting of four 7-segment LEDs. Base monitor 1311 is visible from the rear through transparent substrate cover 1340 . This base monitor 1311 is ejected downward from the game board 5 after the game balls B shot by the ball shooting unit 450 are hit into the game area 5a, and are sent to the circulating ball path unit 500 of the main body frame 4. It displays the number of game balls B counted by being detected by the provided out-ball sensor 505 . The base monitor 1311 of this embodiment displays the number of balls counted by the out-ball sensor 505 after firing 100 balls (the number of balls returned to the game hall side) as a percentage.

In the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the main control unit 1300 is a first specification main control unit 1300A capable of changing settings such as game content, and a second specification main control unit 1300A capable of changing settings such as game content. A main control unit 1300B with different specifications is prepared in advance, and one of them can be attached to the game board 5 according to the request of the game hall side where the pachinko machine 1 is installed.

First, the first specification main control unit 1300A as the main control unit 1300 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 57, 58 and 61. FIG. The first specification main control unit 1300A accommodates a first specification main control board 1310A for controlling game content and giving benefits to players, and the first specification main control board 1310A, and is attached to the board holder 1200. and a first specification main control board box 1320A.

The first specification main control board box 1320A has a board base 1330 which is attached to the board holder 1200 and to which the first specification main control board 1310A is attached on the rear surface, and a board base 1330 which covers the first specification main control board 1310A from the rear. and a plurality of sealing mechanisms 1350 capable of sealing the substrate base 1330 and the first specification substrate cover 1340A so as to leave traces of opening and closing. The first specification main control board box 1320A is made of a transparent synthetic resin such as polycarbonate, and the first specification main control board 1310A housed inside can be visually recognized from the outside. Since the substrate base 1330 and the sealing mechanism 1350 of the first specification main control substrate box 1320A have the same configuration as the main control substrate box 1320 described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

The first specification main control board 1310A is connected to the interface board 660, the out-ball sensor 505, the peripheral control board 1510, etc., like the main control board 1310 described above. In addition, the first specification main control board 1310A includes a function display unit 1400, a general winning opening sensor 3001, a normal winning opening sensor 3002, a first starting opening sensor 2101, a second starting opening sensor 2401, a large winning opening sensor 2402, and accessories. winning opening sensor 2501, first V winning opening sensor 2502, second V winning opening sensor 2503, losing opening sensor 2504, start opening solenoid 2412, attacker solenoid 2414, accessory winning opening solenoid 2516, first distribution solenoid 2534, second Bi-dividing solenoid 2544, lottery loop solenoid 2558, striking piece drive motor 2561, gutter swing drive motor 2564, swing piece solenoid 2565, magnetic sensor 1030, vibration sensor 1040, etc. are also connected.

Also, the first specification main control board 1310A is provided with a base monitor 1311 consisting of four 7-segment LEDs near the upper right corner when viewed from the back. The base monitor 1311 can be viewed from behind through the transparent first specification substrate cover 1340A. The base monitor 1311 of this embodiment displays, for example, the ratio (so-called base) of how many game balls B are discharged as prize balls with respect to the launched game balls B. FIG.

Also, the first specification main control board 1310A is provided with a setting key switch 1312 in the upper right corner when viewed from the rear. The setting key switch 1312 is provided on the right side at the same height as the base monitor 1311 in rear view. This setting key switch 1312 is a unique specific part provided only on the first specification main control board 1310A. This setting key switch 1312 is for switching the setting value of the pachinko machine 1 and confirming the setting value. In the setting key switch 1312, an insertion opening 1312a for a setting key (not shown) faces outward from the setting key window 1341 of the first specification board cover 1340A.

The setting key switch 1312 has an attachment leg 1312b and a connection terminal 1312c protruding from the bottom. When the setting key switch 1312 is mounted on the first specification main control board 1310A as shown in FIG. protruding from the back side of the board. Mounting holes and through holes into which the legs 1312b and terminals 1312c of the setting key switch 1312 are inserted are provided in advance in the first specification main control board 1310A.

The setting key switch 1312 has a cylindrical portion 1312d forming a part where the insertion port 1312a is provided, and a square having one side longer than the diameter of the circle of the cylindrical portion 1312d. and a prismatic portion 1312e extending forward in a prismatic shape. The cylindrical portion 1312d of the setting key switch 1312 is inserted into the tubular portion 1342 of the first specification board cover 1340A. The setting key switch 1312 has a step formed between a cylindrical portion 1312d and a prismatic portion 1312e. A leg 1312b and a terminal 1312c extend forward from the front end of the prism portion 1312e.

The initial position of the setting key switch 1312 is such that the longitudinal direction of the setting key insertion opening 1312a is in the vertical direction as shown in the drawing. A setting key can be inserted into the insertion port 1312a, and the inserted setting key can be removed from the insertion port 1312a. When the setting key switch 1312 is inserted into the insertion slot 1312a and rotated clockwise by 60 degrees from the initial position, the setting key switch 1312 is set to the first position and the setting key is turned ON. is input to On the other hand, when the inserted setting key is rotated counterclockwise by 60 degrees from the initial position, the decision key is turned ON as the second position, and the signal is input to the main control MPU (not shown). In this way, the setting key switch 1312 of this embodiment can operate two functions, that is, the setting key ON function and the decision key ON function, depending on the direction in which the setting key is rotated. By doing so, the operation of any function can be turned off.

As a method of changing the setting value by the setting key switch 1312, the power of the pachinko machine 1 is turned off, the setting key is inserted into the setting key switch 1312, and turned clockwise (to the right). In this state, when the power switch (not shown) of the power supply board 650 is turned on while pressing the RAM clear switch (not shown), the settings are displayed on the base monitor 1311 . When the setting is displayed, press the setting change switch (also used as the RAM clear switch here) to change the displayed setting value. Display the desired setting value and turn the setting key to the left. When it returns to the original initial position, the setting is confirmed.

On the other hand, if the currently set value is to be checked, the setting key is inserted into the setting key switch 1312 with the pachinko machine 1 powered off and turned clockwise (to the right). . In this state, when the power switch of the pachinko machine 1 is turned on, the set value currently set on the base monitor 1311 is displayed. After confirming the setting value, turn the setting key to the left to return to the original initial position to return to the normal state.

Here, the set value will be briefly explained. The “set value” means the probability for lottery determination of whether or not it is a big hit, or the probability that it is advantageous for the player (that is, the game ball that the player can acquire). The probability (advantage degree) that the number of balls of B can be increased is set in advance. In the present embodiment, set value 1, set value 2, set value 3, set value 4, set value 5, and set value 6 are prepared in advance as set values. A probability (degree of advantage) of being advantageous to the player is set in advance.

Then, the main control MPU of the first specification main control board 1310A has various tables used in various lottery determinations associated with the set values (for example, a jackpot determination table that defines the ratio of the jackpot determination value indicating that the jackpot has been won). table).

Various tables used in various lottery determinations are set so that at least some values differ from each other, and various tables used for various sorting rates are set so that at least some values differ from each other. The value may differ based on the relationship between the table corresponding to the block managing the drive of one electric drive source and the table corresponding to the block managing the drive of another electric drive source. Some are set to In addition, as the set values described above, six set values (integers) ranging from set value 1 to set value 6 were used, but a smaller range may be used, or a larger range may be used. It can be anything. For example, four setting values (integers) ranging from setting value 1 to setting value 4 may be used, or eight setting values (integer) ranging from setting value 1 to setting value 8 may be used.

The first specification board cover 1340A of the first specification main control board box 1320A in the first specification main control unit 1300A includes a setting key window 1341 that allows the rear end (insertion opening 1312a) of the setting key switch 1312 to face backward, and a setting key and a cylindrical portion 1342 projecting rearward from the peripheral edge of the window 1341 . Further, the first specification board cover 1340A has a guide portion 1343 on the back surface of a portion above the cylindrical portion 1342, and characters of "setting key" are stamped in a convex shape (see FIG. 61(a1)). Since the first specification board cover 1340A is made of a transparent synthetic resin, even if the guide part 1343 is provided on the back side, it can be visually recognized from the front side.

When the first specification main control unit 1300A is assembled, the cylindrical portion 1312d of the setting key switch 1312 is inserted into the cylindrical portion 1342 of the first specification board cover 1340A. As a result, the rear end surface of the setting key switch 1312 faces rearward from the setting key window 1341 without protruding rearward from the rear surface of the first specification board cover 1340A. Also, the front end of the cylindrical portion 1342 of the first specification board cover 1340A is in contact with the step between the columnar portion 1312d and the square columnar portion 1312e of the setting key switch 1312. As shown in FIG. As a result, the front end side of the setting key window 1341 overlaps with the prism portion 1312e and becomes closed, preventing an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire from entering the first specification main control board box 1320A through the setting key window 1341. can be prevented.

In addition, when the first specification main control unit 1300A is assembled, the insertion opening 1312a provided on the rear end surface of the setting key switch 1312 is exposed rearward from the setting key window 1341, and is provided above it. Since the character of "set key" of the guiding portion 1343 can be visually recognized, the insertion opening 1312a facing the setting key window 1341 is for inserting the setting key. can be recognized. Therefore, it is possible to easily recognize that the first specification main control unit 1300A is capable of changing the set values.

Next, the second specification main control unit 1300B as the main control unit 1300 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 59 to 61. FIG. The second specification main control unit 1300B accommodates a second specification main control board 1310B for controlling game content and giving benefits to players, and the second specification main control board 1310B, and is attached to the board holder 1200. and a second specification main control board box 1320B.

The second specification main control board box 1320B includes a board base 1330 attached to the board holder 1200 and having the second specification main control board 1310B attached to its rear surface, and a board base 1330 covering the second specification main control board 1310B from the rear. and a plurality of sealing mechanisms 1350 capable of sealing the substrate base 1330 and the second specification substrate cover 1340B so as to leave traces of opening and closing. The second specification main control board box 1320B is made of a transparent synthetic resin such as polycarbonate, and the second specification main control board 1310B housed inside can be visually recognized from the outside. The board base 1330 and the sealing mechanism 1350 of the second specification main control board box 1320B have the same configurations as those of the main control board box 1320 described above, so detailed description thereof will be omitted.

The second specification main control board 1310B is connected to the interface board 660, the out-ball sensor 505, the peripheral control board 1510, etc., like the main control board 1310 described above. In addition, the second specification main control board 1310B includes a function display unit 1400, a general winning opening sensor 3001, a normal winning opening sensor 3002, a first starting opening sensor 2101, a second starting opening sensor 2401, a large winning opening sensor 2402, and accessories. winning opening sensor 2501, first V winning opening sensor 2502, second V winning opening sensor 2503, losing opening sensor 2504, start opening solenoid 2412, attacker solenoid 2414, accessory winning opening solenoid 2516, first distribution solenoid 2534, second Bi-dividing solenoid 2544, lottery loop solenoid 2558, striking piece drive motor 2561, gutter swing drive motor 2564, swing piece solenoid 2565, magnetic sensor 1030, vibration sensor 1040, etc. are also connected.

Also, the second specification main control board 1310B is provided with a base monitor 1311 consisting of four 7-segment LEDs near the upper right corner in rear view. The base monitor 1311 can be viewed from behind through the transparent second specification substrate cover 1340B. This base monitor 1311 is ejected downward from the game board 5 after the game balls B shot by the ball shooting unit 450 are hit into the game area 5a, and are sent to the circulating ball path unit 500 of the main body frame 4. It displays the number of game balls B counted by being detected by the provided out-ball sensor 505 . The base monitor 1311 of this embodiment displays the number of balls counted by the out-ball sensor 505 after firing 100 balls (the number of balls returned to the game hall side) as a percentage.

Unlike the first specification main control board 1310A, this second specification main control board 1310B is not provided with the setting key switch 1312 . In other words, the second specification main control board 1310B has an unmounted area 1313 in which no electronic components are mounted in the upper right corner (a portion on the right side of the base monitor 1311) when viewed from the rear (Fig. 61 The area enclosed by the two-dot chain line in (b1)). The unmounted area 1313 of the second specification main control board 1310B is not provided with mounting holes for mounting electronic components, through holes for electrically connecting electronic components, or the like.

In this way, since the second specification main control board 1310B is not provided with the setting key switch 1312 as a specific part, it is impossible to change the setting value, and the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5) The set values related to the game contents, etc. are fixed so that they cannot be changed.

Although illustration is omitted, characters, symbols, etc., which make it possible to recognize that electronic components (specific components) are not mounted, are applied by silk printing or the like to the non-mounted area 1313 of the second specification main control board 1310B. can be

The second specification board cover 1340B in the second specification main control board box 1320B has a second It has an unmounted identifying portion 1345 cylindrically extending toward the specification main control board 1310B. The non-mounting identification portion 1345 of the second specification board cover 1340B has the same configuration as the cylindrical portion 1342 of the first specification board cover 1340A.

Unlike the first specification board cover 1340A, the second specification board cover 1340B does not have the setting key window 1341 and the guiding part 1343, and the part of the setting key window 1341, that is, the cylinder of the unmounted identification part 1345 The rear end opening of the shape is closed by the surface portion 1344 . Therefore, the second specification board cover 1340B has a flat surface without irregularities at the rear surface of the rear surface of the non-mounting area 1313 . Further, since the second specification board cover 1340B is made of a transparent synthetic resin, the non-mounting identification portion 1345 can be visually recognized from the outside.

In addition to the cylindrical portion, characters, symbols, etc. indicating that the specific component is not mounted may be provided as the unmounted identification portion 1345 in the portion facing the unmounted area 1313 of the second specification board cover 1340B. Alternatively, characters, symbols, or the like indicating that the specific component is not mounted may be provided in place of the cylindrical portion.

As described above, according to the second specification main control unit 1300B, the setting key switch as a specific part is provided on the surface portion 1344 of the transparent second specification board cover 1340B facing the unmounted area 1313 of the second specification main control board 1310B. Since the tubular unmounted identification portion 1345 corresponding to the 1312 is provided, the unmounted identification portion 1345 can be seen and the operator's line of sight can be guided to the unmounted identification portion 1345 . By guiding the operator's line of sight to the unmounted identifying section 1345, the part (unmounted area 1313) of the second specification main control board 1310B facing the unmounted identifying section 1345 can be seen. It can be made to recognize that no electronic component is mounted on the site.

At this time, since the unmounted area 1313 of the second specification main control board 1310B is not provided with mounting holes, through holes, etc. for mounting electronic components, the operator is asked to The unit 1300B can be immediately recognized as having game specifications in which no electronic component (setting key switch 1312 as a specific component) is mounted in the unmounted area 1313, and the game specifications in the second specification main control unit 1300B can be immediately recognized. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 which makes it easy to understand the difference.

In the above embodiment, the setting key switch 1312 is shown as a specific part mounted on the first specification main control board 1310A and not mounted on the second specification main control board 1310B, but it is not limited to this. Instead, other switches, connectors, ROMs, ICs, etc. may be used.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the unmounted identifying portion 1345 of the second specification board cover 1340B is shown as a cylindrical shape, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the surface portion 1344 facing the unmounted area 1313 is used. , it may be protruding from the front or back surface, may be recessed on the front or back surface, or may be linear (including a parting line) provided on the front or back surface. However, the surface portion 1344 may be one step lower than the other surface portions.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the non-mounted identification section 1345 is formed integrally with the second specification board cover 1340B. The non-mounted identifying portion may be configured by a sticker to be pasted, ink by printing or painting applied to the second specification substrate cover 1340B, or the like.

[8-5. Function display unit]
The function display unit 1400 on the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. 50 and the like. The function display unit 1400 is attached to the upper left corner of the front component 1000 outside the game area 5a. The function display unit 1400 can be visually recognized from the front (player side) through the game window 101 of the door frame 3 in the state assembled to the pachinko machine 1 . This function display unit 1400 uses a plurality of LEDs based on control signals from the main control board 1310 to display the game state (game situation), the lottery result of normal symbols, the lottery result of special symbols, and the like. .

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the function display unit 1400 displays a state indicator consisting of three LEDs for displaying the game state, and a lottery result of a normal symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B into the normal winning opening 2002. A normal symbol display consisting of two LEDs to be displayed and a normal reservation display consisting of two LEDs for displaying the number of reservations related to acceptance of the game balls B to the normal winning opening 2002 are provided.

In addition, the function display unit 1400 includes a first special symbol indicator consisting of eight LEDs for displaying the lottery result of the first special symbol drawn by accepting the game ball B into the first starting port 2003, and a first starting A first special reserved number indicator consisting of two LEDs that displays the number of reservations related to the acceptance of the game ball B to the opening 2003, and a second special design drawn by accepting the game ball B to the second start opening 2004. A second special pattern indicator consisting of eight LEDs that displays the lottery result, and a second special reserved number indicator consisting of two LEDs that displays the number of reservations related to the acceptance of the game ball B to the second start port 2004 and have.

Furthermore, the function display unit 1400 displays the number of repetitions (number of rounds) of the opening and closing pattern of the big winning opening 2005 when the lottery result of the first special symbol or the lottery result of the second special symbol is "win". A round indicator consisting of an LED.

In this function display unit 1400, the number of reservations, patterns, etc., can be displayed by lighting, extinguishing, blinking, etc. of the provided LEDs as appropriate.

[8-6. Peripheral control unit]
The peripheral control unit 1500 in the game board 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 53 and the like. The peripheral control unit 1500 is provided behind the performance display device 1600 provided behind the back box 3010 of the back unit 3000 . More specifically, the peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the rear surface of the liquid crystal spacer 1610 which attaches the performance display device 1600 to the rear surface of the back box 3010 . The peripheral control unit 1500 includes a peripheral control board 1510 (see FIG. 70) that controls the effects presented to the player based on control signals from the main control board 1310, and a peripheral control board that houses the peripheral control board 1510. box 1520; The peripheral control board 1510 includes a peripheral control unit 1511 for controlling lighting effects, sound effects, movable effects, and the like, and an effect display control part 1512 for controlling effect images.

A peripheral control board 1510 of the peripheral control unit 1500 is connected to the main control board 1310, the effect operation unit 250, various decorative boards on the side of the door frame 3, the effect display device 1600, and the like (see FIG. 70). The peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the rear side of the performance display device 1600, although the details will be described later.

[8-7. Production display device]
The effect display device 1600 on the game board 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 and 55 and the like. The effect display device 1600 is arranged in the center of the game area 5a when viewed from the front, and is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1100 via the back box 3010 of the back unit 3000. FIG. The effect display device 1600 is attached to the front surface of the liquid crystal spacer 1610 attached to the rear wall of the back box 3010 . Since the liquid crystal spacer 1610 is detachable from the back box 3010 , the effect display device 1600 can be detached from the back box 3010 via the liquid crystal spacer 1610 . The effect display device 1600 can be visually recognized from the front side (player side) through the frame of the transparent game panel 1100 and the frame-shaped center accessory 2500 in the assembled state of the game board 5 .

The effect display device 1600 is a 15-inch full-color liquid crystal display device using a white LED as a backlight, and is mounted on the front surface of the liquid crystal spacer 1610 in a horizontally long state. The effect display device 1600 is connected to the peripheral control board 1510 and can display predetermined still images and moving images.

The effect display device 1600 is offset (decentered) so that the center of the liquid crystal spacer 1610 is positioned lower right than the center of the liquid crystal spacer 1610 so that spaces are formed above and to the left of the liquid crystal spacer 1610 . installed.

The liquid crystal spacer 1610 has the same size as the 19-inch liquid crystal display device and is formed in the shape of a transparent flat plate. The liquid crystal spacer 1610 has two upper fixing pieces 1611 protruding upward from the upper end surface and one lower fixing piece 1612 protruding downward from the lower end surface. This liquid crystal spacer 1610 is placed in two fixed grooves 3010c that are open to the upper inner peripheral surface of the opening 3010a of the back box 3010, which will be described later, with the liquid crystal screen of the effect display device 1600 facing forward. After inserting the two upper fixed pieces 1611 obliquely from the rear, the lower fixed piece 1612 side is moved forward to insert the lower fixed piece 1612 into the opening of the lock slider 3020, and the lock slider 3020 is viewed from the rear. It is attached to the back box 3010 by sliding it to the left.

[8-8. Overall configuration of table unit]
The front unit 2000 on the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 and 55 and the like. The front unit 2000 is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front, and the front end projects forward from the front surface of the game panel 1100, and the rear end partially projects into the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100. there is

The table unit 2000 is provided at a predetermined position in the game area 5a, and a plurality of (three in this case) general winning openings 2001 which are always open to accept the game ball B hit into the game area 5a. A normal winning opening 2002 that is always open to accept the game ball B, and a first start opening 2003 that is provided at a predetermined position in the game area 5a and is always open to accept the game ball B. , A second start port 2004 that enables the acceptance of the game ball B according to the lottery result of the normal pattern drawn by receiving the game ball B in the normal winning port 2002, and the game ball to the first start port 2003. A large winning opening 2005 and a role that can accept the game ball B according to the first special symbol drawn by accepting the game ball B or the second special symbol drawn by accepting the game ball B to the second start opening 2004 A product winning opening 2006, and a first V winning opening 2007 and a second V winning opening 2008 for receiving the game ball B received in the accessory winning opening 2006 are provided.

In addition, the front unit 2000 further includes an out port 2020 and a sub-out port 2021 for discharging the game ball B hit into the game area 5a to the outside of the game area 5a. The out port 2020 and the sub-out port 2021 are always open so that the game ball B can be received. In addition, the out port 2020 is provided at the downstream end of the game area 5a.

In addition, the front unit 2000 includes a first start opening sensor 2101 that detects the game ball B received in the first start opening 2003, and a second start opening sensor that detects the game ball B received in the second start opening 2004. 2401, a big winning hole sensor 2402 that detects the game ball B received in the big winning hole 2005, a first V winning hole sensor 2502 that detects the game ball B received in the first V winning hole 2007, A second V winning opening sensor 2503 for detecting the game ball B received in the second V winning opening 2008 and a loss opening sensor 2504 for detecting the game ball B received in the losing opening 2009 act within the game area 5a. and a magnetic sensor 1030 for detecting illegal magnetism.

A plurality of (here, three) general winning holes 2001 are arranged on the left side of the center in the horizontal direction in the lower part of the game area 5a. The normal winning opening 2002 is arranged below the center in the vertical direction in the vicinity of the right end in the front view in the game area 5a. The first starting port 2003 is arranged between the two out ports 2020 at the center in the left-right direction within the game area 5a. The second starting opening 2004 is arranged below the normal winning opening 2002 near the right end in the game area 5a. The big winning opening 2005 is arranged on the right side of the first starting opening 2003 in the game area 5a. The accessory winning opening 2006 is arranged above the normal winning opening 2002 in the vicinity of the right end in the game area 5a.

The out port 2020 is arranged below the left and right sides of the first start port 2003 at the downstream end of the game area 5a. One of the sub-out openings 2021 is arranged to the left of the three general winning openings 2001 and the remaining one is arranged below the second starting opening 2004 .

The table unit 2000 is attached directly above the lower end of the game area 5a at the center in the left-right direction within the game area 5a, and has a first start opening 2003 and an out opening 2020. A start opening unit 2100 and a start opening unit 2100 A side unit 2200 that is provided along the inner rail 1002 on the left side of the front view and has three general prize-winning ports 2001 and one sub-out port 2021, and a slightly upper side unit 2200 on the left side of the front view. and a side upper left unit 2300 provided in the .

In addition, the front unit 2000 is provided on the right side of the starting opening unit 2100 and has a second starting opening 2004, a big winning opening 2005, and an attacker unit 2400 having one sub-out opening 2021. A frame-shaped center accessory 2500 is provided slightly above the center of the front view, and has an accessory winning opening 2006, a first V winning opening 2007, a second V winning opening 2008, and a losing opening 2009. and a normal winning opening unit 2600 provided above the attacker unit 2400 and having a normal winning opening 2002. - 特許庁

[8-8a. starting unit]
Next, the starting port unit 2100 of the front unit 2000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. The starting port unit 2100 of the front unit 2000 is arranged directly above the out port 1008 in the vicinity of the lower end of the center in the left-right direction in the game area 5a, and is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front. The starting port unit 2100 includes a first starting port 2003 that is always open upward with a width that allows only one game ball B to be received, and a game ball that is always open to receive the game ball B. It has two out ports 2020 that discharge outside the game area 5a without returning B. In addition, the starting opening unit 2100 has a first starting opening sensor 2101 for detecting the game ball B received in the first starting opening 2003 (see FIG. 70).

Out port 2020 is provided at a position lower than first start port 2003 . The two out ports 2020 of the starting port unit 2100 are provided at symmetrical positions with the first starting port 2003 therebetween. The first starting port 2003 is open upward with a width through which one game ball B can pass. The out port 2020 is opened upward with a width of two game balls B, and is provided at the lowest position in the game area 5a.

The starting port unit 2100 is provided such that the height difference between the first starting port 2003 and the out port 2020 is smaller (lower) than the height difference between the first starting port and the out port (out port 1008) in the conventional pachinko machine. ing. As a result, the player can be given the illusion that the first starting port 2003 is provided below the conventional first starting port, and the inside of the game area 5a can be made to appear relatively wide. .

The starting port unit 2100 is provided below the first starting port 2003 and has a starting port display section 2110 capable of displaying a predetermined pattern. The starting opening display section 2110 is composed of one 7-segment LED. This starting point display section 2110 can display a predetermined pattern (including numbers) according to the progress of the game. When the starter unit 2100 is assembled on the game board 5, the starter display part 2110 closes the outlet 1008 from the front, making the outlet 1008 invisible to the player. This allows the player to recognize that the out port 2020 is the lowest end of the game area 5a.

In the starting port unit 2100 assembled on the game board 5, the first starting port 2003 is located directly below the central release portion 2513a on the stage 2513 of the center accessory 2500, and the game released from the central release portion 2513a. Ball B can be accepted with high probability. The game ball B received in the first starting port 2003 is detected by the first starting port sensor 2101, guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, and delivered to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. and discharged to the safe ball socket 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500 below.

The game ball B received in the out port 2020 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, and after being transferred to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, the circulating ball path unit below the back ball guiding unit 3100. 500 is discharged to the out ball socket 500a.

[8-8b. side unit]
Next, the side unit 2200 of the front unit 2000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 50 to 52, 56 and the like. The side unit 2200 of the front unit 2000 extends along the inner rail 1002 on the left side of the starting port unit 2100 in the game area 5a and is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front. The side unit 2200 is provided with three general winning openings 2001 which are open to receive game balls B all the time, and one sub-out opening 2021 which is always open to receive game balls B.

The three general winning holes 2001 of the side unit 2200 are arranged in an arc along the inner rail 1002, and are provided at higher positions toward the left. Each general prize winning opening 2001 is opened with a size (width) corresponding to one game ball B. One sub-out port 2021 is provided to the left of the leftmost general winning port 2001 . The sub-out port 2021 is opened with a size (width) corresponding to one game ball B.

Also, the side unit 2200 has a shelf 2201 on the right side of the rightmost general prize winning opening 2001, which slopes down toward the right. The shelf 2201 extends rightward to the vicinity of the right end of the left outlet 2020 in the starting outlet unit 2100 . That is, when the game ball B rolls on the shelf 2201, it is received by the out port 2020 on the left side.

When the side unit 2200 is assembled on the game board 5, three general prize winning openings 2001 and one sub-out opening 2021 protrude forward from the front surface of the game panel 1100.例文帳に追加This side unit 2200 can guide the game ball B received in the general winning hole 2001 to the rear of the game panel 1100 and deliver it to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 . The game ball B delivered to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 is detected by the general winning hole sensor 3001 and discharged downward.

Also, the side unit 2200 can guide the game ball B received in the sub-out port 2021 to the rear of the game panel 1100 and deliver it to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 . The game ball B delivered to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 is discharged to the safe ball receiving port 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500 below.

[8-8c. Side upper left unit]
Next, the upper left side unit 2300 of the front unit 2000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. The upper left side unit 2300 of the front unit 2000 is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front so as to contact the inner rail 1002 on the left side of the side unit 2200 in the game area 5a. The upper left side unit 2300 has a shelf 2301 that slopes down to the right.

When the side upper left unit 2300 is assembled on the game board 5, the shelf 2301 protrudes forward from the front surface of the game panel 1100. - 特許庁The side upper left unit 2300 can guide the game ball B flowing down the left side of the center role 2500 to the right side below the center role 2500 by the shelf part 2301 .

[8-8d. Attacker unit]
Next, the attacker unit 2400 of the front unit 2000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. The attacker unit 2400 of the front unit 2000 is arranged in the game area 5a to the right of the starter unit 2100, which is the lower right corner when viewed from the front, and is attached to the front of the game panel 1100 from the front. This attacker unit 2400 has a second starting opening 2004, a big winning opening 2005, and one sub-out opening 2021 (see FIG. 56, etc.).

The attacker unit 2400 has a second start opening 2004 provided in the upper right side of the center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and a big winning opening 2005 is provided in a position lower than the second start opening 2004 on the left side of the center in the left-right direction. One sub-out port 2021 is provided below the second starting port 2004 and at a position lower than the big prize winning port 2005 .

In addition, the attacker unit 2400 includes a second start opening sensor 2401 that detects the game ball B received in the second start opening 2004, and a big winning opening sensor 2402 that detects the game ball B received in the big winning opening 2005. , and a magnetic sensor 1030 for detecting illegal magnetism (see FIG. 70). Two big winning opening sensors 2402 are provided side by side on the left and right.

Also, the attacker unit 2400 has a dummy sensor 2403 at a position visible from the front behind the sub-out port 2021 . Although this dummy sensor 2403 cannot detect the game ball B, it is formed in the same manner as a through sensor for detecting the passage of the game ball B like the big winning hole sensor 2402 . According to this configuration, the dummy sensor 2403 can be replaced with a sensor that can actually detect the game ball B. Therefore, the main body frame 4 can be changed to count out-balls or not. is. Although the dummy sensor 2403 is of the same type as the through sensor, it may be a spacer that eliminates a step that causes clogging of the ball at that portion.

The attacker unit 2400 opens and closes the second starting opening door 2411 capable of opening and closing the second starting opening 2004, and the second starting opening door 2411 according to the ordinary lottery result drawn by receiving the game ball B in the ordinary winning opening 2002. A starting opening solenoid 2412, a large winning opening door 2413 capable of opening and closing the large winning opening 2005, and a large winning opening door 2413 are drawn by receiving the game ball B into the first starting opening 2003 or the second starting opening 2004. and an attacker solenoid 2414 opened and closed according to the result of the first special lottery or the result of the second special lottery.

The second starting opening 2004 of the attacker unit 2400 opens upward with a width slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball B in the horizontal direction. The large winning opening 2005 has a width of 4 to 6 times the diameter of the game ball B and opens upward. A second starting opening door 2411 that can open and close the second starting opening 2004 is provided so as to be able to advance and retreat in the front-rear direction, and is inclined so that the left end side is lowered. A large prize winning opening door 2413 that can open and close the large winning opening 2005 is provided so as to be able to advance and retreat in the front-rear direction by rotating around an axis extending in the left-right direction, and is inclined so that the left end side is lower. is doing.

The second starting door 2411 is provided so as to move in the front-rear direction. When the start solenoid 2412 is not energized, the second start door 2411 moves forward due to the spring biasing force of the plunger of the start solenoid 2412, closing the second start door 2004. there is In addition, when the starting solenoid 2412 is energized, the second starting door 2411 moves backward by retracting the plunger of the starting solenoid 2412 against the biasing force of the spring. The mouth 2004 is opened.

The big prize gate door 2413 has a flat plate shape that is elongated in the left and right direction, and is provided so as to move forward and backward by rotating around an axis extending in the left and right direction provided below the big prize gate sensor 2402 . ing. The large winning opening door 2413 can open and close the large winning opening 2005 by moving the plunger of the attacker solenoid 2414 back and forth. When the attacker solenoid 2414 is not energized, the large winning opening door 2413 is moved forward by the spring biasing force of the plunger of the attacker solenoid 2414 to close the large winning opening 2005 . In addition, when the attacker solenoid 2414 is energized, the large winning opening door 2413 moves rearward by retracting the plunger of the attacker solenoid 2414 against the urging force of the spring, thereby opening the large winning opening 2005. do.

The attacker unit 2400 forms a space in which the game ball B can flow between the second starting port 2004 and the big winning port 2005 at its upper end, and is inclined so as to be lowered toward the left. It has an upper shelf portion 2421 provided to cover the top thereof. The upper shelf portion 2421 extends in the left-right direction from the upper right end of the second starting opening 2004 to the upper left end of the big winning opening 2005 .

The attacker unit 2400 is located above the second start opening 2004 and is located leftward from the right end (right rail 1005) of the attacker unit 2400 with a gap that allows one game ball B to pass therethrough. 2004, a second shelf 2423 that slopes downward from the left end of the second starting port 2004, and a second shelf 2423 that slopes downward to the left. The third shelf part that is inclined so as to be lower toward the left large winning opening 2005 from the part where the game ball B can pass between the second shelf part 2423 on the left and lower side of the 2424, and a fourth shelf portion 2425 which is inclined downward from the left end of the big prize opening 2005 toward the left.

In this attacker unit 2400, when the game ball B enters the clearance to the right of the first shelf 2422 and the clearance between the second shelf 2423 and the third shelf 2424, it is received by the sub-out port 2021. , the game ball B is discharged outside the game area 5a.

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the attacker unit 2400 has a front wall and a rear wall that form a space in which the game ball B can circulate leftward between the upper shelf portion 2421 and the big winning opening 2005. A plurality of triangular contact portions in plan view protrude into the space so as to be alternated in the left-right direction from the wall. These a plurality of abutting portions can circulate the game ball B rolling on the large winning opening door 2413 in a large zigzag shape in the front-rear direction when the large winning opening 2005 is closed. The circulation time of the game ball B which circulates on the entrance door 2413 is lengthened.

In the normal state of the attacker unit 2400, the starter solenoid 2412 and the attacker solenoid 2414 are in a de-energized (OFF) state. In this normal state, the plunger of the starter solenoid 2412 protrudes forward due to the biasing force of a spring (not shown), and the second starter door 2411 protrudes forward. In this state, the second starting opening door 2411 is positioned above the second starting opening 2004, and the second starting opening door 2411 makes it impossible to accept the game ball B to the second starting opening 2004. ing. That is, the second starting port 2004 is closed by the second starting port door 2411 .

Also, in a normal state, the plunger of the attacker solenoid 2414 protrudes forward due to the biasing force of a spring (not shown), and the big winning opening door 2413 protrudes forward. In this state, the large winning opening door 2413 is located above the large winning opening 2005, and the receiving of the game ball B into the large winning opening 2005 is disabled. In other words, the big winning opening 2005 is closed by the big winning opening door 2413 .

In this normal state, when the game ball B flows down on the first shelf 2422, the game ball B rolls leftward due to the inclination of the first shelf 2422, the upper surface of the second start door 2411, and the second After rolling on the second shelf portion 2423 , it is discharged leftward from the left end of the second shelf portion 2423 . The game ball B released to the left from the second shelf 2423 falls on the third shelf 2424 or the big winning entrance door 2413 according to its momentum, and rolls leftward due to their inclination. In addition, when the game ball B released to the left from the second shelf 2423 contacts the lower surface of the upper shelf 2421 and rebounds to the right, the gap between the second shelf 2423 and the third shelf 2424 may enter the

Then, the game ball B rolling on the big winning gate door 2413 closing the big winning gate 2005 hits a plurality of contact points provided in the space between the upper shelf 2421 and the big winning gate 2005. It alternately abuts against the parts, and rolls to the left while zigzag in the front-rear direction. The game ball B that rolls leftward on the big winning opening door 2413 rolls on the fourth shelf 2425, and is released to the outside of the attacker unit 2400 from the left end thereof. Since the left end of the fourth shelf 2425 is positioned lower than the first starting port 2003 , the game ball B released leftward from the fourth shelf 2425 is received by the out port 2020 .

The attacker unit 2400 is guided to the left by the inclination when the game ball B falls on the upper shelf part 2421, and the attacker unit 2400 is not given an opportunity to be accepted by the second start hole 2004 or the big winning hole 2005. Released to the left. Since the left end of the upper shelf 2421 is provided at a position higher than the first starting port 2003, the game ball B released leftward from the upper shelf 2421 may be received by the first starting port 2003. .

In this attacker unit 2400 , when the game ball B flows down to the right of the first shelf 2422 , it enters the sub-out port 2021 . Also, when the game ball B enters the gap between the second shelf portion 2423 and the third shelf portion 2424 , it enters the sub-out port 2021 . The game ball B that has entered the sub-out port 2021 passes through the back ball guide unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 and is discharged onto the substrate holder 1200 below without being returned to the game area 5a, and is discharged onto the substrate holder 1200 below. It is delivered to the receptacle 500a. In this attacker unit 2400, the game ball B that circulated on the right side of the first shelf 2422 and the game ball B that passed through the gap between the second shelf 2423 and the third shelf 2424 are both substantially two sub-out ports 2021 are provided.

In this normal state, when the starting opening solenoid 2412 is energized (ON) according to the ordinary lottery result drawn by receiving the game ball B in the ordinary winning opening 2002, it resists the biasing force of the spring. The plunger retreats and the second starter door 2411 moves rearward. Then, by moving the second starting port door 2411 backward, the upper part of the second starting port 2004 is opened, and the receiving of the game ball B to the second starting port 2004 becomes possible. That is, the second starting port 2004 is opened.

When the second start opening 2004 is in the open state, when the game ball B is received in the second start opening 2004, it is detected by the second start opening sensor 2401 and then released backward from the attacker unit 2400. - 特許庁The game ball B received by the second starting port 2004 and released backward from the attacker unit 2400 is transferred to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, and is delivered to the safe ball receiving port 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500 below. discharged to

On the other hand, in a normal state, according to the special lottery result (first special lottery result or second special lottery result) drawn by accepting the game ball B in the first start port 2003 or the second start port 2004, When the attacker solenoid 2414 is energized (ON), the plunger moves backward against the biasing force of the spring, and the big winning opening door 2413 moves backward. By moving the large winning opening door 2413 backward, the large winning opening 2005 is opened upward, and the game ball B can be received into the large winning opening 2005.例文帳に追加In other words, the big winning opening 2005 is in an open state.

When the game ball B is received in the large winning opening 2005 when the large winning opening 2005 is in an open state, it is detected by one of the two large winning opening sensors 2402 provided below, and then the attacker unit. 2400 is emitted backwards. The game ball B received in the big winning opening 2005 and discharged backward from the attacker unit 2400 is delivered to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 and is sent to the safe ball receiving opening 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500 below. Ejected.

As described above, according to the attacker unit 2400 of the present embodiment, the game ball B received in the large winning opening 2005 is detected by either of the two large winning opening sensors 2402 and then released backward. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the game ball B from being stuck between the big winning hole 2005 and the big winning hole sensor 2402, and to accept many game balls B in a short time.

[8-8e. Center role]
Next, the center role item 2500 in the table unit 2000 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 62(a) is a front view of the lottery accessory in the center accessory, and FIG. 62(b) is a perspective view of the lottery accessory seen from above. FIG. 63 is a side cross-sectional view of the lottery accessory in the center accessory cut at the center in the left-right direction. FIG. 64(a) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a state in which a game ball cannot loop in a lottery accessory, and (b) is a cross section showing a state in which a game ball can loop in a lottery accessory. FIG. 65 is an explanatory diagram showing the flow of game balls in a lottery accessory.

The center accessory 2500 of the front unit 2000 is arranged above the starter unit 2100 in the game area 5a and slightly above the center when viewed from the front, and is attached to the front surface of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100. ing. The center accessory 2500 is formed in the shape of a transparent frame.

Although the details will be described later, the center accessory 2500 is the first special symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B into the first start port 2003 and the first special symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B into the second start port 2004. A role prize winning port 2006 that opens and closes to accept the game ball B according to the lottery result of two special symbols, and a second V prize winning port 2008 that can accept only the game ball B accepted in the role prize winning port 2006. , and a loss opening 2009 for receiving the game ball B which was not received in the second V winning opening 2008 after being received in the accessory winning opening 2006.例文帳に追加

The center accessory 2500 includes an accessory winning opening sensor 2501 that detects the game ball B received in the accessory winning opening 2006, and a first V winning opening that detects the game ball B received in the first V winning opening 2007. A sensor 2502, a second V winning opening sensor 2503 for detecting the game ball B received in the second V winning opening 2008, and a loss opening sensor 2504 for detecting the game ball B received in the losing opening 2009. ing.

The center accessory 2500 includes a frame-shaped body unit 2510 and a lottery accessory 2550 provided in the lower part of the frame of the body unit 2510 . The main unit 2510 has a prize winning port 2006 and a first V prize winning port 2007 . The lottery accessory 2550 has a second V winning opening 2008 and a losing opening 2009 .

[8-8e-1. main unit]
The main unit 2510 of the center accessory 2500 will be described in detail. The main unit 2510 has a prize winning opening 2006 . The main unit 2510 includes a transparent frame-like center frame 2511 attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110), a warp passage 2512 capable of guiding game balls B from the outside of the center frame 2511 to the inside of the frame, and A stage 2513 is provided on the lower side within the frame of the center frame 2511 and releases the game ball B that has circulated in the warp passage 2512 into the game area 5a after rolling in the left-right direction.

The center frame 2511 is inserted into the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100 and is provided along the inner peripheral surface of the opening 1112 to extend in the front-rear direction. A flat plate-shaped flange portion 2511b that protrudes outward from the outer periphery of the front end of the insertion portion 2511a and contacts the front surface of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100, and extends forward from the flange portion 2511b and flows down the game area 5a. An inflow restricting portion 2511c that restricts the game ball B from flowing into the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100, and a flat support portion 2511d projecting from the inner circumference of the front end of the insertion portion 2511a. have.

The insertion portion 2511a is provided so that the rear end of the insertion portion 2511a is aligned with the rear surface of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100 when assembled on the game board 5 . The front end of the inflow restricting portion 2511c except for the frame-like (annular) lower side portion projects forward beyond the front surface of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100 when assembled on the game board 5 . As a result, in a state assembled on the game board 5, the entry (inflow) of the game ball B from the outside of the center accessory 2500 (center frame 2511) to the inside of the frame is prevented (regulated) by the inflow regulation part 2511c. can be done.

The thickness of the flange portion 2511b and the support portion 2511d is formed thinner than the thickness of the panel plate 1110 (1/4 to 1/5 of the thickness of the panel plate 1110). The flange portion 2511b and the support portion 2511d protrude from the insertion portion 2511a at the same position in the front-rear direction.

A plurality of support portions 2511d are partially provided on the inner periphery of the insertion portion 2511a. The support portion 2511d is also provided at a portion of the insertion portion 2511a where the flange portion 2511b does not protrude, and reinforces the insertion portion 2511a (center frame 2511). In addition, the support portion 2511d has an edge protruding from the insertion portion 2511a formed in a shape that follows the front shape of the insertion portion 2511a or in a straight line so that the support portion 2511d is not conspicuous. The support portion 2511d protrudes from the insertion portion 2511a within a range (1 mm to 10 mm) from the thickness of the support portion 2511d to the thickness of the panel plate 1110, so that the player can It is made to be inconspicuous from.

The warp passage 2512 is open at the left side of the inflow restricting portion 2511c in front view so that the game ball B in the game area 5a can enter. The warp passage 2512 can guide the entering game ball B to the stage 2513 . A part of the warp passage 2512 is formed by the center frame 2511 .

The stage 2513 is attached to the insertion portion 2511a of the center frame 2511. As shown in FIG. The stage 2513 has a curved shape in which the center side in the left-right direction is depressed, and is positioned directly above the first start-up port 2003 of the start-up unit 2100, that is, the state in which the center accessory 2500 is attached to the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100. , is formed in a wavy shape (W-shape) such that the substantially central position in the left-right direction is slightly higher than the left and right sides thereof. This stage 2513 has a portion (central release portion 2513a) slightly higher than the left and right sides of the center in the left-right direction and the lowest portion (side release portions 2513b) on both left and right sides, which are arranged in a forward direction. It is inclined so that it may become low, and the game ball B can be discharged into the game area 5a from those parts.

When the stage 2513 is assembled on the game board 5 , the raised portion (central release portion 2513 a ) at the center in the left-right direction is located directly above the first starting port 2003 of the starting port unit 2100 . As a result, when the game ball B is released from the central release portion 2513a in the center of the stage 2513, it is received in the first start port 2003 with a very high probability.

Further, the main unit 2510 of the center accessory 2500 is provided at the upper right corner of the center frame 2511, and has a guide passage group 2520 consisting of two passages through which the game balls B can flow. The guide path group 2520 guides the game ball B above the normal winning opening 2002 and the attacker unit 2400 .

As shown in FIG. 56, the group of guide passages 2520 is provided outside the frame of the inflow restricting portion 2511c of the center frame 2511, and includes a first guide passage 2521 whose upper entrance is provided at the blocking portion 1006. , and a second guide passage 2522 whose upper entrance is provided adjacent to the left side of the entrance of the first guide passage 2521 . The guide path group 2520 (the first guide path 2521 and the second guide path 2522) are both made of a colorless and transparent member, and the game balls B flowing inside can be visually recognized from the front.

The first guide passage 2521 vertically extends downward from the abutting portion 1006 of the front component 1000 and then bends rightward at right angles. Extends to the left, bends to the left near the height of 3/4 from the bottom of the height of the game area 5a, extends to the left so as to be lower at a loose angle, and the game ball than the entrance of the second guide passage 2522 After bending downward at the position on the left side by one B and extending to the height of the center of the game area 5a, it bends to the right and extends to the vicinity of the right rail 1005, and then bends downward to open the exit downward. It is formed in an open shape.

The first guide passage 2521 is not bent in the front-rear direction, and guides the game ball B downward on substantially the same plane as the front surface of the game panel 1100 . A prize winning opening 2006 is provided at an upper left portion of the first guide passage 2521 . Further, below the exit of the first guide passage 2521, a normal prize winning opening 2002 opens upward.

On the other hand, the second guide passage 2522 is spaced leftward from the entrance of the first guide passage 2521, and the entrance opens upward. The second guide passage 2522 extends substantially straight downward from the entrance at the upper end, and bends backward at a position lower than the height of the portion where the first guide passage 2521 first bends to the right. The leftmost portion of the first guide passage 2521 extending downward in the state of being aligned with the first guide passage 2521 in the front-rear direction by bending downward behind the front surface of the panel 1100 and the left-right direction. extends downward so as to generally match, bends downward in a crank shape at the height of the center of the game area 5a, and then bends downward, and to the right of the lower side in the first guide passage 2521 After bending forward at a portion below the extending portion, the portion extending to the lower right side of the first guide passage 2521 in a state in which the front-rear direction is flush with the first guide passage 2521. It bends rightward so as to extend along the lower side, then bends downward so as to be adjacent to the left side of the outlet of the first guide passage 2521, and the outlet is formed into a shape that opens downward. .

In addition, the main unit 2510 is provided in the middle of one passage (here, the first guide passage 2521) of the guide passage group 2520, and the game ball B is provided at the first start port 2003 and the second start port 2004. A role winning opening 2006 in which the game ball B can be accepted according to the first special lottery result and the second special lottery result drawn by the acceptance, and the game ball B accepted in the role winning opening 2006 A first distribution device 2530 that distributes to the chance opening 2531, a second distribution device 2540 that distributes the game ball B distributed to the chance opening 2531 by the first distribution device 2530 to the first V winning opening 2007, A lottery guide passage 2545 for guiding the game ball B not allocated to the first V winning opening 2007 by the two distribution device 2540 (the game ball B distributed to the second prize opening 2541) to the lottery accessory 2550. ing.

The accessory prize winning opening 2006 in the main unit 2510 (center accessory 2500) is provided in a portion extending leftward on the upper side of the first guide passage 2521. It extends upward and opens upward. The accessory prize-winning door 2515 is formed in a plate-like shape extending to the left and right so that the left end is lowered while extending forward and backward. can be opened and closed. The accessory winning opening door 2515 can close the accessory winning opening 2006 by moving forward. can be formed to guide the game ball B flowing from the upstream side to the exit side of the first guide passage 2521.

The accessory winning opening door 2515 is retracted by the driving of the accessory winning opening solenoid 2516 to open the accessory winning opening 2006, and the game ball B that has flowed through the first guide passage 2521 is pushed through the accessory winning opening 2006. can be accepted by This prize winning port door 2515 closes the prize winning port 2006 when the prize winning solenoid 2516 is OFF (when not energized), and closes the prize winning port 2006 when the prize winning solenoid 2516 is ON (when energized). The prize winning opening 2006 is opened.

The first sorting device 2530 is a chance opening 2531 and a first scarf opening 2532 into which the game ball B received by the role winning opening 2006 and detected by the role winning opening sensor 2501 can enter, and the game ball B A dividing rotator 2533 that has an accommodating portion 2533a that can accommodate only one piece on the outer peripheral surface and is rotatable about an axis in the front-rear direction, and a state in which the accommodating portion 2533a of the distributing rotator 2533 faces rightward. and a first distribution solenoid 2534 (see FIG. 70) for rotating the distribution rotor 2533 between the upward facing state. The distribution rotator 2533 is formed in a truncated cone shape with an outer peripheral surface tapering toward the rear.

The chance opening 2531 of the first sorting device 2530 is provided downstream of the sorting rotor 2533 with respect to the flow of the game balls B, and the game ball accommodated in the accommodation portion 2533a of the sorting rotor 2533. B can enter, and is provided on the right side of the distribution rotor 2533 . The chance opening 2531 is connected to the second sorting device 2540 . The first slot 2532 is provided on the upstream side of the distribution rotor 2533 with respect to the flow of the game ball B, and the game ball B that has not been accommodated in the housing portion 2533a of the distribution rotor 2533 enters. , is provided above the distribution rotor 2533 . The first opening 2532 is open forward and guides the entered game ball B to the rear of the game panel 1100 .

In the first sorting device 2530, when the first sorting solenoid 2534 is OFF (non-energized), the accommodating portion 2533a of the sorting rotor 2533 faces rightward. In this state, when the game ball B received in the accessory winning opening 2006 is detected by the accessory winning opening sensor 2501 and then flows down to the distribution rotor 2533 from above, it hits the outer peripheral surface of the distribution rotor 2533. touch. Since the outer peripheral surface of this distribution rotating body 2533 is formed in a truncated cone shape that narrows backward, the game ball B is guided backward by the inclination of the outer peripheral surface, and enters the first opening 2532. Become.

On the other hand, when the first sorting solenoid 2534 is ON (energized), the sorting rotator 2533 rotates counterclockwise by 90 degrees, and the accommodating portion 2533a faces upward. In this state, when the game ball B received in the accessory winning opening 2006 is detected by the accessory winning opening sensor 2501 and then flows downward to the distribution rotator 2533, only one is received in the receiving portion 2533a. . In a state where the game ball B is housed in the housing part 2533a of the distribution rotor 2533, when the game ball B further flows down from above to the distribution rotor 2533 from the accessory winning opening 2006 side, the game ball B is received. After coming into contact with the game ball B housed in the portion 2533a, it enters the first opening 2532 in the rear. A game ball B that has entered the first opening 2532 is detected by a sensor, passed to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, and is passed from the back ball guiding unit 3100 to the safe ball of the circulating ball path unit 500 below. It is discharged to the receptacle 500b.

When the game ball B is housed in the housing portion 2533a, the first distribution solenoid 2534 rotates the distribution rotating body 2533 clockwise by 90 degrees, and the housing portion 2533a turns to the right. The game ball B housed in the housing portion 2533 a rolls rightward from the housing portion 2533 a and is received by the chance opening 2531 . The game ball B received in the chance opening 2531 is sent to the next second sorting device 2540 .

Thus, in the first distribution device 2530, the game ball B received in the prize winning port 2006 is placed on either the chance port 2531 side (second distribution device 2540 side) or the first prize port 2532 side. can be divided into

The second distribution device 2540 distributes the game ball B distributed to the chance opening 2531 in the first distribution device 2530 to either the second scoring opening 2541 or the first V winning opening 2007 . The second sorting device 2540 is provided at a height between the first sorting device 2530 and the exit of the guide passage group 2520 in a front view. The second sorting device 2540 is provided behind the sorting rotor 2533 of the first sorting device 2530 .

The second sorting device 2540 has a second slot which is provided so that the game balls B housed in the storage part 2533a of the sorting rotor 2533 in the first sorting device 2530 and sorted to the chance slots 2531 can enter. 2541 and the first V winning opening 2007, a distribution piece 2543 that can open and close the second opening 2541 by moving forward and backward, and a second distribution solenoid 2544 (Fig. 70) and

The second opening 2541 is open upward at a position on the right side of the distribution rotor 2533, and the game balls B distributed to the chance opening 2531 are supplied from above. The first V winning opening 2007 is provided adjacent to the right side of the second winning opening 2541 and opens upward. The distribution piece 2543 has a flat plate shape that is inclined downward to the right, and protrudes forward to close the upper end opening of the second opening 2541, thereby distributing the game ball B to the second opening 2541. Acceptance can be disabled, and the game ball B in contact with the upper surface can be guided to the right and accepted into the first V winning opening 2007 .

In the second sorting device 2540 , the sorting piece 2543 moves forward to close the second opening 2541 when the second sorting solenoid 2544 is OFF (non-energized). In this state, when the game ball B distributed to the chance opening 2531 in the first distribution device 2530 flows down, it contacts the upper surface of the distribution piece 2543 and is guided to the right by the inclination of the distribution piece 2543. It is accepted (divided) into the first V winning port 2007. The game ball B distributed to the first V winning hole 2007 is detected by the first V winning hole sensor 2502, and then delivered to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, and is sent downward from the back ball guiding unit 3100. is discharged to the safe ball socket 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500.

On the other hand, when the second distribution solenoid 2544 is ON (energized), the distribution piece 2543 retreats, the second opening 2541 is opened upward, and the game ball B to the second opening 2541 can be accepted. In this state, when the game ball B distributed to the chance opening 2531 in the first distribution device 2530 flows down, the game ball B passes in front of the retreating distribution piece 2543 and passes through the second opening. 2541 will be accepted (distributed). The game ball B distributed to the second slot 2541 is guided to the left lottery accessory 2550 by the lottery guide passage 2545 .

Thus, in the second sorting device 2540, the game balls B housed in the housing portion 2533a of the sorting rotor 2533 in the first sorting device 2530, that is, the game balls B sorted into the chance openings 2531 are It can be distributed to either the second ska mouth 2541 (lottery accessory 2550) side or the first V winning mouth 2007 side.

A lottery entrance ball sensor 2546 for detecting the circulation of game balls B is provided in the lottery guide passage 2545 . When the game ball B is detected by the lottery accessory ball sensor 2546, the peripheral control unit 1511 of the peripheral control board 1510 controls the effect display device 1600, the main body frame speaker 403, the top center speaker, the top side speaker, and the game board 5. , LEDs provided on the door frame 3, etc. are controlled, and an effect is executed to excite the lottery (distribution) of the game balls B in the lottery accessory 2550.例文帳に追加As a result, the game ball B is distributed to the second slot 2541 in the second distribution device 2540, thereby eliminating the player's disappointment and heightening expectations for the lottery accessory 2550.例文帳に追加

[8-8e-2. Lottery accessories]
The lottery prize 2550 in the center prize 2500 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 62 to 65 and the like. The lottery accessory 2550 of the center accessory 2500 is provided in the lower part of the frame of the body unit 2510 formed in a frame shape, and has a second V winning opening 2008 and a losing opening 2009 . This lottery accessory 2550 is supplied with the game ball B received in the accessory winning opening 2006 . Specifically, the game ball B received in the accessory winning opening 2006 and distributed to the chance opening 2531 by the first distribution device 2530 and further distributed to the second scoring opening 2541 by the second distribution device 2540 is supplied. In addition, the lottery accessory 2550 includes a second V winning opening sensor 2503 that detects the game ball B received in the second V winning opening 2008, and a losing opening sensor 2504 that detects the game ball B received in the losing opening 2009. and have.

The lottery accessory 2550 of the center accessory 2500 is supplied with the game ball B distributed to the second slot 2541 by the second sorting device 2540 and circulated through the lottery guide passage 2545 so that it becomes lower toward the left. An inclined guideway 2551, a distribution unit 2552 that distributes the game ball B that has circulated through the guideway 2551 to either the loop side or the non-loop side (loss port 2009 side), and the distribution unit 2552 to the loop side A hitting unit 2553 capable of hitting the game balls B distributed to the rear, and the game balls B hit backward by the hitting unit 2553 are supplied, and are inclined to be lower forward and upward and downward. A swing gutter 2554 that can reciprocate so as to swing about the axis of the game ball B guided by the swing gutter 2554 rolls and is lowered toward the front guideway 2551 Between the table 2555, which is wide in the front, rear, left, and right directions and is provided with the second V-winning opening 2008 near the downstream end, and the second V-winning opening 2008 and the rocking gutter 2554 on the table 2555 , and has a pair of swinging pieces 2556 that can swing around the axis in the vertical direction.

This lottery accessory 2550 will be described in detail later, but as long as the game ball B is distributed to the loop side by the distribution unit 2552, the game ball B released from the table 2555 provided with the second V winning port 2008 is The game ball B is supplied to the hitting part 2553 and can loop between the hitting part 2553 and the table 2555 .

The guiding part 2551 of the lottery accessory 2550 extends along the right edge side of the lottery accessory 2550 from near the rear end to the front end so that the front is lower, and then along the front edge side of the lottery accessory 2550 to near the left end. It extends so that the left side becomes lower, and is formed in an L shape in plan view. This guiding part 2551 extends with a width slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball B. A game ball B is supplied from a lottery guide passage 2545 to a portion extending in the front-rear direction along the right end side of the guide portion 2551 .

The distribution part 2552 of the lottery accessory 2550 is provided at a part near the downstream end (left end) of the part of the guiding part 2551 extending in the left-right direction. The distributing portion 2552 is provided so as to be rotatable about an axis extending in the front-rear direction near the left end of the loss opening 2009 that passes through the guide portion 2551 and is open upward. It has a swing bridge-like distribution bridge 2557 that can open and close the cage loss port 2009 and a lottery loop solenoid 2558 (see FIG. 70) for rotating the distribution bridge 2557 . The guideway 2551 is divided into an upstream side and a downstream side with the failure opening 2009 as a boundary.

The distribution bridge 2557 is formed in a flat plate shape elongated in the left and right direction in a plan view, the left side is supported so as to be rotatable about an axis in the front-rear direction, and the right side is a free end. The distribution bridge 2557 has a loop position (see FIG. 64(a)) in which the right side approaches the right side of the failure opening 2009 and extends in the horizontal direction and falls down (see FIG. 64(a)), and a vertical position with the right side positioned above the left side. and a non-looped position (see FIG. 64(b)) in an upright position.

The distribution bridge 2557 is in a state of a loop position, so that it is in a state of bridging the taxiway 2551 divided into two upstream and downstream sides by the loss port 2009, and passes over the distribution bridge 2557. The game ball B can roll from the upstream side to the downstream side. That is, the distribution bridge 2557 can close the loss opening 2009 and make it impossible to receive the game ball B by being in the state of the loop position. On the other hand, the distributing bridge 2557 is in a non-looping position, so that the loss opening 2009 is opened upward, and the game ball B rolling from the upstream is not passed to the downstream side. can be accepted into Thus, in the distribution section 2552, the distribution bridge 2557 can distribute the game ball B to either the loop side or the non-loop side.

This distribution bridge 2557 is provided with a distribution display portion 2557a formed in a flag shape with an X mark on the side opposite to the rolling surface of the game ball B. As shown in FIG. The distribution display portion 2557a becomes visible from the player side when the distribution bridge 2557 is in the non-loop position in which the loss opening 2009 is opened. This allows the player to recognize that the game ball B cannot go to the hitting portion 2553 on the downstream side (cannot loop).

In addition, the distribution bridge 2557 is provided so that the left end side rotatably supported is to the left of the left end of the downstream end (front end side) of the table 2555 . Therefore, since the game ball B released from the table 2555 to the guideway 2551 side is released to the right side of the distribution bridge 2557 in the non-loop position, the game ball B is released from the table 2555 in the non-loop position. , and does not go to the downstream side of the guideway 2551 that is divided into two (downstream side of the distribution bridge 2557), and is accepted in the open loss port 2009.

The hitting part 2553 of the lottery accessory 2550 is inclined such that the front end is lower than the downstream end of the guide path 2551 and higher toward the rear, and the game balls B distributed to the loop side by the distribution part 2552 are supplied. and a fan-shaped hitting piece 2560 that is provided at the downstream end of the climbing portion 2559 and can hit the game ball B, and the hitting piece 2560 is rotated around the axis perpendicular to the climbing portion 2559. and a single drive motor 2561 (see FIG. 70).

The fan-shaped striking piece 2560 is rotated at a relatively high speed by a striking piece drive motor 2561 . Therefore, the strength with which the game ball B is hit varies depending on the timing when the game ball B reaches the site where the hitting piece 2560 is provided and the timing of the rotational position of the hitting piece 2560 . Therefore, when the game ball B is hit to some extent strongly, it can get over the climbing part 2559 and go to the swing gutter 2554 side behind, and when the hitting is weak, it can not get over the climbing part 2559 and moves forward. will come back. Thereby, it is possible to make the player nervous and excited depending on whether or not the game ball B is strongly hit and goes to the rocking gutter 2554 (table 2555) side, and the player can be entertained. In addition, since the game ball B returns when the hitting by the hitting piece 2560 is weak, it is possible to lengthen the time until the game with the game ball B is confirmed, and to make the player feel that he/she has won. It is possible to entertain the player and suppress the decline in interest.

In this lottery accessory 2550, the game ball B that has climbed over the climbing part 2559 is supplied between the striking part 2553 and the swing gutter 2554, and the swing path is curved so that the left and right ends are high and the center is low. 2562 and a discharge port 2563 provided in the center of the swing passage 2562 for discharging the game ball B to the swing gutter 2554 . A plurality of unevennesses are provided in the vicinity of both left and right ends of the swing path 2562, and the rolling speed of the game ball B can be damped. The swing path 2562 is provided along the rear edge of the lottery accessory 2550 and behind the table 2555 . The game ball B supplied from the hitting part 2553 to the swing passage 2562 rolls in the left-right direction, and is then discharged from the center discharge port 2563 to the swing gutter 2554 in the same manner as the stage 2513 .

The swinging gutter 2554 of the lottery accessory 2550 is formed in a disc shape and has a gutter-like recessed gutter portion 2554a extending from the center toward the outer periphery. The disk-shaped rocking gutter 2554 has its rotation axis inclined so that the rear side is higher. The lottery accessory 2550 has a gutter rocking driving motor 2564 (see FIG. 70) for reciprocatingly rotating the rocking gutter 2554 within a predetermined angle range. This swinging gutter 2554 is driven by a gutter swinging driving motor 2564 so that the tip of the gutter part 2554a is directed to the second V prize opening 2008 in front, and the tip of the gutter part 2554a is moved in the horizontal direction within a predetermined angle range. Rotate back and forth to face.

The rocking gutter 2554 is provided at the rear end (upper end) of the center in the left-right direction of the table 2555, and the game ball B released from the ejection port 2563 is delivered to the gutter portion 2554a. Since the swinging gutter 2554 reciprocates, the game ball B delivered to the gutter part 2554a is played within a fan-shaped range corresponding to the rotation direction in which the tip of the gutter part 2554a on the table 2555 is facing. Sphere B can be released. At this time, since the swinging gutter 2554 is rotating until the received game ball B rolls on the gutter part 2554a and is released from the tip, the game ball B is given an inertial force by the rotation. will work. Therefore, the game ball B released from the tip of the gutter portion 2554a does not roll straight on the table 2555 in the direction in which the gutter portion 2554a faces, making it difficult to predict the rolling direction.

The table 2555 of the lottery accessory 2550 is inclined so that the front end side is lower, and the length of the front end side, which is the downstream end, in the horizontal direction is shorter than the length of the rear end in the horizontal direction. In addition, the table 2555 is provided with a rocking gutter 2554 at the upper end of the center in the left-right direction, and a second V winning opening 2008 near the lower end of the center in the left-right direction. The table 2555 has a central groove 2555a extending from the rocking gutter 2554 to the second V prize opening 2008 at the center in the left-right direction, and has a recess 2555b that is recessed from the surroundings near the lower end of the center in the left-right direction. is doing. The recessed portion 2555b is recessed in the shape of a pentagonal home base, and the second V winning opening 2008 is provided at the bottom thereof.

Since this table 2555 has a central groove 2555a leading to the second V winning opening 2008 and a concave portion 2555b provided with the second V winning opening 2008 at the bottom, the player can When B enters, it can be made to appear to be accepted in the second V winning opening 2008, and the movement of the game ball B rolling on the table 2555 can be entertained.

The front end side, which is the downstream end of the table 2555, is provided at a position higher than the guideway 2551 in front. Therefore, the game ball B flowing through the guide path 2551 is not supplied onto the table 2555 without going through the striking part 2553 and the rocking gutter 2554 .

The swing pieces 2556 of the lottery accessory 2550 are arranged in a pair symmetrically with respect to the center of the table 2555 in the left-right direction between the swing gutter 2554 and the second V prize opening 2008 on the table 2555. is provided. The rocking piece 2556 is formed in the shape of a drop, and has a circular base end facing forward and a sharp tip facing backward, and is rotatable about the circular base end side. It is

The lottery accessory 2550 has a swinging piece solenoid 2565 for swinging by reciprocally rotating a pair of swinging pieces 2556 about a vertical axis within a predetermined angle range. A pair of swinging pieces 2556 are provided so as to rotate in opposite directions by one swinging piece solenoid 2565 .

Since the pair of swinging pieces 2556 are rotated by the swinging piece solenoid 2565, the rotation speed is faster than when they are rotated by the drive motor. Therefore, when the game ball B comes into contact with the swing piece 2556 while the swing piece 2556 is swinging and moving, the game ball B can be strongly bounced. Therefore, depending on the rotating direction of the swinging piece 2556, the game ball B in contact with the table 2555 can be sent to the center side in the left-right direction or sent to both sides in the left-right direction, thereby changing the flow of the game ball B. can be granted.

When the sharp tips of the pair of swinging pieces 2556 are close to each other, the distance between the swinging pieces 2556 becomes narrower, and the rearward-facing surface portions of the swinging pieces 2556 move forward. , and the pair of swinging pieces 2556 are narrowed rearward. As a result, when the game ball B flowing down from the back of the rocking gutter 2554 or the table 2555 passes between the pair of rocking pieces 2556, the possibility of being accepted into the second V winning opening 2008 increases, and the pair of When the rocking piece 2556 comes into contact with the rear facing surface, the inclination of the rocking piece 2556 guides the ball away from the center in the left-right direction.

On the other hand, when the sharp ends of the pair of swinging pieces 2556 are moving away from each other (the state indicated by the dashed lines in FIG. 65), the rearward-facing surface portions of the swinging pieces 2556 move left and right toward the front. It is inclined so as to approach the center of the direction, and the pair of swinging pieces 2556 are spread rearward. As a result, when the game ball B flowing down from the back of the rocking gutter 2554 or the table 2555 comes into contact with the surface portion of the pair of rocking pieces 2556 facing backward, it is guided to the center in the left-right direction by the inclination of the pair of rocking pieces 2556. There is a possibility that it will be accepted in the 2V winning slot 2008.

Therefore, in a state in which the pair of swinging pieces 2556 are widened rearward, the game ball B in contact with the swinging pieces 2556 is guided to the center in the left-right direction, so that the pair of swinging pieces 2556 move backward. Compared to the narrowed state, the possibility that the game ball B flowing down from the rear will be accepted by the second V winning opening 2008 is high. In other words, depending on the state of the pair of swinging pieces 2556, the acceptance probability of the game ball B into the second V winning opening 2008 can be changed.

The lottery accessory 2550 of the present embodiment has a transparent cover 2566 that covers the whole from above (see FIGS. 50 to 52, etc.). With this cover 2566, the game ball B supplied through the lottery guide passage 2545 can be prevented from jumping out of the lottery accessory 2550, and the game ball B from outside other than the lottery guide passage 2545 can be prevented. can be prevented from being supplied (intruded).

Next, the flow of the game ball B in the lottery accessory 2550 will be explained. In the lottery accessory 2550, the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result (for example, "per role") drawn by accepting the game ball B in the first start port 2003 or the second start port 2004. Accordingly, one of the game balls B received in the accessory winning opening 2006 that opens and closes in a predetermined pattern is supplied near the upstream of the guide path 2551 through the lottery guide passage 2545 . The game ball B supplied near the upstream of the guideway 2551 rolls toward the distribution part 2552 on the left side according to the inclination of the guideway 2551 .

In the distribution section 2552, the distribution bridge 2557 collapses for a predetermined time and is in a state of a loop position, and the game ball B rolling from the upstream side passes through the distribution bridge 2557 to the downstream side. It rolls to the striking part 2553 . Then, the game ball B supplied to the hitting portion 2553 is hit backward by the rotating hitting piece 2560, and rolls so as to climb the climbing portion 2559 extending backward.

At this time, since the striking piece 2560 is fan-shaped and rotates at a relatively high speed, depending on the timing at which the game ball B abuts against the rotational position of the striking piece 2560, the game ball B may be hit strongly. The game ball B comes into contact with the game ball B in a graze-like manner, and the force of the game ball B hit backward varies. Therefore, if the hitting by the hitting piece 2560 is weak, it cannot climb the uphill part 2559 which is higher in the rear, and it returns up the uphill part 2559, and the game ball B goes back and forth on the uphill part 2559. Sometimes.

When the game ball B hit by the hitting piece 2560 climbs over the climbing part 2559, it enters the swing passage 2562 provided in the rear, and moves in the left-right direction through the swing passage 2562 whose center in the left-right direction is low. It will roll. At this time, since a plurality of irregularities are provided near the left and right ends of the swing path 2562, the game ball B passing through the irregularities causes the impact of the irregularities to attenuate the rolling speed. As a result, the momentum of the game ball B that has been hit by the hitting piece 2560 and climbs over the climbing portion 2559 can be reduced.

The game ball B that rolls in the swing path 2562 so as to swing in the horizontal direction is finally discharged onto the table 2555 through the swing gutter 2554 from the outlet 2563 provided in the center. At this time, the swing gutter 2554 is swung and rotated by the gutter swing drive motor 2564 so as to reciprocate within a predetermined angle range, so that the game ball B is released from the outlet 2563 to the swing gutter 2554. The game ball B is released in various directions from the swing gutter 2554 depending on the timing of the movement and the timing of the rotation position of the swing gutter 2554 .

The game ball B released from the rocking gutter 2554 to the table 2555 rolls forward according to the inclination of the table 2555 and is released to the guideway 2551 from the front edge. At this time, since a pair of rocking pieces 2556 are rocked in the vicinity of the center of the table 2555 in the front-rear direction, the game ball B in contact with the rocking pieces 2556 is moved. It can be flipped to change the rolling direction. In addition, since the second V winning opening 2008 is provided near the front end of the table 2555 at the center in the left-right direction, the game ball B rolling on the table 2555 can be received in the second V winning opening 2008. be.

The game ball B received in the second V winning opening 2008 is detected by the second V winning opening sensor 2503, and after being delivered to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, the ball is sent to the lower circulating ball path. It is discharged to the safe ball socket 500b of the unit 500. When the game ball B is received in the second V winning opening 2008, a "jackpot game" is executed as an advantageous game state in which the big winning opening 2005 is opened and closed in a predetermined pattern. Therefore, when the game ball B is supplied to the lottery accessory 2550, the player can be thrilled and excited depending on whether or not the game ball B is accepted into the second V winning port 2008, and the player is entertained. It is possible to suppress the decline of interest.

The game ball B released from the front edge of the table 2555 to the guideway 2551 is within the predetermined time, and the distribution bridge 2557 of the distribution section 2552 is in the state of the loop position. to the striking portion 2553. Therefore, when the distribution bridge 2557 is in the loop position, the game ball B can loop between the striking part 2553 and the table 2555 any number of times unless the game ball B is received in the second V winning opening 2008. can. In other words, when the distribution bridge 2557 is in the loop position, the opportunity to receive the game ball B into the second V winning opening 2008 will come again and again. Thereby, even if the game ball B rolling on the table 2555 is not accepted in the second V winning opening 2008, it can be received in the second V winning opening 2008 by passing through the distribution bridge 2557 at the loop position. Since the opportunity to become will come again, the player can continue to be entertained.

Then, after a predetermined time has elapsed, the distribution bridge 2557 of the distribution section 2552 changes from the loop position to the raised non-loop position, and the failure opening 2009 closed by the distribution bridge 2557 is opened upward. be. In this state, the game ball B released from the front end side of the table 2555 or the game ball B rolling on the guide path 2551 is accepted in the loss opening 2009, and the game ball B does not loop and the lottery is performed. The lottery at object 2550 ends. At this time, an upright distribution bridge 2557 raises a distribution display section 2557a imitating a flag with an X mark to make it visible. It can be made to recognize that it does not loop.

The game ball B received in the loss opening 2009 is detected by the loss opening sensor 2504, and after being delivered to the back ball guidance unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, the safe ball receiver of the circulation ball path unit 500 below. It is discharged to port 500b.

As described above, according to the lottery accessory 2550 of the present embodiment, the game ball B supplied from the accessory winning opening 2006 is received in the second V winning opening 2008, making the player nervous and excited. can be used to entertain players. Also, even if the game ball B is not accepted in the second V winning port 2008, when the distribution bridge 2557 of the distribution section 2552 is in the loop position, the game ball B is again sent through the hitting section 2553 to the second V Since it is sent to the swing gutter 2554 located upstream of the prize winning opening 2008 and looped, it is given an opportunity to be accepted into the second V prize winning opening 2008 again, thereby giving the player a sense of expectation again. It is possible to entertain the player and prevent the player from losing interest.

[8-8f. Ordinary winning entrance unit]
Next, the normal winning slot unit 2600 in the table unit 2000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. The normal winning opening unit 2600 has a normal winning opening 2002, and is provided near the left end in the game area 5a and below the center in the vertical direction. This normal prize winning port unit 2600 is provided between the attacker unit 2400 and the guide passage group 2520 in the center accessory 2500, and is provided so that the normal prize winning port 2002 is positioned directly below the exit of the first guide passage 2521. It is

The normal winning opening 2002 of the normal winning opening unit 2600 is always open upward to receive the game ball B. The game ball B received in the normal winning hole 2002 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, and then transferred to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, detected by the normal winning hole sensor 3002, and downward. is discharged to the safe ball socket 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500.

[8-9. Flow of game balls within the game area]
Next, the flow of the game ball B within the game area 5a will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. In the state assembled on the game board 5, the center accessory 2500 is provided substantially in the center of the game area 5a. Although not shown, in the game area 5a, in the left and right outer parts and lower parts of the center role 2500, and in the part between the attacker unit 2400 and the guide passage group 2520 in the center role 2500, A plurality of obstacle nails N are implanted in a predetermined gauge arrangement. In addition, a windmill W (see FIG. 101) that rotates when the game ball B comes into contact is provided on the left side of the center accessory 2500 and above the side upper left unit 2300 .

On the left side of the center accessory 2500, a plurality of obstacle nails N are installed between the inner rail 1002 and the inner rail 1002 in a predetermined gauge arrangement. On the left side of the center accessory 2500 in the game area 5a, the entrance of the warp passage 2512 opens slightly upward from the left at a portion below the vertical center of the inflow restricting portion 2511c of the center frame 2511. there is A windmill W is provided between the warp passage 2512 and the shelf 2301 of the side upper left unit 2300 .

A game ball B hit to the left side of the center accessory 2500 enters the warp passage 2512 with a certain probability. The game ball B that has entered the warp passage 2512 is supplied to the stage 2513 provided within the frame of the center accessory 2500, rolls on the stage 2513 in the left-right direction, and is ejected from the central release portion 2513a or the side release portion 2513b. It is discharged so as to flow back into the game area 5a from either. Since the center release portion 2513a of the stage 2513 is provided directly above the first starting port 2003 in the center in the left-right direction within the game area 5a, the game ball B released from the center release portion 2513a has a high probability of reaching the first It is received in the starting port 2003 . The game ball B released from the side release portions 2513b on both the left and right sides of the central release portion 2513a is received in the first starting port 2003 with a certain degree of probability.

The game ball B received in the first starting port 2003 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 after being detected by the first starting port sensor 2101 of the starting port unit 2100, and is guided to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. It is delivered and discharged downward from the back ball guiding unit 3100 . When the game ball B is detected by the first start sensor 2101, a privilege is given in which a predetermined number of game balls B are added to the number of balls held, and a state in which a predetermined condition is satisfied (for example, the first In a state where the reserved number of special symbols is less than 4), a lottery for the first special symbol is executed which enables the occurrence of an advantageous game state that is advantageous to the player. In addition, the lottery 1st special design is also called a 1st special lottery result.

The game ball B released from the stage 2513 and not received in the first starting port 2003 is received in the out port 2020 and discharged out of the game area 5a. The game ball B received in the out port 2020 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, and after being transferred to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, the circulating ball path unit below the back ball guiding unit 3100. 500 is discharged to the out ball socket 500a.

A game ball B that is hit to the left outside of the center role 2500 and does not enter the warp passage 2512 is highly probable along the lower side of the center role 2500 when it circulates on the right side of the center of the windmill W. It flows down to the right so as to follow a plurality of obstructing nails N arranged obliquely. A game ball B that circulates on the right side of the center of the windmill W may be received by the first starting opening 2003 or the general winning opening 2001 provided in the side unit 2200 . Also, the game ball B that circulates on the right side of the center of the windmill W may be received by the sub-out port 2021 provided in the side unit 2200 . The game ball B that has not been received by the first starting port 2003, the general prize winning port 2001, and the sub-out port 2021 is received by the out port 2020 and discharged out of the game area 5a.

The game ball B received in the general winning opening 2001 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, passed to the back ball guidance unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, detected by the general winning opening sensor 3001, and downward. is discharged to When the game ball B is detected by the general prize winning hole sensor 3001, a privilege of adding a predetermined number to the number of balls in possession is given.

On the other hand, when the water flows leftward from the center of the windmill W, it flows down onto the shelf 2301 of the side upper left unit 2300 and flows down the shelf 2301 to the right. A game ball B that circulates on the left side of the center of the windmill W may be received by the general prize winning opening 2001 and the sub-out opening 2021 provided in the side unit 2200 . The game ball B received in the sub-out port 2021 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, then transferred to the back ball guide unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, and discharged downward from the back ball guide unit 3100. - 特許庁The game ball B that has not been received by the general winning opening 2001 and the sub-out opening 2021 is received by the out opening 2020 and discharged out of the game area 5a.

Next, on the right side of the center accessory 2500, a guide passage group 2520, a role winning opening 2006, a normal winning opening 2002, a second start opening 2004, a big winning opening 2005, and a sub-out opening 2021 are provided in this order from the top. It is A plurality of obstructing nails N are implanted between the guide passage group 2520 and the second starting port 2004, respectively.

In the game board 5 of the present embodiment, the strength with which the game ball B enters above the portion that is lowered toward the right from the vicinity of the center in the horizontal direction on the upper side of the inflow restricting portion 2511c of the center frame 2511 in the center accessory 2500 When the game ball B is hit with , the game ball B circulates through either the first guide passage 2521 or the second guide passage 2522 of the guide passage group 2520 .

More specifically, the game ball B is struck with a strength that makes contact with the impinging portion 1006 protruding inward from the outer rail 1001 that constitutes a part of the peripheral edge of the game area 5a (so-called right-handed hitting). ), the game ball B in contact with the impingement portion 1006 enters the first guide passage 2521 . The game ball B that has entered the first guide path 2521 rolls on the upper surface of the prize winning opening door 2515 that closes the prize winning opening 2006 in the middle of the first guiding path 2521, and then the guide path group. 2520 is discharged from the right exit of the lower end to the lower normal winning a prize unit 2600 side.

On the other hand, when the game ball B hit above the center accessory 2500 enters the entrance of the second guide passage 2522 and circulates, it is twisted backward and aligned with the first guide passage 2521 in the front-rear direction, and then forward. It is twisted to the left side of the exit of the first guide passage 2521 and discharged to the lower normal winning a prize unit 2600 side.

Since the normal winning opening 2002 of the normal winning opening unit 2600 is provided directly under the exit of the first guide passage 2521, the game ball B that has circulated through the first guidance passage 2521 circulates through the second guidance passage 2522. There is a higher possibility that it will be accepted in the normal winning opening 2002 than the game ball B that has been played.

The game ball B received in the normal winning hole 2002 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, passed to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, detected by the normal winning hole sensor 3002, and downwardly. is discharged to the safe ball socket 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500. When the game ball B is detected by the normal winning opening sensor 3002, a privilege to add a predetermined number of balls to the number of possession is given, and a state in which predetermined conditions are satisfied (for example, the number of reserved symbols in the normal pattern is less than 4) state), a normal symbol lottery that enables acceptance of the game ball B into the second starting port 2004 is executed. In addition, the normally drawn pattern is also called a normal lottery result.

The game ball B which is not accepted in the normal winning opening 2002 after being struck to the right into the game area 5a and circulated through the guide passage group 2520 flows down onto the attacker unit 2400 while coming into contact with a plurality of obstacle nails N. Then, when the game ball B flows down to the upper shelf portion 2421 of the attacker unit 2400, it is guided leftward and downward according to the inclination of the upper shelf portion 2421, and there is no opportunity to be accepted by the second start opening 2004 or the big winning opening 2005, and the attacker unit 2400 is discharged to the left. In addition, since the downstream end (left end) of the upper shelf portion 2421 of the attacker unit 2400 is positioned above the first starting port 2003, the game ball B that has flowed through the upper shelf portion 2421 is received by the first starting port 2003. there is a possibility.

On the other hand, when the game ball B flows down to the first shelf portion 2422 of the attacker unit 2400, it rolls leftward due to its inclination, and rolls on the upper surface of the second starting door 2411 and the second shelf portion 2423. , and is discharged leftward from the left end of the second shelf portion 2423 . Then, the game ball B released to the left from the second shelf 2423 falls on the third shelf 2424 or the big winning entrance door 2413 according to its momentum, and rolls leftward due to their inclination. Then, after rolling on the fourth shelf portion 2425 from the big winning opening door 2413 , it is discharged to the left outside the attacker unit 2400 from the fourth shelf portion 2425 . A game ball B released from the fourth shelf 2425 is received in the out port 2020 .

Furthermore, if the game ball B does not flow down to either the upper shelf 2421 or the first shelf 2422 of the attacker unit 2400 and falls to the right of the first shelf 2422 , it is received in the sub-out port 2021 . Also, even when the game ball B falls onto the first shelf 2422, it is received by the sub-out port 2021 when it enters the gap between the second shelf 2423 and the third shelf 2424.例文帳に追加The game ball B received in the sub-out port 2021 is transferred to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 without being returned to the game area 5a, and is transferred to the out ball receiving port 500a of the circulating ball path unit 500 below. Ejected.

When the game ball B flows down to the first shelf portion 2422 of the attacker unit 2400 , the game ball B rolls on the second starting door 2411 . Therefore, by accepting the game ball B into the normal winning opening 2002, "ordinary winning" is drawn as a normal pattern (normal lottery result), and the second starting opening door 2411 is retreated by the starting opening solenoid 2412 and the second starting opening. When the game ball B flows (rolls) from the side of the first shelf 2422 at the timing when 2004 is open, the game ball B is received in the second starting port 2004 .

After being detected by the second starting port sensor 2401, the game ball B received in the second starting port 2004 is transferred to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, and then downward from the back ball guiding unit 3100. is discharged to When the game ball B is detected by the second starting opening sensor 2401, a privilege to add a predetermined number of balls is given, and a state in which predetermined conditions are satisfied (for example, the number of pending special symbols is less than 4), a lottery for the second special symbol that enables the occurrence of an advantageous gaming state that is advantageous to the player is executed. In addition, the drawn second special pattern is also referred to as a second special drawing result.

In addition, the game ball B that has flowed down to the first shelf 2422 of the attacker unit 2400 and rolled on the second starting door 2411 and the second shelf 2423 rolls on the big winning door 2413 . Therefore, the first special symbol (first special lottery result) drawn by accepting the game ball B to the first starting port 2003, the second special symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B to the second starting port 2004 (Second special lottery result), depending on (for example, when the lottery special symbol (special lottery result) is "big hit", "middle hit", "small hit", etc.), the attacker solenoid 2414 When the game ball B circulates (rolls) from the second shelf part 2423 side at the timing when the winning opening door 2413 is retreated and the big winning opening 2005 is open, the game ball B moves to the big winning opening 2005. accepted by

The game ball B received in the big winning hole 2005 is detected by one of the two big winning hole sensors 2402 provided below, and is then guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 to be the back ball of the back unit 3000. After being delivered to the guide unit 3100, it is discharged to the safe ball socket 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500 below. When the game ball B is detected by the special winning opening sensor 2402, a privilege of adding a predetermined number to the number of possessed balls is given.

By the way, when the game ball B is accepted in the first starting port 2003 or the second starting port 2004 and "per character" is drawn as the first special symbol or the second special symbol, in the middle of the first guide passage 2521 The provided accessory winning opening 2006 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern, and the distribution rotator 2533 of the first distribution device 2530 and the distribution piece 2543 of the second distribution device 2540 operate in a predetermined pattern. Therefore, when the "accessory win" is drawn, the accessory winning opening 2006 opens and closes. "Right shot" can be performed so that the game ball B flows through the first guide passage 2521 provided with the winning opening 2006.例文帳に追加

In the present embodiment, the probability of winning the lottery is higher than that of the "jackpot". Three patterns of winning a prize are set, and in each of the patterns, the prize winning opening 2006 is roughly divided and opens and closes twice.

First, the opening and closing of the prize winning opening 2006 for each "winning prize" will be described in detail. After a certain period of time (3000 ms) has passed from the start of execution of the "first prize winning", the prize winning port 2006 is opened for a short period of time (80 ms) and then closed for a short period of time (1252 ms). After that, it is opened again for a short period of time (80 ms) and then closed to complete the operation. After a certain period of time (3000 ms) has passed from the start of the execution of the "second prize winning", the prize winning port 2006 is opened for a short time (80 ms), and then closed. After a longer time (5420 ms) has passed, the switch is opened for a long time (9414 ms) and then closed to complete the operation. After a certain period of time (3000 ms) has elapsed from the start of execution of the "third prize winning", the prize winning port 2006 is opened for a short period of time (80 ms), and then closed. After a longer time (19366 ms) has passed, the switch is opened for a long time (9404 ms) and then closed to complete the operation.

The second open state of the prize winning port 2006 in the "first winning prize" is started after the time when the "first winning prize" is completed from the start of execution. In addition, the second open state of the prize winning port 2006 in the "third prize winning" is started after the time when the "second prize winning" is completed from the start of execution.

It should be noted that, in the second long-time open state in the "second winning prize" and the "third winning prize", eight open states (80 ms) are repeated at regular intervals (1252 ms). In other words, the prize winning port 2006 opens and closes (opens) twice for the "first winning prize" and nine times for the "second winning prize" and the "third winning prize".

Next, the operation of the sorting rotator 2533 of the first sorting device 2530 in the "handle hit" is rotated counterclockwise at the same time as the start of execution, and the accommodating part 2533a is turned upward for a predetermined time (3020 ms). After entering the first storable state, and then turning clockwise to turn the storable part 2533a to the right and becoming the non-storable state, after a predetermined time (4560 ms) has passed, a time longer than the first time (13446 ms) 2 . After entering the unaccommodable state for a short period of time (500 ms), it enters the unaccommodable state for the third time (13446 ms) for the same time as the second time, and then enters the unaccommodable state.

The distribution rotator 2533 is in a non-accommodable state when the first storable state ends in the middle of the first open state of the prize winning opening 2006 in the ``winning prize''. Moreover, the distribution rotating body 2533 will be in the second accommodable state after the time from the start of the execution to the completion of the "first award winning". Therefore, at the time of the "first award", the control of the distribution rotator 2533 ends before the second accommodative state is reached, and the second and third accommodative states are not executed. This distribution rotating body 2533 starts the second accommodating state before the second open state of the prize winning port 2006 in the "second prize win", and the second open state is closed. After entering the state, it becomes uncontainable.

Also, the distribution rotator 2533 will be in the third accommodable state after the time from the start of the execution to the completion of the "second award winning". Therefore, at the time of the "second award winning", the control of the distribution rotator 2533 ends before the third accommodable state is reached, and the third accommodative state is not executed. In other words, the distribution rotator 2533 is put into a state of being able to be accommodated once in the case of "winning the first prize", twice in the case of winning the "second prize", and three times in the case of "winning the third prize". Become. This distribution rotor 2533 starts the third accommodating state before the second open state of the prize winning opening 2006 in the "third prize win", and the second open state ends. After being in a closed state, it will be in an unaccommodable state.

Next, the action of the sorting piece 2543 of the second sorting device 2540 in the "handle hit" is the first closed state in which the second slot 2541 is closed for a predetermined time (3020 ms) by protruding forward at the same time as the start of execution. (a state that can be distributed to the first V winning opening 2007), and then retreats and the second ska mouth 2541 is in an open state (a state that can be distributed to the lottery accessory 2550) for a predetermined time ( 23006 ms), the second closed state is set for a longer time (13446 ms) than the first open state, and then the open state is established.

The first closed state of the sorting piece 2543 ends in the middle of the first open state of the prize winning port 2006 in the "winning prize" and becomes an open state. Further, in the second sorting device 2540, the second closed state of the sorting piece 2543 is started in the middle of the second open state of the prize winning port 2006 in the "third prize winning". After the second open state of the port 2006 becomes the closed state, the distribution piece 2543 changes from the closed state to the open state. Therefore, in the second sorting device 2540, the second closed state of the sorting piece 2543 is executed only when "winning the third prize" and "winning the first prize" or "winning the second prize". , the second closing state of the distributing piece 2543 is not performed.

For this reason, in the "first winning prize", the opening and closing of the prize winning port 2006 is executed twice in a short period of time. The possibility that the game ball B will be accepted by the accessory winning opening 2006 is low. In addition, since the first open state of the prize winning opening 2006 in the "second winning prize" and the "third winning prize" is also for a short time, the game ball B is accepted by the prize winning opening 2006. Unlikely. In addition, the time when the first accommodating state of the distribution rotating body 2533 in the first distribution device 2530 overlaps with the first open state of the prize winning opening 2006 in the "winning prize" is the prize winning. Since it is shorter than the opening time of the opening 2006 for the first time, the game ball B received in the prize winning opening 2006 is stored in the distribution rotator 2533 when the prize winning opening 2006 is opened for the first time. It is even less likely to be accommodated in portion 2533a. Since the time at which the first storable state of the sorting rotor 2533 and the first closed state of the sorting piece 2543 in the second sorting device 2540 are completed is the same, the sorting rotator 2533 The game ball B housed in the housing portion 2533a is not sorted to the first V winning opening 2007 side at the time of the first housing possible state.

On the other hand, the second open state of the prize winning port 2006 in the "second prize win" and the "third prize win" takes a long time. There is a high possibility that it will be accepted in the prize winning slot 2006 . At this time, after the distribution rotating body 2533 of the first distribution device 2530 is in a state that can be accommodated before the prize winning port 2006 is opened, the prize winning port 2006 is changed from the open state to the closed state. Since it will be in an unacceptable state after it becomes, there is a high possibility that the game ball B received in the accessory winning opening 2006 in the second open state will be accommodated in the accommodation portion 2533a of the distribution rotator 2533. .

Thus, in this example, the possibility that the game ball B will be accepted by the prize winning opening 2006 in the first open state of the prize winning opening 2006 in the "second winning prize" and the "third winning prize" is In addition to being low, when the accessory winning opening 2006 is opened for the first time, the possibility that the game ball B received in the accessory winning opening 2006 is accommodated in the accommodating portion 2533a of the distribution rotator 2533 is low. In spite of the fact that it is lower, at the same time as the performance of the per-accessory game state is started, the distribution rotating body 2533 is rotated counterclockwise to make the accommodating portion 2533a upwardly storable, and is accommodated for a predetermined period (3020 ms). After the portion 2533a is directed upward, it is turned clockwise to turn the accommodating portion 2533a rightward, thereby making it impossible to accommodate. That is, immediately after the start of the per-accessory game state, the distribution rotor 2533 is unlikely to distribute the game ball B to the chance opening 2531 side, but the distribution rotor 2533 distributes the game ball B to the chance opening 2531 side. The sorting operation is executed to show the sorting operation by the sorting rotator 2533 in advance.

Similarly, although it is unlikely that the distribution rotator 2533 distributes the game ball B to the chance opening 2531 side immediately after the start of the per-accessory game state, the second distribution is performed simultaneously with the start of execution of the per-accessory game state. By protruding forward the sorting piece 2543 of the device 2540 to close the second opening 2541, it is possible to distribute to the first V winning opening 2007, and after a predetermined time (3020 ms) has passed, it retreats to the second opening. By opening 2541, it is set to a state in which it is distributed to the lottery accessory 2550.例文帳に追加That is, immediately after the start of the per-accessory game state, the distribution piece 2543 is unlikely to distribute the game ball B to the first V winning port 2007 side, but the distribution piece 2543 causes the game ball B to win the first V prize. The sorting operation by the sorting piece 2543 is shown in advance by executing the sorting operation to the port 2007 side.

In this example, the distribution rotator 2533 and the distribution piece 2543 are operated at the same time as the execution of the role-winning game state is started, that is, the performance at the start of the role-winning game state (the opening performance of the role-winning game state, for example, " Aim for the prize winning opening 2006”, etc.), and after the action of the distribution rotator 2533 and the distribution piece 2543, the prize is won. The mouth 2006 is opened for the first time. This reduces the possibility of allocating the game ball B to the chance opening 2531 side by the allocation rotator 2533 and allocating the game ball B to the second chance opening 2541 side by the allocation piece 2543. . In addition, there is no or unlimited possibility of allocating the game ball B to the chance opening 2531 side by the allocation rotator 2533 and allocating the game ball B to the second chance opening 2541 side by the allocation piece 2543. If it is low, the prize winning port 2006 may be opened for the first time at the same time when the distribution rotator 2533 and the distribution piece 2543 are operated.

Alternatively, only one of the distribution rotor 2533 and the distribution piece 2543 may be operated in advance, and the other may not be operated in advance. That is, some of the movable parts (distribution rotator 2533, distribution piece 2543) for distributing the game ball B that has won the prize winning opening 2006 are operated in advance to show the distribution operation. , other movable parts may be disabled in advance. For example, the sorting piece 2543 that is highly likely to cause the game ball B to enter the V winning opening (in this example, the first V winning opening 2007) by operating (high V winning expectation) is not operated in advance. Only about the distribution rotator 2533 which is less likely to enter the game ball B into the V winning opening (in this example, the second V winning opening 2008) than the distribution piece 2543 (V winning expectation is low) You can make it work. As a result, although some of the distribution destinations of the game balls B that have won the prize winning opening 2006 can be known in advance, the other distribution destinations can be kept unknown, and the other distribution destinations are clear. When the ball becomes , the number of destinations to be distributed increases, thereby surprising the player and increasing the expectation, and making the player pay attention to the game ball B to be distributed to enjoy its movement, thereby preventing the decline in the interest in the game.例文帳に追加can be suppressed.

In addition, the existence of the movable part (sorting piece 2543), which is highly expected to win the V prize, is hidden by not operating in advance. When the "third winning prize" is executed, the movable part (distribution piece 2543) having a high degree of expectation of V winning is operated to enter the game ball B into the V winning opening (in this example, the first V winning opening 2007). The game ball B enters an unexpected allocation destination, thereby improving the game amusement. In addition, the distribution to the first V winning prize opening 2007 side is hidden as a distribution destination, and it is possible to make the player think that there are only two, the first prize opening 2532 side and the lottery prize winning prize 2550 side, and the "third prize winning prize". A player is not discouraged even if a ``second prize win'' with a lower V winning expectation is executed and a game ball B is distributed to the side of the lottery prize 2550.例文帳に追加

In addition, in this example, the distribution rotator 2533 is arranged in a manner that the player can easily see it, while the distribution piece 2543 is formed in a flat plate shape that moves forward and backward on the game board 5, and the area on the front side is is narrow, it is difficult to notice the movement even if it is moving. As a result, it is difficult for the player to notice the passage on the side of the first V prize winning opening 2007 that can be entered by the sorting piece 2543 protruding forward. Therefore, when the game ball B enters the first V prize opening 2007 by operating the sorting piece 2543 when the "third prize hit" occurs, it becomes difficult to notice the behavior of the game ball B. It is possible to give the player a feeling as if a V prize had suddenly occurred and a 15R jackpot had been executed without making him aware that B had entered the first V prize opening 2007.例文帳に追加

In addition, by operating the distribution rotor 2533 in advance during the opening performance of the game state with the prize, the contents of the instruction in the opening performance, for example, "Aim for the prize winning opening 2006" can be added to the distribution rotor. The action of 2533 also makes it possible for the player to easily recognize the target to be hit, that is, the position to be aimed at during the state of the winning game.

As described above, when the "accessory prize winning" is drawn, the game ball B flowing down the first guide passage 2521 is accepted by the accessory winning opening 2006 when the accessory winning opening 2006 is in an open state. When it is detected, it is sent to the first sorting device 2530 after being detected by the prize winning slot sensor 2501 . When the game ball B is detected by the accessory winning hole sensor 2501, a privilege such as adding a predetermined number to the number of balls in possession is given.

In the "second winning prize" among the "winning winning prizes", when the prize winning opening 2006 is opened for the second time, the sorting piece 2543 of the second sorting device 2540 is open. When the minute rotating body 2533 rotates from the storable state to the unstorable state, the game ball B stored in the storage portion 2533a flows down to the second sorting device 2540 side through the chance opening 2531, and the second skating. After passing through the lottery guide passage 2545 from the mouth 2541 and being detected by the lottery accessory ball entry sensor 2546 , it is sent to the lottery accessory 2550 .

In the lottery accessory 2550, the distribution bridge 2557 in the non-loop position is in the loop position. For example, the distribution bridge 2557 is placed in the loop position in response to the opening of the second opening 2541 due to the retraction of the distribution piece 2543 in the second distribution device 2540 . Then, the game ball B sent from the second distribution device 2540 to the lottery accessory 2550 rolls leftward on the guide path 2551 and is sent to the hitting part 2553 through the distribution bridge 2557 at the loop position. Then, the game ball B sent to the hitting part 2553 is hit by the hitting piece 2560 rotating at high speed, and is supplied to the swing gutter 2554 provided at the rear end of the center of the table 2555. It will be released onto the table 2555 .

The game ball B released onto the table 2555 rolls forward due to its inclination, and is received in the second V winning opening 2008 provided at the center front end of the table 2555, or from the front end side of the table 2555. Either it is released forward (guideway 2551) or it moves. When the game ball B is released forward from the front end side of the table 2555, if the distribution bridge 2557 is still in the loop position, the game ball B is supplied to the hitting part 2553 through the distribution bridge 2557. It will happen. Therefore, when the distribution bridge 2557 is in the loop position, until the game ball B is received in the second V winning opening 2008, the game ball B is placed on the hitting part 2553, the swing gutter 2554, the table 2555, and the guide path 2551. loop so as to circulate in the order of

Then, the acceptance of the game ball B to the second V winning opening 2008, or the acceptance of the game ball B to the loss opening 2009 which is opened when the distribution bridge 2557 is in the non-loop position after the lapse of a predetermined time. , the lottery for the V prize in the lottery accessory 2550 ends.

The game ball B received in the second V winning hole 2008 is detected by the second V winning hole sensor 2503, and then passes through the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 to the safe of the circulation ball path unit 500 below. It is discharged to the ball socket 500b. On the other hand, the game ball B received in the loss opening 2009 is detected by the loss opening sensor 2504 and passed through the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 to the safe ball receiving opening 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500 below. discharged to When the game ball B is detected by the second V winning opening sensor 2503, the privilege of opening and closing the big winning opening 2005 in a predetermined pattern is given.

By the way, in the "third prize win", when the prize winning port 2006 is opened for the second time, the distribution piece 2543 of the second distribution device 2540 is closed, so the distribution rotor 2533 is accommodated. When it rotates from the possible state to the unacceptable state, the game ball B accommodated in the accommodation portion 2533a passes through the chance opening 2531 and contacts the upper surface of the closed distribution piece 2543 of the second distribution device 2540. It is guided to the right and enters (accepted) the first V winning opening 2007 . After being detected by the first V winning hole sensor 2502, the game ball B that has entered the first V winning hole 2007 passes through the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 to the safe ball receiver of the circulating ball path unit 500 below. It is discharged to port 500b. When the game ball B is detected by the first V winning opening sensor 2502, a privilege of opening and closing the big winning opening 2005 in a predetermined pattern is given.

In this embodiment, in the special symbol lottery of the first special symbol and the second special symbol, in which the special symbol lottery of the first special symbol and the second special symbol in which the advantageous game state in which the player is advantageous is generated by opening and closing the big winning opening 2005 and the accessory winning opening 2006, the first start While the opening 2003 is always open to accept the game ball B, the second starting opening 2004 is selected by receiving the game ball B into the normal winning opening 2002, and the ordinary lottery is "ordinary winning". Only the game ball B can be accepted in a predetermined pattern. As a result, the first starting port 2003 is more likely to accept the game ball B than the second starting port 2004.例文帳に追加

For this reason, in a normal state, the game ball B flows down to the left side of the center accessory 2500 so that the game ball B can be received by the first start port 2003. The driving operation of B can be performed, the movement of the game ball B guided by the plurality of obstacle nails N can be shown, and the original game of the pachinko machine 1 with the game ball B can be enjoyed. It is possible to heighten expectations for acceptance of the game ball B into the starting port 2003.例文帳に追加

Then, when the game ball B is accepted into the first starting port 2003, the lottery result of the first special symbol is "hit" (for example, "small hit", "middle hit", "big hit", "special hit"). , etc.) is drawn, the large winning opening 2005 or the accessory winning opening 2006 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern. It is possible to enjoy the hitting operation of the game ball B aimed at the right side of the object 2500 (so-called "right hitting"), and the expectation for the acceptance of the game ball B into the big winning opening 2005 or the accessory winning opening 2006. can be raised.

A guide passage group 2520 consisting of a first guide passage 2521 and a second guide passage 2522 is provided on the right side of the center role 2500 when hitting the game ball B to the right side of the center role 2500. Therefore, it is possible to adjust the hitting strength of the game ball B so that the game ball B circulates in a desired flow path. You can enjoy the operation.

In addition, on the right side of the center accessory 2500, a normal winning opening 2002 is provided, and when the game ball B is received in the normal winning opening 2002, the second starting opening 2004 can receive the normal lottery lottery. Therefore, the player can be entertained by whether or not the game ball B hit on the right side passes through the normal winning opening 2002, and when the second starting opening 2004 becomes acceptable, the second starting opening The player can also be entertained by whether or not game ball B is accepted at 2004 . At this time, since the normal prize winning port 2002 is provided directly below the exit of the first guide path 2521 in the guide path group 2520, the user can enjoy the driving operation of the game ball B aimed at the first guide path 2521.例文帳に追加can be done.

Furthermore, in the accessory winning opening 2006, one game ball B accepted and sorted by the first distribution device 2530 is sent to either the first V winning opening 2007 or the second scoring opening 2541 in the second distribution device 2540 Since the game ball B is distributed to the first V winning port 2007 or not, the player can feel nervous and excited. And even if the game ball B is distributed to the second slot 2541 in the second distribution device 2540, the game ball B is a lottery accessory provided conspicuously in the lower center of the center accessory 2500. 2550 , the lottery accessory 2550 can make the player expect to receive the game ball B into the second V winning hole 2008 . After that, depending on whether or not the game ball B rolling on the table 2555 of the lottery accessory 2550 is accepted by the second V winning port 2008, the player can be excited again, and the player can be entertained. It is possible to suppress the decline of interest.

Then, when the game ball B is accepted in the first V winning opening 2007 or the second V winning opening 2008, or when the game ball B is received in the first starting opening 2003 and the second starting opening 2004, the first special When a "big win" is drawn as a pattern and a second special pattern, the big winning opening 2005 of the attacker unit 2400 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern, and an opportunity to add a large number of game balls B to the number of possessed balls comes. Therefore, it is possible to drive the game ball B aiming at the right side of the center accessory 2500 so that the game ball B can be received in the open/closed big winning hole 2005, and amuse the player. can be suppressed.

[8-10. Overall configuration of the back unit]
Next, the overall configuration of the back unit 3000 on the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 and 55 and the like. The back unit 3000 includes a vibration sensor 1040 (see FIG. 70) for detecting vibration acting on the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1), and a game ball received in the general prize winning opening 2001 and guided to the rear of the game panel 1100. A normal winning hole sensor 3001 for detecting B and a normal winning hole sensor 3002 for detecting a game ball B received by the normal winning hole 2002 and guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 are provided. The general winning hole sensor 3001 and the normal winning hole sensor 3002 are provided in the back ball induction unit 3100 .

The back unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface of the panel holder 1120 of the game panel 1100 and is open at the front. It has a lock slider 3020 which is slidable in the left-right direction for attaching and detaching the performance display device 1600, and a back substrate unit 3040 attached to the rear wall of the back box 3010 so as to be hinge-rotatable.

The back board unit 3040 includes a box-shaped board box 3041 that is L-shaped when viewed from the front and is thin in the front and back, and a panel relay board and effect drive board (not shown) housed in the board box 3041. I have. The board box 3041 has two shafts 3041a rotatably supported by the shaft support 3010f of the back box 3010 on the outer sides of the vertically extending L-shaped portion. Further, the circuit board box 3041 has locking claws 3041b that are locked to the locking portions 3010g of the back box 3010 at the ends of the L-shaped portions extending to the left and right.

Furthermore, the back unit 3000 is provided in the lower part near the front end in the back box 3010, and the back ball guiding unit 3100 through which the game ball B guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 flows, and the back ball in the back box 3010. A back decoration unit 3200 provided behind the induction unit 3100, a back front effect unit 3300 provided to the left and above the back ball induction unit 3100 near the front end in the back box 3010, and and a rear back effect unit 3400 provided behind the back front effect unit 3300. - 特許庁

The back ball guide unit 3100 is attached to the front surface of the back decoration unit 3200 . The back decoration unit 3200 is attached to the front surface of the rear wall of the back box 3010 via an attachment supporter (not shown). The back front effect unit 3300 has its left end attached near the front end of the back box 3010 and its right end attached to the right front surface of the back rear effect unit 3400 . The rear rear effect unit 3400 has its upper portion attached to the front surface of the rear wall of the rear box 3010 via an attachment supporter (not shown), and its lower portion attached to the rear decoration unit 3200 .

The back decoration unit 3200, the back front effect unit 3300, and the back back effect unit 3400 in the back unit 3000 can show predetermined movable effects and light emitting effects to the player according to the progress of the game.

[8-10a. Back box]
Next, the back case 3010 in the back unit 3000 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 and 55 and the like. The back box 3010 is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1100 (panel holder 1120), and the effect unit is attached to the inside of the box shape, and the effect display device 1600 and the back board unit 3040 are attached to the rear surface. is. The back box 3010 is formed transparent. As a result, the inside can be visually recognized from the outside even when assembled on the game board 5.例文帳に追加

The back box 3010 has a box-like shape with an open front and a rectangular opening 3010a penetrating the rear wall, and a mounting surface 3010b provided at the lower side of the opening 3010a on which the effect display device 1600 is mounted. , two fixing grooves 3010c recessed upward from the inside of the frame on the upper side of the opening 3010a, and a lock slider 3020 provided below the center of the mounting surface 3010b in the left-right direction. and a lock mechanism portion 3010d slidably attached.

The opening 3010a of the back box 3010 is formed in a quadrangular shape with an aspect ratio of 3:4 when viewed from the front. The opening 3010a is formed to have substantially the same size in the left-right direction as the rear wall of the back box 3010 in the left-right direction. In addition, the opening 3010a is provided at a position that is vertically offset (eccentric) with respect to the center of the back box 3010 in the vertical direction. The opening 3010a is formed to have the same size as the liquid crystal spacer 1610 (19-inch liquid crystal display device).

Upper fixing pieces 1611 of a liquid crystal spacer 1610 to which the effect display device 1600 is attached are inserted into the two fixing grooves 3010c of the back box 3010 from below. In addition, the lower fixing piece 1612 of the liquid crystal spacer 1610 to which the effect display device 1600 is attached can be inserted into the lock mechanism portion 3010d of the back box 3010 from behind while the lock slider 3020 is slid leftward in a rear view. can be done. With the lower fixing piece 1612 of the liquid crystal spacer 1610 inserted into the locking mechanism portion 3010d, when the lock slider 3020 is slid to the right in rear view, the lock slider 3020 prevents the lower fixing piece 1612 from moving rearward. The liquid crystal spacer 1610 (effect display device 1600) can be attached by

In addition, the back box 3010 has a flat fixing piece 3010e extending outward from the front end. The fixing piece 3010e is attached to the game panel 1100 with its front surface in contact with the rear surface of the game panel 1100. As shown in FIG.

Further, the back box 3010 has a pair of shaft support portions 3010f capable of supporting the shaft portion 3041a of the back substrate unit 3040 rotatably around the axis extending in the vertical direction on the rear surface, and a pair of shaft support portions 3010f. is provided on the rear surface on the opposite side in the left-right direction, and has an engaging portion 3010g to which the engaging claw 3041b of the rear substrate unit 3040 is engaged.

The back box 3010 can mount the back substrate unit 3040 on the rear side across the opening 3010a (liquid crystal spacer 1610 and effect display device 1600) by means of a pair of shaft support portions 3010f and locking portions 3010g. When assembled to the game board 5, the vertically extending L-shaped portion of the back board unit 3040 is positioned to the left of the peripheral control unit 1500 in rear view. In addition, the L-shaped portion of the rear substrate unit 3040 extending to the left and right is located below the peripheral control unit 1500 .

In the state where the back box 3010 is assembled to the game board 5, the locking claws 3041b of the back board unit 3040 locked to the locking portion 3010g are released, and the locking claws 3041b are moved backward around the shaft portion 3041a. By rotating so as to move to the rear side, the rear of the liquid crystal spacer 1610 attached to the back box 3010 can be opened, and the liquid crystal spacer 1610, that is, the effect display can be opened without removing the back substrate unit 3040 from the back box 3010. Device 1600 can be removable.

In addition, the back box 3010 is provided on the surface facing the front-rear direction except for the fixing piece portion 3010e, and has a plurality of functional holes in which two through-holes are arranged vertically or horizontally. and a functional surface facing in the front-rear direction that can be used when assembling the machine 1 (game board 5). The two through holes of the functional hole have the same diameter. The functional hole is for attaching the performance unit to the back box 3010 directly or via an attachment supporter.

[8-10b. back ball induction unit]
Next, the back ball guiding unit 3100 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 54 and the like. The back ball guide unit 3100 is provided in the lower part near the front end in the back box 3010 and attached to the back box 3010 via the back decoration unit 3200 . The back ball induction unit 3100 includes a general winning opening sensor 3001 for detecting a game ball B received in a general winning opening 2001, a normal winning opening sensor 3002 for detecting a game ball B received in a normal winning opening 2002, and a game and a plurality of magnetic sensors 1030 capable of detecting illicit magnetism acting within the region 5a.

The back ball induction unit 3100 includes the general winning opening 2001, the normal winning opening 2002, the first starting opening 2003, the second starting opening 2004, the big winning opening 2005, the first V winning opening 2007, and the second V winning opening in the front unit 2000. 2008, the lost opening 2009, and the first empty opening 2532. After receiving the game ball B at the rear of the game panel 1100 and guiding it to the vicinity of the center in the left-right direction, the safe ball of the circulating ball path unit 500 below. It can be discharged to the receptacle 500b. In addition, the back ball guide unit 3100 receives the game ball B received in the out port 2020 and the sub-out port 2021 of the front unit 2000 at the rear of the game panel 1100, guides it to the vicinity of the center in the left-right direction, and then moves it downward. can be discharged to the out ball socket 500a of the circulating ball path unit 500.

[8-10c. Back decoration unit]
Next, the back decorative unit 3200 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 and 55 and the like. The back decoration unit 3200 is provided behind the back ball guide unit 3100 in the back box 3010, and is attached to the front surface of the rear wall of the back box 3010 via an attachment supporter. A vibration sensor 1040 is attached to the back decoration unit 3200 . A back ball guidance unit 3100 is attached to the front surface of the back decoration unit 3200 .

The back decoration unit 3200 includes a bottom left decoration 3210 and a bottom right decoration 3220 for decorating the left and right outer rear portions of the lottery accessory 2550 of the center accessory 2500 in a state assembled to the game board 5, and a bottom bottom right decoration. It is provided with a lower back left decoration substrate and a lower back right decoration substrate (not shown) on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted for lighting the left decoration body 3210 and the back lower right decoration body 3220, respectively.

The lower back left decoration body 3210 and the lower back right decoration body 3220 have translucency, and a plurality of unevennesses resembling a miniature town are formed on the upper surface of each. The lower back left decoration board and the lower back right decoration board are provided below the lower back left decoration body 3210 and the lower back right decoration body 3220, respectively, and a plurality of LEDs (full-color LEDs) are mounted on the upper surface. . By appropriately lighting the LEDs mounted on the lower back left decorative substrate and the lower back right decorative substrate, the lower back left decoration 3210 and the lower back right decoration 3220 can be decorated with light.

[8-10d. Back front production unit]
Next, the back front effect unit 3300 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. The back front effect unit 3300 is provided on the left side and above the back ball induction unit 3100 near the front end in the back box 3010, the left end side is attached near the front end of the back box 3010, and the right end side is behind the back. It is attached to the right end side of production unit 3400 .

The back front effect unit 3300 includes a flat plate-shaped back front left decorative body 3301 provided on the left end side and elongated in the vertical direction, and a back front elevating decorative body provided on the right side of the back front left decorative body 3301 so as to be vertically movable. A unit 3310 and a back front elevating mechanism 3350 for elevating the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 are provided.

A back-front left decorative body 3301 of the back-front effect unit 3300 is provided with a magnetic sensor 1030 provided at a position lower than the center in the vertical direction. The back front left decorative body 3301 extends vertically with substantially the same length as the total height inside the back box 3010 and has translucency. Behind the back front left decorative body 3301, a back front left decorative substrate (not shown) having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface is provided. By appropriately lighting the LED of the back front left decorative substrate, the back front left decoration can be decorated with light.

The back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 is elongated in the left-right direction. The back front elevating decoration unit 3310 includes a back front elevating base 3311 in the form of a transparent plate elongated in the left and right direction, and a back front central decoration 3320 attached to the front center of the back front elevating base 3311 and having an effect count display section 3005. , the back front center left decoration 3330 attached to the left of the back front center decoration 3320 on the front surface of the back front lifting base 3311, and the back front center decoration 3330 attached to the front of the back front lifting base 3311 to the right of the back front center decoration 3320 and a back front center right decorative body 3340 attached.

The back front center decoration body 3320 includes a back front center decoration part 3321 formed in a predetermined three-dimensional shape, and a back front center decoration provided behind the back front center decoration part 3321 and having a plurality of LEDs mounted thereon. It has a substrate (not shown) and a back front central base 3323 that supports the back front central decorative substrate and the back front central decorative portion 3321 from the rear and is attached to the back front elevating base 3311 . The back front central decorative portion 3321 has a portion that stereoscopically imitates a pine pattern, and is provided with an effect count display portion 3005 consisting of four 7-segment displays. The effect count display section 3005 uses some of the plurality of LEDs mounted on the back front central decoration board.

The back-front center-left decorative body 3330 is formed of a back-front-center-left decorative portion 3331 and a back-front-center-left decorative portion 3331 which are formed in a relief shape imitating the head of a predetermined character and have translucency. The back front center left decorative board (not shown) on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted is supported from the rear and the back front center left decorative board and the back front center left decorative part 3331 are supported from the rear and can be lifted up and down in the back front. and a back front center left base 3333 attached to the base 3311 . The back front center left decorative body 3330 can cause the back front center left decoration part 3331 to emit light by appropriately lighting the LED of the back front center left decoration substrate.

The back-front-middle-right decorative body 3340 includes a back-front-middle-right decorative portion 3341 and a back-front-center-right decorative portion 3341 which are formed in a relief shape imitating the head of a predetermined character and have translucency. A back front-middle-right decorative substrate 3342 provided behind and on which a plurality of first LEDs 3342a and second LEDs 3342b are mounted, a back front-middle-right decoration substrate 3342, and a back front-middle-right decorative portion 3341 are supported from behind. and a back front center right base 3343 attached to the back front lift base 3311 (see FIG. 71). The back-front-middle-right decorative body 3340 can light-embellish the back-front-middle-right decorative portion 3341 by appropriately causing the first LED 3342a and the second LED 3342b of the back-front-middle-right decorative substrate 3342 to emit light.

The back front elevating mechanism 3350 includes a back front left elevating rail (not shown) that is provided behind the back front left decoration 3301 and supports the left end side of the back front elevating decoration unit 3310 so that it can be lifted and lowered. A back front right elevating rail 3352 supporting the right end side of the front elevating decoration unit 3310 so as to be able to ascend and descend, and a back side provided behind the back front left decoration 3301 for elevating the back front elevating decoration unit 3310. and a front elevation drive unit (not shown). In addition, although illustration is omitted, the back front elevating mechanism 3350 includes a drop solenoid for dropping the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 from the state of the raised standby position, and the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 downward. and a back-front elevation driving motor for raising from the dropped performance position to the upper standby position.

A back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 of the back front effect unit 3300 is provided so as to be visible from the front through the frame of the center accessory 2500 in a state assembled on the game board 5.例文帳に追加In the normal state, the back front effect unit 3300 is positioned at the standby position where the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 is the upper moving end, and is prevented from falling downward by engagement of the lock claw. In a normal state, the back front lifting decorative body unit 3310 is positioned near the upper end of the display screen of the effect display device 1600 as shown in FIG. 50 and the like.

In addition, in the state of the standby position, which is the normal state, the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 of the back front effect unit 3300 is behind the back elevating decorative body unit at the retracted position of the back rear effect unit 3400. , and the back rear elevation decorative body 3410 cannot be visually recognized from the front.

The back front effect unit 3300 moves the lifting slider to the lower end side by the back front lifting drive motor from the normal state, so that the back front lifting decorative body unit 3310 can fall from the standby position to the lower effect position. Become. Then, from this state, when the locking by the lock claw is released by the drop solenoid, the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 freely falls toward the standby position. In the state where the back front lifting decorative body unit 3310 has fallen to the performance position, the back front lifting decorative body unit 3310 is above the lottery accessory 2550 of the center accessory 2500 and slightly below the center in the vertical direction of the game area 5a. located near.

When the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 drops and enters the state of the performance position, the back rear elevating decorative body 3410 at the retracted position of the back rear performance unit 3400 provided at the rear becomes visible from the front. As a result, it is possible to surprise the player and make the player think that something good will happen (the arrival of a chance).

A damper for absorbing or mitigating the impact of the falling front lifting decorative body unit 3310 is provided at the lower part of the front lifting mechanism 3350 .

The back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 that has fallen to the performance position is raised to the upper standby position by the upward movement of the elevating slider by the back front elevating drive motor, and the lock claw is automatically locked to the standby position. state.

Since this back front effect unit 3300 has a effect count display section 3005 consisting of four 7-segment displays in the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 (back front central decorative body 3320), the effect count display section 3005 By executing the countdown display in which the displayed numbers decrease, it is possible to show the player the countdown effect in which the back front lifting decorative body unit 3310 falls. In the countdown effect, the rear elevating decorative body 3410 may be moved to the lower appearance position without dropping the front elevating decorative body unit 3310. You may make it move the rear raising/lowering decoration body 3410 to the downward appearance position.

[8-10e. Behind-the-scenes production unit]
Next, the back effect unit 3400 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 and 55 and the like. The back rear effect unit 3400 is provided after the back front effect unit 3300 in the back box 3010, and the upper part is attached to the rear wall of the back box 3010 via the mounting supporter, and the lower part is the back decoration unit 3200. installed in the The back-side effect unit 3400 includes a back-side elevating decorative body 3410 that is long in the left-right direction, and a back-side elevating mechanism 3450 for elevating the back-side elevating decorative body 3410. - 特許庁

The rear elevation decoration body 3410 in the rear production unit 3400 is provided behind the rear elevation elevation decoration part 3411 which is long in the left and right and has translucency, and behind the rear elevation elevation decoration part 3411, and a plurality of LEDs are mounted. a rear lift decorative substrate (not shown); a rear lift base (not shown) that supports the rear lift decorative substrate and the rear lift decorative portion from the rear and is lifted and lowered by a rear lift mechanism 3450; It has The back rear elevating decorative part 3411 includes a logo part 3411a formed of a predetermined logo that is applied over the entire length in the left-right direction, and a back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 that is provided in relief above the logo part 3411a. has a character portion 3411b in which a plurality of different characters are arranged in rows on the left and right. The back elevation decoration part 3411 can be decorated with light emission by appropriately lighting the LED of the back elevation decoration substrate.

The rear lifting mechanism 3450 in the rear rear effect unit 3400 includes a U-shaped rear rear base 3451 that opens downward, and a translucent flat plate-shaped rear that is provided in front of the upper side of the rear rear base 3451. A rear fixed decoration part 3452 and a rear fixed decoration substrate 3453 provided between the rear fixed decoration part 3452 and the rear base 3451 and having a plurality of LEDs mounted thereon are provided. The rear fixed decorative portion 3452 is formed to have substantially the same length in the horizontal direction as the rear lifting decorative body 3410, and has a predetermined pattern on the front surface. The rear fixed decorative portion 3452 can be decorated with light emission by appropriately causing the LED of the rear fixed decorative substrate 3453 to emit light.

In addition, although not shown, the rear lifting mechanism 3450 is provided on the left side of the rear rear base 3451 and supports the left end side of the rear lifting decorative body 3410 so that it can be lifted and lowered. A rear rear right rail provided on the right side of the rear base 3451 and supporting the right end side of the rear lifting decorative body 3410 so as to be liftable, and a rear lifting decorative body 3410 provided on the left side of the rear rear base. and a rear elevation drive unit for raising and lowering the rear side.

The rear elevation drive unit has a rear elevation drive motor. By driving the rear elevation drive motor, the rear elevation decorative body 3410 is moved to the retracted position, which is the upper movement end, and the appearance position, which is the lower movement end. , and can be stopped at any position between the retracted position and the appearing position.

In a normal state, the back-side effect unit 3400 is in a retracted position where the back-side elevating decorative body 3410 is at the upper movement end. In this state, the rear lifting decorative body 3410 is positioned in front of the rear fixed decorative portion 3452 of the rear lifting mechanism 3450 . Therefore, the rear fixed decorative portion 3452 is hidden from the front by the rear lifting decorative body 3410 at the retracted position.

Since the rear back effect unit 3400 is provided behind the back front effect unit 3300 in the state assembled on the game board 5, the back front effect unit 3300 is placed in front of the rear rear elevation decorative body 3410 in a normal state. The back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 is located at the standby position, and is hidden by the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 and cannot be visually recognized from the front.

In the back-side effect unit 3400, when the back-side elevating decoration body 3410 is moved from the normal state to the appearance position, which is the lower movement end, by driving the back-side elevating drive motor of the back-side elevating mechanism 3450, the back side elevation decoration body 3410 is moved from the normal state to the back side of the standby position. It is located below the front lifting decorative body unit 3310 and slightly above the center of the game area 5a in the vertical direction. As a result, the back rear elevation decorative body 3410 becomes visible from the player side.

Even when the back elevating decorative body 3410 is moved downward from the retracted position, the back elevating decorative body unit 3310 is positioned in front of the fixed decorative portion 3452 when the back elevating decorative body unit 3310 is in the standby position. is positioned, the back fixed decorative portion 3452 cannot be visually recognized from the front. Therefore, when the back elevating decorative body 3410 is moved downward (appearing position) from the retracted position and the back elevating decorative body unit 3310 is dropped from the standby position to the performance position below, the fixed decorative part 3452 in the back is the first time. becomes visible from the front. As a result, it is possible to give a premium feeling to the fact that the back fixed decorative portion 3452 is visible.

When the back elevating decorative body unit 3310 is dropped to the production position while the back elevating decorative body 3410 is moved to the lower appearing position, the rear elevating decorative body 3410 in the back elevating decorative part 3411 of the back elevating decorative body 3410 The back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 is positioned in front of the logo part 3411a, and the logo part 3411a is hidden, and the character part 3411b in which a plurality of characters are arranged is positioned in front of the back front elevating decorative body unit. It will be in a state facing forward from above 3310 (see FIG. 74).

In a state in which the back elevating decorative body 3410 is moved to the appearing position, the back elevating driving motor of the back elevating mechanism 3450 is reversed to raise the back elevating decorative body 3410 and return it to the retracted position. can.

[8-11. Production with a game board]
Next, the effects of the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 66 to 69. FIG. FIG. 66 is a front view of the game board shown in a normal state. FIG. 67 is a front view of the game board showing the state in which the front elevation decorative body unit of the back front effect unit is dropped from the standby position to the effect position from the normal state. FIG. 68 is a front view of the game board showing a state in which the back-back elevating decorative body of the back-back effect unit is moved from the normal state to the appearing position from the retracted position. In FIG. 69, the back front elevating decorative body unit of the back front effect unit is dropped from the standby position to the effect position from the normal state, and the back elevating decorative body of the back rear effect unit is moved from the retracted position to the appearing position. It is a front view of the game board shown in a folded state.

As shown in FIG. 66 and the like, the game board 5 of the present embodiment is such that the back unit 3000 provided behind and the display screen of the effect display device 1600 can be visually recognized mainly through the frame of the center accessory 2500. It's becoming This game board 5 passes through the frame of the center accessory 2500, and in the vicinity of the lower side thereof, the lottery accessory 2550 and the lower back left decoration 3210 and the lower right decoration 3220 of the back decoration unit 3200 provided on the left and right of it. A back front left decorative body 3301 of the back front effect unit 3300 is provided in the vicinity of the left side in the frame of the center accessory 2500 so as to be always visible.

In the normal state of the game board 5, the back front lifting decorative body unit 3310 of the back front effect unit 3300 in the back unit 3000 is moved to the standby position which is the upper movement end, and the back of the back back effect unit 3400 is moved. The rear elevating decorative body 3410 has moved to the retracted position, which is the upper movement end. The back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 moving to the standby position is visibly facing forward in the vicinity of the upper side in the frame of the center accessory 2500 . The back elevating decorative body 3410 that has moved to the retracted position is located behind the front elevating decorative body unit 3310 and at the same height as the back elevating decorative body unit 3310 at the standby position. It is hidden by the unit 3310 and cannot be seen from the front.

In addition, in a normal state, the back rear elevating decorative body 3410 at the retracted position is positioned in front of the back rear fixed decorative portion 3452 of the back rear effect unit 3400, and the back front elevating decorative body 3410 at the standby position is further in front of it. The decoration unit 3310 is located, and is hidden by them and cannot be visually recognized from the front.

In this normal state, since the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 is moved to the upper standby position, the production count display section 3005 provided in the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 (back front center decorative body 3320) is turned off. , is positioned above the center of the display screen of the effect display device 1600, and looks conspicuous from the player's side without obstructing the effect image displayed on the effect display device 1600. - 特許庁

The game board 5 of this embodiment can use the back front effect unit 3300 of the back unit 3000 to execute the effect shown in FIG. In this effect, in the normal state in which the back front lifting decorative body unit 3310 is moved to the upper standby position, in the back front lifting mechanism 3350, after the lifting slider is moved to the lower end side by the back front lifting drive motor, The drop solenoid releases the engagement by the lock claw, and the back front lifting decorative body unit 3310 is allowed to freely fall to the production position. In the state where the back front lifting decorative body unit 3310 has fallen to the performance position, the back front lifting decorative body unit 3310 is above the lottery accessory 2550 of the center accessory 2500 and slightly below the center in the vertical direction of the game area 5a. It is positioned closer to the display screen of the effect display device 1600, and the vicinity of the center in the vertical direction is hidden. Also, when the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 falls to the production position, the back rear elevating decorative body 3410 at the retracted position of the back rear production unit 3400 becomes visible in the vicinity of the upper side in the frame of the center accessory 2500 . As a result, the back front lifting decorative body unit 3310 freely falls, so that it is possible to surprise the player and to think that something good will happen to the player (the arrival of a chance). can let

Next, the game board 5 can execute an effect as shown in FIG. 68 using the back effect unit 3400 of the back unit 3000 . In this effect, the rear lifting decorative body 3410 is moved to the lower moving end by the rear lifting driving motor of the rear lifting mechanism 3450 in a normal state in which the rear lifting decorative body 3410 is moved to the upper retracted position. to the appearance position. As a result, the rear rear elevation decoration body 3410, which has been invisible due to the back front elevation decoration body unit 3310, becomes visible, so that the player can be surprised, and the player is made to think that a chance has arrived, and expects the game. It can make you feel better. In addition, when the rear lifting decorative body 3410 moves to the appearance position, it is positioned substantially at the center of the display screen of the effect display device 1600 in the vertical direction. , the player can see an effect in which the effect image is physically divided into upper and lower parts.

In addition, as an effect using the back side effect unit 3400, the back side lifting decorative body 3410 can be moved to an arbitrary height between the retracted position and the appearing position by the back side lifting drive motor. As an effect, the back rear elevating decorative body 3410 may be moved slightly downward from the retracted position or vibrated up and down.

Subsequently, the game board 5 can execute an effect as shown in FIG. 69 using both the back front effect unit 3300 and the back back effect unit 3400 of the back unit 3000 . In this performance, the back front elevation decoration body unit 3310 is dropped from the standby position to be in the performance position, and the back rear elevation decoration body 3410 is moved downward from the retracted position to be in the appearance position. As a result, the display screen of the production display device 1600 is covered with the front front lifting decorative body unit 3310 and the rear lifting decorative body unit 3410, so that a strong impact can be given to the player. Since the rear fixed decorative part 3452 provided above the display screen, which has not been visually recognized until now, can be visually recognized, it is possible to impart a feeling of premium to the player, and an advantageous game in which the player is advantageous. It is possible to heighten expectations for the occurrence of a state (for example, a jackpot game).

In this effect, the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 and the back elevating decorative body 3410 may be moved downward at the same time, or the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 is first dropped and then the back elevating decorative body 3410 is moved downward. may be moved downward, or the back front elevating decorative body unit 3310 may be dropped after the back elevating decorative body 3410 is first moved downward.

In addition, since the game board 5 has the production count display section 3005 which is always visible from the front on the back unit 3000, the production using the production count display section 3005 can be executed. For example, the countdown display that decreases the number displayed in the effect count display section 3005 every moment counts down the timing of the falling of the back front elevation decoration body unit 3310 or the movement of the back rear elevation decoration body 3410 downward. You can let them do it. Alternatively, for example, the detection of the game ball B by the lottery accessory ball sensor 2546 may count down until the game ball B becomes unable to loop in the lottery accessory 2550 .

Further, in the effect count display section 3005, the degree of expectation for the special symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B into the first starting port 2003 or the second starting port 2004 may be displayed (suggested) as a number. Alternatively, since the effect count display unit 3005 has four 7-segment displays, the effect pattern is configured by combining the light emission of each segment, and after the effect pattern is variably displayed, the stop display is performed. The degree of expectation may be suggested by the stop-displayed production pattern.

[9. Control configuration]
Next, a control configuration for performing various controls of the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 38 and 70 and the like. FIG. 70 is a block diagram schematically showing the control configuration of the pachinko machine. 70, some of the electronic components such as sensors, solenoids, motors, LEDs, etc. connected to the frame control board 640 are omitted.

The main control configuration of the pachinko machine 1, as shown, is composed of a main control board 1310 and a peripheral control board 1510 attached to the game board 5, and a frame control board 640 attached to the body frame 4. Each control is shared. The main control board 1310 controls game operations (game progress). The peripheral control board 1510 controls various effects during the game based on commands from the main control board 1310, and displays an effect image on the effect display device 1600 based on the command from the peripheral control part 1511. and an effect display control unit 1512 that controls the .

[9-1. Main control board]
Although not shown in detail, the main control board 1310 that controls the progress of the game is a main control board that is a microprocessor that contains a ROM that stores various processing programs and various commands, a RAM that temporarily stores data, and the like. An MPU, a main control I/O port as an input/output device (I/O device), a main control input circuit to which detection signals from various detection switches are input, and a main control solenoid drive for driving various solenoids. A circuit, a RAM clear switch for completely erasing the information stored in the RAM built in the main control MPU, a setting display for displaying set values and errors, and partitioning on the game board 5 and a base monitor for displaying the number of game balls B collected by an out port 2020 and a sub-out port 2021 provided in the game area 5a. The main control MPU has built-in ROM and RAM, as well as a watchdog timer for monitoring its operation (system), a function for preventing fraud, and the like.

The main control MPU includes a built-in RAM (hereinafter referred to as "main control built-in RAM") and a built-in ROM (hereinafter referred to as "main control built-in ROM"). In addition, a watchdog timer (hereinafter referred to as "main control built-in WDT") for monitoring the operation (system) and a function for preventing fraud are also built-in.

In addition, the main control MPU has a built-in non-volatile RAM. This non-volatile RAM pre-stores a unique ID code assigned by the manufacturer of the main control MPU to identify the individual (there is only one code in the world). Since the ID code assigned once is stored in a non-volatile RAM, it cannot be rewritten using an external device. The main control MPU can retrieve the ID code from the non-volatile RAM and refer to it.

The main control MPU also incorporates a circuit that is forcibly reset by hardware when affected by electrical noise (hereinafter referred to as "internal reset circuit"). The built-in reset circuit monitors the contents of a predetermined register of the main control MPU, and if the contents of the register change to inconsistent contents, the main control MPU is forcibly affected by electrical noise. This is the reset circuit. Such a forced reset by the built-in reset circuit cannot be controlled and disabled by a user program. Therefore, when the main control MPU is forcibly reset by the built-in reset circuit, the reset is applied without executing the main control side power failure processing described later, and the main control side power ON processing described later is performed again. It will be done. In this case, since the main control side power failure processing has not been executed, as will be described later, a checksum (sum value) error will always occur in the main control built-in RAM, so the contents of the main control built-in RAM will be completely erased ( cleared). Even if the main control MPU is forcibly reset by the built-in reset circuit, the reset signal will not be output from the built-in reset circuit of the main control MPU to the frame control board 640. Therefore, the main control board 1310 (main control MPU) is restarted, and the frame control board 640 is maintained in the started state.

In addition, the main control MPU is a hardware random number circuit (hereinafter referred to as "main control built-in hardware Random number circuit”) is built in. This main control built-in hard random number circuit generates a random number within a predetermined numerical range (in this embodiment, a numerical range of 0 as the minimum value and 65535 as the maximum value is preset), The circuit is configured such that a predetermined value is not fixed (that is, the initial value is not fixed) and a different value is set each time the main control MPU is reset. Specifically, when the main control MPU is reset, the main control built-in hard random number circuit first sets one value within a predetermined numerical range as an initial value, and the clock signal (main Based on a clock signal output from a crystal oscillator (not shown) provided separately from the control MPU), other values within a predetermined numerical range are extracted one after another without duplication, and the values within the predetermined numerical range are extracted at high speed. When all the values of are extracted, one value within the predetermined numerical range is extracted again, and another value within the predetermined numerical range is extracted at high speed based on the clock signal input to the main control MPU. Extract values one after another without duplication. Such a high-speed lottery is repeatedly performed by the main control built-in hard random number circuit, and the main control MPU selects the value extracted by the main control built-in hard random number circuit at the time of obtaining the value from the main control built-in hard random number circuit as a jackpot judgment random number. is set as

The main control input circuit is not provided with a reset terminal for forcibly resetting information to which detection signals from various sensors are input to its various input terminals, and does not have a reset function. Therefore, the main control input circuit is configured as a circuit to which a system reset signal from a main control system reset (not shown) is not input. In other words, the main control input circuit outputs various signals based on the information from the various output terminals because the information based on the detection signals from the various sensors input to the various input terminals is not reset by the main control system reset. It is configured as a circuit that

The main control MPU of the main control board 1310 includes a first start opening sensor 2101 that detects the game ball B received in the first start opening 2003, and a second start opening that detects the game ball B received in the second start opening 2004. An opening sensor 2401, a general winning opening sensor 3001 for detecting the game ball B received in the general winning opening 2001, a normal winning opening sensor 3002 for detecting the game ball B received in the normal winning opening 2002, and received in the big winning opening 2005. A big prize winning slot sensor 2402 for detecting the game ball B received, a prize winning slot sensor 2501 for detecting the game ball B accepted in the role prize winning slot 2006, and a game ball B accepted in the first V winning slot 2007. First V winning opening sensor 2502 to detect, Second V winning opening sensor 2503 to detect game ball B received in second V winning opening 2008, Loss opening sensor to detect game ball B received in losing opening 2009 2504, out ball sensor 505 for detecting game ball B ejected from game board 5, safe ball sensor 506, magnetic sensor 1030 for detecting illegal magnetism in game area 5a, and vibration acting on game board 5 A detection signal from the vibration sensor 1040 or the like is input to an input terminal of a predetermined input port of the main control MPU via the main control input circuit.

Detection signals from the setting key switch 1312 and the setting change switch (RAM clear switch) provided on the setting change board are input to the input terminal of a predetermined input port of the main control MPU via the main control input circuit. there is

When the detection signal from the door opening switch 407 and the detection signal from the frame opening switch 408 are input to the main control board 1310 via the frame control board 640, they are sent to the main control board 1310 via the main control input circuit. They are input to input terminals of predetermined input ports of the control MPU.

The detection signals from the out-ball sensor 505, the first starting point sensor 2101, and the second starting point sensor 2401 are input directly to the main control board 1310 without going through other boards, and It is input to an input terminal of a predetermined input port of the main control MPU via a control input circuit. On the other hand, general winning opening sensor 3001, normal winning opening sensor 3002, big winning opening sensor 2402, accessory winning opening sensor 2501, first V winning opening sensor 2502, second V winning opening sensor 2503, loss opening sensor 2504 , the magnetic sensor 1030, and the vibration sensor 1040 are input to the main control board 1310 via the panel relay board, that is, indirectly, and are supplied to the main control MPU via the main control input circuit. Input to the input terminal of the input port.

Based on these detection signals, the main control MPU outputs a control signal from the output terminal of the predetermined output port to the main control solenoid drive circuit, thereby causing the main control solenoid drive circuit to detect the starting solenoid 2412 and the attacker solenoid 2414. , Accessory prize winning solenoid 2516, first distribution solenoid 2534, second distribution solenoid 2544, lottery loop solenoid 2558, hitting piece drive motor 2561, gutter swing drive motor 2564, swing piece solenoid 2565, each drive Signals are output via the panel relay board, that is, indirectly, and are output from the output terminal of the predetermined output port to the status indicator, normal pattern display, normal hold display, and first special display of the function display unit 1400. Each drive signal to the symbol display, the first special reserved number display, the second special symbol display, the second special reserved number display, and the round display, without going through another board, that is, directly, output or do Further, the main control MPU outputs a drive signal to the setting change permission lamp of the setting change board by outputting the drive signal from the output terminal of the predetermined output port based on these detection signals.

Further, the main control MPU outputs various information (game information) about the game to the frame control board 640 by outputting various information (game information) about the game from the output terminal of the predetermined output port, By outputting a signal (power failure clear signal) from the output terminal of the predetermined output port, a signal (power failure clear signal) is output to the power failure monitoring circuit, or the game ball B is output from the output terminal of the predetermined output port. By outputting a launch permission signal for permitting the launch of the game ball B, a launch permission signal for permitting the launch of the game ball B is output to the frame control board 640 . The logic of the launch permission signal that conveys permission to launch is set to the launch permission logic when launch is permitted, while the launch stop logic (fire non-permission logic) inverts the launch permission logic when launch is not permitted. is set to As for the logic of the firing permission signal, as an initial value (default), after the pachinko machine 1 is powered on (after the power is restored), firing permission signal setting processing in the main control side timer interrupt processing described later is started. Until then, it is configured by hardware including a main control output circuit with a reset function so that the firing stop logic (fire non-permission logic) is set by inverting the firing permission logic.

In addition, in this embodiment, the first start sensor 2101, the second start sensor 2401, the normal winning sensor 3002, the big winning sensor 2402, the accessory winning sensor 2501, the first V winning sensor 2502, the second A non-contact type electromagnetic proximity switch is used for the V winning hole sensor 2503, the losing hole sensor 2504, the out ball sensor 505, the safe ball sensor 506, and the foul ball sensor 507. 3001 uses a contact type ON/OFF mechanical switch. This is because the game ball B frequently enters the first starting hole 2003, the second starting hole 2004, and the normal winning hole 2002, so the first starting hole sensor 2101, the second starting hole sensor 2401, and the normal winning hole Detection of game ball B by mouth sensor 3002 also occurs frequently. For this reason, proximity switches with high durability and long life are used for the first starting opening sensor 2101, the second starting opening sensor 2401, and the normal winning opening sensor 3002. FIG.

In addition, when an advantageous game state (such as a "jackpot" game) that is advantageous to the player occurs, the large winning opening 2005 and the accessory winning opening 2006 are opened, and the game ball B enters frequently, resulting in a large winning. The detection of the game ball B by the mouth sensor 2402 and the prize winning mouth sensor 2501 also frequently occurs. For this reason, a proximity switch with high durability and a long life is used for the big winning slot sensor 2402 and the accessory winning slot sensor 2501 as well. In addition, the game balls B launched into the game area 5a are collected in large quantities by the out-port 2020 and the sub-out-port 2021 provided in the game area 5a that are partitioned and formed on the game board 5. Detection of B also occurs frequently. For this reason, a proximity switch with high durability and long life is used for the out-ball sensor 505 as well. On the other hand, detection by the general winning hole sensor 3001 does not occur frequently in the general winning hole 2001 into which the game ball B does not enter frequently. For this reason, a mechanical switch whose life is shorter than that of the proximity switch is used for the general winning hole sensor 3001 . A proximity switch with high durability and long life may be used regardless of whether or not the game ball B enters the general winning hole 2001 frequently.

In addition, the main control MPU transmits various kinds of information (game information) related to the game and various commands related to awarding of benefits to the frame control board 640, and receives various commands related to the state of the pachinko machine 1 from the frame control board 640. receive. Further, the main control MPU transmits various commands related to the control of game effects and various commands related to the state of the pachinko machine 1 to the peripheral control unit 1511 of the peripheral control board 1510 via the main control I/O port. The main control MPU, which will be described later in detail, receives various commands relating to the state of the pachinko machine 1 from the frame control board 640, and then formats these various commands and transmits them to the peripheral control unit 1511.

Various voltages are supplied to the main control board 1310 from the power supply board 650 of the frame board unit 630, although detailed description will be given later. A power supply board 650 that supplies various voltages to the main control board 1310 is an electric double layer capacitor (hereinafter simply referred to as a "capacitor") as a backup power supply for supplying power to the main control board 1310 for a predetermined time even when power is cut off. described.). This capacitor allows the main control MPU to store various information in the RAM during power-off processing even when the power is off. The stored various information is completely erased (cleared) from the RAM when the RAM clear switch on the main control board 1310 is operated when the power is turned on. The RAM clear switch operation signal (detection signal) is also output to the frame control board 640 .

Further, the main control board 1310 is provided with a power failure monitoring circuit. This power failure monitoring circuit monitors the drop in various voltages supplied from the power supply board 650, and outputs a power failure warning signal as a power failure warning when the voltages of these voltages become equal to or lower than the power failure warning voltage. This power failure warning signal is input to the main control MPU via the main control I/O port, and is also output to the frame control board 640 and the like.

[9-2. Frame control board]
A frame control board 640 for controlling the number of game balls B possessed by the player, etc. has a RAM clear switch 641 for erasing information stored in the RAM, and a circulating ball path unit for enclosing game balls B. 500 to the outside (ball receiving tray 620), clears the number of balls held by the player stored in the RAM, etc., and the number of balls held by the door frame 3. A number-of-balls storage/display clear switch 643 for clearing the display on the display unit 140 is provided.

[9-3. Peripheral control board]
The peripheral control board 1510, as shown in FIG. and an effect display control unit 1512 that controls the drawing of

[9-3a. Peripheral control unit]
Although detailed illustration is omitted, the peripheral control unit 1511, which performs effect control in the peripheral control board 1510, includes a CPU, RAM, VDP, VRAM, sound source, SATA controller, and various I/O interfaces on one semiconductor chip. Integrated peripheral control ICs, peripheral control ROMs for storing various processing programs and various commands, sound source ICs for high-quality performances, and sound information such as music, voice, and sound effects referred to by the sound source ICs. and a stored sound ROM.

The peripheral control IC has a plurality of parallel I/O ports, serial I/O ports, etc. integrated on one semiconductor chip. The CPU of the control IC receives game board side emission data for outputting a lighting signal, a blinking signal or a gradation lighting signal to the color LED or the like provided on each decoration board of the game board 5 through the serial I/O for the lamp driving board. Game board side drive data for transmitting from the port to each decoration board of the game board 5 and for outputting a drive signal to the drive motor for actuating various effect units provided on the game board 5 is provided for the game board decoration drive board. Door-side drive data for transmitting from the serial I/O port to the drive motor or drive solenoid of the game board 5, or for outputting a drive signal to the vibrator or the like provided on the door frame 3, and each decoration of the door frame 3 Door-side drive light-emission data for outputting a lighting signal, a blinking signal, or a gradation lighting signal to a color LED or the like provided on the board is sent to the serial I/O for the frame decoration drive board. In addition to transmitting from the port to the door frame 3 side, transmitting control data (display command) indicating the screen to be displayed on the effect display device 1600 from the serial I / O port for the display control unit to the effect display control unit 1512 Second, it outputs a control signal (sound command) for extracting sound information from the sound ROM to the sound source IC.

Detection signals from the first effect button 251 and the second effect button 252 of the effect operation unit 250 provided on the door frame 3 are input to the peripheral control IC.

Further, the CPU of the peripheral control IC receives a signal (operation signal) from the effect display control unit 1512 that indicates that the effect display control unit 1512 is operating normally, and based on this operation signal, the effect display control unit 1512 activity is monitored.

The sound source IC extracts sound information from the sound ROM based on the control data (sound command) from the CPU of the peripheral control IC, and outputs the sound information to the top center speaker, top side speaker, etc. , the main body frame speaker 403 of the main body frame 4 or the like is controlled so that sounds such as music and sound effects are played in accordance with various presentations. The volume can be adjusted by rotating a volume control switch protruding rearward from the peripheral control board box in which the peripheral control board 1510 is housed. In this embodiment, acoustic signals as sound information (for example, 2ch stereo signal, 4ch stereo signal, By transmitting a 2.1ch surround signal, a 4.1ch surround signal, etc.), it is possible to present a sound effect (sound performance) with a more realistic feeling than before.

The peripheral control unit 1511 includes an external WDT (watchdog timer) (not shown) in addition to a built-in WDT (watchdog timer) built into the CPU of the peripheral control IC. The built-in WDT and the external WDT are used together to diagnose whether or not the own system is running out of control.

A display command output from the CPU of the peripheral control IC to the effect display control unit 1512 is performed by a serial input/output port. Kilo (k) bps (bits per second, hereinafter referred to as “bps”) is set. On the other hand, the initial data, the door frame side lighting and blinking command, the game board side lighting and blinking command, the movable body driving command, etc., which are output from the CPU of the peripheral control IC to the game board 5 side, are multiple serial input/output signals different from the display commands. It is performed by the port, and 250 kbps is set as the bit rate in this embodiment.

[9-3b. Effect display control unit]
The effect display control unit 1512 controls drawing of the effect display device 1600 . Although not shown in detail, the effect display control unit 1512 includes a display control MPU as a microprocessor, a display control ROM that stores various processing programs, various commands and various data, and a VDP that controls the display of the effect display device 1600. (abbreviation of Video Display Processor), an image ROM for storing various data of the screen displayed on the effect display device 1600, and an image RAM to which the various data stored in the image ROM are transferred and copied. I have.

This display control MPU incorporates a parallel I/O port, a serial I/O port, etc., and controls the VDP based on control data (display commands) from the peripheral control unit 1511 to render the effect display device 1600 . are controlling. When the display control MPU is operating normally, the display control MPU outputs an operation signal to that effect to the peripheral control unit 1511 . Further, the display control MPU receives an in-execution signal from the VDP, and performs interrupt processing when the output of the in-execution signal is stopped every 16 ms.

The display control ROM stores not only various programs for generating screens to be drawn on the effect display device 1600, but also control data (display commands) from the peripheral control unit 1511, corresponding schedule data, the control data (display commands) and A plurality of corresponding nonresident area transfer schedule data and the like are stored. The schedule data is configured by arranging screen data defining the configuration of the screen in time series, and defines the order of the screens to be drawn on the effect display device 1600 . The non-resident area transfer schedule data is configured by arranging non-resident area transfer data in chronological order to define the order when various data stored in the image ROM are transferred to the non-resident area of the image RAM. The non-resident area transfer data defines in advance the order of transferring various data from the image ROM to the non-resident area of the image RAM, for the screen data to be drawn on the effect display device 1600 according to the progress of the schedule data.

The display control MPU extracts the top screen data of the schedule data corresponding to the control data (display command) from the peripheral control unit 1511 from the display control ROM and outputs the screen data following the top screen data to the VDP. It extracts from the display control ROM and outputs it to the VDP. In this way, the display control MPU extracts the screen data arranged in time series in the schedule data one by one from the top screen data from the display control ROM and outputs them to the VDP.

When the screen data output from the display control MPU is input, the VDP extracts sprite data from the image RAM based on the input screen data, generates drawing data to be displayed on the effect display device 1600, and extracts the sprite data from the image RAM based on the input screen data. The generated drawing data is output to the effect display device 1600 . Also, when the effect display device 1600 does not accept the screen data from the display control MPU, the VDP outputs an execution signal to that effect to the display control MPU. Note that the VDP employs a line buffer system. This "line buffer system" is a method in which drawing data for one line drawn in the horizontal direction of the effect display device 1600 is held in a line buffer, and the drawing data for one line held in the line buffer is transferred to the effect display device 1600. It is a method to output to

The image ROM stores an extremely large amount of sprite data and has a large capacity. When the capacity of the image ROM increases, that is, when the number of sprites drawn on the effect display device 1600 increases, the access speed of the image ROM cannot be ignored, and the speed of drawing on the effect display device 1600 is affected. Therefore, in this embodiment, the sprite data stored in the image ROM is transferred and copied to the image RAM having a high access speed, and the sprite data is extracted from this image RAM. The sprite data is base data, which is data before the sprite is developed into a bitmap format, and is stored in the image ROM in a compressed state.

Here, a "sprite" will be explained. A "sprite" is an image displayed as a unit on the effect display device 1600. FIG. For example, when displaying various persons (characters) on the effect display device 1600, the data for drawing each person is called a "sprite". As a result, a plurality of sprites are used when displaying a plurality of persons on the effect display device 1600 . In addition to the person, the houses, mountains, roads, etc. that make up the background are also sprites, and the entire background can be made into one sprite. These sprites are drawn on the effect display device 1600 after setting the position to be arranged on the screen and the vertical relationship when the sprites are superimposed (hereinafter referred to as "sprite superimposition order").

A sprite is constructed by gluing together a plurality of rectangular areas of 64 pixels each in length and width. The data for drawing this rectangular area is called a "sprite character". A small sprite can be expressed using one sprite character, and a relatively large sprite such as a person can be expressed using a total of 6 sprite characters, for example, arranged horizontally 2 times vertically 3 times. can be expressed. Larger sprites such as backgrounds can be represented using more sprite characters. In this way, the number and arrangement of sprite characters can be arbitrarily designated for each sprite.

The effect display device 1600 repeats the main scanning for sequentially setting the display state of each pixel in one direction along the pixels from left to right when viewed from the front, and the main scanning in the direction crossing the one direction. It is driven by the sub-scan to be performed. When drawing data for one line output from the effect display control unit 1512 is input, the effect display device 1600 sequentially scans one line from left to right as viewed from the front of the effect display device 1600 as main scanning. are output to each pixel. When the output of one line is completed, the effect display device 1600 shifts to the line immediately below as sub-scanning, and similarly, when the drawing data for the next line is input, As main scanning, the pixels are sequentially output from left to right when viewed from the front of the effect display device 1600, respectively, to pixels for one line.

[10. Game content]
The contents of the game played by the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 56 and the like. In the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the game balls B enclosed in the circulation path R are moved to the game board 5 by rotating the handle 160 arranged at the lower right corner of the front surface of the door frame 3 by the player. A game with the game ball B is started by passing between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 and being driven into the upper part of the game area 5a. The game ball B hit to the upper part of the game area 5a flows down either the left side or the right side of the center accessory 2500 depending on the hitting strength. The hitting strength of the game ball B can be adjusted by the amount of rotation of the handle 160. The more the handle 160 is rotated in the clockwise direction, the stronger the ball can be hit. B, that is, game balls B can be hit at intervals of 0.6 seconds.

In addition, in the game area 5a, a plurality of obstacle nails N are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement at appropriate positions on the front surface of the game panel 1100. When the game ball B comes into contact with the obstacle nail N, the game ball The flowing speed of B is suppressed, and various motions are imparted to the game ball B so that the motion can be enjoyed. Further, in the game area 5a, in addition to the obstacle nail N, a windmill W that rotates when the game ball B abuts is provided above the side upper left unit 2300 and to the left of the center accessory 2500. As shown in FIG.

The game ball B hit to the upper part of the center role 2500 enters the left side of the outer peripheral surface of the center role 2500 from the highest part in front view, the left side of the center role 2500, that is, the inner side. It flows between the rail 1002 and the center accessory 2500 while coming into contact with the plurality of obstacle nails N. On the left side of the center accessory 2500, the entrance of the warp passage 2512 is always open so that the game ball B can be received.

The game ball B that has entered the warp passage 2512 is supplied to the stage 2513 provided within the frame of the center accessory 2500, rolls on the stage 2513 in the left-right direction, and is ejected from the central release portion 2513a or the side release portion 2513b. It is released so as to flow back into the game area 5a from either. Since the central release portion 2513a of the stage 2513 is provided directly above the first starting port 2003 at the center in the left-right direction within the game area 5a, the game ball B released from the central release portion 2513a is highly likely to reach the first It is received in the starting port 2003 . The game ball B released from the side release portions 2513b on both the left and right sides of the central release portion 2513a may be received in the first starting port 2003 with a certain degree of probability.

When the game ball B is received in the first starting port 2003, a predetermined number (for example, three) of the game ball B is added to the number of possession balls in the frame control board 640 via the main control board 1310, and the main In the control board 1310, the first special symbol (for example, "loss", "minor hit", "character hit", "2R big hit", "5R big hit", "15R big hit", "variable (probability change) hit" , “Time reduction (time reduction) hit”, “Probability change time reduction hit”, “Probability change time reduction hit”, “Second jackpot”, etc.) will be drawn. If the lottery result of the lottered first special symbol is other than "losing", an advantageous game state in which the player is advantageous occurs. Then, the lottery result of the first special symbol that has been drawn is indicated to the player over a predetermined period of time (for example, 0.1 to 360 seconds, also called special fluctuation time).

In this embodiment, from the start of the special lottery by the acceptance of the game ball B to the first start port 2003 until the lottery result of the first special symbol drawn is suggested (special fluctuation time), the first start When the game ball B is received in the mouth 2003, it is not possible to start suggesting the lottery result of the first special symbol. The start of suggesting the lottery result of the symbol is suspended. The number of retained lottery results of the first special symbol to be retained is up to four for each of the first starting ports 2003, and for more than that, the game balls B are accepted by the first starting ports 2003. However, the lottery result of the first special symbol is discarded without being reserved. As a result, an increase in the burden on the game hall side is suppressed by accumulating reservations.

By the way, if the game ball B that has flowed down to the left side of the center accessory 2500 does not enter the warp passage 2512, it will be moved to the center in the left-right direction by the shelf 2301 of the side upper left unit 2300 and the obstacle nail N, and the side unit 2200 general prize winning opening 2001, sub-out opening 2021, or the first starting opening 2003 of the starting opening unit 2100. Then, when the game ball B is received in the general winning hole 2001, a predetermined number (for example, 10) of the game ball B is added to the number of possessed balls in the frame control board 640 via the main control board 1310.

On the other hand, when the game ball B hit above the center role 2500 in the game area 5a enters the center role 2500 to the right of the highest portion of the inflow restricting portion 2511c of the center frame 2511, the center It passes through either the first guide path 2521 or the second guide path 2522 of the guide path group 2520 of the accessory 2500 . The game ball B that has entered the first guide passage 2521 rolls on the upper surface of the accessory winning opening door 2515 that closes the accessory winning opening 2006 on the way, and then moves above (directly above) the normal winning opening unit 2600. released to On the other hand, the game ball B that has entered the second guide passage 2522 is released upward to the left of the normal winning opening 2002 . Therefore, when the game ball B enters the first guide passage 2521, there is a possibility that it will be received in the accessory winning opening 2006.

The prize winning opening 2006 is opened when the lottery result of the special symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B in the first starting opening 2003 or the second starting opening 2004 is a "small win" or "win a prize". , and opens and closes in a predetermined pattern so that the game ball B can be received. When the game ball B is received in the prize winning port 2006, a predetermined number (for example, 10 or 13) of the game ball B is added to the number of possessed balls in the frame control board 640 via the main control board 1310. be done.

The game ball B received in the accessory winning opening 2006 is sent to the first distribution device 2530 and distributed to either the chance opening 2531 or the first prize opening 2532 by the distribution rotating body 2533 . The game ball B distributed to the first slot 2532 is discharged. The game ball B distributed to the chance opening 2531 is sent to the second distribution device 2540 . The game ball B sent to the second sorting device 2540 is sorted to either the first V winning opening 2007 or the second scoring opening 2541 . When the game ball B is received in the first V winning opening 2007 by the distribution of the second distribution device 2540, a "jackpot" game is executed in which the big winning opening 2005 opens and closes in a predetermined opening/closing pattern.

When the game ball B is distributed to the second slot 2541 in the second distribution device 2540 , it is sent to the lottery accessory 2550 . The game ball B sent to the lottery accessory 2550 moves between the table 2555 provided with the second V winning port 2008 and the It loops with the hitting part 2553 that supplies the ball B to the table 2555 . Then, when the game ball B is received in the second V winning opening 2008, a "jackpot" game is executed in which the big winning opening 2005 opens and closes in a predetermined opening/closing pattern.

On the other hand, when a predetermined time passes and the distribution bridge 2557 moves from the loop position to the non-loop position and the loss opening 2009 is opened, the game ball that was not received in the second V winning opening 2008 of the table 2555 B is accepted in the loss opening 2009 . The game ball B received in the loss opening 2009 is discharged.

Since the normal prize winning port 2002 provided downstream of the guide path group 2520 is provided directly below the exit of the first guide path 2521, the game ball B that has circulated through the first guide path 2521 is the second There is a higher possibility that the game ball B that has circulated through the guide passage 2522 will be accepted into the normal winning opening 2002 . A game ball B that has not been received in the normal winning hole 2002 flows down to the attacker unit 2400. - 特許庁

When the game ball B is received in the normal winning opening 2002 and detected by the normal winning opening sensor 3002, a normal lottery is performed in the main control board 1310, and the lottery result of the drawn normal symbol is "normal hit". , The second starting port 2004 closed by the second starting port door 2411 is in an open state for a predetermined time (for example, 0.3 to 10 seconds), and the reception of the game ball B to the second starting port 2004 is It becomes possible.

In this embodiment, in the normal lottery performed by receiving the game ball B in the normal winning opening 2002, a certain amount of time is set from the start of the normal lottery to the indication of the lottery result of the normal symbol ( For example, 0.01 to 60 seconds, also referred to as normal fluctuation time). The suggestion of the lottery result of this normal symbol is displayed on the function display unit 1400 of the game board 5 . The second starting port 2004 is opened after the normal fluctuation time has elapsed.

If the game ball B is received in the normal winning opening 2002 during the period from when the game ball B is received in the normal winning opening 2002 until the normal symbol drawing result is suggested, the normal symbol drawing result is suggested. Since it cannot be started, the start of the suggestion of the lottery result of the normal symbol is suspended until the suggestion of the lottery result of the previous normal symbol ends. In addition, the upper limit of the number of reserved lottery results of normal symbols is up to 4, and even if the game ball B is accepted in the normal winning opening 2002, it is discarded without being reserved. As a result, an increase in the burden on the game hall side is suppressed by accumulating reservations.

The game ball B that has flowed down without being received in the normal winning opening 2002 flows down to either the upper shelf 2421 , the first shelf 2422 , or the right side of the first shelf 2422 in the attacker unit 2400 . The game ball B that has flowed down to the upper shelf 2421 is guided to the left and released to the left of the big winning opening 2005 . Therefore, the game ball B that has flowed down onto the upper shelf portion 2421 will not be accepted by the second starting opening 2004 and the big winning opening 2005 .

The game ball B that has flowed down to the first shelf portion 2422 of the attacker unit 2400 rolls leftward due to its inclination, and the second starting door 2411 closing the second starting port 2004, the second shelf portion 2423, After rolling on the big winning gate door 2413 closing the big winning gate 2005 and the fourth shelf 2425, it is released to the left. The game ball B released from the fourth shelf 2425 is received by the out port 2020 and ejected. Therefore, when the game ball B flows down to the first shelf portion 2422, there is a possibility that it will be received by the second starting opening 2004 or the big winning opening 2005.例文帳に追加

The game ball B that has flowed down to the right from the first shelf 2422 of the attacker unit 2400 is received by the sub-out port 2021 and discharged. Although rare, when the game ball B that has flowed down to the first shelf portion 2422 enters the gap between the second shelf portion 2423 and the third shelf portion 2424, it is received by the sub-out port 2021 and discharged. .

When the game ball B is received in the second starting port 2004 of the attacker unit 2400, a predetermined number (for example, one) of the game ball B is added to the number of possessed balls in the frame control board 640 via the main control board 1310. In addition, in the main control board 1310, the second special symbol (for example, "loss", "small hit", "character hit", "2R big hit", "5R big hit", "15R big hit", "variable probability (probability Change) hit”, “Time reduction (time reduction) hit”, “Probable variable time short hit”, “Probable variable time short hit”, “Second big hit”, etc.) lottery will be held. If the lottery result of the lottered second special symbol is other than "losing", an advantageous game state in which the player is advantageous occurs. Then, the lottery result of the drawn second special symbol takes a predetermined time (for example, 0.1 to 360 seconds, also called special variation time) longer than the special variation time of the lottery result of the first special symbol. suggested.

In this embodiment, from the start of the special lottery by the acceptance of the game ball B to the second start port 2004 until the lottery result of the second special symbol drawn is suggested (special fluctuation time), the second start When the game ball B is received in the mouth 2004, it is not possible to start suggesting the lottery result of the second special symbol. The start of suggesting the lottery result of the symbol is suspended. The number of retained lottery results of the second special symbol to be retained is up to 4 for each of the second start ports 2004, and for more than that, the game ball B is accepted by the second start ports 2004. However, the lottery result of the second special symbol is discarded without being reserved. As a result, an increase in the burden on the game hall side is suppressed by accumulating reservations.

The special fluctuation time of the lottery result of the second special symbol drawn by accepting the game ball B into the second start port 2004 is the time of the first special symbol drawn by accepting the game ball B into the first start port 2003. It is set longer than the special fluctuation time of the lottery result. As a result, the second special symbol lottery result takes more time to consume the number of reservations, so the number of accepted game balls B per unit time for the first start port 2003 and the second start port 2004 is the same. Also, the number of lottery results of the second special symbol to be executed in the second starting port 2004 is smaller. Therefore, in the normal state, even if the game ball B is hit to the right side of the center accessory 2500, there is a possibility that only the second starting port 2004 will be accepted, and the frequency with which the lottery result of the second special symbol is executed is low. , the player can be made to actively perform a hitting operation such that the game ball B circulates on the left side of the center accessory 2500.

As described above, according to the lottery result of the first special symbol or the lottery result of the second special symbol drawn by accepting the game ball B in the first start port 2003 or the second start port 2004, the big winning port 2005 or The accessory winning opening 2006 opens and closes in a predetermined opening/closing pattern, and becomes ready to receive the game ball B.

Then, in the attacker unit 2400, according to the lottery result of the first special symbol or the lottery result of the second special symbol, or acceptance of the game ball B to the first V winning opening 2007 or the second V winning opening 2008, etc. When the game ball B flows down at the timing when the big winning hole 2005 can be received, the game ball B is received in the big winning hole 2005.例文帳に追加When the game ball B is received in the big winning hole 2005, a predetermined number (for example, 10 or 13) of the game ball B is added to the number of possessed balls in the frame control board 640 via the main control board 1310. be.

After the large winning opening 2005 is in an open state capable of receiving the game ball B, a predetermined time (eg, 20 seconds to 40 seconds) has elapsed, or a predetermined number (eg, 10) of the large winning opening 2005 When any of the conditions of acceptance of the game ball B is satisfied, the opening/closing pattern (one opening/closing pattern is called one round) in which the game ball B is in a closed state unacceptable is repeated a predetermined number of times (predetermined number of rounds). . For example, 2 rounds for a "2R big win", 5 rounds for a "5R big win", and 15 rounds for a "15R big win" are repeated to generate an advantageous game state advantageous to the player.

In addition, in the "jackpot", after the jackpot game is over, the probability that the first special pattern such as "jackpot" and the second special pattern are drawn is changed ("probability hit"), or the lottery result of the first special pattern And there is a "hit" that changes the display time of the effect image that suggests the lottery result of the second special pattern ("time saving hit").

When the lottery result of the first special symbol or the lottery result of the second special symbol (for example, the lottery result of the second special symbol) is the "second big hit", the big winning opening 2005 or the accessory winning opening 2006 is a predetermined pattern After making it possible to accept the game ball B, ST (special time) is generated as an advantageous game state. This ST maintains the state of probability variation and time saving during a predetermined specific number of variations.

In this way, when the game ball B can be received by the big winning opening 2005 or the accessory winning opening 2006, by allowing the big winning opening 2005 or the accessory winning opening 2006 to accept the game ball B, many game balls B can be received. Since the number of balls can be added to the number of balls held, the player can be entertained and the loss of interest in the game can be suppressed.

In this embodiment, the function display unit 1400 and the effect display device 1600 suggest the lottery result of the first special symbol and the lottery result of the second special symbol. The function display unit 1400 is directly controlled by the main control board 1310 to suggest the special symbol lottery results (the first special symbol lottery result and the second special symbol lottery result). Suggestion of the lottery result of the special pattern in the function display unit 1400 is performed by repeatedly lighting and extinguishing a plurality of LEDs, blinking for a predetermined time, and thereafter suggesting the lottery result of the special pattern by the combination of the lit LEDs. .

On the other hand, the effect display device 1600 is indirectly controlled by the peripheral control board 1510 based on the control signal from the main control board 1310, and the result of the lottery of the special symbols is suggested as the effect image. The performance image suggesting the lottery result of the special pattern in the performance display device 1600 is displayed by changing each pattern row in a state in which three pattern rows consisting of a plurality of patterns are arranged in the horizontal direction and displayed. The pattern rows are successively stop-displayed, and the respective pattern rows are stop-displayed so that the patterns of the three stop-displayed pattern rows are combined corresponding to the lottery result of the special pattern. When the lottery result of the special pattern is other than "losing", after the three pattern rows are stopped and each pattern is stopped and displayed, a finalized image suggesting the lottery result of the special pattern is displayed on the effect display device 1600. - 特許庁, an advantageous game state (for example, a "small hit" game, a "big hit" game, etc.) occurs according to the lottery result of the drawn special symbols.

It should be noted that the time to suggest the lottery result of the special pattern in the function display unit 1400 (blinking time of the LED (special fluctuation time)) and the time to suggest the lottery result of the special pattern in the effect display device 1600 (the pattern row fluctuates and the time until the finalized image is displayed), and the function display unit 1400 is set to a longer time.

In addition, in the peripheral control board 1510, in addition to the display of the effect image for suggesting the lottery result of the special symbol by the effect display device 1600, according to the lottery result of the special symbol drawn, the effect operation unit in the door frame 3 A player-participation type effect can be performed by operating the first effect button 251 and the second effect button 252 in 250 . In the player participation type production, the first production button 251 and the second production button 252 can be popped up to make them stand out, and the player participation type production can be enjoyed by operating the first production button 251 and the second production button 252. be able to.

In addition, in the peripheral control board 1510, each decoration board provided on the door frame 3, each decoration board provided on the game board 5, an effect display device 1600, a start opening display section 2110, an effect count display section 3005, By appropriately using the back decoration unit 3200, the back front effect unit 3300, the back rear effect unit 3400, etc., it is possible to perform lighting effect, display effect, movable effect, etc., and the player can be entertained by various effects. It is possible to prevent the player from losing interest in the game.

Furthermore, in the peripheral control board 1510, in the player-participation type effect of operating the first effect button 251 and the second effect button 252, when the player makes a mistake in the operation to be operated or does not perform it, the correct operation is performed. Notify the player so that he/she can do so.

According to this embodiment, the game ball B is driven into the game area 5a by the player, and as the satisfaction of the predetermined condition, the lottery is drawn by accepting the game ball B into the first start port 2003 or the second start port 2004. The special pattern lottery result opens and closes the role winning opening 2006 in a predetermined pattern, and the game ball B received in the role winning opening 2006 passes through the first sorting device 2530 and the second sorting device 2540. is supplied to the guide path 2551 of the lottery accessory 2550 in the center accessory 2500, and the game ball B circulates toward the distribution section 2552 downstream. In this distribution section 2552, in a state in which the loss port 2009 opened in the guideway 2551 is closed by the distribution bridge 2557, the game ball B is distributed to the hitting section 2553 as the first side, and the distribution bridge 2557 is rotated by the lottery loop solenoid 2558 to open the loss port 2009, the game ball B is distributed to the loss port 2009 (second side), and the distribution state of the game ball B is the distribution bridge. 2557 is indicated by a distribution display portion 2557a. Then, in the distribution section 2552 , when the game ball B is distributed to the first side, it is supplied to the hitting section 2553 . On the other hand, when the game ball B is distributed to the second side (losing port 2009 ) in the distribution section 2552 , it is discharged from the lottery accessory 2550 without being supplied to the hitting section 2553 .

The game ball B supplied from the distribution part 2552 to the hitting part 2553 is hit backward by the rotating hitting piece 2560 of the hitting part 2553, and climbs the climbing part 2559 that rises toward the rear. It will be circulated (rolled) to. Depending on the timing at which the game ball B is supplied and the timing at which the striking piece 2560 hits the game ball B, the hitting portion 2553 hits the game ball B strongly or hardly hits it. Since the momentum of the game ball B to be hit varies, if the momentum of the game ball B that is hit is weak, the game ball B cannot climb up the climbing section 2559 and returns to the hitting section 2553, and the game ball B returns to the hitting section 2553. The uphill section 2559 is traversed back and forth. Then, when the game ball B is strongly hit by the hitting part 2553 and climbs over the climbing part 2559, it is supplied to the swing gutter 2554 provided in the center in the left-right direction at the rear end of the table 2555, and from the swing gutter 2554 to the table. Released at 2555. At this time, since the rocking gutter 2554 is reciprocally rotated so as to rock around the axis in the vertical direction, the timing of supplying the game ball B and the timing of the rotation position of the rocking gutter 2554 As a result, the game ball B is released to the table 2555 in various directions from the gutter portion 2554a of the swing gutter 2554.

The game ball B released from the rocking gutter 2554 to the table 2555 rolls forward according to its inclination and is released from the front end of the table 2555 to the guide path 2551 . At this time, there is a possibility that the game ball B is received in the second V winning port 2008 provided on the central axis in the front-rear direction passing through the center of the swinging gutter 2554 near the front end of the table 2555, and the swinging By contacting the game ball B with the swing piece 2556 provided symmetrically with respect to the central axis between the gutter 2554 and the second V winning port 2008, the direction of circulation of the game ball B changes to the second direction. It moves toward the V winning opening 2008 and moves away from the second V winning opening 2008. - 特許庁When the game ball B is received in the second V winning hole 2008 of the table 2555, an advantageous game state (for example, a jackpot game) occurs. On the other hand, after the game ball B is released from the front end of the table 2555 to the guide path 2551 without being accepted by the second V winning port 2008, when the game ball B is distributed to one side by the distribution unit 2552, the game ball B is hit by the hitting unit. 2553 to swing trough 2554 . Therefore, as long as the game ball B is distributed to one side (striking portion 2553) by the distributing portion 2552, the guide path 2551, the distributing portion 2552, the hitting portion 2553, rocking gutter 2554, and table 2555 are looped in this order.

For this reason, when the accessory winning opening 2006 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern and the game ball B can be supplied to the lottery accessory 2550, by looking at the distribution display section 2557a of the distribution section 2552, The player can confirm whether or not the game ball B is distributed to the first side (striking portion 2553) in the dividing portion 2552.例文帳に追加As a result, when the distribution unit 2552 is in a state of distributing to the first side (hitting unit 2553 and, by extension, the second V winning opening 2008) by looking at the distribution display unit 2557a, it is received in the prize winning opening 2006. (Here, the game ball B accommodated in the accommodation portion 2533a of the sorting rotating body 2533 in the first sorting device 2530) is supplied to the lottery accessory 2550 (guide path 2551) can excite the player. After that, when the game ball B received in the role winning opening 2006 is supplied to the lottery role 2550 (guideway 2551), whether or not it is distributed to the first side (hitting part 2553 side) in the distribution section 2552 It is possible to make the player nervous and excited. Then, when the game ball B is distributed to the first side and supplied to the hitting portion 2553, the game ball B moves back and forth in the climbing portion 2559 depending on the timing at which the game ball B is hit. The player can be entertained by whether or not B is struck with enough strength to overcome the climbing section 2559 . In addition, since the game ball B that has climbed over the climbing part 2559 is supplied to the swing gutter 2554 that reciprocates, the timing at which the swing gutter 2554 can release the game ball B toward the second V winning opening 2008 As the game ball B is supplied to the rocking gutter 2554, whether the game ball B is hit with enough strength to overcome the climbing section 2559 can also make the player feel nervous and excited. can.

When the game ball B hit by the hitting part 2553 climbs over the climbing part 2559 and is supplied to the rocking gutter 2554, the game ball B moves toward the second V winning opening 2008 from the rocking gutter 2554 that reciprocates. It is possible to excite and throb the player depending on whether or not it is released. Even if the game ball B is released from this swinging gutter 2554 in the direction away from the central axis (second V winning port 2008), the pair of swinging pieces 2556 provided symmetrically with respect to the central axis is swinging. Depending on the motion situation, the game ball B in contact with the swinging piece 2556 may be drawn toward the central axis side and head toward the second V winning opening 2008. Therefore, the player will not be disappointed. can be entertained and the decline in interest can be suppressed. Then, depending on whether or not the game ball B is received in the second V winning port 2008 provided near the downstream end of the table 2555, the player can feel nervous and excited, and the second V winning port 2008 accepts it. Then, an advantageous game state (a big win game in which the big winning port 2005 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern) occurs, so that the player can be greatly entertained.

On the other hand, even if the game ball B is not accepted in the second V winning port 2008, it is released from the downstream end of the table 2555 to the guideway 2551, so Depending on whether or not the game ball B is distributed to the first side (hitting section 2553) again, the player's expectation can be heightened. Since the ball is supplied to the rocking gutter 2554 upstream of the table 2555 via the climbing section 2559, the player will not be disappointed when the chance of being accepted into the second V prize opening 2008 arrives again. At this time, when the distribution display portion 2557a of the distribution bridge 2557 is seen and the distribution portion 2552 is in a state of being distributed to the first side (hitting portion 2553), the game ball B is guided from the front end of the table 2555. It is also possible to excite the player by whether or not they are released onto the path 2551 . Therefore, since the player can be thrilled and nervous in various scenes of the lottery accessory 2550, it is possible to make the player less likely to get bored, and it is possible to entertain the player and suppress the decline in interest. , a pachinko machine equipped with a lottery accessory 2550 that entertains the players can be provided.

In addition, since the lottery accessory 2550 of the center accessory 2500 has a planar table 2555 that is wide in the front, rear, left, and right directions, and is provided with a guideway 2551 in front of the front end of the table 2555, the lottery Since the accessory 2550 is large, the lottery accessory 2550 can make the pachinko machine 1 stand out and strongly attract the player's interest, and the game using the lottery accessory 2550. It is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 with high appeal to the player by making the player more likely to expect the pachinko machine 1 and facilitating selection of the pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine to be played.

Furthermore, since the second V winning opening 2008 is provided on the central axis in the left-right direction of the table 2555 which is inclined so that the rear end becomes higher, the second V winning opening 2008 can be conspicuous, and the player can This can make it easier to direct the line of sight of the player to the second V winning hole 2008, and to make it easier to have a sense of expectation for the acceptance of the game ball B into the second V winning hole 2008, as a pachinko machine to play. The pachinko machine 1 can be easily selected.

A rocking gutter 2554 is provided near the rear end on the central axis of the table 2555 whose rear end is raised, and a pair of rocking pieces 2556 are provided symmetrically with respect to the central axis. The swinging piece 2556 does not hinder the visibility of the rear swinging gutter 2554, and the player can see the second V winning port 2008 provided on the table 2555, the pair of swinging pieces 2556, and the swinging gutter. 2554 can be visually recognized well. Therefore, since it becomes easy to recognize the rotation state and the swing state of the pair of swing pieces 2556 and the swing gutter 2554, it becomes easy to predict the rolling path of the game ball B due to those movements, and the game can be played as predicted. The movement of the game ball B can be enjoyed depending on whether the ball B rolls or not.

In addition, in the distribution part 2552, since the guideway 2551 is provided with the loss port 2009 communicating with the second side, the distribution bridge 2557 is rotated by the lottery loop solenoid 2558 from the closed state by the distribution bridge 2557. When the loss port 2009 is opened, the loss port 2009 is opened upward in the guideway 2551, so that the loss port 2009 can be conspicuous from the player, and the guideway 2551 is distributed. A state in which the playing game ball B is distributed to the second side (losing port 2009), that is, a state in which it is not distributed to the first side (hitting part 2553, and by extension, the second V winning port 2008) is recognized. can be made easier. Therefore, when the conspicuous failure opening 2009 is closed by the distribution bridge 2557, it is possible to easily recognize that the state is distributed to the first side (striking portion 2553), and just by looking at the guideway 2551, it is possible to easily recognize that Therefore, it is possible to easily determine whether or not it is in a state of being distributed to

Furthermore, depending on the timing of hitting the game ball B by the hitting part 2553, etc., the game ball B moves up and down the climbing part 2559. It is possible to avoid the disappointment of the player due to the completion of the game in the lottery accessory 2550 in a short time, and the time earned by the climbing part 2559 is used to produce an effect image or the like on the effect display device 1600. can be sufficiently shown to the player, and the pachinko machine 1 which can entertain the player more can be provided.

In addition, since the climbing part 2559 is provided between the hitting part 2553 and the swinging gutter 2554 (swinging passage 2562), even if the game ball B is strongly hit in the hitting part 2553, the climbing part 2559 cannot be climbed. In addition, the momentum can be further reduced by rocking in the horizontal direction in the rocking passage 2562, so that the game ball B is vigorously supplied to the rocking gutter 2554. As a result, although the swing gutter 2554 reciprocates to change the direction of release, the force of the game ball B causes the swing gutter 2554 to move in a direction different from the direction in which the swing gutter 2554 is released. If the game ball B is released, the player may feel uncomfortable, or if the game ball B is vigorously released to the table 2555 from the swing gutter 2554, the staying time of the game ball B on the table 2555 (rolling time) can be shortened or avoided. Therefore, it is possible to enjoy the release of the game ball B from the rocking gutter 2554 without making the player feel uncomfortable, and to easily enjoy the movement of the game ball B rolling on the table 2555.例文帳に追加be able to.

Further, in the case where the player can select the timing at which the game ball B is supplied to the lottery accessory 2550 by driving the game ball B, the game ball B is distributed to the first side in the distribution display section 2557a. At the timing of displaying that the state is displayed, it is possible to perform the driving operation so that the game ball B is supplied. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 which can entertain the player's driving operation and can suppress the decline of the player's interest in the game.

Furthermore, when the loss opening 2009 is opened, the tip of the distribution bridge 2557 is positioned above the base end and becomes a state in which it stands upright from the guideway 2551. Even if the ball circulates and tries to jump over the loss opening 2009, it can be prevented from jumping over and entering the first side (striking part 2553) by the upright distribution bridge 2557, and the game ball B can be reliably thrown. It can be sorted to the loss opening 2009 (second side).

In addition, when the loss port 2009 is opened, the distribution bridge 2557 is placed in a state in which its tip is positioned above the base end and stands upright from the taxiway 2551, so that the distribution bridge 2557 stands out from the player. In addition to being visible, the distribution display section 2557a provided on the distribution bridge 2557 is visible, so the game ball B is also distributed to the second side by the distribution bridge 2557 (distribution display section 2557a). state can be determined.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, when a worker such as a game hall attendant looks at the main control unit 1300 (second specification main control unit 1300B) during maintenance or the like, the transparent main control board box 1320 (second Since the non-mounted identification portion 1345 can be seen on the flat surface portion 1344 of the board cover 1340 (second specification board cover 1340B) of the specification main control board box 1320B), the worker's line of sight is directed to the surface portion 1344 via the non-mounted identification portion 1345. can be guided to the unmounted area 1313 of the main control board 1310 (second specification main control board 1310B) facing the . At this time, since the unmounted identification portion 1345 is provided on the flat surface portion 1344, the unmounted identification portion 1345 can be made easier to see than when the unmounted identification portion 1345 is provided on an uneven portion. , the unmounted identification portion 1345 can easily guide the operator's line of sight to the unmounted area 1313 of the second specification main control board 1310B, and the unmounted area of the second specification main control board 1310B can be easily guided through the surface portion 1344. The unmounted area 1313 can be visually recognized in good condition without the 1313 appearing distorted. By looking at the non-mounted area 1313 of the second specification main control board 1310B, the operator can recognize that no electronic component such as the setting key switch 1312 is mounted on the non-mounted area 1313. Therefore, it is possible to make the operator immediately recognize that the second specification main control unit 1300B is of a game specification in which the specific parts (setting key switches 1312) are not mounted in the unmounted area 1313. Therefore, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 in which the difference in the game specifications in the second specification main control unit 1300B is easy to understand.

Further, as described above, the operator's line of sight is guided to the unmounted area 1313 of the second specification main control board 1310B by the unmounted identification section 1345 of the second specification board cover 1340B of the second specification main control board box 1320B. Since the second specification main control unit 1300B can immediately recognize that the setting key switch 1312 is not mounted in the unmounted area 1313, there are new and old pachinko machine models of multiple manufacturers. To perform maintenance on a large number of pachinko machines 1 in a short time by accurately discriminating the difference in game specifications not only from the design on the front side of the pachinko machine 1 but also from the back side when a worker such as a staff member performs maintenance in a game hall. It is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 capable of performing maintenance, smoothly performing maintenance, etc., and reducing the burden on the game hall side.

By the way, when the specific part is the setting key switch 1312 or the connector, the game specification first specification main control unit 1300A in which the specific part is mounted is part of the specific part (setting key switch 1312). A setting key window 1341 is provided in the first specification board cover 1340A so that the is exposed to the outside. On the other hand, in the game specification second specification main control unit 1300B that does not have a specific component (setting key switch 1312), if the second specification board cover 1340B is left with the setting key window 1341, an illegal operation can be performed through the setting key window 1341. Since there is a risk that the action will be performed, the setting key window 1341 is closed. However, in the second specification board cover 1340B, if the setting key window 1341 is left as if it were originally empty, the part of the setting key window 1341, that is, the unmounted area 1313 in the second specification main control unit 1300B However, there is a problem that it becomes difficult to find out where the main control unit 1300 is, and it takes time to determine which game specification the main control unit 1300 has. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the flat surface portion 1344 provides the unmounted identification portion 1345 even if the second specification board cover 1340B has no setting key window 1341 from the beginning. Therefore, the line of sight of the operator can be easily guided to the unmounted area 1313 of the second specification main control board 1310B by the unmounted identifying section 1345, and the main control unit 1300 is the second specification main control unit 1300B. can be determined immediately.

Further, the non-mounted identification portion 1345 of the second specification board cover 1340B is mounted from the surface portion 1344 of the second specification board cover 1340B so as to surround the columnar portion 1312d of the setting key switch 1312 as a specific component. Since the second specification board cover 1340B (the second specification main control unit 1300B) is projected toward the second specification main control board 1310B when the operator looks at the second specification board cover 1340B (the second specification main control board 1300B), Since the cylindrical portion (unmounted identification portion 1345) that is mounted can be seen, it is possible to draw attention to the unmounted identification portion 1345 (guide the line of sight), and the unmounted region 1313 facing the portion due to its shape can be seen. The main control unit 1300 can recognize that the setting key switch 1312 is mounted, and the cylindrical unmounted identifying portion 1345 is covered with the surface portion 1344, so that the main control unit 1300 can detect the setting key switch 1312 (specific It is possible to immediately recognize that the main control unit 1300B is the second specification main control unit 1300B that does not mount any parts), and it is possible to make it easy to understand the difference in game specifications.

Furthermore, if the setting key switch 1312 (specific part) can be mounted in the non-mounted area 1313 of the second specification main control board 1310B, a mounting hole or a through hole for mounting the setting key switch 1312 in the non-mounted area 1313 may be provided. Even if a hole, a circuit made of copper foil, or the like is provided, a non-mounted identification portion 1345 is provided on a flat surface portion 1344 facing the non-mounted area 1313 of the second specification board cover 1340B, and a tubular shape is provided. Since the non-mounted identifying portion 1345 of the second specification main control unit 1300B is blocked by the surface portion 1344, the operator immediately recognizes that the setting key switch 1312 is not mounted in the non-mounted area 1313 of the second specification main control unit 1300B. It is possible to achieve the same effects as those described above.

In addition, in the non-mounted area 1313 of the second specification main control board 1310B, specific parts (setting key switch 1312) can be attached according to the game specifications, so the main control board 1310 (first specification main control board 1310A and second In the manufacturing process of the two-specification main control board 1310B), even if the game specifications are different, it is possible to manufacture in the same process until the middle, so the cost required for manufacturing can be reduced, and the increase in cost can be prevented. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 that can be suppressed.

[11. Decorative body having effect board]
Next, the decorative body 3500 having the effect board 3520 provided in a game machine such as the pachinko machine 1 or the slot machine will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 71 to 75 and the like. FIG. 71(a) is a front view of the decoration having the effect substrate, and (b) is a sectional view of the decoration of (a). FIG. 72 shows that in the manufacture of the production board of FIG. 71 , after forming the outer periphery of the production board by leaving a connecting portion on the standard-sized board, electronic components such as LEDs are mounted, and then the production board and the waste board are assembled. is an explanatory diagram showing a state before separating the . FIG. 73(a) is an explanatory view showing the state before forming the periphery of the performance board while leaving the connecting part and separating it from the waste board, and (b) shows the performance board and the waste board by cutting the part of the connecting part. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which made the board|substrate isolate|separate, (c) is explanatory drawing which shows the state which finished the part of the connection part in the production|presentation board|substrate.

FIG. 74(a) is an explanatory view showing the effect board in a state where the effect board and the waste board are separated from the state of FIG. 72, and (b) is a state in which the outer periphery of the effect board is finished from the state of (a). It is an explanatory view showing the. FIG. 75(a) is an explanatory view showing a form of a connecting portion different from that of FIG. 72, and (b1) to (b3) show a still different form of the connecting portion and also show the process of separating from the waste substrate and finishing. It is an explanatory diagram. Note that the decoration 3500 described here is the first embodiment among a plurality of embodiments, and may be described as a decoration 3501 in order to distinguish it from other embodiments.

As shown in FIG. 71, the decoration body 3500 (the decoration body 3501 of the first embodiment) has a decoration part 3510 formed in a predetermined shape and a plurality of LEDs 3530 mounted behind the decoration part 3510. and a decoration base 3540 provided behind the production board 3520. The decoration body 3500 can light-embellish the decoration part 3510 and the lens part 3545 of the decoration base 3540 by appropriately emitting light from the LEDs 3530 mounted on the effect board 3520 . The decoration 3500 shown in FIG. 71 is the same as the back front center right decoration 3340 in the back front elevation decoration unit 3310 of the back front effect unit 3300 .

The decoration part 3510 has translucency, and is three-dimensionally formed with a substantially constant thickness as a whole. This decorative portion 3510 imitates the head of a predetermined character and is formed in a relief shape. The decorative portion 3510 includes a side wall portion 3511 extending in the front-rear direction (in a direction intersecting the central portion) near the outer peripheral edge, and a rear end face that is a thickness end face of the side wall portion 3511 and faces rearward. 3512 and . In the decorative portion 3510 of the present embodiment, the central portion (front wall portion 3513) and the side wall portion 3511 are continuous with a smooth curved surface, and there is no clear boundary with the central portion (front wall portion 3513). not

The effect board 3520 is provided behind the decorative portion 3510 (rear end surface 3512). The effect board 3520 has a shape that follows (along) the outer peripheral shape of the decorative portion 3510 and is smaller than the outer periphery of the decorative portion 3510 . Approximately the entire outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 is formed behind the rear end surface 3512 of the decorative portion 3510 . In other words, the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 is formed so as to be located between the outer periphery and the inner periphery of the rear end surface 3512 when overlapping the decorative portion 3510 (when assembled into the decorative body 3500).

The effect board 3520 has, as shown in FIG. 73, a copper foil 3522 forming an electronic circuit on the surface of a board base material 3521 and a coating film 3523 coating the copper foil 3522. .

The copper foil 3522 is provided at a predetermined distance L1 (for example, 0.5 mm to 3 mm, 1 mm in this embodiment) from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520. The backup of the copper foil 3522 is provided irrespective of the linear portion or the curved portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 . For example, as shown in FIG. 73, when there is an arc-shaped dent in the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520, a restraint of copper foil 3522 is provided concentrically with the dent. In addition, when the effect board 3520 is provided with a through hole, the copper foil 3522 is also provided at a predetermined distance L1 from the peripheral edge of the through hole. With the provision of the copper foil 3522, it is possible to improve insulation against discharge such as static electricity and short circuit, and to suppress damage due to discharge or the like.

The coating film 3523 has a bright color and is provided so as to reliably cover the side surfaces of the copper foil 3522 as well. The coating film 3523 of this embodiment is a white solder resist. This coating film 3523 is applied by screen printing, dry film, or the like. Since this coating film 3523 has a bright color, it can reflect the light from the LEDs 3530 mounted on the effect board 3520, and the decorative portion 3510 can be decorated with brighter light emission. In addition, even when the LEDs 3530 are not emitting light, it is possible to reflect the light emitted to the effect board 3520 through the decoration part 3510, so that the decoration part 3510 can be prevented from appearing dark. The performance board 3520 can be made difficult to recognize, and the appearance of the decoration 3500 can be improved.

In this embodiment, white is shown as the bright color of the coating film 3523, but it is not limited to this, and any bright color such as yellow, gray, blue, green, or red may be used. For example, when the brightness of black is 0 and the brightness of white is 10, it is desirable that the brightness be in the range of 5 to 10.

The coating film 3523 is provided at a predetermined distance L2 (for example, 0.4 mm to 0.8 mm, 0.5 mm in this embodiment) from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520, and the peripheral edge is the peripheral edge of the copper foil 3522. and the peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 . The backup of the coating film 3523 is provided regardless of whether the outer peripheral edge of the effect substrate 3520 is linear or curved. For example, as shown in FIG. 73, when there is an arc-shaped dent in the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520, a stub of the coating film 3523 is provided concentrically with the dent. In addition, when the production substrate 3520 is provided with a through hole, the coating film 3523 is also provided at a predetermined distance L2 from the peripheral edge of the through hole. A shaded portion in FIG. 73 indicates a region where the coating film 3523 is provided.

The plurality of LEDs 3530 mounted on the effect board 3520 is composed of a plurality of first LEDs 3531 mounted on the front surface (front surface) and a plurality of second LEDs 3532 mounted on the rear surface (rear surface). . The first LED 3531 is a top-view type that irradiates light in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the effect board 3520, and the second LED 3532 is a side-view type that irradiates light in a direction parallel to the surface of the effect board 3520. is. Both the first LED 3531 and the second LED 3532 are full-color LEDs.

The decorative base 3540 is entirely colorless and transparent, and includes a flat plate-like main body 3541 located behind the effect board 3520 and a peripheral wall extending forward from the outer peripheral edge of the main body 3541. 3542, an opening 3543 in which the second LED 3532 that penetrates the main body 3541 and is mounted on the rear surface of the effect board 3520 is inserted, and the main body 3541 are provided at the peripheral edge and directed to the peripheral edge outward. A chamfered portion 3544 is obliquely formed so as to be positioned forward according to the direction, and a lens portion 3545 is provided on the front end surface of the peripheral wall portion 3542 and is composed of a plurality of uneven portions.

A peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decorative base 3540 is provided over the entire circumference of the main body portion 3541 and is formed in a cylindrical shape that is short in the front-rear direction. The size of the inner periphery of the peripheral wall portion 3542 is slightly larger than the size of the outer periphery of the decorative portion 3510 . As a result, the decorative portion 3510 can be inserted from the front inside the cylindrical peripheral wall portion 3542 . Moreover, the peripheral wall portion 3542 is formed so that the front end (lens portion 3545 ) protrudes forward from the rear end surface 3512 of the decoration portion 3510 when assembled to the decoration body 3500 .

When this decoration base 3540 is assembled to the decoration body 3500, the side-view type second LED 3532 mounted on the rear surface of the effect board 3520 is inserted into the opening 3543, so that when the second LED 3532 emits light, The light is applied to the inner peripheral surface of the opening 3543 and enters the main body 3541 from the inner peripheral surface. The light incident on the main body portion 3541 is reflected forward toward the peripheral wall portion 3542 by the chamfered portion 3544 provided on the outer peripheral edge of the main body portion 3541, and is reflected forward from the lens portion 3545 at the front end of the peripheral wall portion 3542. will be radiated to Thereby, the light emission of the second LED 3532 can cause the lens portion 3545 to emit light, and the outer periphery of the decoration portion 3510 can be decorated with light emission.

In the decoration body 3500 of this embodiment, when the first LED 3531 mounted on the front surface of the production board 3520 is made to emit light, the decoration part 3510 can be decorated with light emission, and the second LED 3531 mounted on the rear surface of the production board 3520 can emit light. When the LED 3532 emits light, the lens portion 3545 of the decoration base 3540 provided on the outer circumference of the decoration portion 3510 can be decorated with light emission. At this time, the surface (front and rear surfaces) of the effect board 3520 is provided with a light-colored (here, white) coating film 3523, so that the light from the first LED 3531 and the second LED 3532 can be reflected. Thus, the decorative portion 3510 and the lens portion 3545 can be decorated with brighter light emission.

In addition, since the surface of the effect board 3520 has a bright color due to the coating film 3523, even if the effect board 3520 can be seen through the decoration part 3510, the effect board 3520 is hardly conspicuous, and the deterioration of the appearance of the decoration body 3500 is prevented. can be suppressed. In addition, when the decorative part 3510 has a colored part, the color of the decorative part 3510 looks different or dark because the back effect board 3520 has a bright color due to the coating film 3523. It is possible to avoid tucking away, and the decorative effect of the decorative portion 3510 can be reliably exhibited.

Furthermore, in the decorative body 3500, since the peripheral end surface of the decorative portion 3510 is located in front of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520, even if the decorative portion 3510 is transparent, the curved side wall portion provided in front The lens effect of 3511 makes it difficult to clearly see the outer edge of the effect board 3520 . In addition, the outside of the outer peripheral edge (peripheral side surface) of the effect board 3520 is surrounded by the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decoration base 3540, and the lens portion 3545 composed of a plurality of unevenness is provided at the front end of the peripheral wall portion 3542. , the peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 can be made difficult to see through the peripheral wall portion 3542 . In this way, in the decorative body 3500, the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 is difficult to see, so even if the outer peripheral edge (peripheral side surface) is not provided with the bright-colored coating film 3523, the appearance deteriorates. Therefore, the appearance of the decorative body 3500 can be improved.

In addition, in the decoration body 3500, the outer side of the effect board 3520 is surrounded by the peripheral wall part 3542 of the decoration base 3540, so that the worker does not touch the outer peripheral side surface of the effect board 3520 when the game board 5 is assembled. As a result, even if the outer peripheral side surface of the effect board 3520 has a jagged portion (for example, a specific trace portion 3561 described later) due to the difference in the finish of the outer peripheral side surface, the worker will be injured by the portion. can be avoided. In addition, since the coating film 3523 is not provided on the outer peripheral side surface and the vicinity of the peripheral edge of the effect board 3520, it is possible to prevent the worker's lipid from adhering to the site, and suppress the occurrence of problems due to lipid. can be made

[11-1. Details of production board]
Next, the details of the effect board 3520 provided on the decorative body 3500 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 71 to 74 and the like. First, as in the decoration body 3500 (decoration portion 3510) of the present embodiment, when the outer peripheral shape is not a simple rectangular shape but an indefinite complicated shape by simulating a predetermined character, light is emitted. If the effect board on which the LED for decoration is mounted is made in a simple rectangular shape, there is likely to be a part where the effect board (LED) is not provided behind the decoration part 3510. It is not possible to decorate the entire portion 3510 with uniform brightness, and there is a risk that a sufficient presentation effect cannot be obtained. Therefore, by making the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520 correspond to the outer peripheral shape of the decorative portion 3510, it is possible to solve the above problems.

As a method of forming the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520 into an irregular and complicated shape, there is a method of cutting (cutting) a rectangular fixed-length board 3550 using a processing machine such as an NC machine. In this case, a large amount of chips are generated from the board base material 3521 that constitutes the effect board 3520, so before mounting electronic components such as LEDs, sensors, and connectors on the effect board 3520, the effect board 3520 is cut out ( separated). However, if the outer peripheral shape of the cut effect board 3520 is irregular, there arises a problem that it becomes difficult to set the effect board 3520 in an insert machine for mounting electronic components.

Therefore, in this embodiment, production of the effect board 3520 is performed by the following method. First, a rectangular substrate 3550 (substrate base material 3521) is provided with a copper foil 3522 forming a circuit, mounting holes and through holes 3524 for mounting electronic components such as LEDs 3530, and a light-colored coating film 3523 ( (solder resist) is applied. At this time, the outer peripheral edge of the copper foil 3522 is positioned at a predetermined distance L1 from the outer peripheral edge of the cut effect board 3520, and the outer peripheral edge of the coating film 3523 is set shorter than the predetermined distance L1 of the cut effect board 3520. It is located at a predetermined distance L2 from the outer edge (see FIG. 73).

By the way, since the coating film 3523 contains a pigment (for example, titanium oxide) for making it bright, it becomes hard (a hard material) compared to a film not containing the pigment, which will be described later. When cutting is performed, fine chips (powder) are likely to be generated, and the powder of the light-colored coating film 3523 is difficult to clean. Then, when the electronic component such as the LED 3530 is mounted, if the powder of the coating film 3523 remains, there is a possibility that a problem may occur. On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the outer peripheral edge of the coating film 3523 is provided with a predetermined distance L2 from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520, when cutting the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520, The coating film 3523 is not cut and powder of the coating film 3523 is not generated.

Then, before mounting electronic components on the fixed-length board 3550 using an insert machine, a cutting machine such as an NC machine is used to cut out the effect board 3520 from the fixed-length board 3550, such as an end mill. is used to perform cutting to form a slit 3551 along the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520 . At this time, the effect board 3520 is not completely separated, but is partially connected by the connecting portion 3552 . As shown in an enlarged view in FIG. 72, the connecting portion 3552 has a form in which one through hole 3553 is provided between two slits 3551 .

As shown in FIG. 72, the connecting portion 3552 is provided at a linear or convex portion on the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520 . As a result, in the finishing process, which will be described later, the connection portion 3552 can be easily finished neatly using a file or the like.

In addition, since the connecting portion 3552 is provided at a portion or a linear portion that bulges outward at the outer peripheral edge (peripheral shape) of the effect board 3520, in other words, a linear or convex portion, the following Such effects can be obtained. To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board 3520, as a part where the connecting part 3552 is provided, for example, the connecting part 3552 is only in a recessed part that is recessed toward the center side of the board in the outer peripheral edge (outer shape of the board) of the effect board 3520. is provided, there is no connecting portion 3552 in the outwardly bulging portion between the recessed portion, so that the bulging portion is likely to deform downward due to its own weight. Specifically, for example, in the case where the outer shape of the effect board 3520 is a gourd shape in which two circular shapes are combined and the space between them is constricted, a connecting portion 3552 to the fixed-length board 3550 is provided only in the constricted portion. Then, since the connecting portion 3552 does not exist in the circular portions on both sides, the circular portion becomes more likely to deform downward due to its own weight as the distance from the connecting portion 3552 increases. If the effect board 3520 is deformed by its own weight, it may be difficult to reliably mount the electronic parts such as the LEDs 3530 using an insert machine. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the connecting portion 3552 is provided in the outwardly bulging portion or the linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520, when the effect board 3520 is manufactured, the connecting portion Compared to the case where the 3552 is provided only in a recessed portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520, the part between the connecting parts 3552 of the effect board 3520 is less likely to deform downward due to its own weight. When electronic parts such as LEDs 3530 and ICs are mounted by an insert machine, deformation of the effect board 3520 is suppressed, so that the electronic parts can be mounted reliably.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 72, some of the slits 3551 are provided up to a V-cut 3554 away from the outer periphery of the effect board 3520 to the outside. This V-cut 3554 is for facilitating separation of the waste board 3555 and the effect board 3520 by folding and cutting before the effect board 3520 is separated from the standard board 3550 . In addition, the fixed length substrate 3550 is provided with mounting and positioning holes 3556 at the four corners.

When the cutting of the slit 3551 is completed on the standard-sized substrate 3550, the chips are sucked up by a dust collector or the like and cleaned. At this time, since the light-colored coating film 3523 is provided away from the outer peripheral edge of the effect substrate 3520, the coating film 3523 is not cut, and powder of the coating film 3523 is not generated. do not have. Therefore, it can be cleanly cleaned without leaving fine shavings. Incidentally, prior to the cutting of the effect substrate 3520, only the coating film 3523 may be scraped off with an end mill or the like. By previously removing the coating film 3523 near the end face (designed outline) of the effect board 3520 in this way, there is an effect of preventing powder scattering of the coating film 3523 due to vibration or the like in the subsequent process.

After that, the fixed-length board 3550 with the slit 3551 formed thereon is set in an insert machine, and electronic components such as LEDs 3530 are mounted on the portion of the effect board 3520 . At this time, the effect board 3520 is not separated from the fixed-size board 3550, and the outer circumference remains rectangular. can be implemented. FIG. 72 shows a state immediately before the electronic components such as the LED 3530 are mounted on the effect board 3520 and separated.

After the electronic parts such as the LED 3530 are mounted, the V-cut 3554 is bent and cut. As a result, the four waste boards 3555 are connected to the outside of the effect board 3520 by the connecting portions 3552 . Then, the waste board 3555 and the effect board 3520 are separated by cutting at the connecting portion 3552 (see FIGS. 73(b) and 74(a)). In addition, since the hole 3556 is provided between the two slits 3551 in the connecting portion 3552, the strength and rigidity are lowered, and the connecting portion 3552 can be easily broken and separated by bending.

After the effect board 3520 is separated, the remaining portion of the connecting portion 3552 projecting from the outer peripheral shape (remaining portion 3552a) is sharpened using a file or the like to the virtual line of the outer peripheral shape (indicated by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 74(a) ), the effect board 3520 is completed (see FIGS. 73(c) and 74(b)). Chips are generated when finishing this tethered portion 3552a, but since the amount of finishing (shaving) is extremely short (small) with respect to the entire circumference of the effect board 3520, the amount of generated chips is small, and the dust collector etc. can be sufficiently absorbed, and electronic components such as the LEDs 3530 mounted on the effect board 3520 are not affected. At this time, since the light-colored coating film 3523 is provided at a predetermined distance L2, even if the connecting portion 3552 is cut or finished, powder of the coating film 3523 is not generated.

By the way, the finished state of the outer peripheral side surface of the effect board 3520 is formed using an end mill or the like at the portion of the slit 3551, so there is a cutting trace (general trace portion 3560) by the end mill or the like. , and the connection portion 3552 is finished with a file or the like, so that the cutting trace (specific trace portion 3561) is different from the general trace portion 3560. As shown in FIG. That is, the effect board 3520 is provided with a specific trace portion 3561 in which a trace different from other portions (general trace portion 3560) is generated when the outer circumference is formed. Therefore, just by looking at the side surface of the effect board 3520, the specific trace portion 3561 can be recognized, and the portion where the connection portion 3552 was provided can be determined.

Note that the difference in finish (for example, surface roughness) between the general trace portion 3560 and the specific trace portion 3561 is that the specific trace portion 3561 has a finer roughness (for example, smooth, slippery) than the general trace portion 3560. , etc.), or the roughness of the general trace portion 3560 may be finer than that of the specific trace portion 3561 . Also, the specific trace portion 3561 may be mirror-finished.

Although one hole 3556 provided between two slits 3551 is shown as the connecting portion 3552 in the above description, the connecting portion 3552 shown in FIG. 75 may be used without being limited to this. More specifically, FIG. 75( a ) provides two or more holes 3556 between two slits 3551 . 75(b1) to (b3), two slits 3551 are made as close as the width of the slit 3551 and the thickness of the portion between them is reduced. In this case, as shown in FIG. 75(b3), the specific trace portion 3561 does not cover the entire thickness, but only a portion of it. Note that the shaded portion in FIG. 75 indicates the region where the coating film 3523 is provided.

Thus, according to the effect board 3520 of the present embodiment, the connection part 3552 (specific trace part 3561) with the fixed-size board 3550 (discard board 3555) is linear or convex in the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520. Since it is provided in the part, it is possible to facilitate the finishing work of the connecting part 3552 (the connecting remaining part 3552a), suppress the increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1, and clean the specific trace part 3561. The production board 3520 can be easily finished and has a good appearance.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 by the connecting portion 3552 is provided on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520, the outer periphery of the effect board 3520 is formed by a cutting machine such as an NC machine. Therefore, even the effect board 3520 having a highly decorative shape can be easily manufactured, and a good-looking effect board 3520 can be obtained. Therefore, even if the effect board 3520 is visible, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to feel uncomfortable, and it is possible to suppress the decrease in interest.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520, the specific trace portion 3561 can be used as a mark for specifying the mounting direction of the effect board 3520, etc., when the worker assembles. .

By the way, the light-colored coating film 3523 (solder resist) is made of a harder material than other solder resists, so it easily turns into powder. Therefore, when cutting is performed to cut out the effect board 3520 from the fixed-size board 3550 with the light-colored coating film 3523 applied to the surface, in addition to a large amount of chips of the board base material 3521, the light-colored coating film A large amount of 3523 powder is generated. Since the powder of the light-colored coating film 3523 is fine, cleaning (removal) of the coating film 3523 is troublesome, and there is a risk of an increase in cost. There is fear. In addition, even after the effect board 3520 is cut out from the standard board 3550, if the light-colored coating film 3523 is applied to the cut edge of the effect board 3520, another member may be attached to the cut edge of the effect board 3520. When it comes into contact, the light-colored coating film 3523, which is a hard material, may become powder and scatter, adhering to or depositing on the effect substrate 3520 or other members (decorative body 3500).

Then, if the powder of the bright-colored coating film 3523 adheres and accumulates on the effect substrate 3520, the decorative body 3500, and the like, the following problems may occur. For example, if the powder adheres and accumulates on the LED 3530 as an electronic component mounted on the effect board 3520, the shadow of the LED 3530 is projected when the LED 3530 emits light, which may deteriorate the appearance of the light emitting effect. Also, if it adheres or accumulates on a connector as an electronic component mounted on the effect board 3520, there is a risk of poor contact. Furthermore, when the powder adheres and accumulates on the surface of the effect board 3520 and the decorative body 3500 (decorative part 3510), the appearance of the effect board 3520 and the decorative body 3500 may deteriorate (decrease) due to the powder. Due to such a problem, the player may feel discomfort or distrust, and may lose interest in the game.

On the other hand, according to this embodiment, the coating film 3523 made of a bright solder resist applied to the surface of the effect board 3520 is applied to the cut edge of the effect board 3520 and the edge of the copper foil 3522. Between, from the cut edge of the effect board 3520 including the edge of the specific trace portion 3561 (here, a predetermined distance L2) is provided inwardly, so that the effect board 3520 is cut from the standard size board 3550 Even if it is cut out, the light-colored coating film 3523 is not cut, and powder of the coating film 3523 is not generated. Therefore, it is possible to suppress an increase in the cost required for cleaning after cutting, and powder of the bright-colored coating film 3523 does not remain on the effect substrate 3520 . In addition, since the light-colored coating film 3523 is provided so as to refrain from the cut edge of the production substrate 3520, other members (such as the decorative part 3510 of the decoration body 3500) etc. hit the cut edge of the production substrate 3520. Even if it touches, it does not contact the coating film 3523, so the powder of the coating film 3523 is not generated, and the powder of the coating film 3523 scatters and adheres to the production substrate 3520, the decorative body 3500, etc. No sedimentation. For this reason, since the powder of the bright-colored coating film 3523 is not generated, the powder casts shadows during the light emission performance by the light emission of the LED 3530, which makes the appearance worse, and causes poor contact in the connector or the like. The pachinko machine is capable of preventing the appearance of the surface of the performance board 3520, the decorative body 3500, etc. from becoming bad, and entertaining the player and suppressing the decline in interest. 1 can be provided.

In addition, since the light-colored coating film 3523 is also provided away from the specific trace portion 3561 (predetermined distance L2), even if the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered remaining portion 3552a) is finished with a file or the like, the light-colored coating film 3523 is not covered. The powder of the covering film 3523 is not generated, and the same effects as described above can be obtained.

In the above, as a method of cutting out the irregular-shaped effect board 3520 from the fixed-length board 3550 and handling it integrally in the insert machine, the effect board 3520 and the fixed-length board 3550 are separated by using a processing machine such as an NC machine. Although a method of handling them integrally by cutting them in a state where they are connected by a connecting portion 3552 has been shown, as another method, after punching out a production board from a standard board using a punching die, There is a method (push-back method) in which the effect board is re-inserted into the punched hole of the scale board and handled integrally.

To explain this push-back method in detail, when a performance board is punched out from a standard-sized board using a stamping die, the gap between the performance board punched out and the hole punched out in the standard-sized board is small, When the performance board is fitted into the punched hole of the standard size board, the performance board is positioned on the standard size board, and the performance board can be handled integrally with the standard size board. Therefore, in the push-back method, unlike the above-described cutting method, since there is no need to provide the connection portion 3552, the effect board does not have a specific trace portion. Since the push-back method uses a punching die, it is possible to punch out a large number of effect boards in a short period of time. Even with this push-back method, there is a risk that powder will be generated if the light-colored coating film (solder resist) is punched out, so in the same way as above, the light-colored coating film is provided away from the cut edge of the production board. is desirable. In the push-back method, punching dies are relatively expensive, so the method of cutting using processing machines such as NC machines is better in terms of variety, small lot, cost, delivery time, etc. is advantageous.

In addition, according to this embodiment, since the coating film 3523 made of a bright (white) solder resist is provided on the surface of the effect board 3520, the light from the LEDs 3530 and the like is reflected by the bright coating film 3523. The decoration body 3500 can be decorated with bright light. At this time, a coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist is provided so as to extend from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 . In other words, the color of the outer peripheral edge of the substrate including the specific trace portion 3561 is made different from that of other portions (coating film 3523). Therefore, by making the specific trace portion 3561 or the like a color that does not easily reflect light or a non-glossy color, the specific trace portion 3561 can be made to appear darker than the other portions, and the specific trace portion 3561 can be made less noticeable. By doing so, it is possible to avoid the deterioration of the appearance of the decorative body 3500.

Since the effect board 3520 (effect board 3520A described later) is provided with a coating film 3523 made of a bright solder resist from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520, the effect board 3520 including the specific trace portion 3561 The outer edge is different in color from the light-colored solder resist. As the different color of the outer periphery including the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520 (the effect board 3520A), it is desirable to use a color darker than the bright solder resist. In addition, it is desirable that the peripheral edges of the effect board 3520 and the like are less glossy than the solder resist (coating film 3523). In this embodiment, the outer peripheral edge including the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520 (the effect board 3520A) is darker than the color of the bright solder resist and less glossy than the bright solder resist. .

[11-2. Effect board of the second embodiment]
Next, an effect board 3520A of an embodiment different from the effect board 3520 described above will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 76 to 79. FIG. FIG. 76(a) is an enlarged explanatory view showing the part of the connecting part with the waste board in the effect board of the second embodiment, and (b) separates the waste board and the effect board from the state of (a). (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the connecting portion is finished from the state in (b). FIG. 77(a) is an enlarged explanatory diagram showing a rendering substrate provided with a coating film of a form different from that of FIG. It is explanatory drawing which expands and shows a board|substrate, (c) is explanatory drawing which expands and shows the effect|presentation board|substrate provided with the copper foil of the form different from (a).

Also, FIG. 78 is an explanatory diagram showing the surface of the decoration board of the second embodiment in which the configuration of FIG. 76 is applied to the decoration board of the first embodiment such as FIG. 74 . 79 is an explanatory view showing the back surface of the effect board of the decoration of the second embodiment shown in FIG. 78. FIG. A shaded portion in FIG. 76 indicates a region where the coating film 3523 is provided. A shaded portion in FIG. 79 indicates a component placement area 3534 .

In the effect board 3520A of the second embodiment, the parts having the same configuration as the effect board 3520 provided in the above-described decoration 3500 (decoration 3501 of the first embodiment) are given the same reference numerals, and detailed description will be given. omitted. As shown in FIG. 76 and the like, this effect board 3520A is provided with a recess 3557 recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer periphery, and a connecting portion 3552 is provided at the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557. In other words, this effect board 3520A is provided with a specific trace portion 3561 in which a trace different from other portions (general trace portion 3560) is produced when the outer circumference is formed on the bottom portion 3557a of the concave portion 3557. For example, as shown in FIG. 78, the concave portion 3557 in the effect board 3520A is provided at a linear or convex portion on the outer periphery. Therefore, the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557 has a linear shape or a convex shape following the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520A.

More specifically, in the effect board 3520A of the present embodiment, the depth of the concave portion 3557 is the same as the width of the slit 3551 formed along the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520A in the standard board 3550. As a result, when the effect board 3520A is separated from the fixed-size board 3550, the thinnest central portion of the connection part 3552 is broken (cut), so that the connection remaining part 3552a left on the effect board 3520A protrudes outward from the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557 by half the width of the slit 3551 (the depth of the recess 3557). Therefore, even if the position where the connecting portion 3552 is cut is slightly deviated, the tip of the remaining connecting portion 3552a is the design outline of the effect board 3520A (the line indicated by the two-dot chain line in FIGS. 76(c) and 78). does not protrude outwards. Incidentally, in the effect board 3520A of the present embodiment, the depth of the recess 3557 is the same as the length from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A to the outer peripheral edge of the copper foil 3522.

The length of protrusion of the connecting portion 3552a is preferably within the range of 1/3 to 2/3 of the depth of the recess 3557, and the connecting portion 3552a is positioned closer to the center of the effect board 3520A than the designed outline. can be reliably positioned. In addition, it is possible to prevent the depth of the recessed portion 3557 from becoming relatively deep with respect to the projecting length of the remaining portion 3552a. Since the light-colored coating film 3523 is reduced by that much, the reflected light is reduced, and the brightness of the light emission effect is not darkened or uneven.

As shown in FIG. 76, the effect board 3520A has a coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist that extends from the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A in the general portion (the part other than the concave portion 3557). It is provided with a predetermined distance L2 away, and is provided with a predetermined distance L2 from the periphery of the recessed portion 3557 at the portion of the recessed portion 3557 . Therefore, even if the slit 3551 and the hole 3556 are cut, the light-colored coating film 3523 is not cut, and the coating film 3523 does not generate fine chips.

By the way, in the effect board 3520 of the first embodiment, since the connecting part 3552 is provided at the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520, the remaining part of the connecting part 3552 protruding from the outer periphery after being separated from the waste board 3555 When finishing by scraping 3552a, if the finishing of the remaining portion 3552a (specific trace portion 3561) is insufficient, the specific trace portion 3561 will protrude outward from the design outline of the effect board 3520. There is a possibility that the projecting specific trace portion 3561 hits the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decoration base 3540 surrounding the outer periphery of the effect board 3520 in the decoration body 3500, and the effect board 3520 cannot be attached to the decoration base 3540. There is

On the other hand, since the effect board 3520A of the present embodiment is provided with the connection part 3552 at the bottom part 3557a of the recess 3557, when the effect board 3520A is separated from the waste board 3555 by cutting the connection part 3552, the connection part The tethered portion 3552a (specific trace portion 3561) remaining on the effect board 3520A in 3552 is outward from the design outline of the effect board 3520A (the line indicated by the two-dot chain line in FIGS. 76(c) and 78) does not stand out. Therefore, even if the connecting portion 3552a (specific trace portion 3561) of the connecting portion 3552 protruding from the bottom portion 3557a is not scraped off (even if the specific trace portion 3561 protrudes from the bottom portion 3557a), the effect board 3520A can be attached to the decoration base 3540. can be inserted into and attached to the inner side of the cylindrical peripheral wall portion 3542 in , and the decorative body 3500 (the decorative body 3502 of the second embodiment) can be assembled reliably.

In addition, according to the effect board 3520A, since the finishing of the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) protruding from the bottom portion 3557a can be omitted, the cost of the effect board 3520A and thus the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced. can.

As described above, compared with the effect board 3520 of the first embodiment, the effect board 3520A is provided with a recess 3557 on the outer peripheral edge of the board, and the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557 is directed outward. Since the trace portion 3561 (tethering portion 3552a) protrudes, the outer peripheral edge of the substrate is uneven. However, when the effect board 3520A is assembled to the decoration body 3500, as shown in FIG. Since the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decoration base 3540 is positioned outside the outer peripheral edge of the substrate in the direction along the substrate surface, it becomes difficult to visually recognize the outer peripheral edge of the substrate from the front. As a result, even if the concave portion 3557 and the specific trace portion 3561 (tethering portion 3552a) projecting outward are provided on the outer peripheral edge of the substrate, they are hidden by the side wall portion 3511 of the decorative portion 3510 and the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decorative base 3540. The appearance of the decorative body 3500 is not degraded by being covered.

In addition, since the coating film 3523 made of a bright (white) solder resist is provided on the surface of the effect board 3520A, the light from the LEDs 3530 and the like can be reflected by the bright coating film 3523, thereby providing decoration. The body 3500 can be brightly decorated with luminescence. At this time, a coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist is provided so as to avoid the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A including the specific trace portion 3561 that is different from the general trace portion 3560 . That is, the color of the outer peripheral edge of the substrate including the specific trace portion 3561 is made different from that of the other portions (coating film 3523). Therefore, by making the specific trace portion 3561 or the like a color that does not easily reflect light or a non-glossy color, the specific trace portion 3561 can be made to appear darker than the other portions, and the specific trace portion 3561 can be made less noticeable. By doing so, it is possible to avoid the deterioration of the appearance of the decorative body 3500.

In addition, in the effect board 3520A, the connecting portion 3552 (specific trace portion 3561) is a portion or a linear portion that bulges outward at the outer peripheral edge (peripheral shape) of the effect board 3520A, in other words, a linear or convex Since it is provided at a shaped portion, the following effects can be obtained. To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board 3520A, as a part where the connecting part 3552 is provided, for example, the connecting part 3552 is only in a recessed part that is recessed toward the center side of the board in the outer peripheral edge (outer shape of the board) of the effect board 3520A. is provided, there is no connecting portion 3552 in the outwardly bulging portion between the recessed portion, so that the bulging portion is likely to deform downward due to its own weight. Specifically, for example, in the case where the performance board 3520A has a gourd shape in which two circular shapes are combined and the space between them is constricted, a connecting portion 3552 for connecting to the fixed-length board 3550 is provided only in the constricted portion. Then, since the connecting portion 3552 does not exist in the circular portions on both sides, the circular portion becomes more likely to deform downward due to its own weight as the distance from the connecting portion 3552 increases. Then, if the effect board 3520A is deformed by its own weight, it may be difficult to reliably mount the electronic parts when mounting the electronic parts such as the LEDs 3530 using an insert machine. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the connection portion 3552 (specific trace portion 3561) is provided in the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, the effect board 3520A At the time of manufacturing, compared to the case where the connection part 3552 is provided only in a recessed part such as a depression at the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, the part between the connection parts 3552 in the effect board 3520A is deformed downward due to its own weight. When electronic parts such as LEDs 3530 and ICs are mounted by an insert machine, deformation of the effect board 3520A is suppressed, so that the electronic parts can be mounted reliably.

In the above embodiment, the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) protruding from the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557 is not finished. As shown, the specific trace portion 3561 may be finished. In this case, since the recess 3557 is provided in a linear or convex portion of the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520A, the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557 is also linear or convex following the outer peripheral shape. A part of the connecting part 3552 (specific trace part 3561) protruding from the bottom part 3557a can be easily finished using a tool such as a file, and an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed. At the same time, the specific trace portion 3561 can be finely finished, and a good-looking effect board 3520A can be provided.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, in the portion of the recess 3557 on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A, the outer periphery of the coating film 3523 is shown to be away from the periphery of the recess 3557, but it is not limited to this, It may be as shown in FIG. 77(a). In the example of FIG. 77(a), when the performance board 3520A is separated from the waste board 3555 by cutting the connecting part 3552 provided at the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557, the performance board The tethering portion 3552a (specific trace portion 3561) remaining on the side of 3520A is kept away from the periphery by a predetermined distance L2. In this case, the portion protruding from the bottom portion 3557a (specific trace portion 3561) is not finished. This embodiment can also provide the same effects as those described above. In addition, since the coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist is also provided on the connecting portion 3552a, more light can be reflected, and the decorative portion 3510 can be decorated with brighter light. .

In addition, in the above-described embodiment, when the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is difficult to visually recognize when it is assembled to the decoration body 3500, the appearance becomes poor even if the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A can be recognized. can be suppressed. More specifically, in this effect board 3520A, since the coating film 3523 made of a bright (white) solder resist is provided along the periphery of the recess 3557 (because it is not provided in the tethering portion 3552a), the tethering portion 3552a (Specific trace portion 3561) can be made darker than the other portions (coating film 3523), making it difficult to recognize the remaining portion 3552a and suppressing deterioration in appearance. can.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the outer peripheral edge of the coating film 3523 is shown to be away from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, but this is not a limitation, and as shown in FIG. A coating film 3523 (hatched portion in the figure) may be provided up to the outer edge of the substrate 3520A. As a result, since the coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist is applied to the entire surface of the effect substrate 3520A, more light can be reflected, and the decorative portion 3510 is decorated with brighter light. be able to. In this case, in the production of the effect board 3520A, the outer shape of the board may be formed by applying the coating film 3523 (or on the entire surface of the fixed-size board 3550) in a state where it is not held against the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A. Alternatively, the coating film 3523 may be applied after the outer shape of the effect substrate 3520A is formed.

Moreover, as the effect board 3520A of the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. This makes it difficult for the copper foil 3522 to peel off from the substrate base material 3521 due to vibrations, impacts, etc., that act during the manufacturing process of the effect substrate 3520A.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 77(c), in this embodiment, the outer peripheral edge of the copper foil 3522 is kept toward the center side of the board at a constant distance along the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, and the portion of the recess 3557 However, it is kept at a constant distance along the periphery of the recess 3557 . The distance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A to the outer peripheral edge of the copper foil 3522 (distance kept away) is the same as the depth of the recess 3557 . In addition, the distance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A to the through hole 3524 is longer than the depth of the recess 3557. In other words, the depth of recess 3557 is shallower than the distance from the outer peripheral edge of the substrate to through hole 3524 . As a result, even if the position of the concave portion 3557 is shifted due to a manufacturing error or the like, the copper foil 3522 is not scraped, and even if the through hole 3524 is scraped, the through hole 3524 is not scraped. Thus, the copper foil 3522 can be supported on the substrate base material 3521, and the copper foil 3522 is not peeled off.

Further, when the effect board 3520A of the second embodiment is described in detail, the rear surface (back surface) of the effect board 3520A is mounted with a plurality of side-view type second LEDs 3532 as shown in FIG. and a specific electronic component 3533 such as an LED driver is mounted. Since the IC and LED driver as the specific electronic component 3533 are generally black, they are provided on the rear surface of the effect board 3520A, so that they cannot be seen from the front and the appearance of the decoration 3500 is improved. can be done.

The effect board 3520A is provided so that each of the plurality of second LEDs 3532 is irradiated with light to the outside of the effect board 3520A, and is provided so as to approach the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A. To be more specific, the second LED 3532 is arranged in a line segment connecting the center (center) of the effect board 3520A passing through the second LED 3532 and the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A. Closer side. As a result, the outside (the peripheral wall portion 3542 and the lens portion 3545 of the decoration base 3540) can be decorated with brighter light than the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A.

The effect board 3520A is provided with a coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist on the rear surface as well as the front surface. As a result, the light emitted from the side-view type second LED 3532 and leaking forward from the body portion 3541 of the decoration base 3540 can be reflected backward and returned into the body portion 3541 . Therefore, the peripheral wall portion 3542 (lens portion 3545) can be decorated with brighter light through the body portion 3541. FIG.

In addition, the effect board 3520A is provided so that the second LED 3532 is provided in the vicinity of the specific trace portion 3561 (recess 3557), and the specific trace portion 3561 enters the irradiation range of the light of the second LED 3532. . That is, the second LED 3532 provided in the vicinity of the specific trace portion 3561 is provided with its light emitting surface facing the specific trace portion 3561 . The above configuration can also be said to provide the specific trace portion 3561 (recess 3557) in the vicinity of the second LED 3532 and within the irradiation range of the light.

By the way, since the effect board 3520A is provided with the recessed portion 3557 recessed from the outer peripheral edge, the recessed portion 3557 is not provided with the coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist. Therefore, since the amount of light reflected at the portion of the recess 3557 is reduced, the portion of the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decorative base 3540 near the recess 3557 may be darker than the other portions.

On the other hand, the effect board 3520A of the second embodiment provides the second LED 3532 near the recess 3557 (specific trace portion 3561) toward the recess 3557. Thus, the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decoration base 3540 can be illuminated with uniform brightness. At this time, since the specific trace portion 3561 is protruded outward from the bottom portion 3557a of the concave portion 3557 by the tethering portion 3552a, the reflected light can be increased by that amount, and the lack of light amount due to the concave portion 3557 can be more compensated for. can be done. Although the details will be described later, as shown in FIG. 80, by providing a coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist up to the remaining portion 3552a, the shortage of the amount of reflected light can be further reduced. can compensate.

And, as described above, the effect board 3520A of the second embodiment is provided with the specific trace portion 3561 in the irradiation range of the light of the second LED 3532 of the side view type. Trace portion 3561 is illuminated and becomes conspicuous. However, in the state in which this effect board 3520A is assembled to the decoration body 3500, the front and rear of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A on which the specific trace portion 3561 is provided and the side surface are the side wall portion 3511 of the decoration portion 3510 and the main body portion of the decoration base 3540. Since it is hidden by the specific trace portion 3541 and the peripheral wall portion 3542 , it is possible to avoid the deterioration of the appearance due to the specific trace portion 3561 while exhibiting the effect of light reflection at the specific trace portion 3561 .

In addition, by moving the decorative body 3500 together with the effect board 3520A according to the progress of the game, even if the positional relationship between the effect board 3520A and the player changes, the side surface of the effect board 3520A will remain unchanged as described above. Since it is hidden by the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decoration base 3540, the specific trace portion 3561 cannot be seen. Therefore, the appearance of the movable performance using the decorative body 3500 does not deteriorate, and the performance effect of the movable performance of the decorative body 3500 can be surely exhibited to entertain the player and suppress the deterioration of interest. can be done.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 79, the effect board 3520A is an electronic component such as an IC, an LED driver, a resistor, a diode, a sensor, etc. for causing the mounted LEDs 3530 (the first LED 3531 and the second LED 3532) to emit light. (Specific electronic component 3533) is mounted on the rear surface (back surface, that is, the surface opposite to the player side). Many specific electronic components 3533 are provided near the specific trace portion 3561 . More specifically, the plurality of specific electronic components 3533 are provided within a component placement area 3534 (shaded portion) surrounded by a plurality (here, three) of specific trace portions 3561 .

By the way, as described above, the effect board 3520A is not separated from the standard board 3550, but is partially connected by the connection part 3552, and the specific electronic component 3533 is inserted using the insert machine. It is designed to mount electronic components including. In a state where the effect board 3520A is partially connected by the connecting part 3552, compared with the original fixed-size board 3550, the strength and rigidity of the entire board are lowered, so that it is easy to bend. The amount of deflection of the effect board 3520A based on the original fixed-size board 3550 tends to increase as the distance from the connecting portion 3552 increases. Therefore, when an electronic component is mounted by an insert machine, the lead or electrode of the electronic component may be soldered without sufficient contact with the copper foil 3522, or the electronic component may be soldered in a tilted state. There is a risk that it will be done or will be done. This problem is the same in the effect board 3520 of the first embodiment.

If the soldering of the electronic parts to the effect board 3520A is insufficient, if the electronic parts are soldered in a slanted state, or if there is a defective mounting of the electronic parts, the following problems will occur. Occur. For example, as an electronic component, in the case of a specific electronic component 3533 such as an IC or an LED driver, failure to operate normally due to mounting failure affects many electronic components such as the LED 3530 mounted on the effect board 3520A. There is a risk that it may affect In addition, in the case of a specific electronic component 3533 for detection such as a position sensor as an electronic component, if the connection is defective due to poor mounting or if it is attached at an angle, the movement position of the movable accessory (movable decorative body) cannot be detected. As a result, there is a possibility that the movable performance by the movable accessory cannot be executed. Furthermore, as an electronic component, in the case of a specific electronic component 3533 related to wiring such as a connector, it may become impossible to exchange signals with the peripheral control board 1510 due to mounting defects, or the effect board 3520A may There is a risk that the connector may come loose. If such an inconvenience occurs, the effect of the effect board 3520A cannot be exhibited sufficiently, and the player's interest may be reduced. To explain further, even if a resistor or LED 3530 has a mounting defect (mounting defect), the effect range is only one, but if the LED driver (specific electronic component 3533) has a mounting defect, the effect will be on all the LEDs 3530 under its control. Therefore, the LED driver (the specific electronic component 3533) is particularly important and must be securely mounted.

In contrast, in this embodiment, the specific electronic component 3533 is provided near the specific trace portion 3561 . Alternatively, a specific electronic component 3533 is provided between two specific trace portions 3561 . Furthermore, a specific electronic component 3533 is provided in a component placement area 3534 surrounded by three or more specific trace portions 3561 . In other words, since the specific electronic component 3533 is provided in a portion that is difficult to bend (a portion with a small amount of bending) on the production board 3520A, the leads and electrodes of the specific electronic component 3533 are reliably in contact with the copper foil 3522. The specific electronic component 3533 can be soldered in an upright state, and the specific electronic component 3533 is not attached in a tilted state. As a result, since the performance using the performance board 3520A can be reliably executed, the performance effect of the performance board 3520A can be fully exhibited, and the player can be entertained and the decline in interest can be suppressed. .

[11-2a. Production board of other embodiments]
Subsequently, effect boards of other embodiments will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 80 and 81 and the like. FIG. 80(a) is a rear view of the effect board of the third embodiment, and (b) is a front view of the effect board of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 81(a) is an explanatory view schematically showing a production board provided with a specific trace portion and a side-view type LED, and (b) is an outward display between the specific trace portions in (a). It is explanatory drawing of the production|presentation board|substrate which provided the extended extension part which has extended, (c) is explanatory drawing which shows the production|presentation board|substrate of a form different from (a) and (b).

First, as shown in FIG. 80(a), the effect board 3520B has a plurality of specific electronic components 3533 such as an IC, an LED driver, and a connector mounted near the left end in rear view. As shown in the drawing, this effect board 3520B has a plurality of specific trace portions 3561 (recesses 3557) provided on the upper side and the lower side, which are not uniform in the longitudinal direction of each side, and the left side of the center in the longitudinal direction is It is set biased so that there are more. The effect board 3520B has two specific trace portions 3561 from the left on the upper side and the lower side, and a specific trace portion 3561 on the left side, forming a component placement area 3534 (hatched portion). specific electronic component 3533 is provided.

According to this effect board 3520B, the component placement area 3534 surrounded by the plurality of specific trace parts 3561 is formed by a plurality of connecting parts 3552 connected to the fixed-length board 3550 at the time of manufacturing the effect board 3520B. Since it is an enclosed area, due to the presence of a plurality of connecting portions 3552 surrounding the area, the area has higher strength and rigidity than other parts of the effect board 3520B and is less likely to bend. Therefore, in the production of the effect board 3520B, since the component placement area 3534 is difficult to bend, when attaching the electronic component (the specific electronic component 3533) with an insert machine, the leads and electrodes of the specific electronic component 3533 are attached to the copper foil 3522. The soldering can be performed in a state of sufficient contact, or the specific electronic component 3533 can be soldered in a straight state, and mounting failures and connection failures do not occur. As a result, since the performance using the performance board 3520B can be reliably executed, the performance effect of the performance board 3520B can be fully exhibited, and the player can be entertained and the decline in interest can be suppressed. .

In addition, in the effect board 3520B, since the IC and the LED driver as the specific electronic component 3533 are generally black, they are provided on the rear surface of the effect board 3520B, so that they are not visible from the front, and the decoration body You can make the 3500 look better.

Next, the effect board 3520C shown in FIG. 80(b) is provided with one specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) protruding from the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557 on the upper side and the left side when viewed from the front. Two specific trace portions 3561 (retaining portions 3552a) protruding from the bottom portion 3557a of the concave portion 3557 are provided on each of the lower side and the right side. As a result, in the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520C, since the specific trace portion 3561 having a different form is provided according to the part of the outer peripheral edge, in the assembly of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), not only the visual sense but also the tactile sense is provided. The direction of the effect board 3520C can be specified, the assembly can be facilitated, and assembly errors can be prevented.

Subsequently, the effect board 3520D shown in FIG. 81(a) is provided behind the translucent decorative body (not shown). The effect board 3520D is provided with a plurality of specific trace parts 3561 (tethered parts 3552a) protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the board. The effect board 3520D has a coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist on the board surface. The coating film 3523 is applied up to the tip of the tethering portion 3552a. This production board 3520D is provided with a plurality of side-view type LEDs 3535 that irradiate light outward along the board surface. Some of the LEDs 3535 are provided so that the light irradiation direction including the optical axis thereof is directed toward the specific trace portion 3561 .

According to this effect board 3520D, since some LEDs 3535 are provided so that light is emitted toward the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) projecting outward, The light can also be reflected at the specific trace portion 3561, and the decorative body provided in front can be decorated with brighter light.

Next, in the effect board 3520E shown in FIG. 81(b), at least one side-view type LED 3535 is provided between the LEDs 3535 provided toward the specific trace portion 3561 with respect to the effect board 3520D. Extending portions 3525 extending outward from the outer peripheral edge of the substrate are provided between the specific trace portions 3561 . A coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist is also applied to the surfaces of the extensions 3525 of the effect board 3520E.

According to this effect board 3520E, the light from the side-view type LED 3535 that irradiates light outward along the board surface is also reflected at the extension part 3525 extending outward from the outer peripheral edge of the board. can be made In addition, the light from the front can also be reflected at the extending portion 3525 . Therefore, more light can be reflected, and the decorative body provided in front can be decorated with brighter light.

Next, although illustration is omitted, in addition to the extending portion 3525 provided between the specific trace portions 3561 at the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520E, the extending portion 3525 and Also on the opposite side of the specific trace portion 3561, an extending portion 3525 extending outward from the outer peripheral edge of the substrate is provided, and the surface of the extending portion 3525 is also light colored (white). A coating film 3523 made of solder resist may be applied. As a result, the light from the LED 3535 mounted on the substrate surface, the light from the front, etc. can be reflected by the extension portions 3525 provided on both sides of the specific trace portion 3561, and the light from the front is provided. The decorative body can be decorated with brighter light emission.

In addition, in the effect board 3520E, the extension part 3525 extending outward at a constant distance from the outer peripheral edge of the board is shown, but it is not limited to this, and the LED 3535 It may be made to extend only the part which becomes the front of, or it may be made to extend outward in a wavy or arcuate shape.

When the effect board 3520B, the effect board 3520D, and the effect board 3520E provided with the side-view type second LED 3532 and LED 3535 as described above are assembled into a decorative body (accessory), the outer peripheral edge (specific trace portion 3561) Although it is desirable to use it for decorations that are invisible or unrecognizable, it is also possible to use it for decorations whose outer peripheral edge is visible or recognizable as described below. More specifically, for example, when using the effect board 3520A, the effect board 3520D, and the effect board 3520E (hereinafter also simply referred to as the effect board 3520D) as the LED boards of the decorations that move according to the progress of the game, the movable effect As the position of the movable decorative body changes, the angle seen by the player changes, and the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520D becomes visible to the player, and the specific trace portion 3561 (connection portion 3552a) glows due to the light emission of the LED 3535. Even if it becomes conspicuous, the player's interest can be strongly attracted to the movable effect by moving the movable decorative body, so that the shining specific trace portion 3561 can be made difficult to notice. It is possible to suppress the deterioration of the appearance due to the visible 3561, and to sufficiently exhibit the performance effect of the movable performance by the movable decorative body.

In addition, when the above effect board 3520D or the like is used as the LED board of the fixed decoration that does not move, even if the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520D is visible to the player, the fixed decoration does not move. By providing the specific trace portion 3561 at a site that is difficult for the player to visually recognize, even if the specific trace portion 3561 is illuminated by the light emission of the LED 3535, it is difficult to stand out, and the presence of the specific trace portion 3561 can be deceived. does not look bad.

Subsequently, the effect board 3520F shown in FIG. 81(c) is provided with a specific trace portion 3561 avoiding the irradiation range of the light of the side-view type LED 3535 . As described above, a specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) projecting outward is provided in the light irradiation range of the LED 3535, and a coating film 3523 made of a bright solder resist is provided on the specific trace portion 3561. As a result, light can be reflected and the decorative body 3500 can be decorated with brighter light. On the other hand, when the light from the LED 3535 is reflected at the specific trace portion 3561, the specific trace portion 3561 shines and becomes conspicuous. In this effect board 3520F, the specific trace portion 3561 is provided so as to avoid the irradiation range of the light of the LED 3535, so when the LED 3535 is caused to emit light, the specific trace portion 3561 is made darker than the other parts of the outer peripheral edge of the substrate. can be made inconspicuous.

To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board 3520F, when the effect board 3520F is separated by breaking the connection portion 3552 with the standard size board 3550, the specified trace portion 3561 (the tip of the remaining portion 3552a) is broken. Burrs are likely to occur. If a specific trace portion 3561 having burrs due to breakage is provided in the light irradiation range of the side-view type LED 3535, the burr of the specific trace portion 3561 shines brightly due to the light from the LED 3535, and the specific trace portion 3561 In addition to being conspicuous, the shining of the specific trace portion 3561 makes the brightness of other portions of the effect board uneven, and there is a risk that the effect of the light emission effect will be reduced.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided avoiding the light irradiation range of the side-view type LED 3535 , even if the specific trace portion 3561 has a burr, the burr is not visible on the LED 3535 . In addition, it is possible to prevent uneven brightness between the part of the specific trace part 3561 and the other parts of the effect board 3520F. The decorative body 3500 provided in front of the substrate 3520F can be illuminated with uniform brightness, and the presentation effect by the illumination presentation can be exhibited without fail.

In addition, in the effect board 3520F, as shown in FIGS. 77(a) and 77(b), a coating film 3523 made of a bright-colored solder resist may be provided on the specific trace portion 3561 (connecting residue portion 3552a), but FIG. As in b), the coating film 3523 made of a bright-colored solder resist may not be provided on the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a). Alternatively, the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552 a ) may be colored darker than the coating film 3523 . As a result, the specific trace portion 3561 becomes darker than the other portions. It can be made inconspicuous, and the deterioration of the appearance of the decorative body can be avoided.

This effect board 3520F can be used for a decoration whose outer peripheral edge (specific trace portion 3561) is visible or recognizable when assembled into a decoration (accessory). More specifically, for example, when the effect board 3520F is used as the LED board for the decoration that is fixed and does not move, even if the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520F is visible to the player, the light emission of the LED 3535 Since the specific trace portion 3561 does not shine, the specific trace portion 3561 can be made inconspicuous, and the appearance of the fixed decoration does not deteriorate. In addition, even if the LED 3535 emits light, the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) is not conspicuous. cost increase can be suppressed.

In addition, when the performance board 3520F is used as the LED board of the decoration that moves according to the progress of the game, if the movement of the movable decoration changes the angle seen by the player, the outer peripheral edge of the performance board 3520F can be visually recognized by the player. Even in the possible state, the specific trace portion 3561 does not shine due to the light emission of the LED 3535, so the specific trace portion 3561 can be made inconspicuous, and the appearance of the movable decoration does not deteriorate. In addition, even if the LED 3535 is caused to emit light, the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) does not stand out. cost increase can be suppressed.

In addition, the effect board 3520D, the effect board 3520E, and the effect board 3520F described above show that the coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist is applied to the entire surface of the board, but the present invention is limited to this. Instead, as shown in FIG. 77(a), etc., the coating film 3523 may be applied so as not to extend from the edge of the substrate. In other words, the coating film 3523 may not be applied to a portion of a predetermined width from the edge of the substrate. As a result, in the same way as the effect board 3520 and the like described above, it is possible to prevent inconveniences and troubles due to the powder of the coating film 3523 during the manufacture of the effect board 3520D and the like.

In addition, in the above effect board 3520, the effect board 3520A to the effect board 3520F (hereinafter also simply referred to as the effect board 3520), a specific trace portion 3561 that has finished the connecting portion 3552a or a specific trace portion 3561 that has not finished the connecting portion 3552a in one substrate Although the one provided with any of the trace portions 3561 is shown, it is not limited thereto. ) and the specific trace portion 3561 (type protruding from the outer peripheral edge of the substrate) in which the remaining portion 3552a is not finished may be mixed. In this case, the unfinished connecting portion 3552a is used as a specific trace portion 3561 that does not protrude in a portion that is easily visible to the player, and the specific trace portion 3561 that is not finished in the connecting portion 3552a is used in a portion that is difficult for the player to see. It is desirable to As a result, the appearance of the decorative body can be improved, and costs can be reduced by reducing the required finishing work.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, as the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520, the trace of the connection portion 3552 at the time of board manufacture is shown, but it is not limited to this. It may also be a trace of being supported (held) by a board support device when mounting an electronic component by an insert machine after cutting out the board.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the coating film 3523 made of a light-colored (white) solder resist is provided so as to avoid the outer peripheral edge of the substrate, so that the outer peripheral edge of the substrate including the specific decorative portion 3561 is covered with the coating film 3523 . shows a different color, but it is not limited to this, and a specific trace portion 3561 or a range of a predetermined width from the outer peripheral edge of the substrate is colored in a color different from that of the coating film 3523. Also good. At this time, if the substrate is colored in a dark, non-glossy blackish color, the specific trace portion 3561 and the outer peripheral edge of the substrate can be made inconspicuous. Alternatively, when the substrate is colored in a glossy bright color, the light reflectance of the entire substrate can be increased, and the decorative body can be decorated with brighter light emission.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiments, electronic parts such as ICs and LED drivers are used as they are, but the present invention is not limited to this. On the other hand, it may be colored in a bright color such as white. Thereby, the electronic component can be made inconspicuous. In addition, since electronic parts such as ICs and LED drivers can be made inconspicuous by coloring them in a bright color, these electronic parts can be provided on the front surface of the effect board 3520, and the cost of the effect board 3520 can be reduced. can be reduced.

In addition, in the effect board 3520 and the like of the above-described embodiment, characters and symbols representing the electronic components to be mounted, the model number of the board, and the like may be printed in bright colors on the surface of the board. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the characters and symbols to be mistaken during assembly, and the appearance of the decoration does not deteriorate even if the characters and symbols are applied to the surface of the substrate.

[11-3. Decorative body of another embodiment having a production board]
Next, a decorative body of another embodiment having a rendering board will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 82 and 83. FIG. FIG. 82(a) is an explanatory view showing a cross section of the main part of the decoration of the third embodiment, (b) is a cross section of the main part of the decoration of the fourth embodiment, and (c ) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross-section of a main part of the decoration of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 83(a) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the main part of the decoration of the sixth embodiment, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the main part of the decoration of the seventh embodiment in cross section, and (c ) is an explanatory view showing a cross-section of a main part of the decoration of the eighth embodiment. In the following description, the vertical direction of the paper surface of FIGS. 82 and 83 is described as the front-back direction. In the following description, parts having the same configurations as those of the decoration 3500 (decoration 3501 and decoration 3502) are assigned the same reference numerals.

[11-3a. Decorative body of the third embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 82(a), the decorative body 3503 of the third embodiment is formed in a predetermined shape and has a transparent decorative portion 3510 and an effect substrate 3520A having a plurality of LEDs 3530 mounted on the surface. and have The decorative portion 3510 includes a front wall portion 3513 facing forward, a peripheral wall portion 3514 projecting rearward from the outer peripheral edge of the front wall portion 3513, and a portion of the front wall portion 3513 and the peripheral wall portion 3514. and a plated portion 3515 having metallic luster provided. The decorative portion 3510 is formed in a container shape (box shape) opened rearward by a front wall portion 3513 and a peripheral wall portion 3514 .

In this decorative portion 3510 , a portion of the front wall portion 3513 inside the plated portion 3515 has a higher light transmittance than the portion of the plated portion 3515 . That is, the plated portion 3515 provides an opening 3516 with high light transmittance. The hatched portion in the enlarged view in FIG. 82( a ) is the plated portion 3515 .

The effect board 3520A is provided behind the front wall portion 3513 in the decorative portion 3510 and is provided forward of the rear end of the peripheral wall portion 3514 . That is, the effect board 3520A is provided inside the decorative portion 3510 having a container shape. The effect board 3520A has an outer peripheral shape that follows (follows) the outer peripheral shape of the decoration portion 3510 and is smaller than the inner peripheral shape of the peripheral wall portion 3514 . The effect board 3520A has a recessed portion 3557 formed on the outer periphery, and a part (remainder) of the connecting portion 3552 protrudes from the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557. As shown in FIG. That is, the bottom portion 3557a is provided with a specific trace portion 3561 in which a trace different from other portions (general trace portion 3560) is generated when the outer periphery is formed.

Although not shown, the surface of the effect board 3520A is also coated with a light-colored coating film 3523, and the outer peripheral edge of the coating film 3523 is a predetermined distance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect substrate 3520A. It is provided ahead of L2.

In this decorative body 3503, in the assembled state, the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A overlaps with the plated part 3515 of the decorative part 3510 in a front view. and the specific trace portion 3561 are difficult to see from the front. In addition, since the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A is surrounded by the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decorative portion 3510, and the peripheral wall portion 3514 is also provided with the plating portion 3515, the recessed portion 3557 and the specific trace portion 3561 are visible from the side. it's getting harder.

Thus, according to the decorative body 3503 of the present embodiment, the effect board 3520A has a specific trace portion 3561 in which the connecting portion 3552a of the connecting portion 3552 remains, so that the effect board 3520A does not look good. However, since the bad-looking part can be hidden by the plating part 3515, deterioration of the appearance can be avoided, and the appearance of the decorative body 3503 can be improved.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 can be hidden by the plating portion 3515, there is no need to finish the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a), so the cost of the effect board 3520A can be reduced, and the pachinko machine can be used. It is possible to suppress an increase in the cost of gaming machines such as 1.

Further, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided in the bottom portion 3557a of the concave portion 3557 recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, even if the specific trace portion 3561 protrudes outward from the bottom portion 3557a, the effect board 3520A , the effect board 3520A can be reliably attached to the interior of the decorative portion 3510 without protruding beyond the designed outline.

Furthermore, since the effect board 3520A is provided inside the container-shaped decoration part 3510, and the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A is surrounded by the peripheral wall part 3514, the connecting part 3552a of the connecting part 3552 is left on the outer peripheral side surface of the effect board 3520A. Even if there is a jagged specific trace portion 3561 like a remaining broken surface, the peripheral wall portion 3514 can make it difficult to touch the specific trace portion 3561, and the worker can be prevented from being injured. . In addition, it is possible to prevent the worker's lipid from adhering to the outer peripheral side surface and the vicinity of the peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of problems due to the lipid.

In addition, the specific trace portion 3561 provided on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A can be hidden by the plating portion 3515, and the light color (white) of the surface can make the effect board 3520A inconspicuous. Even if the distance between the front wall portion 3513 and the effect board 3520A is shortened (narrowed), the appearance of the decorative part 3510 does not deteriorate, and the thickness of the decorative body 3503 having the decorative part 3510 and the effect board 3520A thickness can be reduced. Therefore, since the degree of freedom in arranging the decoration 3503 can be increased, the decoration 3503 can be provided at a more effective position, and the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 can be improved. In addition, since the decorative body 3503 becomes thin, it is possible to relatively easily secure a space for installing other decorative bodies, etc., so that the pachinko machine 1 having more decorative bodies and the like can be provided. It is possible to provide the highly appealing pachinko machine 1 capable of strongly attracting the interest of players.

In addition, since the light-colored coating film 3523 is provided on the surface of the effect board 3520A, the light from the LED 3530 or the like can be reflected, and the decorative body 3503 (inside the opening 3516 in the decorative portion 3510) is brightly luminous decoration. can be made

In the above embodiment, the decorative portion 3510 is provided with the plated portion 3515. However, the present invention is not limited to this. It is also possible to provide a lens portion that diffusely reflects the light, or to provide a grained portion in the form of a ground glass.

Further, in the above embodiment, the effect board 3520A provided with the specific trace portion 3561 on the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the outer peripheral edge does not have the recess 3557. It is good also as a production|presentation board|substrate with which 3561 is provided. In this case, the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) may or may not be finished.

[11-3b. Decorative body of the fourth embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 82(b), the decoration body 3504 of the fourth embodiment is provided so as to surround the decoration part 3510 which is formed in a predetermined shape and has translucency and the outer periphery of the decoration part 3510. It has a frame-shaped frame portion 3570 and an effect board 3520A provided inside the frame of the frame portion 3570 after the decoration portion 3510 and having a plurality of LEDs 3530 mounted on the surface thereof. The decorative portion 3510 includes a front wall portion 3513 facing forward, a side wall portion 3511 protruding rearward from the outer peripheral edge of the front wall portion 3513, and extending outward from the rear end of the side wall portion 3511. and a flange portion 3517 that

The frame portion 3570 includes a flat plate portion 3571 having an outer circumference larger than that of the decorative portion 3510, an opening 3572 penetrating through the flat plate portion 3571 and through which the front wall portion 3513 of the decorative portion 3510 can pass, and an opening 3572 extending rearward from the outer peripheral edge of the flat plate portion 3571. and a peripheral wall portion 3573 extending like a wall. The frame portion 3570 has an outer peripheral shape that follows (along) the outer peripheral shape of the decorative portion 3510 . The frame portion 3570 is formed such that the inner peripheral shape of the peripheral wall portion 3573 is slightly larger than the outer peripheral shape of the decorative portion 3510 . The frame portion 3570 has a lower light transmittance than the decoration portion 3510 and is formed to be opaque.

The effect board 3520A has an outer peripheral shape that follows (follows) the outer peripheral shape of the frame portion 3570 and is formed smaller than the inner peripheral shape of the peripheral wall portion 3573 . The effect board 3520A has a recessed portion 3557 formed on the outer periphery, and a connecting portion 3552a of the connecting portion 3552 protrudes from the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557. As shown in FIG. That is, the bottom portion 3557a is provided with a specific trace portion 3561 in which a trace different from other portions (general trace portion 3560) is generated when the outer periphery is formed.

Although not shown, the surface of the effect board 3520A is also coated with a light-colored coating film 3523, and the outer peripheral edge of the coating film 3523 is a predetermined distance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect substrate 3520A. It is provided ahead of L2.

In the assembled decorative body 3504, the decorative portion 3510 is inserted into the frame portion 3570 from the rear. The flange portion 3517 is in contact with the flat plate portion 3571 of the portion 3570 . In addition, in the decoration body 3504, the effect board 3520A is positioned within the frame of the frame part 3570, that is, in front of the rear end of the peripheral wall part 3573 of the frame part 3570, and the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A is surrounded by the peripheral wall part 3573. is

In addition, as shown in the drawing, the decorative body 3504 overlaps the flat plate portion 3571 of the opaque frame portion 3570 in front view, so that the outer peripheral edge of the production substrate 3520A is overlapped with the flat plate portion 3571, that is, the outer peripheral edge of the production substrate 3520A , the concave portion 3557 and the specific trace portion 3561 are difficult to see from the front. In addition, since the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A is surrounded by the peripheral wall portion 3573 of the opaque frame portion 3570, it is difficult to visually recognize the recessed portion 3557 and the specific trace portion 3561 from the side.

Thus, according to the decorative body 3504 of the present embodiment, the effect board 3520A has a specific trace portion 3561 in which the connecting portion 3552a of the connecting portion 3552 remains, so that the effect board 3520A does not look good. However, since the poor-looking portion can be hidden by the opaque frame portion 3570, deterioration of the appearance can be avoided, and the appearance of the decorative body 3504 can be improved.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 can be hidden by the opaque frame portion 3570, it is not necessary to finish the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a), so the cost of the effect board 3520A can be reduced, and in turn, An increase in the cost of a game machine such as the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.

Further, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided in the bottom portion 3557a of the concave portion 3557 recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, even if the specific trace portion 3561 protrudes outward from the bottom portion 3557a, the effect board 3520A The effect board 3520A can be reliably attached to the inside of the frame portion 3570 without protruding beyond the designed outline in .

Furthermore, since the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A is surrounded by the peripheral wall part 3573 of the frame part 3570, a jagged specific trace part 3561 like a broken surface where the connecting part 3552a of the connecting part 3552 remains on the outer peripheral side surface of the effect board 3520A Even if there is, the peripheral wall portion 3573 can make it difficult to touch the specific trace portion 3561, and the worker can be prevented from being injured. In addition, it is possible to prevent the worker's lipid from adhering to the outer peripheral side surface and the vicinity of the peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of problems due to the lipid.

In addition, the specific trace portion 3561 provided on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A can be hidden by the frame portion 3570, and the light color (white) of the surface can make the effect board 3520A inconspicuous. Even if the distance between the front wall part 3513 and the effect board 3520A is shortened (narrowed), the appearance of the decorative part 3510 does not deteriorate, and the decoration having the decorative part 3510, the effect board 3520A and the frame part 3570 The thickness of body 3504 can be reduced. Therefore, since the degree of freedom in arranging the decorations 3504 can be increased, the decorations 3504 can be provided at more effective positions, and the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 can be improved. In addition, by making the decorative body 3504 thin, it is possible to relatively easily secure a space for installing other decorative bodies, etc., so that the pachinko machine 1 having more decorative bodies and the like can be provided. It is possible to provide the highly appealing pachinko machine 1 capable of strongly attracting the interest of players.

In addition, since the light-colored coating film 3523 is provided on the surface of the effect board 3520A, the light from the LED 3530 or the like can be reflected, and the decorative body 3504 (inside the opening 3572 in the frame portion 3570, that is, the decorative portion The front wall portion 3513) of 3510 can be decorated with bright light.

In the above embodiment, the opaque frame portion 3570 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this. The member may be provided with a colored portion of a predetermined color, the surface of the transparent member may be provided with a lens portion for diffusely reflecting light, or the surface of the transparent member may be embossed in the form of rubbed glass. A part may be provided.

Further, in the above embodiment, the effect board 3520A provided with the specific trace portion 3561 on the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the outer peripheral edge does not have the recess 3557. It is good also as a production|presentation board|substrate with which 3561 is provided. In this case, the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) may or may not be finished.

[11-3c. Decoration body of the fifth embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 82(c), the decorative body 3505 of the fifth embodiment has a transparent decorative portion 3510 formed in a predetermined shape and a plurality of LEDs 3530 provided behind the decorative portion 3510. It is provided with a mounted effect board 3520A and a transparent decoration base 3540 provided after the effect board 3520A. This ornamental body 3505 uses an effect board 3520A in which a specific trace part 3561 is provided in the bottom part 3557a of the concave part 3557 in contrast to the structure of the ornamental body 3501 of the first embodiment. The configuration is the same except for

The decoration part 3510 is three-dimensionally formed with a substantially constant thickness as a whole. The decorative portion 3510 includes a side wall portion 3511 extending in the front-rear direction (a direction intersecting the front wall portion 3513 of the central portion) near the outer peripheral edge, and an end surface of the plate thickness of the side wall portion 3511 extending rearward. and a facing rear end surface 3512 . In the decorative portion 3510 of the present embodiment, the central portion (front wall portion 3513) and the side wall portion 3511 are continuous with a smooth curved surface, and there is no clear boundary with the central portion (front wall portion 3513). not

The effect board 3520A is provided behind the decorative portion 3510 (rear end surface 3512). The effect board 3520A has a shape that follows (along) the outer peripheral shape of the decorative portion 3510 and is formed smaller than the outer periphery of the decorative portion 3510 . Approximately the entire outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is formed behind the rear end surface 3512 of the decorative portion 3510 . In other words, the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A is positioned between the outer periphery and the inner periphery of the rear end surface 3512 (in the enlarged view of FIG. 82(c) It is formed so as to be positioned at the shaded portion).

The production board 3520A has a recessed portion 3557 formed on the outer periphery, and a connecting portion 3552a of the connecting portion 3552 protrudes from the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557. As shown in FIG. That is, the bottom portion 3557a is provided with a specific trace portion 3561 in which a trace different from other portions (general trace portion 3560) is generated when the outer periphery is formed.

The plurality of LEDs 3530 mounted on the effect board 3520 is composed of a plurality of top-view type first LEDs 3531 mounted on the front surface and a plurality of side-view type second LEDs 3532 mounted on the rear surface. ing.

Although not shown, the surface of the effect board 3520A is also coated with a light-colored coating film 3523, and the outer peripheral edge of the coating film 3523 is a predetermined distance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect substrate 3520A. It is provided ahead of L2.

The decoration base 3540 includes a flat plate-shaped main body portion 3541 located behind the effect board 3520A, a peripheral wall portion 3542 extending forward from the outer peripheral edge of the main body portion 3541 in a wall shape, and a main body portion 3541 extending through the main body portion 3541. An opening 3543 into which the second LED 3532 mounted on the rear surface of the effect board 3520A is inserted inside the cage, and an opening 3543 provided at the periphery of the main body 3541 and formed diagonally so as to be positioned forward as it goes outward from the periphery. and a lens portion 3545 formed of a plurality of unevenness provided on the front end face of the peripheral wall portion 3542 .

A peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decoration base 3540 is provided over the entire circumference of the main body portion 3541 and is formed in a cylindrical shape that is short in the front-rear direction. The size of the inner periphery of the peripheral wall portion 3542 is slightly larger than the size of the outer periphery of the decorative portion 3510 . As a result, the decorative portion 3510 can be inserted from the front inside the cylindrical peripheral wall portion 3542 . Moreover, the peripheral wall portion 3542 is formed so that the lens portion 3545 at the front end protrudes forward from the rear end surface 3512 of the decoration portion 3510 when the decoration body 3500 is assembled.

The outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is located behind the rear end surface 3512 of the decoration part 3510 in the assembled state. As a result, in a front view, the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A overlaps the rear end surface 3512 of the decorative portion 3510 (shaded portion in the enlarged view of FIG. 82(c)). In addition, the decoration body 3505 is surrounded by the rear end surface 3512 of the decoration part 3510 and the main body part 3541 of the decoration base 3540 at the front and back near the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, and the outside of the outer peripheral side of the effect board 3520A It is surrounded by the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decorative base 3540 .

Thus, according to the decorative body 3505 of the present embodiment, the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is provided behind the rear end surface 3512 of the side wall portion 3511 in the decorative portion 3510 formed in a curved surface shape. Due to the lens effect of the shaped side wall 3511, the rear can be distorted, and the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 (the concave portion 3557 and the specific trace portion 3561) can be made difficult to see clearly from the front. In addition, since the outer peripheral side surface of the effect board 3520 is surrounded by the peripheral wall part 3542 of the decoration base 3540, and the lens part 3545 consisting of a plurality of irregularities is provided at the front end of the peripheral wall part 3542, the effect board 3520A can also be viewed from the side. It is possible to make the outer peripheral edge (the concave portion 3557 and the specific trace portion 3561) difficult to visually recognize.

Therefore, even if the effect board 3520A has a bad appearance by having the specific trace part 3561 in which the connecting part 3552a of the connecting part 3552 remains on the effect board 3520A, the bad-looking part can be replaced by the opaque frame part. Since it can be hidden by 3570, deterioration in appearance can be avoided, and the appearance of the decorative body 3505 can be improved.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 can be hidden by the side wall portion 3511 of the decoration portion 3510 and the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decoration base 3540, there is no need to finish the specific trace portion 3561 (connecting portion 3552), so the effect substrate 3520A is applied. Cost can be reduced, and in turn, an increase in cost for a game machine such as the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.

Furthermore, since the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A is surrounded by the peripheral wall part 3542 of the decoration base 3540, a jagged specific trace part 3561 like a broken surface where the connecting part 3552a of the connecting part 3552 remains on the outer peripheral side surface of the effect board 3520A. Even if there is, the peripheral wall portion 3542 can make it difficult to touch the specific trace portion 3561, and the worker can be prevented from being injured. In addition, it is possible to prevent the worker's lipid from adhering to the outer peripheral side surface and the vicinity of the peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of problems due to the lipid.

In addition, since the light-colored coating film 3523 is provided on the surface of the effect board 3520A, the light from the LED 3530 or the like can be reflected, and the decoration body 3505 (the decoration part 3510 and the lens part 3545 of the decoration base 3540) The bright and luminous decoration can be made.

In the above-described embodiment, the connecting portion 3552a of the connecting portion 3552 protruding from the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557 is used as the unfinished specific trace portion 3561. However, the specific trace portion is not limited to this. The portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) may be finished.

[11-3d. Decoration body of the sixth embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 83(a), the decoration body 3506 of the sixth embodiment has a transparent decoration part 3510 formed in a predetermined shape, and a plurality of decoration parts provided behind the decoration part 3510 on the front surface. It has an effect board 3520A on which the LED 3530 is mounted. It has a decorative portion 3510 , a front wall portion 3513 formed in a predetermined three-dimensional shape, and a peripheral wall portion 3514 protruding rearward from the outer peripheral edge of the front wall portion 3513 in a wall shape. A peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decorative portion 3510 has a rear end surface 3512 facing rearward.

The effect board 3520A is provided so as to come into contact with the rear end surface 3512 of the decorative portion 3510. As shown in FIG. The effect board 3520A has an outer peripheral shape following (along) the outer peripheral shape of the decoration part 3510, and the outer peripheral edge is formed so as to overlap the rear end surface 3512 of the decoration part 3510. More specifically, the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is a virtual viewpoint modeled on a player (a general player sitting in front of the pachinko machine 1) in contact with the outer peripheral edge of the rear end surface 3512 of the decorative portion 3510. ) (indicated by a dashed line in the figure) from the center side of the decorative portion 3510 (inner peripheral edge side of the rear end face 3512).

In addition, the effect board 3520A has a recessed portion 3557 formed on the outer periphery, and a connecting portion 3552a of the connecting portion 3552 protrudes from the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557. As shown in FIG. That is, the bottom portion 3557a is provided with a specific trace portion 3561 in which a trace different from other portions (general trace portion 3560) is generated when the outer periphery is formed.

Although not shown, the surface of the effect board 3520A is also coated with a light-colored coating film 3523, and the outer peripheral edge of the coating film 3523 is a predetermined distance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect substrate 3520A. It is provided ahead of L2.

This decorative body 3506, in the assembled state, the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is in contact with the rear end surface 3512 of the decorative portion 3510, and the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is in contact with the outer peripheral edge of the rear end surface 3512. Since it is located on the inner peripheral side of the rear end surface 3512 from the line of sight, the player cannot directly see the outer peripheral side surface of the effect board 3520A, and the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A (recess 3557 and specific trace part 3561 ) is hard to see.

Thus, according to the decorative body 3506 of the present embodiment, the effect board 3520A has a specific trace portion 3561 in which the connecting portion 3552a of the connecting portion 3552 remains, so that the effect board 3520A does not look good. However, since the poor-looking portion can be hidden by the peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decorative portion 3510, deterioration of the appearance can be avoided, and the appearance of the decorative body 3506 can be improved.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 can be hidden by the peripheral wall portion 3514, it is not necessary to finish the specific trace portion 3561 (connection portion 3552), so the cost of the effect board 3520A can be reduced, and the pachinko machine can be used. It is possible to suppress an increase in the cost of gaming machines such as 1.

In addition, since the bright-colored coating film 3523 is provided on the surface of the effect board 3520A, the light from the LED 3530 or the like can be reflected, and the decorative body 3506 (decorating portion 3510) can be decorated with bright light. .

In the above embodiment, the peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decorative portion 3510 may be provided with a lens portion that disturbs (diffuses) light, making it more difficult to see the effect board 3520A through the peripheral wall portion 3514.

Further, in the above embodiment, the effect board 3520A provided with the specific trace portion 3561 on the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the outer peripheral edge does not have the recess 3557. It is good also as a production|presentation board|substrate with which 3561 is provided. In this case, the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) may or may not be finished.

[11-3e. Decoration body of the seventh embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 83(b), the decoration body 3507 of the seventh embodiment has a transparent decoration part 3510 which is formed in a predetermined shape, and a decoration part 3510 which is provided behind the decoration part 3510 and has a plurality of It has an effect board 3520A on which the LED 3530 is mounted. Also, although illustration is omitted, the decorative body 3507 has a rear member (for example, a decorative base, a reflector, etc.) that is provided behind the decorative portion 3510 and supports the effect board 3520A. With this rear member, the effect board 3520A is provided at a portion behind the decorative portion 3510. - 特許庁

The decorative portion 3510 has a front wall portion 3513 formed in a predetermined three-dimensional shape, and a peripheral wall portion 3514 protruding rearward from the outer peripheral edge of the front wall portion 3513 in a wall shape. A peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decorative portion 3510 has a rear end surface 3512 facing rearward.

The effect board 3520A is provided behind the rear end of the decoration part 3510. - 特許庁The effect board 3520A is formed so that the outer peripheral shape follows (along) the outer peripheral shape of the decorative portion 3510 . More specifically, the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is a virtual viewpoint modeled on a player (a general player sitting in front of the pachinko machine 1) in contact with the outer peripheral edge of the rear end surface 3512 of the decorative portion 3510. ) (indicated by a dashed line in the drawing), the decorative portion 3510 (front wall portion 3513) is located closer to the center.

In addition, the effect board 3520A has a recessed portion 3557 formed on the outer periphery, and a connecting portion 3552a of the connecting portion 3552 protrudes from the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557. As shown in FIG. That is, the bottom portion 3557a is provided with a specific trace portion 3561 in which a trace different from other portions (general trace portion 3560) is generated when the outer periphery is formed.

Although not shown, the surface of the effect board 3520A is also coated with a light-colored coating film 3523, and the outer peripheral edge of the coating film 3523 is a predetermined distance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect substrate 3520A. It is provided ahead of L2.

In the assembled state of the decorative body 3507, the effect board 3520A is located behind the decorative part 3510, and the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is behind the player's line of sight in contact with the outer peripheral edge of the rear end surface 3512. Since it is located on the inner peripheral edge side of the end surface 3512, the player cannot directly see the outer peripheral side surface of the effect board 3520A, and it is difficult to visually recognize the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A (recess 3557 and specific trace part 3561). .

Thus, according to the decorative body 3507 of the present embodiment, the effect board 3520A has a specific trace portion 3561 in which a part of the connecting part 3552 remains, and the appearance of the effect board 3520A is degraded. However, since the poor-looking portion can be hidden by the peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decoration portion 3510, deterioration of the appearance can be avoided, and the appearance of the decoration body 3507 can be improved.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 can be hidden by the peripheral wall portion 3514, it is not necessary to finish the specific trace portion 3561 (connection portion 3552), so the cost of the effect board 3520A can be reduced, and the pachinko machine can be used. It is possible to suppress an increase in the cost of gaming machines such as 1.

In addition, since the bright-colored coating film 3523 is provided on the surface of the effect board 3520A, the light from the LED 3530 or the like can be reflected, and the decorative body 3506 (decorating portion 3510) can be decorated with bright light. .

In the above embodiment, the peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decorative portion 3510 may be provided with a lens portion that disturbs (diffuses) light, making it more difficult to see the effect board 3520A through the peripheral wall portion 3514.

Further, in the above embodiment, the effect board 3520A provided with the specific trace portion 3561 on the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the outer peripheral edge does not have the recess 3557. It is good also as a production|presentation board|substrate with which 3561 is provided. In this case, the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) may or may not be finished.

[11-3f. Decoration body of the eighth embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 83(c), the decorative body 3508 of the eighth embodiment is formed in a predetermined shape and has a transparent decorative portion 3510 and a plurality of LEDs 3530 mounted on the front surface of the decorative portion 3520A. and have The decorative portion 3510 includes a front wall portion 3513 formed in a predetermined three-dimensional shape, a peripheral wall portion 3514 protruding rearward from the outer peripheral edge of the front wall portion 3513 in a wall shape, and the front wall portion 3513 and the peripheral wall portion 3514. It has a decoration part 3518 which is provided in a part thereof and has a color. In the decorative portion 3510, a front wall portion 3513 and a peripheral wall portion 3514 are formed to be colorless and transparent, and a decorative portion 3518 is formed to be colored and opaque. The decorative portion 3518 is not provided to the rear end of the peripheral wall portion 3514, and has a portion (blank portion) where the decorative portion 3518 is not provided between the rear end of the peripheral wall portion 3514 and the rear end of the peripheral wall portion 3514. . The decorative portion 3518 is formed by screen printing, inkjet printing, or the like, and has patterns such as characters and logos.

The effect board 3520A is provided behind the front wall portion 3513 in the decorative portion 3510 and is provided forward of the rear end of the peripheral wall portion 3514 . That is, the effect board 3520A is provided inside the decorative portion 3510 having a container shape. The effect board 3520A has an outer peripheral shape that follows (follows) the outer peripheral shape of the decoration portion 3510 and is smaller than the inner peripheral shape of the peripheral wall portion 3514 . More specifically, the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is a virtual player modeled on a player (a general player sitting in front of the pachinko machine 1) in contact with the outer peripheral edge of the decorative portion 3518 of the decorative portion 3510. It is provided so as to be positioned closer to the center of the decorative portion 3510 (the front wall portion 3513) than the line of sight (indicated by the dashed line in the figure) from the point of view).

In addition, the effect board 3520A has a recess 3557 formed on the outer periphery, and a part (remainder) of the linking part 3552 protrudes from the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557. As shown in FIG. That is, the bottom portion 3557a is provided with a specific trace portion 3561 in which a trace different from other portions (general trace portion 3560) is generated when the outer periphery is formed.

Although not shown, the surface of the effect board 3520A is also coated with a light-colored coating film 3523, and the outer peripheral edge of the coating film 3523 is a predetermined distance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect substrate 3520A. It is provided ahead of L2.

With this decorative body 3508 assembled, the performance board 3520A is positioned inside the container-shaped decoration part 3510, and the outer peripheral edge of the performance board 3520A is in contact with the outer peripheral edge of the decoration part 3518. A line of sight from the player. Since it is located on the central side of the front wall portion 3513, the effect board 3520A overlaps the decoration part 3518 when viewed from the player, and the effect board 3520A is blocked by the decoration part 3518, so that the effect board 3520A can be visually recognized. It is difficult to visually recognize the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A (recessed portion 3557 and specific trace portion 3561). In addition, since the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A is surrounded by the peripheral wall part 3542 of the decorative part 3510, the presence of the peripheral wall part 3514 makes it difficult to visually recognize the recess 3557 and the specific trace part 3561 of the effect board 3520A from the side. .

Thus, according to the decorative body 3508 of the present embodiment, the effect board 3520A has a specific trace portion 3561 in which the connecting portion 3552a of the connecting portion 3552 remains, so that the effect board 3520A does not look good. However, since the bad-looking part can be hidden by the decoration part 3518 and the peripheral wall part 3514 of the decoration part 3510, the deterioration of the appearance can be avoided, and the appearance of the decoration body 3508 can be improved.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 can be hidden by the decorative portion 3518, it is not necessary to finish the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a), so the cost of the effect board 3520A can be reduced, and in turn, the pachinko It is possible to suppress an increase in the cost of a game machine such as the machine 1.例文帳に追加

Furthermore, since the effect board 3520A is provided inside the container-shaped decoration part 3510, and the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A is surrounded by the peripheral wall part 3514, the connecting part 3552a of the connecting part 3552 is left on the outer peripheral side surface of the effect board 3520A. Even if there is a jagged specific trace portion 3561 like a remaining broken surface, the peripheral wall portion 3514 can make it difficult to touch the specific trace portion 3561, and the worker can be prevented from being injured. . In addition, it is possible to prevent the worker's lipid from adhering to the outer peripheral side surface and the vicinity of the peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of problems due to the lipid.

In addition, since the light-colored coating film 3523 is provided on the surface of the effect board 3520A, the light from the LEDs 3530 and the like can be reflected, and the decorative body 3508 (decorative portion 3510) can be decorated with bright light emission. .

In the above embodiment, the peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decorative portion 3510 may be provided with a lens portion that disturbs (diffuses) light, making it more difficult to see the effect board 3520A through the peripheral wall portion 3514.

Further, in the above embodiment, the effect board 3520A provided with the specific trace portion 3561 on the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the outer peripheral edge does not have the recess 3557. It is good also as a production|presentation board|substrate with which 3561 is provided. In this case, the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) may or may not be finished.

In the above embodiment, the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A provided with the light-colored coating film 3523 are mounted with the LEDs 3530 as electronic components, but are not limited to this. Instead, as electronic parts, an organic EL, LCD, sensor, connector, diode, resistor, IC, etc. may be mounted, or the LED 3530 may not be mounted. In addition, as the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A, those provided in front of the effect display device 1600, those provided in the back box 3010 (back unit 3000), and those provided in front of the game panel 1100 ( Examples include those provided in the front unit 2000), those provided in the front structural member 1000, those provided in the door frame 3, and the like.

In the above embodiment, the coating film 3523 is a solder resist. It may be covered).

Further, in the above embodiment, the coating film 3523 is provided at a predetermined distance L2 from the outer peripheral edge of the effect substrate 3520. However, the coating film 3523 is not limited to this, and the coating film 3523 extends to the waste substrate 3555. It is good even if it is provided. In this case, the coating film 3523 is desirably made of a material that does not easily generate powder when it is cut or when another member comes into contact with the cutting edge.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the side wall portion 3511 is provided along the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 as the decorative body 3500, but is not limited to this, and faces the specific trace portion 3561. The side wall portion 3511 may be provided only at the site. As a result, the specific trace portion 3561 can be hidden by the side wall portion 3511, and deterioration of the appearance of the decorative body 3500 can be suppressed.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the side wall portion 3511 is provided along the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 as the decorative body 3500, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the specific trace portion in the side wall portion 3511 A slit or recess may be provided at a portion facing 3561 . As a result, in the effect board 3520 provided with the specific trace portion 3561 protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the substrate, the specific trace portion 3561 (tie remaining portion 3552a) is inserted into the slit or recess of the side wall portion 3511. As a result, the specific trace portion 3561 does not come into contact with the side wall portion 3511 . Therefore, it is not necessary to provide the recessed part 3557 on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 and to provide the specific trace part 3561 on the bottom part 3557a of the effect board 3520, so that the cost of the effect board 3520 can be reduced. Further, by inserting the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) of the effect board 3520 into the slit or recess of the side wall portion 3511, positioning can be performed by the specific trace portion 3561, and the decoration body 3500 assembly error can be reduced.

When the side wall portion 3511 is provided with a concave portion into which the specific trace portion 3561 (tethering portion 3552a) is inserted, the concave portion may be an arcuate or polyhedral lens portion. The specific trace portion 3561 can be made difficult to see from the outside due to the lens effect of the concave portion.

[11-4. Operation and effect of the decorative body having a production substrate]
Thus, according to the present embodiment, the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520A on which the LED 3530 as an electronic component related to the effect is mounted is made to correspond to the outer peripheral shape of the decorative portion 3510 provided in front. , a specific trace portion 3561 having a different roughness from other portions (general trace portion 3560) is provided in the bottom portion 3557a of the concave portion 3557 that is recessed in a trapezoidal shape at a linear or convex portion on the outer periphery, so that the specific trace portion 3561 The trace part 3561 makes it possible to suppress deterioration of the appearance of the effect board 3520A, to reduce discomfort given to the player by the effect board 3520A, and to suppress the decrease in the player's interest in the game. can be made

More specifically, when manufacturing the effect board 3520A (or the effect board 3520), when cutting out the effect board 3520A from the standard board 3550 using a processing machine such as an NC machine, the effect board 3520A is completely separated. However, if the portion (connecting portion 3552) of the specific trace portion 3561 is connected to the fixed-size substrate 3550 (the waste substrate 3555 or another substrate), the outer peripheral shape of the effect substrate 3520A is a complicated shape. However, since it is connected to the rectangular fixed-size board 3550 at the specific trace portion 3561, the effect board 3520A before separation can be easily set in the insert machine via the fixed-size board 3550. Electronic components (LED 3530, etc.) can be mounted on the effect board 3520A. Then, after the electronic components are mounted on the pre-separation production board 3520A, the connecting part 3552 (the part of the specific trace part 3561) connected to the standard board 3550 is cut, and the production board 3520A is separated from the standard board 3550. , By finishing the tethered portion 3552a connected to the fixed-length substrate 3550 in the effect board 3520A, a specific trace portion 3561 different from other portions is generated at the portion of the tethered portion 3552a, and the outer periphery is formed in a predetermined shape. Effect board 3520A is completed. At this time, the connecting portion 3552 (part of the specific trace portion 3561) connected to the fixed-size board 3550 is short (small) with respect to the entire circumference of the effect board 3520A, so even if the connecting portion 3552 is cut and finished , the amount of generated shavings is small and can be sufficiently sucked up by a dust collector, and does not affect the electronic components mounted on the effect board 3520A.

In addition, the specific trace portion 3561 is provided on the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557 recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer periphery, but the bottom portion 3557a is trapezoidal at a linear or convex portion on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A. Since it is the bottom 3557a of the concave portion 3557 that is recessed inward, the shape of the bottom 3557a follows (parallel to) the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A, and has a linear or convex shape. Therefore, when manufacturing the effect board 3520A, when finishing the remaining part 3552a connected to the fixed-length board 3550 protruding from the bottom part 3557a, the finishing work can be easily performed using a tool such as a flat file. In addition, it is possible to suppress an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1, to finish the specific trace part 3561 neatly, and to provide a good-looking effect board 3520A.

In addition, since the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520A corresponds to the outer peripheral shape of the decorative portion 3510, the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520A can exhibit decorativeness. At this time, as described above, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A, even the highly decorative effect board 3520A having a complicated outer peripheral shape can be made to look good. The decorative effect of the board 3520A can be fully exhibited, and the player is less likely to feel uncomfortable, and the player can be entertained and the decline in interest can be suppressed.

In this way, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A, even the effect board 3520A with a complicated outer peripheral shape, that is, a highly decorative effect board 3520A can be easily manufactured, and the effect board 3520A has a good appearance. can be obtained, and even if the metaphorical effect board 3520A can be seen, the player is unlikely to feel uncomfortable, and the decrease in interest can be suppressed.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A, the specific trace portion 3561 can be used as a mark for specifying the installation direction of the effect board 3520A, etc., when the worker assembles. .

In addition, since the surface of the effect board 3520A is made bright, the light from the LED 3530 mounted as an electronic component and the light from other LEDs, lighting, etc. can be easily reflected forward. As a result, the decoration part 3510 provided in front of the effect board 3520A can be decorated with brighter light emission, so that the light emission effect of the decoration part 3510 can be made more conspicuous, and a strong impact can be given to the player. To provide a pachinko machine 1 capable of making a player think that something good will happen to the player, heightening expectations for the game, and suppressing a decline in interest in the game. can.

In addition, since the roughness of the surface of the specific trace portion 3561 is different from that of the other portions (general trace portion 3560), the position of the specific trace portion 3561 can be specified at a glance of the peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A. can be done. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the manufactured production board 3520A, the position of the specific trace portion 3561 can be quickly grasped, and the quality of the product (production board 3520A) can be easily confirmed. It is possible to shorten the time required for the pachinko machine 1 and reduce the cost required for the pachinko machine 1.例文帳に追加

Further, since the roughness of the specific trace portion 3561 is made different, for example, if the roughness is made finer (smaller numerical value) to form a mirror surface, the light can be reflected at the specific trace portion 3561. Therefore, it is possible to present the player with an unprecedented light emitting effect such that a part of the peripheral surface of the effect board 3520A is illuminated, thereby surprising the player and suppressing a decrease in interest.

Furthermore, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided on the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557 that is recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A, even if the specific trace portion 3561 protrudes outward from the bottom portion 3557a and the remaining portion 3552a, The effect board 3520A does not protrude beyond the design outline of the effect board 3520A, and the effect board 3520A can be reliably attached to the object to be attached (the decorative portion 3510 and the decorative base 3540).

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided in the bottom portion 3557a of the concave portion 3557 recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A, even if the specific trace portion 3561 is cut, the specific trace portion 3561 is the effect board. Since it does not protrude from the outline of 3520A, finishing of the specific trace portion 3561 (tethering portion 3552a) can be omitted, and the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, when the bottom 3557a of the concave portion 3557 recessed in a trapezoidal shape at the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A on which the LED 3530 that emits light according to the progress of the game is mounted, another shape is formed. Even if there is a specific trace portion 3561 in which a trace different from the part (general trace portion 3560) is generated, when viewed from the side, the peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decoration portion 3510 and the peripheral wall portion 3573 of the frame portion 3570 in the decoration 3500 The specific trace portion 3561 is located in an area (area overlapping with the peripheral wall portion 3514) that becomes a shadow of the player's line of sight due to the surrounding wall portion 3514, and the peripheral wall portion 3514 is made of a transparent material Even if formed, the specific trace portion 3561 and the concave portion 3557 are good because the lens effect of the lens portion provided on the peripheral wall portion 3514 makes the specific trace portion 3561 obscure and difficult to see. It is possible to reduce deterioration in appearance of the effect board 3520A due to being visible. This effect is the same for the effect board 3520 as well. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the decoration part 3510 from looking bad due to the effect board 3520A (the effect board 3520), so that the appearance of the decoration part 3510 (decoration body 3500) can be relatively improved. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of suppressing the deterioration of the player's interest by surely exhibiting the decoration effect of the decoration part 3510.例文帳に追加

Further, by providing a lens portion on the peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decoration portion 3510 or providing a lens portion 3545 on the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decoration base 3540, the LED 3530 mounted on the effect board 3520A (the effect board 3520) emits light. Then, since the lens can be illuminated by the light, it is difficult to visually recognize the specific trace portion 3561 (the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A (the effect board 3520)) through the peripheral wall 3514 (peripheral wall 3542) by the light of the lens. It is possible to achieve the same effects as those described above. In addition, since the peripheral wall portion 3514 (peripheral wall portion 3542) is illuminated by the light emission of the LEDs 3530 of the effect board 3520A (the effect board 3520), the outer periphery of the decorative portion 3510 is decorated with light emission, so that the decorative portion 3510 is made more conspicuous. It is possible to suppress the decrease in the interest of the player by entertaining the light emitting effect of the decoration part 3510 (decoration body 3500) front body.

In addition, the specific trace portion 3561 is provided in the bottom portion 3557a of the recess 3557, and the appearance of the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520A is deteriorated by providing the recess 3557 in the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A. Since it is difficult to be visually recognized by being positioned in a region where the player's line of sight is shadowed by the part 3514 (surrounding wall part 3542, surrounding wall part 3573) and the lens part, the recessed part 3557 is also visually recognized together with the specific trace part 3561 Therefore, it is possible to reduce deterioration in the appearance of the effect board 3520A due to the recessed portion 3557 and the specific trace portion 3561 being clearly visible. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the decoration part 3510 from looking bad due to the effect board 3520A, so that the appearance of the decoration part 3510 (decoration body 3500) can be relatively improved, and the decoration by the decoration body 3500 can be avoided. It is possible to surely exhibit the effect and suppress the decline in the interest of the player.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, the coating film 3523 made of a bright solder resist applied to the surfaces of the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A is attached to the cut edges of the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A and the copper foil. 3522, the production board 3520 including the edge of the specific trace portion 3561 and the cut edge of the production board 3520A are provided inside (here, a predetermined distance L2). Even if the effect board 3520 or the effect board 3520A is cut out from 3550 by cutting, the light-colored coating film 3523 is not cut, and powder of the coating film 3523 is not generated. Therefore, it is possible to suppress an increase in the cost required for cleaning after cutting, and powder of the bright coating film 3523 does not remain on the effect board 3520 or the effect board 3520A. In addition, since the light-colored coating film 3523 is provided away from the cut edge of the production board 3520 or the production board 3520A, another member (decoration body) etc. is attached to the cut edge of the production board 3520 or the production board 3520A Even if it abuts, it does not contact the coating film 3523, so the powder of the coating film 3523 is not generated, and the powder of the coating film 3523 scatters and the production board 3520 (production board 3520A) or It does not adhere or accumulate on the decorative body 3500 or the like. For this reason, since the powder of the bright-colored coating film 3523 is not generated, the powder casts shadows during the light emission effect, making the appearance worse, or causing poor contact in the connector, etc. A pachinko machine capable of preventing the appearance of the surface of a 3520 (a performance board 3520A), a decorative body 3500, etc. from becoming poor or causing such a problem, and entertaining the player and suppressing the decline in interest. Machine 1 can be provided.

More specifically, when manufacturing the effect board 3520 or the effect board 3520A, when cutting the effect board 3520 or the effect board 3520A from the standard board 3550 by cutting using a processing machine such as an NC machine, the effect board 3520 If the production board 3520A is not completely separated and is connected to the fixed-size board 3550 (the waste board 3555 or another board) at the specific trace portion 3561 (connecting portion 3552), the production board 3520 Even if the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520A is a complicated shape, since it is connected to the rectangular fixed-size board 3550 at the specific trace portion 3561, the effect board 3520 before separation or The effect board 3520A can be easily set in the insert machine. In other words, before mounting electronic components such as the LEDs 3530 on the effect board 3520 or the effect board 3520A to which the coating film 3523 is applied, the effect board 3520 or the effect board 3520 with the specific trace portion 3561 (connecting portion 3552) left. Most of the periphery of substrate 3520A is formed by cutting. As a result, since electronic components such as the LED 3530 are not mounted, it is possible to easily clean a large amount of chips generated, and the coating film 3523 is the cut edge of the effect board 3520 or the effect board 3520A Since it is located inwardly from the designed outline), powder of the coating film 3523 is not generated. Subsequently, after cleaning the standard board 3550 and the performance board 3520 and the performance board 3520A, electronic components such as LEDs 3530 are mounted on the performance board 3520 and the performance board 3520A. At this time, since the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A are connected to the fixed-size board 3550 by the part of the specific trace portion 3561 (connecting part 3552), the effect board 3520 before separation and the effect The board 3520A can be easily set in the insert machine, and electronic components such as the LEDs 3530 can be mounted on the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A. After mounting the electronic components such as the LEDs 3530 on the performance board 3520 and the performance board 3520A before separation, the connecting part 3552 connected to the fixed-length board 3550 is cut (or broken) so that another A trace (specific trace portion 3561) different from the portion is generated, and the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A having the outer periphery formed in a predetermined shape are completed. At this time, the connecting portion 3552 connected to the fixed-length board 3550 is short (small) with respect to the entire circumference of the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A. The amount of the coating film 3523 is small and can be sufficiently absorbed by the dust collector, and the coating film 3523 is held inward from the edge of the specific trace portion 3561 (the cut edge of the connecting portion 3552). No powder is generated, and electronic components such as the LED 3530 mounted on the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A are not affected. Therefore, as described above, the powder of the bright-colored coating film 3523 casts shadows during the light-emitting performance by the light emission of the LEDs 3530, resulting in poor appearance, poor contact in the connector, etc., and the performance board 3520 ( The Pachinko machine 1 is capable of preventing the appearance of the surfaces of the performance board 3520A) and the decorative bodies 3500 from becoming poor or causing such troubles, and entertaining the players and suppressing the decrease in interest. can be provided.

Further, as described above, even if the peripheries of the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A are formed by cutting, it is possible to prevent problems from occurring due to the powder of the light-colored coating film 3523 applied to the surface. Therefore, the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A can be formed by a processing machine with a high degree of processing freedom such as an NC machine, and the outer shape is complicated, that is, the highly decorative effect board 3520 and effect board 3520A. can be easily manufactured.

In addition, the edge of the coating film 3523 is positioned between the cut edge of the effect board 3520 or the effect board 3520A (the cut edge of the board base material 3521) and the edge of the copper foil 3522. Therefore, the entire surface of the copper foil 3522 is covered with the coating film 3523, and the copper foil 3522 is not exposed on the surface. can do. As a result, since the surface of the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A is made bright by the coating film 3523, the light from the LED 3530 mounted as an electronic component, the light from other LEDs, lighting, etc. can be made easier to reflect. As a result, it is possible to show the player a brighter light emission effect, to entertain the player and to suppress the decline in the interest of the player. Furthermore, since the surfaces of the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A are made light by the coating film 3523, the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A can be made inconspicuous, and the color of the surface is provided in front. It is possible to reduce the influence on the members (for example, the decoration part 3510, the decoration body, etc.), and to provide the pachinko machine 1 with a good appearance by surely exhibiting the decoration effect of the members.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520 or the effect board 3520A, the specific trace portion 3561 is shorter than the entire circumference of the effect board 3520 or the effect board 3520A as described above, and the fixed length board It is possible to shorten the finishing time of the part (connecting part 3552) connected to 3550, suppress the increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1, and cleanly finish the specific trace part 3561 to produce the effect board 3520. The appearance of the performance board 3520A can be improved, and even if the performance board 3520 and the performance board 3520A are visible, it is difficult for the player to feel uncomfortable and the decline in interest can be suppressed.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, when the bottom 3557a of the concave portion 3557 recessed in a trapezoidal shape at the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A on which the LED 3530 that emits light according to the progress of the game is mounted, another shape is formed. Even if there is a specific trace portion 3561 in which a trace different from the part (general trace portion 3560) is generated, a decorative portion 3510 provided so as to face the specific trace portion 3561 and surrounding the outer peripheral surface of the effect board 3520A. The peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decorative base 3540, the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the frame portion 3570, and the peripheral wall portion 3573 of the frame portion 3570 can prevent other members from contacting the outer peripheral surface including the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520A. To provide a pachinko machine 1 capable of preventing damage due to contact with a specific trace part 3561, improving the appearance of other members due to the absence of damage, and suppressing a decline in interest of a player. can do. Also, the effect board 3520 that does not have the recess 3557 can achieve the same effect.

In addition, the peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decorative portion 3510, the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decorative base 3540, and the peripheral wall portion 3573 of the frame portion 3570 can avoid contact with the outer peripheral surface including the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the operator's fingers from touching the effect board 3520 or the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520A during operations such as manufacturing, transportation, installation, and maintenance of the pachinko machine 1. You can avoid getting hurt by sticking to it. In addition, the peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decorative portion 3510, the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decorative base 3540, and the peripheral wall portion 3573 of the frame portion 3570 can avoid contact with the outer peripheral surface of the effect board 3520 including the specific trace portion 3561 and the effect board 3520A. Since it is possible, it is possible to make it difficult for the operator's fingers and the like to come into contact with the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of problems caused by lipids.

Furthermore, the peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decorative portion 3510, the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decorative base 3540, and the peripheral wall portion 3573 of the frame portion 3570 can avoid contact with the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520 or the effect board 3520A. When manufacturing the board 3520 and the performance board 3520A, the specific trace part 3561 can be cut without being finished, and the cost of the performance board 3520, the performance board 3520A and the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced. be able to.

In addition, since it is difficult to visually recognize the outer peripheral surface including the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520 and the effect board 3520A through the peripheral wall portion 3514 of the decorative portion 3510, the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decorative base 3540, and the peripheral wall portion 3573 of the frame portion 3570, the specific It is possible to suppress deterioration in the appearance of the effect board 3520, the effect board 3520A, and the front decoration part 3510 due to the appearance of the trace part 3561 and the outer peripheral surface, and to improve the appearance of the decoration part 3510. It is possible to reduce the player's discomfort caused by seeing the specific trace portion 3561 and the outer peripheral surface of the board 3520 and the effect board 3520A, and suppress the decrease in the player's interest.

Further, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided in the bottom portion 3557a of the concave portion 3557 recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, even if the specific trace portion 3561 protrudes outward from the bottom portion 3557a, the effect board 3520A 3514 of the decorative portion 3510, the peripheral wall portion 3542 of the decorative base 3540, and the peripheral wall portion 3573 of the frame portion 3570, and the effect board 3520A is projected from the design outline of the decorative portion 3510 and the decorative base 3540. and the frame portion 3570 or the like.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, when the bottom 3557a of the concave portion 3557 recessed in a trapezoidal shape at the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A on which the LED 3530 that emits light according to the progress of the game is mounted, another shape is formed. Even if there is a specific trace portion 3561 in which a trace different from the part (general trace portion 3560) is generated, the plated portion 3515 and the frame portion of the decoration portion 3510 provided so as to overlap the specific trace portion 3561 from the front. 3570 and the side wall portion 3511 (rear end surface 3512) of the decoration portion 3510 make it difficult to see, so that deterioration of the appearance of the decoration portion 3510 due to the effect board 3520A can be prevented, so that the appearance of the decoration portion 3510 can be improved. It is possible to reduce the player's sense of displeasure and suppress the loss of interest.

More specifically, when manufacturing the effect board 3520A, when cutting out the effect board 3520A from the standard board 3550 using a processing machine such as an NC machine, the effect board 3520A is not completely separated, and is cut from the outer periphery. If the bottom 3557a of the recessed portion 3557, which is recessed in shape, is connected to the fixed-size substrate 3550 (the discarded substrate 3555 or another substrate), even if the outer peripheral shape of the effect substrate 3520A is a complicated shape, the recessed portion Since the base 3557a (connecting portion 3552) of 3557 is connected to the rectangular fixed-size board 3550, the production board 3520A before separation can be easily set in the insert machine through the fixed-size board 3550, and the effect board 3520A can be easily set to the insert machine through the fixed-size board 3550. Electronic components such as the LED 3530 can be mounted on the effect board 3520A. Then, after mounting the electronic components on the pre-separation production board 3520A, the connecting part 3552 connected to the standard board 3550 is cut (or broken) so that the connecting part 3552 connected at the bottom 3557a of the recessed part 3557 can be replaced with another. A specific trace portion 3561 different from the portion (general trace portion 3560) is generated, and an effect board 3520A having an outer periphery formed in a predetermined shape is completed. At this time, the connecting portion 3552 (part of the specific trace portion 3561) connected to the fixed-size board 3550 is short (small) with respect to the entire circumference of the effect board 3520A, so even if the connecting portion 3552 is cut, The amount of shavings generated is small and can be sufficiently sucked by a dust collector, and does not affect electronic components such as LEDs 3530 mounted on the effect board 3520A.

In this way, the specific trace portion 3561 provided on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A is a trace different from other portions of the outer periphery (general trace portion 3560), and the specific trace portion 3561 is moved from the outer peripheral edge to the base. Since it is provided at the bottom 3557a of the concave portion 3557 which is recessed in shape and is more conspicuous than the other portions, the presence of the specific trace portion 3561 and the concave portion 3557 may deteriorate the appearance of the effect board 3520A, but it overlaps from the front. The plated portion 3515 and the frame portion 3570 of the decorative portion 3510 and the side wall portion 3511 (rear end surface 3512) of the decorative portion 3510 provided as described above make the specific trace portion 3561 difficult to see together with the concave portion 3557, so that the effect board 3520A The specific trace portion 3561 and the recessed portion 3557 are not conspicuous, it is possible to prevent deterioration of the appearance of the decorative portion 3510 due to the effect board 3520A, and the appearance of the decorative portion 3510 can be improved. The trace portion 3561 and the recessed portion 3557 do not make the player feel uncomfortable, and it is possible to prevent the player from losing interest.

In addition, since it has a specific trace portion 3561 on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A, and the outer shape of the effect board 3520A is formed by a processing machine with a high degree of processing freedom such as an NC machine, the outer peripheral shape is complicated, that is, A pachinko machine 1 capable of easily manufacturing a performance board 3520A corresponding to a highly decorative decoration part 3510 and surely exhibiting the decorative effect of the decoration part 3510 illuminated by LEDs 3530 of the performance board 3520A. can be provided.

Further, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided in the bottom portion 3557a of the concave portion 3557 recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, even if the specific trace portion 3561 protrudes outward from the bottom portion 3557a, the effect board 3520A Therefore, the effect board 3520A can be reliably attached to the attachment object such as the decorative portion 3510 and the frame portion 3570.

Furthermore, the specific trace portion 3561 and the recessed portion 3557 provided on the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A are provided so as to overlap from the front, the plating portion 3515 and the frame portion 3570 of the decorative portion 3510, and the side wall portion 3511 of the decorative portion 3510 ( The effect board 3520A can be hidden by the rear end surface 3512), and the bright color (white) of the surface can make the effect board 3520A inconspicuous. Therefore, the appearance of the decorative portion 3510 is not deteriorated, and the decorative effect of the decorative portion 3510 can be reliably exhibited. In addition, as described above, the effect board 3520A can be made inconspicuous. The appearance does not deteriorate, and the thickness of the decorative body 3503 and the decorative body 3504 having the decorative portion 3510 and the effect board 3520A can be reduced. Therefore, since the degree of freedom in arranging the decorative portion 3510 (the decorative body 3503 and the decorative body 3504) can be increased, the decorative body 3503 and the decorative body 3504 can be provided at more effective positions, and the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 can be improved. can do better. In addition, by making the decorative body 3503 and the decorative body 3504 thin, it is possible to relatively easily secure a space for installing other decorative bodies and the like, so that the pachinko machine 1 having more decorative bodies and the like can be provided. It is possible to provide the highly appealing pachinko machine 1 capable of strongly attracting the interest of the players.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520A is made invisible by the plating portion 3515 and the frame portion 3570 of the decorative portion 3510 and the side wall portion 3511 (rear end surface 3512) of the decorative portion 3510, when manufacturing the effect board 3520A , the specific trace portion 3561 can be cut without being finished, and the cost of the performance board 3520A and the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

In addition, since the plated portion 3515 and the frame portion 3570 of the decorative portion 3510 and the side wall portion 3511 (rear end surface 3512) of the decorative portion 3510 are provided so as to overlap the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, the plated portion of the decorative portion 3510 3515, the frame portion 3570, and the side wall portion 3511 (rear end surface 3512) of the decorative portion 3510 are provided over the entire outer peripheral edge of the decorative portion 3510. The side wall portion 3511 (rear end surface 3512) of the decoration portion 3510 can decorate the outer peripheral edge of the decoration portion 3510, and the appearance of the decoration portion 3510 can be improved. The player's interest can be strongly attracted, and the player can be entertained by the light emission decoration of the decoration part 3510 by the light emission of the LED 3530 of the effect board 3520A, and the player's interest in the game can be suppressed.

In addition, since the surface of the effect board 3520A is bright (white), the light from the mounted LED 3530 and the light from other LEDs, lighting, etc. can be easily reflected to the decorative portion 3510. . As a result, the player can be shown a brighter light emitting effect of the decorative portion 3510, and the player can be entertained and the loss of interest can be suppressed. Furthermore, since the surface of the effect board 3520A is light-colored (white), the effect board 3520A can be made inconspicuous, and the effect of the color of the surface on the decorative portion 3510 can be reduced. The pachinko machine 1 with a good appearance can be provided by surely exhibiting the decorative effect of the 3510. - 特許庁

In addition, the method of cutting out the effect board 3520 etc. (hereinafter also simply referred to as the effect board 3520) from the standard board 3550 shown above, and the processing of the specific trace portion 3561 at that time , intentionally left to protrude) and processing such as the presence or absence of solder resist (coating film 3523) for specific trace portion 3561, depending on the shape, positional relationship, appearance, etc. They should be selected as appropriate, and are not limited to the combinations introduced as examples.

Moreover, the following patterns can be mentioned as the relationship between the effect board 3520 and the specific trace portion 3561 . For example, a plurality of specific trace portions 3561 may be provided on one effect board 3520, and all of them may be provided on the bottom portion 3557a of the concave portion 3557 (see FIG. 78). As a result, the specific trace portion 3561 does not protrude outward from the imaginary outline of the effect board 3520, and the specific trace portion 3561 can be prevented from coming into contact with other members. Moreover, it is not necessary to scrape the specific trace portion 3561 (tethering portion 3552a) in order to prevent the specific trace portion 3561 from contacting another member.

Also, for example, a plurality of specific trace portions 3561 may be provided on one effect board 3520 , and all of them may protrude from the contour of the effect board 3520 . In this case, the specific trace portion 3561 may protrude from the direct outer periphery of the effect board 3520 or may protrude from the bottom 3557a of the recess 3557 of the effect board 3520. As a result, the feel of the specific trace portion 3561 can be used as a guide during the manufacturing process.

Further, for example, a plurality of specific trace portions 3561 may be provided on one effect board 3520, and all of them may be provided on the projecting part or the linear part of the effect board 3520. As a result, when the outer shape of the effect board 3520 is finished using a file or the like, the specific trace portion 3561 can be easily scraped, the work time can be shortened and the cost can be reduced, and the effect board 3520 can improve the appearance of

Further, for example, the specific trace portion 3561 is provided on the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557 in the effect board 3520, and the specific trace portion 3561 may not be scraped to protrude from the bottom portion 3557a. Thereby, it becomes possible to use the concave portion 3557 as a positioning groove of the effect board 3520 .

Also, for example, the specific trace portion 3561 provided on the side opposite to the center of the game area 5a in the effect board 3520 is finished by scraping, and is provided on the side far from the center of the game area 5a. The specific trace portion 3561 may be left unfinished. As a result, even if the side of the effect board 3520 is seen by the player, the specific trace portion 3561 on the visible side is finished and clean, so the appearance does not look bad. In addition, since the side of the performance board far from the center is difficult for the player to see, the appearance does not deteriorate even if the specific trace portion 3561 is not finished, and there is no need to finish all the specific trace portions 3561. Cost can be reduced.

Also, the relationship between the effect board 3520 and the specific trace portion 3561 is not limited to the pattern described above, and may be appropriately selected from various patterns according to the shape of the effect board 3520 and the site of use. is.

[11-5. Starter Unit of Second Embodiment]
Next, the starting port unit 2150 of the second embodiment in the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 84 to 89 and the like. FIG. 84 is a front view of a game board provided with the starting port unit of the second embodiment. FIG. 85 is a perspective view showing the game board provided with the starting port unit of the second embodiment, omitting the rear side of the game panel. FIG. 86(a) is a perspective view of the starter unit of the second embodiment as seen from the front along with a part of the game panel, and (b) is a perspective view of the starter unit of (a) as seen from the back. be. 87(a) is an exploded perspective view of the starting port unit of the second embodiment and viewed from the front, and FIG. 87(b) is an exploded perspective view of the starting port unit of the second embodiment and viewed from the rear. It is a diagram. FIG. 88(a) is an explanatory view showing the starting port unit of the second embodiment from the front, and FIG. 88(b) is an explanatory view showing the starting port unit of the second embodiment in cross section. FIGS. 89(a) and (b) are explanatory diagrams showing the relationship between the through-hole of the starting port front plate and the front plate seal in the starting port unit of the second embodiment.

First, the side unit 2200 of the game board 5 provided with the starting port unit 2150 of the second embodiment will be described. The side unit 2200 extends along the inner rail 1002 on the left side of the starting port unit 2150 in the game area 5a and is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front. The side unit 2200 is provided with three general prize winning openings 2001 which are open to receive game balls B at all times. The three general prize winning openings 2001 of the side unit 2200 are arranged in an arc along the inner rail 1002 . The two general prize winning openings 2001 on the right side are open upward, and the general prize winning opening 2001 on the left side is open toward the upper left.

The side unit 2200 connects three ball receiving portions 2202 which form the general winning opening 2001 in the shape of a gutter that is open upward and rearward, and each ball receiving portion 2202 in the middle in the front-rear direction. A flat base plate 2203 attached to the front surface of the 1100 is provided. Of the three ball receiving portions 2202, the two ball receiving portions 2202 from the right have lower front end portions that are slanted rearward. When the side unit 2200 is assembled to the game board 5 , a portion of the ball receiving portion 2202 ahead of the base plate 2203 protrudes forward from the front surface of the game panel 1100 as a general prize winning opening 2001 . The side unit 2200 can guide the game ball B received in the general winning hole 2001 (ball receiving part 2202) to the rear of the game panel 1100 and deliver it to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000.

The starting port unit 2150 of the second embodiment is provided in the vicinity of the lower end portion of the center in the left-right direction in the game area 5a, and is arranged directly above the out port 1008 and below the center accessory 2500. The starting port unit 2150 is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front. The starting port unit 2150 has a first starting port 2003 that is always open upward with a width that allows only one game ball B to be received. The first starting port 2003 of the starting port unit 2150 is provided directly below the central release portion 2513a of the stage 2513 in the center accessory 2500 .

On the game board 5 provided with the starting port unit 2150, a plurality of obstacle nails N are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement on the front surface of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110) in the game area 5a through which the game balls B circulate. is set. In addition, in the game area 5a of the game board 5, the game ball B rotates by contact with the left side of the center accessory 2500 and the height between the entrance of the warp passage 2512 and the side upper left unit 2300. A windmill W is provided. The windmill W is rotatably provided by an obstacle nail N. In addition, in the game area 5a of the game board 5, a plurality of obstructing nails N are placed in the vicinity of the windmill W from below the center of the windmill W toward the lower right (starting opening unit 2150) to push the game ball B. They are arranged in rows at intervals that can be guided.

In this game board 5, the continuous nails NR (also referred to as road nails) of a plurality of obstacle nails N arranged in a line are divided into three groups (continuous nails NR). A gap large enough for the game ball B to pass is provided between the continuous nails NR, and the game ball B guided by the continuous nail NR may flow downward through the gap. . A plurality of chain pegs NR are located above a side unit 2200 having a plurality (three in this case) of general prize winning openings 2001 . The two gaps formed by the three continuous nails NR are provided in a portion slightly leftward (upstream side) from right above the two general winning openings 2001 from the right side of the side unit 2200. There is a possibility that the game ball B that has flowed down to the general winning opening 2001 is accepted.

The two obstructing nails N closest to the general prize-winning opening 2001 are provided with an interval similar to the width of the opening of the general prize-winning opening 2001. specific obstacle nail N1.

Further, in the game area 5a, on the right side of the starter unit 2150, one continuous nail NR is provided in a row so as to become lower toward the starter unit 2150. As shown in FIG. The game ball B can be guided toward the starting port unit 2150 (first starting port 2003) by these continuous nails NR provided on the left and right sides of the starting port unit 2150. FIG.

Furthermore, in the game area 5a, as a plurality of obstructing nails N planted, a pair of left and right separated at approximately the same interval as the opening width of the first starting port 2003 directly above the first starting port 2003 A specific obstacle nail N1 and a pair of quasi-specific obstacle nails N2 provided on both left and right outer sides of the pair of specific obstacle nails N1 and at a height between the first starting opening 2003 and the specific obstacle nail N1 are provided. (see Figures 86(a) and 88(a)).

When the gap between the pair of specific obstacle nails N1 widens, the game ball B is easily accepted into the first starting port 2003. It is greatly related to the acceptance probability of the game ball B into the starting port 2003 (winning probability). These pair of specific obstacle nails N1 are provided slightly above the most downstream obstacle nail N of the continuous nails NR provided on both left and right sides of the starting port unit 2150 .

The quasi-specific obstacle nail N2 is provided with a gap through which the game ball B can pass between the approaching specific obstacle nail N1 and the approaching continuous nail NR. The gap between the specific obstacle nail N1 and the semi-specific obstacle nail N2 is wider than the gap between the pair of specific obstacle nails N1. Further, the gap between the semi-specific obstacle nail N2 and the continuous nail NR is wider than the gap between the specific obstacle nail N1 and the semi-specific obstacle nail N2.

The quasi-specific obstacle nail N2 is located below the approaching continuous nail NR and slightly above (1 mm to 2 mm) from the extension line of the continuous nail NR, or upward from the extension line of the continuous nail NR. It is provided at a site within a distance of 1/10 to 1/3 of the diameter D of B. As a result, when the game ball B guided by the continuous nail NR comes into contact with the quasi-specific obstacle nail N2, the game ball B is likely to jump upward and possibly be received by the first starting port 2003.

In the game board 5 provided with this starting port unit 2150, the game ball B received in the first starting port 2003 of the starting port unit 2150 passes through the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 and the back ball guiding unit of the back unit 3000. 3100, and after being detected by the first start opening sensor 2101 provided in the back ball guiding unit 3100, is discharged downward. In addition, on the game board 5 provided with the starting port unit 2150, the game ball B that has flowed downward from the starting port unit 2150 is discharged from the game area 5a through the out port 1008.

As shown in FIG. 87 and the like, the starter unit 2150 includes a starter main body 2151 attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110) from the front, and a flat plate-shaped starter main body 2151 attached to the front surface of the starter main body 2151. A front plate 2152 and a front plate seal 2153 attached to the front surface of the starting port front plate 2152 are provided.

A starting port main body 2151 of the starting port unit 2150 includes a gutter-shaped ball receiving portion 2151a that is open upward and rearward, and an upper end that extends upward from the bottom of the ball receiving portion 2151a so that it becomes lower as it goes rearward. a guiding rib 2151b slanted to the right, a flange portion 2151c that extends outward in a flat plate shape from the middle of the outer peripheral surface of the ball receiving portion 2151a in the front-rear direction and abuts on the front surface of the game panel 1100, and a rear surface of the flange portion 2151c. and a positioning pin 2151d protruding in a cylindrical shape.

The ball receiving portion 2151a has a U-shaped cross section. In the state where the game board 5 is assembled, the ball receiving portion 2151a is inserted into the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110) at a portion behind the flange portion 2151c, and the rear end is inserted into the panel plate. It is located flush with the rear surface of 1110 . The front end of the guide rib 2151b is in contact with the rear surface of the front wall of the ball receiving portion 2151a, and is lowered rearward from the vicinity of the upper end of the front wall to the vicinity of the bottom of the ball receiving portion 2151a at an angle of 45 degrees to the horizontal. After being inclined, it is inclined to the rear end of the ball receiving portion 2151a at an angle of about 5 degrees with respect to the horizontal, and is bent halfway in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 88(b)). Two guiding ribs 2151b are provided with an interval left and right. The flange portion 2151c extends to both the left and right outer sides and to the lower side with respect to the ball receiving portion 2151a. The positioning pins 2151 d are provided on both the left and right sides with the ball receiving portion 2151 a therebetween, and are inserted into the positioning holes 1113 of the game panel 1100 .

In addition, the starting port main body 2151 includes a plurality of (here, three) mounting holes 2151e penetrating on both the left and right sides and the lower side of the ball receiving portion 2151a in the flange portion 2151c, and the flange portion 2151c below the ball receiving portion 2151a. a pair of boss portions 2151f projecting forward in a columnar shape from the left and right outer portions of the mounting hole 2151e; a pair of slanted wall portions 2151g connecting the two, a lower wall portion 2151h connecting a pair of boss portions 2151f on the front surface of the flange portion 2151c and bent so as to lower the center in the left-right direction, and a ball receiving portion 2151a. and front plate mounting holes 2151i respectively provided in the lower front surface of and the pair of boss portions 2151f.

The front ends of the pair of boss portions 2151f are flush with the front surface of the front wall of the ball receiving portion 2151a. The slanted wall portion 2151g and the lower wall portion 2151h are located behind the front surface of the front wall of the ball receiving portion 2151 at their front ends near the boss portion 2151f. As a result, the front end of the boss portion 2151f can be reliably inserted into the cylinder portion 2152e of the starting port front plate 2152, which will be described later. In addition, since a part of the front end of the inclined wall portion 2151g and the lower wall portion 2151h is held back, a gap is formed between the start port front plate 2152 and the start port front plate 2152 when the start port front plate 2152 is attached. . Further, the lower wall portion 2151h is bent so that the center in the left-right direction is positioned below the mounting hole 2151e below the ball receiving portion 2151a. Accordingly, the mounting hole 2151e is provided at a portion surrounded by the pair of inclined wall portions 2151g and the lower wall portion 2151h.

The starting port front plate 2152 is formed larger than the starting port main body 2151 in a front view. The starting port front plate 2152 includes a pair of first holding portions 2152a into which the heads of a pair of specific obstruction nails N1 separated left and right right above the first starting port 2003 are inserted from behind, and the first starting port 2003. a second holding portion 2152b into which the heads of a pair of quasi-specific obstacle nails N2 provided on both the left and right sides and below the pair of specific obstacle nails N1 separated left and right just above are inserted from behind; It has The first holding portion 2152a and the second holding portion 2152b are circular holes penetrating the starting port front plate 2152, and the first holding portion 2152a is formed to have a smaller inner diameter than the second holding portion 2152b.

In this embodiment, the diameter of the head of the obstacle nail N is 4.3 mm, the inner diameter of the first holding portion 2152a is 6 mm, and the inner diameter of the second holding portion 2152b is 8 mm.

In addition, the starting port front plate 2152 penetrates through a plurality of through holes 2152c at portions corresponding to the mounting holes 2151e of the starting port main body 2151, and at portions corresponding to the front plate mounting holes 2151i of the starting port main body 2151. a pair of cylindrical portions 2152e extending from the rear surface in a short cylindrical shape and into which the tip of the boss portion 2151f of the starting port main body 2151 is inserted; It is provided with a seal sticking portion 2152f recessed from the bottom to which the front plate seal 2153 is stuck, and a positioning protrusion 2152g protruding to the seal sticking portion 2152f at the center of the upper edge in the left-right direction.

The through hole 2152c is through which a driver is inserted when the starting port unit 2150 is attached to the game panel 1100. As shown in FIG. The mounting hole 2152d is for mounting the starting port front plate 2152 to the starting port main body 2151. By screwing the tip of the mounting screw inserted from the front into the front plate mounting hole 2151i of the starting port main body 2151, the starting port is mounted. A front plate 2152 may be attached to the portal body 2151 . The tip of the boss portion 2151f of the starting port main body 2151 is inserted into the pair of cylindrical portions 2152e, respectively, so that the starting port front plate 2152 can be positioned with respect to the starting port main body 2151. As shown in FIG. The positioning protrusion 2152g is inserted into the positioning portion 2153a of the front plate seal 2153 so that the front plate seal 2153 can be positioned with respect to the seal sticking portion 2152f.

The front plate seal 2153 has translucency, and although illustration is omitted, a design, a pattern, a character, or the like is applied. The front plate seal 2153 has an outer shape that is slightly smaller than the inner peripheral shape of the seal attachment portion 2152f of the starting port front plate 2152, and has a positioning portion 2153a that is notched in the center of the upper side in the left-right direction. ing. Further, the front plate seal 2153 has an adhesive portion 2153b for sticking to the start port front plate 2152 on the back surface.

The adhesive portion 2153b is provided over the entire circumference with a constant width from the outer peripheral edge of the front plate seal 2153, as shown by hatching in FIG. 88(a). Further, the adhesive portion 2153b is provided so as to avoid each hole such as the first holding portion 2152a, the second holding portion 2152b, the through hole 2152c, the mounting hole 2152d, etc. in the front plate 2152 of the starting port. As a result, when the front plate seal 2153 is attached to the front plate 2152 of the starting port, the adhesive portion 2153b is not exposed rearward through the holes of the front plate 2152 of the starting port.

The starting port unit 2150 has a front end slightly protruding forward from the front ends of the side unit 2200 and the side upper left unit 2300 in a state assembled to the game board 5 . In addition, the front surface of the starting port unit 2150 (starting port front plate 2152) is positioned so that the head of the obstructing nail N is positioned inside the first holding portion 2152a and the second holding portion 2152b, and the obstructing nail N is located forward of the front end of the obstructing nail N so as not to contact the .

Further, in the state assembled to the game board 5, the mounting hole 2151e of the starting port main body 2151 in the starting port unit 2150 is a counterbored hole, and the head of the mounting screw inserted is flat. The head of the ball protrudes from the counterbored hole (the front surface of the flange portion 2151c) and hinders the movement of the game ball B. In addition, since the mounting hole 2152d of the starting port front plate 2152 is also a countersunk hole and the head of the mounting screw is flat, the head of the mounting screw protrudes from the countersunk hole (the front surface of the seal sticking portion 2152f) to the front plate. The seal 2153 is free from wrinkles and the like.

This starting port unit 2150 is assembled on the game board 5, and as shown in FIG. The head of the quasi-specific obstacle nail N2 is inserted into the second holding portion 2152b. As a result, even if many game balls B come into contact with the specific obstacle nail N1 or the quasi-specific obstacle nail N2 by being installed in the game hall and used in the game, and the impact causes the specific obstacle nail N1 or the like to bend. Further bending of the specific obstacle nail N1 or the like can be prevented by contacting the head portion of the specific obstacle nail N1 or the like with the inner peripheral surface of the first holding portion 2152a or the like. Therefore, even if the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1) is used continuously, the winning probability of the game ball B to the first start hole 2003 does not change, and the quality of the game board 5 is maintained for a long period of time. can do. In other words, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 in which aging caused by contact of the game ball B with the specific obstacle nail N1 or the like is inconspicuous.

Further, since the inner diameter of the first holding portion 2152a into which the head of the specific obstacle nail N1 is inserted is made smaller than the inner diameter of the second holding portion 2152b into which the head of the semi-specific obstacle nail N2 is inserted, The closer to the first start port 2003, the more the deformation of the obstacle nail N such as the specific obstacle nail N1 or the quasi-specific obstacle nail N2 can be suppressed, and the variation in the winning probability of the first start port 2003 for each game board 5 can be further reduced. It is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 of constant quality with a further reduction.

In addition, since the first holding portion 2152a into which the head of the specific obstruction nail N1 is inserted is made smaller than the second holding portion 2152b, the winning probability of the game ball B to the first starting opening 2003 is regarded as cheating. Even if an attempt is made to bend the specific obstacle nail N in order to change the specific obstacle nail N1, it is difficult to bend the specific obstacle nail N1 due to the narrow gap between the specific obstacle nail N1 and the head of the specific obstacle nail N1. In addition, by recognizing the presence of the starting port front plate 2152 having the first holding part 2152a, etc., it is possible to make the player hesitate to commit fraudulent activity, and the pachinko machine has a high deterrent to fraudulent activity. 1 can be provided.

Furthermore, the front of the first holding portion 2152a and the second holding portion 2152b of the start opening front plate 2152 into which the head of the specific obstacle nail N1 and the head of the semi-specific obstacle nail N2 are inserted is attached to the start opening front plate 2152. Since it is covered with the attached front plate seal 2153, it is possible to prevent other members from coming into contact with the specific obstacle nail N1 or the like during the manufacturing or transportation of the game board 5. The plate seal 2153 can prevent this, and the game board 5 with a predetermined quality can be reliably provided by preventing the deformation of the specific obstacle nail N1 and the like.

In addition, since the adhesive portion 2153b of the front plate seal 2153 is provided so as to avoid holes such as the through hole 2152c of the starting port front plate 2152, as shown in FIG. contact with the front plate seal 2153, the game ball B does not stick to the adhesive portion 2153b, and problems such as ball clogging do not occur.

In addition, since holes such as the first holding portion 2152a are provided in the starting port front plate 2152 to which the front plate seal 2153 is attached on the front surface, when the front plate seal 2153 is not attached during manufacturing or when the front plate seal 2153 is discarded, the front By pressing the plate seal 2153 from behind through the hole, the front plate seal 2153 can be easily peeled off.

Further, the starting port front plate 2152 of the starting port unit 2150 includes a first holding portion 2152a into which the head of the specific obstacle nail N1 is inserted, and a second holding portion 2152b into which the head of the semi-specific obstacle nail N2 is inserted. , is provided, when the game board 5 is manufactured, the starting port unit 2150 is temporarily fixed to the game panel 1100 by the positioning pin 2151d, and the specific obstacle nail N1 It is possible to inspect the implanted state of the obstructing nail N by checking whether or not there is a position.

In addition, since a flat starting port front plate 2152 is provided on the front surface of the starting port unit 2150, it is confirmed whether or not a plurality of obstacle nails N are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement when the game board 5 is manufactured. When the nail inspection film for the operation is covered on the front surface of the game board 5, the nail inspection film can be made difficult to bend by the starting port front plate 2152, and the inspection error due to the bending is reduced to reduce the quality of the game board 5.例文帳に追加can be increased, the labor required for inspection can be simplified, and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

In the above-described embodiment, the first holding portion 2152a and the second holding portion 2152b into which the head of the obstructing nail N is inserted from behind are circular holes penetrating the starting port front plate 2152. However, the groove is not limited to this, and may be a groove recessed forward from the rear surface of the starting port front plate 2152 without penetrating the starting port front plate 2152 . As a result, in addition to the same effect as described above, it is possible to reliably prevent other members from coming into contact with the obstacle nail N from the front side of the starting port front plate 2152 .

In the above embodiment, the adhesive portion 2153b of the front plate seal 2153 is provided away from the through hole 2152c of the starting port front plate 2152, etc., so that the game ball B does not come into contact with the adhesive portion 2153b through the through hole 2152c. 89(b), the diameter of the through-hole 2152c is made large enough so that the game ball B does not contact the front plate seal 2153 through the through-hole 2152c. It's fine. Specifically, when the diameter of the through hole 2152c is L5, the depth of the through hole 2152c (thickness of the front plate 2152 of the starting port) is L6, and the diameter of the game ball B is D,
L5<2×(D×L6−L6 ² ) ⁻²
It is desirable to As a result, the game ball B does not come into contact with the rear surface of the front plate seal 2153 through the through hole 2152c or the like, and the game ball B sticks to the adhesive portion 2153b even if the adhesive portion 2153b is provided on the entire rear surface of the front plate seal 2153. it won't stick.

[11-6. Starter Unit of Third Embodiment]
Next, the starting port unit 2160 of the third embodiment in the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 90 to 94 and the like. FIG. 90 is a front view of a game board provided with a starting port unit according to the third embodiment, with members behind the game panel omitted. FIG. 91 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 90 viewed obliquely from the front. FIG. 92(a) is a perspective view of the starter unit of the third embodiment as seen from the front along with a part of the game panel, and (b) is a perspective view of the starter unit of (a) as seen from the rear. be. 93(a) is an exploded perspective view of the starting port unit of the third embodiment and viewed from the front, and FIG. 93(b) is an exploded perspective view of the starting port unit of the third embodiment and viewed from the rear. It is a diagram. FIG. 94(a) is an explanatory view showing the starting port unit of the third embodiment from the front, and FIG. 94(b) is an explanatory view showing the starting port unit of the third embodiment in cross section.

The starting port unit 2160 of the third embodiment is arranged below the center accessory 2500 directly above the out port 1008 in the vicinity of the lower end portion of the center in the left-right direction in the game area 5a. The starting port unit 2160 is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front. The starting port unit 2160 has a first starting port 2003 that is always open upward with a width that allows only one game ball B to be received. The first starting port 2003 of the starting port unit 2160 is provided directly below the central release portion 2513a of the stage 2513 in the center accessory 2500 .

On the game board 5 provided with the starting port unit 2160, a plurality of obstacle nails N are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement on the front surface of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110) in the game area 5a through which the game balls B circulate. is set. In addition, in the game area 5a of the game board 5, the game ball B rotates by contact with the left side of the center accessory 2500 and the height between the entrance of the warp passage 2512 and the side upper left unit 2300. A windmill W is provided. The windmill W is rotatably provided by an obstacle nail N. In addition, in the game area 5a of the game board 5, a plurality of obstructing nails N are placed in the vicinity of the windmill W from below the center of the windmill W toward the lower right (starting port unit 2160) to push the game ball B. They are arranged in rows at intervals that can be guided.

In this game board 5, the continuous nails NR (also referred to as road nails) of a plurality of obstacle nails N arranged in a line are divided into three groups (continuous nails NR). A gap large enough for the game ball B to pass is provided between the continuous nails NR, and the game ball B guided by the continuous nail NR may flow downward through the gap. . A plurality of chain pegs NR are located above a side unit 2200 having a plurality (three in this case) of general prize winning openings 2001 . The two gaps formed by the three continuous nails NR are provided in a portion slightly leftward (upstream side) from right above the two general winning openings 2001 from the right side of the side unit 2200. There is a possibility that the game ball B that has flowed down to the general winning opening 2001 is accepted.

The two obstructing nails N closest to the general prize-winning opening 2001 are provided with an interval similar to the width of the opening of the general prize-winning opening 2001. specific obstacle nail N1.

Further, in the game area 5a, on the right side of the starting opening unit 2160, one continuous nail NR is provided so as to be lowered toward the starting opening unit 2150 in a row. The game ball B can be guided toward the starting port unit 2160 (first starting port 2003) by these continuous nails NR provided on the left and right sides of the starting port unit 2160. FIG.

In the game board 5 provided with this starting port unit 2160, the game ball B received in the first starting port 2003 of the starting port unit 2160 passes through the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 and the back ball guiding unit of the back unit 3000. 3100, and after being detected by the first start opening sensor 2101 provided in the back ball guiding unit 3100, is discharged downward. In addition, on the game board 5 provided with the starting port unit 2160, the game ball B that has flowed downward from the starting port unit 2160 is discharged from the game area 5a through the out port 1008.

As shown in FIG. 93 and the like, the starter unit 2160 includes a starter main body 2161 attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110) from the front, and a flat plate-like starter main body 2161 attached to the front surface of the starter main body 2161. A front plate 2162, a plurality of nail shafts 2163 bridged between the starting port main body 2161 and the starting port front plate 2162, and a front plate seal affixed to the front surface of the starting port front plate 2162 (not shown) and a plurality of mounting screws 2164 for attaching the starting port front plate 2162 to the starting port main body 2161 . The starting port unit 2160 has a front end slightly protruding forward from the front ends of the side unit 2200 and the side upper left unit 2300 in a state assembled on the game board 5 .

The starting port body 2161 of the starting port unit 2160 includes a flat plate-shaped base plate 2161a that abuts on the front surface of the game panel 1100, an opening 2161b that penetrates the base plate 2161a so that the game ball B can pass through, and the base plate 2161a. A ball receiving portion 2161c that protrudes forward from the peripheral edge of an opening 2161b on the front surface of the base plate 2161b and is open upward, and a rear end of the ball receiving portion 2161c that is continuous with the ball receiving portion 2161c and protrudes rearward from the rear surface of the base plate 2161a in a cylindrical shape. A gutter portion 2161d, a guiding rib 2161e extending upward from the ball receiving portion 2161c and bottom portions of the gutter portion 2161d and having an upper end inclined so as to become lower toward the rear, and a protruding positioning pin 2161f.

The base plate 2161a is formed in an arcuate shape so that it is elongated in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and the upper and lower sides bulge upward and downward, respectively. The opening 2161b is provided in the center of the base plate 2161a. The ball receiving portion 2161c has a U-shaped cross section. The gutter portion 2161d is formed in a shape in which upper ends of U-shaped cross sections are connected to each other. This gutter portion 2161d is inserted into the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110) in a state where the game board 5 is assembled, and the rear end of the gutter portion 2161d is positioned on the same plane as the rear surface of the panel plate 1110. ing. The guide rib 2161e has a front end in contact with the rear surface of the front wall of the ball receiving portion 2161c, and is lowered rearward from the vicinity of the upper end of the front wall to the vicinity of the bottom of the ball receiving portion 2161c at an angle of 45 degrees to the horizontal. After being inclined, it is inclined at an angle of about 5 degrees with respect to the horizontal to the rear end of the gutter portion 2161d, and is bent halfway in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 94(b)). One guide rib 2161e is provided at the center of the ball receiving portion 2161c and the gutter portion 2161d in the left-right direction. The positioning pins 2161f are provided on the left and right sides with the ball receiving portion 2161c therebetween, and are inserted into the positioning holes 1113 of the game panel 1100. As shown in FIG.

The starting port main body 2161 is provided along the upper side of the base plate 2161a and has a plurality of support bosses 2161g projecting rearward from the rear surface of the base plate 2161a. a rear support hole 2161h through which the rear end of the nail shaft 2163 is inserted; two mounting holes 2161i penetrating through the base plate 2161a at the left and right outer sides of the ball receiving portion 2161c; a pair of boss portions 2161j projecting forward in a columnar shape from near the left and right lower corners of the ball receiving portion 2161c; there is

Four support bosses 2161g and four rear support holes 2161h are provided. As shown in FIG. 94(a), the two support bosses 2161g and the rear support hole 2161h are provided above the ball receiving portion 2161c so as to be separated from each other to the left and right at approximately the same interval as the opening width of the first starting port 2003. there is A rear end of a specific nail shaft 2163a as the nail shaft 2163 is inserted and held in two (a pair of) rear support holes 2161h provided above the first starting port 2003. As shown in FIG.

The remaining two support bosses 2161g and the rear support holes 2161h are located on both left and right sides of the two (pair) of the support bosses 2161g and the rear support holes 2161h (the specific nail shaft 2163a), and the first starting opening 2003 and the support boss 2161g. and the rear support hole 2161h. The rear end of a quasi-specific nail shaft 2163b as the nail shaft 2163 is inserted and held in these two rear support holes 2161h.

A pair of boss portions 2161j are provided with a space between them and the ball receiving portion 2161c so that the game ball B can pass therethrough. It is also provided with a gap between it and the hole 2161h so that the game ball B can pass therethrough. The front ends of the pair of boss portions 2161j are flush with the front surface of the front wall of the ball receiving portion 2161c.

A pair of boss portions 2161j are provided so that gaps through which the game ball B can pass are formed in each of the upper, lower, left, and right sides, and the game ball B is provided so as to be able to contact them. A mounting screw 2164 is inserted (screwed) into a mounting hole 2162c passing through the boss portion 2161j. Since the boss portion 2161j can change the direction in which the game ball B flows, the boss portion 2161j has the same effect as the obstacle nail N. In other words, the boss portion 2161j can be said to be a kind of obstacle nail N.

The starting port front plate 2162 is formed to have substantially the same size as the base plate 2161 a of the starting port main body 2161 . The starting port front plate 2162 is recessed forward from the rear surface and has a plurality of front support holes 2162a into which the front ends of the nail shafts 2163 are inserted, and a pair of holes penetrating through the starting port main body 2161 at locations corresponding to mounting holes 2161i. A through hole 2162b, a plurality of mounting holes 2162c penetrating at portions corresponding to the front plate mounting holes 2161k of the starting port main body 2161, and a boss portion 2161j of the starting port main body 2161 protruding short and cylindrical from the rear surface thereof. a pair of cylindrical portions 2162d into which the front ends of the cylinders are inserted; and a seal sticking portion 2162e recessed from the front surface leaving a certain width from the outer peripheral edge and onto which a front plate seal is stuck.

A plurality of (here, four) front support holes 2162a are provided in positions corresponding to the plurality of rear support holes 2161h of the starting port main body 2161 . The through hole 2162b is through which a driver is inserted when the starting port unit 2160 is attached to the game panel 1100. As shown in FIG. The mounting hole 2162c is for mounting the starting port front plate 2162 to the starting port main body 2161. By screwing the tip of the mounting screw 2164 inserted from the front into the front plate mounting hole 2161k of the starting port main body 2161, the starting A spout front plate 2162 may be attached to the spout body 2161 . The tip of the boss portion 2161j of the starting port main body 2161 is inserted into the pair of cylindrical portions 2162d, respectively, so that the starting port front plate 2162 can be positioned with respect to the starting port main body 2161. As shown in FIG.

The nail shaft 2163 is formed in a cylindrical shape having the same diameter as the shaft portion of the obstacle nail N, and is made of the same material as the obstacle nail N (for example, brass). In other words, the nail shaft 2163 corresponds to the shaft portion of the obstacle nail N. As shown in FIG. The nail shaft 2163 has its front end inserted into the front support hole 2162a of the starting port front plate 2162 and its rear end inserted into the rear supporting hole 2161h of the starting port body 2161 . When the starting port unit 2160 is assembled, both front and rear ends of the nail shaft 2163 do not have a gap between the front support hole 2162a and the rear support hole 2161h. As shown in FIG. 94(b), the rear end side of the nail shaft 2163 is deeply inserted to the rear end of the support boss 2161g of the starting port main body 2161, so that even if the game ball B comes into contact with it, it is difficult to bend.

A pair of nails whose both ends are inserted into a rear support hole 2161h and a front support hole 2162a provided above the first start opening 2003 (ball receiving portion 2161c) of the plurality of (here, four) nail shafts 2163. The shaft 2163 is a specific nail shaft 2163a that greatly affects the acceptance probability of the game ball B into the first starting port 2003 (winning probability). The remaining two nail shafts 2163 are semi-specific nail shafts 2163b.

The pair of specific nail shafts 2163a are separated from each other right above the first starting port 2003 by a distance substantially equal to the opening width of the first starting port 2003 . As for the pair of specific nail shafts 2163a, when the interval widens, the game ball B is easily accepted into the first starting port 2003, and when the interval narrows, the game ball B becomes difficult to be accepted into the first starting port 2003. It is greatly related to the acceptance probability of the game ball B into the starting port 2003 (winning probability). These pair of specific nail shafts 2163a are provided slightly above the hindmost nail N of the continuous nails NR provided on both left and right sides of the starting port unit 2160 .

The quasi-specific nail shaft 2163b is provided with a gap through which the game ball B can pass between the approaching specific nail shaft 2163a and the approaching continuous nail NR. The gap between the specific nail shaft 2163a and the semi-specific nail shaft 2163b is wider than the gap between the pair of specific nail shafts 2163a. Also, the gap between the semi-specific nail shaft 2163b and the continuous nail NR is wider than the gap between the specific nail shaft 2163a and the semi-specific nail shaft 2163b.

Further, the semi-specific nail shaft 2163b is located below the approaching continuous nail NR and slightly above (1 mm to 2 mm) from the extension line of the continuous nail NR, or upward from the extension line of the continuous nail NR. It is provided at a site within a distance of 1/10 to 1/3 of the diameter D of B. As a result, when the game ball B guided by the continuous nail NR comes into contact with the quasi-specific nail shaft 2163b, the game ball B is likely to bounce upward and may be received by the first starting port 2003.

The front plate seal (not shown) has translucency and is provided with pictures, patterns, characters, and the like. The front plate seal has an outer shape that is slightly smaller than the inner peripheral shape of the seal attachment portion 2162e of the starting port front plate 2162. As shown in FIG. This front plate seal has an adhesive part for sticking to the start port front plate 2162 on the back surface. The adhesive portion of the front plate seal is provided over the entire circumference with a constant width from the outer peripheral edge, and is provided so as to avoid the through hole 2162b. As a result, when the front plate seal is attached to the starting port front plate 2162, the adhesive portion is not exposed rearward through the through hole 2162b.

When the starting port unit 2160 is assembled on the game board 5, the mounting hole 2161i of the starting port main body 2161 is a counterbore, and the head of the mounting screw inserted is flat. The head does not protrude from the counterbored hole (the front surface of the base plate 2161a) to hinder the movement of the game ball B. The mounting hole 2162c of the starting port front plate 2162 is also a counterbore, and the head of the mounting screw 2164 is flat. Wrinkles and the like do not enter the front plate seal.

This starting port unit 2160 includes both front and rear ends of a pair of specific nail shafts 2163a provided above the first starting port 2003, and a pair of quasi-specific nails provided on both left and right outer sides of the pair of specific nail shafts 2163a. The front and rear ends of the shaft 2163b are supported (held) by the front support hole 2162a of the starting port front plate 2162 and the rear supporting hole 2161h of the starting port body 2161 so as not to move. As a result, many game balls B come into contact with the specific nail shaft 2163a and the quasi-specific nail shaft 2163b by being installed in the game hall and used in the game, and the specific nail shaft 2163a and the like tend to bend due to the impact. can be prevented. Therefore, even if the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1) is used continuously, the winning probability of the game ball B to the first start hole 2003 does not change, and the quality of the game board 5 is maintained for a long period of time. can do. In other words, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 in which aging due to contact of the game ball B with the specific nail shaft 2163a or the like is inconspicuous.

In addition, as described above, deformation of the nail shafts 2163 such as the specific nail shaft 2163a can be suppressed. A quality pachinko machine 1 can be provided.

In addition, since both ends of the nail shaft 2163 such as the specific nail shaft 2163a are immovably held, as a fraudulent act, the nail shaft 2163 is held in order to change the winning probability of the game ball B to the first start opening 2003. Even if you try to bend it, it is difficult to bend it because the front end is inserted into the front support hole 2162a of the starting port front plate 2162. is held, it is possible to make the player hesitate to commit a fraudulent act, and it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 with a high deterrent to fraudulent activity.

Furthermore, since the starter front plate 2162 is provided in front of the nail shafts 2163 such as the specific nail shaft 2163a, other members do not come into contact with the nail shafts 2163 when the game board 5 is manufactured or transported. can be prevented, deformation of the nail shaft 2163 can be prevented, and the game board 5 of a predetermined quality can be reliably provided.

In addition, since the adhesive part of the front plate seal is provided so as to avoid the through hole 2162b of the starting port front plate 2162, even if the game ball B contacts the front plate seal through the through hole 2162b, the game ball B sticks. It will not stick to the part, and problems such as ball clogging will not occur.

In addition, since a through hole 2162b is provided in the starting port front plate 2162 to which the front plate seal is attached on the front surface, the through hole 2162b can be removed from the front plate seal when the front plate seal is not attached during manufacturing or when the front plate seal is discarded. By pressing from behind through 2162b, the front plate seal can be easily peeled off.

Further, since a flat starter front plate 2162 is provided on the front surface of the starter unit 2160, it is confirmed whether or not a plurality of obstacle nails N are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement when the game board 5 is manufactured. When the nail inspection film for the operation is covered on the front surface of the game board 5, the nail inspection film can be made difficult to bend by the starting port front plate 2162, and the inspection error caused by the bending is reduced to reduce the quality of the game board 5.例文帳に追加can be increased, the labor required for inspection can be simplified, and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

In addition, in this starting port unit 2160 as well, the diameter of the through hole 2162b of the starting port front plate 2162 is adjusted to the game ball B through the through hole 2162b, similarly to the through hole 2152c of the starting port front plate 2152 in the above-described starting port unit 2150. may be of a size that does not contact the front plate seal. As a result, the game ball B does not stick to the adhesive portion even if the adhesive portion is provided on the entire rear surface of the front plate seal.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the starting port unit 2160 having the first starting port 2003 is provided with the nail shaft 2163 (specific nail shaft 2163a) related to the acceptance probability of the game ball B. Without limitation, the side unit 2200 having the general winning opening 2001 may be provided with a nail shaft 2163 related to the acceptance probability of the game ball B, or the normal winning opening unit 2600 having the normal winning opening 2002 may be provided with a game ball. A nail shaft 2163 relating to the acceptance probability of game ball B may be provided, or a nail shaft 2163 relating to the acceptance probability of game ball B may be provided in a gate member 2630 having a gate 2010 to be described later. In other words, the nail shaft 2163 may be provided in the unit provided with the gate and the winning opening. As a result, the winning probability of the game ball B does not change over time due to the presence of the nail shaft 2163 in the other winning openings other than the first starting opening 2003, and the variation is reduced to reduce the variation in the winning probability of the game ball B, and the pachinko machine 1 has a constant quality. can be provided.

[11-6a. Starter Unit and Front Plate of Third Embodiment]
Next, the starting port unit 2160 and the front plate 2170 of the third embodiment will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 95 to 97. FIG. FIG. 95 is a front view of a game board provided with the starting port unit of the third embodiment and provided with a front plate, omitting the members on the rear side of the game panel. FIG. 96 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 95 viewed obliquely from the front. Figure 97 is an exploded perspective view of the game board of Figure 95 with the front plate separated. The game board 5 of the embodiment shown in FIGS. 95 to 97 has a front plate 2170 added to the configuration of the game board 5 shown in FIGS. The same reference numerals are used for explanation.

The game board 5 is provided with a transparent flat front plate 2170 in front of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110). The front plate 2170 is provided with a gap between the game panel 1100 and the game ball B so that the game balls B can flow therethrough. This front plate 2170 is provided so as to connect the front end of the inner rail 1002 and the front end of the inflow restricting portion 2511c of the center frame 2511 of the center accessory 2500 . The front plate 2170 extends in the counterclockwise direction from the portion where the inflow restricting portion 2511c extends vertically from the center in the left-right direction to the left side of the upper portion of the center accessory 2500 (center frame 2511). It is formed in an arc shape so as to cover the front of the game area 5a up to the part that goes around and touches the attacker unit 2400.

The game board 5 provided with this front plate 2170, like the game board 5 provided with the starting port unit 2160, is a game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110) in the game area 5a through which the game ball B circulates. A plurality of obstacle nails N are implanted in a predetermined gauge arrangement on the front surface. In addition, in the game area 5a of the game board 5, the game ball B rotates by contact with the left side of the center accessory 2500 and the height between the entrance of the warp passage 2512 and the side upper left unit 2300. A windmill W is provided. The windmill W is rotatably provided by an obstacle nail N. In addition, in the game area 5a of the game board 5, a plurality of obstructing nails N are placed in the vicinity of the windmill W from below the center of the windmill W toward the lower right (starting port unit 2160) to push the game ball B. They are arranged in rows at intervals that can be guided.

The continuous nails NR (also referred to as road nails) of the plurality of obstacle nails N arranged in a line are divided into three groups (continuous nails NR). A gap large enough for the game ball B to pass is provided between the continuous nails NR, and the game ball B guided by the continuous nail NR may flow downward through the gap. . A plurality of chain pegs NR are located above a side unit 2200 having a plurality (three in this case) of general prize winning openings 2001 . The two gaps formed by the three continuous nails NR are provided in a portion slightly leftward (upstream side) from right above the two general winning openings 2001 from the right side of the side unit 2200. There is a possibility that the game ball B that has flowed down to the general winning opening 2001 is accepted.

The two obstructing nails N closest to the general prize-winning opening 2001 are provided with an interval similar to the width of the opening of the general prize-winning opening 2001. specific obstacle nail N1.

Further, in the game area 5a, on the right side of the starting opening unit 2160, one continuous nail NR is provided so as to be lowered toward the starting opening unit 2150 in a row. The game ball B can be guided toward the starting port unit 2160 (first starting port 2003) by these continuous nails NR provided on the left and right sides of the starting port unit 2160. FIG.

These continuous nails NR arranged in a row toward the starting port unit 2160 are slightly upward (1 mm to 2 mm) from the extension line, or 1/10 to 1/1/10 to 1/1/10 to 1/1/10 the diameter D of the game ball B from the extension line. A quasi-specific nail shaft 2163b of the starting port unit 2160 is positioned within a distance of 3. As a result, when the game ball B guided by the continuous nail NR comes into contact with the quasi-specific nail shaft 2163b, the game ball B is likely to bounce upward and may be received by the first starting port 2003.

In this game board 5, a game ball B received in the first starting port 2003 of the starting port unit 2160 is sent to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 through the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100, and is sent to the back ball guiding unit 3100. After being detected by the first starting port sensor 2101 provided in 3100, it is discharged downward. In addition, on the game board 5 provided with the starting port unit 2160, the game ball B that has flowed downward from the starting port unit 2160 is discharged from the game area 5a through the out port 1008.

The front plate 2170 of the present embodiment has a plurality of nail holding portions 2171 that pass through in the front-rear direction and into which the heads of the obstacle nails N are inserted from behind, and a wind turbine holding portion 2172 into which the front ends of the wind turbines W are inserted from behind. , a starting port front plate 2162 of the starting port unit 2160, the front end of the ball receiving portion 2202 in the side unit 2200, the front end of the side upper left unit 2300, and the like are inserted from behind. The nail holding portion 2171 , the windmill holding portion 2172 and the opening 2173 are holes penetrating the front plate 2170 .

For example, the nail holding part 2171 holds the head of the obstructing nail N at a distance between the heads of the obstructing nail N that is larger than the diameter of the head of the obstructing nail N. It is formed in the shape of a round hole larger than the diameter. In addition, the nail holding part 2171 is arranged such that the gap between the heads of the obstacle nail N is closer than the diameter of the head of the obstacle nail N. The head of the nail N is also formed in a connected slit shape so as to be inserted together. The nail holding part 2171 is formed so that a gap of 0.5 mm to 2 mm is formed between the nail holding part 2171 and the head of the obstructing nail N. In the above description, the shape of the nail holding portion 2171 is a round hole or a slit based on the diameter of the head of the obstructing nail N. Anything other than this may be used as a reference.

The windmill holding portion 2172 is formed into a round hole with an inner diameter that provides a gap of 0.5 mm to 2 mm between the windmill holding portion 2172 and the outer periphery of the windmill W. The windmill holding portion 2172 is connected to the nail holding portion 2171 into which some of the continuous nails NR are inserted.

The front plate 2170 has a front end aligned with the front end of the starting port unit 2160 in a state assembled to the game board 5, and protrudes slightly forward from the front ends of the side unit 2200 and the side upper left unit 2300. - 特許庁The front plate 2170 is attached so that the head of the obstructing nail N is positioned inside the nail holding portion 2171 and the front end of the obstructing nail N does not project forward beyond the front surface of the front plate 2170 .

In this embodiment, the front end of a nail shaft 2163 as an obstacle nail N is inserted into the front support hole 2162a of the front plate 2162 of the starting port unit 2160, and the nail holding portion 2171 of the front plate 2170 holds the obstacle nail N. It can also be said that it has two front plates, since the front end (head) of the head is inserted into it.

According to this front plate 2170, by assembling it to the game board 5, the head of the obstacle nail N is inserted into the nail holding portion 2171, and the front end of the windmill W is inserted into the windmill holding portion 2172. Therefore, even if many game balls B come into contact with the obstacle nail N and the windmill W when they are installed in the game hall and used in the game, and the obstacle nail N and the windmill W are about to bend due to the impact, the obstacle will not occur. When the head of the nail N contacts the inner surface of the nail holding portion 2171 and the front end of the windmill W contacts the inner surface of the windmill holding portion 2172, the obstacle nail N and the windmill W can be prevented from bending any further. Therefore, even if the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1) is used continuously, the obstacle nail N and the windmill W are not changed from the state at the time of shipment. The quality of the game board 5 can be maintained for a long period of time without changing the probability of entering a ball into the entrance of 2512 or the like. That is, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 in which aging due to contact of the game ball B against the obstacle nail N or the windmill W is inconspicuous.

Further, since the head of the obstructing nail N is inserted into the nail holding portion 2171 of the front plate 2170, even if an illegal act such as bending the obstructing nail N is attempted, the obstructing nail N is hardly bent by the nail retaining portion 2171. Thus, the pachinko machine 1 can avoid fraudulent activity and hesitate to perform fraudulent activity by recognizing the presence of the front plate 2170, and has a high deterrent power against fraudulent activity. can provide.

In addition, since the front end of the wind turbine W is inserted into the wind turbine holding portion 2172 of the front plate 2170, it is possible to prevent the wind turbine W from tilting and deforming due to aging or the like. Thereby, there can exist the following effects. More specifically, as shown in the figure, a plurality of continuous nails NR are provided in a row from near the lower right of the wind turbine W toward the starting port unit 2100 on the right side. When deformed so as to incline to the right (first start port 2003 side), the game ball B flowing down from above the windmill W is easily flowed down to the left of the windmill W by the windmill W deformed to the right. Therefore, it becomes difficult to be guided by the continuous nail NR, and there is a possibility that the acceptance probability (winning probability) to the first start opening 2003 is lowered. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, tilting of the windmill W can be suppressed by the windmill holding portion 2172 of the front plate 2170, so that the acceptance probability to the first start port 2003 via the windmill W changes. Therefore, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 in which aging is inconspicuous.

Furthermore, the heads of many obstacle nails N planted in the game board 5 are inserted into the nail holding portions 2171 of the front plate 2170, and the front ends of the windmills W are inserted into the windmill holding portions 2172 of the front plate 2170. Therefore, the front plate 2170 can prevent other members from coming into contact with the obstacle nail N and the windmill W when the game board 5 is manufactured or transported. deformation is prevented, and a game board 5 having a predetermined quality can be reliably provided.

Further, since the head of the obstacle nail N and the front end of the windmill W are inserted into the nail holding portion 2171 and the windmill holding portion 2172 of the front plate 2170, the front plate 2170 is attached when the game board 5 is manufactured. In this case, if the obstruction nail N and the windmill W are deformed, it becomes difficult to attach the front plate 2170. Therefore, it is necessary to inspect whether the obstruction nail N and the windmill W are deformed by the front plate 2170. can be done.

In addition, a transparent flat plate-like front plate 2170 is provided in front of the game area 5a in which many obstacle nails N are planted, and a flat starting port front plate 2162 is provided in front of the starting port unit 2160. Therefore, when the game board 5 is manufactured, when a nail inspection film for confirming whether or not a plurality of obstacle nails N are implanted in a predetermined gauge arrangement is covered on the front surface of the game board 5, the front panel 2170 and the front plate 2162 of the starting port make it difficult to bend the nail inspection film, reduce the inspection error due to the bending, improve the quality of the game board 5, and facilitate inspection. , and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

Further, since the nail holding portion 2171 of the front plate 2170 is sufficiently small, even if a force is applied, the deformation range is limited. Have difficulty.

In the above embodiment, the nail holding portion 2171 into which the head of the obstructing nail N is inserted from behind and the wind turbine holding portion 2172 into which the front end of the wind turbine W is inserted from behind pass through the front plate 2170. Although the hole is shown, the present invention is not limited to this, and the groove may be recessed forward from the rear surface of the front plate 2170 without penetrating the front plate 2170 . As a result, in addition to the same effect as described above, it is possible to reliably prevent other members from coming into contact with the obstacle nail N from the front of the front plate 2170 .

In the above embodiment, the plurality of nail holding portions 2171 have the same gap between the head portion of the obstacle nail N and the inner surface of the nail holding portion 2171. However, the nail holding portion 2171 is not limited to this. For example, the size of the nail holding portion 2171 may be varied so that the closer it gets to the first start opening 2003, the general winning opening 2001, the entrance of the warp passage 2512, etc., the narrower the gap between it and the head of the obstacle nail N becomes. You can allow it. It is possible to make the obstructing nail N more difficult to deform as it approaches a winning opening or the like which is important for the game.

Further, in the front plate 2170, the inner diameter of the nail holding portion 2171, which is provided at the entrance of the general winning opening 2001 and into which the specific obstacle nail N1 is inserted, may be made smaller than the inner diameter of the other nail holding portions 2171. good. As a result, the deformation of the specific obstruction nail N1, which is greatly related to the acceptance of the game ball B into the general winning hole 2001, can be suppressed, and the variation in the winning probability of the general winning hole 2001 for each game board 5 can be further reduced. , the pachinko machine 1 of constant quality can be provided.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, a decorative sticker decorated with a pattern, picture, letter, or the like may be attached to the front surface of the front panel 2170 . Further, when a decorative sticker is attached to the front surface of the front plate 2170, if the front end side of the nail holding portion 2171 is closed by the decorative sticker, the obstructing nail N can be prevented from passing through the nail holding portion 2171 from the front and other members or unauthorized tools. etc. can be prevented from coming into contact with each other. Also, in this case, when the decorative seal is not adhered during manufacturing or when discarded, the decorative seal can be pressed from behind through the nail holding portion 2171, and the decorative seal can be easily peeled off.

In the above-described embodiment, the front plate 2170 is made of one plate material, but the front plate 2170 is not limited to this, and may be divided into a plurality of plate materials.

Furthermore, in the above embodiment, the combination of the starting port unit 2160 of the third embodiment and the front plate 2170 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the starting port unit 2150 of the second embodiment and the front plate 2170 are combined. A plate 2170 may be combined.

[11-7. Front plate in front of starter unit and side unit]
Next, as a modified example of the game board 5, the front plate 2180 provided in front of the starting port unit 2100 and the side unit 2200 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 98 to 100. FIG. FIG. 98 is a front view of a game board in which a front plate is provided in front of the starting port unit and the side unit, and the members on the rear side of the game panel are omitted. FIG. 99 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 98 viewed obliquely from the front. FIG. 100 is an exploded perspective view of the game board showing an enlarged main part with the front plate separated in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 98 to 100, the game board 5 of this embodiment is provided between the center accessory 2500 and the out port 1008 at the lower end of the game area 5a at the center of the game area 5a in the left-right direction. A starting opening unit 2100 having a first starting opening 2003, and a side unit provided along the inner rail 1002 on the left side of the starting opening unit 2100 in front view and having three general winning openings 2001. 2200, and a transparent plate-shaped front plate 2180 provided in front of the area below the center accessory 2500 in the game area 5a and attached to the front ends of the starter unit 2100 and the side unit 2200.

The starting port unit 2100 is provided near the lower end of the center in the left-right direction in the game area 5a, and is arranged directly above the out port 1008 and below the center accessory 2500. As shown in FIG. The starting port unit 2100 is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front. The starter opening unit 2100 has a first starter opening 2003 that is always open upward with a width that allows only one game ball B to be received. The first starting port 2003 of the starting port unit 2100 is provided directly below the central release portion 2513a of the stage 2513 in the center accessory 2500 .

This starting port unit 2100 includes a gutter-shaped ball receiving portion 2102 that is open upward and rearward and forms a first starting port 2003, and a flat plate-like portion extending leftward from the middle of the ball receiving portion 2102 in the front-rear direction. A base plate 2103 extending outward and attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100, and a front plate mounting hole 2104 provided at the lower front surface of the ball receiving portion 2102 for mounting the front plate 2180 are provided. . When the starting port unit 2100 is assembled to the game board 5 , a portion of the ball receiving portion 2102 ahead of the base plate 2103 protrudes forward from the front surface of the game panel 1100 as a first starting port 2003 . The starting port unit 2100 guides the game ball B received in the first starting port 2003 (ball receiving part 2102) to the rear of the game panel 1100, and can deliver it to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. .

The side unit 2200 extends along the inner rail 1002 on the left side of the starting port unit 2100 in the game area 5a, and is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front. The side unit 2200 is provided with three general prize winning openings 2001 which are open to receive game balls B at all times. The three general winning openings 2001 of the side unit 2200 are arranged in an arc along the inner rail 1002 . The two general prize winning openings 2001 on the right side are open upward, and the general prize winning opening 2001 on the left side is open toward the upper left.

The side unit 2200 connects three ball receiving portions 2202 which form the general winning opening 2001 in the shape of a gutter that is open upward and rearward, and each ball receiving portion 2202 in the middle in the front-rear direction. A flat base plate 2203 attached to the front surface of the 1100 is provided. Of the three ball receiving portions 2202, the two ball receiving portions 2202 from the right have lower front ends that are slanted rearward. In addition, the side unit 2200 includes protrusions 2204 provided on the inclined portions of the lower front ends of the two ball receiving portions 2202 from the right, and a front plate 2180 provided on the front surface of the protrusions 2204. and a front plate mounting hole 2205.

When the side unit 2200 is assembled to the game board 5 , a portion of the ball receiving portion 2202 ahead of the base plate 2203 protrudes forward from the front surface of the game panel 1100 as a general prize winning opening 2001 . The side unit 2200 can guide the game ball B received in the general winning hole 2001 (ball receiving part 2202) to the rear of the game panel 1100 and deliver it to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000.

In the game board 5, a plurality of obstacle nails N are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement on the front surface of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110) in the game area 5a through which the game balls B circulate. In addition, in the game area 5a of the game board 5, the game ball B rotates by contact with the left side of the center accessory 2500 and the height between the entrance of the warp passage 2512 and the side upper left unit 2300. A windmill W is provided. The windmill W is rotatably provided by an obstacle nail N. In addition, in the game area 5a of the game board 5, a plurality of obstacle nails N are placed in the vicinity of the windmill W from below the center of the windmill W toward the diagonally lower right (starting port unit 2100) to push the game ball B. They are arranged in rows at intervals that can be guided.

The continuous nails NR (also referred to as road nails) of the plurality of obstacle nails N arranged in a line are divided into three groups (continuous nails NR). A gap large enough for the game ball B to pass is provided between the continuous nails NR, and the game ball B guided by the continuous nail NR may flow downward through the gap. . A plurality of chain pegs NR are located above a side unit 2200 having a plurality (three in this case) of general prize winning openings 2001 . The two gaps formed by the three continuous nails NR are provided in a portion slightly leftward (upstream side) from right above the two general winning openings 2001 from the right side of the side unit 2200. There is a possibility that the game ball B that has flowed down to the general winning opening 2001 is accepted.

The two obstructing nails N closest to the general prize-winning opening 2001 are provided with an interval similar to the width of the opening of the general prize-winning opening 2001. specific obstacle nail N1.

Further, in the game area 5a, on the right side of the starter unit 2100, one continuous nail NR is provided so as to be lowered toward the starter unit 2100 in a row. The game ball B can be guided toward the starting port unit 2100 (first starting port 2003) by these continuous nails NR provided on the left and right sides of the starting port unit 2100. FIG.

Furthermore, in the game area 5a, as a plurality of obstructing nails N planted, a pair of left and right separated at approximately the same interval as the opening width of the first starting port 2003 directly above the first starting port 2003 A specific obstacle nail N1 and a pair of quasi-specific obstacle nails N2 provided on both left and right outer sides of the pair of specific obstacle nails N1 and at a height between the first starting opening 2003 and the specific obstacle nail N1 are provided. (see Figure 100).

When the gap between the pair of specific obstacle nails N1 widens, the game ball B is easily accepted into the first starting port 2003. It is greatly related to the acceptance probability of the game ball B into the starting port 2003 (winning probability). These pair of specific obstacle nails N1 are provided slightly above the most downstream obstacle nail N of the continuous nails NR provided on both left and right sides of the starting port unit 2100 .

The quasi-specific obstacle nail N2 is provided with a gap through which the game ball B can pass between the approaching specific obstacle nail N1 and the approaching continuous nail NR. The gap between the specific obstacle nail N1 and the semi-specific obstacle nail N2 is wider than the gap between the pair of specific obstacle nails N1. Further, the gap between the semi-specific obstacle nail N2 and the continuous nail NR is wider than the gap between the specific obstacle nail N1 and the semi-specific obstacle nail N2.

The quasi-specific obstacle nail N2 is located below the approaching continuous nail NR and slightly above (1 mm to 2 mm) from the extension line of the continuous nail NR, or upward from the extension line of the continuous nail NR. It is provided at a site within a distance of 1/10 to 1/3 of the diameter D of B. As a result, when the game ball B guided by the continuous nail NR comes into contact with the quasi-specific obstacle nail N2, the game ball B is likely to jump upward and possibly be received by the first starting port 2003.

The front plate 2180 is provided with a gap between the game panel 1100 and the game ball B so that the game balls B can circulate. The front plate 2180 is positioned between the windmill W and the attacker unit 2400 in the horizontal direction, and between the inflow restricting portion 2511c of the center frame 2511 of the center accessory 2500 and the inner circumference of the front structural member 1000 in the vertical direction in the game area 5a. It is provided so as to cover the inside of the region between.

The front plate 2180 has a plurality of nail holding portions 2181 penetrating in the front-rear direction and into which the heads of the obstacle nails N are inserted from the rear, and an arcuate shape surrounding the right side near the first starting port 2003 at the front end of the wind turbine W. and a plurality of mounting holes 2183 formed of through holes for mounting the front plate 2180 to the starting port unit 2100 and the side unit 2200 . The nail holding portion 2181 is a hole penetrating the front plate 2180 .

For example, the nail holding part 2181 holds the head of the obstructing nail N at a distance between the heads of the obstructing nail N that is larger than the diameter of the head of the obstructing nail N. It is formed in the shape of a round hole larger than the diameter. Further, the nail holding portion 2181 is, for example, a part of the obstacle nail N (here, a continuous nail NR ) is formed in a connected slit-like shape so that the head of the approaching obstructing nail N can be inserted together. The nail holding part 2181 is formed so that a gap of 0.5 mm to 2 mm is formed between the nail holding part 2181 and the head of the obstructing nail N. In the above description, the shape of the nail holding portion 2181 is a round hole or a slit based on the diameter of the head of the obstructing nail N. Anything other than this may be used as a reference.

The windmill holding part 2182 is formed so that a gap of 0.5 mm to 2 mm is formed between it and the outer circumference of the windmill W. As shown in FIG.

The mounting holes 2183 are provided at locations corresponding to the front plate mounting holes 2104 of the starting port unit 2100 and the front plate mounting holes 2205 of the side unit 2200 . By screwing mounting screws through these mounting holes 2183 into the front plate mounting holes 2104 of the starting port unit 2100 and the front plate mounting holes 2205 of the side unit 2200, the front plate 2180 can be mounted.

When the front plate 2180 is assembled to the game board 5, the head of the obstacle nail N is positioned inside the nail holder 2181, and the front end of the obstacle nail N does not protrude forward from the front surface of the front plate 2180. installed in the

In addition, when the game board 5 is assembled, the mounting hole 2183 of the front plate 2180 is a counterbore, and the head of the mounting screw inserted is flat. It does not protrude from (the front surface of the front plate 2180) and contact a member (for example, the glass 120) in front of the game board 5 in the pachinko machine 1. - 特許庁

According to this front plate 2180, by assembling it to the game board 5, the head of the obstacle nail N is inserted into the nail holding portion 2181, so that it is often installed in a game hall and used for games. Even if the game ball B touches the obstacle nail N and the obstacle nail N tries to bend due to the impact, the obstacle nail N is further bent by the head of the obstacle nail N coming into contact with the inner surface of the nail holding part 2181. Bending can be prevented. Therefore, even if the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1) is continued to be used, the obstructing nail N hardly changes from the state at the time of shipment. The quality of the game board 5 can be maintained for a long period of time without changing the ball-entering probability. In other words, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 in which aging due to the contact of the game ball B against the obstructing nail N is inconspicuous.

Further, since the head of the obstructing nail N is inserted into the nail holding portion 2181 of the front plate 2180, even if an illegal act such as bending the obstructing nail N is attempted, the obstructing nail N is hardly bent by the nail retaining portion 2181. Thus, the pachinko machine 1 can avoid fraudulent activity and hesitate to perform fraudulent activity by recognizing the existence of the front plate 2180, and has a high deterrent power against fraudulent activity. can provide.

In addition, since the windmill holding portion 2182 of the front plate 2180 surrounds a portion of the right outer side near the first starting port 2003 at the front end of the windmill W, the windmill W is not deformed so as to tilt to the right due to aging or the like. can be suppressed. Thereby, there can exist the following effects. More specifically, as shown in the figure, a plurality of continuous nails NR are provided in a row from near the lower right of the wind turbine W toward the starting port unit 2100. direction of the first start port 2003), the game ball B that has flowed down from above the windmill W is likely to flow down to the left of the windmill W by the windmill W that is deformed to the right. , it becomes difficult to be guided by the continuous nail NR, and there is a possibility that the acceptance probability (winning probability) to the first start opening 2003 is lowered. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the windmill W can be prevented from tilting to the right by the windmill holding portion 2182 of the front plate 2180, the acceptance probability to the first start port 2003 via the windmill W is reduced. It never drops.

Further, the heads of many obstacle nails N planted in the game board 5 are inserted into the nail holding portion 2181 of the front plate 2180, and the right outer side of the front end of the windmill W is the windmill holding portion of the front plate 2180. 2182, the front plate 2180 can prevent other members from coming into contact with the obstacle nail N and the windmill W when the game board 5 is manufactured or transported. A game board 5 having a predetermined quality can be reliably provided by preventing deformation of the windmill W. - 特許庁

In addition, since the head of the obstacle nail N is inserted into the nail holding portion 2181 of the front plate 2180 and the windmill holding portion 2182 surrounds the right outer side of the front end of the windmill W, the game board 5 is manufactured. Sometimes, when attaching the front plate 2180, if the obstacle nail N and the wind turbine W are deformed, it becomes difficult to attach the front plate 2180. Therefore, the obstacle nail N and the wind turbine W are deformed by the front plate 2180. It can be checked whether there is

Furthermore, since a transparent flat plate-like front plate 2180 is provided in front of the game area 5a where many obstacle nails N are planted, the plurality of obstacle nails N can be set to a predetermined gauge when the game board 5 is manufactured. When the nail inspection film for confirming whether or not the nails are planted in an array is put on the front surface of the game board 5, the front plate 2180 can make the nail inspection film difficult to bend, and the inspection error caused by the bending can be reduced. can be reduced, the quality of the game board 5 can be improved, the labor required for inspection can be simplified, and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

In addition, since the front plate 2180 is sized to cover the area below the center accessory 2500 in the game area 5a, for example, compared to the case where it is sized to cover the left half of the game area 5a, When the front plate 2180 expands and contracts due to changes in the environment due to temperature, humidity, etc. in the game hall, it is possible to reduce changes in the positions of the nail holding portions 2181 and the like due to the expansion and contraction. As a result, the position of the nail holding portion 2181 changes due to the expansion and contraction of the front plate 2180, and the nail holding portion 2181 presses the obstructing nail N, thereby preventing the obstructing nail N from deforming or the front plate 2180 from deforming. can be avoided.

Further, since the nail holding portion 2181 of the front plate 2180 is sufficiently small, even if a force is applied, the deformation range is limited. Have difficulty.

In the above embodiment, the nail holding portion 2181 into which the head of the obstructing nail N is inserted from behind is a hole penetrating the front plate 2180. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The groove may be recessed forward from the rear surface of the front plate 2180 without penetrating the front plate 2180 . As a result, in addition to the same effect as described above, it is possible to reliably prevent other members from coming into contact with the obstructing nail N from the front of the front plate 2180 .

In the above embodiment, the plurality of nail holding portions 2181 on the front plate 2180 have the same gap between the head of the obstructing nail N and the inner surface of the nail holding portion 2181, but the present invention is limited to this. Instead, for example, the size of the nail holding portion 2181 is made different so that the closer the first opening 2003, the general winning opening 2001, etc., the narrower the gap between it and the head of the obstacle nail N. can be It is possible to make the obstructing nail N more difficult to deform as it approaches a winning opening or the like which is important for the game.

Furthermore, in the front plate 2180, the inner diameter of the nail holding portion 2181 provided at the entrance of the first starting opening 2003 and the general prize winning opening 2001 into which the specific obstacle nail N1 is inserted is made larger than the inner diameters of the other nail holding portions 2181. You can make it smaller. As a result, the deformation of the specific obstacle nail N1, which is greatly related to the acceptance of the game ball B into the first starting hole 2003 and the general winning hole 2001, can be suppressed, and the variation in the winning probability of the general winning hole 2001 for each game board 5. can be further reduced to provide a pachinko machine 1 of constant quality.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, a decorative sticker decorated with a pattern, picture, letter, or the like may be attached to the front surface of the front plate 2180 . Further, when a decorative sticker is attached to the front surface of the front plate 2180, if the front end side of the nail holding portion 2181 is closed by the decorative sticker, the obstructing nail N can be prevented from passing through the nail holding portion 2181 from the front and other members or unauthorized tools. etc. can be prevented from coming into contact with each other. Further, in this case, when the decorative seal is not adhered during manufacturing or when discarded, the decorative seal can be pressed from behind through the nail holding portion 2181, and the decorative seal can be easily peeled off.

[12. Game board of the second embodiment]
Next, the game board 5A of the second embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 101 to 111 and the like. In the following description, the same components as those of the game board 5 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. 101 is a front view of the game board of the second embodiment, and FIG. 102 is a rear view of the game board of the second embodiment. 103 is a front view showing only the front unit of the game board of the second embodiment, and FIG. 104 is a front view showing only the rear unit of the game board of the second embodiment.

The game board 5A is inserted from the front into the game board insertion portion 401a of the main body frame base 401 of the main body frame base unit 400 of the main body frame 4 and is placed on the upper end surface of the base wall portion 401b. 115). The game board 5A includes a front unit 6A that can be removed forward while attached to the main body frame 4, and a rear unit 6B that supports the front unit 6A from the rear and is detachably attached to the main body frame 4. , is equipped with The front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B are detachably fixed at unit fixing portions 1020 at a plurality of positions (here, three positions). Further, the rear unit 6B and the body frame 4 are detachably fixed at a board fixing portion 1133. As shown in FIG.

The game board 5A of the second embodiment has a mounting unit 1130 newly provided between the game panel 1100A and the back unit 3000 in comparison with the game board 5 of the first embodiment, although the details will be described later. There is a game panel 1100A in separable contact with the front surface of the mounting unit 1130, and the back unit 3000 and the substrate holder 1200 are attached to the rear surface of the mounting unit 1130. FIG. Therefore, when the exploded perspective view of the game board 5A of the second embodiment is shown in FIGS. 54 and 55, which are the exploded perspective views of the game board 5 of the first embodiment, the front structural member 1000A and the game panel 1100A are shown. and the back unit 3000, the mounting unit 1130 is drawn.

The front unit 6A of the game board 5A includes a front component 1000A that partitions the outer periphery of the game area 5a and has a substantially square outer shape when viewed from the front, and a front component 1000A that is attached to the rear side of the game area 5a. It has a plate-like game panel 1100A that partitions the ends, and a front unit 2000 attached to the game panel 1100A. A plurality of obstacle nails N that come into contact with the game balls B are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement in a portion within the game area 5a on the front surface of the game panel 1100A.

The rear unit 6B of the game board 5A includes a mounting unit 1130 which can support the front unit 6A on the front surface and is detachably mounted on the main body frame 4, and a substrate mounted on the lower rear side of the mounting unit 1130. It has a holder 1200 and a main control board 1310 (see FIG. 70, etc.) which is attached to the rear surface of the board holder 1200 and controls the contents of the game performed by hitting the game ball B into the game area 5a. A main control unit 1300 and a function display unit 1400 for displaying the game status based on control signals from the main control board 1310 are provided.

In addition, the rear unit 6B of the game board 5A includes a peripheral control unit 1500 arranged on the rear side of the mounting unit 1130, and an effect capable of displaying a predetermined effect image, which is arranged in the center of the game area 5a when viewed from the front. A display device 1600, a panel relay board (not shown) disposed on the rear side of the mounting unit 1130 and relaying connection between the main control board 1310 and the peripheral control board 1510, and attached to the rear surface of the mounting unit 1130 and a back unit 3000 to be mounted.

The rear unit 3000 in the rear unit 6B of the game board 5A has a box-like shape which is attached to the rear surface of the mounting unit 1130 and which is attached to the rear surface of the inter-unit connector 1150 connected to the front inter-unit connector 1060 of the front unit 6A. A back box 3010 having a square opening 3010a in the rear wall, a back ball guide unit 3100 provided at the lower front end inside the back box 3010, and a back ball guide unit 3100 provided inside the back box 3010. a back lower effect unit 3600 provided in the back box 3010, a back upper effect unit 3620 provided in the upper corner in the back box 3010, a back left effect unit 3640 provided in the left corner in the back box 3010, and the back box 3010 and a back right effect unit 3660 provided at the right corner inside.

The inter-unit connector rear 1150 is attached to the front surface of the back ball guiding unit 3100 in the back unit 3000 . In addition, an effect display device 1600 is provided on the rear surface of the back unit 3000 (back box 3010), and a peripheral control unit 1500 is provided on the rear surface of the effect display device 1600.

The game board 5A of the pachinko machine 1 has a game area 5a into which game balls B are hit by the player's operation of the handle 160, like the game board 5 described above. In the game area 5a, there are a general prize winning opening 2001, a gate 2010, and a first starting opening that give a predetermined privilege (for example, addition of a predetermined number to the number of balls held) to the player by receiving or passing the game ball B. 2003, a second start-up opening 2004, a big winning opening 2005, and a second big winning opening 2012 are provided. In this game board 5A, the game ball B is placed in the general winning opening 2001, the gate 2010, the first starting opening 2003, the second starting opening 2004, the big winning opening 2005, the second big winning opening 2012, etc. in the game area 5a. , to perform a game that entertains the hitting operation of the handle 160 and the circulation of the game ball B within the game area 5a so as to be accepted or passed.

In addition, the game board 5A includes a general winning opening sensor 3001 for detecting the game ball B received in the general winning opening 2001, a gate sensor 2011 for detecting the game ball B passing through the gate 2010, and a first starting opening. A first start opening sensor 2101 for detecting the game ball B received in 2003, a second start opening sensor 2401 for detecting the game ball B received in the second start opening 2004, and a large winning opening 2005. A big winning hole sensor 2402 for detecting a game ball B and a second big winning hole sensor 2452 for detecting a game ball B received in the second big winning hole 2012 are provided.

In the game board 5A, a general winning opening sensor 3001 and a first starting opening sensor 2101 are provided in the rear unit 6B, a gate sensor 2011, a second starting opening sensor 2401, a large winning opening sensor 2402, and a second large winning opening. A sensor 2452 is provided in the front unit 6A.

By the way, when the big winning opening 2005 and the second big winning opening 2012 are opened and closed in a predetermined pattern according to the lottery result of the drawn special symbols, if the game ball B is entered, many game balls will be awarded as a privilege. Since B is added to the number of possessed balls, by making the big winning slot sensor 2402 and the second large winning slot sensor 2452 that trigger the addition of the number of held balls visible to the player, the player feels secure. can be provided, and the player can be more entertained. On the other hand, in the general winning opening 2001, the first starting opening 2003 and the second starting opening 2004, the general winning opening sensor 3001, the first starting opening sensor 2101 and the second starting opening sensor 2401 for detecting the entering game ball B are used for the game. Even if it is made visible to the person, the effect is not as great as if the big winning slot sensor 2402 and the second big winning slot sensor 2452 are visible. In other words, even if the general winning opening sensor 3001, the first starting opening sensor 2101 and the second starting opening sensor 2401 are invisible to the player, the interest of the player does not decrease. For this reason, in this embodiment, the general winning opening sensor 3001 and the first starting opening sensor 2101 are provided in the rear unit 6B (back ball induction unit 3100 of the back unit 3000) instead of the front unit 6A.

As a result, the number of electric parts provided in the front unit 6A can be reduced, and the general winning opening sensor 3001 and the first starting opening sensor 2101 are provided in the front unit 6A, so that the inter-unit connector front There is no need to provide a structure for hiding the distribution cable extending up to 1060, and the cost of the front unit 6A can be reduced. In this embodiment, the second starting point sensor 2401 is provided in the front unit 6A, but the second starting point sensor 2004 is provided in the attacker unit 2400. The configuration of the second starting port 2004 can be simplified by providing it in the attacker unit 2400 rather than removing it from the unit 6A) and providing it in the rear unit 6B. Also, all the sensors for detecting the game ball B may be provided in the rear unit 6B (see [12-7. Other modifications of the game board of the second embodiment] described later).

In addition, although the positions provided are omitted, the game board 5A has a plurality of magnetic sensors 1030 for detecting magnetism acting illegally in the game area 5a, and vibration acting on the game board 5A (pachinko machine 1). and a vibration sensor 1040 for detecting. An appropriate number of magnetic sensors 1030 are provided in the front unit 2000 of the front unit 6A and the rear unit 3000 of the rear unit 6B, respectively, and vibration sensors 1040 are provided in the rear unit 3000 of the rear unit 6B.

In addition, the game board 5A is arranged inside the frame of the frame-shaped center accessory 2500 and through the transparent game panel 1100A (panel plate 1110). The display screens of the unit 3640, the back-right effect unit 3660, and the effect display device 1600 are configured to be visible from the front.

[12-1. Front unit of game board]
Next, the front unit 6A of the game board 5A will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 103, 105 to 109 and the like. FIG. 105(a) is an explanatory view showing a state in which the game board of the second embodiment is locked to the main body frame by the game board lock member, and (b) shows a state in which the lock by the game board lock member is released. It is an explanatory diagram. FIG. 106(a) is an explanatory diagram schematically showing a state in which the front unit is locked to the rear unit by locking with the front unit lock member in the unit fixing portion of the game board of the second embodiment; FIG. 4C is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the front unit locking member is unlocked from the state of (a), and FIG. 4C is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the front unit is removed from the rear unit in the state of (b).

FIG. 107 is an explanatory diagram showing the positioning of the front unit and the rear unit on the game board of the second embodiment. FIG. 108 is an explanatory diagram showing the ground path on the game board of the second embodiment. FIG. 109(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the winning opening of the front unit and the ball receiving opening of the rear unit on the game board of the second embodiment, and It is an explanatory view showing a state in which the unit is separated.

In this embodiment, as the front unit 6A paired with the rear unit 6B, there are a first front unit 6A1 and a second front unit 6A2 that differ from the front unit 2000 in the arrangement of the obstacle nail N, and they will be distinguished below. The front unit 6A will be described except for cases.

The front unit 6A of the game board 5A is, as shown in FIG. A game panel 1100A provided with 5a, an out port 1008 that discharges the game ball B hit into the game area 5a to the outside of the game area 5a (behind the game panel 1100A) without returning it, and the game panel 1100A. and a front unit 2000 attached to the front surface of the panel plate 1110 . The out port 1008 is formed by cooperation between the front structural member 1000A and the game panel 1100A. The front unit 2000 is provided within the frame of the front structural member 1000A. In the game board 5A, the positional relationship of the front component 1000A, the game panel 1100A, and the front unit 2000 is the same as in the game board 5 of the first embodiment.

Further, the front unit 6A has a plurality of unit fixing portions 1020 for fixing to the rear unit 6B, a unit fixing member 1021 provided in each unit fixing portion 1020, and a function display unit 1400 of the rear unit 6B. a function display unit insertion portion 1050, a board fixing portion insertion groove 1051 into which the board fixing portion 1133 of the rear unit 6B is inserted, a positioning hole 1055 into which the positioning boss 1136 of the rear unit 6B is inserted, and a ground path. a first fitting 1056 and a second fitting 1057 for forming.

Further, the front unit 6A, as shown in FIG. 105 and the like, avoids contact between the game board lock groove 1058 into which the game board lock member 406 of the main body frame 4 is inserted and the left position regulating member 402a of the main body frame 4. and a mounting notch 1059 for mounting. The game board lock groove 1058 is provided in a portion on the left side of the outer rail 1001 on the front surface of the lower end. More specifically, the game board lock groove 1058 is provided at a portion between the outer rail 1001 and the notch 1010 on the front surface of the front structural member 1000A, and is recessed from the front and opened downward. formed. By inserting the game board lock member 406 into the game board lock groove 1058, forward movement of the front unit 6A (game board 5A) is regulated, and the lower side of the game board 5A is pushed backward. The mounting notch 1059 is recessed rightward from the left side, and is spaced apart vertically so as to correspond to the left position regulating member 402 a provided on the side reinforcing plate 402 of the body frame 4 .

Although details will be described later, the front unit 2000 of the front unit 6A includes a starting opening unit 2100 having a first starting opening 2003, a side unit 2200 having three general winning openings 2001, and a game ball B , an attacker unit 2400 having a second starting port 2004, a big winning port 2005, one sub-out port 2021, and a second big winning port 2012. An attacker unit 2450, a frame-shaped center accessory 2500, a side right middle unit 2610 having one general prize winning opening 2001 and one sub-out opening 2021, a gate member 2630 having a gate 2010, It has

The attacker unit 2400 of the front unit 2000 includes a second starting hole sensor 2401 for detecting the game ball B, a big winning hole sensor 2402, an attacker solenoid 2414 for opening and closing the second starting hole 2004, and a second starting hole 2004. , and an electric component such as an LED for decorating the big prize opening 2005 with light. The second attacker unit 2450 includes a second large winning opening sensor 2452 for detecting the game ball B, a second attacker solenoid 2451 for opening and closing the second large winning opening 2012, and the second large winning opening 2012 decorated with light. An electrical component is provided, such as an LED, for illuminating. The gate member 2630 is provided with a gate sensor 2011 for detecting the game ball B as an electric component.

In addition, the attacker unit 2400 and the second attacker unit 2450 of the front unit 2000 are provided with a plurality of LEDs for decorating the second starting opening 2004, the big winning opening 2005, and the second big winning opening 2012. .

Further, the front unit 2000 is provided with a front inter-unit connector 1060 connected to the rear inter-unit connector 1150 of the rear unit 6B, details of which will be described later. The front inter-unit connector 1060 is attached behind the attacker unit 2400 .

In the front unit 6A, the number of LEDs provided in the front unit 2000 is smaller than the number of LEDs provided in the rear unit 6B. Furthermore, the total number of electric parts such as LEDs and sensors in the front unit 6A is smaller than the total number of electric parts provided in the rear unit 6B. This suppresses an increase in the cost of the front unit 6A.

The front unit 2000 includes a decoration unit including a decoration with a predetermined decoration and a plurality of LEDs for luminous decoration of the decoration, a light guide plate, and a plurality of LEDs for luminous display of the pattern of the light guide plate. , a sub-display device capable of displaying a performance image separately from the performance display device 1600, and a game ball B received in the role prize winning port is distributed to either the V winning port or the losing port. A sorting device or the like may be provided. Even when the above units and devices are provided, the total number of electric parts such as LEDs, sensors, and solenoids (actuators) in the front unit 6A should be less than the total number of electric parts provided in the rear unit 6B. is desirable.

[12-1a. Unit fixing part of the front unit]
Next, the unit fixing portion 1020 of the front unit 6A will be described in detail. The unit fixing portion 1020 is a portion for fixing the front unit 6A to the rear unit 6B, and is provided in plural (three places in this case). The unit fixing portions 1020 are provided at three locations, an upper left corner, an upper right corner, and a lower right corner, when viewed from the front. The unit fixing portion 1020 of the front unit 6A penetrates in the front-rear direction, and is provided slidably in the left-right direction so as to hide the insertion hole 1020a from the front and the insertion hole 1020a through which the lock claw 1135 of the rear unit 6B is inserted. and a unit fixing member 1021 (see FIG. 106). The insertion hole 1020a is provided through the front component member 1000A and the panel holder 1120A of the game panel 1100A.

A unit fixing member 1021 of the unit fixing portion 1020 is attached to the front structural member 1000A in a non-removable state. The unit fixing member 1021 includes a lock body 1021a attached to the front structural member 1000A so as to be slidable from the front to the left and right, a hook-shaped lock piece 1021b projecting rearward from the lock body 1021a, and a lock piece 1021b. and a guide portion 1021c obliquely provided at the tip.

The unit fixing member 1021 slides the lock body 1021a in the left-right direction, and engages the lock claw 1135 with the lock piece 1021b inserted into the insertion hole 1020a, thereby fixing the front unit 6A to the rear unit 6B. It can be permanently fixed. That is, by operating (sliding) the unit fixing member 1021, the front unit 6A can be attached to or detached from the rear unit 6B.

Also, in the unit fixing portion 1020, a portion adjacent to the unit fixing member 1021 on the front surface is marked with "o" and "x" marks separated in the direction in which the unit fixing member 1021 slides. On the other hand, the unit fixing member 1021 is provided with an arrow pointing in the direction of the "o" mark and the "x" mark on the unit fixing portion 1020. As shown in FIG. The state in which the arrow of the unit fixing member 1021 points to the "o" mark of the unit fixing portion 1020 is the lock position state, and the state in which the arrow points to the "x" mark is the release position state. It is shown that.

Of the three unit fixing portions 1020, the two unit fixing portions 1020 at the upper right corner and the lower right corner are the game board fixing members 1134 (board fixing 1133). Also, the unit fixing member 1021 used for the unit fixing portion 1020 in the lower right corner has a front view shape different from that of the other unit fixing members 1021, and a certificate stamp pasting portion 1012 is provided on the front surface. Therefore, when operating the unit fixing member 1021 to detach the front unit 6A from the rear unit 6B, or when operating the game board fixing member 1134 to detach the game board 5A from the main body frame 4, The certificate stamp attached to the certificate stamp attaching part 1012 provided on the front surface of the unit fixing member 1021 comes into the field of view of the operator, and the description contents of the certificate stamp can be confirmed, and the wrong front unit 6A or the game board can be detected. 5A can be prevented from being attached.

[12-1b. Function display unit insertion part of front unit]
Next, the function display unit insertion portion 1050 of the front unit 6A will be explained. The function display unit insertion portion 1050 is provided below the unit fixing portion 1020 provided in the upper left corner in the front view of the front unit 6A, and is arranged so that the function display unit 1400 of the rear unit 6B faces forward. is formed in This function display unit insertion portion 1050 is notched rightward from the left side and is penetrated in the front and rear direction. can be positioned.

[12-1c. Insertion groove for board fixing part of front unit]
Next, the board fixing portion insertion groove 1051 of the front unit 6A will be described. The board fixing part insertion grooves 1051 are provided at the upper right corner and the lower right corner in the front view of the front unit 6A, and the board fixing part 1133 of the rear unit 6B is inserted. The board fixing part insertion groove 1051 is provided by cutting out the panel holder 1120A of the front structural member 1000A and the game panel 1100A. Unit fixing portions 1020 at the upper right corner and the lower right corner are provided adjacent to this board fixing portion insertion groove 1051 . The board fixing part insertion groove 1051 can guide the front unit 6A to the rear unit 6B when attaching the front unit 6A to the rear unit 6B. The front unit 6A can be positioned with respect to the rear unit 6B.

[12-1d. Positioning hole of front unit]
Next, the positioning holes 1055 of the front unit 6A will be explained. A plurality of positioning holes 1055 are formed forward from the rear surface of the front unit 6A (see FIG. 107, etc.). By inserting the positioning bosses 1136 of the rear unit 6B into the positioning holes 1055, the front unit 6A is positioned vertically and horizontally with respect to the rear unit 6B.

[12-1e. First connection fitting and second connection fitting of the front unit]
Next, the first connection fitting 1056 and the second connection fitting 1057 of the front unit 6A will be described. The front unit 6A has a front end attached to the outer rail 1001, a rear end protruding rearward from the front surface of the front unit 6A and a first connection fitting 1056, and a front end protruding forward from the front surface of the front unit 6A. In addition, the rear end has a second connection fitting 1057 from which the rear surface of the front unit 6A protrudes rearward (see FIG. 108). The second connection fitting 1057 is provided so as to pass through the front unit 6A in the front-rear direction. Although illustration is omitted, the first connection fitting 1056 and the second connection fitting 1057 are attached to the front component member 1000A.

The first connection fitting 1056 is provided so as to contact the outer side of the outer rail 1001 at the lower left corner of the front unit 6A. The first connection fitting 1056 has its front end attached to the outer rail 1001 in the vicinity of the portion where the game ball B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 first contacts the outer rail 1001 in the pachinko machine 1 . The first connection fitting 1056 has a U-shaped rear contact portion 1056a provided at the rear end, and a spring portion 1056b capable of urging the rear contact portion 1056a rearward.

The second connection fitting 1057 is provided at the upper left corner of the front unit 6A, below the unit fixing portion 1020 and to the left of the spec display portion 1013. As shown in FIG. The second connection fitting 1057 includes a U-shaped rear contact portion 1057a provided at the rear end, a rear spring portion 1057b capable of urging the rear contact portion 1057a rearward, and a rear spring portion 1057b provided at the front end. and a front spring portion 1057d capable of urging the front contact portion 1057c forward.

The rear contact portion 1056a of the first connection fitting 1056 and the rear contact portion 1057a of the second connection fitting 1057 come into contact with the attachment reinforcing sheet metal 1132 through the opening 1137 of the rear unit 6B by attaching the front unit 6A to the rear unit 6B. do. As a result, the first connection fitting 1056 and the second connection fitting 1057 provided at positions separated from each other are electrically connected by the attachment reinforcing sheet metal 1132 . In addition, the front contact portion 1057c of the second connection fitting 1057 is in a state where the game board 5A is attached to the main body frame 4, and when the door frame 3 is closed with respect to the main body frame 4, the door frame reinforcement made of the sheet metal of the door frame 3 is opened. unit (not shown), and the outer rail 1001 is electrically connected to the door frame reinforcement unit of the door frame 3 via the first connection fitting 1056, the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132, and the second connection fitting 1057. state. The door frame reinforcing unit is electrically connected to the ground on the game hall side through the door frame upper hinge body and the outer frame upper hinge body 31 of the outer frame 2, and the static electricity from the outer rail 1001 is removed. A ground path is constructed for escape.

[12-1f. Front component of front unit]
Next, the front structural member 1000A of the front unit 6A will be described. The front component 1000A in the front unit 6A has the same configuration as the front component 1000 in the game board 5, and includes an outer rail 1001, an inner rail 1002, an out guide portion 1003, a lower right rail 1004, It has a right rail 1005 , a blocking portion 1006 , a backflow prevention member 1007 , an out port 1008 , a security concave portion 1009 and a notch portion 1010 . The outer rail 1001 of the front component 1000A is made of a metal plate.

The front structural member 1000A also includes a certificate stamp pasting portion 1012 provided in the lower right corner and a specification display portion 1013 provided in the upper left corner when viewed from the front. The specification display portion 1013 is provided above the function display unit insertion portion 1050 and outside the outer rail 1001 along the outer rail 1001 . The front structural member 1000A is formed substantially entirely transparent, so that the game panel 1100A, the back unit 3000, and the like, which are arranged behind, can be visually recognized from the front.

The certificate stamp pasted on the certificate stamp pasting portion 1012 is a sticker that describes the maker, serial number, type of game board, etc. of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5A). In more detail, the "certificate stamp" has a certificate stamp main body that has a modified pentagonal outline in which a horizontally long rectangle is in contact with the base of a horizontally long trapezoid, and a predetermined pattern is applied to the entire surface of the certificate stamp body. there is A combination certificate of a game machine such as a pachinko machine, the type of the game board, and the name of the manufacturer are written on the horizontally long rectangular part of the certificate stamp body. In addition, the "certificate stamp" makes it possible to identify the type of game board by the color of the certificate stamp body. Furthermore, the "certificate stamp" has a manufacturing number tag sticker attached to the trapezoidal part of the body of the certificate stamp, on which the manufacturer's symbol, the manufacturing number, and the two-dimensional bar code are written. The two-dimensional barcode of the production number tag contains information ID (for example, the ID of the game board, the ID of the main control board to be paired, the ID of the peripheral control board to be paired, etc.), type, manufacturer code, manufacture Information such as year, serial number, etc. is entered. For this reason, the "certificate stamp" of the present embodiment is a combination of the certificate stamp body (so-called certificate stamp) and the manufacturing number slip.

The spec sticker attached to the spec display portion 1013 is a sticker on which the specs of the game board 5A such as the jackpot probability, the number of prize balls, the number of jackpot rounds, the count, and the like are described. The spec display portion 1013 (spec sticker) is provided at a portion that can be visually recognized from the front through the game window 101 of the door frame 3 when the game board 5A is attached to the pachinko machine 1.例文帳に追加These certificate stamps and spec stickers are shipped to the game hall side in a state of being affixed in advance.

The certificate stamp affixed to the certificate stamp affixing section 1012 is paired with the management seal affixed to the management seal affixing section 1301 of the main control unit 1300 and the management seal affixed to the management seal affixing section 1501 of the peripheral control unit 1500 . Such contents are described so that it can be determined whether or not they are related to each other. As a set of descriptions, for example, the manufacturing number described on the certificate stamp is also described on the management sticker attached to the main control unit 1300 and the peripheral control unit 1500 . At this time, the description to be paired may be a seal different from the management seal.

[12-1g. Game panel of front unit]
Next, the game panel 1100A of the front unit 6A will be explained. The game panel 1100 in the front unit 6A has the same structure as the game panel 1100 in the game board 5. A flat panel plate 1110 made of a transparent synthetic resin and an outer periphery of the panel plate 1110 are held. and a frame-shaped panel holder 1120A attached to the rear side of the front structural member 1000A. On the front surface of the game panel 1100A, a plurality of obstacle nails N are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement, and a front unit 2000 is attached.

A panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100A is formed of a synthetic resin plate such as acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, polyarylate resin, polystyrene, or methacrylic resin, or an inorganic plate such as glass or metal. The thickness of this panel plate 1110 is thinner than that of the panel holder 1120A. ). In addition, in this embodiment, the panel plate 1110 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin plate.

The attachment of the panel plate 1110 and the panel holder 1120A in the game panel 1100A is the same as the game panel 1100 in the game board 5 described above.

[12-1h. front unit of front unit (first front unit)]
Next, the front unit 2000 of the front unit 6A will be described. The front unit 2000 of the first front unit 6A1 as the front unit 6A is capable of receiving the game ball B hit into the game area 5a, and has a plurality of (here, four) general winning openings 2001 that are always open. , a gate 2010 provided at a predetermined position in the game area 5a through which the game ball B can pass; A first starting port 2003 which is always open as possible, and a second starting port 2004 which enables acceptance of the game ball B according to the lottery result of the normal pattern drawn when the game ball B passes through the gate 2010.例文帳に追加And, according to the lottery result of the first special symbol that is drawn by accepting the game ball B to the first start port 2003 or the second special symbol that is drawn by receiving the game ball B to the second start port 2004 It is provided with a large prize winning port 2005 and a second large prize winning port 2012 from which a game ball B can be received.

In addition, the front unit 2000 of the first front unit 6A1 is provided upstream of the out port 1008, is always open to accept the game ball B, and does not return the received game ball B to the game area. and two sub-out ports 2021 for discharging to the outside of 5a. The two sub-out ports 2021 are provided at a portion above the center in the vertical direction near the right end of the game area 5a and at a portion near the lower right corner of the game area 5a.

In addition, the front unit 2000 of the first front unit 6A1 has a gate sensor 2011 that detects the game ball B passing through the gate 2010, and the lottery result of the normal symbol drawn by the detection of the game ball B by the gate sensor 2011. A starting port solenoid 2412 for opening and closing the second starting port 2004 in response, and a second starting port sensor 2401 for detecting the game ball B received in the second starting port 2004 are provided.

In addition, the front unit 2000 of the first front unit 6A1 is selected according to the lottery result of the special symbol drawn by the detection of the game ball B by the first starting opening sensor 2101 (see FIG. 104) or the second starting opening sensor 2401 Attacker solenoid 2414 for opening and closing the big winning hole 2005, big winning hole sensor 2402 for detecting game ball B received in big winning hole 2005, game ball B by first starting hole sensor 2101 or second starting hole sensor 2401 and a second attacker solenoid 2451 for opening and closing the second big winning opening 2012 according to the lottery result of the special symbol lottered by the detection of.

The front unit 2000 of the first front unit 6A1 is attached directly above the lower end of the game area 5a at the center in the left-right direction in the game area 5a. A side unit 2200 which is provided along the inner rail 1002 on the left side of the unit 2100 when viewed from the front and which has three general winning holes 2001, and a side unit 2200 which is provided slightly above the left side of the side unit 2200 when viewed from the front. and a side upper left unit 2300 .

In addition, the front unit 2000 of the first front unit 6A1 is provided on the right side of the start opening unit 2100 in the front view, which is the lower right corner in the game area 5a. An attacker unit 2400 having two sub-out ports 2021, a second starting port sensor 2401, a starting port solenoid 2412, an attacker solenoid 2414, and a prize winning port sensor 2402 is provided.

Furthermore, the front unit 2000 of the first front unit 6A1 is provided above the attacker unit 2400 and has a second large winning opening 2012, a second attacker solenoid 2451, and a second large winning opening sensor 2452. A second attacker unit 2450, a frame-shaped center accessory 2500 provided above the starter unit 2100 and the side unit 2200 and slightly above the center in the front view in the game area 5a, and a second attacker unit 2450. A side right center unit 2610 having one general prize winning port 2001 and one sub-out port 2021 provided above the side right center unit 2610 and a gate 2010 and a gate sensor 2011 provided above the side right center unit 2610 and an inter-unit connector front 1060 attached near the right end of the rear surface of the attacker unit 2400 .

[12-1h-1. starting unit]
The starting port unit 2100 of the front unit 6A, as shown in FIG. and a protruding guide portion 2122 . The starting port unit 2100 forms a first starting port 2003 with a receiving portion 2121 . The guide portion 2122 protrudes rearward from the rear surface of the game panel 1100A (front unit 6A) through the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100A.

The guide portion 2122 of the starting port unit 2100 is inserted into the ball receiving port 3101 of the back ball guide unit 3100 in the back unit 3000 while the front unit 6A is fixed to the rear unit 6B. Therefore, when the front unit 6A is attached to the rear unit 6B, by inserting the guiding portion 2122 into the ball socket 3101, the front unit 6A is guided to a predetermined position of the rear unit 6B.

The guide portion 2122 protruding rearward in the front unit 6A is inserted into the cylindrical or gutter-shaped ball socket 3101 so that the rear end of the guide portion 2122 is guided more than the bottom of the ball socket 3101. A higher step is formed at the bottom of the portion 2122 .

By the way, in this embodiment, the game ball B received from above (winning) in the winning opening such as the first starting opening 2003 is guided backward once, and then guided downward in the back ball guiding unit 3100. Therefore, the rear wall for guiding downward may be relatively close to the winning opening. In this case, depending on the momentum of the game ball B that has entered the winning hole, the game ball B in contact with the rear wall bounces forward, and even though it has won once, it flows backwards and returns to the position of the winning hole. The sight of the ball B may give the player a sense of distrust and reduce his interest in the game.

Further, as shown in FIG. 109, the game ball B received in the winning opening (first starting opening 2003) from above is guided backward by the guiding portion 2122, and after being delivered to the ball receiving opening 3101, is guided downward. Since the flow of the game balls B is crank-shaped, the circulation speed of the game balls B is likely to be decelerated. Therefore, when a later (subsequent) game ball B comes into contact with a preceding game ball B received in a winning hole, the following game ball B bounces upstream and flows backward to return to the winning hole. There is a risk of

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the guide portion 2122 is inserted into the ball receiving port 3101, a step is formed at the rear end of the guide portion 2122. The game ball B comes into contact with the rear wall provided behind the ball receiving opening 3101 after being transferred to the opening 3101, or the game ball B coming later comes into contact with the preceding game ball B, and moves to the upstream side. Even if it bounces back, the bounced game ball B can be bounced back to the downstream side by coming into contact with a step, preventing the game ball B from flowing back to the winning opening and preventing the game ball B from returning to the winning opening. be able to. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball B from flowing backward and returning to the prize winning opening even though it was once received (winning a prize), and giving the player a sense of distrust when the game ball B can be seen from the winning prize opening. Therefore, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 which can surely entertain the player with receiving the game ball B into the prize-winning hole and suppress the decline of the player's interest in the game. .

[12-1h-2. Side unit and side upper left unit]
A side unit 2200 of the front unit 6A has three general winning holes 2001 and is attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100A (panel plate 1110). Although detailed illustration is omitted, in this side unit 2200 as well, similarly to the guide portion 2122 of the starting port unit 2100, the guide portion that guides the game ball B received in the general prize winning port 2001 backward is the front unit 6A. It protrudes rearward from the rear surface and is inserted into the ball socket 3101 of the back ball guiding unit 3100 in the back unit 3000 .

The side upper left unit 2300 of the front unit 6A has the same configuration as the side upper left unit 2300 of the game board 5. FIG. Therefore, the description is omitted.

[12-1h-3. Attacker Unit and Second Attacker Unit]
The attacker unit 2400 of the first front unit 6A1 has the same configuration as the attacker unit 2400 of the game board 5. Also in this attacker unit 2400, similarly to the guiding portion 2122 of the starting opening unit 2100, the guiding portion that guides the game ball B received in the second starting opening 2004 or the big winning opening 2005 backward is located on the rear surface of the front unit 6A. , and is inserted into the ball socket 3101 of the back ball guiding unit 3100 in the back unit 3000 .

Also, the attacker unit 2400 of the first front unit 6A1 has an attacker decoration board on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted on the front surface, although not shown. The attacker unit 2400 (the big winning opening 2005, the second starting opening 2004, etc.) can be decorated with light emission by appropriately lighting the LED of the attacker decoration board.

The second attacker unit 2450 of the first front unit 6A1 is located on the right side of the right side of the inflow restricting portion 2511c of the center frame 2511 of the center accessory 2500, and between the lower right guide passage 2525 and the center of the game area 5a in the vertical direction. , and attached to the front surface of the panel plate 1110 in the game panel 1100A. The second attacker unit 2450 is provided with a second big prize winning opening 2012 openable to the left.

The second attacker unit 2450 of the first front unit 6A1 includes the second large winning opening sensor 2452 for detecting the game ball B received in the second large winning opening 2012, the first starting opening sensor 2101 or the second starting opening sensor It has a second attacker solenoid 2451 for opening and closing the second big winning opening 2012 according to the lottery result of the special symbol drawn by detecting the game ball B by 2401.

Also in the second attacker unit 2450 of the first front unit 6A1, similarly to the guide portion 2122 of the starting port unit 2100, the guide portion that guides the game ball B received in the second big winning port 2012 backward It protrudes rearward from the rear surface of the unit 6A and is inserted into the ball socket 3101 of the back ball guiding unit 3100 in the back unit 3000.

Also, the second attacker unit 2450 of the first front unit 6A1 has a second attacker decoration board on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted on the front surface, although not shown. The second attacker unit 2450 (the second big winning opening 2012) can be decorated with light emission by appropriately lighting the LED of the second attacker decoration board.

The rear unit may be provided with an LED (attacker decoration board) for decorating the attacker unit 2400 with light emission and an LED (second attacker decoration board) for decorating the second attacker unit 2450 with light emission.

[12-1h-4. Center role]
The center accessory 2500 of the first front unit 6A1 is arranged above the starter unit 2100 in the game area 5a and slightly above the center when viewed from the front. installed. The center accessory 2500 is formed in the shape of a transparent frame, and the production display device 1600 provided in the rear and the rear lower production unit 3600, the upper rear production unit 3620, and the rear left production unit provided in the rear unit 3000 are provided. Various production units such as 3640 and back right production unit 3660 can be visually recognized from the front.

The center accessory 2500 of the first front unit 6A1 includes a transparent frame-shaped center frame 2511 attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100A (panel plate 1110), and guides the game ball B from the outside of the center frame 2511 to the inside of the frame. a possible warp passage 2512, a stage 2513 which is provided at the lower side within the frame of the center frame 2511 and releases the game ball B, which has circulated in the warp passage 2512, into the game area 5a after rolling in the left-right direction; It has

The center frame 2511 is inserted into the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100 and is provided along the inner peripheral surface of the opening 1112 to extend in the front-rear direction. A flat plate-shaped flange portion 2511b that protrudes outward from the outer periphery of the front end of the insertion portion 2511a and contacts the front surface of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100, and extends forward from the flange portion 2511b and flows down the game area 5a. An inflow restricting portion 2511c that restricts the game ball B from flowing into the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100, and a flat support portion 2511d projecting from the inner circumference of the front end of the insertion portion 2511a. have.

The warp passage 2512 is open at a portion on the front side of the inflow restricting portion 2511c on the left side in front view and in front of the front surface of the game panel 1100A (panel plate 1110) so that the game ball B in the game area 5a can enter. The warp passage 2512 can guide the entering game ball B to the stage 2513 .

The stage 2513 has a curved shape in which the central side in the left-right direction is depressed, and is positioned directly above the first start-up port 2003 of the start-up unit 2100, that is, the state in which the center accessory 2500 is attached to the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100A. , is formed in a wavy shape (W-shape) such that the substantially central position in the left-right direction is slightly higher than the left and right sides thereof. This stage 2513 has a portion (central release portion 2513a) slightly higher than the left and right sides of the center in the left-right direction and the lowest portion (side release portions 2513b) on both left and right sides, which are arranged in a forward direction. It is inclined so that it may become low, and the game ball B can be discharged into the game area 5a from those parts.

When the stage 2513 is assembled on the game board 5</b>A, the raised portion (central release portion 2513 a ) at the center in the left-right direction is located directly above the first starting port 2003 of the starting port unit 2100 . As a result, when the game ball B is released from the central release portion 2513a in the center of the stage 2513, it is received in the first start port 2003 with a very high probability.

Further, the center accessory 2500 of the first front unit 6A1 is provided in the upper right corner, and has a guide passage group 2520 consisting of two passages through which the game balls B can flow. The guide path group 2520 guides the game ball B above the gate 2010, the side right center unit 2610, the second attacker unit 2450, and the attacker unit 2400.

When the center accessory 2500 of the first front unit 6A1 is assembled on the game board 5A, the right end of the guide path group 2520 (the end of the upper right corner of the center accessory 2500) is aligned with the inner peripheral edge of the game area 5a (front configuration It is substantially in contact with the right rail 1005 of the member 1000A in the vicinity of the impacting portion 1006, and is formed so that the game ball B struck to the upper right side of the center accessory 2500 always passes through the guide passage group 2520. .

The guide passage group 2520 has a length in the vertical direction that is about 1/7 of the total height of the game area 5a. Each of the guide passage groups 2520 is formed in the shape of a groove that is open forward, and the game balls B flowing inside can be visually recognized from the front in a good condition.

The group of guide passages 2520 is provided outside the inflow restricting portion 2511c of the center frame 2511 of the center accessory 2500, and includes a first guide passage 2521 away from the inflow restricting portion 2511c and a left side of the first guide passage 2521. and a second guide passage 2522 extending along the inflow restricting portion 2511c. The entrance of the first guide passage 2521 and the entrance of the second guide passage 2522 are separated left and right. In addition, the exit of the first guide passage 2521 and the exit of the second guide passage 2522 are laterally adjacent to each other and open obliquely downward and to the right along the arc above the right rail 1005 .

The guide path group 2520 is located above the gate 2010 with the center accessory 2500 assembled on the game board 5A. In addition, the right end of the entrance of the first guide passage 2521 is positioned directly below the lower end of the impingement portion 1006 of the front component 1000A, and most of the game balls B that abut against the impingement portion 1006 are first guided. It is configured to enter passageway 2521 .

In addition, the center accessory 2500 of the first front unit 6A1 protrudes rightward from the lower right corner of the inflow restricting portion 2511c of the center frame 2511, guides the game ball B from above to the right, and then releases it downward. A lower right guide passage 2525 is provided. The lower right guide passage 2525 has an entrance opening upward across the front width in the left-right direction, and an exit opening obliquely downward to the left with a width of one game ball B.

The lower right guide passage 2525 has its right end substantially in contact with the right rail 1005 and is located between the attacker unit 2400 and the second attacker unit 2450 when assembled on the game board 5A. Therefore, between the guide passage group 2520 and the lower right guide passage 2525, the second attacker unit 2450, the side right middle unit 2610, and the gate member 2630 are arranged.

[12-1h-5. Side right center unit and gate member]
The side right center unit 2610 of the first front unit 6A1 is arranged directly above the second attacker unit 2450 in the game area 5a, and is attached to the front surface of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100A. This side right center unit 2610 is provided with one general prize winning opening 2001 and one sub-out opening 2021 .

Also in the side right middle unit 2610 of the first front unit 6A1, similarly to the guide part 2122 of the starting port unit 2100, the guide part that guides the game ball B received in the general winning port 2001 or the sub-out port 2021 backward It protrudes rearward from the rear surface of the front unit 6A and is inserted into the ball socket 3101 of the back ball guiding unit 3100 in the back unit 3000. As shown in FIG.

The gate member 2630 of the first front unit 6A1 is arranged between the guide path group 2520 of the center accessory 2500 and the side right middle unit 2610 in the game area 5a, and is located on the front surface of the panel plate 1110 in the game panel 1100A. installed in the The gate member 2630 includes a gate 2010 for performing a lottery of normal symbols for opening and closing the second starting port 2004 by the passage of the game ball B, a gate sensor 2011 for detecting that the game ball B has passed through the gate 2010, have. A detection hole for detecting the game ball B in the gate sensor 2011 is a gate 2010 .

[12-1i. Before unit connector]
Next, the inter-unit connector front 1060 in the front unit 2000 of the first front unit 6A1 will be described. The inter-unit connector front 1060 is attached near the right end of the rear surface of the attacker unit 2400 exposed rearward through the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110) from the front.

In front of this inter-unit connector 1060, the attacker unit 2400 has a second starting opening sensor 2401, a big winning opening sensor 2402, a starting opening solenoid 2412, an attacker solenoid 2414, an attacker decoration board (LED or LED driver), and a second attacker unit 2450. Wiring from the second attacker solenoid 2451, the second big winning opening sensor 2452, the second attacker decoration board (LED or LED driver), the gate sensor 2011, etc. is electrically connected.

The front inter-unit connector 1060 is automatically engaged and connected to the rear inter-unit connector 1150 (see FIG. 104) of the rear unit 6B when the front unit 6A is fixed to the rear unit 6B. Note that in this embodiment, drawer connectors are used in the front 1060 of the inter-unit connector and the rear 1150 of the inter-unit connector. Here, the drawer connector is a connector that engages like a drawer of furniture, and has a guiding function to guide each other. It is a connector that can be connected satisfactorily. In addition to the drawer connector, connectors that can be used in the front 1060 and rear 1150 inter-unit connectors include board-to-board connectors (board-to-board connectors) used for connecting and connecting boards, wiring A general connector (board-to-cable connector) that engages with a connector provided at the tip of a cable and is mounted on a board can be used.

As a result, even if the front unit 6A is provided with electric parts, the rear unit 6B can be electrically connected easily, and the effort required to attach and detach the front unit 6A can be reduced. In addition, since the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B are electrically connected by the front inter-unit connector 1060 and the rear inter-unit connector 1150, when the front unit 6A is attached or detached, workers or other persons may be disturbed by the electrical wiring. There is no risk of disconnection because the other members do not come into contact with each other. In addition, since the front 1060 of the inter-unit connector and the rear 1150 of the inter-unit connector are drawer connectors, electrical connection can be ensured.

Further, the front inter-unit connector 1060 is provided near the right end of the rear surface of the attacker unit 2400, that is, near the right end of the front unit 6A. can be inserted and removed in good condition after the inter-unit connector. More specifically, for example, when only the front unit 6A is removed from the game board 5A mounted on the main body frame 4, in this embodiment, by moving forward while unlocking the unit fixing member 1021, It can be removed from the rear unit 6B (body frame 4).

However, depending on the operator and work conditions, it may be easier to remove the front unit 6A by rotating the front unit 6A around the left side of the front unit 6A so that the right side moves forward, and then moving the front unit 6A forward. Sometimes it is easy. More specifically, for example, in this embodiment, the main body frame 4 to which the game board 5A is mounted can be opened and closed by the outer frame 2 attached to the island equipment of the game hall with the left side as the axis of hinge rotation. A door frame 3 is also provided so as to cover the main body frame 4 from the front so that the door frame 3 can be opened and closed with its left side as the axis of rotation of the hinge. Therefore, in the island facility, when the front unit 6A is removed from the game board 5A mounted on the main body frame 4 by opening the door frame 3, the left side of the game board 5A (the axial center side of the door frame 3 and the main body frame 4) is removed. , the presence of the door frame 3 narrows the front working space. For this reason, the front unit 6A is rotated so that the right side moves forward about the left side of the front unit 6A near the axis of the door frame 3 or the main body frame 4, and then the front unit 6A is moved forward. It is easier to remove the In such a case, the front 1060 of the inter-unit connector will be pulled out in an oblique direction with respect to the front-rear direction, and there is a risk that an excessive force will act on the front 1060 of the inter-unit connector and the rear 1150 of the inter-unit connector, causing them to be damaged. .

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the front unit connector 1060 is provided near the right end of the front unit 6A, that is, at a position far from the left side, which serves as the axis during removal work. 1060 will move along a large radius arc. As a result, the tangential direction of the circular arc, which is the locus of movement of the front inter-unit connector 1060, becomes closer to the front-rear direction (joining direction) at the portion where the front inter-unit connector 1060 and the rear inter-unit connector 1150 are joined. The inclination of the moving direction of the front 1060 of the inter-unit connector becomes slight in the longitudinal direction, and no excessive force acts on the front 1060 of the inter-unit connector and the rear 1150 of the inter-unit connector, and they are not damaged. This is the same when the front unit 6A is attached to the rear unit 6B, and the front inter-unit connector 1060 can be engaged with the rear inter-unit connector 1150 from a direction close to the front-rear direction. 1150 can be positively engaged and electrically connected.

Also, the front inter-unit connector 1060 is provided near the right end of the rear surface of the attacker unit 2400, that is, near the lower right corner of the front unit 6A, and the unit fixing portion 1020 is provided near this lower right corner. Accordingly, when the unit fixing member 1021 of the unit fixing portion 1020 is moved from the unlocked position to the locked position when attaching the front unit 6A to the rear unit 6B, the unit fixing member 1021 allows the front unit 6A to be attached to the rear unit 6B. Since the force is pressed, the force also acts strongly on the front inter-unit connector 1060 near the unit fixing portion 1020, and the front inter-unit connector 1060 can be sufficiently engaged with the rear inter-unit connector 1150, ensuring can be connected to

As described above, the first front unit 6A1 of the present embodiment includes the second starting opening sensor 2401, the big winning opening sensor 2402, the starting opening solenoid 2412, the attacker solenoid 2414, the attacker decoration board (the LED of the attacker decoration board and the LED driver ), a second attacker solenoid 2451, a second prize winning opening sensor 2452, a second attacker decoration board (LED or LED driver of the second attacker decoration board), a gate sensor 2011, and a plurality of electrical components. These electrical components are provided in a region on the right side of the center in the left-right direction of the front unit 6A. More specifically, in the front unit 6A, the electric parts are provided in a right corner area near the right side, in other words, in an area far from the axis of the body frame 4 which is provided to be openable and closable.

In addition, in the first front unit 6A1, electrical components such as the second starting opening sensor 2401 and the big winning opening sensor 2402 are provided in the vicinity of each other. It is desirable that the area in which these electric parts are provided is 1/2, more preferably 1/3 of the entire game area 5a. In addition, it is desirable that the inter-unit connector front 1060 be provided at or near the center of the area where the electrical components are provided. For this reason, the electrical components provided in the first front unit 6A1 are provided in the vicinity of the front inter-unit connector 1060. As shown in FIG.

It is desirable that the electrical parts be provided in the lower right corner area of the front unit 6A. Alternatively, the electric parts may be provided in a region below the vertical center of the front unit 6A. As a result, the electrical components are gathered in a specific area, so that it is possible to easily concentrate the electrical wiring from the electrical components to the inter-unit connector front 1060, and the lower right corner of the first front unit 6A1. With the attacker unit 2400 and the second attacker unit 2450 provided in , the electric wiring connected to the front 1060 of the inter-unit connector can be easily made into a structure that is difficult to see from the front through the transparent game panel 1100A (panel plate 1110). can.

In addition, the wiring route from the electrical parts such as the second starter sensor 2401 and the starter solenoid 2412 to the front part of the inter-unit connector 1060 has a pattern or pattern such as a decorative seal or a decorative sheet, and the rear part has a metallic luster. A rear part such as a plated part or an opaque member, a wall-like part extending back and forth (for example, the insertion part 2511a of the center frame 2511 in the center accessory 2500), a diffusion lens or texturing etc. It is preferable that the route passes through the rear of the portion where the countless unevenness is formed, the portion away from the front of the light-emitting means such as the LED provided behind, and the like. This makes it difficult to see from the front the wiring that connects the electrical component and the front inter-unit connector 1060 .

[12-2. Second front unit of game board]
Next, as the front unit 6A in the game board 5A, a second front unit 6A2 different from the first front unit 6A1 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 110 and 111. FIG. FIG. 110(a) is a front view showing the first front unit as the front unit shown in FIG. 103 in the game board of the second embodiment, and (b) shows the first front unit in the game board of the second embodiment. [FIG. 12] is a front view showing a second front unit of a different form; FIG. 111 is a front view showing a state in which the game board of the second embodiment in which the second front unit shown in FIG. 110(b) is attached to the rear unit is attached to the body frame.

The second front unit 6A2 includes the layout of the obstacle nail N planted in the game panel 1100A, the front unit 2000, the certificate stamp pasted on the certificate stamp pasting section 1012, and the spec stamp pasted on the spec display section 1013. The configuration is the same as that of the first front unit 6A1 except for the seal. Below, the same reference numerals are given to the same configurations as those of the first front unit 6A1, and the description thereof is omitted.

The front unit 2000 of the second front unit 6A2 is capable of receiving the game ball B hit into the game area 5a, and has a plurality of (here, four) general winning openings 2001 that are always open, and the game area 5a A gate 2010 is provided at a predetermined position inside the gate 2010 through which the game ball B can pass, and a gate 2010 is provided at the center in the horizontal direction below the center accessory 2500 and is always open to receive the game ball B. a first start port 2003, a second start port 2004 that enables acceptance of the game ball B according to the lottery result of the normal symbol drawn by passing the game ball B through the gate 2010, and the first start According to the lottery result of the first special symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B to the opening 2003 or the second special symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B to the second starting opening 2004, either the game ball B is selected. and a large prize winning port 2005 that allows the reception of .

In addition, the front unit 2000 of the second front unit 6A2 is provided at the most downstream in the game area 5a, and is always open to receive the game ball B, and the game ball B that has been received is not returned. An out port 1008 for discharging outside the area 5a is provided.

In addition, the front unit 2000 of the second front unit 6A2 has a gate sensor 2011 that detects the game ball B passing through the gate 2010, and the lottery result of the normal design drawn by the detection of the game ball B by the gate sensor 2011. A starting port solenoid 2412 for opening and closing the second starting port 2004 in response, and a second starting port sensor 2401 for detecting the game ball B received in the second starting port 2004 are provided.

In addition, the front unit 2000 of the second front unit 6A2 is selected according to the lottery result of the special symbol drawn by the detection of the game ball B by the first starting opening sensor 2101 (see FIG. 104) or the second starting opening sensor 2401 It is provided with an attacker solenoid 2414 for opening and closing the large winning opening 2005 and a large winning opening sensor 2402 for detecting the game ball B received in the large winning opening 2005 .

The front unit 2000 of the second front unit 6A2 is attached directly above the lower end of the game area 5a at the center in the left-right direction in the game area 5a. A side unit 2200 which is provided along the inner rail 1002 on the left side of the unit 2100 when viewed from the front and which has three general winning holes 2001, and a side unit 2200 which is provided slightly above the left side of the side unit 2200 when viewed from the front. and a side upper left unit 2300 .

In addition, the front unit 2000 of the second front unit 6A2 is provided on the right side of the starting opening unit 2100, which is the lower right corner of the game area 5a when viewed from the front. 2004 , a large winning opening 2005 , a second starting opening sensor 2401 , a starting opening solenoid 2412 , an attacker solenoid 2414 and a large winning opening sensor 2402 .

Further, the front unit 2000 of the second front unit 6A2 is provided above the attacker unit 2400 and has a gate member 2630 having a gate 2010 and a gate sensor 2011. As shown in FIG.

In front unit 2000 of second front unit 6A2, starting port unit 2100, side unit 2200, and side upper left unit 2300 are the same as first front unit 6A1.

The attacker unit 2400 of the second front unit 6A2 is provided so that the second starting opening 2004 is positioned at the lower right corner of the game area 5a, and the big winning opening 2005 is the second starting opening 2004 and the first starting opening 2003. It is provided so as to be located between Also, the attacker unit 2400 is provided so that one general prize winning opening 2001 is positioned above the second starting opening 2004 . A gate 2010 is provided directly above the general winning opening 2001 .

Also, the attacker unit 2400 of the second front unit 6A2 has an attacker decoration board on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted on the front surface, although illustration is omitted. The attacker unit 2400 (the second starting port 2004 and the big prize winning port 2005) can be decorated with light emission by appropriately lighting the LED of the attacker decoration board.

In addition, the attacker unit 2400 of the second front unit 6A2 is provided with a front inter-unit connector 1060 connected to the rear inter-unit connector 1150 of the rear unit 6B on the rear surface. In front of this inter-unit connector 1060, wires from the second starter sensor 2401 of the attacker unit 2400, the big prize winner sensor 2402, the starter solenoid 2412, the attacker solenoid 2414, the attacker decoration board, the gate sensor 2011, etc. are electrically connected. It is

Also in the attacker unit 2400 of the second front unit 6A2, similarly to the guide part 2122 of the starting opening unit 2100, the game ball B received in the general winning opening 2001, the second starting opening 2004, and the big winning opening 2005 is pushed backward. A guide portion that guides the ball protrudes rearward from the rear surface of the second front unit 6A2 and is inserted into the ball socket 3101 of the back ball guide unit 3100 in the back unit 3000 .

The center accessory 2500 of the second front unit 6A2 includes a transparent frame-shaped center frame 2511 attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100A (panel plate 1110), and guides the game ball B from the outside of the center frame 2511 to the inside of the frame. a possible warp passage 2512, a stage 2513 which is provided at the lower side within the frame of the center frame 2511 and releases the game ball B, which has circulated in the warp passage 2512, into the game area 5a after rolling in the left-right direction; It has

The center frame 2511 is inserted into the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100 and is provided along the inner peripheral surface of the opening 1112 to extend in the front-rear direction. A flat plate-shaped flange portion 2511b that protrudes outward from the outer periphery of the front end of the insertion portion 2511a and contacts the front surface of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100, and extends forward from the flange portion 2511b and flows down the game area 5a. An inflow restricting portion 2511c that restricts the game ball B from flowing into the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100, and a flat support portion 2511d projecting from the inner circumference of the front end of the insertion portion 2511a. have.

The warp passage 2512 is open at a portion on the front side of the inflow restricting portion 2511c on the left side in front view and in front of the front surface of the game panel 1100A (panel plate 1110) so that the game ball B in the game area 5a can enter. The warp passage 2512 can guide the entering game ball B to the stage 2513 .

The stage 2513 has a curved shape in which the central side in the left-right direction is depressed, and is positioned directly above the first start-up port 2003 of the start-up unit 2100, that is, the state in which the center accessory 2500 is attached to the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100A. , is formed in a wavy shape (W-shape) such that the substantially central position in the left-right direction is slightly higher than the left and right sides thereof. This stage 2513 has a portion (central release portion 2513a) slightly higher than the left and right sides of the center in the left-right direction and the lowest portion (side release portions 2513b) on both left and right sides, which are arranged in a forward direction. It is inclined so that it may become low, and the game ball B can be discharged into the game area 5a from those parts.

When the stage 2513 is assembled on the game board 5</b>A, the raised portion (central release portion 2513 a ) at the center in the left-right direction is located directly above the first starting port 2003 of the starting port unit 2100 . As a result, when the game ball B is released from the central release portion 2513a in the center of the stage 2513, it is received in the first start port 2003 with a very high probability.

In addition, the center accessory 2500 of the second front unit 6A2 is provided with a guide passage 2526 having a width that allows the game balls B to circulate in a line at a portion above the center in the vertical direction on the right side. It is formed so that the game ball B hit to the upper right side of the center accessory 2500 always passes through the guide passage 2526. - 特許庁A gate member 2630 (gate 2010 ) is provided downstream of the guide passage 2526 .

The gate member 2630 of the second front unit 6A2 is arranged below the center in the vertical direction in the game area 5a, between the guide passage 2526 of the center accessory 2500 and the attacker unit 2400, and the game panel It is attached to the front surface of the panel plate 1110 at 1100A. The gate member 2630 includes a gate 2010 for performing a lottery of normal symbols for opening and closing the second starting port 2004 by the passage of the game ball B, a gate sensor 2011 for detecting that the game ball B has passed through the gate 2010, have. A detection hole for detecting the game ball B in the gate sensor 2011 is a gate 2010 .

The second front unit 6A2 of the present embodiment includes, as described above, the second starting opening sensor 2401, the big winning opening sensor 2402, the starting opening solenoid 2412, the attacker solenoid 2414, the attacker decoration board (LED and LED driver), the gate sensor 2011, with a plurality of electrical components. These electric parts are provided in an area to the right of the center in the horizontal direction and below the center in the vertical direction of the front unit 6A, that is, the area in the lower right corner. More specifically, in the front unit 6A, the electric parts are provided in a right corner area near the right side, in other words, in an area far from the axis of the body frame 4 which is provided to be openable and closable.

In this second front unit 6A2, electric parts such as the second starting opening sensor 2401 and the big winning opening sensor 2402 are provided in the vicinity of each other. The area in which these electric parts are provided is provided in the area of 1/3 with respect to the whole game area 5a. In addition, the inter-unit connector front 1060 is provided at or near the center of the area where the electrical components are provided. For this reason, the electrical components provided in the second front unit 6A2 are provided in the vicinity of the front 1060 of the inter-unit connector.

Therefore, according to the configuration of the second front unit 6A2, since the electrical components are gathered in a specific area, it is possible to easily gather the electrical wiring to the front 1060 of the inter-unit connector. The attacker unit 2400 provided at the lower right corner of the front unit 6A2 makes it easy to make the electric wiring connected to the front 1060 of the inter-unit connector difficult to see from the front through the transparent game panel 1100A (panel board 1110). can.

In addition, since the second front unit 6A2 of this embodiment does not have the second big winning opening 2012 compared to the first front unit 6A1, the player can enjoy a simpler game. can.

[12-3. Rear unit of game board]
Next, the rear unit 6B of the game board 5A will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 104, 108, 112 and the like. FIG. 112(a) is an explanatory view showing the state in which the game board of the second embodiment is locked to the main body frame by the rear unit lock member, and (b) shows the state in which the lock by the rear unit lock member is released. It is an explanatory diagram. The rear unit 6B of the game board 5A includes a mounting unit 1130 which can support the front unit 6A on the front surface and is detachably mounted on the main body frame 4, and a substrate mounted on the lower rear side of the mounting unit 1130. It comprises a holder 1200 , a main control unit 1300 attached to the rear surface of the substrate holder 1200 , and a function display unit 1400 for displaying game conditions based on control signals from the main control substrate 1310 .

A main control unit 1300 of the rear unit 6B has a management seal sticking section 1301 to which a management seal is stuck (see FIG. 102). In this embodiment, the management sticker pasting section 1301 is provided on the board cover 1340 of the main control board box 1320 . The management seal (not shown) affixed to the management seal affixing portion 1301 includes a certificate stamp affixed to the certificate stamp affixing portion 1012 of the front unit 6A and a management seal affixed to the management seal affixing portion 1501 of the peripheral control unit 1500. On the other hand, contents that form a set are described so that it can be determined whether or not they are related to each other.

More specifically, the management seal attached to the management seal attaching portion 1301 of the main control unit 1300 has the manufacturer's code, the serial number, and the two-dimensional bar code. The two-dimensional bar code of the management seal includes information ID (for example, ID of the game board to be paired, ID of the main control board, ID of the peripheral control board to be paired, etc.), type, manufacturer code, Information such as the year of manufacture, serial number, etc. is entered. The manufacturer's code on the management seal is the same as the manufacturer's code on the certificate stamp. Also, the serial number written on the management sticker is the same as the serial number written on the certificate stamp, or is associated with the serial number on the certificate stamp. The management sticker attached to the main control unit 1300 has the same configuration as the management sticker attached to the peripheral control unit 1500 . Thus, it is possible to determine whether or not they are related (combined) with each other by comparing with the contents of the certificate stamp attached to the front unit 6A.

The main control unit 1300 has a locking piece 1321 elastically locked to the substrate holder 1200 at one end in the left-right direction, and a projecting piece (not shown) inserted into the substrate holder 1200 at the opposite end in the left-right direction. omitted), and The main control unit 1300 can be removed from the substrate holder 1200 by releasing the locking by the locking pieces 1321 .

The main control unit 1300 of the game board 5A of the second embodiment has the same configuration as the first specification main control unit 1300A of the game board 5 of the first embodiment. Note that the configuration may be the same as that of the second specification main control unit 1300B.

The board holder 1200 of the rear unit 6B has the same structure as the board holder 1200 of the game board 5 described above. The main control unit 1300 is detachably attached to the rear surface of the substrate holder 1200 . The function display unit 1400 has the same function as the function display unit 1400 of the game board 5 and is provided so as to protrude from the front surface of the mounting base 1131 of the mounting unit 1130 .

The front surface of the function display unit 1400 is formed so as to match the front surface of the front component 1000A of the front unit 6A when the front unit 6A is attached to the rear unit 6B. As a result, when the front unit 6A is attached to the rear unit 6B, if the front surface of the function display unit 1400 and the front surface of the front structural member 1000A match, it can be seen that the front unit 6A is correctly attached and the function display is performed. If there is a step between the front surface of the unit 1400 and the front surface of the front component 1000A, it can be determined that the unit is not properly attached (insufficient attachment).

In addition, the rear unit 6B of the game board 5A includes a peripheral control unit 1500 arranged on the rear side of the mounting unit 1130, and an effect capable of displaying a predetermined effect image, which is arranged in the center of the game area 5a when viewed from the front. A display device 1600, a panel relay board (not shown) disposed on the rear side of the mounting unit 1130 and relaying connection between the main control board 1310 and the peripheral control board 1510, and attached to the rear surface of the mounting unit 1130 and a back unit 3000 to be installed.

The rear unit 3000 of the rear unit 6B is attached to the rear surface of the mounting unit 1130 via the rear box 3010. As shown in FIG. A performance display device 1600 is detachably provided on the rear surface of a back box 3010 in the back unit 3000, and a peripheral control unit 1500 is detachably provided on the rear surface of the performance display device 1600. - 特許庁

[12-3a. Mounting unit]
The mounting unit 1130 is for fixing the rear unit 6B to the body frame 4, and has the function display unit 1400 attached to the front surface, and the substrate holder 1200 and the rear unit 3000 via the rear box 3010 to the rear surface. is installed. The mounting unit 1130 has an external shape that is large enough to be inserted into the game board insertion portion 401a of the door frame 3, and is formed in the shape of a flat plate frame. The units, the display screen of the effect display device 1600, and the like are visible from the front. The function display unit 1400 is attached near the upper left corner on the front surface of the mounting unit 1130 so as to protrude forward.

As shown in FIGS. 104 and 108, the mounting unit 1130 includes a mounting base 1131 having a substantially rectangular frame shape, a mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132 attached to the rear side of the mounting base 1131, It has The mounting unit 1130 is provided at the upper right corner and the lower right corner of the mounting base 1131, and includes a board fixing portion 1133 for fixing to the body frame 4, and a game board fixing member 1134 provided in the board fixing portion 1133. , is equipped with

The mounting unit 1130 has a plurality of locking claws 1135 protruding forward from the front surface of the mounting base 1131, and a columnar shape from the front surface of the mounting base 1131. and a locating boss 1136 protruding forwardly. Further, the mounting unit 1130 has an opening 1137 that passes through the mounting base 1131 and exposes the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 forward, and two positioning units vertically spaced apart from each other on the left side of the mounting base 1131 . and a contact portion 1138 .

Further, the mounting unit 1130 has a notch portion 1139 that is cut upward from the lower end at the lower left corner in front view. This notch portion 1139 matches the notch portion 1010 of the front component member 1000A and the notch portion 1122 of the game panel 1100A. This notch 1139 penetrates the notch 1010, the notch 1122, and the notch 1139 when attached to the body frame of a pachinko machine that pays out game balls to the player, and the lower part of the lower full-ball path unit. The front end openings of the normal payout passage and the lower full payout passage face forward to supply game balls to the upper tray and the lower tray of the door frame.

Although not shown, the mounting unit 1130 has an out recess 1123 that is recessed near the center in the left-right direction of the lower side of the rear surface and that is open in the up-down direction. This out recess 1123 is provided at a position corresponding to the out port 1008 of the front unit 6A.

The mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 of the mounting unit 1130 is formed in a frame shape and provided along the entire circumference of the mounting unit 1130 . The mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132 has a seat plate portion 1132a bent forward from the lower end (see FIG. 108). The attachment reinforcing sheet metal 1132 prevents the attachment unit 1130 from being distorted. In addition, the seat plate portion 1132a enhances the strength and rigidity of the attachment reinforcing sheet metal 1132, and when attached to the main body frame 4, the seat plate portion 1132a abuts on the upper end surface of the base wall portion 401b of the main body frame base 401. , the load from the performance display device 1600 and the back unit 3000 attached behind the mounting unit 1130 can be sufficiently supported.

When the front unit 6A is attached to the rear unit 6B, the rear contact portion 1056a of the first connection fitting 1056 and the rear contact portion 1057a of the second connection fitting 1057 come into contact with the front surface of the mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132 through the opening 1137. As a result, the mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132 becomes part of the ground path for releasing static electricity from the outer rail 1001 and the like.

This mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132 is provided at a predetermined distance (for example, 10 mm to 20 mm or more) from the decoration board and relay board provided in the front unit 2000 and rear unit 3000 of the front unit 6A. As a result, even if the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 is used as a part of the ground path, no discharge or short circuit occurs between the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 and the decoration substrate, relay substrate, or the like.

The board fixing portion 1133 of the mounting unit 1130 is provided so as to protrude forward from the front surface of the mounting base 1131 at two locations, the upper right corner and the lower right corner, when the mounting base 1131 is viewed from the front. These board fixing parts 1133 are formed so that they can be inserted from behind into corresponding board fixing part insertion grooves 1051 in the front unit 6A. As a result, when the front unit 6A is attached to the front surface of the rear unit 6B, if the upper and lower board fixing parts 1133 are inserted into the board fixing part insertion grooves 1051, the front unit 6A moves vertically and to the right with respect to the rear unit 6B. can be regulated, and the front unit 6A can be guided rearward.

With the front unit 6A attached, the front surface of the board fixing portion 1133 matches the front surface of the front component 1000A. The front surface of the board fixing part 1133 is provided with a mounting recess 1133a which is recessed rearward and opens to the right, to which the game board fixing member 1134 is mounted (see FIG. 112).

The game board fixing member 1134 of the mounting unit 1130 is operated in a state where the rear unit 6B is inserted into the game board insertion portion 401a of the main body frame 4 to make the rear unit 6B unremovable. The game board fixing member 1134 is mounted in the mounting recess 1133a of the board fixing part 1133, and the tip side, which is the right end, is mounted so as to be rotatable about the axis in the vertical direction and slidable in the horizontal direction. It is

The game board fixing member 1134 has a wedge portion 1134a provided on the distal end side and an operating portion 1134b provided on the proximal end side. When the game board fixing member 1134 is in the locked position (see FIG. 112(a)), the wedge portion 1134a protrudes to the right from the right side of the mounting unit 1130, and is in the unlocked position (see FIG. 112(b)). Then, the wedge portion 1134 a is retracted into the mounting unit 1130 . The game board fixing member 1134 is slid to the lock position and the wedge part 1134a is inserted into the game board lock groove 401o in the main body frame 4, thereby preventing forward movement of the rear unit 6B. The unit 6B can be fixed to the body frame 4.

When this game board fixing member 1134 is rotated around the front end side so that the operation part 1134b is pulled forward by operating the operation part 1134b so that the operation part 1134b is positioned more forward than the front of the board fixing part 1133, left and right It becomes slidable in the direction, and can be slid to the locked position or the unlocked position. Further, when the operating portion 1134b is retracted behind the front surface of the board fixing portion 1133, the operating portion 1134b is locked in the mounting recess 1133a and becomes immovable.

A lock claw 1135 of the mounting unit 1130 protrudes forward from the front surface of the mounting base 1131 in an inverted L shape. The lock claw 1135 has a guide portion 1135a obliquely provided at its tip. This lock claw 1135 is provided so as to be insertable into the insertion hole 1020a in the unit fixing portion 1020 of the front unit 6A. By engaging with , the forward movement of the front unit 6A can be blocked.

The positioning boss 1136 of the mounting unit 1130 protrudes forward from the front surface of the mounting base 1131 and is provided to be insertable into the positioning hole 1055 of the front unit 6A. By inserting the positioning bosses 1136 into the positioning holes 1055, the front unit 6A can be positioned vertically and horizontally on the front surface of the rear unit 6B. The positioning boss 1136 protrudes forward from the front surface of the mounting base 1131 so as to be shorter than the front surface of the board fixing portion 1133 .

As shown in FIG. 107, the positioning boss 1136 has a first positioning boss 1136a projecting long forward and a second positioning boss 1136b projecting shorter than the first positioning boss 1136a. is doing. As a result, when the front unit 6A is attached to the rear unit 6B, the front unit 6A can be guided rearward (to the rear unit 6B) in multiple stages, thereby improving the workability of the attachment and ensuring reliable positioning. I have to.

108, the rear contact portion 1056a of the first connection fitting 1056 and the rear contact portion 1057a of the second connection fitting 1057 of the front unit 6A are inserted into the opening 1137 of the mounting unit 1130. As shown in FIG. Through this opening 1137 , the rear contact portion 1056 a of the first connection fitting 1056 and the rear contact portion 1057 a of the second connection fitting 1057 come into contact with the front surface of the attachment reinforcing sheet metal 1132 .

A positioning contact portion 1138 of the mounting unit 1130 is recessed rearward from the front surface of the mounting base 1131 and is open leftward. The two positioning abutment portions 1138 are provided at a portion of the body frame 4 corresponding to the left position regulating member 402a. The left position regulating member 402a abuts from the front. By bringing the left position regulating member 402a into contact with the positioning contact portion 1138, the left side of the mounting unit 1130 (rear unit 6B) can be regulated from moving forward and backward. can be positioned.

[12-3b. Peripheral control unit and effect display device of rear unit]
Next, the peripheral control unit 1500 and effect display device 1600 of the rear unit 6B will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 102 and 113 and the like. FIG. 113(a) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the peripheral control unit attached to the effect display device, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the peripheral control unit removed from the effect display device. . The effect display device 1600 is arranged in the center of the game area 5a when viewed from the front, and is detachably attached to the rear side of the back box 3010 of the back unit 3000. As shown in FIG. The peripheral control unit 1500 is detachably attached to the rear side of the performance display device 1600 .

First, the peripheral control unit 1500 of the rear unit 6B includes a peripheral control board 1510 for controlling effects presented to the player based on control signals from the main control board 1310, and a transparent peripheral control board housing the peripheral control board 1510. It has a control board box 1520 and a management seal sticking section 1501 to which a management seal is stuck. In this embodiment, a management sticker attaching portion 1501 is provided on the rear surface of the peripheral control board box 1520 .

In addition, the peripheral control board 1510 includes a peripheral control unit 1511 for controlling lighting effects, sound effects, movable effects, etc., and an effect display control part 1512 for controlling effect images. The peripheral control board 1510 performs peripheral control so that the surface on which various electronic components such as the CPU, VDP, ROM, and IC constituting the peripheral control unit 1511 and the effect display control unit 1512 are mounted faces backward. Mounted in board box 1520 .

The peripheral control unit 1511 controls the attacker decoration board and the second attacker decoration board of the front unit 2000, the decoration boards provided in the back and bottom effect unit 3600 of the back unit 3000, actuators (motors and solenoids), position sensors, and the like. It is connected. In addition, the peripheral control unit 1511 is connected to the first effect button 251 and the second effect button 252 in the effect operation unit 250 of the door frame 3, the vibrator, the decoration board, the top central speaker, the top side speaker, and the like. Furthermore, the peripheral control unit 1511 is connected to the main body frame speaker 403 of the main body frame 4 .

The management seal (not shown) affixed to the management seal affixing portion 1501 includes a certificate stamp affixed to the certificate stamp affixing portion 1012 of the front unit 6A and a management seal affixed to the management seal affixing portion 1301 of the main control unit 1300. On the other hand, contents that form a set are described so that it can be determined whether or not they are related to each other.

More specifically, the management seal attached to the management seal attaching portion 1501 of the peripheral control unit 1500 has the manufacturer's code, the serial number, and the two-dimensional bar code. The two-dimensional bar code of the management seal includes information ID (for example, ID of game board to be paired, ID of main control board to be paired, ID of main control board to be paired, ID of main peripheral control board, etc.), type, manufacturer code, Information such as the year of manufacture, serial number, etc. is entered. The management sticker attached to the peripheral control unit 1500 has the same configuration as the management sticker attached to the main control unit 1300 . Thus, it is possible to determine whether or not they are related (combined) with each other by comparing with the contents of the certificate stamp attached to the front unit 6A.

The management sticker may be attached to the peripheral control board 1510 or may be attached to the ROM, CUP, VDP, etc. mounted on the peripheral control board 1510 .

The peripheral control board 1510 of the rear unit 6B has a ground connection portion 1513 and a peripheral side connector 1514 on the rear surface attached facing forward. The ground connection portion 1513 is provided at a portion near one end in the left-right direction of the peripheral control board 1510 . The ground connection portion 1513 is connected to the ground (GND) in the electronic circuit of the peripheral control board 1510 and formed in a planar shape.

When the peripheral control board 1510 is accommodated in the peripheral control board box 1520 , the ground connection part 1513 is aligned with the fitting opening 1523 in the front-rear direction. When the peripheral control unit 1500 is attached behind the effect display device 1600 , the ground connection portion 1513 is electrically connected to the shield sheet metal 1620 via the ground metal fitting 1623 by contacting the tip of the ground metal fitting 1623 .

The peripheral-side connector 1514 is provided at a portion near the end on the side opposite to the ground connection portion 1513 in the left-right direction. The peripheral-side connector 1514 is inserted into the connection opening 1524 while the peripheral control board 1510 is accommodated in the peripheral control board box 1520 . The peripheral side connector 1514 is for transmitting a video signal from the effect display control unit 1512 in the peripheral control board 1510 to the effect display device 1600, and is attached to a connection relay board 1624 in the effect display device 1600, which will be described later. is connected to the display-side connector 1625 that is present.

The peripheral control board box 1520 of the rear unit 6B is formed in a transparent thin box-like shape in which the peripheral control board 1510 is accommodated, so that the internal peripheral control board 1510 can be visually recognized from the outside. The peripheral control board box 1520 is elongated in the left-right direction, and has a mounting piece 1521 projecting outward from one end face in the left-right direction and a mounting recess 1522 recessed at the opposite end face. is doing.

In addition, the peripheral control board box 1520 has a fitting opening 1523 penetrating at a position close to the mounting piece 1521 at the front when attached to the effect display device 1600, and at a position near the mounting recess 1522 on the front. and a connection opening 1524 . The metal fitting opening 1523 is provided at a portion corresponding to the ground connection portion 1513 of the peripheral control board 1510 , and the connection opening 1524 is provided at a portion corresponding to the peripheral side connector 1514 .

The peripheral control board box 1520 has its front surface slanted with respect to the horizontal direction so that the attachment piece 1521 approaches the surface of the effect display device 1600, and the attachment piece 1521 is attached to the attachment locking portion of the rear cover 1621. 1621b, the front surface is set parallel to the rear surface of the effect display device 1600, and the attachment/detachment lock member 1622 is slid to insert the projection 1622a into the mounting recess 1522, so that the rear surface of the effect display device 1600 can be installed.

Although not shown in detail, when the protrusion 1622a of the detachable lock member 1622 is inserted into the mounting recess 1522, the protrusion 1622a causes the peripheral control board box 1520 (peripheral control unit 1500) to move through the mounting recess 1522. It is configured to be pushed toward the forward effect display device 1600 side. This ensures the connection between the peripheral-side connector 1514 and the display-side connector 1625, which will be described later.

The effect display device 1600 is arranged in the center of the game area 5a when viewed from the front, and is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1100A via the back box 3010 of the back unit 3000. FIG. With the game board 5A assembled, the effect display device 1600 allows the display screen to be visually recognized from the front side (player side) through the frame of the transparent game panel 1100A, the frame-shaped center accessory 2500, and the mounting unit 1130. can be done.

The effect display device 1600 is a 19-inch full-color liquid crystal display device with a white LED backlight, and has substantially the same width as the width of the rear wall of the back box 3010 in the left-right direction. The effect display device 1600 is connected to the peripheral control board 1510 and can display predetermined still images and moving images.

The effect display device 1600 of the rear unit 6B includes a shield metal plate 1620 made of a metal plate provided on the rear side of the display screen, a rear cover 1621 provided behind the shield metal plate 1620, and a rear cover 1621 slidable. and a detachable lock member 1622 for detaching the attached peripheral control unit 1500 (peripheral control board box 1520).

In addition, the effect display device 1600 of the rear unit 6B includes a ground metal fitting 1623 whose base end is attached to the shield metal plate 1620 and whose tip extends rearward through the rear cover 1621, the shield metal plate 1620 and the rear cover 1621. and a display side connector 1625 attached to the connection relay board 1624 and connected to the peripheral side connector 1514 of the peripheral control board 1510 . The connection relay board 1624 may be attached to the shield metal plate 1620 or may be attached to the rear cover 1621 . The connection relay board 1624 of this embodiment is attached to the shield metal plate 1620 .

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the shield sheet metal 1620 has approximately the same size as the entire rear surface of the display screen (display device main body).

The rear cover 1621 is formed of a transparent resin, and is provided at one end in the left-right direction of the rectangular mounting area 1621a elongated in the left-right direction to which the peripheral control unit 1500 is mounted. a metal fitting opening 1621c through which the ground metal fitting 1623 passes through at a portion near the mounting locking portion 1621b in the mounting region portion 1621a; and a metal fitting opening 1621c in the mounting region portion 1621a. has a connector opening 1621d through which the display-side connector 1625 passes through at a portion near the end on the opposite side in the left-right direction.

The attachment locking portion 1621b of the rear cover 1621 protrudes rearward in an inverted L shape from the rear surface of the rear cover 1621, and is provided with its tip toward the center of the attachment area portion 1621a. The attachment piece 1521 of the peripheral control board box 1520 is inserted between the tip of the attachment locking portion 1621b and the rear surface of the rear cover 1621. As shown in FIG.

The attachment/detachment locking member 1622 is provided so as to protrude rearward from the rear surface of the rear cover 1621, and has a protrusion 1622a protruding in the left-right direction at its rear end. The detachable lock member 1622 is slidable in the left-right direction outside the attachment region portion 1621a on the rear surface of the rear cover 1621, on the opposite side of the attachment locking portion 1621b with the attachment region portion 1621a therebetween. is provided. The attachment/detachment lock member 1622 is provided such that a protrusion 1622a protrudes toward the center of the attachment region 1621a. A protrusion 1622a of the attachment/detachment lock member 1622 is formed so as to be insertable into the mounting recess 1522 of the peripheral control board box 1520 .

The base end of the ground metal fitting 1623 is attached to the rear surface of the shield metal plate 1620 , and the tip extends rearward of the rear cover 1621 through the metal fitting opening 1621 c of the rear cover 1621 from the base end. The ground fitting 1623 obliquely extends rearward from the base end, and the vicinity of the tip end is bent forward in an arc shape. The ground metal fitting 1623 is formed of a metal spring material having conductivity and elasticity, and is electrically connected to the shield metal plate 1620 .

When the peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the attachment region portion 1621 a , the ground metal fitting 1623 contacts the ground connection portion 1513 of the peripheral control board 1510 at its tip and is electrically connected to the ground of the peripheral control board 1510 . Although detailed illustration is omitted, the ground metal fitting 1623 has a fork-like tip branched into a plurality of parts, and contacts the ground connection part 1513 at a plurality of points. Also, a plurality of ground metal fittings 1623 may be provided.

The connection relay board 1624 is connected to an FPC 1626 (flexible printed wiring board) extending from the display device main body of the effect display device 1600 , and the wiring from the FPC 1626 is connected to the display side connector 1625 . In other words, the connection relay board 1624 includes a display side connector 1625 that is connected to the peripheral side connector 1514 and serves as an IN side connector, and an FPC connector that is connected to an FPC 1626 from the performance display device 1600 and serves as an OUT side connector. 1624a and are provided. The display-side connector 1625 is connected to the peripheral-side connector 1514 of the peripheral control board 1510 by attaching the peripheral control unit 1500 to the attachment region 1621a.

Next, attachment/detachment of the peripheral control unit 1500 to/from the rear surface of the effect display device 1600 in the rear unit 6B will be described with reference to FIG. In a state where the peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the attachment area portion 1621a of the effect display device 1600, the attachment piece 1521 of the peripheral control board box 1520 is attached and locked to the rear cover 1621 as shown in FIG. 113(a). A protrusion 1622a of a detachable lock member 1622 is inserted into the mounting recess 1522 of the peripheral control board box 1520 and positioned at the lock position. As a result, the peripheral control board box 1520 (peripheral control unit 1500) cannot be removed.

Although detailed illustration is omitted, as shown in FIG. 102, a plurality of connectors are exposed rearward on the rear surface of the peripheral control unit 1500, and these connectors are connected to the main control board 1310, the relay board, and the like. The connector of the connected wiring (harness) is connected.

In this state, the tip of the ground metal fitting 1623 of the effect display device 1600 is in contact with the ground connection portion 1513 of the peripheral control board 1510 . The ground metal fitting 1623 is formed of an elastic metal spring material, and its tip is in contact with the ground connection part 1513 so as to press (bias) it backward. Thereby, the ground of the electronic circuit of the peripheral control board 1510 is connected to the shield metal plate 1620 via the ground connection portion 1513 and the ground fitting 1623 .

More specifically, the shield sheet metal 1620 on the back side of the effect display device 1600 (liquid crystal display device) is for enhancing noise resistance, and is preferably electrically connected to the ground (GND) of the peripheral control board 1510. desirable. For this reason, in this embodiment, a ground metal fitting 1623 made of an elastic metal piece is raised from the shield metal plate 1620 on the back side of the effect display device 1600, and is electrically connected to the GND (ground connection portion 1513) of the peripheral control board 1510. I am trying to connect. Furthermore, since the ground metal fitting 1623 has a fork-like tip, any one of the branched tips comes into contact with the ground connection portion 1513 to ensure electrical connection.

Also, in this state, the peripheral side connector 1514 of the peripheral control board 1510 and the display side connector 1625 of the effect display device 1600 are connected. Thereby, the video signal from the effect display control section 1512 in the peripheral control board 1510 can be transmitted to the effect display device 1600 via the peripheral side connector 1514 and the display side connector 1625 to display the effect image.

When removing the peripheral control unit 1500 from the effect display device 1600, first, all wiring connectors connected to the peripheral control unit 1500 from behind are removed. Then, the attachment/detachment lock member 1622 is slid away from the peripheral control unit 1500 (released position), and the protrusion 1622a at the tip is removed from the mounting recess 1522 of the peripheral control board box 1520 in the peripheral control unit 1500. In this state, the peripheral control unit 1500 is rotated around the mounting piece 1521 on the opposite side in the horizontal direction so that the side of the mounting recess 1522 of the peripheral control unit 1500 moves rearward to the rear surface of the effect display device 1600. Make it slanted.

At this time, the peripheral connector 1514 of the peripheral control unit 1500 moves in an arc around the mounting piece 1521 side, and the peripheral connector 1514 moves in a direction inclined with respect to the front-rear direction. becomes. On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the peripheral connector 1514 is provided at a position far from the attachment piece 1521, the peripheral connector 1514 moves along an arc with a large radius. As a result, the tangential direction of the arc, which is the movement locus of the peripheral connector 1514, becomes closer to the front-rear direction (joining direction) at the portion where the peripheral connector 1514 and the display connector 1625 are joined. The inclination of the moving direction of the side connector 1514 becomes slight with respect to the front-rear direction, and the peripheral side connector 1514 is smoothly removed from the display side connector 1625 of the effect display device 1600 .

After that, the peripheral control unit 1500 can be removed from the performance display device 1600 by moving the peripheral control unit 1500 obliquely rearward and pulling out the attachment piece 1521 from between the attachment locking portion 1621b and the rear cover 1621 .

On the other hand, when attaching the peripheral control unit 1500 after the performance display device 1600, it can be attached by performing the procedure opposite to the above.

By the way, conventionally, inputs to a liquid crystal display device such as the effect display device 1600 are generally performed via FPC (Flexible Printed Circuit Board) or FFC (Flexible Flat Cable). In the factory, the FPC or the like extending from the liquid crystal display device is connected to the connector provided on the peripheral control board. This connection work is difficult for non-experts, and connection failure often occurs due to oblique connection or shallow insertion.

From such a problem, in this embodiment, in order to prevent the connection work of the FPC or the like from being performed by the replacement worker of the peripheral control unit 1500, the connection relay board 1624 is provided on the back side of the effect display device 1600, and the FPC 1626 and the connection relay board are provided. 1624 (FPC connection connector 1624a) is made by a skilled person at the factory, and the connection relay board 1624 and the peripheral control board 1510 can be easily connected. That is, by providing the connection relay board 1624, the type of connector to be connected is changed.

Therefore, for example, if the peripheral-side connector 1514 and the display-side connector 1625 are used as drawer connectors, and the connection between the connection relay board 1624 and the peripheral control board 1510 is made by the drawer connector, the connection can be made without worrying about fine positioning. It is possible. Since the drawer connector is relatively expensive and costly, the peripheral-side connector 1514 and the display-side connector 1625 are inter-board connectors (board-to-board connectors) that are generally used when stacking boards. board connector).

Thus, in this embodiment, the effect display device 1600 is newly provided with the connection relay board 1624, which has not been provided in the pachinko machine so far, and the connection relay board 1624 is provided with the peripheral side connector of the peripheral control unit 1500. A display-side connector 1625 that is directly connected to 1514 is provided. The display-side connector 1625 is an IN-side connector of the connection relay board 1624, and connects an FPC 1626 extending from the effect display device 1600 to an FPC connector 1624a, which is an OUT-side connector of the connection relay board 1624. ing. The display-side connector 1625 and the peripheral-side connector 1514 are of a type that can be reliably connected even by an amateur (for example, a drawer connector, a board-to-board connector (inter-board connector), etc.). That is, by providing the connection relay board 1624 between the peripheral control board 1510 and the effect display device 1600, the type of connector to be connected is changed.

As a result, in the factory of the pachinko machine 1, an expert first connects the connector of the FPC 1626 to the FPC connector 1624a of the connection relay board 1624, and then connects (inserts and removes) the connector 1625 on the display side. Since it is not necessary to touch the FPC 1626, even an unskilled person can reliably connect the display-side connector 1625 and the peripheral-side connector 1514, and even an unskilled person can perform the effect display without causing any trouble. Peripheral control unit 1500 can be attached to and detached from device 1600 . That is, the peripheral control board 1510 (peripheral control unit 1500) can be replaced without touching the FPC 1626 extending from the effect display device 1600. FIG. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the cost of reusing the effect display device 1600 and to provide the pachinko machine 1 in which the effect display device 1600 can be easily reused.

In addition, since the connection relay board 1624 is attached to the effect display device 1600 (shield sheet metal 1620), even if the display side connection connector 1625 of the connection relay board 1624 is repeatedly inserted and removed from the peripheral side connection connector 1514, the connection relay board Since 1624 is stationary, the FPC 1626 from the effect display device 1600 does not move, and the change in the position of the FPC 1626 does not make it easier to pick up noise. Therefore, even if the peripheral control unit 1500 is replaced, noise does not occur, and the player can be entertained with a noise-free and excellent effect image, and the player's interest can be suppressed. The pachinko machine 1 can be provided.

Also, when attaching and detaching the peripheral control unit 1500 to and from the performance display device 1600, the attachment piece 1521 of the peripheral control board box 1520, which is far from the peripheral side connector 1514 of the peripheral control unit 1500, is the center of rotation. ing. As a result, the peripheral-side connector 1514 moves along an arc with a large radius, and at the portion where the peripheral-side connector 1514 and the display-side connector 1625 are joined, the movement locus of the peripheral-side connector 1514 corresponds to the movement locus of the peripheral connector 1514 . Since the tangential direction of the arc is close to the front-rear direction (joining direction), the inclination of the moving direction of the peripheral connector 1514 is different from the inserting/removing direction (joining direction) between the display connector 1625 and the peripheral connector 1514. Therefore, the peripheral side connector 1514 can be smoothly and directly connected to the display side connector 1625, and attachment/detachment work of the peripheral control unit 1500 can be facilitated.

In the above, the peripheral side connector 1514 provided on the peripheral control board 1510 of the peripheral control unit 1500 and the display side connector 1625 provided on the connection relay board 1624 of the effect display device 1600 are directly connected. Although the configuration shown in FIG. FIG. 114(a) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a state in which the peripheral control unit is attached to the performance display device in a form different from that in FIG. is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the connection of .

In the embodiment of FIG. 114, a peripheral control board 1510 and a connection relay board 1624 each have a signal conversion function, and a peripheral-side connector 1514 and a display-side connector 1625 have connectors 1631 at both ends. A harness 1630 is used for connection.

More specifically, the peripheral control board 1510 is provided with a transceiver IC 1515 for converting a video signal into a serial signal, and the connection relay board 1624 is provided with a receiver IC 1627 for converting a serial signal into a video signal. Then, both ends of a harness 1630 made of a twisted cable are connected to the peripheral side connector 1514 connected to the transceiver IC 1515 of the peripheral control board 1510 and the display side connector 1625 connected to the receiver IC 1627 of the connection relay board 1624. A connector 1631 is joined to connect the peripheral control board 1510 and the connection relay board 1624 (see FIG. 114(b)).

In this embodiment, the peripheral side connector 1514 is provided on the surface (rear surface) of the peripheral control board 1510 and the connection opening 1524 is provided on the rear side of the peripheral control board box 1520 . In addition, in the effect display device 1600, the connector opening 1621d (connection relay board 1624) of the rear cover 1621 is provided outside the attachment region 1621a.

The transceiver IC 1515 of the peripheral control board 1510 and the receiver IC 1627 of the connection relay board 1624 are the same. can be used.

The video signals (RGB signals) transmitted between the peripheral control board 1510 and the connection relay board 1624 (effect display device 1600) are roughly divided into DE (data enable signal), HS (horizontal synchronization signal), VS ( 8 bits for R (red signal), 8 bits for G (green signal), 8 bits for B (blue signal), and at least 28 signal lines for PCLK (clock signal). For example, the "BU17074KV" transceiver IC manufactured by Rohm Corporation can transmit this with only two wires (DFTX+ and DFTX-). Although the frequency of the signal increases accordingly, it is possible to route a relatively long distance by transmitting differential signals and transmitting them with a twisted cable (harness 1630). Note that in FIG. 114(b), in addition to the two electric wires (DFTX+ and DFTX-), the ground line is also a twisted wire. With this configuration, it is more resistant to noise than using ordinary twisted pair wires.

Therefore, if the video signal is transmitted in the form of a serial signal, the number of electric wires can be dramatically reduced in comparison with the LVDS method and the RGB method by adopting the configuration of this embodiment, and the connector for connection can be reduced. In addition, even an inexperienced worker can reliably connect, and the connection work becomes easier. In this embodiment, the reliability of the replacement work of the front unit 6A can be further improved by implementing the above-described measures.

According to the embodiment of FIG. 114, the same effects as those of the embodiment of FIG. 113 can be obtained.

In the above peripheral control unit 1500, the peripheral control unit 1511 and the performance display control unit 1512 are provided on one peripheral control board 1510. However, the peripheral control unit 1511 is not limited to this. In addition to the provided peripheral control board 1510, an effect display control board provided with the effect display control section 1512 may be provided. In this case, the peripheral-side connector 1514 connected to the display-side connector 1625 of the connection relay board 1624 is provided on the performance display control board.

[12-3c. Back unit of rear unit]
Next, the rear unit 3000 of the rear unit 6B will be described. The back unit 3000 includes a general winning opening sensor 3001 that detects the game ball B received in the general winning opening 2001 of the front unit 2000, and a second sensor that detects the game ball B received in the first starting opening 2003 of the front unit 2000. A box-like opening 3010a is attached to the rear surface of the mounting unit 1130 in the rear unit 6B behind the game panel 1100A (the front unit 6A), and the opening 3010a is open at the front. a lock slider 3020 detachably attached to the rear wall of the back box 3010 and the effect display device 1600; and a back substrate unit 3040 .

The rear unit 3000 of the rear unit 6B includes a rear inter-unit connector 1150 connected to the front inter-unit connector 1060 of the front unit 6A, and a rear ball guiding unit 3100 provided at the lower front end inside the rear box 3010. , the back bottom effect unit 3600 provided behind the back ball induction unit 3100 in the back box 3010, the back top effect unit 3620 provided in the upper corner in the back box 3010, and the left corner in the back box 3010 A back left effect unit 3640 provided and a back right effect unit 3660 provided at the right corner inside the back box 3010 are provided.

The back bottom effect unit 3600, the back top effect unit 3620, the back left effect unit 3640, and the back right effect unit 3660 in the back unit 3000 can show predetermined movable effects and light emitting effects to the player according to the progress of the game. It is possible.

The rear inter-unit connector 1150 of the rear unit 6B is provided at the lower right corner of the rear unit 3000 when viewed from the front, and attached to the front surface of the rear ball guide unit 3100 . The inter-unit connector rear 1150 is exposed forward through the frame of the frame-shaped mounting unit 1130 . After the inter-unit connector 1150, the main control board 1310, the panel relay board, the peripheral control board 1510, the effect drive board, etc. are connected to the wiring toward the front unit 6A. After this inter-unit connector 1150 is a drawer connector.

The back ball guiding unit 3100 in the back unit 3000 of the rear unit 6B is attached to the lower part of the front end in the back box 3010, and is formed in a shape such that both ends extending left and right are bent upward. The back ball guiding unit 3100 is formed substantially entirely transparent. The back ball guidance unit 3100 includes a general winning opening sensor 3001 that detects the game ball B received in the general winning opening 2001, and a first starting opening sensor 2101 that detects the gaming ball B received in the first starting opening 2003. , is equipped with

In addition, the back ball induction unit 3100 is accepted in the general winning opening 2001, the first starting opening 2003, the second starting opening 2004, the big winning opening 2005, and the second big winning opening 2012 in the front unit 2000 of the front unit 6A. It receives the game balls B that have been pulled and guided to the rear of the game panel 1100A, and discharges them toward the safe ball receiving port 500b of the circulating ball path unit 500 in the main body frame 4 below. In addition, the back ball guide unit 3100 receives the game ball B that has been received by the sub-out port 2021 and guided to the rear of the game panel 1100A, to the out ball receiving port 500a of the circulating ball path unit 500 in the main body frame 4 below. It is intended to be discharged toward.

This back ball guiding unit 3100 has a ball receiving opening 3101 to which the game ball B received by the winning opening such as the general winning opening 2001 and the sub-out opening 2021 of the front unit 2000 and guided to the rear of the game panel 1100A is transferred. have. The ball socket 3101 protrudes forward in a cylindrical or gutter shape, and is a gutter-like shape protruding rearward from the front unit 6A (front unit 2000) when the front unit 6A is attached to the front surface of the rear unit 6B. A guide 2122 is inserted inside (see FIG. 109).

The tip of the ball socket 3101 of the back ball guide unit 3100 protrudes forward from the front surface of the mounting base 1131 of the mounting unit 1130 . Therefore, when attaching the front unit 6A to the rear unit 6B, the front unit 6A can be guided to a predetermined position of the rear unit 6B by inserting the guide portion 2122 of the front unit 6A.

Further, when the guide portion 2122 is inserted into the ball socket 3101 , a step is formed at the rear end of the guide portion 2122 so that the bottom of the guide portion 2122 is higher than the bottom of the ball socket 3101 . Due to this step, the game ball B received in the winning opening such as the first starting opening 2003 is transferred from the guiding portion 2122 to the ball receiving opening 3101 and is played on the rear wall provided behind the ball receiving opening 3101. To make the bounced game ball B bounce back to the downstream side by coming into contact with a step even if the ball B hits or the game ball B which comes after comes in contact with the preceding game ball B and bounces back to the upstream side. It is possible to prevent the game ball B from returning to the winning opening by preventing the ball from flowing back to the winning opening. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball B from flowing backward and returning to the prize winning opening even though it was once received (winning a prize), and giving the player a sense of distrust when the game ball B can be seen from the winning prize opening. Therefore, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 which can surely entertain the player with receiving the game ball B into the prize-winning hole and suppress the decline of the player's interest in the game. .

[12-4. Attachment and detachment to the main body frame and replacement of the front unit in the game board of the second embodiment]
Next, attachment/detachment of the game board 5A of the present embodiment to/from the main body frame 4 and replacement of the front unit 6A will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 115 to 117 and the like. FIG. 115 is a front view showing the game board of the second embodiment shown in FIG. 101 attached to the body frame. 116 is a front view showing a state in which the front unit of the game board is removed from the state of FIG. 115. FIG. FIG. 117(a) is an explanatory view schematically showing the game board of the second embodiment attached to the body frame from the side, and (b) is an explanatory view showing the state in which the front unit is removed in (a). is. First, attachment and detachment of the game board 5A to and from the main body frame 4 will be described.

The game board 5A is shipped from the factory with the front unit 6A (first front unit 6A1) and the rear unit 6B attached to each other. Incidentally, the game board 5A is shipped when only the game board 5A is shipped, and when the game board 5A is shipped together with the outer frame 2, the door frame 3, and the main body frame 4, that is, the entire pachinko machine 1 is shipped. There are cases. Here, a case of shipping only the game board 5A will be described.

At the time of shipment of the game board 5A, the contents of the certificate stamp pasted on the certificate stamp pasting portion 1012 of the first front unit 6A of the game board 5A, and the management seal pasting portion 1301 of the main control unit 1300 attached to the rear unit 6B. The content of the management sticker attached to the peripheral control unit 1500 and the content of the management sticker attached to the management sticker attaching portion 1501 of the peripheral control unit 1500 are related to each other.

More specifically, the certificate stamp pasted on the first front unit 6A1 includes an association certificate of a game machine such as a pachinko machine, the type of game board, the name of the manufacturer, the code of the manufacturer, the serial number, and a two-dimensional bar code. Have been described. On the other hand, the management seal attached to the main control unit 1300 and the peripheral control unit 1500 of the rear unit 6B describes the manufacturer's code, serial number, and two-dimensional bar code. The certificate stamp and control seal have the same manufacturer's code and the same or related serial numbers. The content (information) of the two-dimensional bar code written on the certificate stamp and the management seal can be displayed by using a predetermined bar code reader. Therefore, it is possible to determine whether or not they are related to each other from the contents of the attached certificate stamps and management seals.

First, on the side of the game hall where the game board 5A (pachinko machine 1) is installed, the door frame 3 of the corresponding pachinko machine 1 attached to the island facility is opened, and the game board attached to the main body frame 4 is removed. state. To remove the game board, the game board lock member 406 attached to the front surface of the main body frame 4 is rotated from the lock position to the release position, and the lock member (same as the game board fixing member 1134) provided on the game board is turned. member) from the locked position to the unlocked position. In this state, the game board is removed from the main body frame 4 by pulling the right side of the game board forward and tilting it and moving the left side of the game board forward so as to pull it out from the side reinforcing plate 402 of the main body frame 4.例文帳に追加be able to.

The game board 5A is attached to the main body frame 4 with the game area 5a of the game board 5A facing forward, and with the left side of the game board 5A positioned more rearward than the right side. While inserting the game board 5A into the game board insertion part 401a of the frame 4 and placing the lower surface of the game board 5A on the upper end surface of the base wall part 401b of the main body frame 4, the left side of the game board 5A is reinforced with a U-shaped side surface. Insert into plate 402 . At this time, the game board 5A is inserted so that the positioning abutting portion 1138 provided on the left side of the game board 5A abuts behind the left position regulating member 402a of the body frame 4. FIG.

Subsequently, the right side of the game board 5A is moved backward and inserted into the game board insertion portion 401a. As a result, a part of the out recessed portion 1123 of the game board 5A is inserted into the game board restricting portion 401c of the main body frame 4, and the game board 5A is restricted from moving in the horizontal direction and the rearward direction.

In this state, the game board fixing member 1134 provided on the board fixing part 1133 of the game board 5A (rear unit 6B) is slid from the release position to the right lock position, and the wedge part 1134a is moved to the body frame 4. It is inserted into the game board lock groove 401o (see FIG. 112). Also, the game board lock member 406 of the main body frame 4 is rotated from the release position to the lock position, and a part of the game board lock member 406 is inserted into the game board lock groove 1058 of the game board 5A (front unit 6A). (See Figure 105).

As a result, the game board 5A is attached to the body frame 4 (see FIG. 115). In this state, the game board 5A is pressed backward against the body frame 4. As shown in FIG.

After attaching the game board 5A to the main body frame 4, the main body frame 4 is opened forward with respect to the outer frame 2, and behind the game board 5A, the main control unit 1300 (main control board 1310) and the peripheral control unit 1500 (peripheral The control board 1510) is connected to the frame control board 640 of the frame board unit 630 of the body frame 4, the interface board 660 and the like using a predetermined wiring cable.

After that, the body frame 4 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, and then the door frame 3 is closed to complete the installation of the game board 5A. When the door frame 3 is closed, the front contact portion 1057c of the second connection fitting 1057 protruding from the front surface of the game board 5A (front unit 6A) is a door frame reinforcing unit (not shown) made of the metal plate of the door frame 3. contact the rear surface of the As a result, a ground path is constructed for releasing static electricity from the outer rail 1001 to the ground on the game hall side.

Next, replacement of the front unit 6A with the game board 5A attached to the body frame 4 will be described. When replacing the front unit 6A from the first front unit 6A1 to the second front unit 6A2, a game board replacement set (not shown) is shipped from the factory. The game board replacement set includes the second front unit 6A2, the main control unit 1300 for the second front unit 6A2, the peripheral control unit 1500 for the second front unit 6A2, and the like.

First, in the island facility of the game hall, the door frame 3 is opened forward with respect to the body frame 4 to expose the front surface of the body frame 4 forward. In addition, the door frame 3 may be removed. Then, the unit fixing member 1021 is slid from the lock position to the release position in the unit fixing portions 1020 provided at the upper left corner, upper right corner, and lower right corner of the game board 5A (first front unit 6A1).

More specifically, in a state where the first front unit 6A1 (front unit 6A) is fixed and locked to the rear unit 6B in the unit fixing portion 1020, as shown in FIG. 106(a), the unit fixing member 1021 is It is in the lock position, and the lock piece 1021b is engaged with the lock claw 1135 of the rear unit 6B inserted into the insertion hole 1020a. As a result, the forward movement of the first front unit 6A1 is blocked, and the first front unit 6A1 is in a non-removable state. Then, when the unit fixing member 1021 is moved (slid) to the release position, the lock piece 1021b moves away from the lock claw 1135 and is not engaged with the lock claw 1135 (see FIG. 106(b)).

Also, the game board lock member 406 provided on the body frame 4 is rotated from the lock position to the release position, and the game board lock member 406 is released from the game board lock groove 1058 of the first front unit 6A1 (front unit 6A). get rid of

In this state, the first front unit 6A can be moved forward with respect to the rear unit 6B, so the first front unit 6A is moved forward and removed from the rear unit 6B. At this time, the front inter-unit connector 1060 provided on the rear surface of the first front unit 6A is disconnected from the rear inter-unit connector 1150 provided on the front surface of the rear unit 6B, and the first front unit 6A1 and the rear unit 6B are separated. An electrical connection such as an electrical signal between the and is released.

Further, when the first front unit 6A1 is removed from the rear unit 6B and moved forward, the rear contact portion 1056a of the first connection fitting 1056 and the rear contact portion 1057 of the second connection fitting 1057 projecting from the rear surface of the first front unit 6A1. The portion 1057a is separated from the attachment reinforcing sheet metal 1132 of the attachment unit 1130 in the rear unit 6B, and the electrical connection between the first connection fitting 1056 and the second connection fitting 1057 is released.

With the first front unit 6A removed, only the rear unit 6B of the game board 5A is attached to the body frame 4 (see FIG. 116). After this state, the movement of the unit 6B is regulated by the left position regulating member 402a of the body frame 4, the left side of which is in contact with the two upper and lower positioning contact portions 1138, and the right side of the unit 6B is fixed to the two upper and lower game boards. Movement is regulated by the game board lock groove 401o of the body frame 4 into which the wedge portion 1134a of the member 1134 is inserted. Therefore, the rear unit 6B does not come off from the body frame 4. - 特許庁

The center of gravity of the rear unit 6B is located behind the mounting unit 1130 attached to the body frame 4 (see FIG. 117). Therefore, even if the restriction of movement by the game board fixing member 1134 or the like is released for some reason, the rear unit 6B will not come off from the game board insertion portion 401a of the main body frame 4 as if falling forward. As a result, it is possible to ensure the safety of the replacement work of the front unit 6A.

In this embodiment, the game board fixing member 1134 and the unit fixing member 1021 are separately provided. In the case of a configuration in which the 6B is almost never detached by tipping forward, the game board fixing member 1134 and the unit fixing member 1021 may be used together.

After removing the first front unit 6A1, the second front unit 6A2 is attached to the front surface of the rear unit 6B. The second front unit 6A2 is attached by inserting the left side between the front surface of the mounting unit 1130 of the rear unit 6B and the left position regulating member 402a of the body frame 4 with the play area 5a facing forward. Later, the rear surface on the right side is brought into contact with the front surface of the rear unit 6B. The second front unit 6A2 is in a state in which the unit fixing members 1021 provided at the upper left corner, upper right corner, and lower right corner are in the released position (the arrow points to the "x" mark).

At this time, since the rear unit 6B has the board fixing part 1133 projecting forward from the front surface of the mounting base 1131, the board fixing part 1133 is inserted into the board fixing part insertion groove 1051. Thus, the second front unit 6A2 can be roughly aligned with the rear unit 6B. Then, when the tip of the board fixing part 1133 reaches the board fixing part insertion groove 1051, the board fixing part 1133 can be used as a guide to move the second front unit 6A2 rearward along the board fixing part 1133.

As the second front unit 6A2 moves rearward, first, the first positioning bosses 1136a having a long forward projection length are inserted into the corresponding positioning holes 1055, and then the first positioning bosses 1136a are inserted into the corresponding positioning holes 1055. A second locating boss 1136b, which is shorter than 1136a, is inserted into the corresponding locating hole 1055. As shown in FIG. Thereby, the second front unit 6A2 is positioned gradually with respect to the rear unit 6B, and then completely positioned.

In addition, in the second front unit 6A2 (front unit 6A), the guide portion 2122 of the starting port unit 2100 projects rearward, and the guide portion 2122 is the ball socket of the back ball guide unit 3100 in the back unit 3000 of the rear unit 6B. It is inserted into 3101 and is also guided by ball socket 3101 .

Also, when the second front unit 6A2 moves rearward toward the rear unit 6B, the front inter-unit connector 1060 provided behind the attacker unit 2400 in the second front unit 6A2 moves to the back ball guiding unit 3100 in the rear unit 6B. It engages the inter-unit connector rear 1150 provided in front of the . In this embodiment, drawer connectors are used for the front 1060 and rear 1150 inter-unit connectors, and the second front unit 6A2 and rear unit 6B are connected via the front 1060 and rear 1150 inter-unit connectors. An electrical connection such as an electrical signal is reliably established between.

Further, when the second front unit 6A2 moves rearward, the rear contact portion 1056a of the first connection fitting 1056 and the rear contact portion 1057a of the second connection fitting 1057 protruding from the rear surface of the second front unit 6A2 move toward the rear unit 6B. The mounting unit 1130 passes through the opening 1137 of the mounting base 1131 and abuts on the front surface of the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 . At this time, the spring portion 1056b of the first connection fitting 1056 and the rear spring portion 1057b of the second connection fitting 1057 are elastically deformed, and the respective rear contact portions 1056a and 1057a urge the attachment reinforcing sheet metal 1132 rearward. make contact while

The rear contact portion 1056a of the first connection fitting 1056 and the rear contact portion 1057a of the second connection fitting 1057 are brought into contact with the attachment reinforcing sheet metal 1132, whereby the first connection fitting 1056 and the second connection provided at positions apart from each other are connected. The metal fitting 1057 is electrically connected.

Further, by moving the second front unit 6A2 to the rear unit 6B, the lock claw 1135 protruding forward from the mounting base 1131 of the rear unit 6B moves to the insertion hole of the unit fixing portion 1020 of the second front unit 6A2. 1020a. Then, when the rear surface of the second front unit 6A2 is brought into contact with the front surface of the rear unit 6B (mounting unit 1130), the units provided in the upper left corner, upper right corner, and lower right corner of the second front unit 6A2 are fixed. The unit fixing member 1021 provided in each of the sections 1020 is slid from the unlocked position to the locked position (the position where the arrow of the unit fixing member 1021 points to the mark "O").

As a result, the lock piece 1021b of the unit fixing member 1021 is engaged with the lock claw 1135 while being inserted into the insertion hole 1020a, thereby fixing the second front unit 6A to the rear unit 6B in an unremovable state. be. At this time, a gap is formed between the second front unit 6A2 and the rear unit 6B by the guide portion 1021c provided at the tip of the lock piece 1021b and the guide portion 1135a provided at the tip of the lock claw 1135. Even if there is, the second front unit 6A2 is guided rearward by the guiding action of the slanted guide portion 1021c and the guide portion 1135a, and the rear surface of the second front unit 6A2 reliably contacts the front surface of the rear unit 6B. state.

Since the front inter-unit connector 1060 and the rear inter-unit connector 1150 are provided behind the unit fixing portion 1020 at the lower right corner, as described above, the unit fixing member 1021 is pushed backward by moving to the lock position. Thus, the front inter-unit connector 1060 can be strongly pressed against the rear inter-unit connector 1150, and the front inter-unit connector 1060 and the rear inter-unit connector 1150 can be sufficiently engaged.

In this embodiment, a certificate stamp pasting portion 1012 is provided on the front surface of the unit fixing member 1021 provided in the unit fixing portion 1020 at the lower right corner of the second front unit 6A2 (the front unit 6A). Since the certificate stamp is affixed to the portion 1012, when the operator slides the unit fixing member 1021, the certificate stamp affixed to the certificate stamp affixed portion 1012 comes into view, and the content described on the certificate stamp is displayed. can be confirmed, and erroneous attachment of the wrong second front unit 6A2 can be avoided.

In addition to fixing (locking) by the unit fixing member 1021, the game board lock member 406 provided on the main body frame 4 is rotated from the release position to the lock position, and a part of the game board lock member 406 is released into the game. Insert into board lock groove 1058 . As a result, the second front unit 6A2 is pressed against the rear unit 6B by the game board lock member 406, and the second front unit 6A2 is attached to the rear unit 6B.

In this way, the second front unit 6A2 can be attached to the rear unit 6B, and the replacement work from the first front unit 6A1 to the second front unit 6A2 is completed. It should be noted that the main control unit 1300 and the peripheral control unit 1500 are not compatible with only replacing the second front unit 6A2, so the main control unit 1300 and the peripheral control unit 1500 are also replaced.

Subsequently, to replace the main control unit 1300 and the peripheral control unit 1500, first, the body frame 4 is opened forward with respect to the outer frame 2, and the main control unit 1300 (main control board 1310) and the peripheral control unit 1500 (peripheral control Remove the wiring connected to the board 1510). Then, by operating the locking piece 1321 of the main control unit 1300 , the locking with the substrate holder 1200 is released, and the main control unit 1300 is removed from the substrate holder 1200 .

In addition, in the peripheral control unit 1500, the attachment/detachment lock member 1622 on the rear side of the effect display device 1600 is slid from the lock position to the release position, and the protrusion 1622a of the attachment/detachment lock member 1622 is pulled out from the mounting recess 1522 of the peripheral control unit 1500. . Then, while moving the mounting recess 1522 side of the peripheral control unit 1500 backward and tilting it, the mounting piece 1521 on the side opposite to the mounting recess 1522 is pulled out from the mounting locking portion 1621b, and the peripheral control unit 1500 is removed.

During this removal, by moving the peripheral control unit 1500 backward, the peripheral side connector 1514 is disconnected from the display side connector 1625, and the connection between the peripheral control board 1510 and the connection relay board 1624 is released. Also, the ground connection portion 1513 of the peripheral control board 1510 is separated from the ground fitting 1623, and the connection between the GND (ground) of the peripheral control board 1510 and the shield sheet metal 1620 is released.

After removing the main control unit 1300 and the peripheral control unit 1500, the main control unit 1300 included in the game board replacement set is attached to the board holder 1200, and the peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the rear surface of the performance display device 1600. These attachments are performed by reversing the procedure described above. Also, when attaching the main control unit 1300 and the peripheral control unit 1500, the content of the management seal attached to the management seal attaching portion 1301 and the management seal attached to the management sticker attaching portion 1501 are changed. Check the contents and install it correctly.

After replacing the main control unit 1300 and the peripheral control unit 1500, the previously removed wires are connected to respective predetermined connectors. This completes the replacement work on the rear side of the game board 5A.

After that, the body frame 4 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, and the door frame 3 is closed. When the door frame 3 is closed, the front contact portion 1057c of the second connecting fitting 1057 protruding forward of the second front unit 6A2 attached to the body frame 4 via the rear unit 6B contacts the door frame 3. It contacts a door frame reinforcing unit (not shown) made of sheet metal. At this time, the front spring portion 1057d of the second connection fitting 1057 is elastically deformed, and the front contact portion 1057c is biased (pressed) against the door frame reinforcing unit. As a result, the outer rail 1001 in the second front unit 6A2 is electrically connected to the ground on the game hall side via the first connection fitting 1056, the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132, the second connection fitting 1057, and the door frame reinforcement unit. A ground path is constructed for releasing static electricity from the outer rail 1001 .

Thus, the replacement work by the game board replacement set on the game hall side is completed, and the player can play the game by the second front unit 6A2 different from the first front unit 6A1 without replacing the entire game board 5A. can entertain.

In the above example, the main control unit 1300 and the peripheral control unit 1500 are replaced together with the main control unit 1300 in the rear unit 6B. Also good. When the peripheral control unit 1500 is not replaced, for example, when the effect contents are not changed, a plurality of effect contents corresponding to the game specifications (main control unit 1300) are stored in advance in the peripheral control board 1510 of the peripheral control unit 1500. If there is, and if the peripheral control unit 1500 is provided with a changeover switch according to the game specifications, and the like.

[12-5. Modification 1 of the game board of the second embodiment]
Next, Modified Example 1 of the game board 5A of the second embodiment will be described. In the above embodiment, a wiring cable having connectors at both ends is used for exchanging electrical signals between the game board 5A and the main body frame 4, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIGS. 118 and 119, direct connection by connectors may be used. FIG. 118 is a modification 1 of the game board of the second embodiment, and (a1) is an explanatory view schematically showing the lower right corner of the game board from the front with the game board attached to the main body frame, and (a2 ) is an explanatory diagram showing (a1) from the side, (b1) is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the lower right corner of the game board removed from the main body frame from the front, and (b2) is an explanatory view showing the game board as the main body. It is an explanatory view schematically showing from the side along with the game board in a state in which the frame has been removed. FIG. 119(a) is an explanatory diagram showing FIG. 118(a1) in plan view, and FIG. 119(b) is an explanatory diagram showing FIG. 118(b2) in plan view.

More specifically, the body frame 4 includes a connector support portion 415 provided in the game board insertion portion 401a of the body frame base 401, and a body frame side connector 416 attached to the front surface of the connector support portion 415. , is provided. The body frame side connector 416 includes a first body frame side connector 416 a connected to the frame control board 640 and a second body frame side connector 416 a connected to the door frame sub-relay board (not shown) via the interface board 660 . and a body frame side connector 416b. The first main body frame side connector 416a and the second main body frame side connector 416b are arranged in a line in the left-right direction.

The connector support portion 415 is provided at the lower right corner of the game board insertion portion 401a when viewed from the front. The front surface of the connector support portion 415 is inclined such that the right end is located rearward from the left end. The body frame side connector 416 is attached so as to protrude perpendicularly to the front surface of the connector support portion 415 .

The body frame 4 also has a game board fixing groove 417 recessed downward at a portion in front of the connector support portion 415 on the upper end surface of the base wall portion 401b. A part of the fixing operation portion 1145 of the game board 5A is inserted into the game board fixing groove 417 . The game board fixing groove 417 has a front wall (front wall) slanted so that the lower end is positioned more rearward than the upper end. As a result, the game board 5A can be pushed rearward through the fixed operation part 1145 by the tilted front wall to the extent that the fixed operation part 1145 is rotated and its tip is inserted downward. The connection connector 1142 can be firmly engaged with the body frame side connection connector 416 all the way.

On the other hand, on the game board 5A, at the lower right corner in the front view, a mounting seat portion 1140 protruding rearward from the rear surface of the mounting unit 1130 of the rear unit 6B and a connector substrate 1141 attached to the rear surface of the mounting seat portion 1140 are provided. and a game board side connector 1142 attached to the rear surface of the connector board 1141 are provided. The mounting seat portion 1140 is positioned in front of the connector support portion 415 of the main body frame 4 in a state where the game board 5A is attached to the main body frame 4, and its rear surface is parallel to the front surface of the connector support portion 415 of the main body frame 4. As shown in FIG. 119(a), the right end is positioned behind the left end.

The connector board 1141 is elongated in the left and right direction and attached to the rear surface of the attachment seat portion 1140 . The game board side connector 1142 is attached to the rear surface of the connector board 1141 so as to protrude perpendicularly to the board surface of the connector board 1141 .

The game board side connector 1142 has a first game board side connector 1142a connected to the main control board 1310 and a second game board side connector 1142b connected to the peripheral control board 1510. there is The first game board side connection connector 1142a and the second game board side connection connector 1142b are arranged in a row in the horizontal direction. The first game board side connector 1142a is engaged with the first main body frame side connector 416a, and the second game board side connector 1142b is engaged with the second main body frame side connector 416b.

In addition, the game board 5A includes a concave portion 1144 which is recessed from the front surface of the mounting seat portion 1140 and is open downward, and a fixed operating portion 1145 which is rotatably provided in the concave portion 1144. there is The fixed operation part 1145 is formed in a semi-disk shape, and the rotating shaft extending in the front-rear direction is positioned between the first game board side connector 1142a and the second game board side connector 1142b when viewed from the front. is doing. The fixed operation part 1145 has a release position (see FIG. 118(b1)) where the whole is positioned above the lower end of the game board 5A, and a part of which protrudes below the lower end of the game board 5A. 118(a1)) and the locked position.

Types of connectors used for the main body frame-side connector 416 and the game board-side connector 1142 in Modification 1 include drawer connectors, board-to-board connectors (board-to-board connectors), and the like.

In this modified example 1, when the game board 5A is attached to the main body frame 4, the connector supporting portion 415 of the main body frame 4 and the mounting seat portion 1140 (connector board 1141) of the game board 5A face each other. The first main frame side connector 416a and the first game board side connector 1142a are engaged, and the second main frame side connector 416b and the second game board side connector 1142b are engaged. ing. Thereby, the frame control board 640 and the main control board 1310 are connected via the first main body frame side connector 416a and the first game board side connector 1142a. Also, the interface board 660 (door frame secondary relay board (not shown)) and the peripheral control board 1510 are connected via the second main body frame side connector 416b and the second game board side connector 1142b.

In this state, the front surface of the connector support portion 415 of the main body frame 4 and the rear surface of the mounting seat portion 1140 of the game board 5A are parallel to each other, and the right end of each is located behind the left end thereof. inclined to Therefore, the direction of engagement between the main body frame side connector 416 and the game board side connector 1142, which is perpendicular to the front surface of the connector support portion 415 and the rear surface of the mounting seat portion 1140, is positioned rightward toward the front. Inclined.

In this state, the fixed operating portion 1145 is in the locked position, and a part of the fixed operating portion 1145 is inserted (inserted) into the game board fixing groove 417 of the body frame 4, and the fixed operating portion The game board 5A is pushed backward by 1145 . Since this fixed operation part 1145 is provided between the first game board side connector 1142a and the second game board side connection connector 1142b in a front view, the backward pressing force from the fixed operation part 1145 is It acts evenly on the first game board side connector 1142a and the second game board side connector 1142b. This pressing force firmly engages the game board side connector 1142 with the body frame side connector 416 all the way to the back.

Next, when removing the game board 5A from the main body frame 4, the fixed operation part 1145 is rotated from the lock position to the release position, a part of the fixed operation part 1145 is pulled out from the game board fixing groove 417, and the fixed operation part The entire 1145 is positioned above the lower end of the game board 5A. Then, as described above, the right side of the game board 5A is pulled forward and rotated so that the left side becomes the central axis, and the left side of the game board is pulled out from the side reinforcing plate 402 of the body frame 4. and remove it from the body frame 4.

At this time, since the direction of engagement between the main frame side connector 416 and the game board side connector 1142 is inclined to the right as it goes forward, the game board side connector 1142 is engaged. It will move in a direction close to the direction. As a result, the game board side connection connector 1142 is smoothly pulled out (separated) from the body frame side connection connector 416 .

On the other hand, when attaching the game board 5A to the main body frame 4, the game board 5A can be attached to the main body frame 4 by performing the procedure opposite to the above, and The board-side connector 1142 can be engaged in good condition.

Thus, according to Modification 1, simply by attaching the game board 5A to the main body frame 4, the main body frame side connector 416 and the game board side connector 1142 are engaged with each other, and the main body frame 4 and the game board are connected. Wiring connection such as electric signals between 5A can be automatically performed. Therefore, when the game board 5A is attached or detached, it is not necessary for the operator to insert or remove the connector of the wiring cable. occurrence can be eliminated.

Further, according to the first modification, when the game board 5A is attached to the main body frame 4, electrical connection between the main body frame 4 and the game board 5A is automatically established by the main body frame side connector 416 and the game board side connector 1142. When the game board 5A is removed from the main body frame 4, the electrical connection between the main body frame 4 and the game board 5A is automatically released by the main body frame side connector 416 and the game board side connector 1142, The attachment and detachment work of the game board 5A with respect to the body frame 4 can be facilitated. At this time, since the board fixing portion 1133 for attaching the game board 5A to the main body frame 4 is provided in front of the main frame side connector 416 and the game board side connecting connector 1142, the game board is fixed by the board fixing portion 1133. 5A can be pressed against the body frame 4, and the connection between the body frame side connector 416 and the game board side connector 1142 can be ensured.

Further, according to the first modification, since the body frame 4 and the game board 5A are electrically connected by the body frame side connector 416 and the game board side connector 1142, the body frame 4 and the game board 5A are electrically connected. Since the wiring cable does not extend between the parts, the wiring cable is not caught or pinched by other parts, and there is no fear of disconnection between the main body frame 4 and the game board 5A, so that electrical connection is established. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of defects in

Note that, for example, if the main body frame side connector 416 and the game board side connector 1142 are drawer connectors, connection can be made without worrying about fine positioning, and the workability of the replacement work can be improved. .

[12-6. Modification 2 of the game board of the second embodiment]
Next, Modification 2 of the game board 5A of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 120 and the like. FIG. 120 is a modification 2 of the game board of the second embodiment, and (a) is an explanatory diagram schematically showing a front unit provided with a movable certificate stamp pasting auxiliary member together with a rear unit and a body frame from the side, (b) is an explanatory view schematically showing a front unit provided with a movable certificate stamp pasting assisting member having a form different from that of (a), together with a rear unit and a body frame, from a side view. In the above embodiment, in the front unit 6A of the game board 5A, the configuration in which the certificate stamp pasting section 1012 is provided on the front surface of the unit fixing member 1021 of the unit fixing section 1020 is shown. It is good also as a structure as shown to.

Modification 2 includes a housing recess 1065 recessed from the front surface of the front unit 6A of the game board 5A, and a certificate stamp pasting auxiliary member 1066 which is housed in the housing recess 1065 and rotatably supported at one end. and is prepared. This certificate stamp sticking auxiliary member 1066 is provided with a certificate stamp sticking portion 1012 on a surface facing in the front-rear direction when accommodated in the accommodation recess 1065 .

In the example of FIG. 120(a), the certificate stamp affixing assisting member 1066 is formed in a flat plate shape, and its rotating shaft is provided near the front end of the front unit 6A. In the example of FIG. 120(b), the certificate stamp affixing assisting member 1066 is formed in an L shape when viewed from the side, and its rotating shaft is provided near the rear end of the front unit 6A.

This certificate stamp pasting assisting member 1066 is provided so that at least a part thereof protrudes outward from the front projection range of the front unit 6A when it is not housed in the housing recess 1065 . Therefore, if the front unit 6A is attached to the front surface of the rear unit 6B attached to the body frame 4 in this state, the certificate stamp pasting auxiliary member 1066 abuts the body frame 4. FIG. As a result, the operator who performs the replacement work of the front unit 6A can be made aware of the existence of the certificate stamp attaching auxiliary member 1066, and the certificate stamp attached to the certificate stamp attaching portion 1012 of the certificate stamp attaching auxiliary member 1066 can be removed. can be visualized. Therefore, it is possible to confirm the contents described on the certificate stamp, and to avoid mounting the wrong front unit 6A.

120(a), even in a state where the front unit 6A is attached to the rear unit 6B attached to the main body frame 4, the certificate stamp attaching auxiliary member 1066 can be attached. Alternatively, a unit fixing portion 1020 (unit fixing member 1021) for attaching the front unit 6A to the rear unit 6B may be provided at the bottom of the housing recess 1065. FIG. Therefore, in order to operate the unit fixing member 1021, it is necessary to rotate the certificate stamp attaching auxiliary member 1066. It is possible to confirm the contents described in the above, and it is possible to further exhibit the same effects as described above.

Also, the certificate stamp affixing auxiliary member 1066 may be formed of a transparent member. As a result, the back side of the certificate stamp stuck to the certificate stamp sticking part 1012 of the certificate stamp sticking auxiliary member 1066 can be seen, the color of the certificate stamp can be confirmed even from the back side, and an illegal trace on the certificate stamp can be found. can be made easier. In detail, for example, if the certificate stamp is colored so that the game board 5A can be distinguished by the color, the front unit 6A to which the certificate stamp is stuck is correct even if the certificate stamp is not seen from the front side. It is possible to determine whether or not

[12-7. Other modifications of the game board of the second embodiment]
Next, another modified example of the game board 5A of the second embodiment different from the above will be described. First, in the above embodiment, the moving member such as the unit fixing member 1021 and the certificate stamp attaching auxiliary member 1066 is provided with the certificate stamp attaching portion 1012. However, this is not restrictive, and the front unit 6A can A certificate stamp pasting portion 1012 may be provided in a non-movable portion.

In this case, it is desirable that the certificate stamp pasting section 1012 be provided adjacent to the unit fixing section 1020 for fixing the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B to each other. As a result, when operating the unit fixing member 1021 of the unit fixing portion 1020 in the replacement work of the front unit 6A, the certificate stamp attached to the certificate stamp attaching portion 1012 provided adjacently is within the field of view of the operator. It is possible to confirm the description contents of the certificate stamp and to prevent the wrong front unit 6A from being attached.

Further, in the above embodiment, as a means for discriminating that the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B are a pair (combination discrimination means), the certificate stamp attached to the front unit 6A and the main control of the rear unit 6B are used. Although the management stickers affixed to the unit 1300 and the peripheral control unit 1500 are used to make a determination based on the content described therein, the present invention is not limited to this, and the following configuration may be employed. As another configuration of the discrimination means, for example, the speckle attached to the front unit 6A, the management seal attached to the main control unit 1300 or the peripheral control unit 1500 or a seal other than the management seal, may be used for determination. Alternatively, the combination discrimination means may be a dedicated seal different from the certificate stamp, spec seal, and management seal described above. Colors, patterns, designs, barcodes, two-dimensional barcodes, and the like may be used as the pair discrimination means.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the second front unit 6A2 has a structure different from that of the first front unit 6A1 in terms of the arrangement of the obstructing nail N and the front unit 2000. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The configuration may be the same as that of the front unit 6A1. In this case, the shape and color of the design part of the front unit 2000 (for example, the side unit 2200, the center accessory 2500, etc.), the shape and color of the spec seal, etc. It is desirable that the difference in game specifications from the secondary unit 6A2 is conspicuous. With such a configuration, the shape and color of the design section, the shape and color of the spec sticker, etc., function as a "group discriminating means" indicating that the main control unit 1300 and the peripheral control unit 1500 are paired.

Further, in the above embodiment, the unit fixing member 1021 for fixing the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B to each other is slidable between the lock position and the release position, but the present invention is limited to this. Instead, it may rotate between the locked position and the unlocked position.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the game board fixing member 1134 for attaching the rear unit 6B of the game board 5A to the main body frame 4 is provided in the rear unit 6B, but the present invention is not limited to this. It may be provided on the body frame 4 .

In the above embodiment, the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B of the game board 5A are directly connected by the front inter-unit connector 1060 and the rear inter-unit connector 1150, which are drawer connectors. However, a wiring cable having connectors at both ends may be used to electrically connect the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B. In this case, the cost is reduced because a relatively expensive drawer connector is not used.

Further, in the above embodiment, the inter-unit connector front 1060 of the front unit 6A is provided on the rear surface of the attacker unit 2400, but the present invention is not limited to this. , the panel holder 1120A, the starter unit 2100, the second attacker unit 2450, the center accessory 2500, etc. may be provided on the rear surface. When the inter-unit connector front 1060 is provided on the rear surface of the panel holder 1120A, most of the panel holder 1120A located outside the game area 5a allows the inter-unit connector front 1060 and the inter-unit connector front 1060 to be connected to the electric parts. It is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 with a good appearance by making it difficult to see the wiring between and from the front.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the inter-unit connector rear 1150 of the rear unit 6B is provided on the front surface of the rear unit 3000. However, the present invention is not limited to this. Alternatively, the mounting unit 1130 may be provided with an opening or a notch for the rear 1150 of the inter-unit connector to face forward, and then the mounting unit 1130 may be provided on the front surface of the fixing piece 3010e of the back box 3010. .

Further, in the above-described embodiment, in the game board 5A, the wiring from the electric parts such as the second starting port sensor 2401 and the starting port solenoid 2412 provided in the front unit 6A are concentrated in the inter-unit connector front 1060. , the wiring extending from the main control board 1310 and the peripheral control board 1510 provided in the rear unit 6B to the front unit 6A side is concentrated in the rear inter-unit connector 1150, and the front inter-unit connector 1060 and the rear inter-unit connector 1150 are connected. Although the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B are electrically connected by connecting the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B, the present invention is not limited to this. 6A and the rear unit 6B may be electrically connected. Specifically, for example, the connectors provided on the electrical components of the front unit 6A and the connectors provided on the main control board 1310, the peripheral control board 1510, the relay board, etc. of the rear unit 6B are connected at both ends. A wiring cable having a connector may be used to connect them. In this case, in the rear unit 6B, it is desirable to provide the mounting unit 1130 and the back case 3010 of the back unit 3000 with through-holes or notches through which the wiring cables pass. In such a configuration, when the front unit 6A is replaced, the connectors at both ends of the wiring cable may be removed from the connectors of the front unit 6A only, and the wiring cable may be reused, or the rear unit 6B may be used. It is also possible to replace the entire wiring cable by removing only from the connector. As a result, there is no need to use a relatively expensive drawer connector, and an increase in the cost of the game board 5A can be suppressed.

As described above, when a wiring cable having connectors on both ends is used for the electrical connection between the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B, the orientation of the connectors provided on the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B is sideways. Alternatively, the connector provided on the rear unit 6B may be oriented rearward.

Further, as described above, when a wiring cable having connectors at both ends is used for electrical connection between the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B, a large number of wires are required between the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B. Since the cables will be extended, it is desirable to provide a wiring bundling means (for example, a spiral tube, a binding band, a harness holder, etc.) for bundling (bundling) the wiring cables. As a result, the disjointed wiring cables do not become an obstacle or get caught on other members and break.

For electrical connection between the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B, for example, an inter-unit connector front 1060 is provided on the rear surface of the panel holder 1120A of the front unit 6A, and a mounting unit 1130 and a back box 3010 of the rear unit 6B are provided. The fixed piece 3010e is provided with a through hole or a notch through which the front inter-unit connector 1060 protrudes rearward, and the front inter-unit connector 1060 protruding rearward from the rear surface of the fixed piece 3010e is provided with a rear inter-unit connector. 1150, or a connection connector at the tip of a wiring cable extending from the main control board 1310, the peripheral control board 1510, or the like may be connected.

Furthermore, in the above embodiment, the attachment unit 1130 is configured separately from the back unit 3000 in the rear unit 6B of the game board 5A. may be configured to be a part of Specifically, for example, in the back box 3010 of the back unit 3000, the flange-shaped fixed piece portion 3010e extending outward from the front end can be attached to the game board insertion portion 401a of the body frame 4. It is formed into a shape and provided with a reinforcing sheet metal on its front or rear surface. A board fixing part 1133, a game board fixing member 1134, a lock claw 1135, a positioning boss 1136, a positioning contact part 1138, and a notch part 1139 are attached to the fixing piece part 3010e of the back box 3010 in the same manner as the mounting unit 1130. and the function display unit 1400 is attached. As a result, there is no need to separately provide the mounting unit 1130, and an increase in the cost of the game board 5A can be suppressed.

Also, in the above embodiment, the front unit 6A of the game board 5A is provided with electric parts such as the second starter sensor 2401, the starter solenoid 2412, and the attacker decoration board (LED and LED driver). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the front unit 6A may be configured without electrical components. Specifically, for example, in the case of a winning opening unit having a winning opening door for opening and closing the winning opening, such as the attacker unit 2400, the entire winning opening unit is provided in the rear unit 6B, and the game panel 1100A (panel plate 1110) is provided with the winning opening unit. An opening into which the winning opening unit is inserted from the rear may be provided, and the winning opening and the winning opening door may project forward from the front surface of the panel plate 1110 . Alternatively, the front unit 6A is provided with a winning opening and a winning opening door for opening and closing the winning opening, and the rear unit 6B is provided with a sensor for detecting the game ball B received in the winning opening and a winning opening. An actuator (for example, a solenoid or a motor) for opening and closing the door may be provided, and the drive from the actuator may be transmitted to the winning entrance door. In other words, the front unit 6A is assembled to the rear unit 6B such that the electric parts such as the second starting opening sensor 2401, the starting opening solenoid 2412, the attacker solenoid 2414, the big winning opening sensor 2402, etc. are provided in the rear unit 6B. At times, it may be connected to the ball passage of the second starting port 2004 or the big prize winning port 2005 or the opening/closing mechanism.

As described above, the gate sensor 2011 is provided in the rear unit 6B and the gate member 2630 of the front unit 6A is opened rearward as the gate 2010 in the case where the front unit 6A is not provided with electrical parts. The gate sensor 2011 may be inserted into the gate member 2630 from behind. Alternatively, like the second guide passage 2522 in the game board 5 of the first embodiment, the gate 2010 is guided backward from the front surface of the game panel 1100A and then returned to the front surface of the game panel 1100A. In addition, the gate passage may be divided into the front unit 6A side and the rear unit 6B side, and the gate sensor 2011 may be provided on the rear unit 6B side of the gate passage.

Furthermore, as described above, when the front unit 6A is not provided with electrical components, the following configuration can be used. For example, in the rear unit 6B, a light-emitting means such as an LED that emits light forward may be provided behind a portion of the front unit 6A that is desired to be decorated with light. Further, the front unit 6A may be provided with light guide means for decorating a specific portion with light from the rear, and the rear unit 6B may be provided with light emitting means such as an LED for irradiating light to the light guide means. In this way, by configuring the front unit 6A with no electric parts, it is possible to suppress an increase in the cost of the front unit 6A.

In the above-described embodiment, the attachment reinforcing sheet metal 1132 is formed in a frame shape, but is not limited to this. It may be formed in a strip shape, or made up of a plurality of metal plates, or the like.

In the above-described embodiment, the first connection fitting 1056 is used as the electrical connection between the outer rail 1001 and the mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132 and the electrical connection between the mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132 and the door frame reinforcing unit of the door frame 3. and the second connection fitting 1057 are shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the connection connectors provided on both sides are electrically connected by directly connecting (joining) each Alternatively, the connectors provided on both sides may be electrically connected to each other by a wiring cable provided with connectors at both ends.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, as the grounding path of the mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132, the one that penetrates the game panel 1100A and is connected to the front door frame 3 was shown, but the game panel 1100A is not limited to this. It may be connected to the main body frame 4 by penetrating through, or may be connected to the front door frame 3 or the main body frame 4 by bypassing the side surface of the game panel 1100A.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the ground connection portion 1513 of the peripheral control board 1510 and the shield sheet metal 1620 of the effect display device 1600 are electrically connected by the plate spring-like ground metal fitting 1623. It is not limited, and electrically connected using a leaf spring made of conductive resin, a coil spring made of metal or conductive resin, a conductive foam, a conductive sponge, or the like. You can do it.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the peripheral control board 1510 is provided with the ground connection portion 1513 connected to the ground. A metal plate connected to the ground of the substrate 1510 may be provided, and the metal plate may be brought into contact with the ground fitting 1623 .

[12-8. Effects of the game board of the second embodiment]
According to the game board 5A of the second embodiment, a plurality of obstacle nails N, a plurality of winning openings such as the general winning opening 2001 and the first starting opening 2003, the game panel 1100A, and the certificate stamp (certificate stamp pasting section 1012) are provided. Since the front unit 6A as a functional part is provided so as to be replaceable from the game board 5A attached to the main body frame 4, it can be replaced with the game board 5A of the pachinko machine 1 attached to the island facility of the game hall. On the other hand, only the front unit 6A can be removed without removing the entire game board 5A from the body frame 4 when the game specification or model is desired to be changed. By replacing the front unit 6A with a different game specification and model prepared in advance, the game specification and model can be changed in the game hall, and the game specification and model can be easily changed. Machine 1 can be provided.

In addition, as described above, by replacing the front unit 6A as a functional unit in the game hall, it is possible to easily change the game specifications and model, so that the time required for changing the game specifications and model can be minimized. In addition, it is possible to reduce the cost required for change, suppress the decrease in the operating rate of the pachinko machine 1 (island facility) in the game hall, and reduce the burden on the game hall side. be able to.

Further, since the front unit 6A as a functional unit is provided with a certificate stamp sticking portion 1012 to which a certificate stamp is stuck on the front surface of the unit fixing member 1021, the worker does not need to attach the unit fixing member to replace the front unit 6A. When looking at the unit fixing member 1021 to operate 1021, the certificate stamp provided in the certificate stamp pasting part 1012 comes into the field of vision, and the certificate stamp is not overlooked. Therefore, the content of the certificate stamp provided in the front unit 6A can be confirmed without fail, and it is possible to prevent the front unit from being replaced with a wrong front unit or an illegal front unit.

In addition, in the front unit 6A as a functional unit, a certificate stamp is attached adjacent to the unit fixing member 1021 operated when replacing the game board 5A attached to the main body frame 4. Since the member 1066 is movably provided, the front unit 6A can be attached to the main body frame 4 of the game board 5A while the certificate stamp pasting auxiliary member 1066 is moving to the outside of the game board 5A. If an attempt is made to attach to the remaining portion (rear unit 6B), the certificate stamp pasting auxiliary member 1066 moving outward will interfere with the attachment, or even if it can be attached, the door will be opened from the front of the main body frame 4. When the door frame 3 is to be closed, the door frame 3 cannot be closed or can be closed by the certificate stamp pasting auxiliary member 1066 moving forward. Therefore, when attaching the front unit 6A to be replaced to the rear unit 6B attached to the body frame 4, the certificate stamp pasting assisting member 1066 can be moved and accommodated in the accommodation recess 1065. FIG. When moving the certificate stamp sticking auxiliary member 1066, the certificate stamp stuck to the certificate stamp sticking part 1012 of the certificate stamp sticking auxiliary member 1066 comes into the field of view of the operator, so that the contents of the certificate stamp can be surely confirmed. , the compatibility with the rear unit 6B attached to the body frame 4 can be confirmed (verified) by the contents described on the certificate stamp, and an incorrect front unit or an illegal front unit can be attached. can be avoided.

Furthermore, when the front unit 6A as a functional part has electric parts such as a gate sensor 2011, a starting solenoid 2412, and a decoration board on which LEDs are mounted, the front unit 6A should not have electric parts. In comparison with the case of using the rear unit 6B, a mechanism for transmitting a drive from an actuator such as a solenoid provided in the rear unit 6B, a mechanism for guiding light from an LED provided in the rear unit 6B, and the like are redundant. Since there is no need to provide such a mechanism in the front unit 6A, an increase in the cost of the front unit 6A can be suppressed, and the cost required for changing game specifications and models can be suppressed.

Further, when the front unit 6A is provided with electric parts, as described above, the front unit 6A as a functional unit is provided with a mechanism for transmitting a drive from an actuator such as a solenoid provided in the rear unit 6B. , a mechanism for guiding the light from the LED provided in the rear unit 6B, and the like. To provide a pachinko machine 1 capable of simplifying attachment and detachment of a front unit 6A without complicating detachment and easily changing game specifications and models in a game hall. can.

Furthermore, since the front unit 6A as a functional part has electric parts such as a gate sensor 2011, a starting solenoid 2412, and a decorative board on which LEDs are mounted, the front unit 6A before replacement is different from the winning unit. It is possible to make the front unit 6A with different openings (opening and closing winning openings) and light-emitting decorations, and it is possible to greatly change the appearance. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 which can be improved and which can be expected to be more effective than the cost of replacing the front unit 6A.

In addition, since the wiring from the electric parts in the front unit 6A as a functional section is collected and connected to the rear unit connector 1150 of the rear unit 6B by the front unit connector 1060, when the front unit 6A is replaced, In addition, the electrical connection can be removed or attached only by removing or attaching the front unit 6A to or from the rear unit 6B, and the replacement work of the front unit 6A can be facilitated.

In addition, since the front 1060 of the inter-unit connector and the rear 1150 of the inter-unit connector are directly connected, the wiring cable does not extend between the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B. There is no possibility of being caught or caught between the parts, and there is no risk of disconnection between the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B, thereby preventing troubles in electrical connection.

In addition, since the front unit 6A as a functional part can be replaced without using a tool such as a screwdriver, the front unit 6A can be easily replaced without preparing tools at the game hall side. The replacement work can be easily carried out even by the staff of the game hall.

Furthermore, according to the game board 5A of the second embodiment, in the game board 5A, a game panel provided with a plurality of obstacle nails N and a plurality of winning openings such as the general winning opening 2001 and the first starting opening 2003 is provided. 1100A is detachably provided from the game board 5A, for example, when you want to change the game specifications or model for the game board 5A attached to the main body frame 4 attached to the island facility of the game hall. , Only the game panel 1100A (front unit 6A) can be removed without removing the entire game board 5A from the body frame 4. - 特許庁By replacing the game panel 1100A (front unit 6A) with different game specifications and models prepared in advance, the game specifications and models can be changed in the game hall, and the game specifications and models can be easily changed. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of At this time, the second starting opening sensor 2401, the big winning opening sensor 2402, etc. are set to the specific area on the side far from the axis of the main body frame 4 bordering on the center in the left-right direction of the game panel 1100A and on the right side of the center in the left-right direction. Since electric parts are provided, the game panel 1100A is connected to the rear inter-unit connector 1150 of the remaining part (rear unit 6B) of the game board via the front inter-unit connector 1060 connected to the electric part. (Front unit 6A) When installing or removing (front unit 6A), there is no need to perform electrical connection work with rear unit 6B here and there on game panel 1100A (front unit 6A). It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 that allows efficient work inside and facilitates the work of mounting and removing the game panel 1100A (the front unit 6A).

Also, when the main body frame 4 is opened from the island facility of the game hall by rotating the hinge with the game board 5A attached to the main body frame 4, the game panel 1100A (the front unit 6A) is placed near the free end side of the main body frame 4. ) is located in the specific area, the electrical parts such as the second starting opening sensor 2401 and the big winning opening sensor 2402 provided in the specific area are connected or disconnected to the rear unit 6B. It can be made easy to work. More specifically, in the present embodiment, the front inter-unit connector 1060 connected to electrical components such as the second starting opening sensor 2401 and the big winning opening sensor 2402 is replaced by the rear inter-unit connector 1150 provided in the rear unit 6B. It is designed to be directly connected to When the game panel 1100A (front unit 6A) is removed from the game board 5A attached to the body frame 4, the body frame 4 rotates as a hinge. Since the work space is narrow, it is easier to mount and remove the game panel 1100A at an angle while rotating it around the axis near the axis of the main body frame 4 (the left end). At this time, the game panel 1100A (front unit 6A) is in an oblique state with respect to the rear unit 6B. The inclination of the moving direction of the front connector 1060 becomes slight with respect to the original inserting/removing direction of the front connector 1060 between units (here, the front-rear direction), and the front 1060 between the units and the rear unit of the game panel 1100A (front unit 6A) Connection and disconnection with the 6B inter-unit connector post 1150 can be made smooth. For this reason, when the game panel 1100A (front unit 6A) is attached or removed, the work involved in electrical connection with the rear unit 6B is easy. ) can be easily attached and detached, and the pachinko machine 1 capable of reliably achieving the above-described effects can be provided.

In addition, since the game panel 1100A (front unit 6A) has an inter-unit connector front 1060 as a wiring connecting means, the second starting port sensor 2401 or the The wiring cables from the electric parts such as the big winning opening sensor 2402 are not separated, and it is possible to prevent the separated wiring cables from being caught in other members and disturbing the work. It is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the panel 1100A (front unit 6A) can be easily attached and removed.

Furthermore, as described above, the inter-unit connector front 1060 as a wiring connecting means can make it difficult for the wiring cable to get caught on other members, so that the electrical connection between the game panel 1100A (front unit 6A) and the rear unit 6B can be prevented. It is possible to eliminate the risk of disconnection in physical connection, and prevent the occurrence of problems in electrical connection.

In addition, since electrical parts such as the second start sensor 2401 and the big winning sensor 2402 are provided in a specific area of the game panel 1100A (front unit 6A), when using a transparent member as the game panel 1100A, electric The configuration (devise) for hiding the wiring cables extending from the parts can be summarized within a certain range, and the increase in cost can be suppressed. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 which can make it difficult to hinder the advantage of being transparent, exhibits the intended effect, and is highly appealing to the players.

Furthermore, according to the game board 5A of the second embodiment, the effect display device 1600 as a display unit in the game board 5A is newly provided with the connection relay board 1624, which has not been provided in the conventional pachinko machine, and the connection A display-side connector 1625 to be connected to the peripheral-side connector 1514 of the peripheral control unit 1500 is provided on the relay board 1624 . Then, the connection relay board 1624 is provided with an FPC connector 1624a to which the FPC 1626 extending from the effect display device 1600 is connected. By connecting the display-side connector 1625 with the wiring circuit of the connection relay board 1624, connection with the peripheral control board 1510 can be made by the display-side connector 1625 instead of the FPC connector 1624a. The connector 1625 can be a type of connector (for example, a drawer connector, a board-to-board connector, etc.) that can be reliably connected even by an amateur. In other words, the type of connector to be connected can be changed in the connection relay board 1624 . Therefore, in the factory of the pachinko machine 1, an expert first connects the connector of the FPC 1626 and the connector of the connection relay board 1624, and then makes the connection (insertion and removal) at the display-side connector 1625. Therefore, even an unskilled person can reliably connect the display side connector 1625 and the peripheral side connector 1514, and even an amateur can operate the peripheral control unit 1500 with respect to the effect display device 1600 without causing any trouble. can be attached and detached. As described above, the cost for reusing the effect display device 1600 can be reduced, and the pachinko machine 1 in which the effect display device 1600 can be easily reused can be provided.

In addition to connecting the connector of the FPC 1626 from the effect display device 1600 to the connection relay board 1624, the connection relay board 1624 is attached to the effect display device 1600 (shield sheet metal 1620). Even if the display-side connection connector 1625 of the connection relay board 1624 is repeatedly inserted and removed, the FPC 1626 from the effect display device 1600 does not move because the connection relay board 1624 is immovable, and noise is not likely to be picked up. Therefore, even if the peripheral control unit 1500 is replaced, noise does not occur, and the player can be entertained with a noise-free and excellent effect image, and the player's interest can be suppressed. The pachinko machine 1 can be provided.

Furthermore, since the peripheral side connector 1514 is attached to the peripheral control board 1510, there is no need to provide a connection relay board for attaching the peripheral side connector 1514 in the peripheral control unit 1500 separately from the peripheral control board 1510. An increase in the cost of the unit 1500 can be suppressed.

In addition, when the peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the performance display device 1600, the display side connector 1625 and the peripheral side connector 1514 are automatically connected, so the attachment/detachment work (replacement) of the peripheral control unit 1500 is performed. work), the electrical connection work with the performance display device 1600 can be omitted, and the attachment and detachment work of the peripheral control unit 1500 can be made easier.

In addition, since the display-side connector 1625 and the peripheral-side connector 1514 are directly connected, no wiring cable extends between the effect display device 1600 and the peripheral control unit 1500. There is no possibility of being caught or caught between parts, there is no risk of disconnection between the performance display device 1600 and the peripheral control unit 1500, and the performance image from the peripheral control board 1510 is reliably displayed in the performance display device 1600.例文帳に追加It is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 capable of suppressing a decline in interest by entertaining a player with a performance image.

Furthermore, since the ground of the effect display device 1600 (the shield sheet metal 1620) and the ground of the peripheral control unit 1500 (the ground connection portion 1513 of the peripheral control board 1510) are electrically connected by the ground metal fitting 1623, noise is reduced. , and the operation of electric circuits in the effect display device 1600 and the peripheral control board 1510 can be stabilized.

Further, when the peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the performance display device 1600, the tip of the ground metal fitting 1623 attached to the shield metal plate 1620 elastically contacts the ground connection portion 1513 of the opposite peripheral control board. and the peripheral control board 1510 can be automatically grounded, making the connection work even easier.

Furthermore, since the peripheral control unit 1500 can be attached to and detached from the performance display device 1600 with the attachment piece 1521 provided on one end side of the peripheral control board box 1520 as the center of rotation, the attachment piece 1521 can The peripheral control unit 1500 can be positioned with respect to the performance display device 1600, and the attaching/detaching work of the peripheral control unit 1500 can be facilitated.

In addition, when attaching and detaching the peripheral control unit 1500 to and from the effect display device 1600, since the mounting piece 1521 of the peripheral control board box 1520 in the peripheral control unit 1500 is the center of rotation, the peripheral control unit 1500 is rotated toward the display side connector 1625. The side connector 1514 moves in an arc, but since the mounting piece 1521 is provided at a position far from the peripheral side connector 1514, the inclination of the peripheral side connector 1514 in the moving direction is equal to that of the display side connector. 1625 and the peripheral-side connector 1514 in the inserting/removing direction (here, the front-rear direction), the peripheral-side connector 1514 can be smoothly and directly connected to the display-side connector 1625, and the peripheral control unit 1500 can be easily attached and detached.

Furthermore, as described above, the performance display device 1600 as a display unit and the peripheral control unit 1500 can be easily attached and detached, so that the following excellent effects can be obtained. More specifically, on the side of the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, there is a case where the pachinko machine with a predetermined game specification installed in the island facilities is once desired to be changed to a machine with a different game specification. In such a case, the pachinko machine maker takes over the pachinko machine from the game hall side to the factory, cleans it, changes it to the desired game specifications, and ships it to the game hall side. However, when the pachinko machine is brought back to the factory, it takes time to return the pachinko machine whose game specifications have been changed. There was a problem that the operation rate decreased and the burden was placed on the game hall side. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, even an amateur can easily attach and detach the performance display device 1600 and the peripheral control unit 1500. When it is desired to change the machine type, the staff of the game hall or the like can remove and replace the peripheral control unit 1500 while the pachinko machine 1 is attached to the island facility, and the game specifications and the game specifications can be changed without replacing the entire pachinko machine 1.例文帳に追加It is possible to easily change the model. Also, in the pachinko machine 1, since the peripheral control unit 1500 can be replaced while the performance display device 1600 remains as it is, the cost required for changing the game specifications and model can be reduced compared to the case of replacing the entire pachinko machine 1.例文帳に追加be able to. Needless to say, it is necessary to replace the main control unit 1300 having the main control board 1310 for controlling the game when changing the game specifications or the model.

In addition, as described above, the effect control unit can be replaced in the game hall without taking the pachinko machine 1 back to the factory. In addition, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the operating rate of the pachinko machine (island facility) in the game hall, and to reduce the burden on the game hall side.

In addition, since the tip side of the grounding metal fitting 1623 is branched into a plurality of parts like a fork so as to make elastic contact with the grounding connection portion 1513 of the peripheral control board 1510, contact failure may occur due to an increase in the contacting portion. can be reduced, and the ground connection between the effect display device 1600 and the peripheral control board 1510 can be ensured.

Furthermore, according to the game board 5A of the second embodiment, since the metal outer rail 1001 in the front structural member 1000A of the front unit 6A of the game board 5A guides the game ball B into the game area 5a, Generation of static electricity due to contact with the game ball B can be reduced compared to the case of guiding by a resin rail. The portion of the outer rail 1001 that the game ball B comes into contact with first (the portion near the downstream end) is the portion where the game ball B comes into contact with the strongest force, so that high static electricity is likely to be generated. is electrically connected to the attachment reinforcement sheet metal 1132 of the rear unit 6B via the first connection fitting 1056, the static electricity generated by the contact of the game ball B is immediately grounded. It is possible to escape via the reinforcing sheet metal 1132, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of electric discharge or short circuit between the outer rail 1001 and other members, thereby suppressing the occurrence of troubles. At this time, since the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 is provided behind the game panel 1100A, the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 can be made difficult to see from the front, the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 is not deteriorated, and troubles due to static electricity occur. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 with a good appearance while preventing

In addition, since the metal outer rail 1001 that guides the game ball B to the game area 5a is grounded via the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132, the statically charged game ball B is placed in the game area. Even if the game ball B is to be supplied into the inside 5a, static electricity can be removed from the game ball B by contacting the outer rail 1001 and being guided. Therefore, since the game ball B that is not charged can be supplied into the game area 5a, problems caused by supplying the game ball B that is charged into the game area 5a (for example, the game ball B and Problems caused by discharge or short-circuit between the sensor, problems caused by discharge or short-circuit between the game ball B and the LED or the board, etc.). It is possible to prevent the player from giving a pleasant feeling, and to suppress the decline in the player's interest in the game.

In addition, the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 is provided at a position away from the electrical parts such as the main control board 1310 and the gate sensor 2011, and the ground path of the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 penetrates the game panel 1100 and connects to the front. Therefore, the mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132 and its grounding path are kept away from the electrical components provided behind the game panel 1100A. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of electrical discharge or short circuit between the attachment reinforcing sheet metal 1132 (grounding path) and the electrical components provided behind the game panel 1100A, so that the electrical components are not damaged by static electricity. To provide a pachinko machine 1 capable of preventing the occurrence of troubles such as the occurrence of noises and making players feel uncomfortable due to the interruption of the game due to the troubles, thereby suppressing the loss of interest in the games. can be provided with certainty.

In addition, a mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132 connected to the ground is provided behind the game panel 1100A, and since the mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132 has a larger area (volume) than the outer rail 1001, the large mounting reinforcing sheet metal 1132 can It can be expected that static electricity from 1001 will be diffused and weakened (voltage will be lowered), and discharge and short-circuiting will be less likely to occur.

Further, when the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B are attached to each other, the outer rail 1001 and the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 are automatically electrically connected by the first connection fitting 1056 and the second connection fitting 1057. Therefore, the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B can be separated and attached easily, and the time required for changing the game specifications and the model by exchanging the front unit 6A can be shortened as much as possible. can be done.

Furthermore, according to the game board 5A of the second embodiment, since the game board 5A is composed of the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B that can be separated back and forth, the main body frame attached to the island facility of the game hall 4, only the front unit 6A of the game board 5A needs to be replaced, and the game specifications and model can be changed without replacing the entire game board 5A. can be easily changed, and the cost required for changing the game specifications and model can be reduced compared to the case of replacing the entire game board 5A. At this time, since the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B are inserted into the game board inserting portion 401a of the main body frame base 401 of the main body frame 4, the game board attached to the main body frame 4 can stand on its own. Even if the front unit 6A is removed from 5A and only the rear unit 6B is attached to the main body frame 4, the rear unit 6B inserted into the game board insertion part 401a of the main body frame 4 can move forward independently. You will never fall. Therefore, it is not necessary to support the rear unit 6B so that it does not fall down from the main body frame 4, and the labor involved in removing (replacement) the front unit 6A can be simplified, and workability can be improved. In this way, the front unit 6A can be easily attached to and removed from the game board 5A from the main body frame 4 of the pachinko machine 1 installed in the island facility of the game hall. Since it is possible to carry out the replacement work of the front unit 6A at the game hall without taking it to the factory, the time required for changing the game specifications and model can be shortened as much as possible, and the cost for the change can be reduced, the decrease in the operating rate of the pachinko machine 1 (island facility) in the game hall can be suppressed, and the burden on the game hall side can be reduced.

In addition, since the rear unit 6B of the game board 5A has a mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 having the same size as the outer shape of the game board 5A, the presence of the mounting reinforcement sheet metal 1132 increases the strength and rigidity of the rear unit 6B. can be enhanced. Therefore, since it is possible to easily equip the rear unit 6B with a heavy production device (a production unit such as the back side production unit 3600, the production display device 1600, etc.), a production device that can entertain the player more is provided. It is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

In addition, since the strength and rigidity of the rear unit 6B are high due to the attachment reinforcing sheet metal 1132, there is no need to share the strength with the game panel 1100A of the front unit 6A. It is possible to configure the front unit 6A with other materials, and it is possible to reduce the weight and cost of the front unit 6A.

Furthermore, since the rear unit 6B is provided with a plurality of positioning bosses 1136, when the rear unit 6B and the front unit 6A are attached to each other, the front unit 6A is guided by the positioning bosses 1136 to the rear unit 6B. The front unit 6A can be positioned at the correct position. Therefore, even if the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B are separable, there will be no problem due to misalignment between the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B. It is possible to make it easy to separate. As described above, since the pachinko machine 1 can be easily replaced with the front unit 6A, the game specifications and the model can be easily changed by replacing the front unit 6A, and the same effects as described above can be obtained. It is possible to reliably provide the pachinko machine 1 that plays

In addition, since the plurality of positioning bosses 1136 are composed of a first positioning boss 1136a and a second positioning boss 1136b having different forward projection lengths, the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B can be attached to each other. At this time, the first positioning boss 1136a protruding forward for a long time initially guides the front unit 6A, and as the front unit 6A approaches the rear unit 6B, the second positioning boss 1136a with a short protruding length guides the front unit 6A. 1136b also guides the front unit 6A, and the front unit 6A can be guided in multiple stages with respect to the rear unit 6B. Accordingly, at the initial stage, the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B can be roughly aligned, so that the mounting operation of the front unit 6A and the rear unit 6B can be facilitated. can.

Further, since the front unit 6A is provided with a certificate stamp pasting portion 1012 to which a certificate stamp is stuck, the front unit 6A (first front unit 6A1) of the game board 5A which was initially attached to the main body frame 4 also has a certificate stamp. Therefore, by comparing the content written on the certificate stamp with the content of the management sticker pasted on the management sticker pasting section 1301 of the main control unit 1300 of the rear unit 6B, the front unit 6A can be confirmed, and attachment of the wrong front unit 6A or the incorrect front unit 6A can be avoided.

[13. Details of the center role on the game board]
Next, details of the center accessory 2500 provided on the game board 5 and the game board 5A will be described.

[13-1. Center Accessory of First Embodiment]
The center accessory 2500 of the first embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 121 to 124 and the like. FIG. 121 is an explanatory diagram showing the center accessory of the first embodiment attached to the game panel, cut in the middle in the vertical direction, and showing the front constituent member. FIG. 122(a) is an explanatory view showing the front decoration of the center accessory in a disassembled state into a front decoration and a rear decoration, and FIG. 122(b) is a decoration composed of the front decoration and the rear decoration. It is an explanatory view showing from the front. FIG. 123 is an explanatory view showing the center accessory of FIG. 121 with the center frame placed on a table with the rear end facing down. FIG. 124 is an explanatory diagram showing a partial cross-section of a center accessory having a center frame to which a decoration different from that shown in FIG. 121 is attached.

The center accessory 2500 of the first embodiment is provided on the game board 5 of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 50 to 55 and the like. The center accessory 2500 includes a transparent frame-shaped center frame 2511 attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110), and a warp passage 2512 capable of guiding game balls B from the outside of the center frame 2511 to the inside of the frame. and a stage 2513 which is provided at the lower side within the frame of the center frame 2511 and releases the game ball B which has circulated in the warp passage 2512 into the game area 5a after rolling in the horizontal direction.

In addition, the center accessory 2500 further includes a decorative body 2570 attached to the center frame 2511 and having a predetermined decoration.

The center frame 2511 is inserted into the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100 and is provided along the inner peripheral surface of the opening 1112 to extend in the front-rear direction. A flat plate-shaped flange portion 2511b that protrudes outward from the outer periphery of the front end of the insertion portion 2511a and contacts the front surface of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100, and extends forward from the flange portion 2511b and flows down the game area 5a. An inflow restricting portion 2511c that restricts the game ball B from flowing into the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100, and a flat support portion 2511d projecting from the inner circumference of the front end of the insertion portion 2511a. have.

The rear end of the center frame 2511 (insertion portion 2511a) is positioned forward of the rear end (rear surface) of the game panel 1100 (panel holder 1120). The rear end of the center frame 2511 may not protrude rearward from the rear surface of the game panel 1100 or may protrude rearward from the rear surface of the game panel 1100 .

As shown in FIG. 121, the decorative body 2570 includes a flat transparent front plate 2571 attached to the front end of the center frame 2511, a front decorative portion 2572 attached to the front surface of the front plate, and the center frame 2511 (insert and a rear decorative portion 2573 provided in front of the rear end of the portion 2511a). In other words, the decorative body 2570 is provided so as to extend into the frame of the center frame 2511, and has a rear decorative portion 2573 provided in front of the rear end of the center frame 2511 and a and a front decorative portion 2572 provided so as to overlap at least a part of the front. The front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573 are decorated in harmony with each other.

The front plate 2571 is provided such that its rear surface contacts the front end surface of the inflow restricting portion 2511c. This front plate 2571 forms a ball passage 2517 through which the game ball B can flow between the support portion 2511d.

As shown in FIG. 122, the front decoration portion 2572 of the decoration body 2570 is decorated with a predetermined pattern (here, a pattern in which a cloud-like design is arranged around the demon's face). The front decorative portion 2572 includes a transparent transmissive portion 2572a provided in front of the ball passage 2517, and a point-like opaque transparent portion 2572a which is provided in the transmissive portion 2572a and constitutes a part of the design as decoration. and a plurality of dot portions 2572b (see FIG. 122(a)).

A transparent portion 2572a of the front decorative portion 2572 is formed to be colorless and transparent or colored and transparent. The colored transparent transparent portion 2572a is colored in the same color as the pattern so as to constitute a part of the pattern. In this embodiment, the transparent portion 2572a of the demon's face portion is colored and transparent, and the transparent portion 2572a of the cloud design portion is colorless and transparent.

Each dot portion 2572b of the front decorative portion 2572 is colored in the same color as the pattern. As shown in FIG. 122(a) in an enlarged manner, the plurality of dot portions 2572b are formed in a circular shape one by one, and are spaced from each other diagonally at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to the horizontal at the same interval as the diameter thereof. It is set open.

The rear decorative portion 2573 is attached to the rear side of the transparent support portion 2511d in the center frame 2511. As shown in FIG. The rear decorative portion 2573 is provided so as to extend into the frame of the frame-shaped insertion portion 2511 a of the center frame 2511 . The decoration of the rear decoration part 2573 is opaquely applied with the same pattern as that of the front decoration part 2572 provided in front. In addition, when the game panel 1100 is a transparent member, the rear decoration part 2573 may be on the back surface of the game panel 1100 . In this case, there is an effect that the area for decoration can be widened.

The front decorative portion 2572 and the rear decorative portion 2573 are formed by printing decorative patterns on a transparent resin film. The front decorative portion 2572 and the rear decorative portion 2573 of this embodiment are formed in a film shape.

As shown in FIG. 122(b), when viewed from the front (front), the decoration body 2570 has a rear decoration portion 2573 provided behind through a transparent transmission portion 2572a in the decoration (pattern) of the front decoration portion 2572. Since the decoration (picture) is visible, the pattern of the rear decorative portion 2573 supplements the transparent portion 2572a, so that the original pattern without the transparent portion 2572a can be seen.

On the other hand, when the game ball B flows through the ball passage 2517 provided between the front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573, the game ball B can be seen through the transparent transmission part 2572a of the front decoration part 2572. As a result, it is possible to avoid giving the player a sense of distrust or anxiety due to the game ball B being out of sight, even if only temporarily, and the enjoyment of the game with the game ball B reduces interest. can be suppressed.

The decorative body 2570 of this embodiment is attached to the center frame 2511 at a portion forward of the rear end of the insertion portion 2511a. In other words, when the decorative body 2570 is attached to the center frame 2511, the decorative body 2570 does not partially protrude rearward from the rear end of the center frame 2511. FIG. As a result, as shown in FIG. 123, when the center frame 2511 to which the decorative body 2570 is attached is placed on the table TA with the rear end of the center frame 2511 facing down, only the rear end surface of the insertion portion 2511a is placed on the table TA. abut (touch)

Although the details are omitted, the center accessory 2500 of this embodiment includes a pattern display device 2518, a first sorting device 2530, a second sorting device 2540, a lottery accessory 2550, etc. in addition to the decorative body 2570. It is attached to frame 2511 . The symbol display 2518 displays a special symbol, a fourth symbol, etc. drawn by receiving the game ball B into the first starting port 2003 or the second starting port 2004 .

Further, although detailed illustration is omitted, solenoids such as the first distribution solenoid 2534 of the first distribution device 2530 attached to the center frame 2511 and the second distribution solenoid 2544 of the second distribution device 2540 , and its metal case is positioned at the rear end. As a result, when the center frame 2511 (center accessory 2500) is placed on the table TA with the rear end of the center frame 2511 (center accessory 2500) facing down, the sturdy metal case of the solenoid comes into contact with the table TA, making it difficult to damage during assembly work. be able to. At this time, a resin cover may be provided to cover the metal case of the solenoid.

Further, although not shown, the center accessory 2500 is provided with wiring connected to an LED board, a relay board, a solenoid, and the like. The wiring is provided along the insertion portion 2511a of the center frame 2511 of the center accessory 2500 and is provided so as to be hidden by the decoration of the decorative body 2570. As shown in FIG. As a result, deterioration in appearance due to the wiring being visible to the player is suppressed. It should be noted that the insertion portion 2511a of the center frame 2511 may be formed in a double-wall shape, and the wiring may be passed between the walls. In this case, it is desirable to use a flexible flat cable (FFC) as wiring.

In addition, in the above-described embodiment, the transmissive portion 2572a and the dot portion 2572b may be reversed. More specifically, the transmissive portion 2572a may be an opaque patterned portion, and the dot portion 2572b may be a transparent portion.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the transmissive portion 2572a is a transparent portion, but it is not limited to this, and may be a portion penetrating back and forth.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the front decoration portion 2572 having the transparent portion 2572a and the dot portion 2572b as decoration (picture) and the rear decoration portion 2573 having the decoration (picture) to supplement the transparent portion 2572a. The decorative body 2570 is provided on the center frame 2511 of the center accessory 2500, but it is not limited to this, and the starting unit 2100, the side unit 2200, the attacker unit 2400, the back unit 3000, etc. You may make it provide the decoration body 2570 to.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, as the decoration of the front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573 that constitute the decoration body 2570, a pattern is printed on a transparent film. A center accessory 2500 having a center frame 2511 to which a decorative body 2570A is attached as shown in FIG. 124 may be used. The decorative body 2570A is mounted within a flat plate-shaped front decorative portion 2572 attached to the front end of the inflow restricting portion 2511c of the center frame 2511 and a frame-shaped insertion portion 2511a behind the front decorative portion 2572. and a rear decorative portion 2573 that is three-dimensionally formed.

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573 of the decoration body 2570A are each decorated with three-dimensionally shaped decorations. The front decorative portion 2572 and the rear decorative portion 2573 are each provided with decorations that coordinate with each other. In addition, the front decorative portion 2572 and the rear decorative portion 2573 are provided so as to at least partially overlap each other when viewed from the front.

The decorative body 2570A (rear decorative portion 2573) is provided forward of the rear end of the center frame 2511. As shown in FIG. Therefore, when the decorative body 2570A is attached to the center frame 2511, no part of the decorative body 2570A protrudes rearward from the rear end of the center frame 2511. FIG.

The decorative body 2570A may be formed by molding pre-colored resin, or may be formed by painting or attaching a seal after molding. Metallic pigments or plating may be used as the decoration of the decoration body 2570A, and the glittering decoration can strongly attract the player's interest, thus providing the pachinko machine 1 with high appeal to the player. can provide.

Alternatively, as the decorative body 2570A, a part of the rear decorative portion 2573 may protrude forward to the same position as the front decorative portion 2572 . This makes it possible to make it easier to give a sense of depth to the decorative body 2570A, thereby enhancing the decorative effect.

According to this embodiment, a transparent center frame 2511 attached to the game panel 1100 of the game board 5 has a rear decorative portion 2573 provided in front of the rear end of the center frame 2511, and the rear decorative portion 2573 Since the decoration body 2570 including the front decoration part 2572 provided so as to overlap at least a part of the front part is provided, the center frame 2511 is transparent, so that the decoration body 2570 is made relatively conspicuous by making it inconspicuous. In addition, by partially overlapping the front decorative portion 2572 and the rear decorative portion 2573 of the decorative body 2570, the boundary between the decoration of the front decorative portion 2572 and the decoration of the rear decorative portion 2573 can be made difficult to understand. Thus, the decoration by the front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573 can be shown to the player in good condition. As a result, the decoration body 2570 having a high decorative effect can be formed by the front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573, so that the decoration body 2570 can strongly attract the player's interest and make it difficult for the player to get bored. , it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of suppressing the decline in interest of the player.

In addition, according to the present embodiment, a portion of the front decoration portion 2572 (a portion in front of the ball passage 2517) of the decoration body 2570 is made up of the transmission portion 2572a and the plurality of dot portions 2572b. In addition, since a rear decorative portion 2573 decorated with decorations (decoration with the same pattern) that cooperates with the decoration of the front decorative portion 2572 is provided behind the relevant part, the rear decorative portion 2573 can be seen through the transparent transparent portion 2572a. By supplementing the part of the transparent part 2572a, one good decoration (picture) can be shown as if the transparent part 2572a does not exist. can entertain.

Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, as described above, the decoration of the portion in front of the ball passage 2517 in the front decoration portion 2572 is composed of the transparent portion 2572a and the plurality of dot portions 2572b. can be viewed from the front through the transparent portion 2572a. Thus, when the game ball B is not flowing through the ball passage 2517, the decoration of the rear rear decoration part 2573 can be seen through the transmission part 2572a, so that the good decoration by the front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573 can be enjoyed. On the other hand, when the game ball B is circulating in the ball passage 2517, the game ball B is visually recognized through the transmission part 2572a, and the game ball B becomes invisible, thereby giving the player a sense of distrust and anxiety. This can be avoided, and the game with the game ball B can be enjoyed and the decrease in interest can be suppressed.

Further, according to the present embodiment, since the rear decorative portion 2573 of the decorative body 2570 is provided forward of the rear end of the center frame 2511, the center frame 2511 can be attached to the center frame 2511 while the decorative body 2570 is attached to the center frame 2511. When placed on the table TA with the rear end facing down, only the rear end surface of the insertion portion 2511a contacts the table TA. Therefore, when the center frame 2511 is put on the table TA with the rear end side down and the assembly work or disassembly work is performed, the center frame 2511 does not rattle and the pachinko machine 1 can be easily assembled. can do.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, since the rear decorative portion 2573 of the decorative body 2570 is provided forward of the rear end of the center frame 2511, the decorative body 2570 does not protrude rearward beyond the rear end of the center frame 2511. As a result, the space behind the center frame 2511 (game panel 1100) can be easily secured. Therefore, it is possible to provide a large decorative body, a movable decorative body, or the like behind the center frame 2511, thereby facilitating the construction of the pachinko machine 1 capable of further entertaining the players.

Further, according to this embodiment, since the symbol display 2518 for displaying special symbols is attached to the center frame 2511, the symbol display 2518 can be attached to the game panel 1100 together with the center frame 2511. As compared with the case where the pattern display device 2518 is attached separately, the labor required for assembling the pachinko machine 1 can be saved.

The decoration of the center frame 2511 (decorative body 2570, decorative body 2570A) may be coordinated with the decoration applied to the game panel 1100. FIG.

[13-2. Center role of the second embodiment]
The center accessory 2500 of the second embodiment will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. 125 and the like. FIG. 125(a) is an explanatory view of the main part of the center accessory of the second embodiment viewed from inside the frame, (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in (a), and (c ) is an explanatory view showing the center accessory of (a) with the rear end facing down and the center frame placed on a table.

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the center accessory 2500 of the second embodiment is a transparent frame-shaped center attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100 (panel board 1110), similar to the center accessory 2500 of the first embodiment. A frame 2511, a warp passage 2512 capable of guiding the game ball B from the outside of the center frame 2511 to the inside of the frame, and the game ball B circulating through the warp passage 2512 provided at the lower side of the frame of the center frame 2511. , and a stage 2513 for releasing into the game area 5a after rolling in the horizontal direction.

In addition, the center accessory 2500 further includes a decorative body 2580 attached to the center frame 2511 and having a predetermined decoration.

The center frame 2511 is inserted into the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100 and is provided along the inner peripheral surface of the opening 1112 to extend in the front-rear direction. A flat plate-shaped flange portion 2511b that protrudes outward from the outer periphery of the front end of the insertion portion 2511a and contacts the front surface of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100, and extends forward from the flange portion 2511b and flows down the game area 5a. An inflow restricting portion 2511c that restricts the game ball B from flowing into the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100, and a flat support portion 2511d projecting from the inner circumference of the front end of the insertion portion 2511a. have.

The rear end of the center frame 2511 (insertion portion 2511a) is positioned forward of the rear end (rear surface) of the game panel 1100 (panel holder 1120). The rear end of the center frame 2511 may not protrude rearward from the rear surface of the game panel 1100 or may protrude rearward from the rear surface of the game panel 1100 .

The decoration body 2580 includes a front decoration portion 2581, a rear decoration portion 2582, a transparent front cover 2583 covering the front side of the rear decoration portion 2582, and a transparent front cover 2583 provided on the rear side of the rear decoration portion 2582. A flat diffuser lens 2584 capable of irradiating the diffused light forward, a transparent rear cover 2585 attached to the rear side of the front cover 2583 so as to cover the diffuser lens 2584 from behind, and and an LED substrate 2586 on which an LED 2586a for emitting light is mounted.

The front decorative portion 2581 is provided forward of the rear decorative portion 2582 . The front decorative portion 2581 is attached to the center frame 2511 behind the transparent support portion 2511d.

The rear decorative portion 2582 extends into the frame of the center frame 2511 and partially protrudes rearward beyond the rear end of the center frame 2511 (insertion portion 2511a).

The front decorative portion 2581 and the rear decorative portion 2582 are decorated in harmony with each other, and are provided so as to at least partially overlap when viewed from the front. Although illustration is omitted, the decoration of the front decorative portion 2581 and the decoration of the rear decorative portion 2582 are each provided with a pattern corresponding to a single pattern, with the portions overlapping each other as a boundary in front view. .

The front decorative portion 2581 and the rear decorative portion 2582 are formed entirely opaque. In other words, the front decorative portion 2581 and the rear decorative portion 2582 are composed of opaque portions. In addition, the front decorative portion 2581 and the rear decorative portion 2582 are translucent. It should be noted that the front decoration portion 2581 and the rear decoration portion 2582 may be partially provided with a transparent transparent portion (transmissive portion).

The front decorative portion 2581 and the rear decorative portion 2582 are formed by printing decorative patterns on a transparent resin film. The front decorative portion 2581 and the rear decorative portion 2582 of this embodiment are formed in a film shape.

The LED board 2586 is provided behind the front decorative portion 2581 . As a result, the LED board 2586 and the wiring connected to the LED board 2586 are hidden by the front decorative portion 2581 so as to be invisible from the front. The LED board 2586 can light-embellish the rear decorative portion 2582 by causing a plurality of mounted LEDs 2586a to emit light.

The decorative body 2580 of this embodiment partially protrudes rearward from the rear end of the center frame 2511 when attached to the center frame 2511 . As a result, as shown in FIG. 125(c), when the center frame 2511 with the decorative body 2580 attached thereto is placed on the table TA with the rear end of the center frame 2511 facing down, the decorative body 2580 (rear decorative portion 2582) abuts (touches) the base TA, and a part of the rear end of the center frame 2511 abuts on the base TA.

Although the details are omitted, the center accessory 2500 of the present embodiment includes a pattern display 2518, a first sorting device 2530, a second sorting device 2540, a lottery accessory 2550, etc. in addition to the decorative body 2580. It is attached to frame 2511 . The symbol display 2518 displays a special symbol, a fourth symbol, etc. drawn by receiving the game ball B into the first starting port 2003 or the second starting port 2004 .

Further, although detailed illustration is omitted, solenoids such as the first distribution solenoid 2534 of the first distribution device 2530 attached to the center frame 2511 and the second distribution solenoid 2544 of the second distribution device 2540 , and its metal case is positioned at the rear end. As a result, when the center frame 2511 (center accessory 2500) is placed on the table TA with the rear end of the center frame 2511 (center accessory 2500) facing down, the sturdy metal case of the solenoid comes into contact with the table TA, making it difficult to damage during assembly work. be able to. At this time, a resin cover may be provided to cover the metal case of the solenoid.

In the above-described embodiment, the insertion portion 2511a of the center frame 2511 may be formed in a double-wall shape, and the wiring of the LED substrate 2586 may be passed between the walls. In this case, it is desirable to use a flexible flat cable (FFC) as wiring.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, as the decoration of the front decoration portion 2581 and the rear decoration portion 2582 that constitute the decoration body 2580, a pattern is printed on a transparent film, but the invention is not limited to this. The front decorative portion 2581 and the rear decorative portion 2582 may be three-dimensionally shaped. Alternatively, the configuration of the decoration body 2570 shown in FIG. 122 may be applied to this embodiment.

According to this embodiment, the transparent center frame 2511 attached to the game panel 1100 of the game board 5 has a rear decorative portion 2582 partially protruding rearward from the rear end of the center frame 2511, and a rear decorative portion Since the decoration body 2580 including the front decoration part 2581 provided in front of the 2582 is provided, the decoration body 2580 can be relatively conspicuous because the center frame 2511 is transparent, making it inconspicuous. In addition, the front decoration part 2581 and the rear decoration part 2582 of the decoration body 2580 allow the player to see a deep decoration. At this time, the rear decorative portion 2582 and the front decorative portion 2581 are decorated in cooperation with each other, and are provided so that each part overlaps when viewed from the front. Sometimes, it is possible to obscure the boundary between the decoration of the front decoration part 2581 and the decoration of the rear decoration part 2582, and to show the player the large decoration by the front decoration part 2581 and the rear decoration part 2582 in a good condition. The rear decorative portion 2582 and the front decorative portion 2581 can form a large, deep decorative body 2580 with a high decorative effect. Therefore, since the center frame 2511 can be provided with the decorative body 2580 with a high decorative effect, the decorative body 2580 can strongly attract the player's interest and make it difficult for the player to get tired of the game, thereby suppressing the decline in the player's interest. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of

Further, according to this embodiment, since the rear decoration part 2582 that constitutes the decoration body 2580 is extended into the frame of the center frame 2511, the rear decoration part 2582 extends the game area in front of the game panel 1100. A player can enjoy the game with the game ball B in the game area 5a in a good condition without narrowing the game area 5a or making it difficult to see the game ball B flowing down the game area 5a.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, since the rear decoration part 2582 constituting the decoration body 2580 is extended within the frame of the center frame 2511, the effect display device provided behind the game panel 1100 1600, for the back front effect unit 3300, the back back effect unit 3400, etc., the periphery of the effect display device 1600 (display screen) is decorated, and the decoration body (movable decoration) of the back front effect unit 3300 and the back back effect unit 3400 It is possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 capable of displaying or performing decoration (performance) with a higher decorative effect in cooperation with the player's body, and capable of strongly attracting the interest of the player. .

Further, according to the present embodiment, since the wiring of electronic components such as the LED substrate 2586 is made difficult to see from the front by the opaque portion of the decorative body 2580, the wiring can be hidden by the opaque portion. The appearance can be prevented from deteriorating, and the decorative effect of the decorative body 2580 can be more easily exhibited.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, since the decoration 2580 (front decoration portion 2581) is provided in front of the LED board 2586, the LED board 2586 can be hidden by the decoration 2580 (decoration). It is possible to prevent the LED board 2586 from being seen and to make the appearance worse, and it is possible to make it easier to exhibit the decorative effect of the decoration body 2580 .

Further, according to this embodiment, since the symbol display 2518 for displaying special symbols is attached to the center frame 2511, the symbol display 2518 can be attached to the game panel 1100 together with the center frame 2511. As compared with the case where the pattern display device 2518 is attached separately, the labor required for assembling the pachinko machine 1 can be saved.

The decoration of the center frame 2511 (decorative body 2580) may be linked with the decoration applied to the game panel 1100. FIG.

[13-3. Center accessory of the third embodiment]
Next, the center accessory 2500A of the third embodiment will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 126 to 129 and the like. FIG. 126 is a front view showing the game board provided with the center accessory according to the third embodiment, with the rear side of the game panel omitted. 127 is an exploded perspective view of the central accessory and the game panel of FIG. 126, viewed from the front. 128 is an exploded perspective view of the center accessory of FIG. 126, viewed from the front. FIGS. 129(a) to (g) are explanatory diagrams showing various joining patterns between the first frame and the second frame in the center accessory. In the following description, the same components as those of the center accessory 2500 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

The center accessory 2500A of the third embodiment, as shown in FIG. Installed on the front. It should be noted that the game panel 1100 of this embodiment is made up of a single plate material, as shown in FIG.

The center accessory 2500A includes a transparent center frame 2700 formed in a frame shape, a warp path 2512 capable of guiding game balls B from the outside of the center frame 2700 to the inside of the frame, and a A stage 2513 is provided on the lower side and releases the game ball B, which has flowed through the warp passage 2512, into the game area 5a after rolling in the left-right direction. Although the details will be described later, the frame-shaped center frame 2700 is divided into a plurality of frames in the circumferential direction of the frame. In this embodiment, a decoration body 2570 shown in FIG. 122 and a decoration body 2580 shown in FIG. 125 may be provided. Also, the decoration of the center frame 2700 (decoration body 2570, decoration body 2570A, decoration body 2580) may be coordinated with the decoration applied to the game panel 1100. FIG.

In addition, the center accessory 2500A has a connecting/holding portion 2710 that connects adjacent frames of the plurality of frames forming the center frame 2700 .

Furthermore, the center role 2500A includes a pattern display 2518 that displays the lottery result of the special pattern drawn by accepting the game ball B into the first start port 2003 or the second start port 2004, the gate 2010 and the second start. It has a second starting opening unit 2720 having an opening 2004, an attacker unit 2730 having a big winning opening 2005, and a prize winning opening unit 2740 having a winning opening 2006. ing.

[13-3a. center frame]
The center frame 2700 in the center accessory 2500A of the third embodiment is provided corresponding to the edge of the opening 1112 formed in the game panel 1100, and the game ball B flowing down the game area 5a passes through the opening 1112. and a flange portion 2700b extending in a direction parallel to the front surface of the game panel 1100 from the rear end of the inflow restricting portion 2700a.

The inflow restricting portion 2700a of the center frame 2700 protrudes forward from the front surface of the game panel 1100 when the center frame 2700 is attached to the game panel 1100. As shown in FIG.

The flange portion 2700b extends in a flat plate shape to the outside or inside of the center frame 2700 depending on the position in the circumferential direction. A part of the rear surface of the flange portion 2700b is in contact with the front surface of the game panel 1100 when the center frame 2700 is attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100 .

In addition, the center frame 2700 includes a non-flange portion 2700c where the flange portion 2700b does not extend from the rear end of the inflow restricting portion 2700a to at least one of the outside and inside of the frame, and a non-flange portion 2700c extending rearward from the flange portion 2700b. and an insertion portion (not shown) inserted into the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 . At the non-flange portion 2700c, the rear surface of the inflow restricting portion 2700a coincides with the rear surface of the flange portion 2700b. The insertion portion is provided partially around the entire circumference of the center frame 2700 .

The frame-shaped center frame 2700 of this embodiment is divided into a plurality of parts in the circumferential direction. Specifically, the center frame 2700 is divided into five frames, a first frame 2701, a second frame 2702, a third frame 2703, a fourth frame 2704, and a fifth frame 2705, each of which has a similar shape. formed into a configuration. This center accessory 2500A has a connection holding portion 2710 that connects adjacent frames.

The first frame 2701 constitutes the upper part from the upper-lower middle of the upper side and the left side of the center frame 2700 . The second frame 2702 forms the lower and lower sides from the upper and lower middle of the left side of the center frame 2700 so as to be continuous with the lower end of the left side of the first frame 2701 . The third frame 2703 forms the upper part of the right side of the center frame 2700 so as to be continuous with the right end of the first frame 2701 . The fourth frame 2704 continues to the lower end of the third frame 2703 and constitutes the middle portion of the right side of the center frame 2700 . The fifth frame 2705 forms the lower part of the center frame 2700 so as to continue to the lower end of the fourth frame 2704 and the right end of the second frame 2702 .

A warp passage 2512 and a stage 2513 are attached to the second frame 2702 . A prize winning opening unit 2740 is attached to the third frame 2703 . A second starting port unit 2720 is attached to the fourth frame 2704 . An attacker unit 2730 is attached to the fifth frame 2705 .

A first frame 2701 and a second frame 2702 will be described in detail below as representatives of the plurality of frames forming the center frame 2700 .

First, the first frame 2701 of the center frame 2700 is made transparent. The first frame 2701 is formed so as to constitute the upper part and the upper part of the left side in the vertical direction in the center frame 2700 (center accessory 2500A).

The first frame 2701 is provided so as to correspond to the edge of the opening 1112 formed in the game panel 1100, and restricts the game balls B flowing down the game area 5a from flowing into the opening 1112. a first inflow restricting portion 2701a, a flat first flange portion 2701b connected to the rear end of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and extending along the front surface of the game panel 1100, and the first inflow restricting It has a first non-flange portion 2701c where the first flange portion 2701b is not provided on at least one of the outside and inside of the frame at the rear end of the portion 2701a.

The first inflow regulating portion 2701a of the first frame 2701 is linearly inclined so that the right side of the upper side near the center in the left-right direction becomes lower to the right, and the left side of the portion becomes lower as it goes to the left. It bends in multiple stages and shifts to the left side, and the lower end of the left side extends vertically downward.

One end of the connection holding portion 2710 is detachable from the inner portion of the frame near the right end of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and the inner portion of the frame extending vertically downward from the lower left end. Mounted possible.

The first flange portion 2701b is provided so as to extend to both the outside and the inside of the frame at a portion that is linearly inclined so as to become lower rightward on the upper side of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a. In addition, the first flange portion 2701b is bent in multiple stages so as to become lower toward the left in the first inflow restricting portion 2701a so as to extend outside the frame except near the left end thereof. In the vicinity of its left end (a portion above the portion extending vertically downward from the lower left end of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a), it is provided so as to extend to the inside of the frame.

Mounting holes for mounting to the game panel 1100 are provided at appropriate positions in the first flange portion 2701b.

The first non-flange portion 2701c is provided only inside the frame at the right end of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a, and is provided outside the frame at a portion extending vertically downward from the lower left end of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a. and inside.

Next, the second frame 2702 of the center frame 2700 is made transparent. The second frame 2702 is formed so as to constitute a vertically lower portion and a lower portion of the left side of the center frame 2700 (center accessory 2500A). A warp passage 2512 and a stage 2513 are attached to the second frame 2702 .

The second frame 2702 of the center frame 2700 is provided so as to correspond to the edge of the opening 1112 formed in the game panel 1100, and the game ball B flowing down the game area 5a flows into the opening 1112. a second inflow restricting portion 2702a that restricts the movement of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a; a flat second flange portion 2702b that is connected to the rear end of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a and extends along the front surface of the game panel 1100; It has a second non-flange portion 2702c where the second flange portion 2702b is not provided on at least one of the outside and inside of the frame at the rear end of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a.

The second inflow restricting portion 2702a of the second frame 2702 is divided into left and right portions extending vertically and a right end portion of the lower side. not More specifically, the second inflow restricting portion 2702a on the left side extends downward along the left side from the upper end of the left side, moves to the lower side, and moves rightward (lower right) along the lower side so that the right end becomes lower. extended short. In addition, the second inflow restricting portion 2702a on the right side extends vertically along the right end of the lower side.

One end of the connection holding portion 2710 can be detachably attached to the portion inside the frame at the upper end of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a on the left side and the portion on the right side (right side) of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a on the right side. Mounted on.

The left second inflow restricting portion 2702a is provided with an entrance of the warp passage 2512, and a stage 2513 is provided between the left and right second inflow restricting portions 2702a.

The second flange portion 2702b is provided so as to extend inward of the frame at a portion (left side portion) extending vertically in the second inflow restricting portion 2702a on the left side. A portion extending to the lower right along the lower side of the portion 2702a is provided so as to extend to both the outside and the inside of the frame. The second flange portion 2702b is provided so as to greatly extend to the outside of the frame at the lower side, and connects the two second inflow restricting portions 2702a that are separated left and right by the portion.

Mounting holes for mounting to the game panel 1100 are provided at appropriate positions on the second flange portion 2702b.

The second non-flange portion 2702c is provided outside the frame at the portion extending vertically along the left side of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a on the left side, and is provided on the right side (right side) of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a on the right side. surface).

The second frame 2702 extends rearward from the second flange portion 2702b and further has a second insertion portion (not shown) that is inserted into the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 . The second insertion portion protrudes rearward from the second flange portion 2702b so as to connect the two left and right second inflow restricting portions 2702a. A stage 2513 is attached to this second insertion portion.

Next, the attachment of the center frame 2700 to the game panel 1100 will be described using the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 as examples. The first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 are attached to the game panel 1100 with attachment screws through attachment holes provided in the first flange portion 2701b and the second flange portion 2702b.

For example, between the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702, as shown in FIGS. It is attached to the game panel 1100 so that the part 2702a is adjacent to the part 2702a.

More specifically, the second inflow regulating portion 2702a of the second frame 2702 is located on the right side of the first inflow regulating portion 2701a of the first frame 2701 so as to slightly overlap in the vertical direction. , the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 are attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100 . In other words, the right side of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a provided with the first non-flange portion 2701c and the left side of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a provided with the second non-flange portion 2702c are They are installed facing each other. This allows the first non-flange portion 2701c and the second non-flange portion 2702c to bring the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and the second inflow restricting portion 2702a as close as possible.

By the way, in the center accessory 2500 of the first embodiment that uses the center frame 2511 that is not divided in the circumferential direction, the game area 5a on the front surface of the game panel 1100 is changed due to design changes. If it is desired to change the size, the center frame 2511 needs to be remade, which may increase the cost.

On the other hand, the center frame 2700 of this embodiment is divided into a plurality of frames (here, five of the first frame 2701 to the fifth frame 2705) in the circumferential direction of the frame. By changing the position, the size of the game area 5a can be freely changed.

Specifically, for example, when increasing the area below the second frame 2702 in the game area 5a, as shown in FIG. Install in the position moved to . This makes it possible to cope with enlargement and reduction of the game area 5a (the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100) in the vertical direction.

Alternatively, if the area to the left of the second frame 2702 in the game area 5a is made smaller, as shown in FIG. The second frame 2702 is moved to the left from the state shown in FIG. 129(a) so as to be positioned to the left of the inflow restricting portion 2701a. This makes it possible to cope with enlargement and reduction of the game area 5a (the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100) in the horizontal direction.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 129(d), the lower end of the first inflow regulating portion 2701a of the first frame 2701 and the upper end of the second inflow regulating portion 2702a of the second frame 2702 are arranged to face each other. , may be attached to the game panel 1100 by abutting each other. As a result, the left and lower areas of the second frame 2702 in the game area 5a can be made smaller than in the state of FIG. 129(a). Further, in this case, the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and the second inflow restricting portion 2702a are joined to each other, so that the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 can appear to be integrated.

Further, as shown in FIG. 129(e), a gap C is formed between the first inflow restricting portion 2701a of the first frame 2701 and the second inflow restricting portion 2702a of the second frame 2702. Also good. At this time, it is desirable to make the gap C smaller than the diameter of the game ball B. If the gap C is larger than the diameter of the game ball B, the obstacle nail N may be planted so that the game ball B does not pass through the gap C.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 129(f), the second non-flange portions 2702c where the second flange portions 2702b are not formed are also provided on the left and right sides of the second frame 2702 on the side of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a. can be As a result, the first non-flange portions 2701c are provided on both left and right sides of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a, and the second non-flange portions 2702c are provided on both left and right sides of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a. The restricting portion 2701a and the second inflow restricting portion 2702a can be brought as close as possible in the left-right direction. Therefore, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom in arranging the second frame 2702 with respect to the first frame 2701, and it is possible to correspond to the game areas 5a of various sizes due to design changes or the like. That is, the game area 5a (opening 1112 of the game panel 1100) can be easily scaled up and down in the vertical and horizontal directions.

Further, as shown in FIG. 129(g), the first flange portion 2701b may be provided on the first frame 2701 to the lower end of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a. As a result, the presence of the first flange portion 2701b can increase the rigidity of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a, so that even if the game ball B comes into contact with the first inflow restricting portion 2701a, it can be prevented from being damaged.

In this center frame 2700, a margin is provided between adjacent frames. The marginal portion is a portion (a portion of the end portion of the frame) that allows relative movement with respect to the end portions of the adjacent frames, as shown in FIG. surrounding area). If there is a possibility that the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 expands or contracts in the horizontal direction, at least two marginal portions are required to allow horizontal movement. Similarly, if the opening 1112 may expand or contract in the vertical direction, at least two margins are required to allow vertical movement. Furthermore, if there is a possibility that the opening 1112 may be enlarged or reduced in the vertical and horizontal directions, at least two vertical and at least two horizontal movable margins are required.

Specifically, the vertical direction is provided at both ends of the second frame 2702, that is, between the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 and between the second frame 2702 and the fifth frame 2705. An allowance is provided (see Figures 126-128). In addition, there are two margins in the horizontal direction at both ends of the third frame 2703, that is, between the first frame 2701 and the third frame 2703 and between the third frame 2703 and the fourth frame 2704. is provided. Although FIG. 129 shows the clearance in the vertical direction, the same applies to the clearance in the horizontal direction.

By the way, as an allowance in the left-right direction, for example, in the portion between the first frame 2701 and the third frame 2703, the top surface of the portion extending left and right in the first inflow restricting portion 2701a of the first frame 2701 is used as the game area. Since the ball B rolls, when the first frame 2701 is moved to the left and attached, a gap is formed between the first frame 2701 and the third frame 2703, and the gap prevents the game ball B from flowing. You are likely to be blocked. In such a case, the flow of the game ball B is prevented from being hindered by providing a spacer or arranging the obstructing nails N in the marginal portion. For this reason, it is more difficult to expand the game area 5a (the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100) in the horizontal direction than in the vertical direction because of the flow of the game balls B and the like.

Thus, according to this embodiment, the frame-shaped center frame 2700 in the center accessory 2500A is divided into a plurality of frames such as the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 in the circumferential direction of the frame. Therefore, when it is desired to change the size of the game area 5a due to a design change or the like, the entire center frame 2700 does not have to be remade by changing the mounting positions of the divided frames such as the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 with a high degree of design freedom.

Further, according to this embodiment, since the center frame 2700 in the center accessory 2500A is divided into a plurality of frames such as the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702, the design of the center accessory 2500A can be partially divided. In the case of systematic change, by changing only the frame corresponding to the part to be changed, the center accessory 2500A can be easily changed to a desired design, and the cost required for model change can be suppressed. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 that can easily cope with model changes.

Further, according to this embodiment, since the frame-shaped center frame 2700 is divided into a plurality of frames such as the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 in the circumferential direction of the frame, each of the game panels can be By changing the mounting position of the frame, the size of the game area 5a can be easily changed without remaking the whole center frame 2700, so that the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

Further, according to this embodiment, the frame-shaped center frame 2700 in the center accessory 2500A is divided into a plurality of frames such as the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 in the circumferential direction of the frame. When a problem occurs in the pattern display 2518, the second starter unit 2720, the attacker unit 2730, etc. provided in the center accessory 2500A, the problem can be solved without removing the entire center frame 2700 from the game panel 1100. It is sufficient to remove only the frame on which the generated unit is provided, and the labor required for maintenance work can be simplified.

[13-3b. Connection holding part]
The connection holding part 2710 connects adjacent frames in each frame of the center frame 2700 which is divided into a plurality of frames such as the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 in the circumferential direction of the frame. It is.

By the way, since the center frame 2700 of the present embodiment is configured to be divided into a plurality of frames in the circumferential direction of the frame as described above, some of the frames may become dislodged during assembly or maintenance work. It may fall and be damaged. On the other hand, in this embodiment, a connection holding portion 2710 is provided to connect adjacent frames. As shown in FIGS. 126 to 128, the connection holding portion 2710 is formed as a flexible linear (cord-like) member. The length of the connection holding part 2710 is preferably such that it does not reach the lower end of the game board 5 when the center frame 2700 is removed with the game board 5 upright, for example, from the viewpoint of drop protection.

The connection holding part 2710 of this embodiment uses a decorative spherical chain. As a result, even if the connection holding portion 2710 is visible, it can serve as a decoration due to its decorativeness, so that the overall appearance of the game board 5 does not deteriorate.

For example, between the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702, one end of the connection holding portion 2710 is detachably attached to the first inflow restricting portion 2701a of the first frame 2701, and the other is detachably attached to the second inflow restricting portion 2702 a of the second frame 2702 . The attachment of this connection holding portion 2710 is the same between other frames.

126 to 128, between the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702, between the first frame 2701 and the third frame 2703, and between the second frame 2702 and the fifth frame 2705 are connected. Although those connected by the holding portion 2710 are shown, the third frame 2703 and the fourth frame 2704 and the fourth frame 2704 and the fifth frame 2705 are also connected by the similar connection holding portion 2710. It is

According to this connection holding portion 2710, in a plurality of frames such as the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 that constitute the center frame 2700, adjacent frames are connected to each other. Even if one frame is removed, the removed frame will not drop onto the workbench, the floor, or the like, and damage to the frame due to dropping can be prevented.

In the above-described embodiment, the connecting/holding part 2710 is shown as a part that also serves as a decoration, but it is not limited to this, and it may be one that does not also serve as a decoration. In this case, it is desirable to provide the connection holding portion 2710 at a location that is hidden by the center frame 2700, the decorative body, or the like and is difficult to see from the front.

Also, in the above embodiment, the connection holding part 2710 is shown to be visible to the player, but it is not limited to this, and may be completely invisible to the player in the normal state. In other words, if the connection holding portion 2710 is provided at a portion of the center frame 2700 that is not visible to the player, it will not be seen by the player during a game.

Also, in the above embodiment, all the adjacent frames are connected by the connection holding portion 2710, but the present invention is not limited to this. A frame that does not have a connection may not be connected to an adjacent frame by the connection holding portion 2710 . For example, since the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 do not have any movable parts, maintenance is not required, and since they are light in weight, there is no risk of damage even if they fall, so there is no need to connect them. Conversely, since the third to fifth frames 2703 to 2705 have movable objects and are heavy, the need for connection increases. Therefore, the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 are not connected for simplification, and the third frame 2703 to the fifth frame 2705 are not other frames but other strong frames behind the game board 5 (game panel 1100). It is desirable to removably connect it to any member.

Further, a plurality (pieces) of connecting holding portions 2710 may be provided in the above embodiment. In this case, it is desirable to bundle a plurality of connection holding portions 2710 so that the connection holding portion 2710 does not get entangled with the obstacle nail N or the like and bend the obstacle nail N during manufacturing, maintenance, or the like.

In addition, when a plurality of connection holding portions 2710 are provided and they are connected to a plurality of locations on the back of the game board 5 (game panel 1100), the center frame 2700 can be attached to the game panel 1100 with the mounting screws removed. It becomes possible to maintain the posture of the center frame 2700 (each frame). Therefore, there is no need to support the center frame 2700 during manufacturing or maintenance, and workability is improved.

As described above, according to the present embodiment, the center frame 2700 is divided into a plurality of frames such as the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 in the circumferential direction of the frame, and then the adjacent frames are divided into the frames. are connected by the connection holding part 2710, so that when the mounting screws attached to the game panel 1100 are removed during detachment work in assembly or maintenance, a part of the frame comes off the game panel 1100 and falls. Even if it tries to do so, since it is connected to another frame by the flexible string-like connecting and holding part 2710, the connecting and holding part 2710 acts like a lifeline and the detached frame hangs. As a result, the detached frame will not drop onto the workbench, floor, or the like, and the frame will not be damaged.

Further, according to the present embodiment, since the connection holding portion 2710 is detachably attached to the first inflow restricting portion 2701a, the second inflow restricting portion 2702a, etc., the attaching portion of the connection holding portion 2710 is attached to the first inflow restriction portion. The first frame 2701 or the like can be removed from the game panel 1100 by itself by removing it from the restricting portion 2701a or the like.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, since the adjacent frames are connected by the flexible string-like connecting and holding portion 2710, for example, the first frame 2701 may be connected to the first frame 2701 by changing the design. Even if the position of the second frame 2702 is changed, the connection holding part 2710 deforms to follow the position change, so that the pachinko machine 1 with a high degree of freedom in design can be provided.

129(a), for example, as the connection holding portion 2710, a gap is provided between the first inflow restricting portion 2701a of the first frame 2701 and the second inflow restricting portion 2702a of the second frame 2702. When the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702 are attached to the game panel 1100 so that C is formed, the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and the second inflow restricting portion 2702a are connected (connected). The portion 2710 may have a function as a restricting portion that prevents the game ball B from passing through the gap C.

[14. Relationship between the present invention and the embodiment]
The game panel 1100 (see FIG. 127) on the game board 5 of the present embodiment is the game panel of the present invention, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 of the present embodiment is the opening of the game panel of the present embodiment, The symbol display 2518, the second starter unit 2720, the attacker unit 2730, and the prize winning unit 2740 are the electronic components of the present invention, and the inflow regulating portion 2700a of the center frame 2700 of the center accessory 2500A in this embodiment is the present invention. In this embodiment, the flange portion 2700b of the center frame 2700, the first flange portion 2701b of the first frame 2701, and the second flange portion 2702b of the second frame 2702 are the flange portions of the present invention. The non-flange portion 2700c of the center frame 2700, the first non-flange portion 2701c of the first frame 2701, and the second non-flange portion 2702c of the second frame 2702 respectively correspond to the non-flange portions of the present invention.

Further, the first frame 2701, the second frame 2702, the third frame 2703, the fourth frame 2704, and the fifth frame 2705 in this embodiment are the frames of the present invention, and the first inflow restricting portion 2701a in the present embodiment is the frame of the present invention. to the first inflow regulating portion, the second inflow regulating portion 2702a in the present embodiment to the second inflow regulating portion of the present invention, and the flange portions 2700b such as the first flange portion 2701b and the second flange portion 2702b in the present embodiment. The mounting hole provided corresponds to the mounting portion of the present invention, and the connection holding portion 2710 in this embodiment corresponds to the connection holding portion of the present invention.

[15. Characteristic effects of the present embodiment]
According to this embodiment, the center frame 2700 of the center accessory 2500A of the game board 5 is provided corresponding to the edge of the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 on which the game area 5a is formed on the front side. The inflow restricting portion 2700a that restricts B from flowing into the opening 1112 is composed of at least a first inflow restricting portion 2701a and a second inflow restricting portion 2702a, and flange portions 2700b ( It is attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100 via the mounting portions of the first flange portion 2701b and the second flange portion 2702b) so that the end portion of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and the end portion of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a are adjacent to each other. Therefore, by appropriately selecting the relationship between the mounting positions of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and the second inflow restricting portion 2702a with respect to the game panel 1100, the inflow restricting portion 2700a (center frame 2700) is newly manufactured. It can be attached to the game panel 1100 having openings 1112 of various sizes and shapes even without it, and the inflow restricting part 2700a (center frame 2700) can be used even if the model is different.

More specifically, for example, by attaching the end of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and the end of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a away from each other, the game panel 1100 having the large opening 1112 can be supported. . In this case, the gap C between the end of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and the end of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a is desirably large enough to prevent the game ball B from passing through. In the case of a possible size, an obstacle nail N may be planted to prevent the game ball B from passing.

Alternatively, the end of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and the end of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a are attached so that the respective side faces face each other, so that the game panel 1100 with the small opening 1112 can be supported. can. At this time, since the non-flange portion 2700c (the first non-flange portion 2701c or the second non-flange portion 2702c) is provided at the end of at least one of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and the second inflow restricting portion 2702a, Since the side surface of the end of the first inflow restricting portion 2701a and the side surface of the end of the second inflow restricting portion 2702a can be brought as close as possible, the first inflow restricting portion 2701a (first frame 2701) and second inflow restricting portion 2702a (second frame 2702) can be arranged more freely, and it is possible to easily deal with game panels 1100 having openings 1112 of various sizes.

In addition, as described above, since it is possible to correspond to the game panel 1100 having openings 1112 of various sizes, when it is desired to change the size of the game area 5a due to design change or the like, the first inflow regulation By changing the mounting position relationship between the portion 2701a (first frame 2701) and the second inflow restricting portion 2702a (second frame 2702), the size of the game area 5a can be easily changed. 1 can be increased in design freedom. Therefore, there is no need to newly manufacture an inflow restricting portion 2700a (center frame 2700) that matches the size of the game area 5a to be changed, and an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.

Furthermore, since the inflow restricting portion 2700a (center frame 2700) is composed of a plurality of frames such as the first frame 2701 to the fifth frame 2705, by appropriately setting the mounting position of each frame with respect to the game panel 1100, Effects similar to those described above can be obtained. In addition, since the inflow restricting portion 2700a is composed of a plurality of frames, if a problem occurs in a part of the frames, only the relevant frames need to be replaced, and maintenance costs can be reduced. Furthermore, since the connection holding part 2710 is provided, it is possible to prevent the frame from being damaged or damaged by falling from the game panel 1100 during assembly or maintenance of the pachinko machine 1.例文帳に追加

In addition, since the connection holding portion 2710 is formed in a flexible string-like shape, for example, the first inflow restricting portion 2701a (first frame 2701) and the second inflow restricting portion 2702a (second frame 2702) Even if the relationship of the mounting position is changed, it can be followed by the flexible deformation of the connection holding part 2710, and while preventing the frame from falling from the game panel 1100, the size of the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 and the It can correspond to the shape and the like.

In addition, since the flexible string-like connection holding portion 2710 is provided, when the frame such as the first frame 2701 is about to be detached from the game panel 1100, the connection holding portion 2710 is prevented from being flexibly deformed. , it becomes a resistance, and it is possible to suppress the immediate separation from the game panel 1100 . Then, when the frame is detached from the game panel 1100, the connection holding portion 2710 is flexibly deformed, which makes it possible to reduce the falling speed and absorb the impact, thereby preventing damage to the frame. can be done.

Furthermore, since the connection holding portion 2710 connects adjacent frames such as the first frame 2701 and the second frame 2702, one end of the connection holding portion 2710 can be connected to the game panel 1100 or other members. A plurality of frames can be handled more easily as a single unit compared to the case of connecting to , and workability in manufacturing the pachinko machine 1 or the like can be improved.

In addition, since the connection holding part 2710 is detachably attached to the frame, for example, a plurality of frames can be sequentially attached to the game panel 1100, or some frames can be removed from the game panel for maintenance or the like. In this case, by detaching or attaching the connection holding portion 2710, the frame can be easily routed and handled, and workability can be improved.

In addition, since the connection holding part 2710 is detachable, the connection holding part 2710 is connected until the frame is attached to the game panel 1100, and the connection holding part 2710 is removed after the frame is attached to the game panel 1100. is possible, and it is possible to avoid the deterioration of the appearance due to the presence of the connection holding portion 2710 .

Furthermore, electronic parts such as the pattern display 2518 are attached to at least one frame. If the frame comes off from the game panel 1100 and falls, the frame is likely to be damaged due to its weight. it will not be damaged. Therefore, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 that can reliably exhibit the effects of the electronic components attached to the frame.

[16. Regarding another feature included in this embodiment]
[16-1. First technical feature]
This specification has the following technical features different from those described above.

[16-1a. Background of the first technical feature]
As a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a center accessory having a decorative body with a predetermined decoration is attached from the front to an opening of a game panel forming a game area in which game balls can flow down, There is known one provided (for example, Patent Document A: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-074434). In the technique disclosed in Patent Document A, the appearance of the game machine is improved by the decorative body provided on the center accessory.

However, in the technique of Patent Document A, since the flat plate-shaped decoration is provided near the front end of the center role, even if the decoration is decorated with a relief-like decoration, it lacks a sense of depth, and depending on the player, it may be difficult for the player to feel the depth. There is a risk that the player will get tired of watching it and lose interest in the player.

Therefore, in view of the above circumstances, the following means provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing the decline in the player's interest by providing a decorative body with a higher decorative effect.

[16-1b. Solution for the first technical feature]
Means 1: In the game machine,
"In a game machine equipped with a game board having a game panel in which a game area in which game balls can flow down is formed,
The game board is
a frame-shaped center frame mounted from the front in an opening formed in the game panel;
a decoration attached to the center frame and having a predetermined decoration;
with
The decoration is
a rear decorative portion extending into the frame of the center frame and partly protruding rearward from the rear end of the center frame; a front decorative portion provided forward of the rear decorative portion; has
The rear decoration and the front decoration are decorated in harmony with each other."
characterized by being

Here, the "game panel" includes an "opaque panel such as plywood (plywood)", a "panel plate made of transparent resin", and a "panel plate made of transparent resin and a frame for holding the outer peripheral edge of the panel plate". and a panel holder having a shape.

In addition, the ``center frame'' includes a ``flat plate-shaped flange that can contact the front surface of the game panel, and a game ball that extends forward from the flange and flows down the game area inside the opening of the game panel. having an inflow restricting portion that restricts inflow”, “an inserting portion that is inserted into the opening of the game panel and is provided along the inner peripheral surface of the opening, and the front end of the inserting portion A flat plate-shaped flange portion that extends in a direction along the surface of the game panel and can contact the front surface of the game panel, and a game ball that extends forward from the flange portion and flows down the game area is an opening in the game panel. and an inflow regulating part that regulates the inflow into the interior of the

In addition, as the "decorative body", there are "things that are decorated with patterns by printing or painting", "things that are three-dimensionally shaped decorations", and "metallic luster like plating". "A thing decorated with", etc.

Furthermore, the "decorative body" includes "things that are decorated with light emitted by LEDs mounted on the LED board", "electronic parts provided behind (for example, LED boards, relay boards, ball sensors, magnetic Sensors, indicators (displays with special patterns), solenoids, etc.) have an opaque part to make it difficult to see the wiring from the front", "It protrudes backward beyond the rear end of the center frame. Those having electronic components (for example, LED substrates, relay substrates, ball sensors, magnetic sensors, indicators (indicators with special patterns), solenoids, etc.).

In addition, "decoration that cooperates with each other" includes "decoration that constitutes one decoration (picture) with the decoration of the front decoration part and the decoration of the rear decoration part", "the decoration of the front decoration part and the decoration of the rear decoration part". Pattern (figure) decoration that is continuous with the decoration of the front part", "The decoration of the front decoration part or the decoration of the rear decoration part complements (emphasizes) the decoration of the rear decoration part or the decoration of the front decoration part. such as decoration”, and the like.

According to the configuration of means 1, in a game machine provided with a game board having a game panel in which a game area in which game balls can flow down is formed, the game board is a frame mounted from the front in an opening formed in the game panel. and a decorative body attached to the center frame and having a predetermined decoration, the decorative body extending into the frame of the center frame and partly behind the center frame. It has a rear decoration part projecting rearward from the end and a front decoration part provided in front of the rear decoration part, and the rear decoration part and the front decoration part are decorations that cooperate with each other. It is applied. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], see the chapter [13-2. Center function of the second embodiment] and the description of FIG. 125, etc.)

As a result, the center frame attached to the game panel of the game board is provided with a rear decorative portion partially protruding rearward from the rear end of the center frame and a front decorative portion provided forward of the rear decorative portion. Since the decoration body is provided, the decoration with depth can be shown to the player by the front decoration part and the rear decoration part of the decoration body. At this time, since the rear decoration part and the front decoration part are decorated in cooperation with each other, a large decoration can be shown to the player, and the rear decoration part and the front decoration part are large and deep. A decorative body having a high decorative effect can be configured. Therefore, since the center frame can be provided with a decorative body with a high decorative effect, the decorative body can strongly attract the player's interest and make it difficult for the player to get bored, and the player's interest can be suppressed from decreasing. It is possible to provide a game machine that is possible.

In addition, since the rear decoration part that constitutes the decoration body extends into the frame of the center frame, the rear decoration part narrows the game area in front of the game panel or causes the game ball to flow down the game area. The player can enjoy the game with the game ball in the game area in a good condition without making it hard to see.

Furthermore, since the rear decoration part that constitutes the decoration body is extended into the frame of the center frame, when the performance display device, the movable decoration body, the decoration body, etc. are provided behind the game panel. , the rear decoration part can decorate the periphery of the performance display device (display screen), and cooperate with the decoration body (movable decoration body) to show decoration (performance) with a higher decorative effect, It is possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine capable of strongly attracting the interest of players.

In addition, it is desirable to provide the front decorative portion and the rear decorative portion so that at least a portion thereof overlaps when viewed from the front. As a result, the front decorative portion and the rear decorative portion, which are decorated with decorations that cooperate with each other, are provided so that they partially overlap when viewed from the front. It is possible to make it difficult to understand the boundary between the decoration of the decoration and the decoration of the rear decoration part, and the large decoration by the front decoration part and the rear decoration part can be shown to the player in a better state, and the decoration effect of the decoration body. can be enhanced.

Also, it is desirable to form the center frame transparent. Thereby, since the center frame is transparent, the center frame can be hardly seen by the player and can be made inconspicuous, and the decorations (the front decoration part and the rear decoration part) can be made relatively conspicuous, The decorative effect of the decorative body can be further enhanced.

Furthermore, the decorative body may have an opaque portion that makes the wiring of the electronic parts attached to the center frame difficult to see from the front. As a result, since the wiring of the electronic component is difficult to see from the front due to the opaque part of the decorative body, the wiring can be hidden by the opaque part, so that the visibility of the wiring can be prevented from deteriorating. , the decorative effect of the decorative body can be exhibited more easily.

Also, the decorative body may be provided in front of the LED substrate on which the LEDs are mounted. As a result, since the decorative body is provided in front of the LED board, the LED board can be hidden by the decorative body (decoration). It is possible to make it easier to exhibit the decorative effect of the decorative body.

Further, the center frame may be provided with a display capable of displaying the lottery result of the special symbols drawn by the start ball entry by the game ball in the game area. As a result, since the display for displaying the special pattern is attached to the center frame, the display can be attached to the game panel together with the center frame, and the display can be attached separately. In comparison, the labor involved in assembling the game machine can be saved.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The front decorative part and the rear decorative part are provided so that at least a part thereof overlaps when viewed from the front."
characterized by being

According to the configuration of means 2, the front decorative portion and the rear decorative portion are provided so that at least a portion thereof overlaps when viewed from the front. (Refer to the description regarding the decorative body 2580 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, the front decorative portion and the rear decorative portion, which are decorated with decorations that cooperate with each other, are provided so that they partially overlap when viewed from the front. It is possible to make it difficult to understand the boundary between the decoration of the decoration and the decoration of the rear decoration part, and the large decoration by the front decoration part and the rear decoration part can be shown to the player in a better state, and the decoration effect of the decoration body. can be enhanced.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 1 and Means 2,
It is characterized in that "the center frame is transparently formed".

According to the configuration of means 3, the center frame is made transparent. In other words, the center frame is made of a transparent member. (See the description regarding the center frame 2511 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

Thereby, since the center frame is transparent, the center frame can be hardly seen by the player and can be made inconspicuous, and the decorations (the front decoration part and the rear decoration part) can be made relatively conspicuous, The decorative effect of the decorative body can be further enhanced.

In addition, since the center frame is transparent, when the game panel is made transparent and a decorative body or effect display device is provided behind the game panel, the center frame becomes inconspicuous and can be seen through the transparent game panel. To provide a game machine capable of making a decoration body, a performance image and the like more conspicuous and entertaining a player more.

Means 4: In any one configuration from Means 1 to 3,
"The said decoration is
It has an opaque part that makes it difficult to see the wiring of the electronic parts attached to the center frame from the front.
characterized by being

Here, the "electronic parts" include "LED board", "relay board", "ball sensor for detecting game balls", "magnetic sensor", "display for displaying special symbols", "variable winning "solenoid for opening and closing the mouth", "solenoid or drive motor for moving the movable decoration", and the like.

According to the configuration of means 4, the decorative body has an opaque portion that makes the wiring of the electronic parts attached to the center frame difficult to see from the front. (Refer to the description regarding the decorative body 2580 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, since the wiring of the electronic component is difficult to see from the front due to the opaque part of the decorative body, the wiring can be hidden by the opaque part, so that the visibility of the wiring can be prevented from deteriorating. , the decorative effect of the decorative body can be exhibited more easily.

Means 5: In any one configuration of Means 1 to 4,
"The said decoration is
It is installed in front of the LED board on which the LED is mounted.”
characterized by being

According to the configuration of means 5, the decorative body is provided in front of the LED board on which the LED is mounted. (See the description regarding the LED board 2586 of the decoration 2580 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the decorative body is provided in front of the LED board, the LED board can be hidden by the decorative body (decoration). It is possible to make it easier to exhibit the decorative effect of the decorative body.

In addition, when light from the LEDs mounted on the LED board is irradiated onto the decorative body, the decorative body can be illuminated by the LED board. It is possible to entertain the person and suppress the decline of interest.

Means 6: In any one configuration of Means 1 to 5,
"In the center frame,
A display capable of displaying the lottery result of the special symbols drawn by the starting ball entry of the game ball in the game area is attached.
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 6, a display capable of displaying the lottery result of the special symbols drawn by the start ball entry of the game ball in the game area is attached to the center frame. (See the description regarding the pattern display 2518 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the display for displaying the special pattern is attached to the center frame, the display can be attached to the game panel together with the center frame, and the display can be attached separately. In comparison, the labor involved in assembling the game machine can be saved.

Means 7: In the gaming machine,
"In a game machine equipped with a game board having a game panel in which a game area in which game balls can flow down is formed,
The game board is
A frame-shaped transparent display that can display the lottery result of the special pattern drawn by the starting ball entry of the game ball in the game area is attached, and is attached from the front to the opening formed in the game panel. center frame and
It is attached to the center frame and has a predetermined decoration, and has an opaque part that makes it difficult to see the wiring of the electronic parts attached to the center frame from the front, and the LED is mounted. a decorative body provided in front of the LED board located in the
with
The decoration is
a rear decorative portion extending into the frame of the center frame and partly protruding rearward from the rear end of the center frame; a front decorative portion provided forward of the rear decorative portion; has
The rear decorative portion and the front decorative portion are provided with decorations that cooperate with each other, and are provided so that at least a portion thereof overlaps when viewed from the front.”
characterized by being

According to the configuration of means 7, in a game machine having a game board having a game panel in which a game area in which game balls can flow down is formed, the game board is configured such that a game ball starts entering the game area within the game area. A display that can display the lottery result of the special pattern drawn by the game panel is attached, and it is attached to the frame-shaped transparent center frame that is attached from the front to the opening formed in the game panel. It has a predetermined decoration and has an opaque part that makes it difficult to see the wiring of the electronic parts attached to the center frame from the front, and is provided in front of the LED board on which the LED is mounted. a decorative body extending into the frame of the center frame and partially projecting rearward from the rear end of the center frame; and a rear decorative part extending forward from the rear decorative part. and a front decorative part provided, wherein the rear decorative part and the front decorative part are provided with decorations that cooperate with each other and are provided so that at least a part of them overlaps when viewed from the front. It is.

As a result, the transparent center frame attached to the game panel of the game board is provided with a rear decorative portion partially protruding rearward from the rear end of the center frame, and a front decorative portion provided forward of the rear decorative portion. Since the decorative body is provided with the decorative part, the transparent center frame makes it inconspicuous and makes the decorative body relatively conspicuous, and the front decorative part and the rear decorative part of the decorative body are combined. A decoration with depth can be shown to a player. At this time, since the rear decorative part and the front decorative part are decorated in cooperation with each other and are provided so that each part overlaps when viewed from the front, when viewed from the front (front), The boundary between the decoration of the front decoration part and the decoration of the rear decoration part can be made difficult to understand, and the large decoration by the front decoration part and the rear decoration part can be shown to a player in a good condition, and the rear decoration part can be displayed. and the front decorative portion can form a large, deep decorative body with a high decorative effect. Therefore, since the center frame can be provided with a decorative body with a high decorative effect, the decorative body can strongly attract the player's interest and make it difficult for the player to get bored, and the player's interest can be suppressed from decreasing. It is possible to provide a game machine that is possible.

In addition, since the rear decoration part that constitutes the decoration body extends into the frame of the center frame, the rear decoration part narrows the game area in front of the game panel or causes the game ball to flow down the game area. The player can enjoy the game with the game ball in the game area in a good condition without making it hard to see.

Furthermore, since the rear decoration part that constitutes the decoration body is extended into the frame of the center frame, when the performance display device, the movable decoration body, the decoration body, etc. are provided behind the game panel. , the rear decoration part can decorate the periphery of the performance display device (display screen), and cooperate with the decoration body (movable decoration body) to show decoration (performance) with a higher decorative effect, It is possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine capable of strongly attracting the interest of players.

In addition, since the wiring of the electronic parts is difficult to see from the front due to the opaque part of the decorative body, the wiring can be hidden by the opaque part, so that the visibility of the wiring can be prevented from deteriorating. It is possible to make it easier to exhibit the decorative effect of the decorative body.

Furthermore, since the decorative body is provided in front of the LED board, the LED board can be hidden by the decorative body (decoration). , the decorative effect of the decorative body can be exhibited more easily.

In addition, since the center frame is equipped with a display for displaying special patterns, the display can be installed on the game panel together with the center frame, compared to the case where the display is installed separately. As a result, the labor involved in assembling the game machine can be saved.

As described above, according to the above solution, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing a decline in interest of the player by providing a decorative body with a higher decorative effect.

[16-1c. Relationship between Solution Means of First Technical Feature and Embodiment]
The game panel 1100 consisting of the panel plate 1110 and the panel holder 1120 in the game board 5 of the present embodiment is the game panel of the above solving means, and the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the present embodiment is the opening of the game panel of the above solving means. In addition, the center frame 2511 of the center accessory 2500 in this embodiment is the center frame of the above solution, the pattern display 2518 in this embodiment is the display of the above solution, and the decorative body 2580 in this embodiment is the above solution. The front decoration part 2581 in this embodiment is the front decoration part of the solution means, the rear decoration part 2582 in this embodiment is the rear decoration part of the solution means, and the LED board 2586 in this embodiment is These correspond to the LED substrates of the above solution.

[16-1d. Characteristic Actions and Effects of the First Technical Feature]
According to this embodiment, the transparent center frame 2511 attached to the game panel 1100 of the game board 5 has a rear decorative portion 2582 partially protruding rearward from the rear end of the center frame 2511, and a rear decorative portion Since the decoration body 2580 including the front decoration part 2581 provided in front of the 2582 is provided, the decoration body 2580 can be relatively conspicuous because the center frame 2511 is transparent, making it inconspicuous. In addition, the front decoration part 2581 and the rear decoration part 2582 of the decoration body 2580 allow the player to see a deep decoration. At this time, the rear decorative portion 2582 and the front decorative portion 2581 are decorated in cooperation with each other, and are provided so that each part overlaps when viewed from the front. Sometimes, it is possible to obscure the boundary between the decoration of the front decoration part 2581 and the decoration of the rear decoration part 2582, and to show the player the large decoration by the front decoration part 2581 and the rear decoration part 2582 in a good condition. The rear decorative portion 2582 and the front decorative portion 2581 can form a large, deep decorative body 2580 with a high decorative effect. Therefore, since the center frame 2511 can be provided with the decorative body 2580 with a high decorative effect, the decorative body 2580 can strongly attract the player's interest and make it difficult for the player to get bored, thereby suppressing the decline in the interest of the player. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of

Further, according to this embodiment, since the rear decoration part 2582 that constitutes the decoration body 2580 is extended into the frame of the center frame 2511, the rear decoration part 2582 extends the game area in front of the game panel 1100. A player can enjoy the game with the game ball B in the game area 5a in a good condition without narrowing the game area 5a or making it difficult to see the game ball B flowing down the game area 5a.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, since the rear decoration part 2582 constituting the decoration body 2580 is extended within the frame of the center frame 2511, the effect display device provided behind the game panel 1100 1600, for the back front effect unit 3300, the back back effect unit 3400, etc., the periphery of the effect display device 1600 (display screen) is decorated, and the decoration body (movable decoration) of the back front effect unit 3300 and the back back effect unit 3400 It is possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 capable of displaying or performing decoration (performance) with a higher decorative effect in cooperation with the player's body, and capable of strongly attracting the interest of the player. .

Further, according to the present embodiment, since the wiring of electronic components such as the LED substrate 2586 is made difficult to see from the front by the opaque portion of the decorative body 2580, the wiring can be hidden by the opaque portion. The appearance can be prevented from deteriorating, and the decorative effect of the decorative body 2580 can be more easily exhibited.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, since the decoration 2580 (front decoration portion 2581) is provided in front of the LED board 2586, the LED board 2586 can be hidden by the decoration 2580 (decoration). It is possible to prevent the LED board 2586 from being seen and to make the appearance worse, and it is possible to make it easier to exhibit the decorative effect of the decoration body 2580 .

Further, according to this embodiment, since the symbol display 2518 for displaying special symbols is attached to the center frame 2511, the symbol display 2518 can be attached to the game panel 1100 together with the center frame 2511. As compared with the case where the pattern display device 2518 is attached separately, the labor required for assembling the pachinko machine 1 can be saved.

[16-2. Second technical feature]
This specification has the following technical features different from those described above.

[16-2a. Background of the second technical feature]
As a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a center accessory having a decorative body with a predetermined decoration is attached from the front to an opening of a game panel forming a game area in which game balls can flow down, There is known one provided (for example, Patent Document A: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-074434). In the technique disclosed in Patent Document A, the appearance of the game machine is improved by the decorative body provided on the center accessory.

However, in the technique of Patent Document A, since the flat plate-shaped decoration is provided near the front end of the center role, even if the decoration is decorated with a relief-like decoration, it lacks a sense of depth, and depending on the player, it may be difficult for the player to feel the depth. There is a risk that the player will get tired of watching it and lose interest in the player.

On the other hand, it is conceivable to enhance the decorativeness by providing the center accessory with a three-dimensionally formed decoration in the front-rear direction, but the rear end of the decoration is behind the center accessory (center frame). If it protrudes outward, the protruding portion tends to be a hindrance during the manufacturing of the game machine, and there is a risk that the manufacturing cost will increase due to poor handling (handleability).

Therefore, in view of the above circumstances, the following means provide a game machine capable of improving handleability at the time of manufacturing while maintaining decorativeness.

[16-2b. Solution for the second technical feature]
Means 1: In the game machine,
"In a game machine equipped with a game board having a game panel in which a game area in which game balls can flow down is formed,
The game board is
a frame-shaped center frame mounted from the front in an opening formed in the game panel;
a decoration attached to the center frame and having a predetermined decoration;
with
The decoration is
a rear decorative portion extending into the frame of the center frame and provided forward of the rear end of the center frame;
a front decoration provided so as to overlap at least a part of the front of the rear decoration;
It is characterized in that it has

Here, the "game panel" includes an "opaque panel such as plywood (plywood)", a "panel plate made of transparent resin", and a "panel plate made of transparent resin and a frame for holding the outer peripheral edge of the panel plate". and a panel holder having a shape.

In addition, the ``center frame'' includes a ``flat plate-shaped flange that can contact the front surface of the game panel, and a game ball that extends forward from the flange and flows down the game area inside the opening of the game panel. having an inflow restricting portion that restricts inflow”, “an inserting portion that is inserted into the opening of the game panel and is provided along the inner peripheral surface of the opening, and the front end of the inserting portion A flat plate-shaped flange portion that extends in a direction along the surface of the game panel and can contact the front surface of the game panel, and a game ball that extends forward from the flange portion and flows down the game area is an opening in the game panel. and an inflow regulating part that regulates the inflow into the interior of the

In addition, as the "decorative body", there are "things that are decorated with patterns by printing or painting", "things that are three-dimensionally shaped decorations", and "metallic luster like plating". "A thing decorated with", etc.

Furthermore, the "decorative body" includes "things that are decorated with light emitted by the LEDs mounted on the LED substrate", "electronic parts provided behind (for example, LED substrates, relay substrates, ball sensors, magnetic Sensors, indicators (displays with special patterns), solenoids, etc.) have an opaque part to make it difficult to see the wiring from the front", "It protrudes backward beyond the rear end of the center frame. Those having electronic components (for example, LED substrates, relay substrates, ball sensors, magnetic sensors, indicators (indicators with special patterns), solenoids, etc.).

In addition, the relationship between the rear decorative part and the front decorative part that constitute the decorative body is as follows: "the rear decorative part is decorated with decorations that are coordinated with the decoration of the front decorative part"; The same decoration is given to the part as to coordinate with the decoration of the front decoration part", "The decoration different from the decoration of the front decoration part is given to the posterior decoration part", "The front decoration part is decorated The decoration of the front decoration (front decoration) has a transparent part that allows the decoration of the rear decoration part (rear decoration) to be visible", "The decoration of the front decoration part (front decoration) has a rear decoration part a transparent part where the decoration (rear decoration) is visible, and a plurality of dot parts with decorations that are provided in the transparent part and constitute a part of the front decoration", etc. are mentioned.

According to the configuration of means 1, in a game machine provided with a game board having a game panel in which a game area in which game balls can flow down is formed, the game board is a frame mounted from the front in an opening formed in the game panel. and a decorative body attached to the center frame and having a predetermined decoration, the decorative body extending into the frame of the center frame and extending from the rear end of the center frame. It has a rear decorative portion provided in front and a front decorative portion provided so as to overlap at least a part of the front of the rear decorative portion. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], see the chapter [13-1. Center role of the first embodiment] and the descriptions of FIGS. 121 to 124, etc.)

As a result, the center frame attached to the game panel of the game board has a rear decorative portion provided in front of the rear end of the center frame, and a rear decorative portion provided so as to overlap at least a part of the front of the rear decorative portion. Since the decoration body is provided with the front decoration part and the rear decoration part of the decoration body, the player can see the decoration with depth by the front decoration part and the rear decoration part of the decoration body. At this time, since a part of the rear decorative part and the front decorative part overlap each other, the boundary between the decoration of the front decorative part and the decoration of the rear decorative part is difficult to understand when viewed from the front (front). Thus, a player can see a large decoration by the front decoration part and the rear decoration part, and a large, deep decoration with a high decorative effect can be formed by the rear decoration part and the front decoration part. can. Therefore, since the center frame can be provided with a decorative body with a high decorative effect, the decorative body can strongly attract the player's interest and make it difficult for the player to get tired of the game. It is possible to provide a game machine that is possible.

In addition, since the rear decorative part is provided forward of the rear end of the center frame, there is no part that protrudes backward from the center frame and interferes with the manufacturing of the game machine, so It is possible to improve the handling (handleability) and improve the workability, thereby suppressing an increase in manufacturing costs. Specifically, for example, when the center frame is placed on a workbench or the like with the rear end side down, the center frame does not rattle. Alternatively, when handling the center frame during assembly work, transportation work, etc., since part of the decorative body does not protrude rearward from the rear end of the center frame, the part protruding from the center frame may not interfere with other members. There is no risk of damage or damage due to contact. For this reason, it is not necessary to perform the work while paying close attention, and workability can be improved.

Furthermore, since the rear decoration part constituting the decoration body is extended into the frame of the center frame, the rear decoration part narrows the game area in front of the game panel or causes the game ball to flow down the game area. The player can enjoy the game with the game ball in the game area in a good condition without making it hard to see.

In addition, since the rear decoration part that constitutes the decoration body is extended into the frame of the center frame, there is a case where the performance display device, the movable decoration body, the decoration body, etc. are provided behind the game panel. , the rear decoration part can decorate the periphery of the performance display device (display screen), and cooperate with the decoration body (movable decoration body) to show decoration (performance) with a higher decorative effect, It is possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine capable of strongly attracting the interest of players.

It is desirable that the rear decorative portion be decorated in harmony with the decoration of the front decorative portion. As a result, since the rear decoration part is decorated in cooperation with the decoration of the front decoration part, the decoration of the rear decoration part and the decoration of the front decoration part make it possible for the player to see one large decoration, The decorative effect of the decorative body can be further enhanced.

It is also desirable to make the center frame transparent. Thereby, since the center frame is transparent, the center frame can be hardly seen by the player and can be made inconspicuous, and the decorations (the front decoration part and the rear decoration part) can be made relatively conspicuous, The decorative effect of the decorative body can be further enhanced.

Also, the decorative body may have an opaque portion that makes the wiring of the electronic parts attached to the center frame difficult to see from the front. As a result, since the wiring of the electronic component is difficult to see from the front due to the opaque part of the decorative body, the wiring can be hidden by the opaque part, so that the visibility of the wiring can be prevented from deteriorating. , the decorative effect of the decorative body can be exhibited more easily.

Further, the rear decoration part is provided with the same rear decoration as the part overlapping the front decoration of the front decoration part in the front view, and the front decoration part has at least the front decoration part in the front decoration. At a part in front of the ball passage through which the game balls circulate, which is provided in part between the rear decoration portion, there is a transparent portion that allows the game balls circulating through the rear decoration and the ball passage to be visually recognized from the front. You can do it. Thereby, when the game ball is not flowing through the ball passage provided between the front decoration portion and the rear decoration portion, the transparent portion provided in front of the ball passage in the front decoration of the front decoration portion is provided. The rear decoration of the rear decoration portion provided at the rear can be visually recognized through it. At this time, since the rear decoration of the rear decoration part is the same decoration as the front decoration of the front decoration part, the rear decoration of the rear decoration part supplements the transparent part in the front decoration of the front decoration part, so that the front decoration of the front decoration part The original decoration can be shown to the player so that the decoration does not have a transparent part, and the decoration effect of the decoration body can be surely exhibited. On the other hand, when the game ball circulates through the ball passage provided between the front decoration part and the rear decoration part, the game ball can be seen through the transparent part in the front decoration of the front decoration part. In any case, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling distrust or anxiety due to the game ball being out of sight, and to enjoy the game with the game ball and suppress the decrease in interest.

Further, as described above, in the case where the transmission part is provided in the front part of the front decoration of the front decoration part in front of the ball passage, and the rear decoration part behind the transmission part is given the same rear decoration as the front decoration, the front decoration part is Alternatively, the transparent part may have a plurality of dot parts with decorations smaller than the game ball and forming a part of the front decoration. As a result, the decoration of the rear decoration seen through the transparent part in the front decoration of the front decoration is blocked by the game balls flowing through the ball passage provided between the front decoration and the rear decoration. Even if it disappears, the decoration of a plurality of dot parts provided in the transparent part in front of the game ball can be seen, thereby making the game ball in the ball passage visually recognizable to the player and making the appearance of the decoration worse. This can be avoided, and the decorative effect of the decorative body can be fully exhibited.

Also, the decorative body may be provided in front of the LED substrate on which the LEDs are mounted. As a result, since the decorative body is provided in front of the LED board, the LED board can be hidden by the decorative body (decoration). It is possible to make it easier to exhibit the decorative effect of the decorative body.

Further, the center frame may be provided with a display capable of displaying the lottery result of the special symbols drawn by the start ball entry by the game ball in the game area. As a result, since the display for displaying the special pattern is attached to the center frame, the display can be attached to the game panel together with the center frame, and the display can be attached separately. In comparison, the labor involved in assembling the game machine can be saved.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"said posterior decoration has a decoration that is in harmony with the decoration of said front decoration"
It is characterized by being

Here, "collaborating decoration" includes "decoration that constitutes one decoration (picture) with the decoration of the front decoration part and the decoration of the rear decoration part", "the decoration of the front decoration part and the decoration of the rear decoration part". Pattern (figure) decoration that is continuous with the decoration of the front part", "The decoration of the front decoration part or the decoration of the rear decoration part complements (emphasizes) the decoration of the rear decoration part or the decoration of the front decoration part. such as decoration”, and the like.

According to the configuration of means 2, the rear decoration part is provided with a decoration that cooperates with the decoration of the front decoration part. (Refer to the description regarding the decoration 2570 and the decoration 2570A in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the rear decoration part is decorated in cooperation with the decoration of the front decoration part, the decoration of the rear decoration part and the decoration of the front decoration part make it possible for the player to see one large decoration, The decorative effect of the decorative body can be further enhanced.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 1 or Means 2,
"The center frame is transparently formed"
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of means 3, the center frame is made transparent. In other words, the center frame is made of a transparent member. (See the description regarding the center frame 2511 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

Thereby, since the center frame is transparent, the center frame can be hardly seen by the player and can be made inconspicuous, and the decorations (the front decoration part and the rear decoration part) can be made relatively conspicuous, The decorative effect of the decorative body can be further enhanced.

In addition, since the center frame is transparent, when the game panel is made transparent and a decorative body or effect display device is provided behind the game panel, the center frame becomes inconspicuous and can be seen through the transparent game panel. To provide a game machine capable of making a decoration body, a performance image and the like more conspicuous and entertaining a player more.

Means 4: In any one configuration from Means 1 to 3,
"The said decoration is
It has an opaque part that makes it difficult to see the wiring of the electronic parts attached to the center frame from the front.
It is characterized by being

Here, the "electronic parts" include "LED board", "relay board", "ball sensor for detecting game balls", "magnetic sensor", "display for displaying special symbols", "variable winning "solenoid for opening and closing the mouth", "solenoid or drive motor for moving the movable decoration", and the like.

According to the configuration of means 4, the decorative body has an opaque portion that makes the wiring of the electronic parts attached to the center frame difficult to see from the front. (Refer to the description regarding the decoration 2570 and the decoration 2570A in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the wiring of the electronic component is difficult to see from the front due to the opaque part of the decorative body, the wiring can be hidden by the opaque part, so that the visibility of the wiring can be prevented from deteriorating. , the decorative effect of the decorative body can be exhibited more easily.

Means 5: In any one configuration of Means 1 to 4,
"The rear decoration part has the same rear decoration as the part that overlaps the front of the front decoration of the front decoration part when viewed from the front,
In the front decoration part, the rear decoration and the It has a transparent part that allows the game balls circulating in the ball passage to be seen from the front.
It is characterized by being

Here, the “transmissive portion” includes a “colorless and transparent portion”, a “colored and transparent portion”, a “through hole portion”, and the like.

According to the configuration of means 5, the rear decoration is provided with the same decoration as the portion overlapping the front decoration of the front decoration in the front view in front view, and the front decoration is provided with the same decoration as that of the front decoration. A game ball circulating in the rear decoration and the ball passage is visible from the front at a portion in front of the ball passage through which the game balls circulate provided at least partly between the front decoration portion and the rear decoration portion. It is intended to have a transmission portion. (Refer to the description regarding the decorative body 2570 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

Thereby, when the game ball is not flowing through the ball passage provided between the front decoration portion and the rear decoration portion, the transparent portion provided in front of the ball passage in the front decoration of the front decoration portion is provided. The rear decoration of the rear decoration portion provided at the rear can be visually recognized through it. At this time, since the rear decoration of the rear decoration part is the same decoration as the front decoration of the front decoration part, the rear decoration of the rear decoration part supplements the transparent part in the front decoration of the front decoration part, so that the front decoration of the front decoration part The original decoration can be shown to the player so that the decoration does not have a transparent part, and the decoration effect of the decoration body can be surely exhibited.

On the other hand, when the game ball circulates through the ball passage provided between the front decoration part and the rear decoration part, the game ball can be seen through the transparent part in the front decoration of the front decoration part. In any case, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling distrust or anxiety due to the game ball being out of sight, and to enjoy the game with the game ball and suppress the decrease in interest.

Means 6: In the configuration of Means 5,
"The front decoration part
It has a plurality of dot portions provided in the transparent portion and decorated with decorations that are smaller than a game ball and constitute a part of the front decoration.”
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 6, the front decoration part has a plurality of dot parts provided in the transmission part and decorated with decorations smaller than the game ball and constituting a part of the front decoration. It is. (Refer to the description regarding the decorative body 2570 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, the decoration of the rear decoration seen through the transparent part in the front decoration of the front decoration is blocked by the game balls flowing through the ball passage provided between the front decoration and the rear decoration. Even if it disappears, the decoration of a plurality of dot parts provided in the transparent part in front of the game ball can be seen, thereby making the game ball in the ball passage visually recognizable to the player and making the appearance of the decoration worse. This can be avoided, and the decorative effect of the decorative body can be fully exhibited.

Means 7: In the gaming machine,
"In a game machine equipped with a game board having a game panel in which a game area in which game balls can flow down is formed,
The game board is
a frame-shaped transparent center frame mounted from the front in an opening formed in the game panel;
a decoration attached to the center frame, having a predetermined decoration, and having an opaque portion that makes wiring of electronic components attached to the center frame difficult to see from the front;
with
The decoration is
a rear decorative portion extending into the frame of the center frame and provided forward of the rear end of the center frame;
a front decorative portion provided so as to overlap at least a part of the rear decorative portion in front;
The rear decorative portion is provided with the same rear decoration as the portion of the front decoration that overlaps the front of the front decoration in a front view in cooperation with the front decoration of the front decorative portion,
In the front decoration part, the rear decoration and the There are a transparent part through which the game balls circulating in the ball passage can be visually recognized from the front, and a decoration which is provided in the transparent part and which is smaller than the game ball and constitutes a part of the front decoration. and a plurality of dot portions that are
characterized by being

According to the configuration of means 7, in a game machine provided with a game board having a game panel in which a game area in which game balls can flow down is formed, the game board is a frame mounted from the front in an opening formed in the game panel. and a transparent center frame attached to the center frame, which is decorated with a predetermined decoration, and has an opaque part that makes it difficult to see the wiring of electronic parts attached to the center frame from the front. a decorative body, wherein the decorative body extends into the frame of the center frame and is provided in front of a rear end of the center frame; and a front decoration part provided so as to overlap, and the rear decoration part has the same decoration as the front overlapping part of the front decoration of the front decoration part in a front view in cooperation with the front decoration of the front decoration part. The front decoration is provided with a rear decoration, and the front decoration is provided at least in a part between the front decoration and the rear decoration in the front part of the ball passage through which the game balls circulate, There is a transparent part where the game balls circulating in the rear decoration and the ball passage can be seen from the front, and a decoration that is smaller than the game ball and forms part of the front decoration provided in the transparent part. and a plurality of dot portions.

As a result, the transparent center frame attached to the game panel of the game board is provided with a rear decorative portion provided in front of the rear end of the center frame, and a rear decorative portion provided so as to overlap at least a part of the front side of the rear decorative portion. Since the center frame is transparent, it is difficult to stand out and the decoration can be made relatively conspicuous, and the front decoration and the rear of the decoration are provided. With the decoration part, the decoration with depth can be shown to the player. At this time, since the rear decorative part and the front decorative part are decorated in cooperation with each other and are provided so that each part overlaps when viewed from the front, when viewed from the front (front), The boundary between the decoration of the front decoration part and the decoration of the rear decoration part can be made difficult to understand, and the large decoration by the front decoration part and the rear decoration part can be shown to a player in a good condition, and the rear decoration part can be displayed. and the front decorative portion can form a large, deep decorative body with a high decorative effect. Therefore, since the center frame can be provided with a decorative body with a high decorative effect, the decorative body can strongly attract the player's interest and make it difficult for the player to get bored, and the player's interest can be suppressed from decreasing. It is possible to provide a game machine that is possible.

In addition, the rear decoration part is provided with the same decoration as the part overlapping the front decoration of the front decoration part in the front view, and the front decoration part includes at least the front decoration part and the rear decoration part in the front decoration. In the front part of the ball passage through which the game balls circulate, which is provided in part between the and a plurality of decorated dot portions that are smaller than the size of the game ball and form a part of the front decoration, so that the front decoration portion and the rear decoration portion are separated from each other. When the game ball is not flowing through the provided ball passage, the rear decoration of the rear decoration provided behind is passed through the transparent portion provided in the front portion of the ball passage in the front decoration of the front decoration. can be visually recognized. At this time, since the rear decoration of the rear decoration part is the same decoration as the front decoration of the front decoration part, the rear decoration of the rear decoration part supplements the transparent part in the front decoration of the front decoration part, so that the front decoration of the front decoration part The original decoration can be shown to the player so that the decoration does not have a transparent part, and the decoration effect of the decoration body can be surely exhibited.

On the other hand, when the game ball circulates through the ball passage provided between the front decoration part and the rear decoration part, the game ball can be seen through the transparent part in the front decoration of the front decoration part. In any case, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling distrust or anxiety due to the game ball being out of sight, and to enjoy the game with the game ball and suppress the decrease in interest. At this time, since a plurality of dot portions constituting a part of the front decoration are provided in the transmission portion, the decoration of the rear decoration portion visible through the transmission portion in the front decoration of the front decoration portion is the front decoration portion and the rear decoration portion. The decoration of a plurality of dot parts provided in the transmission part in front of the game ball can be seen even if it is blocked by the game ball circulating in the ball passage provided between the decoration part and cannot be seen. Thus, the game ball in the ball passage can be visually recognized by the player while the appearance of the decorative body is prevented from being deteriorated, and the decorative effect of the decorative body can be exhibited sufficiently.

In addition, since the rear decorative part is provided forward of the rear end of the center frame, there is no part that protrudes backward from the center frame and interferes with the manufacturing of the game machine, so It is possible to improve the handling (handleability) and improve the workability, thereby suppressing an increase in manufacturing costs. Specifically, for example, when the center frame is placed on a workbench or the like with the rear end side down, the center frame does not rattle. Alternatively, when handling the center frame during assembly work, transportation work, etc., since part of the decorative body does not protrude rearward from the rear end of the center frame, the part protruding from the center frame may not interfere with other members. There is no risk of damage or damage due to contact. For this reason, it is not necessary to perform the work while paying close attention, and workability can be improved.

In addition, since the rear decoration part that constitutes the decoration body extends into the frame of the center frame, the rear decoration part narrows the game area in front of the game panel or causes the game ball to flow down the game area. The player can enjoy the game with the game ball in the game area in a good condition without making it hard to see.

Furthermore, since the rear decoration part that constitutes the decoration body is extended into the frame of the center frame, when the performance display device, the movable decoration body, the decoration body, etc. are provided behind the game panel. , the rear decoration part can decorate the periphery of the performance display device (display screen), and cooperate with the decoration body (movable decoration body) to show decoration (performance) with a higher decorative effect, It is possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine capable of strongly attracting the interest of players.

In addition, since the wiring of the electronic parts is difficult to see from the front due to the opaque part of the decorative body, the wiring can be hidden by the opaque part, so that the visibility of the wiring can be prevented from deteriorating. It is possible to make it easier to exhibit the decorative effect of the decorative body.

As described above, according to the above solution, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the handleability at the time of manufacturing while maintaining the decorativeness.

[16-2c. Relationship between Solution Means of Second Technical Feature and Embodiment]
The game panel 1100 consisting of the panel plate 1110 and the panel holder 1120 in the game board 5 of the present embodiment is the game panel of the above solving means, and the opening 1112 of the panel plate 1110 of the present embodiment is the opening of the game panel of the above solving means. In addition, the center frame 2511 of the center accessory 2500 in this embodiment is the center frame of the above solution, the ball passage 2517 in this embodiment is the ball passage of the above solution, and the decorations 2570 and 2570A in this embodiment. is the decoration body of the above solving means, the front decoration part 2572 in this embodiment is the front decoration part of the above solving means, the transparent part 2572a in this embodiment is the transparent part of the above solving means, and the dot part 2572b in this embodiment corresponds to the dot portion of the above solution, and the rear decoration portion 2573 in this embodiment corresponds to the rear decoration portion of the above solution.

[16-2d. Characteristic action and effect of the second technical feature]
According to this embodiment, a transparent center frame 2511 attached to the game panel 1100 of the game board 5 has a rear decorative portion 2573 provided in front of the rear end of the center frame 2511, and the rear decorative portion 2573 Since the decoration body 2570 (decoration body 2570A) composed of the front decoration portion 2572 provided so as to overlap at least a part of the front side is provided, the center frame 2511 is transparent so that it is relatively inconspicuous. The decoration 2570 (decoration 2570A) can be conspicuous, and the front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573 of the decoration 2570 (decoration 2570A) can show the player a deep decoration. At this time, the rear decorative portion 2573 and the front decorative portion 2572 are decorated in cooperation with each other, and are provided so that each part overlaps when viewed from the front. Sometimes, it is possible to obscure the boundary between the decoration of the front decoration part 2572 and the decoration of the rear decoration part 2573, so that the player can see the large decoration by the front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573 in a good condition. The rear decorative portion 2573 and the front decorative portion 2572 form a large, deep decoration 2570 (decoration 2570A) with a high decorative effect. Therefore, since the decoration 2570 (decoration 2570A) having a high decorative effect can be provided on the center frame 2511, the decoration 2570 (decoration 2570A) can strongly attract the player's interest and make it difficult for the player to get bored. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of suppressing the decline in interest of the player.

Further, according to the present embodiment, in the decorative body 2570, the rear decoration portion 2573 has the same decoration (rear decoration) as the portion that overlaps in front of the decoration (front decoration) of the front decoration portion 2572 in front view. The front decoration part 2572 is provided at least in part between the front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573 in the decoration of the front decoration part 2572. A transmission part 2572a that allows the decoration of the rear decoration part 2573 and the game ball B flowing through the ball passage 2517 to be visible from the front, and a size smaller than the game ball B provided in the transmission part 2572a. and a plurality of decorated dot portions 2572b forming part of the decoration of the front decorative portion 2572. When the game ball B is not circulating in the ball passage 2517, the decoration of the front decoration portion 2572 passes through the transmission portion 2572a provided in the front part of the ball passage 2517, and the rear decoration portion 2573 provided behind. decoration can be seen. At this time, since the decoration of the rear decorative portion 2573 is the same decoration as the decoration of the front decorative portion 2572, the decoration of the rear decorative portion 2573 supplements the transparent portion 2572a in the decoration of the front decorative portion 2572. The original decoration can be shown to the player so that the decoration does not have the transparent part 2572a, and the decoration effect of the decoration body 2570 can be surely exhibited.

On the other hand, when the game ball B is flowing through the ball passage 2517 provided between the front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573, the game ball B can be seen through the transparent part 2572a in the decoration of the front decoration part 2572. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling distrust or anxiety due to the game ball B being out of sight, even if only for a short period of time. A decrease can be suppressed. At this time, since a plurality of dot portions 2572b forming part of the decoration of the front decoration portion 2572 are provided in the transmission portion 2572a, the rear decoration portion 2573 visible through the transmission portion 2572a in the decoration of the front decoration portion 2572 Even if the decoration is blocked by the game ball B flowing through the ball passage 2517 provided between the front decoration part 2572 and the rear decoration part 2573 and becomes invisible, the transparent part 2572a in front of the game ball B is displayed. By making the decorations of the plurality of dot portions 2572b provided in the can be seen, it is possible for the player to visually recognize the game ball B in the ball passage 2517 while avoiding the deterioration of the appearance of the decoration body 2570. The decorative effect of the decorative body 2570 can be fully exhibited.

Further, according to the present embodiment, in the decoration body 2570 (decoration body 2570A), the rear decoration part 2573 is provided in front of the rear end of the center frame 2511, and protrudes rearward from the center frame 2511, whereby the pachinko machine can be used. Since there is no part that will interfere with the manufacturing of 1, it is possible to improve the handling (handleability) during manufacturing, and the increase in manufacturing costs is suppressed by improving workability. can be made Specifically, for example, when the center frame 2511 is placed on the workbench TA or the like with the rear end side of the center frame 2511 facing down, the center frame 2511 does not rattle. Alternatively, when handling the center frame 2511 in assembly work, transportation work, or the like, a part of the decoration 2570 (decoration 2570A) does not protrude rearward from the rear end of the center frame 2511, so it does not protrude from the center frame 2511. There is no risk that the part where the contact is made will be damaged or damaged by coming into contact with other members or the like. For this reason, it is not necessary to perform the work while paying close attention, and workability can be improved.

Further, according to the present embodiment, since the rear decorative portion 2573 constituting the decorative body 2570 (decorative body 2570A) is extended within the frame of the center frame 2511, the rear decorative portion 2573 can be used to open the game panel 1100. The game area 5a on the front side of the game area 5a is not narrowed and the game balls B flowing down the game area 5a are not difficult to see, and the player can enjoy the game with the game balls B in the game area 5a in a good condition. can let

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, since the rear decorative portion 2573 constituting the decorative body 2570 (decorative body 2570A) is extended within the frame of the center frame 2511, it is provided behind the game panel 1100. For the effect display device 1600, the back front effect unit 3300, the back rear effect unit 3400, etc., the periphery of the effect display device 1600 (display screen) is decorated, and the back front effect unit 3300 and the back back effect unit 3400 are displayed. To provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 capable of showing or performing decoration (performance) with a higher decorative effect in cooperation with a decoration body (movable decoration body) and capable of strongly attracting the interest of a player. can provide.

Further, according to the present embodiment, since the wiring of electronic components such as an LED substrate is made difficult to see from the front by the opaque portion of decoration 2570 (decoration 2570A), the wiring can be hidden by the opaque portion. Therefore, it is possible to prevent deterioration of the appearance due to the wiring being visible, and it is possible to make it easier to exhibit the decorative effect of the decorative body 2570 (the decorative body 2570A).

[16-3. Third technical feature]
This specification has the following technical features different from those described above.

[16-3a. Background of the third technical feature]
A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine that circulates a large number of game balls enclosed inside during play and prevents the player from touching the game balls (so-called enclosed type game machine, management game machine) is known (for example, Patent Document B: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-089489). In the technique of Patent Document B, a game board having a game area detachably provided on a main body frame and in which a game with game balls is played, and a game area are visible from the front and provided openable and closable with respect to the main body frame. A ball shooting means for shooting game balls for playing a game into a game area is provided in a portion of the main body frame outside the game board.

However, in the technique of Patent Document B, when the door frame is opened forward, the game area (game board) is opened forward, so the ball shooting means shoots game balls with the door frame open. As a result, the game balls hit into the game board are released to the outside, causing the problem of the game balls being scattered. The number of balls is reduced, and a trouble occurs such that continuous game balls cannot be shot.

In addition, in a game machine such as Patent Document B in which game balls used for games are enclosed, it is desirable to use rust-resistant stainless steel balls as game balls. Since it is mixed with conventional game machines that use balls, there is a risk that iron balls will be mixed in through the outlet of the ball shooting means during maintenance, etc., and the inclusion of iron balls may cause various inconveniences.

Therefore, in view of the above situation, the following means provide a game machine capable of preventing game balls from being released from the ball launching device to the outside when the door frame is opened. be.

[16-3b. Solution for Third Technical Feature]
Means 1: In the game machine,
"A game board that is detachably supported from the front by a main body frame and has a game area in which a game is played with game balls, and a game area of the game board that can be viewed from the front, and that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body frame. a door frame provided; a ball shooting means provided below the game board in the body frame and capable of supplying game balls to the game area; foul ball recovery means for recovering game balls that have not been supplied to the player; A game machine in which a game ball is shot by the ball shooting means based on the player's ball holding data,
A ball supply blocking means is provided for blocking supply of game balls from the ball launching means to the game board side when the door frame is open.
characterized by being

Here, the ``ball supply inhibiting means'' includes ``having a shutter that opens and closes the exit on the side of the ball shooting means when the door frame is opened'', and ``a game in which the ball is shot from the ball shooting means by the biasing force of the spring. It has a guide position that guides the ball to the foul ball recovery means, and a shutter that slides from the guide position to the non-guide position by the biasing force of the spring when pressed by the door frame moving in the closing direction. When opened, it slides from a non-guiding position to a guiding position to guide a game ball shot from a ball shooting means to a foul ball collecting means, a door opening/closing switch for detecting opening/closing of a door frame, and a door opening/closing switch ON/OFF. and an electric actuator that slides the shutter between the guiding position and the non-guiding position when the shutter is turned OFF," "stops shooting game balls by the ball launching means," "plays on the game board when the door frame opens." The game is temporarily stopped, and when the door frame is closed, the game is restarted."

According to the configuration of means 1, the game board is detachably supported from the front of the main body frame and has a game area in which a game is played with game balls, and the game area of the game board is visible from the front and is attached to the main body frame. A door frame provided to be openable and closable, a ball launching means provided below the game board in the body frame and capable of supplying game balls to the game area, and even if the ball is launched by the ball launching means, it is supplied to the game area. The player is provided with a foul ball recovery means for recovering game balls that have not been hit, and a ball circulation means for recovering the game balls shot by the ball shooting means and supplying them to the ball shooting means again. A game machine configured to shoot game balls by a ball shooting means based on held ball data, wherein the ball supply prevents the supply of game balls from the ball shooting means to the game board side when a door frame is open. A blocking means is provided. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], see [4-3. Foul Unit] and the descriptions in FIGS. 17 to 19, etc.)

As a result, the game balls shot from the ball shooting means for shooting game balls to the game area are collected by the ball circulation means and supplied to the ball shooting means, and are released from the ball shooting means based on the ball holding data of the player. In a game machine designed to shoot game balls (so-called enclosed game machine, management game machine), when a door frame provided to be openable and closable with respect to a main body frame supporting a game board is opened, a game is played. The game area of the board is exposed forward and the game balls can be released to the outside. The game balls are not released to the ball, and the game balls are not scattered. Therefore, the number of enclosed game balls does not decrease, and it is possible to avoid the occurrence of troubles such as the inability to continuously shoot game balls, so that continuous shooting of game balls to the player can be avoided. can be surely entertained, and the decline in the player's interest in the game can be suppressed.

In addition, when the door frame is open, ball supply blocking means for blocking supply of game balls from the ball shooting means to the game board side is provided. By providing a shutter that closes the side exit, the game ball fired from the ball shooting means when the door frame is opened can be blocked by the shutter and prevented from being released to the outside, and the ball shooting means can be blocked. The shutter can prevent game balls from being mixed from the outside through the exit. Therefore, when stainless steel balls are used for enclosed game balls, the machine is installed so that it is mixed with the conventional game machines that use iron balls as game balls in the game hall. Even if the possibility of mixing becomes high, the shutter can prevent the iron balls from being mixed from the outside through the outlet of the ball shooting means, and various inconveniences due to the mixing of the iron balls do not occur. In addition, it is possible to avoid cheating due to contamination of iron balls, and to provide a gaming machine with high security.

The ball supply inhibiting means may have a shutter that slides from the non-guiding position to the guiding position when the door frame opens and guides the game balls shot from the ball shooting means to the foul ball collecting means. As a result, when the door frame is opened, the shutter slides from the non-guided position to the guided position, and the game ball shot from the ball shooting means comes into contact with the shutter and is guided to the foul ball collecting means, so that the game ball escapes to the outside. The same effects as those described above can be achieved without being released and scattered.

In addition, when the shutter is provided to the ball supply blocking means as described above, since the game balls fired from the ball shooting means are guided to the foul ball collecting means by the shutter, they are shot with the door frame open. A game ball that is caught can be treated as a foul ball, and it is possible to reduce the disadvantage of the player and suppress the decline of the player's interest.

Furthermore, when the door frame is opened as described above, the shutter slides from the non-guided position to the guided position and guides the game ball shot from the ball shooting means to the foul ball collecting means. Sometimes, the shutter can prevent other game balls from entering the foul ball collecting means side or the ball launching device side. As a result, when stainless steel balls are used for enclosed game balls, even if this game machine is installed together with conventional machines that use iron balls for game balls in the game hall, Therefore, it is possible to prevent the iron balls from being mixed in through the foul ball collecting means and the ball shooting means. In addition, it is possible to avoid cheating due to contamination of iron balls, and to provide a gaming machine with high security.

Further, when the shutter is provided in the ball supply blocking means as described above, the shutter is urged to the guiding position by the urging force of the spring, and is pressed by the door frame moving in the closing direction, thereby resisting the urging force of the spring. to slide from the guided position to the non-guided position. As a result, when the door frame provided to be openable and closable with respect to the main body frame supporting the game board is opened, the game area of the game board is exposed forward and the game balls can be released to the outside. However, when the ball supply blocking means moves in the direction in which the door frame opens, the biasing force of the spring causes the shutter to slide from the non-guiding position to the guiding position. To make it possible to guide a game ball shot from a shutter to a shutter and guide it to a foul ball collecting means, and to surely prevent the game ball from being discharged to the outside and scattered, thereby achieving the same effect as the above. can be done.

Further, when the shutter provided in the ball supply blocking means is urged from the non-guided position to the guided position by the urging force of the spring as described above, when the door frame is closed from the open state, the door frame is closed. Since the shutter can be slid from the guiding position to the non-guiding position against the biasing force of the spring by pressing due to the movement in the closing direction, the shutter does not interfere with the game balls shot from the ball shooting means, and the game can be played. A game ball can be supplied to the game area of the board, and the player can enjoy the game.

Further, when the shutter provided in the ball supply blocking means is urged from the non-guiding position to the guiding position by the urging force of the spring as described above, the urging force of the spring and movement due to the opening and closing of the door frame cause the shutter to move. Since it is made to slide between the induction position and the non-induction position, the structure of the game machine can be simplified compared to the case where the shutter is slid by an electric actuator, and the above-mentioned effects can be achieved. In addition, it is possible to eliminate malfunctions due to electrical erroneous signals, and to reliably slide the shutter to the guidance position when the door frame is opened.

Furthermore, a foul ball collecting means may be provided between the game board and the ball shooting means so that the game ball shot from the ball shooting means passes through and is hit into the game board. As a result, since the game ball shot from the ball shooting means is driven into the game board through the foul ball collecting means, the shot game ball does not reach the game area even though it is driven into the game board. When the game ball returns to , it enters the foul ball collecting means before the ball shooting means, and the returning game ball (foul ball) can be easily collected.

Further, as described above, when the game ball shot from the ball shooting means passes through the foul ball collecting means, the shooting strength of the ball shooting means is weak and the game ball cannot pass through the foul ball collecting means. Even if the ball does not reach the game board, since the game ball is in the foul ball collecting means, the game ball can be collected as it is to the foul ball collecting means.

Furthermore, as described above, when the game ball shot from the ball shooting means passes through the foul ball collecting means, the door frame is opened in the path of the game ball shot by the ball shooting means in the foul ball collecting means. By providing the shutter that appears, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being driven into the game board side, and to allow the game ball to be recovered as a foul ball by the foul ball recovery means. Also, in this case, by providing a shutter that appears when the door frame is opened, it is possible to prevent other game balls such as iron balls from being mixed in from the outside through the foul ball collecting means.

Further, as described above, when game balls shot from the ball shooting means pass through the foul ball collecting means, it is desirable to provide the ball supply blocking means to the foul ball collecting means. As a result, since the foul ball recovery means is provided with the ball supply blocking means for blocking the game balls fired from the ball shooting means from being supplied to the game board when the door frame is open, the blocked game balls can be discarded. The foul ball can be recovered by the foul ball recovery means, and the player can be prevented from being disadvantaged by being treated as a foul ball, thereby suppressing the loss of the player's interest.

In addition, as described above, game balls shot from the ball shooting means pass through the foul ball collecting means, and when the door frame is open, game balls are supplied from the ball shooting means to the game board side. In the case where the foul ball recovery means is provided with ball supply blocking means for blocking, if the door frame is provided with a shutter that closes the ball socket of the foul ball recovery means when the door frame is opened as the ball supply blocking means, the door frame is opened. The shutter can prevent other game balls from being mixed from the outside through the ball socket of the foul ball collecting means. Therefore, when stainless steel balls are used for enclosed game balls, even if this game machine is installed together with conventional game machines that use iron balls for game balls in a game hall, It is possible to prevent iron balls from being mixed in through the ball socket of the foul ball recovery means, and various inconveniences due to the iron balls being mixed in can be prevented. In addition, it is possible to avoid cheating due to contamination of iron balls, and to provide a gaming machine with high security.

Means 2: In the gaming machine of Means 1,
"The ball supply blocking means
It has a shutter that slides from a non-guiding position to a guiding position when the door frame opens, and guides the game ball shot from the ball shooting means to the foul ball collecting means."
It is characterized by being

Here, the ``shutter'' is defined as ``a shutter that is urged to the induced position by the urging force of a spring, and is pressed by the door frame moving in the closing direction to resist the urging force of the spring and move from the induced position to the non-inductive position. "Sliding to a position", "Sliding between a guided position and a non-guided position by an electric actuator that operates by detecting opening and closing of a door frame", and the like.

According to the configuration of the means 2, the ball supply blocking means has a shutter that slides from the non-guiding position to the guiding position when the door frame is opened and guides the game balls shot from the ball shooting means to the foul ball collecting means. It is the one that was made. (See the description regarding the foul shutter 471 of the foul unit 470 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, when the door frame is opened, the shutter slides from the non-guided position to the guided position, and the game ball shot from the ball shooting means comes into contact with the shutter and is guided to the foul ball collecting means, so that the game ball escapes to the outside. The same effects as those described above can be achieved without being released and scattered.

In addition, since the game balls shot from the ball shooting means are guided to the foul ball collecting means by the shutter, the game balls shot with the door frame open can be handled as foul balls, thereby allowing the player to It is possible to suppress the decrease in the player's interest by reducing the disadvantage.

In addition, when the door frame is opened, the shutter slides from the non-guide position to the guide position to guide the game balls fired from the ball shooting means to the foul ball collecting means. Thus, it is possible to prevent other game balls from entering the foul ball collecting means side or the ball launching device side. As a result, when stainless steel balls are used for enclosed game balls, even if this game machine is installed together with conventional machines that use iron balls for game balls in the game hall, Therefore, it is possible to prevent the iron balls from being mixed in through the foul ball collecting means and the ball shooting means. In addition, it is possible to avoid cheating due to contamination of iron balls, and to provide a gaming machine with high security.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 2,
"The said shutter
It is urged to the guided position by the biasing force of a spring, and is pushed by the door frame moving in the closing direction, thereby sliding from the induced position to the non-guided position against the biasing force of the spring.
characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 3, the shutter is urged to the guided position by the urging force of the spring, and is pressed by the door frame moving in the closing direction to move from the induced position to the non-guided position against the urging force of the spring. It is designed to be slid to (See the description regarding the foul shutter 471 and the spring 475 of the foul unit 470 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, when the door frame provided to be openable and closable with respect to the main body frame supporting the game board is opened, the game area of the game board is exposed forward and the game balls can be released to the outside. However, when the ball supply blocking means moves in the direction in which the door frame opens, the biasing force of the spring causes the shutter to slide from the non-guiding position to the guiding position. To make it possible to guide a game ball shot from a shutter to a shutter and guide it to a foul ball collecting means, and to surely prevent the game ball from being discharged to the outside and scattered, thereby achieving the same effect as the above. can be done.

Further, when the door frame is changed from the open state to the closed state, the shutter can be slid from the guided position to the non-guided position against the urging force of the spring by the pressure due to the movement of the door frame in the closing direction. The shutter does not block the game balls shot from the ball shooting means, the game balls can be supplied to the game area of the game board, and the players can enjoy the game.

Furthermore, since the shutter is slid between the guided position and the non-guided position by the urging force of the spring and the movement caused by opening and closing the door frame, the game is much easier than the case where the shutter is slid by the electric actuator. It is possible to simplify the configuration of the machine, realize the game machine having the above-described effects, eliminate malfunctions due to electrical error signals, and prevent the door frame from opening. The shutter can be reliably slid to the guidance position.

Means 4: In any one configuration from Means 1 to 3,
"The foul ball collecting means is
It is provided between the game board and the ball shooting means so that a game ball shot from the ball shooting means passes through and is driven into the game board.
A gaming machine characterized by being a thing.

According to the configuration of means 4, the foul ball collecting means is provided between the game board and the ball shooting means so that the game balls shot from the ball shooting means pass through and are hit into the game board. be. (See description of foul unit 470 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the game ball shot from the ball shooting means is driven into the game board through the foul ball collecting means, the shot game ball does not reach the game area even though it is driven into the game board. When the game ball returns to , it enters the foul ball collecting means before the ball shooting means, and the returning game ball (foul ball) can be easily collected.

In addition, since the game ball shot from the ball shooting means passes through the foul ball collecting means, the shooting strength of the ball shooting means is weak and the game ball cannot pass through the foul ball collecting means, and the game ball does not reach the game board. Since the game ball is in the foul ball collecting means, the game ball can be collected as it is to the foul ball collecting means even if the game ball does not reach the foul ball collecting means.

Furthermore, since the game balls shot from the ball shooting means pass through the foul ball collecting means, a shutter that appears when the door frame is opened is placed in the path of the game balls shot by the ball shooting means in the foul ball collecting means. By providing it, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being driven into the game board side, and to allow the game ball to be recovered as a foul ball by the foul ball recovery means. Further, by providing a shutter that appears when the door frame is opened, it is possible to prevent other game balls such as iron balls from being mixed in from the outside through the foul ball collecting means.

Means 5: In the configuration of Means 4,
"The ball supply blocking means
It is provided in the foul ball collection means.”
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of means 5, the ball supply blocking means is provided in the foul ball collecting means. (See description of foul unit 470 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the foul ball recovery means is provided with the ball supply blocking means for blocking the game balls fired from the ball shooting means from being supplied to the game board when the door frame is open, the blocked game balls can be discarded. The foul ball can be recovered by the foul ball recovery means, and the player can be prevented from being disadvantaged by being treated as a foul ball, thereby suppressing the loss of the player's interest.

Further, since the foul ball recovery means is provided with ball supply blocking means for blocking the supply of game balls from the ball launching means to the game board side when the door frame is open, the door frame can be used as the ball supply blocking means. To prevent other game balls from being mixed in from the outside through the ball socket of the foul ball recovery means when a door frame is opened by providing a shutter which closes the ball socket of the foul ball recovery means when opened. can be done. Therefore, when stainless steel balls are used for enclosed game balls, even if this game machine is installed together with conventional game machines that use iron balls for game balls in a game hall, It is possible to prevent iron balls from being mixed in through the ball socket of the foul ball recovery means, and various inconveniences due to the iron balls being mixed in can be prevented. In addition, it is possible to avoid cheating due to contamination of iron balls, and to provide a gaming machine with high security.

Means 6: In the gaming machine,
"A game board that is detachably supported from the front by a main body frame and has a game area in which a game is played with game balls, and a game area of the game board that can be viewed from the front, and that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body frame. a door frame provided; a ball shooting means provided below the game board in the body frame and capable of supplying game balls to the game area; foul ball recovery means for recovering game balls that have not been supplied to the player; A game machine in which a game ball is shot by the ball shooting means based on the player's ball holding data,
The foul ball collecting means is
provided between the game board and the ball shooting means so that a game ball fired from the ball shooting means passes through and is driven into the game board;
Provided in the foul ball recovery means, when the door frame is opened, it slides from a non-guide position to a guide position, guides game balls shot from the ball shooting means to the foul ball recovery means, and is biased by a spring. a shutter that is biased to the guided position and slides from the guided position to the non-guided position against the biasing force of the spring by being pressed by the door frame moving in the closing direction; A ball supply blocking means is provided for blocking the supply of game balls from the ball launching means to the game board side when the door frame is open.
characterized by being

According to the configuration of means 6, the game board is detachably supported from the front of the main body frame and has a game area in which a game is played with game balls, and the game area of the game board is visible from the front and is attached to the main body frame. A door frame provided to be openable and closable, a ball launching means provided below the game board in the body frame and capable of supplying game balls to the game area, and even if the ball is launched by the ball launching means, it is supplied to the game area. The player is provided with a foul ball recovery means for recovering game balls that have not been hit, and a ball circulation means for recovering the game balls shot by the ball shooting means and supplying them to the ball shooting means again. A game machine configured to shoot a game ball from a ball shooting means based on possession ball data, wherein a foul ball recovery means is arranged so that the game ball shot from the ball shooting means passes through and is hit into a game board. , provided between the game board and the ball shooting means, further provided in the foul ball collecting means, and when the door frame is opened, the game ball is slid from the non-guided position to the guided position and shot from the ball shooting means. is guided to the foul ball recovery means, and is urged to the induced position by the urging force of the spring, and is pressed by the door frame moving in the closing direction, so that it is not induced from the induced position against the urging force of the spring. A ball supply blocking means having a shutter that slides to a position and blocking the supply of game balls from the ball shooting means to the game board side when the door frame is open is provided.

As a result, the game balls shot from the ball shooting means for shooting game balls to the game area are collected by the ball circulation means and supplied to the ball shooting means, and are released from the ball shooting means based on the ball holding data of the player. In a game machine designed to shoot game balls (so-called enclosed game machine, management game machine), when a door frame provided to be openable and closable with respect to a main body frame supporting a game board is opened, a game is played. The game area of the board is exposed forward and the game balls can be released to the outside, but the ball supply blocking means moves the door frame in the opening direction, so that the shutter is guided from the non-guiding position by the biasing force of the spring. By sliding to the position and the shutter being in the guiding position, the game ball shot from the ball shooting means can contact the shutter and be guided to the foul ball collecting means, and the game ball is released to the outside. It is possible to reliably prevent it from being scattered. Therefore, the number of enclosed game balls does not decrease, and it is possible to avoid the occurrence of troubles such as the inability to continuously shoot game balls, so that continuous shooting of game balls to the player can be avoided. can be surely entertained, and the decline in the player's interest in the game can be suppressed.

In addition, when the door frame is opened, the shutter slides from the non-guide position to the guide position to guide the game balls fired from the ball shooting means to the foul ball collecting means. Thus, it is possible to prevent game balls from being mixed into the foul ball collecting means side from the outside. As a result, when stainless steel balls are used for enclosed game balls, this game machine is installed so that it is mixed with conventional game machines that use iron balls for game balls in the game hall. Even if the possibility of ball contamination increases, the shutter at the guidance position can prevent the iron ball from being mixed in through the foul ball recovery means from the outside, causing various inconveniences due to the iron ball contamination. never. In addition, it is possible to avoid cheating due to contamination of iron balls, and to provide a gaming machine with high security.

On the other hand, when the door frame is changed from the open state to the closed state, the shutter can be slid from the guided position to the non-guided position against the urging force of the spring by the pressure due to the movement of the door frame in the closing direction. The shutter does not block the game balls shot from the ball shooting means, the game balls can be supplied to the game area of the game board, and the players can enjoy the game.

Further, in the ball supply blocking means, the shutter is slid between the guided position and the non-guided position by the biasing force of the spring and the movement due to the opening and closing of the door frame. As compared with the above, the configuration of the game machine can be simplified, the game machine having the above-described effects can be realized, and malfunction due to an electrical error signal can be eliminated, To surely slide a shutter to a guidance position when a door frame is opened.

In addition, the game balls fired from the ball launching means pass through the foul ball collecting means, and the shutter of the ball supply blocking means is provided in the foul ball collecting means. A game ball shot from a ball shooting means can be blocked by a shutter to surely prevent it from being hit to a game board side, and the blocked game ball can be recovered as a foul ball by a foul ball recovery means. It is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged by handling the ball as a foul ball, thereby suppressing the loss of the player's interest.

Furthermore, since the game ball shot from the ball shooting means is driven into the game board through the foul ball collecting means, the game ball hit into the game board does not reach the game area. When the game ball returns, it enters the foul ball recovery means in front of the ball shooting means, so that the returning game ball (foul ball) can be easily recovered.

In addition, since the game ball shot from the ball shooting means passes through the foul ball collecting means, the shooting strength of the ball shooting means is weak and the game ball cannot pass through the foul ball collecting means, and the game ball does not reach the game board. Since the game ball is in the foul ball collecting means, the game ball can be collected as it is to the foul ball collecting means even if the game ball does not reach the foul ball collecting means.

Thus, according to the above solution, it is possible to provide a game machine capable of preventing the game ball from being released from the ball launching device to the outside when the door frame is opened.

[16-3c. Relationship between Solution Means of Third Technical Feature and Embodiment]
The ball shooting unit 450 of the main body frame 4 in this embodiment serves as the ball shooting means of the above solving means, the foul unit 470 in this embodiment serves as the foul ball collecting means of the above solving means, and the foul shutter of the foul unit 470 in this embodiment. 471 and spring 475 serve as the ball supply blocking means of the above solving means, the foul shutter 471 in this embodiment serves as the shutter of the above solving means, the circulating ball path unit 500, the ball lifting unit 550, and the ball feeding unit in this embodiment. 600 respectively correspond to the ball circulation means of the above solution.

[16-3d. Characteristic Actions and Effects of the Third Technical Feature]
According to this embodiment, the game balls B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 shooting the game balls B to the game area 5a of the game board 5 are recovered by the foul unit 470 and the circulation ball path unit 500, and the ball shooting units 450, and the game board 5 in the pachinko machine 1 (so-called enclosed type game machine, management game machine) that shoots the game ball B from the ball shooting unit 450 based on the ball holding data of the player. When the door frame 3 provided to be openable and closable with respect to the body frame 4 supporting the is opened, the game area 5a of the game board 5 is exposed forward and the game balls B can be released to the outside. However, in the foul unit 470 of the body frame 4, when the door frame 3 moves in the opening direction, the foul shutter 471 slides from the non-guiding position (open position) to the guiding position (closed position) by the biasing force of the spring 475. When the foul shutter 471 is in the guided position (closed position), the game ball B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 contacts the foul shutter 471 and can be guided downward inside the foul unit 470. It is possible to reliably prevent the game balls B from being discharged to the outside and scattered. Therefore, the number of enclosed game balls B does not decrease, and it is possible to avoid the occurrence of a trouble such that continuous game balls cannot be shot. The shooting of the ball can be surely enjoyed, and the decrease in the player's interest in the game can be suppressed.

Further, when the door frame 3 is opened, the foul shutter 471 of the foul unit 470 slides from the open position to the closed position to guide the game ball B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 into the foul unit 470. When the door frame 3 is opened, the foul shutter 471 can prevent game balls B from entering the foul unit 470 from the outside. As a result, in the case of the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment that uses stainless steel balls as the enclosed game balls B, the conventional pachinko machine that uses iron balls SB as the game balls in the game hall is mixed. Since the pachinko machine 1 is installed in this area, even if there is a high possibility that the iron ball SB will be mixed in, the foul shutter 471 in the closed position allows the iron ball to be released from the outside through the foul unit 470 (upper foul opening 470a). SB can be prevented from being mixed in, and various inconveniences due to contamination of iron balls SB do not occur. Further, it is possible to avoid fraudulent acts caused by the iron ball SB being mixed in, and the pachinko machine 1 with high security can be provided.

On the other hand, when the door frame 3 is changed from the open state to the closed state, the false shutter 471 is unguided from the guided position (closed position) against the biasing force of the spring 475 due to the pressure due to the movement of the door frame 3 in the closing direction. Since it can be slid to the position (open position), the foul shutter 471 does not block the game ball B shot from the ball shooting unit 450, and the game ball B can be supplied to the game area 5a of the game board 5. This enables the player to enjoy the game.

In the foul unit 470, the foul shutter 471 is slid between the guiding position (closed position) and the non-guiding position (open position) by the biasing force of the spring 475 and the movement caused by the opening and closing of the door frame 3. Therefore, compared with the case where the foul shutter 471 is slid by an electric actuator, the configuration of the pachinko machine 1 can be simplified, and the pachinko machine 1 that exhibits the above-described effects can be embodied. , erroneous operation due to an electrical erroneous signal can be eliminated, and the foul shutter 471 can be reliably slid to the guidance position (closed position) when the door frame 3 is opened.

In addition, since the game ball B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 passes through the foul unit 470 and the foul shutter 471 is provided to open and close the foul upper opening 470a of the foul unit 470, the door frame The game ball B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 when the door 3 is open is blocked by the foul shutter 471 to reliably prevent the game ball B from being hit to the game board 5 side, and the blocked game ball B is blocked. It can be collected by the foul unit 470 as a foul ball, and it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged by handling it as a foul ball, thereby suppressing the loss of interest of the player.

Furthermore, since the game ball B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 is driven into the game board 5 through the foul unit 470, the game ball B shot into the game board 5 does not enter the game area 5a. , the game ball B (foul ball) that has returned can be easily recovered by entering the foul unit 470 before the ball shooting unit 450.例文帳に追加

In addition, since the game ball B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 passes through the foul unit 470, the shooting strength of the ball shooting unit 450 is weak and the game ball B cannot pass through the foul unit 470. Since the game ball B is in the foul unit 470 even if it does not reach the game board 5, the game ball B can be recovered to the foul unit 470 as it is.

[16-4. Fourth technical feature]
This specification has the following technical features different from those described above.

[16-4a. Background of the fourth technical feature]
A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine that circulates a large number of game balls enclosed inside during play and prevents the player from touching the game balls (so-called enclosed type game machine, management game machine) is known (for example, Patent Document C: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-184062). In the technique of Patent Document C, it is possible to take out the game balls sealed inside during maintenance or the like.

However, in the technique of Patent Document C, when a ball extracting member for extracting the enclosed game ball is operated, the game ball can be ejected to the outside (rear) of the gaming machine. There was a problem that game balls were scattered outside.

Therefore, in view of the above circumstances, the following means provide a gaming machine that allows the enclosed game balls to be collected and taken out.

[16-4b. Solution for the fourth technical feature]
Means 1: In the game machine,
"A game area where games are played with game balls,
a ball launching means capable of supplying game balls to the game area;
a ball circulation means for collecting the game balls shot by the ball shooting means and supplying them to the ball shooting means again;
A gaming machine in which a game ball is shot by the ball shooting means based on the player's ball holding data converted into data,
The ball circulating means has a ball extracting means for extracting the circulating game balls,
It further comprises a ball receiving portion for receiving a game ball pulled out by the ball pulling means."
It is characterized by being

Here, the ``ball removal means'' includes ``a device capable of opening and closing a ball removal port penetrating vertically (at the bottom wall of the ball passage) in the ball passage'', (on the side wall) that allows opening and closing of the penetrating ball outlet," "allowing opening and closing of the ball outlet that penetrates left and right in the ball passage (on the side wall of the ball passage)," and "sliding opening and closing the ball outlet with a hinge", and "opening and closing the ball outlet by rotating the hinge".

In addition, the ``ball receiving part'' includes ``a container-shaped slidable opening that opens upward'', a ``recess recessed downward'', and a ``having a step in the vertical direction''. , etc.

According to the configuration of means 1, the game machine includes a game area in which a game is played with game balls, a ball shooting means capable of supplying game balls to the game area, and a game ball shot by the ball shooting means to be recovered and played again. and a ball circulation means for supplying the ball to the ball shooting means, wherein the ball shooting means shoots the game balls based on the player's ball possession data converted into data, wherein the ball circulation means is the ball circulation means. It has a ball extracting means for extracting the circulating game balls, and further comprises a ball receiving portion for receiving the game balls ejected by the ball extracting means. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], see chapters [4-4. Circulating ball path unit] and [4-7. Ball receiving tray], and the descriptions in FIGS. 20 to 25, etc.)

As a result, the game balls shot from the ball shooting means for shooting game balls to the game area are collected by the ball circulation means and supplied to the ball shooting means, and are released from the ball shooting means based on the ball holding data of the player. In a game machine designed to shoot game balls (so-called enclosed type game machine, management game machine), game balls (enclosed and When the ball is pulled out, the game ball can be received by the ball receiving part, so the enclosed game balls are not scattered outside, and the game balls enclosed by the ball receiving part are collected. It can be taken out in a state, and the burden on maintenance and the like can be reduced.

It is preferable that the ball receiving portion is provided below the ball removing means so as to be slidable back and forth in the shape of a container that is opened upward. As a result, when the enclosed game ball is pulled out by the ball extracting means, it can be received in the container-shaped ball receiving portion provided below, and then, by sliding the ball receiving portion in the front-rear direction, the ball can be pulled out. The game balls can be taken out together with the receiving part, and the work of taking out the game balls can be easily performed.

In addition, the ball receiving portion is placed on an inclined surface that slopes down toward the front, and forward movement is restricted by the restricting portion, and the restricting portion is released to slide forward. You may make it possible to provide. As a result, game balls extracted from the ball circulation means by the ball extracting means accumulate in the ball receiving part, and even if the ball receiving part tries to slide forward along the inclined surface due to the weight of the ball receiving part, the regulating part prevents the game ball from sliding forward. can be regulated, and the game ball pulled out by the ball pulling means can be received by the ball receiving part until the regulation by the regulating part is released. When the regulation by the regulation part is released in a state in which a plurality of game balls are stored in the ball receiving part, the weight of the game balls stored in the ball receiving part moves the ball receiving part along the slope of the inclined surface. By sliding forward, a large number of game balls can be easily taken out.

Further, as described above, when the ball receiving portion is placed on the inclined surface and the forward sliding is restricted by the restricting portion, the portion on which the ball receiving portion is placed is formed as an inclined surface that is lowered forward. When a game ball is removed from the ball circulation means by the ball removal means while the ball receiving portion is not placed on the inclined surface, the game ball can be guided forward by the inclination of the inclined surface and discharged, and the game balls are scattered. It can be made difficult.

Furthermore, the ball extracting means may have magnetic force generating means for applying a magnetic force to the game ball. As a result, since the ball extracting means has the magnetic force generating means, when stainless steel balls made of non-magnetic stainless steel such as SUS304 are used as the circulating game balls, iron balls are used as the game balls in the game hall. If this game machine is installed so as to be mixed with conventional game machines that use steel balls, there is a high possibility that iron balls will be mixed in when stainless steel balls are replaced or replenished for maintenance or the like. When an iron ball is mixed in during maintenance or the like, the iron ball can be magnetically attached to the ball removing means by the magnetic force from the magnetic force generating means, and can be sorted out from the stainless balls. Then, the iron ball magnetically attached to the ball removing means by the magnetic force generating means can be easily removed to the outside by the ball removing means.

As for taking out the iron ball by the ball extracting means having the magnetic force generating means, for example, a ball extracting opening penetrating vertically through the bottom wall of the ball passage is provided, and the game ball cannot pass through the ball extracting opening. A door is provided on the ball removing means, and the ball removing means is made slidable between a closed position for closing the ball removing port and an open position for opening the ball removing port. When the iron ball flows through the ball passage in the normal state where the ball extracting means is in the closed position, the magnetic force generating means magnetically attaches the iron ball to the upper surface of the door portion of the ball extracting means. In this state, when the ball extracting means is slid from the closed position to the open position, the magnetically attached iron ball slides together with the door. Only the iron ball is prevented from sliding. When only the ball removing means slides further, the door portion supporting the iron ball from below disappears, so that the iron ball moves downward and passes through the ball removing opening. At this time, the iron ball does not leave the door due to the magnetic force of the magnetic force generating means, and tries to wrap around the lower surface of the door while being magnetically attached. In this state, when the ball extracting means is slid from the open position to the closed position, the ball extracting port is closed and the iron ball remains magnetically attached to the lower surface of the door portion, so that it cannot be dropped and received by the ball receiving portion. do not have. Thus, by removing the iron ball magnetically attached to the lower surface of the door portion, the iron ball can be taken out, and only the stainless steel ball can be received by the ball receiving portion.

In addition, as described above, when the ball removing means has the magnetic force generating means, if stainless steel balls are used as the circulating game balls, even if iron balls are mixed in as game balls for cheating, the magnetic force will not be generated. Since the iron ball can be magnetically attached to the ball extracting means by the magnetic force from the generating means, it is possible to prevent the iron ball for cheating from being shot into the game area by the ball shooting means. It is possible to provide a gaming machine with high security by interfering with the achievement of actions.

Further, as described above, when the ball removing means has the magnetic force generating means, stainless steel balls are used as the circulating game balls, and the ball removing means is provided at a portion where the game balls circulate in a row. If a ball sensor for detecting a game ball is provided downstream of the means, when an iron ball is magnetically attached to the ball extraction means by the magnetic force generating means, the magnetically attached iron ball obstructs the flow of the game ball, and the ball sensor on the downstream side is detected. Since the game ball (stainless steel ball) is not detected no matter how long it takes, it is possible to detect that the iron ball is magnetically attached to the ball removing means, and it is possible to notify the presence of the iron ball by the ball sensor. , the mixed iron ball can be removed.

Further, the ball circulation means has a ball passage for circulating the game balls shot and recovered by the ball shooting means below the ball shooting means, and a game ball is lifted above the ball shooting means from the downstream end of the ball passage. and a ball lifting means for moving and feeding the ball to the ball launching means, and a ball extracting means may be provided in the vicinity of the downstream end of the ball passage. As a result, since the ball extracting means for extracting the enclosed game ball is provided near the downstream end of the ball passage that supplies the game ball to the ball lifting means, the lowest position in the circulation path of the game ball Since the ball extraction means is provided near the ball extraction means, even if the game ball discharged outside from the ball extraction means is not received by the ball receiving part and spills, the game ball falls from a relatively low position. By doing so, it is possible to make it difficult to scatter over a wide area, and it is possible to reduce the labor involved in removing the ball.

Further, as described above, when the ball circulation means is provided with the ball passage and the ball lifting means, and the ball removal means is provided near the downstream end of the ball passage, the ball removal means is positioned at the lower end of the ball lifting means in the ball passage. Since it is provided near the entrance, game balls on the upstream side of the ball removal means can be naturally removed due to the inclination of the ball passage, and some game balls, such as those being lifted by the ball lifting means, can be removed. It is only necessary to lift the ball by the ball lifting means, and the time required for removing the ball can be shortened compared to the conventional method, and the burden of maintenance and the like can be reduced.

Further, as described above, when the ball circulation means is provided with the ball passage and the ball lifting means, and the ball extraction means is provided near the downstream end of the ball passage, the ball extraction means is controlled by the ball circulation speed of the game balls in the ball passage. may be provided so as to be adjacent to the downstream side of the deceleration section that decelerates the . As a result, since the ball extraction means is provided so as to be adjacent to the downstream of the deceleration part in the ball passage, when the game ball is extracted to the outside from the ball extraction means, the circulation speed of the game ball is reduced by the deceleration part. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from jumping over the part of the ball extracting means and not being discharged from the ball extracting means to the outside, and the game ball can be reliably extracted to the outside from the ball extracting means.

Further, as described above, when the ball extraction means is provided adjacent to the downstream side of the deceleration part in the ball passage, the game ball is released from the ball extraction means to the outside (ball receiving part) while the circulation speed is reduced by the deceleration part. Since the game ball ejected from the ball extracting means is weakened, the impact acting on the ball receiving portion can be reduced, and the ball receiving portion will not be damaged.

Furthermore, as described above, when the ball circulation means is provided with the ball passage and the ball lifting means, and the ball removal means is provided near the downstream end of the ball passage, the ball removal means is vertically penetrated through the ball passage. You may make it openable and closable the ball outlet which is. As a result, since the ball extraction opening vertically penetrating the ball passage is opened and closed by the ball extraction means, when the ball extraction opening is opened by the ball extraction means, the bottom wall of the ball passage is pulled out. Compared to the case where the ball outlet is provided on the side wall of the ball passage, the game ball can be reliably pulled out from the ball passage and the game ball can be received by the ball receiving part.

Further, as described above, when the ball circulation means is provided with the ball passage and the ball lifting means, and the ball removal means is provided near the downstream end of the ball passage, the ball lifting means is used to remove the game ball by the ball removal means. The game ball may be lifted up by operating when it is pulled out. As a result, when the game ball is pulled out by the ball pulling means, the ball lifting means is operated to lift the game ball, so the game at the lower end (entrance) side of the ball lifting means in the ball passage The ball, the game ball being lifted by the ball lifting means, can be sent to the ball extracting means, and all enclosed game balls can be extracted to the outside. The ball lifting means may be operated by operating the ball removing means, or a ball removing switch or the like may be provided and operated to operate the ball lifting means.

In addition, the game machine includes a game board having a game area detachably supported from the front of the main body frame, and a door frame that allows the game area of the game board to be visually recognized from the front and is provided to be openable and closable with respect to the main body frame. and a ball extracting means is slidably provided between an open position in which game balls can be extracted from the ball circulation means and a closed position in which game balls cannot be extracted from the ball circulation means, The door frame may not be slidable from the closed position to the open position when the door frame is closed with respect to the body frame. As a result, in a normal state, the door frame is closed with respect to the body frame, and the ball removing means is in the closed position. In this state, the door frame prevents the ball removing means from sliding to the open position. The game ball does not come out from the ball receiving part. Therefore, the number of enclosed game balls does not decrease, and it is possible to avoid the occurrence of troubles such as the inability to continuously shoot game balls, so that continuous shooting of game balls to the player can be avoided. can be surely entertained, and the decline in the interest of the player in the game can be suppressed. When the enclosed game ball is to be extracted to the outside (ball receiving portion), the door frame is opened from the body frame, and the ball extraction means is slid from the closed position to the open position, and the game ball is released from the ball circulation means. It can be pulled out to the receiving portion, and the same effects as described above can be achieved.

Further, as described above, when the ball removing means cannot slide from the closed position to the open position when the door frame is closed, the ball removing means slides from the closed position to the open position when the door frame is closed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent an illegal ball (for example, an iron ball) for cheating from being mixed into the ball circulation means from the ball extracting means, and the cheating is achieved by the illegal ball being mixed. It is possible to provide a game machine with high security that can prevent being played.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The ball receiving part
Below the ball removing means, it is provided in a container shape that is opened upward and is slidable back and forth.”
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 2, the ball receiving part is provided below the ball removing means so as to be slidable in the forward and backward direction in the form of a container which is opened upward.
It is characterized by being (See the description regarding the ball receiving tray 620 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, when the enclosed game ball is pulled out by the ball extracting means, it can be received in the container-shaped ball receiving portion provided below, and then, by sliding the ball receiving portion in the front-rear direction, the ball can be pulled out. The game balls can be taken out together with the receiving part, and the work of taking out the game balls can be easily performed.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 1 or Means 2,
"The ball receiving part
It is placed on an inclined surface that slopes down toward the front, and its forward movement is regulated by a restricting portion. ing"
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 3, the ball receiving portion is placed on an inclined surface that slopes down toward the front, and the forward movement is restricted by the restricting portion, and the restricting portion is released. By doing so, it is provided so as to be slidable forward. (See the description regarding the tray insertion recess 401f and the locking claw 401n of the main body frame base 401 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, game balls extracted from the ball circulation means by the ball extracting means accumulate in the ball receiving part, and even if the ball receiving part tries to slide forward along the inclined surface due to the weight of the ball receiving part, the regulating part prevents the game ball from sliding forward. can be regulated, and the game ball pulled out by the ball pulling means can be received by the ball receiving part until the regulation by the regulating part is released. When the regulation by the regulation part is released in a state in which a plurality of game balls are stored in the ball receiving part, the weight of the game balls stored in the ball receiving part moves the ball receiving part along the slope of the inclined surface. By sliding forward, a large number of game balls can be easily taken out.

In addition, since the portion where the ball receiving portion is placed is an inclined surface that is lowered forward, when the game ball is removed from the ball circulation means by the ball removing means while the ball receiving portion is not placed on the inclined surface. , the inclination of the inclined surface can guide and discharge the game balls forward, making it possible to make it difficult for the game balls to scatter.

Means 4: In any one configuration from Means 1 to 3,
"The ball removing means is
It has a magnetic force generating means that applies a magnetic force to the game ball.”
It is characterized by being

Here, the "magnetic force generating means" includes a "permanent magnet", an "electromagnet", and the like.

By the way, conventionally, iron balls have been used as game balls, and game machines (also called conventional game machines or non-enclosed game machines) that allow players to touch the game balls (iron balls) have been installed. In a game hall, the game balls discharged from the game machines are collected, and rusted game balls are removed before being supplied to the game machines and players. On the other hand, in a game machine in which a large number of game balls are enclosed and circulated inside (so-called enclosed type game machines, controlled game machines), when the game balls rust, the rust reduces the degree of sphericity. It is desirable to use a game ball (stainless steel ball) made of rust-resistant stainless steel such as SUS304, because the desired game cannot be played.

However, in a game hall where a non-enclosed type game machine and an enclosed type game machine are installed in a mixed state, if stainless balls are enclosed in the enclosed type game machine, they are enclosed during maintenance etc. When removing and replacing the stainless steel ball, there is a risk that the iron ball used in the non-enclosed game machine will be mixed in, and the mixing of the iron ball may cause various inconveniences.

According to the configuration of the means 4, the ball ejecting means has a magnetic force generating means for applying a magnetic force to the game ball. (Refer to the description regarding the ball extraction shutter 515 and the magnet 516 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, since the ball extracting means has the magnetic force generating means, when stainless steel balls made of non-magnetic stainless steel such as SUS304 are used as the circulating game balls, iron balls are used as the game balls in the game hall. If this game machine is installed so as to be mixed with conventional game machines that use steel balls, there is a high possibility that iron balls will be mixed in when stainless steel balls are replaced or replenished for maintenance or the like. When an iron ball is mixed in during maintenance or the like, the iron ball can be magnetically attached to the ball removing means by the magnetic force from the magnetic force generating means, and can be sorted out from the stainless balls. Then, the iron ball magnetically attached to the ball removing means by the magnetic force generating means can be easily removed to the outside by the ball removing means.

As for taking out the iron ball by the ball extracting means having the magnetic force generating means, for example, a ball extracting opening penetrating vertically through the bottom wall of the ball passage is provided, and the game ball cannot pass through the ball extracting opening. A door is provided on the ball removing means, and the ball removing means is made slidable between a closed position for closing the ball removing port and an open position for opening the ball removing port. When the iron ball flows through the ball passage in the normal state where the ball extracting means is in the closed position, the magnetic force generating means magnetically attaches the iron ball to the upper surface of the door portion of the ball extracting means. In this state, when the ball extracting means is slid from the closed position to the open position, the magnetically attached iron ball slides together with the door. Only the iron ball is prevented from sliding. Then, when only the ball removing means slides further, the door portion supporting the iron ball from below disappears, so that the iron ball moves downward and passes through the ball removing opening. At this time, the iron ball does not leave the door due to the magnetic force of the magnetic force generating means, and tries to wrap around the lower surface of the door while being magnetically attached. In this state, when the ball extracting means is slid from the open position to the closed position, the ball extracting port is closed and the iron ball remains magnetically attached to the lower surface of the door portion, so that it cannot be dropped and received by the ball receiving portion. do not have. Thus, by removing the iron ball magnetically attached to the lower surface of the door portion, the iron ball can be taken out, and only the stainless steel ball can be received by the ball receiving portion.

Further, when stainless steel balls are used as the circulating game balls, even if an iron ball is mixed as a game ball for cheating, the iron ball can be magnetically attached to the ball extraction means by the magnetic force from the magnetic force generation means. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the iron ball for cheating from being shot into the game area by the ball shooting means, and it is possible to provide a game machine with high security by interfering with the achievement of cheating. can.

In addition, when stainless steel balls are used as the circulating game balls, the ball removing means is provided at a portion where the game balls circulate in a row, and a ball sensor for detecting the game balls is provided downstream of the ball removing means, the magnetic force generating means When the iron ball is magnetically attached to the ball removing means, the magnetically attached iron ball obstructs the flow of the game ball, and the ball sensor on the downstream side does not detect the game ball (stainless steel ball) no matter how long it takes, so the ball removing means. It is possible to detect that the iron ball is magnetically attached at , and the ball sensor can notify that the iron ball is mixed in, and the mixed iron ball can be removed.

Means 5: In any one configuration of Means 1 to 4,
"The sphere circulation means
a ball passage for circulating game balls that are shot and collected by the ball shooting means below the ball shooting means;
a ball lifting means for lifting a game ball from the downstream end of the ball passage above the ball shooting means and supplying the game ball to the ball shooting means;
The ball removing means is
It is provided near the downstream end of the ball passage.”
It is characterized by being

By the way, in the prior art such as Patent Document C, the ball removing member is provided near the upper end (exit) of the ball lifting means in the circulation path, and is provided at a high position in the game machine. There is a problem that when the game balls that are pulled out are spilled, the game balls fall from a high position and tend to scatter over a wide area. In addition, in the technique of Patent Document C, since the game ball is pulled out from the ball extraction member near the upper end of the ball lifting means in the circulation path, when all the enclosed game balls are pulled out, the ball lifting means It is necessary to lift all the game balls (most of the enclosed game balls) excluding the game balls stored from the upper end to the ball removing member, and it takes a long time to remove the balls. There is

According to the configuration of means 5, the ball circulation means includes a ball passage for circulating the game balls that have been shot and collected by the ball shooting means below the ball shooting means, and a ball passage from the downstream end of the ball passage to above the ball shooting means. a ball lifting means for lifting a game ball and supplying it to the ball shooting means; and further, a ball removing means is provided in the vicinity of the downstream end of the ball passage. (See the description regarding the circulating ball path unit 500 and the ball lifting unit 550 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the ball extracting means for extracting the enclosed game ball is provided near the downstream end of the ball passage that supplies the game ball to the ball lifting means, the lowest position in the circulation path of the game ball Since the ball extraction means is provided near the ball extraction means, even if the game ball discharged outside from the ball extraction means is not received by the ball receiving part and spills, the game ball falls from a relatively low position. By doing so, it is possible to make it difficult to scatter over a wide area, and it is possible to reduce the labor involved in removing the ball.

In addition, since the ball ejecting means is provided near the lower end (entrance) of the ball lifting means in the ball passage, game balls on the upstream side of the ball ejecting means can be naturally ejected by the inclination of the ball passage. It suffices to lift some of the game balls that are being lifted by the ball lifting means, and the time required for removing the balls can be shortened compared to the conventional method, and the burden of maintenance and the like can be reduced. can be reduced.

Means 6: In the configuration of Means 5,
"The ball removing means is
It is provided so as to be adjacent to the downstream side of the deceleration section that decelerates the circulation speed of game balls in the ball passage.
It is characterized by being

Here, the ``deceleration part'' includes ``a bent part where the ball passage bends and the flow direction changes'', and ``a part where a plurality of ridges extending vertically from the side wall in the ball passage where the game ball comes in contact'' is provided. , ``a portion of the bottom wall or side wall of the sphere passage that provides flow resistance by countless minute unevenness'', and the like.

According to the configuration of the means 6, the ball removing means is provided so as to be adjacent to the downstream side of the deceleration section that decelerates the circulation speed of the game balls in the ball passage. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], see the description regarding the sphere meandering member 513 and the sphere extraction shutter 515)

As a result, since the ball extraction means is provided so as to be adjacent to the downstream of the deceleration part in the ball passage, when the game ball is extracted to the outside from the ball extraction means, the circulation speed of the game ball is reduced by the deceleration part. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from jumping over the part of the ball extracting means and not being discharged from the ball extracting means to the outside, and the game ball can be reliably extracted to the outside from the ball extracting means.

In addition, since the game ball can be extracted to the outside (ball receiving portion) from the ball extraction means while the circulation speed is reduced by the deceleration part, the momentum of the game ball ejected from the ball extraction means is weakened. The impact acting on the receiving portion can be reduced, and the ball receiving portion will not be damaged.

Means 7: In the configuration of Means 5 or 6,
"The ball removing means is
The ball outlet penetrating vertically in the ball passage can be opened and closed.”
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 7, the ball removal means can open and close the ball removal opening vertically penetrating the ball passage. (See the description regarding the ball outlet 513p of the meandering ball member 513 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the ball extraction opening vertically penetrating the ball passage is opened and closed by the ball extraction means, when the ball extraction opening is opened by the ball extraction means, the bottom wall of the ball passage is pulled out. Compared to the case where the ball outlet is provided on the side wall of the ball passage, the game ball can be reliably pulled out from the ball passage and the game ball can be received by the ball receiving part.

Means 8: In any one configuration of Means 5 to 7,
"The ball lifting means
When the game ball is pulled out by the ball pulling means, it operates to lift the game ball."
It is characterized by being

According to the structure of the means 8, the ball lifting means is operated to lift the game ball when the game ball is drawn by the ball removing means. (See the description regarding the ball extraction switch 642 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, when the game ball is pulled out by the ball pulling means, the ball lifting means is operated to lift the game ball, so the game at the lower end (entrance) side of the ball lifting means in the ball passage The ball, the game ball being lifted by the ball lifting means, can be sent to the ball extracting means, and all enclosed game balls can be extracted to the outside.

The ball lifting means may be operated by operating the ball removing means, or a ball removing switch or the like may be provided and operated to operate the ball lifting means.

Means 9: In any one configuration of Means 1 to 8,
"A game board detachably supported from the front of the main body frame and having the game area,
a door frame that allows the game area of the game board to be viewed from the front and that is openable and closable with respect to the main body frame;
The ball removing means is
It is slidably provided between an open position in which game balls can be pulled out from the ball circulation means and a closed position in which game balls cannot be pulled out from the ball circulation means, and is slidable with respect to the body frame. When the door frame is closed, it cannot be slid from the closed position to the open position."
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 9, the game machine is provided with a game board having a game area detachably supported from the front of the main body frame, and a game area of the game board which can be visually recognized from the front and can be opened and closed with respect to the main body frame. and a door frame, and the ball removing means is positioned between an open position where game balls can be removed from the ball circulation means and a closed position where game balls cannot be removed from the ball circulation means. The door frame is slidably provided so that it cannot be slid from the closed position to the open position when the door frame is closed with respect to the body frame. (See the description regarding the ball extraction shutter 515 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, in a normal state, the door frame is closed with respect to the body frame, and the ball removing means is in the closed position. In this state, the door frame prevents the ball removing means from sliding to the open position. The game ball does not come out from the ball receiving part. Therefore, the number of enclosed game balls does not decrease, and it is possible to avoid the occurrence of troubles such as the inability to continuously shoot game balls, so that continuous shooting of game balls to the player can be avoided. can be surely entertained, and the decline in the player's interest in the game can be suppressed. When the enclosed game ball is to be extracted to the outside (ball receiving portion), the door frame is opened from the body frame, and the ball extraction means is slid from the closed position to the open position, and the game ball is released from the ball circulation means. It can be pulled out to the receiving portion, and the same effects as described above can be achieved.

In addition, when the door frame is closed, the ball extraction means is prevented from sliding from the closed position to the open position. It is possible to provide a game machine with high security that can prevent illegal balls from being mixed into a means and can prevent fraudulent acts from being accomplished due to the illegal balls being mixed in.例文帳に追加

Means 10: In the gaming machine,
"A game board having a game area detachably supported from the front by a main body frame and in which a game is played with game balls;
a ball launching means capable of supplying game balls to the game area of the game board;
a ball circulation means for collecting the game balls shot by the ball shooting means and supplying them to the ball shooting means again;
a door frame that allows the game area of the game board to be visible from the front and is provided to be openable and closable with respect to the main body frame;
and
A gaming machine in which a game ball is shot by the ball shooting means based on the player's ball holding data converted into data,
The sphere circulation means is
a ball passage for circulating game balls that are shot and collected by the ball shooting means below the ball shooting means;
a ball discharge port provided adjacent to the downstream side of a deceleration section for decelerating the circulation speed of game balls in the vicinity of the downstream end of the ball passage and penetrating vertically;
The ball outlet is openable and closable, and is provided slidably between an open position from which the game ball can be removed and a closed position from which the game ball cannot be removed, and the When the door frame is closed, it cannot be slid from the closed position to the open position, and has a magnetic force generating means for applying a magnetic force to the game ball, and a ball removing means for removing the circulating game ball;
A game ball is lifted above the ball shooting means from the downstream end of the ball passage and supplied to the ball shooting means, and the game ball is lifted when the game ball is pulled out by the ball ejecting means. ball lifting means for
and
Below the ball removing means, the ball is placed on an inclined surface that slopes down toward the front, and forward movement is restricted by a restricting portion, and the restricting portion is released. It is provided slidably in the forward direction, and is further provided with a container-shaped ball receiving portion that is opened upward and receives the game ball drawn by the ball drawing means.

According to the configuration of the means 10, the game board is detachably supported from the front of the main body frame and has a game area in which a game is played with game balls, ball shooting means capable of supplying game balls to the game area of the game board, and balls. A ball circulation means that collects the game balls shot by the shooting means and supplies them to the ball shooting means again, and a door frame that allows the game area of the game board to be visually recognized from the front and that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body frame. and a game machine configured to shoot a game ball by a ball shooting means based on data of a ball held by a player, wherein the ball circulation means shoots and recovers the ball by the ball shooting means. A ball passage for circulating game balls downward from the ball launching means and a deceleration section for reducing the circulation speed of the game balls near the downstream end of the ball passage are provided adjacent to the downstream side, and penetrate vertically. a ball outlet, an open position where the ball outlet can be opened and closed and game balls can be pulled out, and a closed position where game balls cannot be pulled out, and a body frame. When the door frame is closed, the door frame cannot be slid from the closed position to the open position, and has a magnetic force generating means for applying a magnetic force to the game ball. a ball-lifting means for lifting the game ball upward from the ball-shooting means from the downstream end of the and feeding it to the ball-shooting means, and lifting the game ball when the game ball is pulled out by the ball-removing means; , and is placed on an inclined surface that slopes down toward the front below the ball extraction means, and is restricted from moving forward by a restriction portion. A ball receiving part is provided so as to be slidable forward by releasing the part, and has a container-like shape opened upward and receives the game ball pulled out by the ball pulling means.

As a result, the game balls shot from the ball shooting means for shooting game balls to the game area are collected by the ball circulation means and supplied to the ball shooting means, and are released from the ball shooting means based on the ball holding data of the player. In a game machine designed to shoot game balls (so-called enclosed game machine, management game machine), in a normal state, the door frame is closed with respect to the body frame, and the ball extraction means is in the closed position. state. In this state, the door frame prevents the ball removing means from sliding to the open position. The game ball does not come out from the ball receiving part. Therefore, the number of enclosed game balls does not decrease, and it is possible to avoid the occurrence of troubles such as the inability to continuously shoot game balls, so that continuous shooting of game balls to the player can be avoided. can be surely entertained, and the decline in the player's interest in the game can be suppressed.

When a game ball that has been sealed in for maintenance or the like is removed to the outside (ball receiving portion), the door frame is opened from the body frame, and the ball removal means is slid from the closed position to the open position. The penetrating ball outlet is opened and the bottom wall of the ball passage is pulled out, and compared with the case where the ball outlet is provided on the side wall of the ball passage, the ball receiving part surely lowers the game ball from the ball passage. can be pulled out. At this time, since the ball extraction means (ball extraction port) is provided so as to be adjacent to the downstream of the deceleration part in the ball passage, the circulation speed of the game ball is reduced by the deceleration part, so that the game ball It is possible to avoid jumping over the outlet, and to reliably draw the game ball from the ball outlet to the ball receiving part. As a result, since the game ball can be pulled out from the ball circulation means to the container-shaped ball receiving portion provided below the ball removing means, the game ball is received by the ball receiving portion and the enclosed game The balls are not scattered to the outside, and the game balls enclosed by the ball receiving part can be taken out in a collected state, and the burden on maintenance and the like can be reduced.

The ball receiving portion is placed on an inclined surface that slopes down toward the front and is restricted from moving forward by the restricting portion. When the removed game ball accumulates in the ball receiving portion, even if the ball receiving portion tries to slide forward along the inclined surface due to its weight, the forward sliding is restricted by the restricting portion, and the restriction by the restricting portion is released. Until then, the game ball pulled out by the ball pulling means can be received by the ball receiving portion. When the regulation by the regulation part is released in a state in which a plurality of game balls are stored in the ball receiving part, the weight of the game balls stored in the ball receiving part moves the ball receiving part along the slope of the inclined surface. By sliding forward, a large number of game balls can be easily taken out.

In addition, since the portion where the ball receiving portion is placed is an inclined surface that is lowered forward, when the game ball is removed from the ball circulation means by the ball removing means while the ball receiving portion is not placed on the inclined surface. , the inclination of the inclined surface can guide and discharge the game balls forward, making it possible to make it difficult for the game balls to scatter.

In addition, since the game ball is pulled out from the ball outlet to the ball receiving part while the circulation speed is reduced by the deceleration part, the momentum of the game ball discharged from the ball removing means is weakened and the ball receiving part The impact acting on the ball can be reduced, and the ball receiving part will not be damaged.

Furthermore, since the ball removing means for removing enclosed game balls is provided in the vicinity of the downstream end of the ball passage that supplies the game balls to the ball lifting means, it is located at the lowest position in the circulation path of the game balls. Since the ball extracting means is provided in the vicinity, even if the game ball discharged outside from the ball extracting means spills without being received by the ball receiving part, the game ball falls from a relatively low position. As a result, it is possible to prevent the balls from being scattered over a wide area, and it is possible to reduce the labor involved in removing the balls.

In addition, since the ball ejecting means is provided near the lower end (entrance) of the ball lifting means in the ball passage, game balls on the upstream side of the ball ejecting means can be naturally ejected by the inclination of the ball passage. It suffices to lift some of the game balls that are being lifted by the ball lifting means, and the time required for removing the balls can be shortened compared to the conventional method, and the burden of maintenance and the like can be reduced. can be reduced.

Furthermore, when the game ball is pulled out by the ball pulling means, the ball lifting means is operated to lift the game ball, so the game ball on the lower end (entrance) side of the ball lifting means in the ball passage , the game ball being lifted by the ball lifting means, can be sent to the ball removing means, and all the enclosed game balls can be removed to the outside. The ball lifting means may be operated by operating the ball removing means, or a ball removing switch or the like may be provided and operated to operate the ball lifting means.

In addition, when the door frame is closed, the ball extraction means is prevented from sliding from the closed position to the open position. It is possible to provide a game machine with high security that can prevent illegal balls from being mixed into a means and can prevent fraudulent acts from being accomplished due to the illegal balls being mixed in.例文帳に追加

Furthermore, since the ball ejecting means has a magnetic force generating means, when stainless steel balls made of non-magnetic stainless steel such as SUS304 are used as the circulating game balls, an iron ball is used as the game ball in the game hall. If this game machine is installed so as to be mixed with the conventional game machine in use, there is a high possibility that iron balls will be mixed in when replacing or replenishing the stainless steel balls for maintenance or the like. When an iron ball is mixed in during maintenance or the like, the iron ball can be magnetically attached to the ball removing means by the magnetic force from the magnetic force generating means, and can be sorted out from the stainless balls. Then, the iron ball magnetically attached to the ball removing means by the magnetic force generating means can be easily removed to the outside by the ball removing means.

As for taking out the iron ball by the ball extracting means having the magnetic force generating means, for example, when the ball extracting means is provided with a door portion that prevents the game ball from passing through the ball extracting opening, the ball extracting means is normally in the closed position. In this state, when an iron ball flows through the ball passage, the magnetic force generating means magnetically attaches the iron ball to the upper surface of the door portion of the ball removing means. In this state, when the ball extracting means is slid from the closed position to the open position, the magnetically attached iron ball slides together with the door. Only the iron ball is prevented from sliding. When only the ball removing means slides further, the door portion supporting the iron ball from below disappears, so that the iron ball moves downward and passes through the ball removing opening. At this time, the iron ball does not leave the door due to the magnetic force of the magnetic force generating means, and tries to wrap around the lower surface of the door while being magnetically attached. In this state, when the ball extracting means is slid from the open position to the closed position, the ball extracting port is closed and the iron ball remains magnetically attached to the lower surface of the door portion, so that it cannot be dropped and received by the ball receiving portion. do not have. Thus, by removing the iron ball magnetically attached to the lower surface of the door portion, the iron ball can be taken out, and only the stainless steel ball can be received by the ball receiving portion.

In addition, since the ball ejecting means has the magnetic force generating means, when stainless steel balls are used as the circulating game balls, even if an iron ball is mixed as a fraudulent ball for cheating, the magnetic force generating means can be used. Since the iron ball can be magnetically attached to the ball ejecting means by the magnetic force from the ball, it is possible to avoid the iron ball for cheating from being shot into the game area by the ball shooting means. A game machine with high security can be provided by obstructing achievement.

In addition, since the ball extracting means has the magnetic force generating means, stainless steel balls are used as the circulating game balls, and the ball extracting means is provided at a portion where the game balls circulate in a row, and is downstream of the ball extracting means. When a ball sensor for detecting a game ball is provided in the downstream side, when the iron ball is magnetically attached to the ball extraction means by the magnetic force generating means, the magnetically attached iron ball hinders the flow of the game ball, and the ball sensor on the downstream side will not be detected until how long. Since the game ball (stainless steel ball) is no longer detected by the ball extracting means, it is possible to detect that the iron ball is magnetically attached, and the ball sensor can notify the presence of the iron ball. Iron balls can be removed.

As described above, according to the above solution, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that allows the enclosed game balls to be taken out together.

[16-4c. Relationship between the solution means of the fourth technical feature and the embodiment]
The ball launching unit 450 of the body frame 4 in this embodiment serves as the ball launching means of the above solving means, and the foul unit 470, circulating ball path unit 500, ball lifting unit 550, and ball feeding unit 600 in this embodiment are the above solving means. The bottom wall of the tray insertion recess 401f in the main body frame base 401 of the main body frame 4 of the present embodiment is the inclined surface of the above-described solving means. Each of these corresponds to the regulation part of the above solution.

The sphere storage passage 504 and meandering sphere member 513 of the circulation sphere path unit 500 in this embodiment serve as the sphere passage of the above solving means, and the first bent portion 513j of the meandering sphere member 513 in this embodiment serves as the reducing portion of the above solving means. , the ball extraction opening 513p of the meandering ball member 513 in this embodiment is the ball extraction opening of the above solution, the ball extraction shutter 515 in this embodiment is the ball extraction means of the above solution, and the magnet 516 in this embodiment is the above The ball lifting unit 550 in this embodiment corresponds to the ball lifting means of the above solution, and the ball receiving tray 620 in this embodiment corresponds to the ball receiving part of the above solution. there is

[16-4d. Characteristic Actions and Effects of the Fourth Technical Feature]
According to this embodiment, the game balls B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 shooting the game balls B to the game area 5a of the game board 5 are recovered by the foul unit 470 and the circulation ball path unit 500, and the ball shooting units 450, and in the pachinko machine 1 (a so-called enclosed type game machine, a management game machine) that shoots the game ball B from the ball shooting unit 450 based on the player's ball holding data, the normal state In this state, the door frame 3 is closed with respect to the body frame 4, and the ball removal shutter 515 of the circulation ball path unit 500 is in the closed position. In this state, the ball shutter 515 cannot be slid to the open position (forward) by the door frame 3, so the ball shutter 515 cannot be arbitrarily slid from the closed position to the open position due to game vibrations or the like. Therefore, the game ball B does not come out to the ball receiving tray 620 from the ball outlet 513p of the meandering ball member 513.例文帳に追加Therefore, the number of enclosed game balls B does not decrease, and it is possible to avoid the occurrence of a trouble such that the game balls B cannot be continuously shot, so that the game balls can be continuously released to the player. The shooting of B can be surely enjoyed, and the decrease in the player's interest in the game can be suppressed.

When the enclosed game ball B is removed to the outside (ball receiving tray 620) for maintenance or the like, the door frame 3 is opened from the body frame 4, and the ball removal shutter 515 is slid from the closed position to the open position. In the ball storage passage 504 (the meandering ball member 513), the ball outlet 513p penetrating vertically opens and the bottom wall of the ball storage passage 504 is removed, and the ball outlet is provided in the side wall of the ball storage passage. In comparison, the game ball B can be reliably pulled out from the ball storage passage 504 to the ball receiving tray 620 below. At this time, since the ball extraction port 513p is provided adjacent to the downstream side of the first bent portion 513j (deceleration portion) in the ball storage passage 504, the circulation speed of the game ball B is reduced by the bending of the first bent portion 513j. is decelerated, the game ball B can be avoided from jumping over the ball outlet 513p, and the game ball B can be reliably drawn out to the ball receiving tray 620 from the ball outlet 513p. As a result, the game ball B can be pulled out from the circulation ball path unit 500 into the container-shaped ball receiving tray 620 provided below the ball extraction port 513p (ball extraction shutter 515). Since the game balls B are received by the receiving tray 620, the enclosed game balls B are not scattered to the outside, and the game balls B enclosed by the ball receiving tray 620 can be taken out in a collected state, requiring maintenance and the like. burden can be reduced.

The ball receiving tray 620 is placed on the bottom wall (inclined surface) of the tray insertion recess 401f of the main body frame base 401, which slopes down toward the front. ), the game balls B drawn from the circulation ball path unit 500 by the ball removal shutter 515 accumulate in the ball receiving tray 620, and the weight of the ball receiving tray 620 pushes the bottom wall. Even if it tries to slide forward along the slope, the forward sliding is regulated by the locking claw 401n, and until the regulation by the locking claw 401n is released, the game ball B pulled out by the ball extraction shutter 515 is received. be able to. When the restriction by the locking claw 401n is released in a state where a plurality of game balls B are stored in the ball receiving tray 620, the weight of the game balls B stored in the ball receiving tray 620 causes the ball receiving tray 620 to move. It slides forward along the inclination of the bottom wall of the tray insertion recess 401f, and a large number of game balls B can be easily taken out in a collected state.

When the iron ball SB flows through the ball storage passage 504 while the ball extraction shutter 515 is in the closed position, the magnet 516 pulls the iron ball SB out. magnetically attaches to the upper surface of the door portion 515 a of the ball extraction shutter 515 . In this state, when the ball extraction shutter 515 is slid from the closed position to the open position, the magnetically attached iron ball SB slides together with the door portion 515a. When the iron ball SB comes into contact with the side wall on the front side of the transverse portion 513k, only the iron ball SB is prevented from sliding. When only the ball removal shutter 515 slides further, the door portion 515a supporting the iron ball SB from below disappears, so that the iron ball SB moves downward and passes through the ball removal opening 513p. At this time, the iron ball SB does not move away from the door portion 515a due to the magnetic force of the magnet 516, and tries to wrap around to the lower surface side of the door portion 515a while being magnetically attached. In this state, when the ball removal shutter 515 is slid from the open position to the closed position, the ball removal opening 513p is closed and the iron ball SB remains magnetically attached to the lower surface of the door portion 515a (magnet 516), thereby There is no fall to 620. As a result, by removing the iron ball SB magnetically attached to the lower surface of the door portion 515a, the iron ball SB can be taken out, and only the stainless steel ball can be received by the ball receiving tray 620.

In addition, since the bottom wall of the tray insertion recess 401f in which the ball receiving tray 620 is placed has an inclined surface that slopes forward, the ball removal shutter 515 can be opened without inserting the ball receiving tray 620 into the tray insertion recess 401f. When the game balls B are pulled out from the circulating ball path unit 500 (the ball outlet 513p) by sliding, they can be guided forward by the inclination of the bottom wall of the tray insertion recess 401f and discharged, so that the game balls B are less likely to scatter. It becomes possible to

In addition, since the game ball B is pulled out from the ball outlet 513p to the ball receiving tray 620 in a state where the circulation speed is reduced by the first bent portion 513j of the ball meandering member 513, it is discharged from the ball outlet 513p. By weakening the momentum of the game ball B, the impact acting on the ball receiving tray 620 can be reduced, and the ball receiving tray 620 is not damaged.

Furthermore, a ball extraction shutter 515 (ball extraction port 513p) for extracting the enclosed game ball B is provided downstream of the ball storage passage 504 for supplying the game ball B to the ball lifting unit 550 (lifting spiral shaft 561). Since it is provided near the end, the ball removal shutter 515 is provided near the lowest position in the circulation path R of the game ball B, so the game ball B discharged to the outside from the ball removal shutter 515 Even if the ball spills without being received by the ball receiving tray 620, the game ball B falls from a relatively low position so that it is difficult to scatter over a wide area, and the trouble of removing the ball can be reduced. can.

In addition, since the ball removal shutter 515 (ball removal port 513p) is provided near the lower end (entrance) of the ball lifting unit 550 in the ball storage passage 504, the game ball B on the upstream side of the ball removal port 513p is removed. It can be pulled out naturally by the inclination of the storage passage 504, and a part of the game ball B, such as being lifted in the ball lifting unit 550, can be lifted by the lifting spiral shaft 561, and the ball is compared with the conventional one. It is possible to shorten the time required for removal, and to reduce the burden of maintenance and the like.

Furthermore, when the game ball B is pulled out by sliding the ball extraction shutter 515, the ball lifting unit 550 (lifting spiral shaft 561) is operated (rotated) to lift the game ball B. , the game ball on the lower end (entrance) side of the ball lifting unit 550 in the circulation route R (ball passage), the game ball B being lifted by the ball lifting unit 550, etc. can be sent to the ball outlet 513p, All enclosed game balls B can be extracted to the outside. The ball lifting unit 550 may be operated by operating the ball removal shutter 515 , or the ball lifting unit 550 may be operated by operating the ball removal switch 642 .

In addition, when the door frame 3 is closed, the ball extraction shutter 515 is prevented from sliding from the closed position to the open position, so that the illegal ball (for example, the iron ball SB) for committing the fraudulent act is removed from the ball extraction shutter. 515 (ball outlet 513p) can be prevented from being mixed into the circulation ball path unit 500, and a pachinko with high security that can prevent fraudulent acts due to the mixing of illegal balls. Machine 1 can be provided.

Furthermore, since the ball release shutter 515 has a magnet 516, in the case of the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment that uses a stainless steel ball as the enclosed game ball B, an iron ball is used as the game ball in the game hall. If this pachinko machine 1 is installed so as to be mixed with a conventional pachinko machine using SB, iron balls SB may be mixed when replacing or replenishing the stainless steel balls for maintenance or the like. get higher When iron balls SB are mixed in during maintenance or the like, the iron balls SB can be magnetically attached to the ball removal shutter 515 by the magnetic force from the magnet 516, and can be sorted out from the stainless steel balls. Then, the iron ball SB magnetically attached to the ball removal shutter 515 by the magnet 516 can be easily taken out to the outside by the ball removal shutter 515 .

In addition, even if the iron ball SB is mixed as a fraudulent ball for fraud, the magnetic force from the magnet 516 can magnetically attach the iron ball SB to the ball pull-out shutter 515. The ball SB can be prevented from being shot to the game area 5a by the ball shooting unit 450, and the pachinko machine 1 with high security can be provided by obstructing the achievement of fraud.

In addition, when the iron ball SB is magnetically attached to the ball removal shutter 515 by the magnet 516, the magnetically attached iron ball SB obstructs the circulation of the game ball B in the ball storage passage 504, and the circulation ball shortage sensor 521 on the downstream side and the lifting Since the entrance sensor 553 does not detect the game ball B (stainless steel ball) no matter how long it takes, it can detect that the iron ball SB is magnetically attached to the ball removal shutter 515, and the mixture of the iron ball SB is notified. It is possible to remove the iron balls SB mixed in with the

[16-5. Fifth technical feature]
This specification has the following technical features different from those described above.

[16-5a. Background of the Fifth Technical Features]
A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine that circulates a large number of game balls enclosed inside during play and prevents the player from touching the game balls (so-called enclosed type game machine, management game machine) is known (for example, Patent Document C: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-184062). In a gaming machine such as that disclosed in Patent Document C, game balls hit into the game area of the game board are collected by the ball circulation means and supplied to the ball shooting means.

However, in the technique of Patent Document C, when ball clogging occurs in the ball circulation means that constitutes the circulation path of the game balls, there is no mechanism for eliminating the ball clogging, so the ball circulation means is not provided. There was a problem that it took time and effort to remove the parts that were attached.

Therefore, in view of the above circumstances, the following means provide a gaming machine that can easily eliminate ball clogging in the circulation path of game balls.
[16-5b. Means for solving the fifth technical feature]
Means 1: In the game machine,
"A game board having a game area where games are played with game balls,
a ball launching means capable of supplying game balls to the game area of the game board;
a ball circulation means for collecting the game balls shot by the ball shooting means and supplying them to the ball shooting means again;
A gaming machine in which a game ball is shot by the ball shooting means based on the player's ball holding data converted into data,
The sphere circulation means is
a ball collection passage through which the game balls discharged and collected by the ball launching means circulate;
a ball sensor for detecting game balls circulating in the ball recovery passage;
and an approach section provided in the ball recovery passage and capable of approaching the ball sensor from the upstream side.

Here, the ``ball recovery path'' includes an ``out ball path through which game balls received in the out port of the game board are collected and circulated,'' and a ``ball recovery path in which game balls received in the winning opening of the game board are collected. Circulating Safe Ball Passage", "Foul Ball Passage for Collecting and Circulating Game Balls that Have Been Fired by the Ball Launching Means but Not Struck into the Game Area", "Collected Game Balls Circulate in a Line ball storage passage”, and the like.

In addition, it is desirable that the "ball sensor" has a detection hole through which the game ball can pass. safe ball sensor for detecting game balls in circulation", "foul ball sensor for detecting game balls in circulation in the foul ball passage", and the like.

Furthermore, "approachable" includes "able to insert a finger of a worker performing maintenance", "able to insert a tool for maintenance", and the like.

In addition, the "approach part" includes "a cover member that allows the wall of the ball recovery passage to be opened and closed by rotating the hinge", "a cover member that allows the wall of the ball recovery passage to be opened and closed by sliding", "A cover member that can open and close the wall of the ball recovery passage by attaching and detaching it", "A cover member that can open and close the wall of the ball recovery passage by fixing with one or two screws", "A game ball cannot pass through a tool insertion opening that penetrates the wall of the ball recovery passage with a size of about 100 mm and into which a tool for removing ball clogging can be inserted.

According to the configuration of means 1, a game board having a game area where a game is played with game balls, a ball shooting means capable of supplying game balls to the game area of the game board, and a game ball shot by the ball shooting means are collected. and a ball circulation means for supplying the ball to the ball launching means again, wherein the ball launching means shoots the game balls based on the data of the player's ball possession, which is converted into data. The circulation means includes a ball recovery passage through which game balls discharged and recovered by the ball launching means circulate, a ball sensor for detecting game balls circulating in the ball recovery passage, and balls provided in the ball recovery passage. and an approach section that can approach the sensor from the upstream side. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], see chapters [4-4. Circulating ball path unit] and [4-4a. Ball clogging elimination mechanism], and the descriptions in FIGS. 20 to 28, etc.)

As a result, the game balls shot from the ball shooting means for shooting game balls to the game area are collected by the ball circulation means and supplied to the ball shooting means, and are released from the ball shooting means based on the ball holding data of the player. In a game machine designed to shoot game balls (so-called enclosed type game machine, management game machine), a ball recovery path and a ball recovery path are distributed to a ball circulation means constituting a circulation path of game balls. Since the ball sensor is provided for detecting the game balls in the ball-receiving passage, the ball-recovery path receives the game balls shot by the ball-shooting means, aligns them in a line, and sends them to the ball sensor. . Therefore, the width and height of the portion of the ball recovery path upstream of the ball sensor is gradually narrowed to a size through which one game ball B can pass in order to align the game balls in a row. Therefore, it is easy for balls to get stuck in that area, but since an approach section is provided that allows an approach to the upstream side of the ball sensor, a stuck game ball can be removed by inserting a finger or a tool from the approach section. Clogging can be easily eliminated by unraveling.

By the way, for example, if illegal balls (large balls) having a larger diameter than the game balls are mixed into the ball circulation means from the game board side, and a ball clogging occurs intentionally, the ball clogging occurs. If it takes time to solve the problem, the operating time of the gaming machine will decrease and the burden on the gaming hall will increase. Therefore, by inserting a finger or a tool from the approach part, it is possible to easily remove the large balls (illegal balls) that are the cause of the ball clogging, and it is possible to suppress an increase in the burden on the game hall. , it is possible to provide a gaming machine with a high deterrent to fraud.

The game board is provided within the game area with a prize-winning port for adding a predetermined number of game balls to the held ball data and an out port for not adding to the held ball data. It has an out-ball passage as a passage through which a game ball received in the out port circulates, an out-ball sensor for detecting a game ball circulating in the out-ball passage as a ball sensor, and an approach section at least. The out ball sensor may be approached from the upstream side. As a result, many game balls hit into the game area of the game board are received in the out hole, so many game balls circulate through the out ball passage in the ball recovery passage, causing ball clogging in the out ball passage. more likely to. On the other hand, since the approach section as described above can be approached from at least the upstream side of the out-ball sensor in the out-ball passage, a game in which a finger or a tool is inserted from the approach section to bite. Ball clogging can be easily eliminated by loosening the balls.

Further, as described above, when the approach portion is provided for the out-ball sensor of the out-ball passage through which the game balls received in the out-port of the game board circulate, the out-port is more likely to be used in the game board than the winning port. Since the balls are made easy to accept, if an illegal act such as mixing an illegal ball (large ball) with a larger diameter than the game ball is carried out, there is a risk that the large ball will be mixed from the out hole, and the large ball will be mixed. If this happens, the out-ball passage (out-ball sensor) will be clogged with a large ball. By inserting a finger or a tool, it is possible to easily remove large balls (illegal balls) that are the cause of clogged balls, suppress an increase in the burden on the game hall, and act as a deterrent against cheating. It is possible to provide a game machine with a high

Further, the game machine includes a main body frame that detachably supports the game board from the front and also supports the ball shooting means and the ball circulation means, and the main body frame that covers at least the approach section from the rear. A frame substrate unit which is openable and closable and has a frame control substrate capable of controlling the ball launching means and the ball circulation means may be further provided. As a result, in a normal state in which the frame substrate unit is closed, the rear of the approach unit is covered by the frame substrate unit. Even if an attempt is made to do so, the frame substrate unit covering the rear can prevent unauthorized tool insertion. On the other hand, if a ball is clogged in the ball collection passage, the approach part will appear when the frame base unit is opened. can be Therefore, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can easily eliminate jammed balls while enhancing deterrence against fraud.

Further, when the body frame and the frame substrate unit are provided as described above, the frame substrate unit having the frame control substrate is provided behind the approach section, that is, behind the ball circulation means. The space behind the can be effectively utilized.

In addition, it is desirable that the approach portion be made accessible to the upstream side of the ball sensor from the outside by opening the wall portion of the ball recovery passage. As a result, by opening the part of the wall of the ball recovery passage that constitutes the approach part, it is possible to see the inside of the ball recovery passage, so that game balls that are stuck through the opened part can be released. It is possible to realize a game machine that can easily eliminate ball clogging by removing large balls (illegal balls) and exhibiting the above-described effects.

Furthermore, the ball sensor may have a detection hole through which a game ball can pass. As a result, the portion of the detection hole for detecting the game ball in the ball sensor becomes the narrowest in the ball recovery passage, so the ball clogging easily occurs at the portion of the ball sensor. Since the approach part is provided, it is possible to loosen a game ball that is bitten by inserting a finger or a tool from the approach part and remove a large ball (irregular ball), thereby preventing ball jams. can be easily resolved.

Also, a ball sensor that can be approached by the approach section may be provided in a portion near the upstream end of the ball recovery passage. As a result, the ball sensor for detecting game balls is provided at a location near the upstream end (entrance) of the ball recovery passage, and the ball recovery passage narrows toward the ball sensor. Ball clogging tends to occur in areas close to the ball sensor, but since an approach part is provided for the ball sensor, you can insert your fingers or tools from the approach part to loosen a game ball that is bitten, or a large ball ( Illegal balls) can be removed, and ball clogging can be easily resolved. At this time, since the ball sensor and the approach section are provided near the upstream end of the ball recovery passage, the structure of the approach section is simpler than when the approach section is provided at the back of the ball recovery passage. , and an increase in the cost of the approach section can be suppressed.

Also, as described above, when the ball sensor and the approach section are provided near the upstream end of the ball recovery passage, when a large ball (illegal ball) is mixed as a fraudulent act, the large ball penetrates deep into the ball recovery passage. It is possible to prevent fraudulent behavior and increase deterrence against fraudulent behavior.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The game board is
A prize winning port for adding a predetermined number to the ball holding data by receiving a game ball and an out port not adding to the ball holding data are provided in the game area,
The sphere circulation means is
It has an out-ball passage as the ball recovery passage through which game balls received in the out-port flow, and an out-ball sensor for detecting game balls circulating in the out-ball passage as the ball sensor. and
The approach section
At least it is possible to approach the out ball sensor from the upstream side.”
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 2, the game board is provided with a winning hole for adding a predetermined number to the held ball data by receiving the game ball and an out hole for not adding to the held ball data within the game area, and the balls are circulated. The means has an out-ball passage as a ball recovery passage through which game balls received in the out port circulate, and has an out-ball sensor as a ball sensor for detecting game balls circulating in the out-ball passage, and further, The approach section can approach at least the out-ball sensor from the upstream side. (See the description regarding the circulation ball path unit 500 and ball clogging mechanism 530 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, many game balls hit into the game area of the game board are received in the out hole, so many game balls circulate through the out ball passage in the ball recovery passage, causing ball clogging in the out ball passage. more likely to. On the other hand, since the approach section as described above can be approached from at least the upstream side of the out-ball sensor in the out-ball passage, a game in which a finger or a tool is inserted from the approach section to bite. Ball clogging can be easily eliminated by loosening the balls.

In addition, since the game board makes it easier for game balls to be accepted in the out hole than in the winning hole, if fraudulent acts such as mixing in illegal balls (large balls) with a larger diameter than game balls are carried out, There is a risk that a large ball will be mixed in from the out hole, and if a large ball is mixed in, the ball will clog the out ball passage (out ball sensor) due to the large ball. Since it is possible to approach the upstream side of the sensor, it is possible to easily remove large balls (illegal balls) that cause ball jams by inserting a finger or a tool from the approach part, thereby reducing the burden on the game hall. It is possible to provide a game machine that can suppress an increase in the number of players and has a high deterrence against cheating.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 1 or Means 2,
"a body frame that detachably supports the game board from the front and supports the ball launching means and the ball circulation means;
a frame substrate unit having a frame control substrate which is openable and closable with respect to the body frame so as to cover at least the approach portion from the rear, and which is capable of controlling the ball launching means and the ball circulation means;
It is further provided with ".

According to the configuration of means 3, the main body frame detachably supports the game board from the front and supports the ball shooting means and the ball circulation means, and at least the approach section is covered from the rear. A frame substrate unit is provided so as to be openable and closable with respect to the body frame, and has a frame control substrate capable of controlling the ball launching means and the ball circulation means. (Refer to the description regarding the clogging elimination mechanism 530 and the frame substrate unit 630 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, in a normal state in which the frame substrate unit is closed, the rear of the approach unit is covered by the frame substrate unit. Even if an attempt is made to do so, the frame substrate unit covering the rear can prevent unauthorized tool insertion. On the other hand, if a ball is clogged in the ball collection passage, the approach part will appear when the frame base unit is opened. can be Therefore, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can easily eliminate jammed balls while enhancing deterrence against fraud.

Further, since the frame substrate unit having the frame control substrate is provided behind the approach section, that is, behind the ball circulation means, the space behind the ball circulation means can be effectively utilized.

Means 4: In any one configuration from Means 1 to 3,
"The approach department
By opening the wall portion of the ball recovery passage, it is possible to approach the upstream side of the ball sensor from the outside.

Here, the configuration for "opening the wall" includes "rotating a part of the wall with a hinge", "sliding a part of the wall", "removing a part of the wall", and the like. .

According to the configuration of the means 4, the approach part is made to be able to approach the upstream side of the ball sensor from the outside by opening the wall part of the ball recovery passage. (See the description regarding ball clogging mechanism 530 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, by opening the part of the wall of the ball recovery passage that constitutes the approach part, it is possible to see the inside of the ball recovery passage, so that game balls that are stuck through the opened part can be released. It is possible to realize a game machine that can easily eliminate ball clogging by removing large balls (illegal balls) and exhibiting the above-described effects.

Means 5: In any one configuration of Means 1 to 4,
"The sphere sensor
It is characterized by having a detection hole through which a game ball can pass.

Here, the ball sensor includes a ball sensor that turns ON when a game ball approaches and a passing type ball sensor that turns ON when a game ball passes. The passing-type ball sensor has a hole (detection hole) through which a game ball can pass, and can detect the game ball when the game ball passes through this hole.

According to the configuration of means 5, the ball sensor has a detection hole through which the game ball can pass. That is, the ball sensor is detected by the game ball passing through the detection hole. (See the description regarding out ball sensor 505 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, the portion of the detection hole for detecting the game ball in the ball sensor becomes the narrowest in the ball recovery passage, so the ball clogging easily occurs at the portion of the ball sensor. Since the approach part is provided, it is possible to loosen a game ball that is bitten by inserting a finger or a tool from the approach part and remove a large ball (irregular ball), thereby preventing ball jams. can be easily resolved.

Means 6: In any one configuration of Means 1 to 5,
The ball collection passage is
It is characterized in that the sphere sensor that can be approached by the approach section is provided at a portion near the upstream end.

According to the configuration of means 6, a ball sensor that can be approached by the approach section is provided in a portion near the upstream end of the ball recovery passage. (See the description regarding ball clogging mechanism 530 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, the ball sensor for detecting game balls is provided at a location near the upstream end (entrance) of the ball recovery passage, and the ball recovery passage narrows toward the ball sensor. Ball clogging tends to occur in areas close to the ball sensor, but since an approach part is provided for the ball sensor, you can insert your fingers or tools from the approach part to loosen a game ball that is bitten, or a large ball ( Illegal balls) can be removed, and ball clogging can be easily eliminated. At this time, since the ball sensor and the approach section are provided near the upstream end of the ball recovery passage, the structure of the approach section is simpler than when the approach section is provided at the back of the ball recovery passage. , and an increase in the cost of the approach section can be suppressed.

In addition, since the ball sensor and the approach section are provided near the upstream end of the ball recovery passage, when a large ball (illegal ball) is mixed in as a fraudulent act, the large ball penetrates deep into the ball recovery passage. can be prevented, and the deterrence against fraud can be enhanced.

Means 7: In the gaming machine,
"A game board having a game area where a game is played with game balls and a prize winning opening and an out opening are provided;
a ball launching means capable of supplying game balls to the game area of the game board;
a ball circulation means for collecting the game balls shot by the ball shooting means and supplying them to the ball shooting means again;
a body frame detachably supporting the game board from the front and supporting the ball shooting means and the ball circulation means;
a frame substrate unit having a frame control substrate which is openable and closable with respect to the body frame and which can control the ball launching means and the ball circulation means;
and
A game ball is shot by the ball shooting means based on the player's ball data converted into data, and when the game ball is received in the winning hole, a predetermined number is added to the ball holding data and the out hole is added. A gaming machine that does not add to the possession ball data when a game medium is accepted at
The sphere circulation means is
a ball recovery passage having an out ball passage through which game balls received in the out port circulate, and through which game balls discharged and collected by the ball shooting means circulate;
An out-ball sensor is provided at a portion near the upstream end of the out-ball passage so as to detect game balls circulating in the out-ball passage of the ball recovery passage, the out-ball sensor circulating in the ball recovery passage. a ball sensor having a detection hole through which a game ball can pass;
an approach section capable of approaching at least the out ball sensor of the ball sensor from the outside by opening the wall of the ball recovery passage;
and is provided so that at least the approach portion is covered from the rear when the frame substrate unit is closed with respect to the main body frame.”
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 7, a game is played with game balls and has a game area provided with a prize winning opening and an exit opening; a ball launching means capable of supplying game balls to the game area of the game board; A ball circulation means for collecting the game balls shot by the shooting means and supplying them again to the ball shooting means; a game board detachably supported from the front; and a frame substrate unit having a frame control substrate which is openable and closable with respect to the body frame and capable of controlling the ball shooting means and the ball circulation means. A game ball is shot by the ball shooting means based on the ball data, and when the game ball is accepted in the prize-winning opening, a predetermined number is added to the held ball data, and when the game medium is accepted in the out slot, the held ball data. wherein the ball circulation means has an out-ball passage through which the game balls received in the out port circulate, and the game balls fired and recovered by the ball launching means circulate. It has a ball recovery passage and an out-ball sensor provided near the upstream end of the out-ball passage so as to detect game balls circulating in the out-ball passage of the ball recovery passage, and circulates through the ball recovery passage. a ball sensor having a detection hole through which a game ball can pass; and an approach section that can approach from the outside at least the out-ball sensor of the ball sensor from the upstream side by opening the wall of the ball recovery passage. At least the approach portion is covered from the rear when the frame substrate unit is closed with respect to the main body frame.

As a result, the game balls shot from the ball shooting means for shooting game balls to the game area are collected by the ball circulation means and supplied to the ball shooting means, and are released from the ball shooting means based on the ball holding data of the player. In a game machine (so-called enclosed type game machine, management game machine) in which a predetermined number is added to possessed ball data when a game ball is received in a winning hole of a game area by shooting the game ball, the circulation path of the game ball is provided. is provided with a ball recovery path and a ball sensor for detecting game balls circulating in the ball recovery path, the ball recovery path can detect game balls shot by the ball shooting means. After receiving the spheres for retrieval, they are aligned in a line and sent through the sensing hole of the sphere sensor. Therefore, in order to align the game balls in a row, the portion of the ball recovery path upstream of the ball sensor is designed so that the width and height of the path toward the ball sensor are large enough for one game ball B to pass through. Since the gap gradually becomes narrower, ball clogging is more likely to occur at that portion. This ball recovery passage has an out ball passage for collecting and circulating game balls received in the out port of the game board, and a ball sensor as a ball sensor is provided near the upstream end (entrance) of the out ball passage. An out-ball sensor is provided, and an approach section capable of approaching the out-ball sensor from the upstream side is provided. Since many game balls hit into the game area of the game board are received in the out hole, many game balls circulate in the out ball passage in the ball recovery passage, resulting in ball clogging in the out ball passage. Although the possibility is high, at least an approach section that can be approached from the upstream side to the out-ball sensor in the out-ball passage is provided, so by opening the approach section, a finger or tool can be inserted from the outside into the out-ball passage. The clogging can be easily eliminated by releasing the stuck game ball.

By the way, if illegal balls (large balls) with a diameter larger than the game balls are mixed into the ball circulation means from the game board side, and intentionally cause a ball jam, the ball jam can be eliminated. If it takes a long time, the operation time of the game machine will decrease and the burden on the game hall will increase. Such a fraudulent act of mixing a large ball may cause the game ball to be mixed in from the out hole, which is easier to accept than the winning hole, and when a large ball is mixed in, the ball is clogged with the large ball in the out ball passage (out ball sensor). However, as described above, by opening the approach section, it is possible to approach at least the upstream side of the out-ball sensor, so inserting a finger or a tool from the approach section may cause ball clogging. To provide a game machine capable of easily removing a large ball (illegal ball) that has become a ball, suppressing an increase in the burden on a game hall, and having a high deterrence against fraud.

In addition, in a normal state in which the frame substrate unit is closed, the rear of the approach section is covered by the frame substrate unit. Even if you try to do so, the frame base unit covering the rear can prevent unauthorized tool insertion. On the other hand, if a ball is clogged in the ball collection passage, the approach part will appear when the frame base unit is opened. can do. Therefore, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can easily eliminate jammed balls while enhancing deterrence against fraud.

Furthermore, an out-ball sensor for detecting a game ball received in the out-port is provided at a portion near the upstream end (entrance) of the out-ball passage in the ball recovery passage, and the out-ball passage is directed toward the out-ball sensor. Since the out-ball passage becomes narrower, ball clogging is likely to occur at a portion near the upstream end of the out-ball passage. You can solve the ball or remove the big ball (illegal ball). At this time, since the out-ball sensor and the approach section are provided at a portion near the upstream end of the out-ball passage, compared to the case where the approach section is provided at the back of the out-ball passage (ball recovery passage), It is possible to simplify the configuration of the approach section, and suppress an increase in the cost of the approach section.

In addition, since the out-ball sensor and the approach section are provided near the upstream end of the out-ball passage, when a large ball (illegal ball) is mixed in as a fraudulent act, the large ball enters the out-ball passage (ball recovery passage). Intrusion to the back can be prevented, and deterrence against fraud can be enhanced.

Further, since the frame substrate unit having the frame control substrate is provided behind the approach section, that is, behind the ball circulation means, the space behind the ball circulation means can be effectively utilized.

Thus, according to the above-described solution means, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can easily eliminate ball clogging in the circulation path of game balls.
[16-5c. Relationship between Solution Means of Fifth Technical Feature and Embodiment]
The ball launching unit 450 of the body frame 4 in this embodiment serves as the ball launching means of the above solving means, and the foul unit 470, circulating ball path unit 500, ball lifting unit 550, and ball feeding unit 600 in this embodiment are the above solving means. The out ball passage 501, the safe ball passage 502, and the foul ball passage 503 of the circulation ball path unit 500 of the present embodiment are the ball recovery passages of the above solution means, and the circulation ball path unit 500 of the present embodiment is the ball circulation means of the means. The out ball sensor 505, the safe ball sensor 506, and the foul ball sensor 507 are the ball sensors of the above solving means, and the cover member 531 of the clogged ball elimination mechanism 530 in this embodiment is the approach part of the above solving means. The out port 1008 corresponds to the out port of the above solving means, and the general prize winning port 2001, the first start port 2003, the second start port 2004, and the big prize winning port 2005 in this embodiment correspond to the prize winning ports of the above solving means, respectively. there is
[16-5d. Characteristic action and effect of the fifth technical feature]
According to this embodiment, the game balls B shot from the ball shooting unit 450 shooting the game balls B to the game area 5a of the game board 5 are recovered by the foul unit 470 and the circulation ball path unit 500, and the ball shooting units 450, the game ball B is fired from the ball shooting unit 450 based on the player's ball data, and the winning openings of the game area 5a (general winning opening 2001, first starting opening 2003, second starting opening 2004, In a pachinko machine 1 (so-called enclosed type game machine, management game machine) which is designed to add a predetermined number to possession ball data (number of possession balls) when a game ball B is accepted in the big winning opening 2005), a game ball In the circulating ball path unit 500 constituting the circulation path R of B, an out ball path 501 (ball recovery path) and an out ball sensor as a ball sensor for detecting game balls B circulating in the out ball path 501 are provided. 505 is provided, in the out-ball passage 501, after receiving the game balls B shot by the ball shooting unit 450 for recovery, they are arranged in a line so as to pass through the detection hole of the out-ball sensor 505. will be sent to Therefore, the portion upstream of the out-ball sensor 505 in the out-ball passage 501 has a width and height of the passage toward the out-ball sensor 505 in order to align the game balls B in a row. Since the hole gradually narrows to a size that allows a piece to pass through, ball clogging is likely to occur at that portion. This circulating ball path unit 500 is provided with an out ball sensor 505 in a portion near the upstream end (entrance) of the out ball passage 501, and a ball clogging elimination device that can approach the out ball sensor 505 from the upstream side. A lid member 531 (approach portion) of the mechanism 530 is provided. Since many game balls B hit into the game area 5a of the game board 5 are received in the out port 1008, many game balls B circulate through the out ball passage 501 in the circulation ball path unit 500, and thus out. Although the ball passage 501 is more likely to be clogged with balls, the cover member 531 is provided so that the out-ball sensor 505 in the out-ball passage 501 can be approached from the upstream side, so the cover member 531 can be opened. It becomes possible to insert a finger, a tool, or the like from the outside into the out-ball passage 501, and the clogging can be easily eliminated by loosening the stuck game ball B. - 特許庁

By the way, when a fraudulent act such as intentionally causing a ball jam by mixing an illegal ball B' (large ball) having a larger diameter than the game ball B from the game board 5 side into the circulation ball path unit 500 is performed. If it takes a long time to clear the ball clogging, the operating time of the pachinko machine 1 is reduced and the burden on the game hall is increased. Such a fraudulent act of mixing a large ball may be mixed from the out port 1008 where the game ball B is more likely to be accepted than a winning port such as the general winning port 2001 or the first start port 2003, and a large ball may be mixed. In this case, the out-ball passage 501 (out-ball sensor 505) will be clogged with large balls, but as described above, by opening the cover member 531, at least the upstream side of the out-ball sensor 505 can be approached. Therefore, by inserting a finger or a tool from the lid member 531, it is possible to easily remove the large ball (illegal ball B') that is the cause of the ball clogging, thereby suppressing an increase in the burden on the game hall. It is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that can be used and has a high deterrent to fraudulent actions.

In addition, in a normal state in which the frame substrate unit 630 is closed, the frame substrate unit 630 covers the rear of the cover member 531 (circulation ball path unit 500). Even if an attempt is made to tamper with the interior, the frame base unit 630 covering the rear can prevent insertion of an illicit tool. On the other hand, when ball clogging occurs in the out-ball passage 501 of the circulation ball path unit 500, the lid member 531 appears when the frame substrate unit 630 is opened backward. or remove the illegal ball B' (big ball). Therefore, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 that can easily eliminate jammed balls while enhancing deterrence against fraud.

Furthermore, an out ball sensor 505 for detecting game balls B received in the out port 1008 of the game board 5 is provided at a portion near the upstream end (entrance) of the out ball passage 501 in the circulation ball path unit 500. Since the out-ball passage 501 narrows toward the out-ball sensor 505, ball clogging is likely to occur at a portion near the upstream end of the out-ball passage 501, but a lid member 531 is provided for the out-ball sensor 505. Therefore, by opening the cover member 531, it is possible to loosen the stuck game ball B or remove the large ball (illegal ball B'). At this time, since the out-ball sensor 505 and the lid member 531 are provided at a portion near the upstream end of the out-ball passage 501, the lid member is provided at the back of the out-ball passage 501 (circulation ball path unit 500). As compared with the case, the structure of the cover member 531 (clogged ball removing mechanism 530) can be simplified, and an increase in the cost of the clogged ball removing mechanism 530 can be suppressed.

In addition, since the out-ball sensor 505 and the lid member 531 are provided at a portion near the upstream end of the out-ball passage 501, when a large ball (illegal ball B') is mixed in as a fraudulent act, the large ball passes through the out-ball passage 501. (Circulation ball path unit 500) can be prevented from entering deep inside, and deterrence against fraud can be enhanced.

In addition, since the frame substrate unit 630 having the frame control substrate 640 is provided behind the cover member 531, that is, behind the ball circulation path unit 500, the space behind the ball circulation path unit 500 can be effectively utilized. can be done.

[16-6. Sixth technical feature]
This specification has the following technical features different from those described above.

[16-6a. Background of the sixth technical feature]
A game machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a prize winning opening capable of receiving game media in a game area where a game is played, and a plurality of obstacle pegs that change the flow of the game media. As this type of game machine, a game machine has been proposed in which a protective member is provided along the lower end of the obstacle nail provided directly above the winning opening (for example, Patent Document D: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-140155). . According to the technique disclosed in Patent Document D, by making the obstructing nail difficult to bend, the probability of accepting game media into the winning opening is kept unchanged.

However, in the technique of Patent Document D, the obstructing nail can be bent in a direction other than downward, and there is a possibility that the probability of acceptance into the winning opening (winning probability) may change. For this reason, there is a risk that the winning probability will differ from one gaming machine to another due to secular change, and the different winning probability for each gaming machine may give the player a sense of distrust and reduce interest in the game.

Therefore, in the following means, in view of the above-mentioned actual situation, it is proposed to provide a gaming machine that can suppress the decline in the interest of the player by making the aging of the winning probability of the winning opening less noticeable for each gaming machine. This is an issue.

[16-6b. Solution for the Sixth Technical Feature]
Means 1: In the game machine,
"A game panel having a game area in front of which a game is played with game media, a winning opening provided in front of the game panel and capable of receiving the game medium in the game area, and A game machine provided with a plurality of obstacle nails that change the flow of game media,
A front plate is provided in front of the game panel with a gap between the game panel and the game panel through which game media can flow,
The front plate is
It has an accommodation part capable of accommodating the front end of the obstacle nail related to the acceptance of the game media into the winning opening.

Here, the “game panel” includes “opaque plate”, “transparent plate”, etc., and the material includes “plywood (for example, veneer board)”, “laminated wood”, “metal plate”, “acrylic plate”, etc. resin plate”, “polystyrene”, “polycarbonate resin plate”, “ABS resin plate”, “polypropylene plate”, “polyarylate resin plate”, “methacrylic resin plate”, “glass plate”, and the like. Further, the "game panel" includes "a thing formed of a single plate material", "a plate-like panel plate having a game area formed on the front side, and a panel holder holding the outer periphery of the panel plate. configured", and the like.

In addition, as the ``winning slot'', ``a general winning slot that is always open within the game area'', and ``an advantageous gaming state that is always open within the game area and gives an advantage to the player by accepting game media. A start winning opening (starting opening) where a lottery (special lottery) of special symbols is performed to determine whether or not to generate it, "A specific general winning opening (ordinary winning opening) in the game area By accepting the game medium, Depending on the lottery result of the drawn normal pattern, the variable winning opening (variable starting opening, prize winning opening, etc.) that allows the acceptance of game media, "specific area in the game area (gate, through chucker, etc.), which enables the acceptance of game media according to the lottery results of normal symbols that are drawn by passing the game media (variable start opening, accessory winning opening, etc.) When the game media received in the winning opening are sorted and accepted by the sorting means, the V winning opening generates an advantageous game state in which the player is advantageous. Advantageous advantageous gaming states include a "big prize winning opening and a prize winning opening that opens and closes in a predetermined pattern to accept game media".

Furthermore, the "obstacle nail" may be attached to the game panel at its rear end, or may be attached to a base plate whose rear end is attached to the game panel. Further, the "obstacle nail" may have a head portion with a larger diameter than the shaft portion at the front end, or may have a shaft shape with the front end having the same diameter as the shaft portion. .

In addition, as the "obstacle nail" related to the acceptance of the game medium into the prize winning opening, there are "a pair of obstacle nails (specific obstacle nails) separated by substantially the same width as the winning opening immediately before the winning opening", "a winning opening The obstacle nail (semi-specific obstacle nail) provided close to a pair of obstacle nails (specific obstacle nail) separated by approximately the same width as the prize opening just before the ", "Playing media toward the prize opening Obstacle nails that constitute a line of nails that can be guided", "Blocking nails that can guide a game medium to a line of nails that can guide a game medium toward a prize winning opening" (Windmill)”, and the like.

Further, the "front plate" may be any one that allows visual recognition of the game media circulating in the game area, and may be attached to the front surface of the ball receiving portion forming the prize winning opening. However, it may be attached to a frame-shaped peripheral wall portion such as a rail or a center accessory that divides the game area. Further, the "front plate" may be configured by one member, or may be configured by being divided into a plurality of members.

Further, the "accommodating portion" may be one in which a gap is formed with the front end of the obstructing nail, or may be one in which no gap is formed with the front end of the obstructing nail. Further, the "receiving portion" may be a hole penetrating the front plate in the front-rear direction, or a groove recessed forward from the rear surface without penetrating the front plate.

According to the configuration of means 1, a game panel having a game area in front of which a game is played using game media, a prize winning opening provided in front of the game panel and capable of receiving the game medium in the game area, A gaming machine provided with a plurality of obstructing pegs provided in a game area to change the flow of game media, wherein a gap is provided in front of the game panel so that the game media can circulate. A front plate is provided at the end, and the front plate has a receiving portion capable of receiving the front end of the obstructing nail associated with the reception of the game media into the prize winning opening. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], chapters [11-5. Starting unit of second embodiment] to [11-7. Starting unit and front plate of side unit] and Figures 84 to 100, etc.)

As a result, since the front end of the obstacle nail related to the reception of the game media into the winning opening is accommodated in the accommodation portion of the front plate, many game media are installed in the game hall and used for games. contacts the obstructing nail, and the impact causes the obstructing nail to bend, the front end of the obstructing nail comes into contact with the inner surface of the containing part, thereby preventing the obstructing nail from further bending. can. Therefore, even if the gaming machine is continuously used, the winning probability of the game media entering the winning opening does not change, and the quality of the gaming machine can be maintained for a long period of time. In other words, a gaming machine capable of suppressing a decline in the interest of the player without giving the player a sense of distrust can be made inconspicuous for each gaming machine with respect to the probability of winning a prize. can provide.

In addition, since the front end of the obstacle nail related to the acceptance of the game medium into the prize winning opening is accommodated in the accommodation portion of the front plate, it is considered cheating to change the winning probability of the game medium into the winning opening. Even if an attempt is made to bend the obstructing nail, it is difficult to bend due to the accommodating portion of the front plate, and thus fraudulent acts can be avoided, and fraud can be prevented by recognizing the presence of the front plate having the accommodating portion. It is possible to provide a game machine that has a high deterrence against fraudulent behavior.

Furthermore, since the front end of the obstruction nail is housed in the housing portion of the front plate, the front plate prevents the front end of the obstruction nail from coming into contact with other members during the manufacturing or transportation of the game machine. It is possible to prevent the deformation of the obstructing nail and reliably provide a game machine with a predetermined quality.

In addition, since the front plate has an accommodating portion capable of accommodating the front ends of the obstructing nails, by making the front plate plate-shaped, it is possible to plant a plurality of obstructing nails in a predetermined gauge arrangement during the manufacturing of the game machine. When the nail inspection film for confirming whether or not the nail inspection film is installed is covered on the front surface of the game machine (game board), the plate-like front plate makes it difficult to bend the nail inspection film, and the nail inspection film does not bend. It is possible to improve the quality of the game machine by reducing the inspection error, and it is possible to simplify the labor required for the inspection and suppress the increase in cost.

It should be noted that the accommodation portion may be formed so that the gap between the front end of the obstacle nail becomes smaller as it approaches the winning opening. As a result, the closer the winning opening is, the smaller the gap between the receiving portion of the front plate and the front end of the obstacle nail is. It is possible to provide a gaming machine of constant quality by further reducing the variation in the probability of winning a prize to a prize winning hole.

Further, the game machine may be further provided with a windmill rotatably supported by the obstacle nail, and the front plate may have a windmill housing part surrounding at least a part of the outer peripheral edge of the windmill. As a result, since the front plate is provided with a windmill containing portion that surrounds at least a portion of the outer periphery of the windmill, many game media come into contact with the windmill when installed in the game hall and used for games. Even if the wind turbine tries to bend due to the impact, the outer peripheral edge of the wind turbine contacts the wind turbine housing portion, thereby preventing further bending of the wind turbine. Therefore, even if you continue to use this game machine, the windmill will not change much from the state at the time of shipment, so the probability of winning a prize at the winning opening when passing through the windmill will not change, and the quality of the game machine will not change. It can be maintained for a long period of time. In other words, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which aging due to contact of the game medium against the windmill is inconspicuous.

Further, as described above, when the front plate is provided with the windmill housing portion and a row of nails in which a plurality of obstructing nails are arranged from the vicinity of the bottom of the windmill toward the winning opening is provided, the windmill is When the game medium is deformed so as to tilt toward the winning opening, the game medium flowing down from above the windmill is easily flowed down in the direction opposite to the winning opening by the deformed windmill toward the winning opening. The line of nails arranged facing the player makes it difficult for the game medium to be guided, and there is a possibility that the probability of winning a prize in the prize winning opening is lowered. On the other hand, in this case, since a portion of the outer periphery of the windmill is surrounded by the windmill housing portion, the windmill is placed near the winning opening by surrounding the windmill housing portion on the side of the outer periphery of the windmill near the prize winning opening. It is possible to provide a game machine that can suppress tilting in the direction, does not change the winning probability to the winning opening via the windmill, and has inconspicuous aging.

Furthermore, the game machine is further provided with a decorative sticker to be pasted on the front surface of the front plate, and the decorative sticker is provided with an adhesive portion for pasting on the front plate, avoiding the hole penetrating the front plate. It is also possible to set As a result, since the decorative seal is attached to the front surface of the front plate, when the receiving portion for receiving the front end of the obstructing nail is a hole penetrating the front plate, the hole is covered with the decorative seal. Therefore, the ornamental seal can prevent other members from coming into contact with the obstructing nail during manufacturing, transportation, etc. of the game machine. Quality gaming machines can be reliably provided.

Further, as described above, when the decorative seal is provided, the adhesive part of the decorative seal is provided so as to avoid the hole penetrating the front plate, so that the game medium can be pushed through the hole from the rear of the front plate. In the case of contact with the rear surface, the game medium does not stick to the adhesive part of the decorative sticker, and problems such as ball jamming do not occur.

In addition, as described above, when a decorative seal is provided, a hole is provided in the front plate to which the decorative seal is affixed on the front surface. Since the seal can be pressed from behind, the decorative seal can be easily peeled off from the front plate.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The containment unit
The gap between the front end of the obstructing nail and the obstacle nail is formed so as to become smaller as the winning hole is approached.

According to the configuration of means 2, the accommodation part is formed so that the gap between the front end of the obstacle nail becomes smaller as the winning opening is approached. (See the description regarding the first holding portion 2152a and the second holding portion 2152b of the starting port front plate 2152 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, the closer the winning opening is, the smaller the gap between the receiving portion of the front plate and the front end of the obstacle nail is. It is possible to provide a gaming machine of constant quality by further reducing the variation in the probability of winning a prize to a prize winning hole.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 1 or Means 2,
"Further provided is a windmill rotatably supported by said obstruction nail,
The front plate is
It has a wind turbine accommodating portion surrounding at least a part of the outer peripheral edge of the wind turbine.

Here, the "windmill housing section" may surround the entire circumference of the outer periphery of the front end of the windmill, or may surround a portion of the outer periphery of the front end of the windmill (for example, the side near the prize-winning opening). It can be.

According to the configuration of means 3, the game machine is further provided with a windmill rotatably supported by obstacle nails, and the front plate has a windmill housing part surrounding at least a part of the outer peripheral edge of the windmill. is. (See the description regarding the windmill holding portion 2172 of the front plate 2170 and the windmill holding portion 2182 of the front plate 2180 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the front plate is provided with a windmill accommodating portion that surrounds at least a portion of the outer periphery of the windmill, many game media come into contact with the windmill when installed in the game hall and used for games. Even if the wind turbine tries to bend due to the impact, the outer peripheral edge of the wind turbine contacts the wind turbine housing portion, thereby preventing further bending of the wind turbine. Therefore, even if you continue to use this game machine, the windmill will not change from the state at the time of shipment. It can be maintained for a long period of time. In other words, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which aging due to contact of the game medium against the windmill is inconspicuous.

In addition, in the case where a row of nails in which a plurality of obstacle nails are arranged is provided from near the bottom of the windmill toward the winning opening, if the windmill is deformed so as to incline toward the winning opening, Since the windmill deformed toward the winning opening makes it easier for the flowing game medium to flow down in the direction opposite to the winning opening, the game medium is guided by rows of nails arranged toward the winning opening. It becomes difficult, and there is a possibility that the probability of winning a prize in the prize opening decreases. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, since a portion of the outer periphery of the windmill is surrounded by the windmill housing portion, the windmill housing portion surrounds the side of the outer periphery of the windmill near the prize winning opening. It is possible to provide a game machine that can suppress tilting toward a prize winning opening, does not change the winning probability to the winning opening via the windmill, and has inconspicuous aging.

Means 4: In any one configuration from Means 1 to 3,
"A decorative sticker affixed to the front surface of the front plate is further provided,
The decorative seal is
The adhesive part for sticking to the front plate is provided avoiding the hole penetrating the front plate.

Here, the ``holes'' passing through the front plate include ``through holes as housing portions for inserting the front ends of obstructing nails'', ``through holes as mounting holes for attaching the front plate'', and ``winning A through-hole into which a driver is inserted for attaching the winning opening unit to the game panel in the winning opening unit provided with the opening and the front plate.

According to the configuration of means 4, the game machine is further provided with a decorative sticker to be stuck on the front surface of the front plate, and the decorative sticker has an adhesive part for sticking to the front plate, which penetrates the front plate. It is provided so as to avoid the hole where the hole is located. (See the description regarding the front plate seal 2153 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the decorative seal is attached to the front surface of the front plate, when the receiving portion for receiving the front end of the obstructing nail is a hole penetrating the front plate, the hole is covered with the decorative seal. Therefore, the ornamental seal can prevent other members from coming into contact with the obstructing nail during manufacturing, transportation, etc. of the game machine. Quality gaming machines can be reliably provided.

In addition, since the adhesive part of the decorative seal is provided so as to avoid the hole penetrating the front plate, when the game medium comes into contact with the rear surface of the decorative seal from behind the front plate through the hole, the decorative seal is The game medium does not stick to the adhesive portion of the ball, and problems such as clogging of balls do not occur.

In addition, since the front plate to which the decorative seal is attached is provided with a hole, the decorative seal can be pressed from behind through the hole when the decorative seal is not adhered during manufacturing or when the decorative seal is discarded. The decorative seal can be easily peeled off from the front plate.

Means 5: In the gaming machine,
"A game panel having a game area in front of which a game is played with game media, a winning opening provided in front of the game panel and capable of receiving the game medium in the game area, and A game machine provided with a plurality of obstacle nails that change the flow of game media,
a front plate provided in front of the game panel with a gap between the game panel and the game panel through which a game medium can flow;
a decorative sticker affixed to the front surface of the front plate;
a windmill rotatably supported by the obstacle nail,
The front plate is
an accommodating portion capable of accommodating a front end of the obstructing peg involved in receiving a game medium into the winning opening, and formed such that a gap between the front end of the obstructing peg and the front end of the obstructing peg becomes smaller toward the winning opening;
a windmill housing portion surrounding at least a portion of the outer periphery of the windmill,
The decorative seal is
An adhesive part for sticking to the front plate is provided avoiding the hole penetrating the front plate.”
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of means 5, a game panel having a game area in front of which a game is played using game media, a winning opening provided in front of the game panel and capable of receiving the game medium in the game area, A gaming machine provided with a plurality of obstructing pegs provided in a game area to change the flow of game media, wherein a gap is provided in front of the game panel so that the game media can circulate. The game machine further comprises a front plate provided on the front plate, a decorative sticker affixed to the front surface of the front plate, and a windmill rotatably supported by the obstruction nail, and the front plate serves as a game medium to the winning opening. The receiving part is formed so that the front end of the obstacle nail related to the reception of the above can be accommodated, and the gap between the front end of the obstacle nail and the front end of the obstacle nail becomes smaller as the winning opening is approached. The decorative seal is provided so as to avoid the hole through which the front plate is penetrated by the adhesive portion for affixing the decoration seal to the front plate.

As a result, since the front end of the obstacle nail related to the reception of the game media into the winning opening is accommodated in the accommodation portion of the front plate, many game media are installed in the game hall and used for games. contacts the obstructing nail, and the impact causes the obstructing nail to bend, the front end of the obstructing nail comes into contact with the inner surface of the containing part, thereby preventing the obstructing nail from further bending. can. Therefore, even if the gaming machine is continuously used, the winning probability of the game media entering the winning opening does not change, and the quality of the gaming machine can be maintained for a long period of time. In other words, a gaming machine capable of suppressing a decline in the interest of the player without giving the player a sense of distrust can be made inconspicuous for each gaming machine with respect to the probability of winning a prize. can provide.

In addition, since the gap between the receiving portion of the front plate and the front end of the obstructing nail is made smaller as the winning opening is approached, deformation of the obstructing nail can be suppressed as the winning opening is approached. It is possible to provide a gaming machine with constant quality by further reducing the variation in the winning probability to the winning opening.

Furthermore, since the front end of the obstruction nail is housed in the housing portion of the front plate, the front plate prevents the front end of the obstruction nail from coming into contact with other members during the manufacturing or transportation of the game machine. It is possible to prevent the deformation of the obstructing nail and reliably provide a game machine with a predetermined quality.

In addition, since the front plate is provided with a windmill housing part that surrounds at least a part of the outer periphery of the windmill, many game media come into contact with the windmill when it is installed in the game hall and used for games, and the impact caused by the windmill. Even if the wind turbine tries to bend due to the force, the outer peripheral edge of the wind turbine contacts the wind turbine housing portion, thereby preventing further bending of the wind turbine. Therefore, even if you continue to use this game machine, the windmill will not change from the state at the time of shipment. It can be maintained for a long period of time. In other words, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which aging due to contact of the game medium against the windmill is inconspicuous.

In addition, in the case where a row of nails in which a plurality of obstacle nails are arranged is provided from near the bottom of the windmill toward the winning opening, if the windmill is deformed so as to incline toward the winning opening, Since the windmill deformed toward the winning opening makes it easier for the flowing game medium to flow down in the direction opposite to the winning opening, the game medium is guided by rows of nails arranged toward the winning opening. It becomes difficult, and there is a possibility that the probability of winning a prize in the prize opening decreases. On the other hand, in the present configuration, since a part of the outer periphery of the windmill is surrounded by the windmill housing portion, the windmill is surrounded by the windmill housing portion near the prize winning opening. It is possible to provide a game machine that can suppress tilting toward the side, does not change the winning probability to the winning opening via the windmill, and has inconspicuous aging.

Furthermore, since the front end of the obstacle nail related to the acceptance of the game media into the winning opening is accommodated in the receiving portion of the front plate, it is considered cheating to change the winning probability of the game medium entering the winning opening. Even if an attempt is made to bend the obstructing nail, it is difficult to bend due to the accommodating portion of the front plate, and thus fraudulent acts can be avoided, and fraud can be prevented by recognizing the presence of the front plate having the accommodating portion. It is possible to provide a game machine that has a high deterrence against fraudulent behavior.

In addition, since the front plate has an accommodating portion capable of accommodating the front ends of the obstructing nails, by making the front plate plate-shaped, it is possible to plant a plurality of obstructing nails in a predetermined gauge arrangement during the manufacturing of the game machine. When the nail inspection film for confirming whether or not the nail inspection film is installed is covered on the front surface of the game machine (game board), the plate-like front plate makes it difficult to bend the nail inspection film, and the nail inspection film does not bend. It is possible to improve the quality of the game machine by reducing the inspection error, and it is possible to simplify the labor required for the inspection and suppress the increase in cost.

Furthermore, since the decorative seal is affixed to the front surface of the front panel, when the hole penetrating the front panel is used as the receiving portion for receiving the front end of the obstructing nail, the hole is covered with the decorative seal. Therefore, the ornamental seal can prevent other members from coming into contact with the obstructing nail during manufacturing, transportation, etc. of the game machine. Quality gaming machines can be reliably provided.

In addition, since the adhesive part of the decorative seal is provided so as to avoid the hole penetrating the front plate, when the game medium comes into contact with the rear surface of the decorative seal from behind the front plate through the hole, the decorative seal is The game medium does not stick to the adhesive portion of the ball, and problems such as clogging of balls do not occur.

In addition, since the front plate to which the decorative seal is attached is provided with a hole, the decorative seal can be pressed from behind through the hole when the decorative seal is not adhered during manufacturing or when the decorative seal is discarded. The decorative seal can be easily peeled off from the front plate.

Thus, according to the above-described solution means, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing a decline in the interest of a player by making the aging of each gaming machine inconspicuous with respect to the probability of winning a prize. can be done.

[16-6c. Relationship between Solution Means of Sixth Technical Feature and Embodiment]
The general winning opening 2001 and the first starting opening 2003 of the game board 5 in this embodiment are the winning openings of the above solution means, the starting opening front plate 2152 of the starting opening unit 2150 in this embodiment, and the starting opening front of the starting opening unit 2160 The plate 2162, the front plate 2170, and the front plate 2180 are the front plate of the above solution, and the first holding part 2152a, the second holding part 2152b, the front support hole 2162a, the nail holding part 2171, and the nail holding part in this embodiment. Reference numeral 2181 corresponds to the accommodating portion of the above solution.

In addition, the through hole 2152c, the through hole 2162b, the opening 2173, and the mounting hole 2183 in this embodiment are the holes of the above solution, and the front plate seal 2153 in this embodiment is the decorative seal of the above solution. The obstacle nail N and the nail shaft 2163 are the obstacle nail of the above solution, the wind turbine holding part 2172 and the wind turbine holding part 2182 of this embodiment are the wind turbine housing part of the above solution, and the wind turbine W of this embodiment is the above solution They correspond respectively to the windmills of the means.

[16-6d. Characteristic effects of the sixth technical feature]
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the front end of the obstacle nail N including the specific obstacle nail N1 and the semi-specific obstacle nail N2 related to the reception of the game ball B to the first start hole 2003 as the winning hole on the game board 5 (Head) is inserted into the first holding portion 2152a and the second holding portion 2152b of the starting port front plate 2152 of the starting port unit 2150, so that it can be installed in the game hall and used for games. As a result, many game balls B come into contact with the obstacle nail N, and even if the obstacle nail N tries to bend due to the impact, the front end of the obstacle nail N does not reach the first holding portion 2152a or the second holding portion 2152b. By contacting the inner surface, the obstacle nail N can be prevented from bending any further. Therefore, even if the pachinko machine 1 continues to be used, the winning probability of the game ball B to the first start port 2003 does not change, and the quality of the pachinko machine 1 can be maintained for a long period of time. In other words, it is possible to make the secular change of each pachinko machine 1 with respect to the winning probability to the winning openings such as the first starting opening 2003 inconspicuous, to prevent the player from feeling distrustful and to suppress the decrease in interest of the player. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of

Further, as the first starting opening 2003 is approached, the gap between the first holding portion 2152a and the second holding portion 2152b of the front plate 2152 of the starting opening and the heads of the obstacle nails N (the specific obstacle nail N1 and the semi-specific obstacle nail N2) increases. Since it is made small, the deformation of the obstacle nail N can be suppressed as it approaches the first starting port 2003, and the variation in the probability of winning the first starting port 2003 for each pachinko machine 1 is further reduced. As a result, the pachinko machine 1 of constant quality can be provided.

Furthermore, since the front end (head) of the obstructing nail N is inserted into and accommodated in the first holding portion 2152a of the starting door front plate 2152, etc., when the pachinko machine 1 is manufactured, transported, etc. The starting port front plate 2152 or the like can prevent other members from coming into contact with the front end of the nail N, and the deformation of the obstructing nail N can be prevented to reliably provide the pachinko machine 1 with a predetermined quality. .

In addition, since the front plate 2170 and the front plate 2180 are provided with the windmill holding portion 2172 and the windmill holding portion 2182 surrounding at least a part of the outer peripheral edge of the windmill W, the windmill W can be installed in the game hall and used for games. Even if many game balls B contact the windmill W and the windmill W tries to bend due to the impact, the outer peripheral edge of the windmill W comes into contact with the windmill holding part 2172 or the windmill holding part 2182, so that the windmill W can move further. Bending can be prevented. Therefore, even if the pachinko machine 1 continues to be used, the windmill W will not change from the state at the time of shipment, so the probability of winning a prize at the winning opening such as the first starting opening 2003 when passing through the windmill W will change. Therefore, the quality of the pachinko machine 1 can be maintained for a long period of time. That is, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 in which aging due to contact of the game ball B against the windmill W is inconspicuous.

Further, when the windmill W is deformed to tilt toward the first starting port 2003, the game ball B flowing down from above the windmill W is deformed toward the first starting port 2003, and the first starting is performed by the windmill W. Since it becomes easier to flow down in the direction opposite to the opening 2003, it becomes difficult to guide the game ball B by the continuous nails NR arranged in a row toward the first starting opening 2003, and the winning probability to the first starting opening 2003 is increased. It is likely to decline. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since a portion of the outer peripheral edge of the wind turbine W is surrounded by the wind turbine holding portion 2172 and the wind turbine holding portion 2182, at least the side of the outer peripheral edge of the wind turbine W near the first start port 2003 is surrounded by the windmill holding portion 2172 and the windmill holding portion 2182, the windmill W can be suppressed from tilting toward the first start opening 2003, and the winning probability to the first start opening 2003 via the windmill W is It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 which does not change and is inconspicuous with aging.

Further, the front end of the obstacle nail N (nail shaft 2163) involved in receiving the game ball B to the first starting port 2003 is attached to the first holding portion 2152a of the starting port front plate 2152 or the front support hole 2162a of the starting port front plate 2162. Therefore, as a fraudulent act, even if you try to bend the obstacle nail N (nail shaft 2163) in order to change the winning probability of the game ball B to the first start hole 2003, the second The one holding portion 2152a and the front support hole 2162a make it difficult to bend, and it is possible to avoid fraudulent acts. By recognizing the presence of the front plate 2162, it is possible to make the player hesitate to commit fraud, and the pachinko machine 1 with high deterrence against fraud can be provided.

In addition, a starting port front plate 2152 having a first holding portion 2152a into which the front end (head) of the obstacle nail N can be inserted and accommodated, a front supporting hole 2162a, a nail holding portion 2171, and a nail holding portion 2181, Since the front plates such as the plate 2162, the front plate 2170, and the front plate 2180 are provided, it is confirmed at the time of manufacturing the pachinko machine 1 whether or not a plurality of obstacle nails N are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement. When the nail inspection film for testing is covered on the front surface of the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1, the nail inspection film can be made difficult to bend by the front plate, and the inspection error caused by the bending can be reduced to reduce the inspection error of the pachinko machine 1.例文帳に追加The quality can be improved, the labor required for inspection can be simplified, and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

Furthermore, since the front plate seal 2153 is attached to the front surface of the starting port front plate 2152, the first holding portion 2152a and the second holding portion 2152b into which the heads of the obstructing nails N are inserted and accommodated are placed forward. Since it is possible to cover with the plate seal 2153, the front plate seal 2153 can prevent other members from coming into contact with the obstructing nail N during the manufacturing or transportation of the pachinko machine 1, thereby preventing obstruction. A pachinko machine 1 having a predetermined quality can be reliably provided by preventing the nail N from being deformed.

In addition, since the adhesive part 2153b of the front plate seal 2153 is provided so as to avoid the through hole 2152c passing through the starting port front plate 2152, etc., the game ball can be pushed from behind the starting port front plate 2152 through the through hole 2152c etc. When B contacts the rear surface of the front plate seal 2153, the game ball B does not stick to the adhesive portion 2153b of the front plate seal 2153, and troubles such as ball clogging do not occur.

In addition, since holes such as the through hole 2152c are provided in the starting port front plate 2152 to which the front plate seal 2153 is affixed on the front surface, the front plate seal 2153 can be passed through the hole when the front plate seal 2153 is not adhered during manufacturing or when discarded. Since the front plate seal 2153 can be pressed from behind, the front plate seal 2153 can be easily peeled off from the start port front plate 2152 .

[16-7. Seventh technical feature]
This specification has the following technical features different from those described above.

[16-7a. Background of the seventh technical feature]
As a game machine such as a pachinko machine or a slot machine, it has a performance board on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted behind a front body formed in a predetermined decorative shape that can transmit light, and according to the progress of the game It has been proposed that a plurality of LEDs on the production board are illuminated so that the front body can be decorated with light and the player can be entertained (for example, Patent Document E: JP 2018-019858 A). .

However, with the conventional luminous decoration of the front body based on the technology of Patent Document E, some players may become accustomed to seeing it early, and may not be able to enjoy the luminous effect, which may reduce their interest in the game.

Therefore, in the following means, in view of the above-mentioned actual situation, it is an object to provide a gaming machine that can entertain the player and suppress the decline in interest by lighting the front body with a good appearance by the LED of the effect board. It is.

[16-7b. Seventh technical feature solution]
Means 1: In the game machine,
"A gaming machine comprising a performance board provided with an LED that emits light according to the progress of a game, and a front body provided in front of the performance board and capable of transmitting light from the LED, ,
The production board is
A light-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the surface on which the LED is provided, and a specific trace portion in which a trace different from other portions is generated when the substrate outline is formed,
The specific trace part is
It is provided so as to protrude outward from a specific portion of the outer periphery of the production board, and the light-colored solder resist is applied to the surface.”
It is characterized by being

Here, ``according to the progress of the game'' means ``a winning opening arranged in a game area into which a game medium is driven by a player (for example, a general winning opening, a normal winning opening, a starting opening, a large winning opening. , Accessory winning opening, V winning opening, etc.) ", "A game medium circulating in the game area passes through a specific area (e.g., gate, warp passage, stage, etc.) Depending on the event", "Depending on the special pattern (special lottery result) drawn by receiving the game medium into the winning opening (for example, the starting opening) arranged in the game area", "Placed in the game area The type of performance (e.g., ready-to-win performance, jackpot performance, losing performance, etc.) for suggesting a special pattern (special lottery result) drawn by accepting game media into the selected winning port (e.g., starting port) ``according to the rotation of a plurality of drums each provided with a plurality of symbols triggered by the insertion of a game medium by a player'', and ``a plurality of symbols provided respectively triggered by the insertion of a game medium. A plurality of spinning bodies are rotated and then sequentially stopped, and according to a combination of symbols on the stopped spinning bodies", "according to the amount of game media driven into the game area", and "game area". depending on the length of the blank of the game medium to be driven into", and the like.

Further, the "LED" includes "a top-view type LED capable of emitting light in a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface", "a side-view type LED capable of emitting light in a direction along the substrate surface", etc.

In addition, the "front body" includes "things that have decorations such as characters, items, logos and patterns (decorative bodies)", "things that cover to protect the production board (covers, cases, etc.)”, etc.

Further, the "bright color" may be a bright color, and for example, when the brightness of black is 0 and the brightness of white is 10, the brightness is preferably in the range of 5 to 10.

"Traces" include "cutting traces by end mills, drills, etc.", "cutting traces by saws", "shearing traces by scissors, nippers, etc.", "grinding traces by rotary grindstone", "fatigue traces by bending", Examples include "fracture traces due to decrease in strength" and "grinding marks due to files, sandpaper, etc.".

Further, the "specific trace portion" may be a trace generated after the bright-colored solder resist is applied to the substrate surface, or a trace generated before the bright-colored solder resist is applied to the substrate surface. Also good.

Furthermore, as the "specific part", there are "outwardly bulging part on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board", "linear part on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board", and "electronic parts such as ICs and LED drivers. nearby sites", and the like.

By the way, it is conceivable to increase the number of LEDs provided on the effect board, or to provide high-intensity LEDs, so that the front body shines beautifully, but in this case, increasing the number of LEDs There is a risk that the power consumption will increase due to the high brightness and the cost of the game machine will increase.

According to the configuration of means 1, it comprises a performance board provided with LEDs that emit light according to the progress of the game, and a front body provided in front of the performance board and capable of transmitting light from the LEDs. In the game machine, the effect board has a bright solder resist applied to the surface on which the LED is provided, and a specific trace that is different from other parts when the board outline is formed. The specific trace portion is provided to protrude outward from a specific portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, and the surface is coated with a bright solder resist. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], see the chapter [11-2. Effect Board of Second Embodiment] and the description of FIG. 77(b), etc.)

As a result, since the surface of the effect board is coated with a bright solder resist, the light from the multiple LEDs provided on the effect board and the light from other LEDs and lighting etc. are reflected to the front body. can be made easier. At this time, since the surface of the specific trace portion that protrudes outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is also applied with a bright solder resist, light can be reflected even at the specific trace portion, and the effect board The entire surface can be used to reflect light uniformly. Therefore, it is possible to decorate (light) the front body with uniform brightness by the bright solder resist applied to the production board including the specific trace part, so it is possible to increase the number of LEDs on the production board To provide a game machine capable of making a front body shine in an attractive manner without using a luminance LED, and capable of suppressing a decrease in interest by entertaining a player with the light emission performance of the front body. .

In addition, as described above, since the front body can be illuminated with good appearance, there is no need to increase the number of LEDs on the performance board or change to high-brightness LEDs, and the power consumption required for the light emission performance of the front body can be suppressed, and a game machine with a high power saving effect can be provided. Also, by applying a light-colored solder resist to the specific traces, it is possible to make the front body shine beautifully, so there is no need to increase the number of LEDs or use high-brightness LEDs on the production board. Good, it can reduce the cost of gaming machines.

In addition, a bright solder resist is also applied to the surface of the specific trace portion that protrudes outward from the outer periphery of the effect board, so that even if the surface of the effect board can be seen through the front body from the player side, it will not protrude. Since it is possible to make the specific trace part inconspicuous, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the appearance of the front body due to the specific trace part being visible, and the decoration of the front body is surely enjoyed by the player. It is possible to suppress the decrease in interest in the game.

By the way, as in Patent Document E, the performance board provided behind the front body which is formed in a predetermined decorative shape does not have a simple rectangular outer peripheral shape, but a complicated shape along the outer periphery of the front body. (amorphous). When cutting out such an irregular-shaped production board from a standard-sized board (also referred to as a standard-sized board) using a processing machine such as an NC machine, a large amount of chips are generated, so LEDs, sensors, and connectors It is desirable to cut out (separate) the effect board before mounting the electronic components such as on the effect board. However, if the outer shape (peripheral shape) of the cut effect board is irregular, a problem arises in that it becomes difficult to set the effect board in an insert machine for mounting electronic components.

In order to solve the above problems, according to this configuration, since the specific trace portion protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the production board is provided, the specific trace portion is one of the connecting portions with the standard size board. By using it as a part, it becomes possible to mount the electronic parts after forming the board outline of the effect board to some extent using a processing machine such as an NC machine. To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board, when cutting out the effect board from the standard board using a processing machine such as an NC machine, the connection part (the specific trace part) is removed without completely separating the effect board. part), even if the peripheral shape of the effect board is complicated, it will be connected to the rectangular fixed-size board at the connecting part. Therefore, the production board before separation can be easily set in the insert machine through the standard board, and electronic components can be mounted on the production board before separation. Then, after the electronic components are mounted on the pre-separation board, a desired effect board can be obtained by cutting the middle of the connecting portion connected to the standard-sized board and separating it from the standard-sized board. At this time, the remainder of the cut connection portion becomes a specific trace portion protruding from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, and the connection portion connected to the standard size board is short (small) with respect to the entire circumference of the effect board. Therefore, even if the connecting portion is cut, the amount of chips generated is very small and can be sufficiently sucked up by the dust collector, without affecting the electronic components mounted on the performance board.

In addition, since the specific trace portion is in the form of protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the production board, when manufacturing the production board, the outer peripheral edge of the production board is left while the connection part connected to the standard size board is cut. It is not necessary to finish the remaining part of the connecting part so as to follow the line, and the production board and the cost of the game machine can be reduced.

In addition, since a specific trace portion protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the performance board is provided, the specific trace portion can be used as a mark for specifying the installation direction of the performance board, etc., when the worker assembles. can be done. In this case, for example, in one specific portion, the number of specific trace portions protruding outward may be varied depending on the side of the effect board. As a result, it is possible to identify the installation direction of the effect board not only visually but also tactilely, thereby simplifying the labor required for assembly.

In addition, the effect board may be provided with an extension part extending outward from the outer peripheral edge of the board at a portion between the specific trace parts. As a result, since bright-colored solder resist is applied to the surface of the effect board, the extension part is also coated with bright-colored solder resist, so in addition to the specific trace part, the part of the extension part Light can be reflected, and the front body can be decorated with light (light) to look more attractive.

Further, when the effect board is provided with the extension portion as described above, the extension portion may be extended outside the specific trace portion. As a result, since the extension part extends outside the specific trace part, the light-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the effect board can reflect more light, and the front body It is possible to provide a game machine which can make the light shine more attractively and which can reliably achieve the above-described effects.

In addition, when providing the extension portion extending outward from the specific trace portion on the effect board as described above, the extension portion provided in the portion between the specific trace portions on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board , Since it protrudes outside the specific trace portion, if the front body has a peripheral wall portion that surrounds the outer periphery of the effect board, the extension portion causes the specific trace portion to contact the peripheral wall portion of the front body. It is possible to prevent the production board and the front body from being assembled together due to the specific trace part protruding outward coming into contact with the peripheral wall part, and the production board and the front body can be reliably assembled. can be assembled to

Furthermore, the LED may include a side-view LED capable of emitting light in a direction along the board surface of the effect board, and the specific trace portion may be provided avoiding the light irradiation range of the side-view LED. As a result, since the specific trace portion is provided avoiding the irradiation range of the light of the side-view LED, even if there is a burr in the specific trace portion, the burr shines brightly and stands out by the light from the side-view LED. In addition, it is possible to prevent unevenness in brightness between the part of the specific trace part and other parts of the effect board, thereby making the front body shine with uniform brightness and good appearance. , the production effect by the light emission production of the front body can be exhibited reliably.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The production board is
An extending portion extending outward from the outer peripheral edge of the substrate is provided at a portion between the specific trace portions.

According to the configuration of means 2, the effect board is provided with an extension part extending outward from the outer peripheral edge of the board at a portion between the specific trace parts. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], see the description regarding the extension portion 3525 of the effect board 3520E)

As a result, an extension portion extending outward is provided at a portion between the specific trace portions on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, and a bright color solder resist is applied to the surface of the effect board. Since the extension part is also coated with a bright solder resist, light can be reflected not only at the specific trace part but also at the extension part, so that the front body can be more beautifully decorated with light. can be done.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 2,
"The extension part
It is characterized in that it extends outside the specific trace portion.

According to the configuration of means 3, the extending portion extends outside the specific trace portion. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], see the description regarding the extension portion 3525 of the effect board 3520E)

As a result, since the extension part extends outside the specific trace part, the light-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the effect board can reflect more light, and the front body It is possible to provide a game machine which can make the light shine more attractively and which can reliably achieve the above-described effects.

In addition, since the extension part provided in the part between the specific trace parts on the outer peripheral edge of the production board is projected outside the specific trace part, the front body surrounds the outer circumference of the production board. When the peripheral wall portion is provided, the extending portion makes it difficult for the specific trace portion to contact the peripheral wall portion of the front body, and the specific trace portion protruding outward contacts the peripheral wall portion to produce the effect board. and the front body can be prevented from being assembled with each other, and the presentation board and the front body can be reliably assembled.

Means 4: In any one configuration from Means 1 to 3,
"The said LED
includes a side-view LED capable of irradiating light in a direction along the substrate surface of the effect substrate;
The specific trace part is
It is installed to avoid the irradiation range of the light of the side view LED.
It is characterized by being

By the way, when the specific trace portion is formed by cutting the connecting portion with the standard-sized substrate provided when forming the outer shape of the substrate by breaking, the tip of the specific trace portion is likely to be burred due to the breakage. When the effect board is provided with a side-view LED that can irradiate light in a direction along the board surface, a specific trace portion having burrs due to breakage is provided in the light irradiation range of the side-view LED. When there is, the light from the side view LED makes the burr of the specific trace part shine brightly, making the specific trace part stand out, and the shining of the specific trace part makes the brightness of the other parts of the production board uneven. There is a possibility that the appearance of the light emission performance is deteriorated and the performance effect is reduced.

According to the configuration of means 4, the LED includes a side-view LED capable of irradiating light in a direction along the substrate surface of the effect substrate, and the specific trace portion is provided so as to avoid the irradiation range of the light of the side-view LED. It is the one that was made. (Refer to the description regarding the production board 3520F in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, since the specific trace portion is provided avoiding the irradiation range of the light of the side-view LED, even if there is a burr in the specific trace portion, the burr shines brightly and stands out by the light from the side-view LED. In addition, it is possible to prevent unevenness in brightness between the part of the specific trace part and other parts of the effect board, thereby making the front body shine with uniform brightness and good appearance. , the production effect by the light emission production of the front body can be exhibited reliably.

Means 5: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine comprising a performance board provided with an LED that emits light according to the progress of a game, and a front body provided in front of the performance board and capable of transmitting light from the LED, ,
The LED is
includes a side-view LED capable of irradiating light in a direction along the substrate surface of the effect substrate;
The production board is
A light-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the surface on which the LED is provided, and a specific trace portion in which a trace different from other portions is generated when the substrate outline is formed,
an extending portion extending from the outer peripheral edge of the substrate at a portion between the specific trace portions to the outside of the specific trace portions;
The specific trace part is
It is provided so as to protrude outward from a specific portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, is provided so as to avoid the irradiation range of the light of the side-view LED, and has the light-colored solder resist applied to the surface. ”
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 5, the game includes a performance board provided with an LED that emits light according to the progress of the game, and a front body provided in front of the performance board and capable of transmitting light from the LED. The LED includes a side-view LED that can irradiate light in a direction along the board surface of the effect board, and the effect board has a light applied to the surface of the surface on which the LED is provided. A colored solder resist, a specific trace portion where a trace different from other portions was generated when the board outline was formed, and a portion between the specific trace portions extending from the outer peripheral edge of the board to the outside of the specific trace portion. and a projecting extension portion, and the specific trace portion is provided so as to protrude outward at a specific portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, and is provided to avoid the irradiation range of the light of the side-view LED. It has a light-colored solder resist on its surface.

As a result, since the surface of the effect board is coated with a bright solder resist, the light from the multiple LEDs provided on the effect board and the light from other LEDs and lighting etc. are reflected to the front body. can be made easier. At this time, a light-colored solder resist is also applied to the surface of the specific trace portions protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, and the portion between the specific trace portions extends outward from the outer peripheral edge of the board. Since the projecting extension part is provided, the light can be reflected even at the part of the specific trace part and the part of the extension part, and the entire surface of the effect board is used to uniformly reflect the light. be able to. Therefore, it is possible to decorate (light) the front body with uniform brightness by the bright solder resist applied to the production board including the specific trace part, so it is possible to increase the number of LEDs on the production board To provide a game machine capable of making a front body shine in an attractive manner without using a luminance LED, and capable of suppressing a decrease in interest by entertaining a player with the light emission performance of the front body. .

In addition, as described above, since the front body can be illuminated with good appearance, there is no need to increase the number of LEDs on the performance board or change to high-brightness LEDs, and the power consumption required for the light emission performance of the front body can be suppressed, and a game machine with a high power saving effect can be provided. Also, by applying a light-colored solder resist to the specific traces, it is possible to make the front body shine beautifully, so there is no need to increase the number of LEDs or use high-brightness LEDs on the production board. Good, it can reduce the cost of gaming machines.

In addition, a bright solder resist is also applied to the surface of the specific trace portion that protrudes outward from the outer periphery of the effect board, so that even if the surface of the effect board can be seen through the front body from the player side, it will not protrude. Since it is possible to make the specific trace part inconspicuous, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the appearance of the front body due to the specific trace part being visible, and the decoration of the front body is surely enjoyed by the player. It is possible to suppress the decrease in interest in the game.

By the way, as in the prior art, the performance board provided behind the front body formed in a predetermined decorative shape does not have a simple rectangular outer peripheral shape, but a complicated shape along the outer periphery of the front body ( irregular shape). When cutting out such an irregular-shaped production board from a standard-sized board (also referred to as a standard-sized board) using a processing machine such as an NC machine, a large amount of chips are generated, so LEDs, sensors, and connectors It is desirable to cut out (separate) the effect board before mounting the electronic components such as on the effect board. However, if the outer shape (peripheral shape) of the cut effect board is irregular, a problem arises in that it becomes difficult to set the effect board in an insert machine for mounting electronic components.

In order to solve the above problems, according to this configuration, since the specific trace portion protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the production board is provided, the specific trace portion is one of the connecting portions with the standard size board. By using it as a part, it becomes possible to mount the electronic parts after forming the board outline of the effect board to some extent using a processing machine such as an NC machine. To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board, when cutting out the effect board from the standard board using a processing machine such as an NC machine, the connection part (the specific trace part) is removed without completely separating the effect board. part), even if the peripheral shape of the effect board is complicated, it will be connected to the rectangular fixed-size board at the connecting part. Therefore, the production board before separation can be easily set in the insert machine through the standard board, and electronic components can be mounted on the production board before separation. Then, after the electronic components are mounted on the pre-separation board, a desired effect board can be obtained by cutting the middle of the connecting portion connected to the standard-sized board and separating it from the standard-sized board. At this time, the remainder of the cut connection portion becomes a specific trace portion protruding from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, and the connection portion connected to the standard size board is short (small) with respect to the entire circumference of the effect board. Therefore, even if the connecting portion is cut, the amount of chips generated is very small and can be sufficiently sucked up by the dust collector, without affecting the electronic components mounted on the performance board.

In addition, since the specific trace portion is in the form of protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the production board, when manufacturing the production board, the outer peripheral edge of the production board is left while the connection part connected to the standard size board is cut. It is not necessary to finish the remaining part of the connecting part so as to follow the line, and the production board and the cost of the game machine can be reduced.

In addition, since a specific trace portion protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the performance board is provided, the specific trace portion can be used as a mark for specifying the installation direction of the performance board, etc., when the worker assembles. can be done. In this case, for example, in one specific portion, the number of specific trace portions protruding outward may be varied depending on the side of the effect board. As a result, it is possible to identify the installation direction of the effect board not only visually but also tactilely, thereby simplifying the labor required for assembly.

In addition, since the extensions provided between the specific traces are made to extend outside the specific traces, the bright solder resist applied to the surface of the effect board makes the It is possible to provide a game machine that can reflect more light, make the front body shine more attractively, and can reliably achieve the above-described effects.

Furthermore, since the extension part provided in the part between the specific trace parts on the outer peripheral edge of the production board is projected outside the specific trace part, the front body surrounds the outer circumference of the production board When the peripheral wall portion is provided, the extending portion makes it difficult for the specific trace portion to contact the peripheral wall portion of the front body, and the specific trace portion protruding outward contacts the peripheral wall portion to produce the effect board. and the front body can be prevented from being assembled with each other, and the presentation board and the front body can be reliably assembled.

In addition, since the specific trace portion is provided by avoiding the irradiation range of the light of the side view LED among the plurality of LEDs provided on the effect board, even if the specific trace portion has a burr, the burr will not be visible on the side. It is possible to avoid being conspicuous by shining brightly with the light from the view LED, and suppress uneven brightness between the specific trace part and other parts of the production board to make the front body uniform. It can be made to shine with various brightness with good appearance, and the production effect by the light emission production of the front body can be surely exhibited.

As described above, according to the above solution, it is possible to provide a game machine capable of entertaining the player and suppressing the decline in interest by lighting the front body with good appearance by the LED of the performance board.

[16-7c. Relationship between Solution Means of Seventh Technical Feature and Embodiment]
The effect board 3520A, the effect board 3520D, the effect board 3520E, and the effect board 3520F of the game board 5 in this embodiment are the effect boards of the above-described solving means, and the decoration part 3510 in this embodiment is the front body of the above-described solving means. The coating film 3523 in the embodiment corresponds to the bright solder resist of the above solution, the LEDs 3530 and 3535 in this embodiment correspond to the LEDs of the above solution, and the LED 3535 in this embodiment corresponds to the side view LED of the above solution. is doing.

[16-7d. Characteristic action and effect of the seventh technical feature]
According to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, since a bright solder resist is applied as the coating film 3523 on the surface of the effect board 3520A, the light from the plurality of LEDs 3530 provided on the effect board 3520A and other It is possible to make it easier to reflect light from LEDs, lighting, etc., to the decorative portion 3510 provided in front. At this time, since the surface of the specific trace portion 3561 protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is also applied with a bright solder resist, light can be reflected even at the specific trace portion 3561, The entire surface of the effect board 3520A can be used to uniformly reflect light. Therefore, the light-colored solder resist (coating film 3523) applied to the effect substrate 3520A including the specific trace portion 3561 can light-embellish (illuminate) the decoration portion 3510 (decoration body 3500) with uniform brightness. Therefore, even if the number of LEDs 3530 on the effect board 3520A is not increased or the LEDs are not made to have high brightness, the decorative body 3500 can be made to shine beautifully, and the player is entertained by the light emission effect of the decorative body 3500. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of suppressing the decrease in the .

In addition, as described above, since the decorative portion 3510 (decorative body 3500) can be illuminated with a good appearance, there is no need to increase the number of LEDs 3530 on the effect board 3520A or change them to high-brightness LEDs. The power consumption required for the 3500 light emission effect can be suppressed, and the pachinko machine 1 with a high power saving effect can be provided. In addition, by applying a light-colored solder resist (coating film 3523) to the specific trace portion 3561, the decorative body 3500 can be made to shine with good appearance. It is possible to reduce the cost of the pachinko machine 1 without using an LED.

In addition, an extension portion 3525 extending outward is provided at a portion between the specific trace portions 3561 on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520E, and a coating film made of a bright solder resist is provided on the surface of the effect board 3520E. 3523 is applied, the extension 3525 is also coated with a coating film 3523 made of a light-colored solder resist. , and the front decorative portion 3510 can be decorated with brighter light emission.

In addition, a coating film 3523 made of a bright solder resist is also applied to the surface of the specific trace portion 3561 protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A. Even when the surface is visible, the protruding specific trace portion 3561 can be made inconspicuous. The decoration of the decoration part 3510 (decoration body 3500) can surely be enjoyed and the player's interest in the game can be suppressed from decreasing.

By the way, the effect board 3520A provided behind the decoration part 3510 formed in a predetermined decoration shape as in the conventional art has a complicated outer peripheral shape along the outer circumference of the decoration part 3510 instead of a simple rectangular shape. It is formed in a shape (irregular shape). When such an irregular-shaped effect board 3520A is cut out from a standard-sized board (also referred to as a standard-sized board 3550) using a processing machine such as an NC machine, a large amount of chips are generated, so the LED 3530 and the sensor It is desirable to cut out (separate) the effect board 3520A before mounting electronic components such as connectors and the like on the effect board 3520A. However, if the outer shape (peripheral shape) of the cut effect board 3520A is irregular, there arises a problem that it becomes difficult to set the effect board 3520A in an insert machine for mounting electronic components.

To address the above problems, according to the present embodiment, the specific trace portion 3561 protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is provided. By using it as a part of the connecting portion 3552 (connecting portion 3552a), it is possible to mount electronic components after forming the board outline of the effect board 3520A to some extent using a processing machine such as an NC machine. Become. More specifically, when manufacturing the effect board 3520A, when cutting out the effect board 3520A from the standard board 3550 using a processing machine such as an NC machine, the effect board 3520A is not completely separated, and the connection portion 3552 If the fixed-size board 3550 (discarded board 3555 or other board) is connected to the (part of the specific trace portion 3561), even if the peripheral shape of the effect board 3520A is a complicated shape, the connecting portion 3552 Since it is connected to the rectangular fixed-length board 3550, the effect board 3520A before separation can be easily set in the insert machine through the fixed-length board 3550, and electronic components are mounted on the effect board 3520A before separation. can do. Then, after mounting the electronic components on the pre-separation production board 3520A, the desired production board 3520A is obtained by cutting the connecting part 3552 connected to the fixed-size board 3550 and separating it from the fixed-length board 3550. can be done. At this time, the rest of the cut connecting portion 3552 (connecting remaining portion 3552a) becomes a specific trace portion 3561 protruding from the outer peripheral edge of the production board 3520A, and the connecting portion 3552 connected to the fixed length board 3550 is the production board. Since it is short (small) with respect to the entire circumference of 3520A, even if the connecting portion 3552 is cut, the amount of chips generated is small and can be sufficiently absorbed by the dust collector. It does not affect parts.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 is in the form of protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A etc., when manufacturing the effect board 3520A etc., the connection part 3552 connected to the fixed size board 3550 Therefore, it is not necessary to finish the remaining part 3552a along the outer peripheral edge of the performance board 3520A and the like, and the cost of the performance board 3520A and the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 (3520C) is provided, the installation direction of the effect board 3520C etc. can be used as an identifying mark. In this case, for example, as shown in FIG. 169(b), the number of specific trace portions 3561 protruding outward from one specific portion may be varied depending on the sides of the effect board 3520C. This makes it possible to identify the attachment direction of the effect board 3520C not only visually but also tactilely, thereby simplifying assembly work.

In addition, since the extension part 3525 provided between the specific trace parts 3561 is made to extend outside the specific trace part 3561, the bright color applied to the surface of the effect board 3520E A game machine capable of reflecting more light by the coating film 3523 made of the solder resist, making the front decorative portion 3510 shine more attractively, and capable of reliably exhibiting the above-described effects. can be provided.

Furthermore, since the extension part 3525 provided in the part between the specific trace parts 3561 on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520E is projected outside the specific trace part 3561, the front decoration part 3510 is produced When the substrate 3520E has a peripheral wall portion surrounding the outer periphery, the extension portion 3525 makes it difficult for the specific trace portion 3561 to come into contact with the peripheral wall portion of the decoration portion 3510, and the specific trace portion protruding outward can be prevented. The production board 3520E and the decorative part 3510 can be prevented from being assembled with each other due to the part 3561 coming into contact with the peripheral wall part, and the production board 3520E and the decorative part 3510 can be reliably assembled.

Also, in the effect board 3520F, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided avoiding the irradiation range of the light of the plurality of side-view type LEDs 3535, even if the specific trace portion 3561 has a burr, the burr is removed from the LED 3535. It is possible to avoid being conspicuous by shining brightly with the light of , and it is provided in front by suppressing uneven brightness between the part of the specific trace part 3561 and the other part of the effect board 3520F. The decoration part 3510 (decoration body 3500) present there can be made to shine with uniform brightness with good appearance, and the presentation effect by the light emission presentation of the decoration body 3500 can be reliably exhibited.

[16-8. Eighth technical feature]
This specification has the following technical features different from those described above.

[16-8a. Background of the eighth technical feature]
As a game machine such as a pachinko machine or a slot machine, it has an opaque effect board on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted behind a transparent front body formed in a predetermined decorative shape, and is separated from the center of the game area. There has been proposed a decoration unit that can move between a retracted position and an appearance position near the center of the game area (for example, Patent Document F: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-130969). According to the technique disclosed in Patent Document F, by moving the decoration unit from the retracted position to the appearing position, the decoration unit can be conspicuous, the player can be surprised, and the player can be entertained. .

However, in the technique of Patent Document F, when the decoration unit is moved, the angle at which the player can see the effect board changes, making it easier to see the outer periphery of the effect board. There is also a risk that the appearance of the game will deteriorate, giving the player a sense of displeasure and reducing the interest in the game.

Therefore, in the following means, in view of the above-mentioned actual situation, it is proposed to provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing the deterioration of the player's interest by improving the appearance of the front body by making the outer peripheral edge of the performance board inconspicuous. This is an issue.

[16-8b. Eighth technical feature solution]
Means 1: In the game machine,
"A gaming machine comprising a performance board provided with an LED that emits light according to the progress of a game, and a front body provided in front of the performance board and capable of transmitting light from the LED, ,
The production board is
A light-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the surface on which the LED is provided, and a specific trace portion in which a trace different from other portions is generated when the substrate outline is formed,
The specific trace part is
It is provided in a specific part of the outer periphery of the effect board in a color different from the light-colored solder resist.
It is characterized by being

Here, ``according to the progress of the game'' means ``a winning opening arranged in a game area into which a game medium is driven by a player (for example, a general winning opening, a normal winning opening, a starting opening, a large winning opening. , Accessory winning opening, V winning opening, etc.) ", "A game medium circulating in the game area passes through a specific area (e.g., gate, warp passage, stage, etc.) Depending on the event", "Depending on the special pattern (special lottery result) drawn by receiving the game medium into the winning opening (for example, the starting opening) arranged in the game area", "Placed in the game area The type of performance (e.g., ready-to-win performance, jackpot performance, losing performance, etc.) for suggesting a special pattern (special lottery result) drawn by accepting game media into the selected winning port (e.g., starting port) ``according to the rotation of a plurality of drums each provided with a plurality of symbols triggered by the insertion of a game medium by a player'', and ``a plurality of symbols provided respectively triggered by the insertion of a game medium. A plurality of spinning bodies are rotated and then sequentially stopped, and according to a combination of symbols on the stopped spinning bodies", "according to the amount of game media driven into the game area", and "game area". depending on the length of the blank of the game medium to be driven into", and the like.

Further, the "LED" includes "a top-view type LED capable of emitting light in a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface", "a side-view type LED capable of emitting light in a direction along the substrate surface", etc.

In addition, the "front body" includes "things that have decorations such as characters, items, logos and patterns (decorative bodies)", "things that cover to protect the production board (covers, cases, etc.)”, etc. In addition, as the "front body", the whole may be positioned in front of the production board, or at least the part of the shielding part may be positioned in front of the production board. good.

Further, the "bright color" may be a bright color, and for example, when the brightness of black is 0 and the brightness of white is 10, the brightness is preferably in the range of 5 to 10.

"Traces" include "cutting traces by end mills, drills, etc.", "cutting traces by saws", "shearing traces by scissors, nippers, etc.", "grinding traces by rotary grindstone", "fatigue traces by bending", Examples include "fracture traces due to decrease in strength" and "grinding marks due to files, sandpaper, etc.".

The "specific trace portion" includes "projecting outward from the outer peripheral edge of the substrate", "flush with the outer peripheral edge (peripheral side surface) of the substrate", and the like. In addition, the “specific trace portion” is a portion whose trace is clearly different from other portions when visually recognized. and "having another portion as a cut trace portion and having a specific trace portion as a fracture trace portion", and the like.

Furthermore, as the "specific trace portion", "the color is different from that of the light-colored soldermask because no soldermask is applied", and "the colorant such as ink or paint of a color different from the light-colored soldermask is present." and "applied with a solder resist of a different color from the light-colored solder resist", and the like. Moreover, it is desirable that the color different from the solder resist in the "specific trace portion" be a color darker than the bright color of the solder resist. Also, the specific trace portion may be less glossy than the light-colored solder resist.

In addition, as the "specific part", there are "a part that bulges outward on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board", "a linear part on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board", and "an electronic component such as an IC or LED driver. nearby sites", and the like.

According to the configuration of means 1, it comprises a performance board provided with LEDs that emit light according to the progress of the game, and a front body provided in front of the performance board and capable of transmitting light from the LEDs. In the game machine, the effect board has a bright solder resist applied to the surface on which the LED is provided, and a specific trace that is different from other parts when the board outline is formed. , and the specific trace portion is provided in a specific portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect substrate in a color different from that of the light-colored solder resist. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], the sections [11-1. Details of effect board] and [11-2. Effect board of second embodiment], and the descriptions of FIGS. reference)

As a result, since the surface of the effect board on which multiple LEDs are provided is applied with a bright solder resist, the light from the multiple LEDs provided on the effect board, other LEDs, lighting, etc. Light can be reflected to the front body, the front body can be decorated with brighter light than before, the light emission decoration of the front body can be made more conspicuous, and the impact of the light emission performance on the player can be increased. can be enhanced. At this time, since the specific trace portion having a trace different from other portions on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is colored differently from the light-colored solder resist, the color of the specific trace portion is changed to the bright color of the solder resist. By using a darker color, the specific trace portion can be made to appear darker than the solder resist, and the specific trace portion and the outer peripheral edge of the effect board can be made inconspicuous. Therefore, even if the player can see the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the outer peripheral edge is inconspicuous due to the bright color of the solder resist provided close to the effect board. It is possible to provide a game machine capable of improving the appearance of the front body more than before, and capable of suppressing the deterioration of the interest of the player by entertaining the performance by the front body.

In addition, the specific trace portion provided on the outer periphery of the effect board is colored differently from the bright solder resist applied to the surface of the effect board, and the surface of the effect board is passed through the front body from the player side. Even when the is visible, the bright color of the solder resist can make the specific traces of different colors inconspicuous. It is possible to surely entertain the decoration of the front body and suppress the decrease in the player's interest in the game.

By the way, as in Patent Document F, the performance board provided behind the front body which is formed in a predetermined decorative shape does not have a simple rectangular outer peripheral shape, but a complicated shape along the outer periphery of the front body. (amorphous). When cutting out such an irregular-shaped production board from a standard-sized board (also referred to as a standard-sized board) using a processing machine such as an NC machine, a large amount of chips are generated, so LEDs, sensors, and connectors It is desirable to cut out (separate) the effect board before mounting the electronic components such as on the effect board. However, if the outer shape (peripheral shape) of the cut effect board is irregular, a problem arises in that it becomes difficult to set the effect board in an insert machine for mounting electronic components.

On the other hand, in this configuration, since a specific trace portion having a trace different from other portions is provided at a specific portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the specific trace portion is the connection portion with the standard size board. By using it as a part, it becomes possible to mount the electronic parts after forming the board outline of the effect board to some extent using a processing machine such as an NC machine, and the above problems can be solved. can. More specifically, when manufacturing the effect board, when cutting out the effect board from the fixed-size board using a processing machine such as an NC machine, the effect board is not completely separated, and is fixed at a specific trace portion. When connected to a length board (waste board or other board), even if the outer peripheral shape of the effect board is complicated, the part of the specific trace portion is connected to the rectangular standard length board. Therefore, the effect board before separation can be easily set in the insert machine via the standard board, and electronic parts such as LEDs can be mounted on the effect board before separation. Then, after mounting the electronic components on the production board before separation, by cutting (or breaking) the part connected to the standard board (the part of the specific trace part), the connected part is different from the other parts Along with the occurrence of the specific trace portion, the effect board having the outer periphery formed in a predetermined shape is completed. At this time, the part connected to the standard board (the part of the specific trace part) is short (small) compared to the entire circumference of the effect board, so even if the connected part is cut, the chips generated The amount is so small that it can be sufficiently sucked up by a dust collector, and does not affect electronic components such as LEDs mounted on the performance board.

In this way, the specific trace portion provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is a trace different from the other parts of the outer peripheral edge, and is more conspicuous than the other parts. Although there is a risk that the appearance of the board will deteriorate, as described above, by making the specific trace part a color different from the light-colored solder resist, the specific trace part of the effect board will not be conspicuous, and the effect board will not stand out. It is possible to prevent the deterioration of the appearance of the front body, improve the appearance of the front body, prevent the player from feeling uncomfortable due to the specific trace part of the performance board, and increase the interest of the player. A decrease can be suppressed.

In addition, since it has a specific trace part on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, it is possible to form the outer shape of the effect board with a processing machine with a high degree of processing freedom such as an NC machine, so the outer shape is complicated. To provide a game machine capable of easily manufacturing even a presentation board corresponding to a highly decorative front body, and capable of surely exerting the decoration effect of the front body illuminated by LEDs of the presentation board. can be done.

Furthermore, by making the specific trace part of the effect board a different color from the bright solder resist, the specific trace part is made less conspicuous. It is not necessary to finish the remaining part of the connection part along the outer peripheral edge of the performance board while the part is cut, so that the cost of the performance board and the game machine can be reduced.

In addition, since a specific trace part with a trace different from other parts is provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, when the worker assembles, the specific trace part is used as a guide to identify the mounting direction etc. of the effect board. can be In this case, for example, in one specific portion, the mode of the specific trace portion may be made different depending on the side of the effect board. As a result, the installation direction of the effect board can be specified with certainty, and the labor required for assembly can be simplified.

It should be noted that the rendering board may be provided with a fringing part of a predetermined width from the outer periphery to the center of the board and having a different color from the bright solder resist. As a result, since the edge of the effect board has a different color from the bright soldermask, the bright soldermask appears brighter, making the border appear darker and the outer edge of the effect board. It is possible to make the periphery inconspicuous, reduce the deterioration of the appearance of the front body due to the presence of the production board, improve the appearance of the front body more than before, and enjoy the production by the front body. It is possible to provide a game machine capable of suppressing a decline in the player's interest.

Further, the specific trace portion may be projected outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. As a result, even if the specific trace portion is conspicuous because it protrudes outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, as described above, when the LED is lit in the actual use state, the specific trace portion is displayed in a bright color. By using a color different from that of the solder resist, it is possible to make it relatively inconspicuous, so even if the specific trace portion protrudes, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the appearance of the front body.

In addition, as described above, when the specific trace portion is made to protrude outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, when manufacturing the effect board, the connection part connected to the standard size board is cut, and the effect It is not necessary to finish the remaining part of the connection part along the outer peripheral edge of the board, and the production board and thus the cost of the game machine can be reduced.

Furthermore, it is desirable to apply a light-colored solder resist so as to refrain from the outer peripheral edge of the rendering board. As a result, since the bright-colored solder resist is applied from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the specific traces provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board are combined with the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. It is possible to provide a game machine that can have a color different from that of the color and can reliably achieve the above-described effects.

In addition, as described above, the bright-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the effect board is applied inward from the outer periphery of the effect board, so that the fixed-length board is preliminarily applied from the outer periphery of the effect board. When applying solder resist in advance, even if the effect board is cut out from a standard board by cutting, the bright solder resist will not be cut and powder of the solder resist will not be generated. do not have. Therefore, it is possible to suppress an increase in the cost for cleaning after cutting, and the effect substrate does not remain bright-colored solder resist powder.

In addition, as described above, when the bright-colored solder resist is applied in advance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, even if another member (decorative body) or the like contacts the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the solder resist will contact the solder resist. Therefore, the bright-colored solder resist will not be chipped and powder will not be generated, and the bright-colored solder resist powder will not scatter and adhere or accumulate on the performance substrate, decorations, or the like. For this reason, since bright-colored solder resist powder is not generated, the powder casts shadows during light-emitting effects, making the appearance worse, causing poor contact in connectors, etc. To provide a game machine capable of suppressing the deterioration of interest by entertaining a player without deteriorating the appearance of the surface of the body or the like. - 特許庁

Also, as mentioned above, since the bright-colored solder resist is applied from the outer edge of the production board, it is possible to remove the solder resist chips in the post-process. On the other hand, when processing with a cutting tool such as an end mill, the solder resist on the outer peripheral edge may be removed by the tool, so that a bright solder resist applied from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board may be constructed. . In this case as well, the specific trace portion can have a color different from that of the light-colored solder resist together with the outer peripheral edge, so that the same effect as described above can be achieved.

Furthermore, the specific portion may be the bottom of a trapezoidal concave portion recessed from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. As a result, since the specific trace part is provided as a specific part at the bottom of the recess recessed from the outer peripheral edge of the production board, the specific trace part does not hit the front body etc. Therefore, as a specific trace part, the production board The part connected to the standard-sized board can be protruded to the outside while being cut off at the time of manufacture, and there is no need to finish the specific trace part, and the production board and, in turn, the cost of the game machine. can be reduced. At this time, since the specific trace area is colored differently from the light-colored solder resist, it is possible to make the specific trace area inconspicuous, and it is also possible to make the recesses that are recessed together with the specific trace area inconspicuous. As a result, the appearance of the front body can be improved.

Further, the specific portion may be at least one of the outwardly bulging portion and the linear portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. As a result, as a specific trace part, when manufacturing the effect board, after cutting the connecting part connected to the standard size board, the remaining part of the connecting part is shaved and finished so as to match the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. In the case of the specific trace portion generated in , at least one of the outwardly bulging portion and the linear portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is the specific portion where the specific trace portion is provided. The rest of the parts can be scraped off with a file or the like to facilitate a clean finish. Therefore, even if the specific trace portion of the effect board can be seen through the front body, the appearance of the front body does not deteriorate because the specific trace portion is beautifully finished.

Further, as described above, when the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided on the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the following effects can be obtained. To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board, as a part to provide the connection part that connects the standard board and the effect board, for example, the outer peripheral edge (outer shape of the board) of the effect board is recessed toward the center side of the board. If the connecting portion is provided only in the recessed portion, the connecting portion does not exist in the portion that bulges outward between the recessed portion, so the bulging portion deforms downward due to its own weight. becomes easier. Specifically, for example, in the case of a gourd-shaped performance board in which two circular shapes are joined together and the space between them is constricted, if a connecting part for a standard-sized board is provided only in the constricted part, both sides Since the connecting portion does not exist in the circular portion of , the circular portion becomes more likely to deform downward due to its own weight as the distance from the connecting portion increases. If the effect board deforms due to its own weight, it may be difficult to reliably mount electronic parts such as LEDs using an insert machine. On the other hand, in this configuration, since the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided in the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, at the time of manufacturing the effect board, a constant Compared to the case where the connection part connecting the scale board and the performance board is provided only in a recessed part on the outer peripheral edge of the performance board, the part between the connection parts of the performance board is pushed downward by its own weight. When electronic parts such as LEDs and ICs are mounted by an insert machine, deformation of the effect board is suppressed, so that the electronic parts can be mounted reliably. .

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The production board is
A fringing portion of a color different from the bright solder resist is provided with a predetermined width from the outer peripheral edge toward the center of the substrate.

Here, the ``bordering portion'' includes ``a portion formed on the outer peripheral edge of the rendering substrate by applying a light-colored solder resist from the outer peripheral edge of the rendering substrate'', and ``a coloring agent such as ink or paint. "A portion where the solder resist is applied", "A portion where the solder resist of a color different from the bright color solder resist is applied", and the like.

According to the configuration of the means 2, the performance board is provided with a fringing part of a predetermined width from the outer peripheral edge to the center of the board and having a different color from the bright solder resist. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], see the description regarding the production board 3520A)

As a result, since the edge of the effect board has a different color from the bright soldermask, the bright soldermask appears brighter, making the border appear darker and the outer edge of the effect board. It is possible to make the periphery inconspicuous, reduce the deterioration of the appearance of the front body due to the presence of the production board, improve the appearance of the front body more than before, and enjoy the production by the front body. It is possible to provide a game machine capable of suppressing a decline in the player's interest.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 1 or Means 2,
"The specific trace part
It protrudes outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board.

According to the configuration of means 3, the specific trace portion is made to protrude outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. (See the description regarding the tethering portion 3552a and the specific trace portion 3561 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, even if the specific trace portion is conspicuous because it protrudes outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, as described above, when the LED is lit in the actual use state, the specific trace portion is displayed in a bright color. By using a color different from that of the solder resist, it is possible to make it relatively inconspicuous, so even if the specific trace portion protrudes, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the appearance of the front body.

In addition, since the specific trace portion is made to protrude outward from the outer peripheral edge of the production board, when manufacturing the production board, the connection part connected to the standard board is cut, It is not necessary to finish the remaining portion of the connecting portion along the peripheral edge, and the production board and thus the cost of the game machine can be reduced.

Means 4: In any one configuration from Means 1 to 3,
"The light-colored solder resist,
It is characterized in that it is applied from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board.

By the way, light-colored soldermasks that are brightly colored by adding a white pigment such as titanium oxide are hard materials compared to other soldermasks. It is easy to become powder because it contains Therefore, when cutting is performed to cut out a performance board from a fixed-size board with a light-colored solder resist on its surface, a large amount of light-colored solder resist powder is generated in addition to a large amount of chips from the base material of the board. . In addition, since the bright-colored solder resist powder is fine, cleaning (removal) of the solder resist takes time and effort, and there is a risk of an increase in cost. be. Also, even after the performance board is cut out from the standard size board, if the bright solder resist is applied to the cut edge (peripheral edge) of the performance board, other members will come into contact with the cut edge of the performance board. As a result, there is a risk that the light-colored solder resist, which is a hard material, will be powdered and scattered, and will adhere or accumulate on the production board or other members (decorative bodies).

If bright-colored solder resist powder adheres and accumulates on the production board, decorations, and the like, the following problems may occur. For example, if the powder adheres/accumulates on the LED mounted on the effect board, the shadow of the powder may be projected when the LED emits light, resulting in a poor appearance of the light emitting effect. Also, if it adheres or accumulates on the connector as an electronic component mounted on the effect board, there is a risk of poor contact. Furthermore, if the powder adheres or accumulates on the surface of the production board, the decoration, or the like, the appearance of the production board, the decoration, or the like may deteriorate (decrease) due to the powder.

According to the configuration of the means 4, a light-colored solder resist is applied so as to refrain from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. (See the description of the coating film 3523 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the bright-colored solder resist is applied from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the specific traces provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board are combined with the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. It is possible to provide a game machine that can have a color different from that of the color and can reliably achieve the above-described effects.

In addition, since the bright-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the production board is applied inward from the outer peripheral edge of the production board, soldering is performed in advance from the outer peripheral edge of the production board to the standard size board. If the resist is applied, even if the effect board is cut out from the standard board by cutting, the bright solder resist will not be cut and powder of the solder resist will not be generated. Therefore, it is possible to suppress an increase in the cost for cleaning after cutting, and the effect substrate does not remain bright-colored solder resist powder. In addition, if the bright-colored solder resist is applied in advance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, even if another member (decorative body) or the like comes into contact with the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, it will not contact the solder resist. Therefore, the bright-colored solder resist is not chipped and powder is not generated, and the bright-colored solder resist powder is not scattered and adhered or deposited on the effect board, the decorative body, or the like. For this reason, since bright-colored solder resist powder is not generated, the powder casts shadows during light-emitting effects, making the appearance worse, causing poor contact in connectors, etc. To provide a game machine capable of suppressing the deterioration of interest by entertaining a player without deteriorating the appearance of the surface of the body or the like. - 特許庁

In addition, since the bright-colored solder resist is applied from the outer periphery of the production board, it is necessary to use an end mill or the like for the standard-sized board, assuming that the solder resist chips will be removed in the post-process. By removing the solder resist on the outer peripheral edge with a cutting tool during processing, a light-colored solder resist applied from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board may be constructed. In this case as well, the specific trace portion can have a color different from that of the light-colored solder resist together with the outer peripheral edge, so that the same effect as described above can be achieved.

Means 5: In any one configuration of Means 1 to 4,
"The specific part is
It is characterized in that it is a bottom portion of a recess recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board.

By the way, by making the specific trace portions in a different color from the light-colored solder resist, the specific trace portions can be made less conspicuous. It is possible to keep the cut remaining portion (specific trace portion) protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. However, if the specific trace portion protrudes from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, when assembling the decoration, depending on the gap between the front body etc. to which the effect board is attached, the protruding specific trace portion may hit, and the effect There is a possibility that the substrate cannot be attached.

According to the configuration of the means 5, the specific portion is the bottom of the trapezoidal concave portion recessed from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. (See the description regarding recess 3557 in [Description of the Invention])

As a result, since the specific trace part is provided as a specific part at the bottom of the recess recessed from the outer peripheral edge of the production board, the specific trace part does not hit the front body etc. Therefore, as a specific trace part, the production board The part connected to the standard-sized board can be protruded to the outside while being cut off at the time of manufacture, and there is no need to finish the specific trace part, and the production board and, in turn, the cost of the game machine. can be reduced. At this time, since the specific trace area is colored differently from the light-colored solder resist, it is possible to make the specific trace area inconspicuous, and it is also possible to make the recesses that are recessed together with the specific trace area inconspicuous. As a result, the appearance of the front body can be improved.

Means 6: In any one configuration of Means 1 to 5,
"The specific part is
It is provided in at least one of an outwardly bulging portion and a linear portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board.

According to the configuration of means 6, the specific portion is at least one of the outwardly bulging portion and the linear portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], see the description regarding the production board 3520A)

As a result, as a specific trace part, when manufacturing the effect board, after cutting the connecting part connected to the standard size board, the remaining part of the connecting part is shaved and finished so as to match the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. In the case of the specific trace portion generated in , at least one of the outwardly bulging portion and the linear portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is the specific portion where the specific trace portion is provided. The rest of the parts can be scraped off with a file or the like to facilitate a clean finish. Therefore, even if the specific trace portion of the effect board can be seen through the front body, the appearance of the front body does not deteriorate because the specific trace portion is beautifully finished.

Further, since the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided at the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the following effects can be achieved. To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board, as a part to provide a connecting portion that connects the standard size board and the effect board, for example, the outer peripheral edge (outer shape of the board) of the effect board is recessed toward the center of the board. If the connecting portion is provided only in the recessed portion, the connecting portion does not exist in the portion that bulges outward between the recessed portion, so the bulging portion deforms downward due to its own weight. becomes easier. Specifically, for example, in the case of a gourd-shaped performance board in which two circular shapes are joined together and the space between them is constricted, if only the constricted part is provided with a connecting portion for a standard-sized board, both sides Since the connecting portion does not exist in the circular portion of , the circular portion becomes more likely to deform downward due to its own weight as the distance from the connecting portion increases. If the effect board is deformed by its own weight, it may become difficult to reliably mount electronic parts such as LEDs using an insert machine. On the other hand, in this configuration, since the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided in the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, at the time of manufacturing the effect board, constant Compared to the case where the connection part connecting the length board and the performance board is provided only in a recessed part on the outer peripheral edge of the performance board, the part between the connection parts of the performance board is pushed downward by its own weight. When electronic parts such as LEDs and ICs are mounted by an insert machine, deformation of the effect board is suppressed, so that the electronic parts can be mounted reliably. .

Means 7: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine comprising a performance board provided with an LED that emits light according to the progress of a game, and a front body provided in front of the performance board and capable of transmitting light from the LED, ,
The production board is
A light-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the surface on which the LEDs are provided, from the outer edge of the effect board, and a specific trace that is different from other parts when the board outline is formed. a fringing portion provided with a predetermined width from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board toward the center of the board and having a color different from that of the light-colored solder resist; a concave portion having a trapezoidal dent in at least one of the portion and the linear portion and having a bottom serving as a specific portion;
The specific trace part is
It has a color different from that of the light-colored solder resist and is provided so as to protrude outward from the specific portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board.”
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 7, it is provided with a performance board provided with an LED that emits light according to the progress of the game, and a front body provided in front of the performance board and capable of transmitting light from the LED. In the game machine, the effect board has a light-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the surface on which the LEDs are provided so as to avoid the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, and other parts when the board outline is formed. , a specific trace portion where different traces are generated, a border portion provided with a predetermined width from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board to the center side of the board and having a color different from the light color solder resist, and an outer part at the outer peripheral edge of the effect board At least one of the bulging portion and the linear portion has a trapezoidal recess and the bottom is a specific portion, and the specific trace portion is a light-colored solder resist. They are provided in different colors and protrude outward from specific portions of the outer periphery of the effect board.

As a result, since the surface of the effect board on which multiple LEDs are provided is applied with a bright solder resist, the light from the multiple LEDs provided on the effect board, other LEDs, lighting, etc. Light can be reflected to the front body, the front body can be decorated with brighter light than before, the light emission decoration of the front body can be made more conspicuous, and the impact of the light emission performance on the player can be increased. can be enhanced. At this time, the bright-colored solder resist is applied from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, and a border portion of a different color from the bright-colored solder resist is provided from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board to a predetermined width. In the peripheral edge of the substrate, the specific trace portion having a different trace from other portions is colored in a different color from the bright soldermask. To make the outer peripheral edge of a performance board including a specific trace part appear relatively dark by the bright color of a solder resist and to make the outer peripheral edge of the presentation board inconspicuous together with the specific trace part by making the color darker than the color. can be done. Therefore, even if the player can see the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the outer peripheral edge is inconspicuous due to the bright color of the solder resist provided close to the effect board. It is possible to provide a game machine capable of improving the appearance of the front body more than before, and capable of suppressing the deterioration of the interest of the player by entertaining the performance by the front body.

In addition, since the bright-colored solder resist is applied from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, and a border portion of a different color from the bright-colored solder resist is provided in a predetermined width from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the player can Even when the surface of the effect board can be seen from the side through the front body, the bright color of the solder resist makes the outer periphery of the effect board appear dark together with the specific trace part, making it difficult to stand out. It is possible to reduce the deterioration of the appearance of the front body due to the presence of the board, improve the appearance of the front body more than before, and suppress the deterioration of the interest of the player by entertaining the performance by the front body. It is possible to provide a game machine that allows

By the way, conventionally, the performance board provided behind the front body which is formed in a predetermined decorative shape does not have a simple rectangular outer peripheral shape, but a complicated shape (undefined shape) along the outer periphery of the front body. is formed in When cutting out such an irregular-shaped production board from a standard-sized board (also referred to as a standard-sized board) using a processing machine such as an NC machine, a large amount of chips are generated, so LEDs, sensors, and connectors It is desirable to cut out (separate) the effect board before mounting the electronic components such as on the effect board. However, if the outer shape (peripheral shape) of the cut effect board is irregular, a problem arises in that it becomes difficult to set the effect board in an insert machine for mounting electronic components.

On the other hand, in this configuration, since a specific trace portion having a trace different from other portions is provided at a specific portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the specific trace portion is the connection portion with the standard size board. By using it as a part, it becomes possible to mount the electronic parts after forming the board outline of the effect board to some extent using a processing machine such as an NC machine, and the above problems can be solved. can. More specifically, when manufacturing the effect board, when cutting out the effect board from the fixed-size board using a processing machine such as an NC machine, the effect board is not completely separated, and is fixed at a specific trace portion. When connected to a length board (waste board or other board), even if the outer peripheral shape of the effect board is complicated, the part of the specific trace portion is connected to the rectangular standard length board. Therefore, the effect board before separation can be easily set in the insert machine via the standard board, and electronic parts such as LEDs can be mounted on the effect board before separation. Then, after mounting the electronic components on the production board before separation, by cutting (or breaking) the part connected to the standard board (the part of the specific trace part), the connected part is different from the other parts Along with the occurrence of the specific trace portion, the effect board having the outer periphery formed in a predetermined shape is completed. At this time, the part connected to the standard board (the part of the specific trace part) is short (small) compared to the entire circumference of the effect board, so even if the connected part is cut, the chips generated The amount is so small that it can be sufficiently sucked up by a dust collector, and does not affect electronic components such as LEDs mounted on the performance board.

In this way, the specific trace portion provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is a trace different from the other parts of the outer peripheral edge, and is more conspicuous than the other parts. Although there is a risk that the appearance of the board will deteriorate, as described above, by making the specific trace part a color different from the light-colored solder resist, the specific trace part of the effect board will not be conspicuous, and the effect board will not stand out. It is possible to prevent the deterioration of the appearance of the front body, improve the appearance of the front body, prevent the player from feeling uncomfortable due to the specific trace part of the performance board, and increase the interest of the player. A decrease can be suppressed.

In addition, since it has a specific trace part on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, it is possible to form the outer shape of the effect board with a processing machine with a high degree of processing freedom such as an NC machine, so the outer shape is complicated. To provide a game machine capable of easily manufacturing even a presentation board corresponding to a highly decorative front body, and capable of surely exerting the decoration effect of the front body illuminated by LEDs of the presentation board. can be done.

Furthermore, by making the specific trace part of the effect board a different color from the bright solder resist, the specific trace part is made less conspicuous. It is not necessary to finish the remaining part of the connection part along the outer peripheral edge of the performance board while the part is cut, so that the cost of the performance board and the game machine can be reduced.

In addition, since a specific trace part with a trace different from other parts is provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, when the worker assembles, the specific trace part is used as a guide to identify the mounting direction etc. of the effect board. can be In this case, for example, in one specific portion, the mode of the specific trace portion may be made different depending on the side of the effect board. As a result, the installation direction of the effect board can be specified with certainty, and the labor required for assembly can be simplified.

In addition, even if the specific trace portion is conspicuous because it protrudes outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, as described above, when the LED is lit in the actual use state, the specific trace portion is displayed in a bright color. By using a color different from that of the solder resist, it can be made relatively inconspicuous, so even if the specific trace portion protrudes, it is possible to prevent the appearance of the front body from deteriorating.

Furthermore, since the bright-colored solder resist is applied from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the specific traces provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board are treated as bright-colored solder resist together with the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. can be of different colors, and a game machine capable of reliably achieving the above-described effects can be provided.

In addition, since the bright-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the production board is applied inward from the outer peripheral edge of the production board, it is applied in advance from the outer peripheral edge of the production board to the standard size board. If the solder resist is applied by cutting, the bright solder resist will not be cut and powder of the solder resist will not be generated even if the performance board is cut out from the standard board by cutting. Therefore, it is possible to suppress an increase in the cost for cleaning after cutting, and the effect substrate does not remain bright-colored solder resist powder.

Furthermore, if the bright-colored solder resist is applied in advance from the outer peripheral edge of the rendering board, even if another member (decorative body) or the like comes into contact with the outer peripheral edge of the rendering board, the solder resist will not come into contact with it. Therefore, the bright-colored solder resist is not chipped and powder is not generated, and the bright-colored solder resist powder is not scattered and adhered or deposited on the effect board, the decorative body, or the like. For this reason, since bright-colored solder resist powder is not generated, the powder casts shadows during light-emitting effects, making the appearance worse, causing poor contact in connectors, etc. To provide a game machine capable of suppressing the deterioration of interest by entertaining a player without deteriorating the appearance of the surface of the body or the like. - 特許庁

In addition, since the bright-colored solder resist is applied from the outer periphery of the production board, it is necessary to use an end mill or the like for the standard-sized board, assuming that the solder resist chips will be removed in the post-process. By removing the solder resist on the outer peripheral edge with a cutting tool during processing, a light-colored solder resist applied from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board may be constructed. In this case as well, the specific trace portion can have a color different from that of the light-colored solder resist together with the outer peripheral edge, so that the same effect as described above can be achieved.

In addition, since the specific trace part is provided as a specific part at the bottom of the recess recessed from the outer peripheral edge of the production board, the specific trace part does not hit the front body etc. Therefore, as the specific trace part, the production of the production board In some cases, the part connected to the standard-sized board can be cut and protruded outward, eliminating the need to finish the specific trace part, and reducing the cost of the production board and, in turn, the game machine. can be reduced. At this time, since the specific trace area is colored differently from the light-colored solder resist, it is possible to make the specific trace area inconspicuous, and it is also possible to make the recesses that are recessed together with the specific trace area inconspicuous. As a result, the appearance of the front body can be improved.

Further, since the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided at the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the following effects can be achieved. To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board, as a part to provide the connection part that connects the standard board and the effect board, for example, the outer peripheral edge (outer shape of the board) of the effect board is recessed toward the center side of the board. If the connecting portion is provided only in the recessed portion, the connecting portion does not exist in the portion that bulges outward between the recessed portion, so the bulging portion deforms downward due to its own weight. becomes easier. Specifically, for example, in the case of a gourd-shaped performance board in which two circular shapes are joined together and the space between them is constricted, if a connecting part for a standard-sized board is provided only in the constricted part, both sides Since the connecting portion does not exist in the circular portion of , the circular portion becomes more likely to deform downward due to its own weight as the distance from the connecting portion increases. If the effect board deforms due to its own weight, it may be difficult to reliably mount electronic parts such as LEDs using an insert machine. On the other hand, in this configuration, since the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided in the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, at the time of manufacturing the effect board, a constant Compared to the case where the connection part connecting the scale board and the performance board is provided only in a recessed part on the outer peripheral edge of the performance board, the part between the connection parts of the performance board is pushed downward by its own weight. When electronic parts such as LEDs and ICs are mounted by an insert machine, deformation of the effect board is suppressed, so that the electronic parts can be mounted reliably. .

As described above, according to the above solution, to provide a game machine capable of suppressing a decline in interest of a player by improving the appearance of the front body by making the outer peripheral edge of the performance board inconspicuous. can be done.

[16-8c. Relationship between Solution Means of Eighth Technical Feature and Embodiment]
The effect board 3520A, the effect board 3520B, the effect board 3520C, the effect board 3520D, the effect board 3520E, and the effect board 3520F of the game board 5 in this embodiment are the effect boards of the above-described solution means, and the decoration part 3510 (decoration body 3500) is the front body of the above solution, the coating film 3523 in this embodiment is the bright solder resist of the above solution, the LEDs 3530 and 3535 in this embodiment are the LEDs of the above solution, The recess 3557 corresponds to the recess of the solution, and the distance L2 in this embodiment corresponds to the predetermined width of the edge of the solution.

[16-8d. Characteristic action and effect of the eighth technical feature]
According to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the surface of the effect board 3520A or the like on which the plurality of LEDs 3530 are provided is coated with the coating film 3523 made of a bright solder resist. The light from a plurality of LEDs 3530 in the front and the light from other LEDs, lighting, etc. can be reflected to the front decoration part 3510 (decoration body 3500), and the decoration body 3500 can be decorated with brighter light emission than before. In addition, the luminous decoration of the decorative body 3500 can be made more conspicuous, and the impact of the luminous effect on the player can be further enhanced. At this time, a coating film 3523 made of a bright-colored solder resist is applied from the outer peripheral edges of the rendering substrates 3520A, etc., and the bright-colored solder resist is separated from the outer peripheral edges of the rendering substrates 3520A, etc. by a predetermined distance L2. Because the rim portion of a different color is provided, and the specific trace portion 3561 having a trace different from the other portions on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A or the like is colored (dark color) different from the light-colored solder resist. The bright color of the solder resist can make the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A including the specific trace portion 3561 appear relatively dark, and together with the specific trace portion 3561, the outer peripheral edge of the effect substrate 3520A and the like can be made inconspicuous. can. Therefore, even if the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A or the like can be seen by the player, the outer peripheral edge is not conspicuous due to the bright color of the solder resist provided close to the effect board 3520A. The appearance of the decoration 3500 (decoration part 3510) does not deteriorate, the appearance of the decoration 3500 can be improved more than before, and the performance by the decoration 3500 is enjoyed to suppress the decrease in interest of the player. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of

In addition, a coating film 3523 made of a bright-colored solder resist is applied from the outer peripheral edge of the rendering substrate 3520A, etc., and is different from the bright-colored solder resist by a distance L2 from the outer peripheral edge of the rendering substrate 3520A, etc. Since the colored border is provided, even if the surface of the effect board 3520A or the like can be seen from the player side through the decorative portion 3510 (decorative body 3500), the bright color of the solder resist (coating film 3523) leaves a specific trace. Together with the portion 3561, the outer peripheral edges of the effect board 3520A and the like can be darkened to make them inconspicuous, and the presence of the effect board 3520A and the like having the specific trace portion 3561 can reduce the deterioration of the appearance of the decorative body 3500. It is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 capable of improving the appearance of the decoration body 3500 more than conventionally, and capable of suppressing the decrease in interest of the player by entertaining the performance by the decoration body 3500.例文帳に追加

By the way, the effect board 3520A provided behind the decoration part 3510 formed in a predetermined decoration shape as in the conventional art has a complicated outer peripheral shape along the outer circumference of the decoration part 3510 instead of a simple rectangular shape. It is formed in a shape (irregular shape). When such an irregular-shaped effect board 3520A is cut out from a standard-sized board (also referred to as a standard-sized board 3550) using a processing machine such as an NC machine, a large amount of chips are generated, so the LED 3530 and the sensor It is desirable to cut out (separate) the effect board 3520A before mounting electronic components such as connectors and the like on the effect board 3520A. However, if the outer shape (peripheral shape) of the cut effect board 3520A is irregular, there arises a problem that it becomes difficult to set the effect board 3520A in an insert machine for mounting electronic components.

To address the above problems, according to the present embodiment, the specific trace portion 3561 protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A is provided. By using it as a part of the connecting portion 3552 (connecting portion 3552a), it is possible to mount electronic components after forming the board outline of the effect board 3520A to some extent using a processing machine such as an NC machine. Become. More specifically, when manufacturing the effect board 3520A, when cutting out the effect board 3520A from the standard board 3550 using a processing machine such as an NC machine, the effect board 3520A is not completely separated, and the connection portion 3552 If the fixed-size board 3550 (discarded board 3555 or other board) is connected to the (part of the specific trace portion 3561), even if the peripheral shape of the production board 3520A is a complicated shape, the connecting portion 3552 Since it is connected to the rectangular fixed-length board 3550, the effect board 3520A before separation can be easily set in the insert machine through the fixed-length board 3550, and electronic components are mounted on the effect board 3520A before separation. can do. Then, after mounting the electronic components on the pre-separation production board 3520A, the desired production board 3520A is obtained by cutting the connecting part 3552 connected to the fixed-length board 3550 and separating it from the fixed-length board 3550. can be done. At this time, the rest of the cut connecting portion 3552 (connecting remaining portion 3552a) becomes a specific trace portion 3561 protruding from the outer peripheral edge of the production board 3520A, and the connecting portion 3552 connected to the fixed length board 3550 is the production board. Since it is short (small) with respect to the entire circumference of 3520A, even if the connecting portion 3552 is cut, the amount of chips generated is small and can be sufficiently absorbed by the dust collector. It does not affect parts.

In this way, the specific trace portion 3561 provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A or the like is a trace different from other portions (general trace portion 3560) on the outer peripheral edge, and is more conspicuous than the other portions. Therefore, the presence of the specific trace portion 3561 may deteriorate the appearance of the effect board 3520A and the like. With this, the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520A or the like is not conspicuous, and deterioration of the appearance of the decoration portion 3510 (decoration body 3500) due to the effect board 3520A or the like can be prevented, and the appearance of the decoration body 3500 can be improved. In addition, the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520A or the like does not make the player feel uncomfortable, so that the player's interest can be suppressed.

In addition, since it has a specific trace portion 3561 on the outer peripheral edge of the production board 3520A etc., it is possible to form the outer shape of the production board 3520A etc. with a processing machine with a high degree of processing freedom such as an NC machine. The decorative part 3510 (decorative body 3500) having a complicated shape, that is, the effect board 3520A corresponding to the decorative part 3510 (decorative body 3500) can be easily manufactured. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of reliably exerting its effects.

Furthermore, by making the specific trace portion 3561 of the effect board 3520A and the like different from the color of the coating film 3523 made of the light-colored solder resist, the specific trace portion 3561 is made inconspicuous, so that the effect board 3520A and the like are manufactured. When doing so, it is not necessary to finish the connecting portion 3552a along the outer peripheral edge of the performance board 3520A etc. while cutting the connection part 3552 connected to the standard board 3550, and the performance board 3520A etc. The cost of the machine 1 can be reduced.

In addition, since a specific trace portion 3561 with a trace different from other parts is provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 etc., when the worker assembles, the specific trace part 3561 is used as a guide to attach the effect board 3520 etc. It can be used as a mark for specifying a direction or the like. In this case, for example, in one specific portion, the mode of the specific trace portion may be made different depending on the side of the effect board. As a result, the installation direction of the effect board can be specified with certainty, and the labor required for assembly can be simplified.

In addition, even if the specific trace portion 3561 (tethered portion 3552a) is conspicuous by protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A etc., as described above, the lighting of the LED 3530 etc. which is in the actual use state In some cases, the specific trace portion 3561 can be made relatively inconspicuous by making the specific trace portion 3561 have a different color from the light-colored solder resist (coating film 3523). It is possible to prevent the (decorative body 3500) from deteriorating in appearance.

Furthermore, since the coating film 3523 made of a bright solder resist is applied from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A etc., the specific trace part 3561 provided at the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A etc. It is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that can be colored differently from the bright solder resist together with the outer peripheral edge such as .

In addition, since the light-colored solder resist (coating film 3523) applied to the surface of the production board 3520A etc. is applied inwardly from the outer peripheral edge of the production board 3520A etc., the fixed length board 3550 On the other hand, if the solder resist is applied in advance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A etc., even if the effect board 3520A etc. are cut out from the standard board 3550 by cutting, the bright solder resist will be cut. There is no powder of the solder resist. Therefore, it is possible to suppress an increase in the cost for cleaning after cutting, and the bright solder resist powder does not remain on the effect board 3520A or the like.

Furthermore, if a light-colored solder resist (coating film 3523) is applied in advance from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, etc., other members (decorative bodies), etc. will come into contact with the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A, etc. However, since it does not come into contact with the solder resist, the bright-colored solder resist is not chipped and powder is not generated, and the bright-colored solder resist powder scatters and adheres to the effect board 3520A, etc., the decorative body 3500, etc.・There is no sedimentation. For this reason, since the bright-colored solder resist powder is not generated, the powder casts shadows during the light emitting effect, making the appearance worse, causing poor contact in the connector, etc., and causing the effect board 3520A and the like. It is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 capable of entertaining a player and suppressing a decline in interest without deteriorating the appearance of the surface of a decoration body 3500 or the like.例文帳に追加

In addition, since the bright-colored solder resist (coating film 3523) is applied from the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A, it is possible to remove the chips of the solder resist in a post-process. When the board 3550 is processed with a cutting tool such as an end mill, the solder resist on the outer periphery is removed by the tool, thereby constructing a bright solder resist applied from the outer periphery of the effect board 3520A or the like. You can do it. In this case as well, the specific trace portion 3561 can have a color different from that of the light-colored solder resist together with the outer peripheral edge, so that the same effect as above can be achieved.

In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 is provided with the bottom portion 3557a of the recessed portion 3557 recessed from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A etc. as a specific portion, the specific trace portion 3561 does not hit the decorative portion 3510 etc. As the portion 3561, when manufacturing the effect board 3520A or the like, the connection portion 3552 that was connected to the standard size board 3550 can be cut and projected outward. Therefore, the cost of the performance board 3520A and the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced. At this time, since the specific trace portion 3561 has a different color from the light-colored solder resist (coating film 3523), the specific trace portion 3561 can be made inconspicuous. It is also possible to make the concave portion 3557 inconspicuous, and the appearance of the decorative portion 3510 can be improved.

Further, since the specific portion (specific trace portion 3561) is provided in the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A or the like, the following effects can be achieved. To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board 3520A, etc., the connection part 3552 connecting the standard board 3550 and the effect board 3520A etc. is provided. If the connecting portion is provided only in the recessed portion that is recessed toward the center of the center, the connecting portion 3552 does not exist in the portion that bulges outward between the recessed portion. It becomes easier for the portion where the Specifically, for example, in the case of a gourd shape in which the external shape of the production board 3520A or the like is a constriction between two circular shapes, a connecting portion 3552 to the fixed-length board 3550 is provided only in the constricted portion. If provided, since the connecting portions 3552 do not exist in the circular portions on both sides, the circular portions become more likely to deform downward due to their own weight as the distance from the connecting portions 3552 increases. Then, if the effect board 3520A or the like is deformed by its own weight, it may be difficult to reliably mount electronic components such as LEDs 3530 using an insert machine. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the specific portion (specific trace portion 3561), that is, the connecting portion 3552 is provided in the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A or the like, At the time of manufacturing the effect board 3520A etc., compared to the case where the connection part 3552 connecting the standard board 3550 and the effect board 3520A etc. is provided only in a recessed part at the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520A etc. , It is possible to make the portion between the connection parts 3552 on the effect board 3520A etc. difficult to deform downward due to its own weight. Since the deformation such as the deformation is suppressed, the electronic component can be reliably mounted.

[16-9. Ninth technical feature]
This specification has the following technical features different from those described above.

[16-9a. Background of the ninth technical feature]
As a game machine such as a pachinko machine or a slot machine, there has been proposed a game machine having an effect board provided with a plurality of LEDs behind a decorative body formed in a predetermined decorative shape (for example, Patent document G: JP-A-2019-209029). In the technique of Patent Document G, electronic components such as an IC capable of controlling the light emission of a plurality of LEDs and an LED driver are mounted on the effect board, and the electronic components emit light in various modes to enable the game to be played. It allows the person to enjoy the performance using the performance board.

However, in the technique of Patent Document G, if the mounting of the electronic components on the effect board is insufficient, the effect by the effect board cannot be sufficiently executed, and the player cannot be entertained. , there is a risk that the interest of the player is reduced.

Therefore, in the following means, in view of the above-mentioned actual situation, it is an object to provide a gaming machine that can entertain the player and suppress the decline in interest by surely exerting the effect of the effect board. is.

[16-9b. Solution for the ninth technical feature]
Means 1: In the game machine,
"A gaming machine that variably displays symbols based on the establishment of a starting condition, and provides a profit based on the result of the variable display,
Equipped with a performance board on which electronic components related to performance performed during the variable display of the pattern are mounted,
The production board is
A light-colored solder resist is applied to the surface of the substrate, and a specific trace portion is provided in which a trace different from other portions is generated when the outer periphery of the substrate is formed at a specific portion of the outer periphery of the substrate,
The electronic component is
including at least a resistor, an LED, and an LED driver;
Among the electronic components, a specific electronic component including at least an LED driver is provided in a specific region surrounded by the plurality of specific trace portions.”
It is characterized by being

Here, the ``satisfaction of the starting condition'' includes ``receipt of game media into a winning opening provided in the game area (for example, a normal winning opening, a starting winning opening (starting opening), etc.)'', and a ``game Game media pass through a specific area (for example, a gate) provided within the area", "Operation of a start lever after game media are inserted", and the like.

In addition, the "variable display" of the symbols includes "in a display device such as a liquid crystal display device, a plurality of symbol rows each consisting of a plurality of symbols are displayed, and each symbol row is variably displayed"; In such light emitting means, a pattern is formed by combining lighting and extinguishing of a plurality of light emitting means, and each light emitting means is lit, blinked, and extinguished", "A plurality of rotating bodies in which a plurality of patterns are arranged and rotate the torso each time", etc.

In addition, "electronic parts" include "IC", "LED driver", "LED", "organic EL", "LCD", "sensor", "connector", "diode", "resistor", etc. mentioned.

Further, the "specific electronic component" includes "IC", "LED driver", "sensor", etc., and it is desirable that one component affects many electronic components (for example, LED). In addition, as "specific electronic parts", electronic parts with colors darker than white solder resist (e.g., black, gray, dark colors, etc.), and when shadows are formed, they are more noticeable from the board surface than general LEDs. high electronic parts, and the like. Further, the "LED" includes "a top-view type LED capable of emitting light in a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface", "a side-view type LED capable of emitting light in a direction along the substrate surface", etc.

Furthermore, the "effect board" includes "a board on which LEDs are mounted (for example, a decoration board)" and "a board on which a sensor for detecting the position of the movable decoration is mounted (for example, a sensor board)". , "a board (for example, a relay board) for connecting an effect control board and a decorative board on which LEDs are mounted", "a board provided so as to be visible to the player", "ahead of the effect display means "substrate provided in", "substrate directly or indirectly irradiated with light for production", and the like.

Further, the "bright color" may be a bright color. For example, when the brightness of black is 0 and the brightness of white is 10, the brightness is preferably in the range of 5 to 10.

"Traces" include "cutting traces by end mills, drills, etc.", "cutting traces by saws", "shearing traces by scissors, nippers, etc.", "grinding traces by rotary grindstone", "fatigue traces by bending", Examples include "fracture traces due to decrease in strength" and "grinding marks due to files, sandpaper, etc.".

The "specific trace portion" includes "projecting outward from the outer peripheral edge of the substrate", "flush with the outer peripheral edge (peripheral side surface) of the substrate", and the like. In addition, the “specific trace portion” is a portion whose trace is clearly different from other portions when visually recognized. and "having another portion as a cut trace portion and having a specific trace portion as a fracture trace portion", and the like.

Furthermore, as the "specific part", there are "outwardly bulging part on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board", "linear part on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board", and "electronic parts such as ICs and LED drivers. nearby sites", and the like.

Further, the "specific area" may be an area sandwiched between two specific traces (specific parts), or the inside of a polygon with three or more specific traces (specific parts) as vertices. may be used as the area of .

By the way, in the technique of Patent Document G, the effect board is attached to the decoration, and when the decoration is moved, the effect board also moves together. If the performance board does not look good, the player may be disappointed, and the performance board may not be able to fully exhibit the performance effect.

According to the configuration of means 1, the game machine variably displays the symbols based on the establishment of the starting condition and gives a profit based on the result of the variable display, and is equipped with an electronic part relating to the performance performed during the variable display of the symbols. The effect board has a bright solder resist applied to the surface of the board, and when the board periphery is formed in a specific part of the board periphery, a trace different from other parts is generated. A specific trace portion is provided, and the electronic component includes at least a resistor, an LED, and an LED driver, and at least the LED driver of the electronic component is placed in a specific region surrounded by the plurality of specific trace portions. It is provided with specific electronic components including: (In [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], [11-1. Details of effect board] and [11-2. Effect board of second embodiment] sections, and the descriptions of FIGS. reference)

As a result, since the bright-colored solder resist is applied to the surface of the effect board, light can be reflected by the bright-colored solder resist, and LEDs as electronic components are provided on the surface of the effect board. Therefore, since the LED can irradiate light, the brightness of the light reflected by the bright solder resist and the light emitted from the LED will cause the other parts provided on the outer periphery of the effect board to be different. can make the specific trace portion having different traces appear relatively dark together with the outer peripheral edge of the effect board to make it inconspicuous, and reduce the deterioration of the appearance of the effect board due to the specific trace portion being visible. can. Therefore, the appearance of the performance board can be improved by the bright-colored solder resist applied to the performance board. It is possible to provide a game machine that can make it easier to play and suppress the decline in the player's interest.

In addition, since the surface of the effect board is coated with bright solder resist and LEDs are installed as electronic components, the reflected light from the bright solder resist and the light from the LEDs create a brighter light emission effect. can be shown to the player. As a result, for example, when a light-transmitting decorative body is provided in front of the effect board, the light from the plurality of LEDs and the light reflected by the bright solder resist light up the decorative body with uniform brightness. Since it is possible to decorate, it is possible to improve the appearance of the luminous decoration, and it is possible to provide a game machine provided with a performance board having a high performance effect.

In addition, since bright-colored solder resist is applied to the surface of the rendering board, there is no need to print (apply) bright-colored paint or ink separately from the solder resist to brighten the surface of the rendering board. It is possible to provide a game machine that can reduce the labor and costs required for the performance board (game machine) and that has the same effects as those described above.

By the way, as in Patent Document G, the performance board provided behind the decoration formed in a predetermined decorative shape does not have a simple rectangular outer peripheral shape, but a complicated shape along the outer periphery of the decoration. (amorphous). When cutting out such an irregular-shaped production board from a standard-sized board (also referred to as a standard-sized board) using a processing machine such as an NC machine, a large amount of chips are generated, so LEDs, sensors, and connectors It is desirable to cut out (separate) the effect board before mounting the electronic components such as on the effect board. However, if the outer shape (peripheral shape) of the cut effect board is irregular, a problem arises in that it becomes difficult to set the effect board in an insert machine for mounting electronic components.

On the other hand, in this configuration, since a specific trace portion having a trace different from other portions is provided at a specific portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the specific trace portion is the connection portion with the standard size board. By using it as a part, it becomes possible to mount the electronic parts after forming the board outline of the effect board to some extent using a processing machine such as an NC machine, and the above problems can be solved. can. More specifically, when manufacturing the effect board, when cutting out the effect board from the fixed-size board using a processing machine such as an NC machine, the effect board is not completely separated, and is fixed at a specific trace portion. When connected to a length board (waste board or other board), even if the outer peripheral shape of the effect board is complicated, the part of the specific trace portion is connected to the rectangular standard length board. Therefore, the effect board before separation can be easily set in the insert machine via the standard board, and electronic parts such as LEDs can be mounted on the effect board before separation. Then, after mounting the electronic components on the production board before separation, by cutting (or breaking) the part connected to the standard board (the part of the specific trace part), the connected part is different from the other parts Along with the occurrence of the specific trace portion, the effect board having the outer periphery formed in a predetermined shape is completed. At this time, the part connected to the standard board (the part of the specific trace part) is short (small) compared to the entire circumference of the effect board, so even if the connected part is cut, the chips generated The amount is so small that it can be sufficiently sucked up by a dust collector, and does not affect electronic components such as LEDs mounted on the performance board.

In this way, the specific trace portion provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is a trace different from the other parts of the outer peripheral edge, and is more conspicuous than the other parts. There is a risk that the appearance of the board will deteriorate, but for the same reason as above, the light reflected by the bright-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the effect board and the light from the LEDs provided on the effect board Since the outer peripheral edge of the performance board can be made relatively dark to make the specific trace part provided on the outer peripheral edge less conspicuous, the player is not disappointed even if the performance board is seen, and the performance board is used. It is possible to make it easier to exhibit the performance effect, and it is possible to achieve the same effect as the above.

In addition, since it has a specific trace part on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, it is possible to form the outer shape of the effect board with a processing machine with a high degree of processing freedom such as an NC machine, so the outer shape is complicated. A performance substrate corresponding to a decorative body with high decorativeness can be easily manufactured, and the decoration effect of the decoration illuminated by the LED as an electronic component provided on the performance substrate can be reliably exhibited. It is possible to provide a game machine that is possible.

Furthermore, as described above, since the surface of the effect board is coated with a bright solder resist, the specific traces provided at specific portions of the outer peripheral edge together with the outer peripheral edge are made inconspicuous. When manufacturing the effect board, it is not necessary to finish the remaining part of the joint part along the outer peripheral edge of the effect board while cutting the joint part connected to the standard board, and the effect board and, in turn, The cost of gaming machines can be reduced.

By the way, when the effect board is manufactured, in a state in which the effect board is connected to the fixed-size board by a plurality of connecting portions, the strength and rigidity of the entire board are lowered compared to the original fixed-size board, and therefore the board is bent. It's getting easier. Then, the deflection amount of the effect board based on the original fixed-length board tends to increase as the distance from the connecting portion increases. Therefore, when mounting electronic components such as LEDs, LED drivers, ICs, sensors (for example, photosensors), and connectors on the production board using an insert machine, the production board is bent downward, A small gap is formed between the lead or electrode of the component and the presentation board, and the lead or electrode is not sufficiently in contact with the presentation board when soldering, or the electronic component is tilted. There is a risk that it may be soldered in a loose state. If there is a mounting defect as described above, the electronic components will not operate normally, making it impossible to execute the intended effect, and there is a risk that the effect of the effect board will not be fully exhibited. There is To explain further, even if a resistor or LED is improperly mounted (improperly mounted), the effect range is only one, but if an LED driver (specific electronic component) is improperly mounted, the effect extends to all LEDs under its control. Therefore, the LED driver is particularly important and must be mounted reliably.

On the other hand, in the present configuration, among the electronic parts, the specific electronic parts having an important role in the light emission of the LED, such as the LED driver, are provided in the specific area surrounded by the plurality of specific trace parts. By using the specified trace portion as a connecting portion that connects with the standard-sized board at the time of manufacturing the effect board, the specific electronic component is provided in the area surrounded by the plurality of connecting portions. As a result, the specific area surrounded by a plurality of joints is an area that is difficult to bend compared to other areas on the production board, so when mounting the specific electronic component using an insert machine In the specific area, it is difficult to form a gap between the lead or electrode of the specific electronic component and the effect board, and soldering can be performed in a state where the lead or electrode of the specific electronic component is sufficiently in contact with the effect board. It is possible to reduce as much as possible mounting failures of specific electronic components such as soldering with insufficient contact or soldering with an inclination. Therefore, the specific electronic parts mounted (provided) on the performance board can be operated normally, and the performance using the performance board can be reliably executed, so that the performance effect of the performance board can be fully exhibited. It is possible to entertain the player and suppress the decline in interest.

In addition, since a specific trace part with a trace different from other parts is provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, when the worker assembles, the specific trace part is used as a guide to identify the mounting direction etc. of the effect board. can be In this case, for example, in one specific portion, the mode of the specific trace portion may be made different depending on the side of the effect board. As a result, the installation direction of the effect board can be specified with certainty, and the labor required for assembly can be simplified.

In addition, in the production board, the board surface on which the LED as the electronic component is provided is the front side, and the opposite board surface is the back side, and the specific electronic component is provided on the back side of the production board. desirable. As a result, specific electronic components such as an LED driver are provided on the back surface of the production board (rear surface, that is, the surface opposite to the player side) as electronic components, so that the following effects are achieved. be able to. To be more specific, as specific electronic components, many LED drivers and ICs are black, so black specific electronic components are provided on the surface (front surface) of the effect board coated with bright-colored solder resist. As a result, the specific electronic component is conspicuous, and there is a risk that the appearance of the effect board may be degraded. On the other hand, in this configuration, since the specific electronic component is provided on the back surface (rear surface) of the effect board, even if the color of the specific electronic component is not light color such as black or dark color, the player can The specific electronic component is not visible from the display board, and the presentation board does not look bad.

In addition, as described above, when the specific electronic components are provided on the back side of the effect board, it is possible to make them invisible to the player. There is no need to prepare specific electronic components with bright colors, and labor and costs for the production board (game machine) can be reduced.

Also, as described above, when the board surface on which the LEDs are provided is the surface of the effect board, the light from the LEDs is directed toward the player side, so the light from the LEDs makes the effect board look brighter. The outer peripheral edge (specific trace portion) of the image can be made to appear relatively dark, and the specific trace portion can be made difficult to see.

Furthermore, on the production board, a copper foil that constitutes a part of the electronic circuit to which the electronic components are connected and is provided on the surface of the board so as to be kept from the outer peripheral edge, and a plurality of through holes provided near the outer peripheral edge of the copper foil. A hole may be provided. As a result, since the copper foil is provided away from the outer periphery of the production board, the copper foil of the production board can be kept away from other members, and the occurrence of sparks (discharge) between other members As well as being able to avoid problems with the production board, other boards, electronic parts, etc. due to sparks, the production board etc. can be operated normally, and the production effect etc. by the production board etc. can be ensured. It is possible to provide a game machine that can be exhibited in

Also, as described above, when copper foil is provided on the production board and a plurality of through holes are provided near the outer periphery of the copper foil, the through holes connect the copper foil on the front and back of the production board. By cutting the outer shape of the substrate with an end mill or the like during manufacturing, the copper foil can be made difficult to peel off even when vibration acts. In addition, if the bright-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the copper foil is applied so that the outer edge of the solder resist is positioned outside the outer edge of the copper foil (the side closer to the outer edge of the performance board), the solder will not The resist can also make it difficult for the copper foil to peel off, and can prevent the metallic luster of the copper foil from appearing on the surface, thereby avoiding the deterioration of the appearance of the presentation board.

Further, the specific portion may be the bottom of a trapezoidal concave portion recessed from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. As a result, since the specific trace portion is provided as a specific portion at the bottom of the recess recessed from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the specific trace portion does not hit other members such as decorations. , when the production board is manufactured, the part connected to the standard board can be made to be in a form that protrudes outward while being cut, and there is no need to finish the specific trace part, and the production board and, by extension, the game machine cost can be reduced. At this time, since the surface of the effect board is made bright, it is possible to make the specific trace part relatively inconspicuous due to the brightness, so the recessed part that is recessed together with the specific trace part is also conspicuous. It is possible to make it difficult, and it is possible to improve the appearance of the effect board, the decorative body, and the like.

Further, the specific portion may be provided in at least one of the outwardly bulging portion and the linear portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. As a result, as a specific trace part, when manufacturing the effect board, after cutting the connecting part connected to the standard size board, the remaining part of the connecting part is shaved and finished so as to match the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. In the case of the specific trace portion generated in , at least one of the outwardly bulging portion and the linear portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is the specific portion where the specific trace portion is provided. The rest of the parts can be scraped off with a file or the like to facilitate a clean finish. Therefore, even if the specific trace portion of the effect board is visible, the appearance of the effect board does not deteriorate because the specific trace portion is beautifully finished.

Further, as described above, when the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided on the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the following effects can be obtained. To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board, as a part to provide the connection part that connects the standard board and the effect board, for example, the outer peripheral edge (outer shape of the board) of the effect board is recessed toward the center side of the board. If the connecting portion is provided only in the recessed portion, the connecting portion does not exist in the portion that bulges outward between the recessed portion, so the bulging portion deforms downward due to its own weight. becomes easier. Specifically, for example, in the case of a gourd-shaped performance board in which two circular shapes are joined together and the space between them is constricted, if a connecting part for a standard-sized board is provided only in the constricted part, both sides Since the connecting portion does not exist in the circular portion of , the circular portion becomes more likely to deform downward due to its own weight as the distance from the connecting portion increases. If the effect board deforms due to its own weight, it may be difficult to reliably mount electronic parts such as LEDs using an insert machine. On the other hand, in this configuration, since the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided in the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, at the time of manufacturing the effect board, a constant Compared to the case where the connection part connecting the scale board and the performance board is provided only in a recessed part on the outer peripheral edge of the performance board, the part between the connection parts of the performance board is pushed downward by its own weight. can be difficult to deform, and when electronic parts such as LEDs are mounted by an insert machine, deformation of the effect board is suppressed, so even electronic parts provided outside the specific area can be implemented with certainty.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The production board is
The substrate surface on which the LED as the electronic component is provided is the front surface and the substrate surface on the opposite side is the back surface,
The specific electronic component is
It is provided on the back surface of the effect board.

Here, as the front and back surfaces of the production board, the board surface on which the LEDs are provided is the front surface, and "when the board surface faces the front-back direction, the front-facing surface is the front surface and the back surface "The side facing the back is the back surface", "If the board surface is facing in the left-right direction, the surface facing the center of the game area is the front surface, and the surface facing away from the center of the game area is the back surface" , "When the board surface faces up and down, the surface facing the center of the game area is the front surface, and the surface facing away from the center of the game area is the back surface".

According to the configuration of the means 2, in the effect board, the board surface on which the LED as the electronic component is provided is the front side and the opposite board side is the back side, and the specific electronic parts are provided on the back side of the effect board. It is. (See the description regarding the specific electronic component 3533 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, specific electronic components such as an LED driver are provided on the back surface of the production board (rear surface, that is, the surface opposite to the player side) as electronic components, so that the following effects are achieved. be able to. To be more specific, as specific electronic components, many LED drivers and ICs are black, so black specific electronic components are provided on the surface (front surface) of the effect board coated with bright-colored solder resist. As a result, the specific electronic component is conspicuous, and there is a risk that the appearance of the effect board may be degraded. On the other hand, in this configuration, since the specific electronic component is provided on the back surface (rear surface) of the effect board, even if the color of the specific electronic component is not light color such as black or dark color, the player can The specific electronic component is not visible from the display board, and the presentation board does not look bad.

In addition, as described above, by providing the specific electronic components on the back side of the effect board, it is possible to make them invisible to the player. There is no need to prepare a specific electronic component with a bright color, and labor and costs for the production board (game machine) can be reduced.

In addition, since the board surface on which the LEDs are provided is the surface of the effect board, the light from the LEDs faces the player side, so the light from the LEDs makes it look brighter and the outer edge of the effect board ( The specific trace portion) can be made to appear relatively dark, and the specific trace portion can be made difficult to see.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 1 or Means 2,
"The production board is
a copper foil that constitutes a part of an electronic circuit to which the electronic component is connected and is provided on the surface of the substrate so as to be held back from the outer peripheral edge;
a plurality of through holes provided near the outer periphery of the copper foil;
is further provided".

According to the configuration of means 3, the effect board includes a copper foil that constitutes a part of an electronic circuit to which electronic components are connected and is provided on the surface of the board so as to refrain from the outer peripheral edge, and a copper foil provided near the outer peripheral edge of the copper foil. and a plurality of through holes are provided. (See the description regarding copper foil 3522 and through-hole 3524 in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, since the copper foil is provided away from the outer periphery of the production board, the copper foil of the production board can be kept away from other members, and the occurrence of sparks (discharge) between other members As well as being able to avoid problems with the production board, other boards, electronic parts, etc. due to sparks, the production board etc. can be operated normally, and the production effect etc. by the production board etc. can be ensured. It is possible to provide a game machine that can be exhibited in

In addition, multiple through holes are provided near the outer periphery of the copper foil, and the through holes connect the copper foil on the front and back of the effect board, so when manufacturing the effect board, the outer shape of the board is cut with an end mill or the like. By doing so, even if vibration acts, the copper foil can be made difficult to peel off.

In addition, if the bright-colored solder resist applied to the surface of the copper foil is applied so that the outer edge of the solder resist is positioned outside the outer edge of the copper foil (the side closer to the outer edge of the performance board), the solder will not The resist can also make it difficult for the copper foil to peel off, and can prevent the metallic luster of the copper foil from appearing on the surface, thereby avoiding the deterioration of the appearance of the presentation board.

Means 4: In any one configuration from Means 1 to 3,
"The specific part is
It is characterized in that it is a bottom portion of a recess recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board.

By the way, by making the surface of the effect board bright, the specific trace part can be made inconspicuous due to its brightness. It is possible to leave the remaining portion (specific trace portion) protruding outward from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. However, if the specific trace portion protrudes from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, when assembling the decoration, the projecting specific trace portion may hit the decoration depending on the gap between the decoration or the like to which the effect board is attached, resulting in the effect. There is a possibility that the substrate cannot be attached.

According to the configuration of the means 4, the specific portion is the bottom of the trapezoidal concave portion recessed from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. (See the description regarding recess 3557 in [Description of the Invention])

As a result, since the specific trace portion is provided as a specific portion at the bottom of the recess recessed from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the specific trace portion does not hit other members such as decorations. , when the production board is manufactured, the part connected to the standard board can be made to be in a form that protrudes outward while being cut, and there is no need to finish the specific trace part, and the production board and, by extension, the game machine cost can be reduced. At this time, since the surface of the effect board is made bright, it is possible to make the specific trace part relatively inconspicuous due to the brightness, so the recessed part that is recessed together with the specific trace part is also conspicuous. It is possible to make it difficult, and it is possible to improve the appearance of the effect board, the decorative body, and the like.

Means 5: In any one configuration of Means 1 to 4,
"The specific part is
It is provided in at least one of an outwardly bulging portion and a linear portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board.

According to the configuration of means 5, the specific portion is provided in at least one of the outwardly bulging portion and the linear portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. (Refer to the description regarding the effect board 3520 etc. in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

As a result, as a specific trace part, when manufacturing the effect board, after cutting the connecting part connected to the standard size board, the remaining part of the connecting part is shaved and finished so as to match the outer peripheral edge of the effect board. In the case of the specific trace portion generated in , at least one of the outwardly bulging portion and the linear portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is the specific portion where the specific trace portion is provided. The rest of the parts can be scraped off with a file or the like to facilitate a clean finish. Therefore, even if the specific trace portion of the effect board is visible, the appearance of the effect board does not deteriorate because the specific trace portion is beautifully finished.

Further, since the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided at the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the following effects can be achieved. To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board, as a part to provide the connection part that connects the standard board and the effect board, for example, the outer peripheral edge (outer shape of the board) of the effect board is recessed toward the center side of the board. If the connecting portion is provided only in the recessed portion, the connecting portion does not exist in the portion that bulges outward between the recessed portion, so the bulging portion deforms downward due to its own weight. becomes easier. Specifically, for example, in the case of a gourd-shaped performance board in which two circular shapes are joined together and the space between them is constricted, if a connecting part for a standard-sized board is provided only in the constricted part, both sides Since the connecting portion does not exist in the circular portion of , the circular portion becomes more likely to deform downward due to its own weight as the distance from the connecting portion increases. If the effect board deforms due to its own weight, it may be difficult to reliably mount electronic parts such as LEDs using an insert machine. On the other hand, in this configuration, since the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided in the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, at the time of manufacturing the effect board, a constant Compared to the case where the connection part connecting the scale board and the performance board is provided only in a recessed part on the outer peripheral edge of the performance board, the part between the connection parts of the performance board is pushed downward by its own weight. can be difficult to deform, and when electronic parts such as LEDs are mounted by an insert machine, deformation of the effect board is suppressed, so even electronic parts provided outside the specific area can be implemented with certainty.

Means 6: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine that variably displays symbols based on the establishment of a starting condition, and provides a profit based on the result of the variable display,
Equipped with a performance board on which electronic components related to performance performed during the variable display of the pattern are mounted,
The production board is
A copper foil that constitutes a part of an electronic circuit to which the electronic component is connected and is provided on the surface of the substrate so as to be away from the outer peripheral edge, a plurality of through holes provided near the outer peripheral edge of the copper foil, and the substrate a plurality of specific trace portions in which traces different from other portions are formed when the outer periphery of the substrate is formed at specific portions of the outer periphery; and a light-colored solder resist is applied to the surface of the substrate; , the substrate surface on which the LED as the electronic component is provided is the front surface and the substrate surface on the opposite side is the back surface,
The specific part is
At least one of the outwardly bulging portion and the linear portion on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is the bottom of a recess recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board,
The electronic component is
including at least a resistor, an LED, and an LED driver;
A specific electronic component including at least an LED driver among the electronic components is provided on the back surface of the effect board in a specific area surrounded by the plurality of specific trace portions.”
It is characterized by being

According to the configuration of the means 6, the game machine variably displays the symbols based on the establishment of the starting condition and gives a profit based on the result of the variable display, and is equipped with an electronic part relating to the performance performed during the variable display of the symbols. The effect board comprises a part of the electronic circuit to which the electronic components are connected, and is provided near the outer periphery of the copper foil on the surface of the board and is provided away from the outer periphery. and a plurality of specific trace portions in which traces different from other portions are generated when the outer periphery of the substrate is formed at a specific portion of the outer periphery of the substrate, and the substrate surface is brightly colored. The solder resist is applied, and the substrate surface on which the LED as the electronic component is provided is the front surface, and the opposite substrate surface is the back surface. At least one of the outwardly bulging portion and the linear portion is the bottom of a recess recessed in a trapezoidal shape from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, and the electronic component is at least a resistor and an LED. A specific electronic part including at least an LED driver among the electronic parts is provided on the back surface of the effect board in a specific area surrounded by a plurality of specific trace parts.

As a result, since the bright-colored solder resist is applied to the surface of the effect board, light can be reflected by the bright-colored solder resist, and LEDs as electronic components are provided on the surface of the effect board. Therefore, since the LED can irradiate light, the brightness of the light reflected by the bright solder resist and the light emitted from the LED will cause the other parts provided on the outer periphery of the effect board to be different. can make the specific trace portion having different traces appear relatively dark together with the outer peripheral edge of the effect board to make it inconspicuous, and reduce the deterioration of the appearance of the effect board due to the specific trace portion being visible. can. Therefore, the appearance of the performance board can be improved by the bright-colored solder resist applied to the performance board. It is possible to provide a game machine that can make it easier to play and suppress the decline in the player's interest.

In addition, as electronic components, specific electronic components such as LED drivers are provided on the back surface of the effect board (rear surface, that is, the surface opposite to the player side), so that the following effects can be achieved. can be done. To be more specific, as specific electronic components, many LED drivers and ICs are black, so black specific electronic components are provided on the surface (front surface) of the effect board coated with bright-colored solder resist. If this happens, the specific electronic component will stand out, and there is a risk that the appearance of the effect board will be poor. On the other hand, in this configuration, since the specific electronic component is provided on the back surface (rear surface) of the effect board, even if the color of the specific electronic component is not light color such as black or dark color, the player can The specific electronic component is not visible from the display board, and the presentation board does not look bad.

In addition, as described above, by providing the specific electronic components on the back side of the effect board, it is possible to make them invisible to the player. There is no need to prepare a specific electronic component with a bright color, and labor and costs for the production board (game machine) can be reduced.

In addition, since the board surface on which the LEDs are provided is the surface of the effect board, the light from the LEDs faces the player side, so the light from the LEDs makes it look brighter and the outer edge of the effect board ( The specific trace portion) can be made to appear relatively dark, and the specific trace portion can be made difficult to see.

Furthermore, since the surface of the effect board is coated with bright solder resist and LEDs are provided as electronic components, the reflected light from the bright solder resist and the light from the LEDs create a brighter light emission effect. can be shown to the player. As a result, for example, when a light-transmitting decorative body is provided in front of the effect board, the light from the plurality of LEDs and the light reflected by the bright solder resist light up the decorative body with uniform brightness. Since it is possible to decorate, it is possible to improve the appearance of the luminous decoration, and it is possible to provide a game machine provided with a performance board having a high performance effect.

In addition, since bright-colored solder resist is applied to the surface of the rendering board, there is no need to print (apply) bright-colored paint or ink separately from the solder resist to brighten the surface of the rendering board. It is possible to provide a game machine that can reduce the labor and costs required for the performance board (game machine) and that has the same effects as those described above.

By the way, conventionally, the performance board provided behind the decoration formed in a predetermined decorative shape does not have a simple rectangular outer peripheral shape, but a complicated shape (irregular shape) along the outer periphery of the decoration. is formed in When cutting out such an irregular-shaped production board from a standard-sized board (also referred to as a standard-sized board) using a processing machine such as an NC machine, a large amount of chips are generated, so LEDs, sensors, and connectors It is desirable to cut out (separate) the effect board before mounting the electronic components such as on the effect board. However, if the outer shape (peripheral shape) of the cut effect board is irregular, a problem arises in that it becomes difficult to set the effect board in an insert machine for mounting electronic components.

On the other hand, in this configuration, since a specific trace portion having a trace different from other portions is provided at a specific portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the specific trace portion is the connection portion with the standard size board. By using it as a part, it becomes possible to mount the electronic parts after forming the board outline of the effect board to some extent using a processing machine such as an NC machine, and the above problems can be solved. can. More specifically, when manufacturing the effect board, when cutting out the effect board from the fixed-size board using a processing machine such as an NC machine, the effect board is not completely separated, and is fixed at a specific trace portion. When connected to a length board (waste board or other board), even if the outer peripheral shape of the effect board is complicated, the part of the specific trace portion is connected to the rectangular standard length board. Therefore, the effect board before separation can be easily set in the insert machine via the standard board, and electronic parts such as LEDs can be mounted on the effect board before separation. Then, after mounting the electronic components on the production board before separation, by cutting (or breaking) the part connected to the standard board (the part of the specific trace part), the connected part is different from the other parts Along with the occurrence of the specific trace portion, the effect board having the outer periphery formed in a predetermined shape is completed. At this time, the part connected to the standard board (the part of the specific trace part) is short (small) compared to the entire circumference of the effect board, so even if the connected part is cut, the chips generated The amount is so small that it can be sufficiently sucked up by a dust collector, and does not affect electronic components such as LEDs mounted on the performance board.

In this way, the specific trace portion provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is a trace different from the other parts of the outer peripheral edge, and is more conspicuous than the other parts. There is a risk that the appearance of the board will deteriorate, but for the same reason as above, the light reflected by the bright solder resist applied to the surface of the effect board and the light from the LED provided on the surface of the effect board As a result, the outer peripheral edge of the performance board can be relatively darkened to make the specific trace part provided on the outer peripheral edge less conspicuous, so that the player is not disappointed even if the performance board is visible, and the performance is performed. It is possible to make it easier to exhibit the presentation effect by the board, and it is possible to achieve the same effects as described above.

In addition, since it has a specific trace part on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, it is possible to form the outer shape of the effect board with a processing machine with a high degree of processing freedom such as an NC machine, so the outer shape is complicated. A performance substrate corresponding to a decorative body with high decorativeness can be easily manufactured, and the decoration effect of the decoration illuminated by the LED as an electronic component provided on the performance substrate can be reliably exhibited. It is possible to provide a game machine that is possible.

Furthermore, as described above, since the surface of the effect board is coated with a bright solder resist, the specific traces provided at specific portions of the outer peripheral edge together with the outer peripheral edge are made inconspicuous. When manufacturing the effect board, it is not necessary to finish the remaining part of the joint part along the outer peripheral edge of the effect board while cutting the joint part connected to the standard board, and the effect board and, in turn, The cost of gaming machines can be reduced.

In addition, since a specific trace part with a trace different from other parts is provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, when the worker assembles, the specific trace part is used as a guide to identify the mounting direction etc. of the effect board. can be In this case, for example, in one specific portion, the mode of the specific trace portion may be made different depending on the side of the effect board. As a result, the installation direction of the effect board can be specified with certainty, and the labor required for assembly can be simplified.

By the way, when the effect board is manufactured, in a state in which the effect board is connected to the fixed-size board by a plurality of connecting portions, the strength and rigidity of the entire board are lowered compared to the original fixed-size board, and therefore the board is bent. It's getting easier. Then, the deflection amount of the effect board based on the original fixed-length board tends to increase as the distance from the connecting portion increases. Therefore, when mounting electronic components such as LEDs, LED drivers, ICs, sensors (for example, photosensors), and connectors on the production board using an insert machine, the production board is bent downward, A small gap is formed between the lead or electrode of the component and the copper foil of the production board, and soldering is done without sufficient contact between the lead or electrode and the copper foil. There is a risk that the parts may be soldered in a tilted state. If there is a mounting defect as described above, the electronic components will not operate normally, making it impossible to execute the intended effect, and there is a risk that the effect of the effect board will not be fully exhibited. There is To explain further, even if a resistor or LED is improperly mounted (improperly mounted), the effect range is only one, but if an LED driver (specific electronic component) is improperly mounted, the effect extends to all LEDs under its control. Therefore, the LED driver is particularly important and must be mounted reliably.

On the other hand, in the present configuration, among the electronic parts, the specific electronic parts having an important role in the light emission of the LED, such as the LED driver, are provided in the specific area surrounded by the plurality of specific trace parts. By using the specified trace portion as a connecting portion that connects with the standard-sized board at the time of manufacturing the effect board, the specific electronic component is provided in the area surrounded by the plurality of connecting portions. As a result, the specific area surrounded by a plurality of joints is an area that is difficult to bend compared to other areas on the production board, so when mounting the specific electronic component using an insert machine In the specific area, it is difficult to form a gap between the lead or electrode of the specific electronic component and the copper foil, and soldering can be performed in a state where the lead or electrode of the electronic component is sufficiently in contact with the copper foil. , mounting failures of specific electronic components such as soldering with insufficient contact or soldering with an inclination can be reduced as much as possible. Therefore, the specific electronic parts mounted (provided) on the performance board can be operated normally, and the performance using the performance board can be reliably executed, so that the performance effect of the performance board can be fully exhibited. It is possible to entertain the player and suppress the decline in interest.

In addition, since the copper foil is provided away from the outer periphery of the production board, the copper foil of the production board can be kept away from other members, avoiding the occurrence of sparks (discharge) between other members. At the same time, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of defects in the production board, other boards, electronic parts, etc. due to sparks, and to operate the production board etc. It is possible to provide a game machine that can be exhibited.

In addition, in the production board, multiple through holes are provided near the outer periphery of the copper foil, and the through holes connect the copper foil on the front and back of the production board, so when manufacturing the production board, the board outer shape is end milled. It is possible to make the copper foil difficult to peel off even if vibration acts by cutting the copper foil. In addition, the bright-colored soldermask applied to the surface of the effect board (copper foil) is placed so that the outer edge of the soldermask is located outside the outer edge of the copper foil (closer to the outer edge of the effect board). When applied, the copper foil can be made difficult to peel off even by the solder resist, and the metallic luster of the copper foil can be prevented from appearing on the surface, thereby avoiding the deterioration of the appearance of the presentation board.

In addition, since the specific trace portion is provided as a specific portion at the bottom of the recess recessed from the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the specific trace portion does not hit other members such as decorations. At the time of manufacturing the performance board, the portion connected to the standard-sized board can be made to protrude to the outside while being cut, and there is no need to finish the specific trace part, and the performance board and, by extension, the game machine can be produced. cost can be reduced. At this time, since the surface of the effect board is made bright, it is possible to make the specific trace part relatively inconspicuous due to the brightness, so the recessed part that is recessed together with the specific trace part is also conspicuous. It is possible to make it difficult, and it is possible to improve the appearance of the effect board, the decorative body, and the like.

Furthermore, as a specific trace part, after cutting the connecting part that was connected to the standard board at the time of manufacturing the production board, the remaining part of the connecting part is shaved and finished so that it matches the outer peripheral edge of the production board. In the case of the generated specific trace portion, since at least one of the outwardly bulging portion and the linear portion at the outer peripheral edge of the effect board is the specific portion where the specific trace portion is provided, the rest of the connecting portion It is possible to make it easy to finish cleanly by shaving the part of with a file or the like. Therefore, even if the specific trace portion of the effect board is visible, the appearance of the effect board does not deteriorate because the specific trace portion is beautifully finished.

Further, since the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided at the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, the following effects can be achieved. To be more specific, when manufacturing the effect board, as a part to provide the connection part that connects the standard board and the effect board, for example, the outer peripheral edge (outer shape of the board) of the effect board is recessed toward the center side of the board. If the connecting portion is provided only in the recessed portion, the connecting portion does not exist in the portion that bulges outward between the recessed portion, so the bulging portion deforms downward due to its own weight. becomes easier. Specifically, for example, in the case of a gourd-shaped performance board in which two circular shapes are joined together and the space between them is constricted, if a connecting part for a standard-sized board is provided only in the constricted part, both sides Since the connecting portion does not exist in the circular portion of , the circular portion becomes more likely to deform downward due to its own weight as the distance from the connecting portion increases. If the effect board deforms due to its own weight, it may be difficult to reliably mount electronic parts such as LEDs using an insert machine. On the other hand, in this configuration, since the specific portion (specific trace portion) is provided in the outwardly bulging portion or linear portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board, at the time of manufacturing the effect board, a constant Compared to the case where the connection part connecting the scale board and the performance board is provided only in a recessed part on the outer peripheral edge of the performance board, the part between the connection parts of the performance board is pushed downward by its own weight. can be difficult to deform, and when electronic parts such as LEDs are mounted by an insert machine, deformation of the effect board is suppressed, so even electronic parts provided outside the specific area can be implemented with certainty.

As described above, according to the above solution, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of entertaining a player and suppressing a decline in interest by reliably exhibiting the effect of the effect board.

[16-9c. Relationship between solution means of ninth technical feature and embodiment]
The effect board 3520, the effect board 3520A, the effect board 3520B, the effect board 3520C, the effect board 3520D, the effect board 3520E, and the effect board 3520F of the game board 5 in this embodiment are the effect board of the above-described solution means, and the coating in this embodiment The film 3523 is the bright solder resist of the above solution, the LEDs 3530 and 3535 of the present embodiment are the LEDs of the above solution, the specific electronic component 3533 of the present embodiment is the specific electronic component of the above solution, this embodiment The component placement area 3534 in FIG.

[16-9d. Characteristic effects of the ninth technical feature]
According to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, since the coating film 3523 made of a bright-colored solder resist is applied to the surface of the effect board 3520 and the like, light can be reflected by the bright-colored solder resist. In addition, since the LED 3530 as an electronic component is provided on the surface of the effect board 3520 or the like, light can be emitted from the LED 3530, so the light reflected by the bright solder resist and the light emitted from the LED 3530 To make the specific trace part 3561 having a trace different from other parts provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 etc. relatively dark together with the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 etc. by the brightness of the It is possible to reduce the deterioration in the appearance of the effect board 3520 and the like due to the specific trace portion 3561 being visible. Therefore, the appearance of the effect board 3520 and the like can be improved by the bright solder resist applied to the effect board 3520 and the like. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 which can make it easy for the board 3520 and the like to exhibit the performance effect, and can suppress the decline in the interest of the player.

In addition, as an electronic component, a specific electronic component 3533 such as an LED driver is provided on the back surface (rear surface, that is, the surface opposite to the player side) of the effect board 3520 and the like in the component placement area 3534. There can exist an effect like this. More specifically, as the specific electronic component 3533, many LED drivers, ICs, etc. are black. If the specific electronic component 3533 is provided, the specific electronic component 3533 will stand out, and there is a risk that the effect board 3520 and the like will not look good. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the specific electronic component 3533 is provided on the back surface (rear surface) of the effect board 3520 and the like, the color of the specific electronic component 3533 is not bright such as black or dark color. However, the specific electronic component 3533 is not visible to the player, and the effect board 3520 and the like do not look bad.

Further, as described above, by providing the specific electronic component 3533 on the back surface of the effect board 3520 or the like in the component placement area 3534, it is possible to make the specific electronic component 3533 invisible to the player. In addition, there is no need to bother to color the specific electronic component 3533 or to prepare the specific electronic component 3533 with a bright color, and it is possible to reduce the labor and cost required for the effect board 3520 and the like (pachinko machine 1). can.

In addition, since the substrate surface on which the first LED 3531 is provided is the surface of the effect substrate 3520, etc., the light from the first LED 3531 faces the player side, so the light from the first LED 3531 makes it brighter. It is possible to make the outer edge (specific trace portion 3561) of the effect board 3520 and the like appear relatively dark, making it difficult to see the specific trace portion 3561, and the same effects as described above can be achieved.

Furthermore, since the surfaces of the effect board 3520 and the like are coated with a bright solder resist and the LEDs 3530 as electronic components are provided, the light reflected by the bright solder resist and the light from the LEDs 3530 make the display brighter. It is possible to show the light emission effect to the player. As a result, when the decoration body 3500 (decoration portion 3510) having translucency is provided in front of the effect board 3520 or the like, the light from the plurality of LEDs 3530 and the light reflected by the bright solder resist are combined. To provide a pachinko machine 1 provided with a performance board 3520 or the like having a high performance effect and capable of improving the appearance of the luminescence decoration by making it possible to illuminate the decoration body 3500 with uniform brightness. can be done.

In addition, since a bright color solder resist (coating film 3523) is applied to the surfaces of the rendering substrate 3520 and the like, a bright colored paint or ink is applied separately from the solder resist in order to make the surfaces of the rendering substrate 3520 and the like bright. is not required to print (apply) the effect board 3520 and the like (pachinko machine 1), labor and cost can be reduced, and the pachinko machine 1 having the same effects as described above can be provided.

By the way, conventionally, the performance board 3520 or the like provided behind the decoration 3500 formed in a predetermined decorative shape does not have a simple rectangular outer peripheral shape, but a complicated shape along the outer periphery of the decoration 3500. (amorphous). When cutting out such an irregular-shaped effect board 3520 or the like from a standard-sized board (also referred to as a standard-sized board 3550) using a processing machine such as an NC machine, a large amount of chips are generated, so the LED 3530, Before mounting specific electronic components 3533 such as ICs, LED drivers, sensors and connectors on the effect board 3520 and the like, it is desirable to cut out (separate) the effect board 3520 and the like. However, if the outer shape (peripheral shape) of the cut effect board 3520 or the like is irregular, a problem arises in that it becomes difficult to set the effect board 3520 or the like in an insert machine for mounting electronic components.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, a specific trace portion 3561 having a trace different from other portions is provided at a specific portion of the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 or the like. By using it as a part of the connection part 3552 with 3550, it becomes possible to mount electronic components after forming the board outline of the effect board 3520 etc. to some extent using a processing machine such as an NC machine. can solve problems like More specifically, when manufacturing the effect board 3520 or the like, when cutting out the effect board 3520 or the like from the standard board 3550 using a processing machine such as an NC machine, without completely separating the effect board 3520 or the like, If the specific trace portion 3561 is connected to the fixed-size board 3550 (discarded board 3555 or another board), even if the outer peripheral shape of the effect board 3520 or the like is a complicated shape, the specific trace portion 3561 Since it is connected to the rectangular fixed-size board 3550 at the part of , the effect board 3520 before separation can be easily set in the insert machine through the fixed-size board 3550, and the effect board 3520 before separation can be easily set to the insert machine. An LED 3530, a specific electronic component 3533, and the like can be mounted. Then, after mounting the LED 3530, the specific electronic component 3533, and the like on the effect board 3520 and the like before separation, the part (part of the specific trace part 3561) that is connected to the fixed-length board 3550 is cut (or broken) so that the part is connected. A specific trace portion 3561 different from other portions is generated in the connecting portion 3552, and a production board 3520 and the like having an outer periphery formed in a predetermined shape are completed. At this time, the connecting portion 3552 (part of the specific trace portion 3561) connected to the fixed-size board 3550 is short (small) relative to the entire circumference of the effect board 3520 and the like, so even if the connecting portion 3552 is cut, The amount of generated shavings is so small that it can be sufficiently sucked up by a dust collector, and does not affect the LEDs 3530 and specific electronic components 3533 mounted on the effect board 3520 and the like.

In this way, the specific trace portion 3561 provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 or the like is a trace different from the other portions of the outer peripheral edge, and is more conspicuous than the other portions. Although there is a risk that the appearance of the effect board 3520 and the like deteriorates due to the presence of the effect board 3520 and the like, for the same reason as described above, the light reflected by the bright solder resist applied to the surface of the effect board 3520 and the like and the effect board 3520 and the like With the light from the LED 3530 provided on the surface, the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 etc. can be made relatively dark and the specific trace part 3561 provided on the outer peripheral edge can be made inconspicuous. The player will not be disappointed even if such is seen, and the effect of the effect board 3520 or the like can be easily exhibited, and the same effects as described above can be achieved.

In addition, since it has a specific trace portion 3561 on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 etc., and it is possible to form the outer shape of the effect board 3520 etc. with a processing machine with a high degree of processing freedom such as an NC machine, the outer periphery A decoration board 3520 or the like corresponding to a decorative body 3500 having a complicated shape, that is, having a high degree of decorativeness, can be easily manufactured. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of surely exhibiting the decorative effect of 3500.

Furthermore, as described above, the surfaces of the effect board 3520 and the like are coated with a bright solder resist. Therefore, when manufacturing the effect board 3520 etc., the remaining connecting part 3552a of the connecting part 3552 along the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 etc. can be omitted, and the cost of the effect board 3520 and the like and the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

In addition, since a specific trace portion 3561 with a trace different from other parts is provided on the outer peripheral edge of the effect board 3520 etc., when the worker assembles, the specific trace part 3561 is used as a guide to attach the effect board 3520 etc. It can be used as a mark for specifying a direction or the like. In this case, for example, in one specific portion, the mode of the specific trace portion 3561 may be changed depending on the side of the effect board 3520 or the like. As a result, the installation direction of the effect board 3520 and the like can be specified with certainty, and the labor required for assembly can be simplified.

By the way, when the effect board 3520 and the like are manufactured, in a state in which the effect board 3520 and the like are connected to the fixed-length board 3550 by a plurality of connecting portions 3552, the overall strength and rigidity are higher than those of the original fixed-length board 3550. Since it is lowered, it is easy to bend. Then, the bending amount of the effect board 3520 and the like based on the original fixed-size board 3550 tends to increase as the distance from the connecting portion 3552 increases. Therefore, when using an insert machine to mount specific electronic components 3533 such as LEDs 3530, LED drivers, ICs, sensors (for example, photosensors), connectors, etc. on the effect board 3520 etc., the effect board 3520 etc. Due to the downward bending, a slight gap is formed between the leads and electrodes of the specific electronic component 3533 and the copper foil 3522, and the leads and electrodes are not sufficiently in contact with the copper foil 3522. There is a risk that the soldering will be done or that the specific electronic component 3533 will be soldered in a tilted state. If there is a mounting defect as described above, the specific electronic component 3533 will not operate normally, making it impossible to execute the intended effect, and the effect of the effect by the effect board 3520 and the like will be sufficiently exhibited. may not be possible. To explain further, even if a resistor or LED 3530 has a mounting defect (mounting defect), the effect range is only one, but if the LED driver (specific electronic component 3533) has a mounting defect, the effect will be on all the LEDs 3530 under its control. Therefore, the LED driver (the specific electronic component 3533) is particularly important and must be securely mounted.

In contrast, in the present embodiment, specific electronic components 3533 that play an important role in light emission of the LED 3530, such as an LED driver, are placed in a component placement region 3534 surrounded by a plurality of specific trace portions 3561. In addition, since the specific trace portion 3561 is the connection portion 3552 that connects the fixed-length substrate 3550 at the time of manufacturing the production substrate 3520, etc., the area surrounded by the plurality of connection portions 3552 (component arrangement A specific electronic component 3533 is provided in the region 3534). As a result, the component placement region 3534 surrounded by the plurality of connecting portions 3552 is a region that is less likely to bend than the other regions of the effect board 3520 or the like. When mounting the electronic component 3533, it is difficult to form a gap between the lead or electrode of the specific electronic component 3533 and the copper foil 3522 in the component placement region 3534, and the lead or electrode of the specific electronic component 3533 is not easily formed between the copper foil 3522 and the lead or electrode of the specific electronic component 3533. can be soldered with sufficient contact, and the mounting failure of the specific electronic component 3533 such as soldering with insufficient contact or soldering with an inclination can be reduced. Therefore, the specific electronic component 3533 mounted (provided) on the effect board 3520 or the like can be operated normally, and the effect using the effect board 3520 or the like can be reliably executed. It is possible to sufficiently exhibit the performance effect of the game, entertain the player, and suppress the decline in interest.

In addition, since the copper foil 3522 is provided away from the outer peripheral edge of the production board 3520 etc., the copper foil 3522 such as the production board 3520 can be kept away from other members, and sparks between other members ( Discharge) can be avoided, and the production board 3520 etc. can be operated normally by preventing the production board 3520 etc., other boards, electronic parts, etc. from malfunctioning due to sparks. It is possible to provide the pachinko machine 1 capable of reliably exhibiting the performance effect and the like of the board 3520 and the like.

In addition, in the effect board 3520 and the like, a plurality of through holes 3524 are provided near the outer periphery of the copper foil 3522, and the through holes 3524 connect the front and back copper foils of the effect board 3520 and the like. During the manufacture of , the copper foil 3522 can be made difficult to peel off even when vibration acts by cutting the outer shape of the substrate with an end mill or the like. In addition, a bright solder resist (coating film 3523) is applied to the surface of the effect board 3520 etc. (copper foil 3522), and the outer periphery of the copper foil 3522 (the outer periphery of the effect board 3520 etc.) is applied. Since the solder resist is applied so that the outer edge of the solder resist is located on the side close to the side), the copper foil 3522 can be made difficult to peel off even by the solder resist, and the metallic luster of the copper foil 3522 is prevented from appearing on the surface. It is possible to prevent the performance board 3520 and the like from becoming unattractive.

Although the present invention has been described above with reference to preferred embodiments, the present invention is not limited to these embodiments. and design changes are possible.

That is, in the above embodiment, the game machine is applied to the pachinko machine 1 or the slot machine, but the game machine is not limited to this, and the game is a pachislot machine or a game that fuses a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine. In this case, the same effects as those described above can be obtained.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the pachinko machine 1 is applied to a so-called enclosed type game machine or a game machine called a management game machine in which the player does not touch the game balls B, but this is the case. , but may be applied to a gaming machine in which the player can touch the game ball B, and in this case also, the same effects as described above can be achieved. In this game machine, for example, a game ball stored in a plate of a door frame is driven into a game area of a game board by a player's operation, and the driven game ball is provided within the game area. There is a pachinko machine that pays out a predetermined number of game balls corresponding to the winning opening to a tray of a door frame when the game balls are accepted into the winning opening.

1 pachinko machine 2 outer frame 3 door frame 4 body frame 5 game board 5a game area 1100 game panel (game panel)
1112 opening (aperture)
2500A Center Accessory 2518 Design Display (Electronic Parts)
2700 Center frame 2700a Inflow regulation part (inflow regulation part)
2700b flange (flange)
2700c non-flange portion (non-flange portion)
2701 first frame (frame)
2701a first inflow regulation part (first inflow regulation part)
2701b first flange portion (flange portion)
2701c first non-flange portion (non-flange portion)
2702 second frame (frame)
2702a second inflow regulation part (second inflow regulation part)
2702b second flange portion (flange portion)
2702c second non-flange portion (non-flange portion)
2703 third frame (frame)
2704 fourth frame (frame)
2705 fifth frame (frame)
2710 connection holding part (connection holding part)
2720 second starting port unit (electronic parts)
2730 Attacker Unit (Electronic Parts)
2740 Accessory winning unit (electronic parts)

Claims (1)

A game machine having a game board having a game area in which game balls can flow down,
The game board is
a game panel in which the game area is formed on the front side;
an inflow regulating portion provided corresponding to an edge of an opening formed in the game panel and regulating game balls flowing down the game area from flowing into the opening;
with
The inflow restricting portion has at least a first inflow restricting portion and a second inflow restricting portion,
The first inflow regulating portion and the second inflow regulating portion are each formed with a flange portion along the front surface of the game panel, and at least one of each end portion is formed with the flange portion. A non-flange portion is formed so that the end of the first inflow regulating portion and the end of the second inflow regulating portion are adjacent to each other on the front surface of the game panel by the mounting portion provided on the flange portion. A game machine characterized by being attached to.

Images